Document 36mOQ5BdeaY7eg1b4Ypk7Vo0

taiMBmt^|ua|||||^pTOtiriBiiBiiiMiiMiw ..................................................................... ^ TQttN FOV TLVs Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances and Physical Agents in the Workroom Environment with Intended Changes tor 1976 MAP 000001 Copyright 1976 by American Conference of Govern mental industrial Hygienists. The American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists will welcome requests for permission to re publish or reprint these Threshold Limit Values. Re quests for such permission should be directed to the Secretary-Treasurer, P.O. Box 1937, Cincinnati, Ohio 45201. PRICE EACH 1-49..................................................................... ......... SI.00 50-200............................................................ ........ ,.,. 85 0 Quantities over 200, prices upon request. Documentation of the Threshold Limit Values for Substances in Workroom Air. * A separate companion piece to the Chemical TLVs is issued by ACGIH under this title. This publication gives the pertinent scientific information and data with reference to literature sources that were used to base each limit. Each documentation also contains a statement defining the type of response against which the limit is safeguarding the worker For a better understanding of the TLVs it is essential that the Documentation be consulted when the TLVs are beina used. y Information concerning the availability of copies of the Documentation of the Threshold Limit Values for Substances in Workroom Air should be directed to the Secretary-Treasurer, ACGIH. TLVs Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances in Workroom Air Adopted by ACGIH for 1976 This information supplied by Industrial Hygiene Section Dept. of Med, & Environ. Health Monsanto Company St. Louis, Mew MAP 000002 1978 TLV AIRBORNE CONTAMINANTS COMMITTEE Hector P. Blejer, M.D.. D.I.H. Paul E. Caplan, P.E., M.P.H. W. G. Fredrick. Sc.D. Paul Gross, M.D. John W. Knauber, M.P.H. Jesse Lieberman, P.E. Trent R. Lewis. Ph.D. Keith R. Long. Ph.D. Frederick T. McDermott. P.E. E. Mastromatteo, M.D. (Can.) Col. Walter W. Melvin, Jr., M.D. Meier Schneider. P.E.. C.I.H. Col. Marshall Steinberg, Ph.D. Ralph C. Wands, M.S. CONSULTANTS James F. Morgan Theodore R. Torkelson, Sc.D. Mitchell R. Zavon, M.D. Herbert E. Stokinger, Ph.D., Chairman William D. Wagner. Recording Secretary P.0. Box 1937 Cincinnati OH 45201 A JJM A uOJ .ti TABLE OF CONTENTS Chemical Substances Page Preface............................. Threshold Limit Values and Short Term Exposure Limits...................... Radioactivity.................. Mineral Dusts................ ................ Nuisance Particulates.................... Notice of Intended Changes.......................................... Appendices A. Occupational Carcinogens................................. B. Substances of Variable Composition............. C. Mixtures: Calculation of TLVs.......................... D. Excursions . Time-Weighted Average............................... Peak Concentrations..................................... E. Nuisance Particulates........................................ f. Asphyxiants.................... G. Conversion of Particle Count to Mass............ 2 9 31 32 33 34 36 43 45 50 51 52 52 63 Physical Agents Preface.............................................................................. 57 Threshold Limit Values Heat Stress.................................................................. Appendix G. Heat Stress.............................................. Ionizing Radiation...................................................... Lasers............................. 58 59 66 66 Microwaves....................... ........................................ Noise......................................... Impulsive or Impact Noise....................................... Ultraviolet Radiation................................................... Notice of Intended Changes.......................................... 81 81 83 85 88 Notice of Intent: Establish TLV for Light............................................. Airborne Upper Sonic Acoustic Radiation............. Agents Proposed for Study...................................... 90 93 94 MAP 000003 PREFACE CHEMICAL CONTAMINANTS Threshold limit values refer to airborne concentra tions of substances and represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repea tedly exposed day after day without adverse effect. Be cause of wide variation in individual susceptibility, how ever, a small percentage of workers may experience discomfort from some substances at concentrations at or below the threshold limit; a smaller percentage may be affected more seriously by aggravation of a pre-exist ing condition or by development of an occupational ill ness. Simple tests are now available (J. Occup. Med. 15: 564, 1973; Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 151, Art. 2: 968, 1968) that may be used to detect those individuals hypersusceptible to a variety of industrial chemicals (respi ratory irritants, hemolytic chemicals, organic isocyan ates. caroon disulfide). These tests may be used to screen out by appropriate job placement the hyperreac tive worker and thus in effect improve the "coverage" of the TLVs. Three categories of Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) are specified herein. as follows: a) Threshold Limit Value-Time Weighted Average (TLV-TWA) -- the time-weighted average concentration for a normal 8-hour workday or 40-hour workweek, to which nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed, day after day, without adverse effect. b) Threshold Limit Value-Short Term Exposure Limit (TLV-STEL) -- the maximal concentration to which workers can be exposed for a period up to 15 minutes continuously without suffering from 1) intolerable irrita tion. 2) chronic or irreversible tissue change, or 3) nar cosis of sufficient degree to increase accident prone ness, impair self-rescue, or materially reduce work efficiency, provided that no more than four excursions per day are permitted, with at least 60 minutes between exposure periods, and provided that the daily TLV-TWA also is not exceeded. The STEL should be considered a maximal allowable concentration, or absolute ceiling, not to be exceeded at any time during the 15-minute 2 excursion period. STELs are based on one or more of the following criteria: (1) Adopted TLVs including those with a "C" or "ceiling'' limit. (2) TWA-TLV Excursion Factors listed in Appendix D. (3) Pennsylvania ShortTerm Limits tor Exposure to Airborne Contaminants (Penna. Dept, of Hlth., Chapter 4. Art. 432. Rev. Jan. 25. 1968). (4) OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Standards, Fed. Reg. Voi. 36. No. 105, May 29. 1971. The TWA-STEL should not be used as engineering de sign criterion or considered as an emergency exposure level (EEL). c) Threshold Limit Value-Ceiling (TLV-C) -- the con centration that should not be exceeded even instantan eously. For some substances, e.g., irritant gases, only one categoiy, the TLV-Ceiling, may be relevant. For other substances, either two or three categories may be rele vant, depending upon their physiologic action. It is im portant to observe that if any one of these ..three TIVs is exceeded, a potential hazard from that substance is pre sumed to exist. The TLV-TWA should be used as guides in the con trol of health hazards and should not be used as fine lines between safe and dangerous concentrations, [Ex ceptions are those substances in Category c), which have been designated "C" or Ceiling limit. } Time-weighted averages permit excursions above the limit provided they are compensated by equivalent ex cursions below the limit during the workday. In some instances it may be permissible to calculate the average concentration for a workweek rather than for a workday. The degree of permissible excursion is related to the magnitude of the threshold limit value of a particular substance as given in Appendix D, The relationship be tween threshold limit and permissible excursion is a rule of thumb and in certain cases may not apply. The amount by which threshold limits may be exceeded for short periods without injury to health depends upon a number of factors such as the nature of the contamin ant, whether very high concentrations -- even for short periods -- produce acute poisoning, whether the effects are cumulative, the frequency with which high concen trations occur, and the duration of such periods. All-fac- 3 MAP 000004 kpn into consideration in arriving at a tors must De 'ahether a Hazardous condition exists, decision 3S ,0 * jts are based on the best available infor- Thresboio Jtna| experience, from experimental mation noni studjes_ an(j, when possible, from a human ano tnree The basis on which the values a^esno'isned may differ from substance to substance: iLlrmn against impairment of health may be a guid- P factor for some, whereas reasonable freedom from mA*,nn narcosis, nuisance or other forms of stress maifform the basis for others. The amount and nature of the information available for establishing a TLV varies from substance to sub stance: consequently, the precision of the estimated TLV is also subject to variation and the latest Documentation should be consulted in order to assess the extent of the data available for a given substance. The committee holds to the opinion that limits based on physical irritation should be considered no less bind ing than those based on physical -impairment. Tnere is increasing evidence that physical irritation may initiate, promote or accelerate physical impairment through in teraction with other chemical or biologic agents. In spite of the fact that serious injury is not believed likely as a result of exposure to the threshold limit con centrations, the best practice is to maintain concentra tions of all atmospheric contaminants as low as is prac tical. These limits are intended for use in the practice of industrial hygiene and should be interpreted and applied only by a person trained in this discipline. They are not intended for use, or for modification for use, (1) as a relative index of hazard or toxicity, (2) in the evaluation or control of community air pollution nuisances. (3) in estimating the toxic potential of continuous, uninterrupt ed exposures or other extended work periods. (4) as proof or disproof of an existing disease or physical con dition. or (5) for adoption by countries whose working conditions differ from those in the United States of America and where substances and processes differ. Ceiling vs Time-Weighted Average Limits. Although the time-weighted average concentration provides the most satisfactory, practical way cf monitoring airborne 4 agents for compliance with the limits, there are certain substances for which it is inappropriate. In the latter group are substances which are predominantly fast act ing and whose threshold limit is more appropriately based on this particular response. Substances with this type of response are best controlled by a ceiling "C" limit that should not be exceeded. It is implicit in these definitions that the manner of sampling to determine noncompliance with the limits for each group must differ; a single brief sample, that is applicable to a "C" limit, is not appropriate to the time-weighted limit: here, a sufficient number of samples are needed to permit a time-weighted average concentration throughout a com plete cycle of operations or throughout the work shift. Whereas the ceiling limit places a definite boundary which concentrations should not be permitted to exceed, the time-weighted average limit requires an explicit limit to the excursions that are permissible above the listed values. The magnitude of these excursions may be pegged to the magnitude of the threshold limit by an appropriate factor shown in Appendix D. It should be noted that the same factors are used by the Committee in determining the magnitude of the value of the STELs, or whether to include or exclude a substance for a "C" listing. "Skin" Notation. Listed substances followed by the designation "Skin" refer to the potential contribution to the overall exposure by the cutaneous route including mucous membranes and eye, either by airborne, or more particularly, by direct contact with the substance. Vehicles can alter skin absorption. This attention-calling designation is intended to suggest appropriate measures for the prevention of cutaneous absorption so that the threshold limit is not invalidated. Mixtures. Special consideration should be given also to the application of the TLVs in assessing the health hazards which may be associated with exposure to mix tures of two or more substances. A brief discussion of basic considerations involved in developing threshold limit values for mixtures, and methods for their develop ment, amplified by specific examples are given in Ap pendix C. Nuisance Particulates. In contrast to fibrogenic dusts i i j MAP 000005 which cause scar tissue to be formed in lungs when in haled in excessive amounts, so-called ' nuisance'' dusts have a long history of little adverse effect on lungs and do not produce significant organic disease or toxic effect when exposures are kept under reasonable control. The nuisance dusts have also been called (biologically) "inert' dusts, but the latter term is inappropriate to the extent that there is no dust which does not evoke some cellular response in the lung when inhaled In sufficient amount. However, the lung-tissue reaction caused by in halation of nuisance dusts has the following characteris tics: (1) The architecture of the air spaces remains in tact. (2) Collagen (scar tissue) is not formed to a significant extent. (3) The tissue reaction is potentially reversible. Excessive concentrations of nuisance dusts in the workroom air may seriously reduce visibilityTmay cause unpleasant deposits in the eyes, ears and' nasal pas sages (Portland Cement dust), or cause injury to the skin or mucous membranes by chemical or mechanical action per se or by the rigorous skin cleansing proce dures necessary for their removal. A threshold limit of 10 mg/m3, or 30 mppcf, of total dust < 1 % quartz is recommended for substances in these categories and for which no specificjhreshold limits have been assigned. This limit, for a normal work day. does not apply to brief exposures at higher concen trations. Neither does it apply to those substances which may cause physiologic impairment at lower concentra tions but for which a threshold limit has not yet been adopted. Some nuisance particulates are given in Appen dix E. Simple Asphyxiants -- "Inert" Gases or Vapors. A number of gases and vapors, when present in high con centrations in air, act primarily as simple asphyxiants without other significant physiologic effects. A TLV may not be recommended for each simple asphyxiant be cause the limiting factor is the available oxygen The minimal oxygen content should be 18 percent by volume under normal atmospheric pressure (equivalent to a par tial pressure, pO2 of 135 mm Hg). Atmospheres deficient in O2 do not provide adequate warning and most simple asphyxiants are odorless. Several simple asphyxiants 6 1 present an explosion hazard. Account should be taken of this factor in limiting the concentration of the asphyx iant. Specific examples are listed in Appendix F. Physical Factors. It is recognized that such physical factors as heat, ultraviolet and ionizing radiation, humid ity, abnormal pressure (altitude) and the like may place added stress on the body so that the effects from expo sure at a threshold limit may be altered. Most of these stresses act adversely to increase the toxic response of a substance. Although most threshold limits have built-in safety factors to guard against adverse effects to moder ate deviations from normal environments, the safety fac tors of most substances are not of such a magnitude as to take care of gross deviations. For example, continu ous work at temperatures above 90T, or overtime ex tending the workweek more than 25%, might be consid ered gross deviations. In such instances judgment must be exercised in the proper adjustments of the Threshold Limit Values. Brief & Scala (AIHAJ. 26, 467,1975) have proposed formulae for calculating the TLV'Reduction Factor for Novel Work Schedules, i.e. 10-hr workday. Biologic Limit Values (BLVs). Other means exist and may be necessary for monitoring worker exposure other than reliance on the Threshold Limit Values for industrial air, namely, the Biologic Limit Values. These values rep resent limiting amounts of substances (or their effects) to which the worker may be exposed without hazard to health or well-being as determined in his tissues and fluids or in his exhaled breath. The biologic measure ments on which the BLVs are based can furnish two kinds of information useful in the control of worker ex posure: (1) measure of the individual worker's over-all exposure; (2) measure of the worker's individual and characteristic response. Measurements of response fur nish a superior estimate of the physiologic status of the worker, and may be made of (a) changes in amount of some critical biochemical constituent, (b) changes in ac tivity of a critical enzyme, (c) changes in some physiolo gic function. Measurement of exposure may be made by (1) determining in blood, urine, hair, nails, in body tis sues and fluids, the amount of substance to which the worker was exposed; (2) determination of the amount of the metabolite(s) of the substance in tissues and fluids; 7 1 MAP 000006 waitriiBMis. tilt rain Ifttiii ninBtMEiiss * (3) determination of the amount of the substance in the exhaled breath. The biologic limits may be used as an adjunct to the TLVs for air, or in place of them. The BLVs, and their associated procedures for determining compliance with them, should thus be regarded as an effective means of providing health surveillance of the worker Unlisted substances. There are a number of reasons why a substance does not appear in the Threshold Limit list; either insufficient information is available or it has not been brought to the attention of the Threshold Limits Committee from which a limit can be developed, or it is a substance that could be included in the Appendices E and F pertaining to Nuisance Particulates and Simple As phyxiants. Substances appearing in these appendices serve as examples only; the appendices are not intended to be inclusive. "Notice of Intent. " At the beginning of each year proposed actions of the Committee for the forthcoming year are issued in the form of a ''-Notice of Intended Changes. This Notice provides not only an opportunity for comment, but solicits suggestions of substances to be added to the list. The suggestions should be accom panied by substantiating evidence. The list of Intended Changes follows the Adopted Values in the TLV booklet Legal Status. By publication in the Federal Register (Vol. 36, No. 105, May 29. 1971) the Threshold Limit Values for 1968 are now official federal standards for industrial air. Reprint Permission. This publication may be reprint ed provided that written permission is obtained from the Secretary-Treasurer of the Conference and that it be published in its entirety. 8 Substance Abate.............................. Acetaldehyde............... Acetic acid...................... ; Acetic anhydride........... Acetone.......................... Acetonitrile................. . Acetylene......................... Acetylene dichloride, see 1,2-Dichloroethylene . Acetylene tetrabromide... Acrolein.......................... Acrylamide -- Skin.......... Acrylonitrile -- Skin....... Aldrin -- Skin................. Allyl alcohol -- Skin ..... Allyl chloride................... Allyl glycidyl ether (AGE) --Skin.............. Allyl propyl disulfide....... Alundum (AlaOa)............. 4-Aminodiphenyl -- Skin 2-Aminoethanol. see Ethanolamine.............. 2-Aminopyridine............ Ammonia......................... Ammonium chloride-fume..... ... Ammonium sulfamate (Ammate).................... n-Amyl acetate............... sec-Amyl acetate............ Aniline -- Skin........ ...... Anisidine (o-, p-isomers) -- Skin.... * Antimony & Compounds (as Sb).................. ANTU (o-Naphthyl thiourea)........... . ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm'" mg/m3''' -- 100 10 5 1.000 40 F 10 180 25 20 2.400 70 -- 200 790 1 14 0.1 0.25 -- 0.3 20 45 -- 0.25 25 .1 ,3 5 22 2 12 ---- E Alb .3 0.5 25 6 2 18 _ 10 _ 10 100 525 125 650 5 19 0.1 0.5 _ (0.5) -- 0.3 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm- mg/m3<" __ 150 15 5 1,250 60 -- 20 270 37 20 3.000 105 -- 250 1.25 0.3 -- 30 -- 4 2 1.000 17.5 0.75 0.6 68 0 75 10 6 10 44 3 18 -- 20 -- Alb 6 12 1.5 6 35 27 20 20 150 790 150 810 5 19 0.1 0,5 _ (0.75) -- 09 Capital letters refer to Appendices, footnotes (a thru h) see Page 31. "See Notice of Intended Changes 9 I I _i_ MAP 000007 ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm" mg/m14' TENTATIVE VALUES STEL PPm" mg/m3` Argon .............. ** Arsenic A .ompounds las Asi ............... Arsine ................. Asbestos (all forms)....... Asphalt (petroleum) fumes......................... Azinphos methyl -- Skin Baygon (propoxur)........ Barium (soluble compounds)............... 'C Benzene -- Skin............ Benzidine production -- Skin.... p-Benzoqumone, see Quinone..................... Benzoyl peroxioe............ Benzyl chloride............... Beryllium......................... Biphenyl.......................... Bismuth telluride............. Bismuth telluride, Se-doped..................... Boron oxide..................... . Boron tribromide............ C Boron trifluoride............ Bromine.......................... Bromine pentafluoride..., Bromochloromethane.... Bromoform -- Skin....... Butadiene (1, 3-butadiene)............... * Butane......................... Butanethiol. see Butyl mercaptan.................. 2-Butanone................... 2-Butoxy ethanol {Butyl* * Cellosolvel -- Skin.... Capital letters refer to Appendices Footnotes la thru h) see Page 31 * 'See Notice of Intended Changes '1976 Addition. F -- 0.05 -- *-- -- -- -- (25) -- 0.1 0.2 i 0.1 0.1 200 0.5 .000 600 0.5 200 50 -- (0.5) 0.2 Ala 0.05 Ala 5 0.2 0.5 0,5 (80) (10) Alb 0.4 5 5 0.002 1 10 .0.3 0.2 - 5 10 10 3 0.7 0.7 1.050 5 1 0.3 0.3 250 0.5 2.200 1.250 1,400 750 1.5 0.5 590 300 240 150 F (0.5) 0.2 Ala 10 0.6 1.5 0.5 (32) Alb 1.2 5 5 0.025 1 20 10 20 30 3 2 2 1.300 5 2.750 1.610 1.5 885 720 10 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm" mg/ml4' TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm" mg/m3"' n-Butyl acetate............... sec-Butyl acetate............. tert-Butyl acetate............ :n-Butyl alcohol -- Skin.. sec-Butyl alcohol............. tert-Butyl alcohol............ : Butylamine -- Skin........ : tert-Butyl chromate (as CrOa) -- Skin............. n-Butyl giycidyl ether (BGE)........................... ' n-Butyl lactate................. Butyl mercaptan.............. p-tert-Butyltoluene.......... ' Cadmium, dust & salts. as Cd........................... : Cadmium oxide fume, as Cd................................ Calcium carbonate.......... Calcium arsenate, as As. Calcium cyanamide........ 1 Calcium oxide................. Camphor, synthetic........ Caprolactam Dust............ ......... ..... Vapor............ ............. Captan............................. Carbary1 (Sevin)........... ' Carbofuran (Furadan).. Carbon black .................... Carbon dioxide............... Carbon disulfide -- Skin Carbon monoxide........... Carbon tetrabromide..... Carbon tetrachloride -- Skin.. Cellulose (paper fiber).... Cesium hydroxide........... 150 200 200 50 150 100 5 -- 50 5 0.5 10 -- -- -- -- -- 2 -- 5 -- -- -- -- 5.000+ 20 50 0.1 10 -- -- 710 200 950 250 950 250 150 50 450 150 300 150 15 5 0.1 -- 270 50 25 5 1.5 0.5 60 20 0.05 -- 0.05 E 1 0.5 (5) 12 -- __ __ -- -- 3 1 20 5 5 0.1 3.5 9.000 60 55 1.4 -- 10 -- -- __ __ 15.000 30 "400 0.3 65 25 E-- 2-- 950 1,190 1,190 150 450 450 15 0.1 270 25 1.5 120 0.15 0.05 20 1 1 (5) 18 3 40 15 10 0.1 7 18.000 90 440 4.2 160 20 2 Capital letters refer to Appendices. iSee 1974 Revised Documentation. '1976 Addition. 11 MAP 000008 Substance____________ ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm' mg/mjl1' TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm"1 mo/m3, Chlordane -- Skin....... Chlorinated camphene -- Skin..... Chlorinated diphenyl oxide............................ Chlorine.......................... Chlorine dioxide.............. C Chlorine trifluoride.......... C Chloroacetaldehyde........ a-Chloroacetophenone (Phenacyl chloride).... Chlorobenzene (Monochlorobenzene). 0-Chlorobenzylidene malonoitrile -- Skin... Chlorobromomethane.... 2-Chloro-l. 3-butadiene. see /3 Chloroprene...... Chlorodifluoromethane. Chlorodiphenyl (42% Chlonne) -- Skin....... Chlorodiphenyl (54% Chlonne) -- Skin..... 1-Chloro, 2, 3-epoxy-propane (Epichlor-hydrin)........ 2-Chloroethanol (Ethylene chlorohydnn).............. Chloroethylene (Vinyl chloride)..................... * ` Chloroform (Trichloromethane).... bis- Chloromethyl ether... 1 -Chloro-1 -mtro-propane Chloropicrm................... /3-Chloroprene -- Skin .. -- -- -- 1 0.1 0.1 1 0.05 75 0.05 200 25 1,000 -- 5 1 Ale (25) 0.001 20 0.1 25 0.5 0.5 -- 0.5 33 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.1 31 0.3 0.05 350 75 0.4 1,050 0.05 250 90 35 3,500 1,250 1 0.5 -- 19 10 31 -- Ale (120) Ala 100 0.7 90 2 5A3 0.001 20 01 35 2 1 1.5 9 0.9 04 3 0.3 350 0,4 1,300 135 4.375 1 ,1 38 3 --- Ala 100 0.7 135 Capital letters refer to Appendices. Footnotes (a thru h) see Pape 31 "See Notce ot Intended Changes 12 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm0' TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm"' mg/m3"' Chlorpyrifos (Dursban*) -- Skin... o-Chlorostyrene.............. o-Chlorctoluene -- Skin. 50 50 0.2 285 75 250 75 0.6 430 375 2-Chloro- 6-(trichlcrcmethyl pyridine (N-Serve*)... 10 20 Chrcmates. certain insoluble forms.......... __ Ala __ Ala Chromic acid and Chromates, as CrOa... _ 0.1 _ 0,1 Chromium, Sol. chromic, chromous salts, as Cr.................. Clopidol (Coyden)....... Coal tar pitch volatiles -- 0.5 10 -- 0,5 20 (See Particulate polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons)............ Ala Ala 1 Cobalt metal, dust and fume............................ Copper fume.................... Dusts & Mists............. Corundum (AI2O3).......... Cotton dust, raw....... Crag* herbicide........... . (0.1) __ (0.1) -- 0.2 -- 0.2 -- 1-- 2 E-- E -- 0.2"" -- 0.6 -- 10 -- 20 Cresol. all isomers -- Skin........ 5 22 5 22 Crotonaldehyde.............. 2 66 18 Crufomate..................... 5-- 20 Cumene -- Skin........... . Cyanide, as CN -- Skin.. 50 -- 245 5 --75 365 5 Cyanogen.................... . 10 20 10 20 Cyclohexane.................... 300 1,050 375 1,300 Cyclohexanol.................. Cyclohexanone.................. 50 50 200 50 200 50 200 200 Cyclohexene.................... 300 1,015 300 1,015 Capital letters refer to Appendices. "See Notice of Intended Changes. m)Seep 33. 13 i MAP 000009 -t--if` wfJ i' *M"inia niHwawiiiMtiMiwM a iwiiwian ADOPTED VALUES TENTATIVE VALUES 1 Substance TWA STEL ppm" mg/m141 ppm"' mg/m1*' ! Cyclofiexylamine -- Skin 10 40 10 4Q I Cydopentadiene................ 75 200 150 400 j 2, 4-D (2, 4-Diphenoxy- ! acetic acid)................. -- 10 -- 20 DDT (Dichlorodipbenyl- trichloroethane).......... _ 1 0 DDVP, See Dichlorvos... 0.1 1 03 Decaborane -- Skin....... Demeton* -- Skin......... Diacetone alcohol 0,05 0.01 0.3 0.15 0.1 0.03 n9 0.3 (4-hydroxy-4-methyl2-pentanone).............. 1, 2-Diaminoethane, See Ethylenediamine.......... Diazinon -- Skin........ Diazomethane........... "OiDorane ......................... 1,2-Dibromoethane 50 _10 .0.2 0.1 240 75 25 10 0.1 0.4 0.2 0,1 0.1 360 25 13 04 0.1 -- Skin........................ Dibrom.................. . 2-N-Dibutyiaminoethanol -- Skin. Dibutyl phosphate.......... Dibutyl phthalate............. I Dichloracetylene.......... 1 o-Dichlorobenzene.......... p-Dichlorobenzene.......... Dichlorobenzidine -- Skin......................... Dichlorodifluorom ethane. 1, 3-Dichloro-5, 5-dimethyl hydantoin.. 1,1-Dichloroethane....... 1,2-Dichloroethane....... 1, 2-Dichloroethylene .... Dichloroethyl ether -- Skin........... .............. .. 20 1 __ 0.1 50 75 -a-- 1,000 _ 200 50 200 5 145 30 3 m4 52 5 0.4 0.1 300 50 450 110 A2 4,950 1,250 0,2 820 250 200 75 790 250 30 10 220 6 28 10 10 0.4 300 675 A2 6,200 0.4 1,025 300 1,000 60 Capital letters refer to Appendices. Footnotes (a thru h) see Pape 31. 14 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm*' mg/m3<" TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm01 mg/m5<" * Dichloromethane, see Methylene chloride .... 200 " Dichloromonofluoro- methane...................... (1,000) Cl, 1-Dichloro-1- nitroethane................... 10 1, 2-Dichloropropane, see Propylene dichloride.................... 75 Dichlorotetrafluoro- ethane.............. .-......... 1,000 Dichlorvos (DDVP) -- Skin........................ 0.1 * Dicyclopentadiene.......... Dicydopentadienyl iron.. 5 -- Dieldrin -- Skin.............. Diethylamine.................... 25 Oiethylaminoettianol -- Skin............................ . 10 Diethylene triamine -- Skin..................... ,, Diethyl ether, see Ethyl .-1 ether...................... . 400 Diethyl phthalate........ . Diftuorodibromomethane. 100 C Diglycidyl ether (DGE)__ Dihydroxybenzene, see Hydroquinone............ 0.5 -- Diisobutyl ketone........ 25 Diisopropylamine -- Skin......................... 5 Dimethoxymethane. see Methylal...................... 1.000 Dimethyl acetamide -- Skin.........................-- --10 Dimethylamine....... ........ 10 720 200 (4,200) (1,250) 60 10 350 110 7,000 1,250 1 30 10 0.25 75 0.3 5 -- _ 25 50 10 41 1,200 5 860 2.8 2 150 500 _ 150 0.5 _ 25 20 5 3.100 1,250 35 15 18 10 720 (5.250) 60 525 8.750 3 30 20 0.75 75 50 4 1,500 10 1.290 2.8 3 150 20 3.875 50 18 Capital letters refer to Appendices Footnotes |a thru h) see Page 31. *1976 Additwn. "See Notice of Intended Changes. J MAP 000010 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm00>' mmgfl//mm3361 Dimethylammobenzene. see Xylidene............... Dimethylamline 5 (N-Dimethylaniline) -- Skin........................... Dimethylbenzene, see 5 Xylene......................... Dimethyl-1, 100 2-dibromo-2-dichloroethyl phosphate, see Dibrom.................. Dimethylfermamide -- Skin................. 2. 6-Dimethylheptanone, 10 see Diisobutyl ketone.. 25 1. 1-Dimethylhydrazine -- Skin........................ Dimethylphthalate........... ' Dimethyl sulphate -- 0.5 -- Skin............................ (0.01) Dinitrobenzene (all isomers) -- Skin........ Dinitro-o-cresol -- Skin . 3. 5-Dimtro-o-toluamide (Zoalene*)................. 0,15 -- _ Dmitrotoluene -- Skin ... Dioxane, tech, grade -- Skin.......... ........... Diphenyl, see 50 Biphenyl...................... Diphenylamine............... Diphenylmethane 0.2 -- diisocyanate, see Methylene bisphenyl isocyanate (MDI)........ Dipropylene glycol methyl ether -- Skin .. 0.02 100 25 25 435 3 30 150 1 5 (A2) 1 0.2 5 1.5 180 1 10 0.2 600 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL pfliptmmQ1I' _mg/m3*' 1o 50 10 50 150 650 6 20 60 25 150 "j" 10 A2 - 0.5 3 0.6 10 0 50 180 0.6 3 20 0.02 150 0.2 900 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm1' mg/m34' Diquat............................. __ Di-sec, octyl phthalate (Di-2-ethylhexyl- phthalate)........... Disulfuram.................. -- Disyston -- Skin............ -- 2, 6-Ditert. butyl-p-cresol............. * Dyfonate......................... . --- Emery............................ , Endosulfan (Thiodan?) -- Skin........................ .. Endrin -- Skin............... Epichlorhydrin -- Skin... EPN -- Skin..................... 5 -- 1, 2-Epoxypropane.-see Propylene oxide.......... 100 2. 3-Epoxy-l-propanol, see Glycidol................. 50 Ethane............................. F Ethanethiol, see Ethyl mercaptan.................. 0.5 Ethanolamine.................. * Ethion (Nialate*) -- Skin 3 -- 2-Ethoxyethanol -- Skin. 100 2-Ethoxyethyl acetate (Cellosolve acetate) -- Skin............................ .. 100 Ethyl acetate..................... . 400 Ethyl acrylate -- Skin .... 25 Ethyl alcohol (Ethanol)... 1,000 Ethylamine...................... 10 Ethyl sec-amyl ketone (4-Methyl-3- heptanone).................. Ethyl benzene................. 25 100 Ethyl bromide............... 200 0.5 5 2 0.1 10 0.1 E 0.1 0.1 20 0.5 240 150 -- 1 6 0.4 370 540 1,400 100 1.900 18 130 435 890 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm1' mg/m34' _1 10 --5 -- 0.3 20 -- 0.1 __ 20 0.3 __ 0.3 10 40 __ 1.5 150 360 65 190 F __ 1.5 3' 6 12 -- 0.4 150 560 150 400 25 1.000 10 810 1,400 100 1,900 18 25 130 125 545 250 1,110 Capital letters refer to Appendices, "1976 Addition. "See Notice of Intended Changes. 16 Capital letters refer to Appendices. '1976 Addition. 17 MAP 000011 1 Ethylbutyl ketone (3-Heptanone)............ Ethyl chloride.................. Ethyl ether.................... Ethyl formate.................. Ethyl mercaptan.............. Ethyl silicate.................... Ethylene .......................... *C Ethylene chlorohydrin -- Skin_______ ____ Ethylene diamine............ Ethylene dibromide, see 1,2-0ibromoethane... Ethylene dichloride, see 1, 2-Dichloroethane... Ethylene glycol. Particulate.................. Vapor.......................... C Ethylene glycol dinitrate and/or Nitroglycenn -- Skin....................... Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (Methyl cellosolve acetate) -- Skin........................... Ethylene oxide................. Ethylenimine -- Skin..... Ethylidene chloride, see 1. 1-Dichloroethane... C Ethylidene norbornene... N-Ethylmorpholine -- Skin............................. * Fensulfothion (Oasamt).. Ferbam............................ Ferrovanadium dust....... Fluoride (as F)................. Fluonne.......................... 50 1,000 400 100 0.5 100 F 1 10 20 50 100 0.2* 25 50 0.5 200 5 20 __ __ _ _ 1 Capital letters refer to Appendices, Footnotes (a thro h) see Page 31, 1976 Addition. 18 230 2,600 1,200 300 1 8_50 75 1,250 500 150 0.5 150 F 31 25 10 145 30 200 75 10 260 125 0.2 120 40 90 75 1 0.5 320 250 25 5 94 20 0.1 10 1 2.5 __ __ . - __ 22 345 3.250 1,500 450 1 1.275 -- 3 25 220 300 20 325 -- 180 135 1 400 25 94 01 20 0,3 2.5 4 Fluorotrichloromethane.. C Formaldehyde................. Formamide...................... Formic acid................ Furfural -- Skin.............. Furfuryl alcohol -- Skin . Gasoline..................... Germanium tetrahydride. Glass, fibrous'1 or dust.. "C Glutaraldehyde. activated or unactivated............ Glycehn mist.................. Glycidol (2, 3-Epoxy- 1-propanol)................. Glycol monoethyl ether, see 2-Ethoxyethanol... Graphite (Synthetic)....... Guthion*. see Azinphos-methyl........ Gypsum.......................... Hafnium............... Helium.................. .. Heptachlor -- Skin........ * Heptane (n-Heptane)...... Hexachlorocyclopenta- diene....................... . Hexachloroethane -- Skin............................. Hexachloronaphthalene -- Skin........................ Hexafluoroacetone.......... ' Hexane (n-hexane)........ * 2-Hexanone, see Methyl butyl ketone -- Skin............ Hexone (Methyl isobutyl ketone) -- Skin.......... sec-Hexyl acetate........... 1.000 2 20 5 5 5 -- 0.2 -- -- -- 50 100 -- -- .F -- 400 0.01 1 -- 0.1 100 25 100 50 Capital letters refer to Appendices "1976 Addition. "See Notice of Intended Changes. 19 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm01 mg/m311 5.600 3 30 9 20 20 82 0.6 E 1.250 2 30 5 15 10 -- 0.6 -- 7.000 3 45 9 60 40 82 18 E (0.25) E ___ (0.25) E 150 75 225 370 150 E 560 0.2 0.6 E-- 20 0.5 -- --F 1.5 -- 0.5 -- 1.5 1.600 500 2,000 0.11 0.03 0.33 10 3 0.2 ___ 0.7 0.3 360 125 30 0,6 2.1 450 100 40 410 125 300 50 150 510 300 I ii i i i i MAP 000012 --WWUMlWfllllllltiBWiWiM----mw!m UMIIHMH j Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm"' mB/m'4' *" Hydrazine -- Skin.......... Hydrogen ........................ * Hydrogenated terphenyls Hydrogen bromide.......... C Hydrogen chlonde.......... Hydrogen cyanide -- Skin............................ Hydrogen fluoride........... Hydrogen peroxide........ Hydrogen selenide.......... Hydrogen sulfide............. Hydroquinone................. Indene..................... Indium & Compounds. as In___ ___ ______ _ Ciodine............................... 'Iodoform....................... Iron oxide fume.............. Iron pentacarbonyl.......... Iron salts, soluble, as Fe Isoamyl acetate.............. Isoamyl alcohol.............. Isobutyl acetate.............. * Isobutyl alcohol.............. 'C Isophorone..................... Isopropyl acetate............ Isopropyl alcohol -- Skin Isopropylamine............... Isopropyl ether............... Isopropyl glycidyl ether OGE)........................ Kaolin.............................. .. Ketene................................... Lead, inorg., fumes & dusts, as Pb............... Lead arsenate, as Pb...... Limestone............................. Lindane -- Skin.............. (1) F 0.5 3 5 10 3 1 0.05 _10 10 -- 0.1 0.2 B4 0.01 -- 100 100 150 50 5 250 400 5 250 50 _ 0.5 -- -- _ -- (1.3) 5 10 7 11 2 1.4 0.2 15 2 45 0.1 1 3 5 0.08 1 525 360 700 150 25 950 980 12 1,050 240 g 0.9 0.15 o,15 ' q.5 Capital letters refer to Appendices `1976 Addition. "See Notice of Interned Changes tentatIve~ VALUES ppm01 0.3 F 0.5 3 5 15 3 2 0.05 15 15 04 **. 5 10 ? 16 2 2,8 02 27 4 27 0.1 0.4 0.01 125 125 187 75 "5 310 500 10 310 0.3 1 0.6 10 0.08 2 655 450 875 225 25 1,185 1.225 24 1,320 75 360 20 -1.5 2,7 0.45 0.45 20 1.5 20 ADOPTED VALUES substance TWA ppm01 mB/m34' "Lithium hydride.............. L p.G. (Liquified ' petroleum gas)........... Magnesite........... ........Magnesium oxide fume.. Malathion -- Skin......... Maleic anhydnde............. C Manganese & Compounds, as Mn ... Manganese cyclopentadienyl tricarbonyl (as Mn) -- Skin..............................- Marble............................. Mercury (Alkyl compounds) -- Skin, As Hg........................... Mercuiy (All forms except alkyl) as Hg .... Mesityl oxide........... ......Methane.......................... Methanethiol, see Methyl mercaptan................... . Methoxychlor.................. 2-Methoxyethanol -- Skin (Methyl cellosolve).................. Methyl acetate................. Methyl acetylene (propyne) .................... Methyl acetylene-propadiene mixture (MAPP).......... Methyl acrylate -- Skin .. Methyl acrylonitrile -- Skin........................... .. Methylal (di methoxymethane).. Methyl alcohol (methanol) -- Skin .... . --1.000 ----: . -- 0.25 -- 0.001 _ 25 F 0.5 -- 25 200 1.000 1,000 10 1 1,000 200 0.025 1.800 E 10 10 1 5 0.1 E 0.01 0.05 100 -- 1 10 80 610 1.650 1.800 35 3 3.100 260 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm0' mB/m34' -- 0.025 1.250 -- -- -- 0.25 -- 2.250 20 10 10 1 5 0.3 -- 20 0.003 _ 25 F 0.5 -- 0.03 0.15 100 -- 1 10 35 250 1,250 120 760 2,060 1.250 2.250 10 35 26 1,250 3,875 250 310 Capital letters refers to Appendices. 21 MAP 000013 Substince ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm0' mg/m3'' TENTATIVE VALUES STEL " ppm"' mg/m3* Methylamme........... *...... 10 Methyl amyl alcohol, see Methyl isobutyl carbmol...................... 25 Methyl 2-cyanoacrylate.. 2 Methyl isoamyl ketone ... 100 Methyl n-amy! ketone (2-Heptanone)............ 100 Methyl bromide -- Skin . 15 Methyl butyl ketone, see 2-Hexanone................. 25 Methyl cellosolve -- Skin see 2-Methoxyethanol. 25 Methyl cellosolve acetate -- Skin, see Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate............... 25 Methyl chloride............... 100 Methyl chloroform.......... 350 ' Methylcyclohexene........ 400 Methylcyclohexanol........ 50 o-Methycyclohexanone -- Skin.......... ...... Methylcyclopentadienyl 50 manganese tricarbonyl (as Mn) -- Skin.......... 0,1 Methyl demeton -- Skin -- C Methylene bisphenyl isocyanate (MDI)........ ' Methylene chloride 0,02 (dichloromethane)...... 200 4, 4'-Methylene bis (2-chloramline) -- Skin............................. C Methylene bis (4-cyclohexylisocyanate)........ Methyl ethyl ketone 0.02A2 0.01 (MEK), see 2-Butanone............... 200 12 10 100 40 64 475 150 465 150 60 15 100 40 80 35 120 210 1,900 1,600 235 230 35 125 450 500 75 75 0.2 0.3 0.5 _ -- 0.2 0.02 720 250 0.02A2 0.11 0.01 590 .250 12 150 1 710 710 60 150 120 150 260 2,375 2.000 350 345 0.6 1.5 0.2 900 -- 0.11 740 "1976 Addition Capitaf letters refer to Appendices. 22 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm01 mg/mjl" 0 Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide........... ......... . 0.2 Methyl formate.......... 100 Methyl iodide --Skin.... 5 Methyl isobutyl carbmol -- Skin........................ 25 Methyl isobutyl ketone, see Hexone__________ 100 Methyl isocyanate -- Skin.................. .......... . - 0,02 Methyl mercaptan______ 0.5 Methyl methacrylate....... Methyl parathio'n -- Skin 100 -- Methyl propyl ketone, see 2-Pentanone........ too C Methyl silicate................. 5 C a-Methyl styrene.;........... 100 Molybdenum, as Mo Soluble compounds... Insoluble compounds . -- Monomethyl aniline -- Skin..................... .. 2 C Monomethyl hydrazine -- Skin............... .. 0.2 Morpholine --Skin..... ... . 20 Naphthalene...................... /3-Naphthylamine........... 10 -- Neon................................ , F * Nickel carbonyl................... 0.05 'Nickel, soluble compounds (as Ni).... _ Nicotine -- Skin............. -- Nitric acid....................... 2 Nitric oxide.................. 25 p-Nitroaniline -- Skin.... 1 Nitrobenzene -- Skin...... 1 p-Nitrochlorobenzene -- Skin.......................... . . - 1.5 250 28 100 410 0.05 1 410 0.2 700 30 480 5 10 9 0.35 70 50 A--lb 0.35 0.1 0.5 5 30 6 5 1 Capital letters refer to Appendices. Footnotes tathru hi see Page 31. '1976 Addition. 23 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm0, mg/m3'' 0.2 150 10 40 125 0.02 0.5 125 __ 250 5 100 __ 4 0.2 30 15 -- F 0.05 __ 4 35 2 2 15 375 56 150 510 0.05 1 510 0.6 875 30 480 10 20 18 0.35 105 75 A_lb 0.35 0.3 1.5 10 45 12 10 2 MAP 000014 ADOPTED VALUES TENTATIVE VALUES ADOPTED VALUES TENTATIVE VALUES Substance ppm"' mg/m3"1 ppm" mg/m3"' 4-Nitrodiphenyl............... Nitroethane .................. C Nitrogen dioxide............ Nitrogen tritluoride........ Nitroglycerin*' -- Skin ... Nitromettiane.................. 1-Nitropropane............... 2-Nitropropane........... . N-Nitrosodimethylamine (dimethylnitrosoamine) -- Skin........................ Nitrotoluene -- Skin....... Nitrotrichloromethane. see Chloropicrin.......... Nitrous oxide.................. ''Nonane....................... . Octachloronaphthalene -- Skin........................ ' Octane............................. Oil mist, particulate........ Oil mist, vapor............... Osmium tetroxide. as Os Oxalic acid...................... Oxygen difluoride........... Ozone............................. . Paraffin wax fume.......... " Paraquat -- Skin............. Parattuon -- Skin........... Particulate polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PPAH) as benzene solubles ... Pentaborane ................... Pentachloronaphthalene -- Skin........................ Pentachlorophenol -- Skin............................. -- 100 5 10 0.2 100 25 25 -- 5 0.1 F -200 -- 300 -- B2 0.0002 -- 0.05 0.1 -- -- -- -- 0.005 -- -- Alb -- 310 150 95 29 15 2 0.2 250 150 90 35 90 25 A2 -- 30 10 0.7 -- '1.050 0.3 F 250 0.1 1,450 5* -- 0.002 1 0.1 0.2 2 (0.5) 0.1 -- 375 -- 82 0,0006 -- 0.15 _ 0.3 _---- -- 0.2A1a -- 0.01 0.015 0.05 __ 0.5 -- Alb 465 9 45 2 375 135 90 A2 60 2 -- 1,300 0.3 1,800 10 0.006 2 0.3 0.6 6 0.5 0.3 0.2A1a 0.03 1,5 1.5 Capital letters refer to Appendices. Footnotes la thru h) see Page 31 '1976 Addition. "See Notice ot Intended Changes, 24 Substance ppm- mg/m3"1 Pentaerythritol................ * Pentane.......................... 600 2-Pentanone.............. , 200 Perchloroethylene -- Skin........................... . 100 Perchloromethyl mercaptan............... . 0.1 Perchloryl fluoride........ 3 Petroleum distillates (naphtha) ....................... . *B3 Phenol --Skin....... .......... Phenothiazine -- Skin.... .5 __ p-Phenylene diamine -- Skin......................... .. __, Phenyl ether (vapor)....... 1 Phenyl ether-Diphenyl mixture (vapor).......... Phenylethylene, see Styrene ........................ Phenyl glycidyl ether 1 100 (PGE)............................ Phenylhydrazine -- Skin. 10 5 C Phenylphosphine............. Phorate (Thimet) -- 0.05 Skin............................. Phosdrin (Mevinphos*) -- Skin................. .. * Phosgene (carbonyl 0.01 chloride).................... 0.10 Phosphine....................... .. Phosphoric acid.............. Phosphorus (yellow)...... 0.3 -- __ Phosphorus pentachloride.............. Phosphorus pentasulfide - Phosphorus trichlonde... ' Phthalic anhydride.......... Picloram (Tordon*)....... __ __ 0.5 1 -- Picric acid -- Skin.......... -- E 1.800 700 670 0.8 14 __ 19 5 0,1 7 7 420 60 22 0.25 0.05 0.1 0,4 0.4 1 0.1 1 1 3 6 10 0.1 Capital letters refer to Appendices. *1976 Addition. ppm- mg/m3"' 20 750 2.250 250 875 150 1.000 0 1 0.8 6 28 B3 __ 10 38 10 __ 0.1 2 14 2 14 125 525 15 10 0.05 90 44 0.25 0.15 0.03 0.3 0.05 1 __ __ __ 0.5 4 __ -- 0.2 1 3 0.3 3 3 3 24 20 0.3 25 MAP 000015 1 Substanc* ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm' mQ/m^1 tentative VALUES PP*' Pivai* (2-PivalyH. 3indandione)................ Plaster of Pans............... Platinum (Soluble salts) as Pt............................ Polychlorobiphenyls, see Chlorodiphenyls.......... Polytetrafluoroethylene decomposition products..................... C Potassium hydroxide...... Propane ........................... 0-Propiolactone.............. Propargyl alcohol -- Skin............................. n-Propyl acetate.............. Propyl alcohol -- Skin... n-Propyi nitrate.............. Propylene.................. Propylene dichloride (1, 2-Dichloropropane).... Propylene glycol monomethyl ether...... Propylene imine -- Skin. Propylene oxide.............. Propyne, see Methyl-acetylene........ Pyrethrum..................... Pyridine........................... Quinone.......................... RDX -- Skin.............. .. ' Resorcinol...................... Rhodium, Metal fume and dusts (as Rh)....... Soluble salts............... Ronnel........ .......... ........ Rosin core solder pyrolysis products (as formaldehyde)............. """ F " 1 - <2D0 200 25 F 75 100 100 1,000 5 0.1 10 -- -- -- 0.002 -- -- --4 O3 20 0 002 .3 81 -- 2 ---- --F A2 -- 2 -840 500 110 -- 3 250 250 40 F 81 2 A2 c 1,050 62S 140 350 115 360 150 52 240 150 525 450 5 360 1.650 5 15 0.4 1.5 45 1.250 -- 10 0.3 -- 20 2.050 10 30 1 3 90 0.1 0.001 10 -- 03 -- 0.003 -- 10 0.1 *** 0.3 Capital letters refer to Appendices. `1976 Addition. 26 substance "'^Rotenone (commercial). Rouge............................. Selenium compounds (as Se)............................ Selenium hexafluoride. as Se........................... Sevin* (see Carbaryl)... Silane (see Silicon tetrahydnde).............. . Silicon...........................~ Silicon carbide............... Silicon tetrahydride (Silane)........................ Silver, metal and soluble compounds, as Ag.... *C Sodium azide.................. Sodium fluoroacetate (1080) -- Skin........... C Sodium hydroxide........ Starch ............................. Stibine........................ . * Stoddard solvent............ Strychnine....................... Styrene, monomer (Phenylethylene)........ Succinaldehyde (see Glutaraldehyde)........ . C Subtilisins (Proteolytic enzymes as 100% pure crystalline enzyme)...................... Sucrose......................... .. Sulfur dioxide................. Sulfur hexafluoride_____ Sulfuric add................... Sulfur monochloride....... Sulfur pentafluoride....... Sulfur tetraftuoride..... Sulfuryl fluoride.............. ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm` mg/m3'" --5 --E 0.2 0.05 -- 0.4 5 0.05 -- -- 0.7 E E 0.5 0.7 -- 0.01 0.1 0/3 -- 0.05 --2 __ E 0.1 0.5 100 575 -- 0.15 100 420 -- (0.25) --, 0.00006' --E 5 13 1,000 -- 1 6,000 1 6 0.025 0.25 0.1 0.4 5 20 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm0' mg/m'0 -- 10 -- 20 -- 0.2 0.05 -- 0.4 10 1 1.5 -- 20 -- 20 1 1,5 _ 0 03 -0.1 0.3 -- 0.15 --2 -- 20 0.3 1.5 150 720 0.45 125 525 __ __ __ __ 5 1.250 -- 3 0.075 0.3 10 0.00006 20 13 7.500 1 18 0.75 1 40 "See notice of intended changes o) See Page 33, MAP 000016 Substance Systox, see Demeton*... 2, 4, 5-T......................... Tantalum......................... TEDP -- Skin.................. Teflon * decomposition products..................... Tellurium......................... Tellurium hexafluoride. as Te.......................... TEPP--Skin.................. C Terphenyls...................... 1. 1, 1. 2-Tetrachloro-2, 2-difluoroethane........ 1, 1.2. 2-Tetrachloro-1. 2-difluoroethane........ 1. 1,,2. 2-Tetrachloroethane -- Skin ........................ Tetrachloroethylene. see Perchloroethylene....... Tetrachloromethane, see Carbon tetrachloride... Tetrachloronaphthalene -- Skin.................... Tetraethyl lead las Pb) -- Skin...................... Tetrahydrofuran.............. Tetramethyl lead (as Pb) -- Skin........................ Tetramethyl succmomtrile -- Skin . Tetranitromethane.......... Tetryl (2. 4. 6-trinitrophenylmethylnitramine) -- Skin............................. Thallium (soluble compounds) -- Skin (as Tl)......................... Capital letters refer to Appendices Footnotes la ffim h) see Pape 31 ADOPTED TENTATIVE _VALUES__________ VALUES TWA STEL ~~ ppm" mg/m'1" ppm" rng/mi1' 0.01 __ __ -- 0.1 0,03 10 5 0.2 -- 0.3 20 10 0.6 __ B1 -- 0.1 -- 0.1 0.02 0.004 1 0.2 0.02 0.05 0.012 91 02 0.15 Q 500 4,170 625 5.210 500 4,170 625 5.210 5 35 10 100 670 150 10 65 20 __ 2 . __ -- 0.100*' 200 590 250 -- 0.150*' 0.5 3 1.5 1 81 70 1.000 130 A 0.3 700 0 46 9 ft 1.5 -- 3.0 -- 0.1 -- 0.1 28 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm" mg/mjl" TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm0' mg/mjl> '4, 4-Thiobis (6-tert. butyl-m-cresol)........... Thiram*..................... ..... -- Tin (inorganic compounds, except SnHand SnCh) as Sn Tin (organic compounds) -- Skin (as Sn).......... Tin oxide....... . . . -- Titanium dioxide....... . -- Toluene (toluol) -- Skin . 100 C Toluene-2, 4-di isocyanate (TDI)... 0.02 o-Toluidine...................... Toxaphene, see Chionnateo camphene Tributyl phosphate.......... 5 _ -- 1,1,1 -Trichloroethane, see Methyl chloroform 350 1,1, 2-Trichloroethane -- Skin....................... 10 Trichloroethylene........... 100 " TricNoromethane, see Chloroform................. (25) Trichloronaphthalene -- Skin............................. _ 1.2. 3-Trichloropropane 50 1,1, 2-Trichloro 1, 2, 2-trifluoroethane........ 1,000 Tnethylamme............ . 25 Tricyctohexyltin hydroxide (Plictran*). ^_. Trifluoromonobromo- methane............ .........- . 1,000 Trimethyl benzene.......... 25 2. 4. 6-Trinitrophenol, see Picric acid............ -- 10 5-- 2 0.1 E-- E __ 375 150 0.14 22 0.02 10 0.5 5-- 1,900 440 45 20 535 150 (120) 25A3 5 300 150 7,600 100 5 1,250 40 __ 6.100 1,200 120 35 0.1 -- 20 10 4 0,2 20 20 560 0.14 44 1.5 5 2.380 90 800 10 450 9,500 150 10 7,625 180 0.3 Capital letters refer to Appendices. *1976 Addition, "See Notice of Intended Changes. 29 MAP 000017 Substance____________ 2, 4. 6-Tnnilrophenylmethyimtramine, see Telryl....................... - ''Trinitrotoluene (TNT) -- Skin........... .*............... Triorthocresyl phosphate Tnphenyl phosphate....... Tungsten & compounds, as W Soluble.................... Insoluble................. Turpentine................. Uranium (natural) soluble & insoluble compounds, as U....... Vanadium (VjDs)is V Dust............ -.............. C Fume....................... -- Vinyl acetate.................... Vinyl benzene, see Styrene ........................ Vinyl bromide................. " Vinyl chloride.................. Vinyl cyanide, see Acrylonitrile................. Vinyiidene chloride........ Vinyl toluene................... Warfarin.......................... ' Welding fumes (Total particulate).................. Wood dust (nonallergenic)........... Xylene (0-, m-. p-isomers) -- Skin.... 'C m-Xylene a. a'-diamine. XyKdene -- Skin............. Yttrium............................ Zinc chloride fume.......... ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm-1 mg/mJ6' -- 1.5 -- (1.5) -- 0.1 3 --1 5 100 560 -- -- -- 10 100 250 (200) 20 10 100 -- -- -- 100 -- 5 -- -- 0.2 0.5 0.05 30 420 1.100 (510) 45 40 480 0.1 5. B4 5 435 0.1 25 1 1 TENTATIVE' VALUES STEL Wm" mo/n^ -- -- - *-- 150 3,0 4.5 0.3 6 3 10 840 -- -- -- 20 150 250 Ale 30 20 150 -- -- -- 150 -- 10 -- -- 0.6 1,5 0.05 60 630 1.100 Ale 70 80 720 0.3 5, B4 10 655 0.1 50 3 2 "1976 Addition ''See Notice of Intended Changes 30 Substance Zinc oxifle fume........... Zinc stearate.............. Zirconium compounds (as Zr)......................... ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm11' lnQ/mJ," --5 --E TBITATIVE VALUES STEL ppm"' mg/m'* -- 10 -- 20 -- 5-- 10 a) Parts of vapor or gas per million parts of contaminat ed air by volume at 25CC and 760 mm. Hg. pressure. p) Approximate milligrams of substance per cubic meter of air. d) An atmospheric concentration of not more than 0.02 ppm, or personal protection may be necessary to avoid headache. e) < 7 ixm in diameter. f) As sampled by method that does not collect vapor. g) According to analytically determinea composition. h) For control of general room air, biologic monitoring is essential for personnel control. Radioactivity: For permissible concentrations of radio isotopes in air, see U.S. Department of Commerce, Na tional Bureau of Standards Handbook 69. "Maximum Permissible Body Burdens and Maximum Permissible Concentrations of Radionuclides in Air and in Water for Occupational Exposure," June 5. 1969. Also, see U.S, Department of Commerce National Bureau of Standards, Handbook 59. "Permissible Dose from External Sources of Ionizing Radiation," September 24,1954, and adden dum of April 15, 1958. A report. Basic Radiation Protec tion Criteria, published by the National Committee on Radiation Protection, revises and modernizes the con cept of the NCRP standards of 1954, 1957 and 1958; obtainable as NCRP Rept, No. 39, P. 0. Box 4867, Washington, D.C. 20008. 31 MAP 000018 Substance SILICA, SKh Crystalline Quartz MINERAL DUSTS TLV in mppcf11: 300-" % quartz + 10 TLV for respirable dust mg/m3: 10 mg/mui in % Respirable quartz - 2 TLV for "total dust." respirable and nonrespirable: 30 mg/m3 % quartz + 3 Cristobalite............. Use one-half the value calculated from the count or mass formulae for quartz. Tridymite Use one-half the value calculated from formulae for quartz. Silica, fused Use quartz formulae. Tripoli Use respirable"1 mass quartz for mula * *Amorphous..................................... SILICATES (< 7% quartz) Asbestos, all forms* Graphite (natural) Mica Mineral wool fiber Perlite Portland Cement Soapstone Talc (nonasbestiform) Talc (fibrous) use Asbestos limit. Tremolite, see Asbestos. 5 fibers/cc > 5 /jun in length"'; Ala 15 mppcf 20 mppcf 10 mg/m3 30 mppcf 30 mppcf 20 mppcf 20 mppcf TA more stringent TLV for crocrdolite may be required. 1). n| See p. 33 "See Notice of Intended Changes 32 COAL DUST 2 mg;m3 (respirable dust fraction < 5% quartz). If >5% quartz, use respirable mass formula. NUISANCE PARTICULATES (see Appendix E) 30 mppcf or 10 mg/m3" of total dust < 1 % quartz, or, 5 mg/m3 respirable dust. Conversion factors: mppcf x 35.3 = Million particles per cubic meter = particles per c.c. i) Millions of particles per cubic foot of air, based on impinger samples counted by light-field technics. j) The percentage of quartz in the formula is the amount determined from airborne samples, except in those instances in which other methods have been shown to be applicable. k) Both concentration and percent quartz for the appli cation of this limit are to be determined from the fraction passing a size-selector with the following characteristics: Aerodynamic Diameter (^m) (unit density sphere) s2 2.5 3.5 5.0 10 % passing selector 90 75 50 25 0 l) containing <1 % quartz; if quartz content > 1 %, use formulae for quartz. m) Lint-free dust as measured by the vertical-elutriator, cotton-dust sampler described in the Transactions of the National Conference on Cotton Dust, Jr. Ft. Lynch, pg. 33, May 2,1970. n) As determined by the membrane filter method at 400^4SOX magnification (4 mm objective) phase con trast illumination. o) Based on "high volume" sampling. p) "Respirable" dust as defined by the British Medical 33 MAP 000019 Research Council Criteria (1) and as sampled by a device producing equivalent results (2). (1) Hatch. T. E, and Gross. P.. Pulmonary Deposi tion and Retention of Inhaled Aerosols, p. 149. Academic Press, New York, New York. 1964. (2) Interim Guide for Respirable Mass Sampling, AIHA Aerosol Technology Committee. AH IA j. 31:2. 1970. p. 133. NOTICE OF INTENDED CHANGES (for 1976) These substances, with their corresponding values, comprise those for which either a limit has been pro posed for the first time, or for which a change in the "Adopted" listing has been proposed. In both cases, the proposed limits should be considered trial limits that will remain in the listing for a period of at least two years. If, after two years no evidence comes to light that ques tions the appropriateness of the values herein, the val ues will De reconsidered for the "Adopted" list. Docu mentation is available for each of these substances. Substance ppm"' mg/m3'" * Aliphatic solvent "140 Flash" Antimony trioxide, handling & use, asSb............................. Antimony trioxide production. Arsenic tnoxide production ... ^Atrazine..................................... Benzene -- Skin...................... Borates, tetra. sodium salts, Anhydrous............................ Decahydrate.......................... Pentahydrate........................ " Butyl acrylate............................ C Cadmium oxide production ... + Calcium hydroxide................... + Calcium Oxide........................... Captafol (Difolatan1) -- Skin. * Carbonyl fluoride..................... Catechol (Pyrocatechol)......... 25 150 --0.5 -------A2. 0.05 --Ala. 0.05 - io A2,10 A2. 30 --1 5 --== 1 10 55 -- -A2. 0.05 ...-- - 5 ....... ~ 2 -- 0.1 5 15 5 20 Capital letters refer to Appendices. ri976 Revision or Addition. 34 Substance T Chloroform............................... Chromite ore processing (as CrOa)..................................... * Cobalt metal, fume and dust.. Cyanamide....................... ....... * Dichloromonofluoromethane.. Dicrotophos (Bidrin*) -- Skin............................... ....... * Dimethyl carbamyl chloride... C Dimethyl sulfate...................... Dioxathion (Delnav)............. Diuron................................ . 7C Glutaraldehyde (Activated and unactivated)......................... + Hexamethyl phosphoramide.. Hydrazine.................................. Isophorone diisocyanate -- Skin.............................. ........ + Manganese tetroxide............... Methomyl (Lannate) -- Skin + 4, 4'-Methylene dianiline....... * N, Methyl-2-pyrrolidone......... Monocrotophos (Azodnn*)... Nickel carbonyl........................ + Nickel sulfide roasting, as Ni. =" Paraquat, respirable sizes...... * Phenyl mercaptan................... + Phosgene................................. Phthalic anhydride.................... m-Phthalodinitrile.................... +C Propylene glycol dinitrate -- Skin............. ......................... Rubber solvent......................... + "60 Solvent"...,..................... + "70 Solvent"........ ................... rThiogiycolic acid...................... C 1, 2, 4-Trichlorobenzene....... * Trimethyl phosphite............ . +C 2, 4, 6-Trinitrotoluene (TNT). Capital letters refer to Appendices. r-1976 Addition. 35 ppm'1 mg/m3"' A2. 10 50 -- Ala. 0.1 -- 0.05 --2 500 2.100 -- A2 A2. 1 -- -- 0.25 A2 A2. 5 0.2 10 0.3 1.2 A2 A2 0.1 0,1 "0.01 -- -- -- 100 -- 0.05 -- -- 0.5 0.1 1 -- 0.06 1 2.5 A2 400 0.25 0.35 Ala. 1 0.1 2 0.4 6 5 0.2 2 400 1.600 100 450 50 300 15 5 40 0.5 2.6 -- 0.5 MAP 000020 Substance + Valeraldehyde.......................... Vinyl chloride........................... Vinyl cyclohexene dioxide...... f VM & P Naphtha..................... Zinc chromate, as CrOa.......... ppm"' rng/mi6' -- 50 175 Pending,,Ale __ 10 400 -- 60 1,800 0.1 NOTICE OF INTENDED CHANGES MINERAL DUSTS Substance Silica, amorphous... + Diatomaceous earth, natural.................. TLV 5 mg/m3 Total dust (all sampled sizes) 2 mg/m3 Respirable dust (< 5 nm) 1.5 mg/m3, Respirable dust NOTICE OF INTENDED CHANGES APPENDIX A CARCINOGENS The Committee lists below those substances in in dustrial use that have proven carcinogenic in man, or have induced cancer in animals under appropriate exper imental conditions. Present listing of those substances carcinogenic for man takes three forms: Those for which a TLV has been assigned (la), those for which environ mental conditions have not been sufficiently defined to assign a TLV (1b), and (1c). those whose reassignment of a TLV is awaiting more definitive data, and hence should be treated as a 1-b carcinogen. Ala. Human Carcinogens. Substances, or substances associated with industrial processes, recognized to have carcinogenic or cocarcinogenic potential, with an assigned TLV: Capital letters refer to Appendices. +1976 Addition. 36 TLV Arsenic trioxide production Asbestos, all forms * bis (Chloromethyl) ether Chromite ore processing Nickel sulfide roasting, fume & dust Particulate Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PPAH) AS2O3. 0.05 mg m3 as As SO2, C 5.0 ppm SbzOs. 0.05 mg/m3 as Sb 5 fibers/cc, > 5 in length 0.001 ppm 0.1 mgim3 as Cr 1.0 mg/m3 as Ni 0.2 mg/m3, as benzene solubles lb. Human Carcinogens. Substances, or substances associated with industrial processes, recognized to have carcinogenic potential without an assigned TLV: 4-Aminodiphenyl (p-Xenylamine) Benzidine production beta-Naphthylamine 4-Nitrodiphenyl lc. Human Carcinogens. Substances with recognized carcinogenic potential awaiting reassignment of TLV pending further data acquisition: Vinyl chloride For the substances in 1b, no exposure or contact by any route -- respiratory, skin or oral, as de tected by the most sensitive methods -- shall be permitted. "No exposure or contact" means hermitizing the process or operation by the best practicable engi- 'Cigarette smoking can enhance the incidence of bronchogenic - ^.>**? Af substances or oro* 37 MAP 000021 IJ1M1 flfiltHlfaHttMM neermg methods. The worker should be properly equipped to insure virtually no contact with the carcinogen. A2. Industrial Substances Suspect of Carcinogenic Po tential for MAN. Chemical substances or sub stances associated with industrial processes, which are suspect of inducing cancer, based on either (1) limited epidemiologic evidence, exclusive of clinical reports of single cases, or (2) demon stration of carcinogenesis in one or more animal species by appropriate methods. Antimony trioxide production Benzene Benz(a)pyrene Beryllium Cadmium oxide production Chloroform Chromates of lead .and .zinc 3, 3'-Dichlorobenzidine Dimethylcarbamyl chloride 0.05 mg/m3 10 ppm 2.0 fj.g/m3 0.05 mg/m3 10 ppm 0.1 jng/m3 1, 1-Dimethyl hydrazine Dimethyl sulfate Epichlorhydrin Hexamethyl phosphoramide Hydrazine 4, 4 -Methylene bis 0.5 ppm 1 ppm 5 ppm 0.1 ppm (2-chloroaniline) 4, 4'-Methylene dianiline 0.02 ppm Monomethyl hydrazine Nitrosamines 0.2 ppm Propane sultone beta-Propiolactone Thallium Vinyl cyclohexene dioxide 0.1 mg/m3 10 ppm i-or the above, worker exposure by all routes should be carefully controlled to levels consistent with the animal and human experience data (see Documentation), except for those substances with a listed TLV. ranS' * ST"n5 enhance ,he lnad*"ce of respiratory cancers from this or others of those substances or processes. 38 A3. Guidelines for the Classification of Experimental ANIMAL Carcinogens. The following guidelines are offered in the present state or knowledge as an aid in classifying substances in the occupational envi ronment found to be carcinogenic in experimental animals. A need was felt by the Threshold Limits Committee for such a classification in order to take the first step in developing an appropriate TLV for occupational exposure. Determination of Approximate Threshold of Re sponse Requirement. In order to determine in which category to classify an experimental carcin ogen for the purpose of assigning an industrial air limit (TLV), an approximate threshold of neoplastic response must be determined. Because of practi cal experimental difficulties, a precisely defined threshold cannot be attained. For the purposes of standard-setting,-this isof tittle moment, as an ap propriate risk, or safety, factor can be applied to the approximate threshold, the magnitude of which is dependent on the degree of potency of the car cinogenic response. To obtain the best practical' threshold of neoplas tic response, dosage decrements should be less than logarithmic. This becomes particularly impor tant at levels greater than 10 ppm (or correspond ing mg/m3). Accordingly, after a range-finding de termination has been made by logarithmic decreases, two additional dosage levels are re quired within the levels of "effect'' and "no effect" to approximate the true threshold of neoplastic re sponse. The second step should attempt to establish a me tabolic relationship between animal and man for the particular substance found carcinogenic in an imals. If the metabolic pathways are found compa rable. the substance should be classed highly sus pect as a carcinogen for man. If no such relation is found, the substance should remain listed as an experimental animal carcinogen until evidence to the contrary is found. 39 MAP 000022 Proposed Classification of Experimental Animal Carcinogens Substances occurring in the occupa tional environment found carcinogenic for animals may be grouped into three classes, those of high, intermediate and low potency. In evaluating the in cidence of animal cancers, significant Incidence of cancer is defined as a neoplastic response which represents, in the judgment of the Committee, a significant excess of cancers above that occurring in negative controls. EXCEPTIONS: No substance is to be considered an occupational carcinogen of any practical signifi cance which reacts by the respiratory route at or above 1000 mg/m3 for the mouse. 2000 mg/m3 for the rat; by the dermal route, at or above 1500 mg/kg for the mouse. 3000 mg/kg for the rat; by the gastrointestinal route at or above 500 mg/kg/d for a lifetime, -equivalent to about 100 gT.D. tor the rate lOg T.D. for the mouse. These dosage limitations exclude such substances as dioxane and trichiorethylene from consideration as carcinogens. Examples: Dioxane -- mice, hepatocellular and nasal tumors from 1015 mg/kg/d Trichloroethylene -- female mice, tumors (30/98 @ 900 mg/kg/d) A3a. INDUSTRIAL SUBSTANCES OF HIGH CARCINO GENIC POTENCY IN EXPERIMENTAL ANIMALS 1. A substance to qualify as a carcinogen of high potency must fulfill one of the three following conditions in two animal species: la. Respiratory. Elicit cancer from (1) dosages below 1 mg/m3 (or equivalent ppm) via the respiratory tract in 6- 7-hour daily repeated inhalation exposures throughout lifetime; or (2) from a single intratracheally admin istered dose not exceeding 1 mg of parti culate, or liquid, per 100 ml or less of an imal minute respiratory volume; 40 Examples: bis-Chloromethyl ether, malign ant tumors, rats. @ 0.47 mg/m3 (0.1 ppm) in 2 years; Hexamethyl phosphoramide. nasal squamous cell carcino ma. rats. @ 0.05 ppm, in 13 months OR lb. Dermal. Elicit cancer within 20 weeks by skin-painting, twice weekly at 2 mg,kg body weight or less per application for a total dose equal to or less than 1.5 mg, in a biologically inert vehicle; Examples: 7, 12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene -- skin tumors @ 0.120.8 mg T.D. in four weeks fienztajpyrene. mice 12 /ng, 3X/wk for 18 mos. T.D. 2.6 mg, 90.9% skin tumors OR lc. Gastrointestinal. Elicit cancer by daily in take via the gastrointestinal tract, within six months, with a six-month holding period, at a dosage below 1 mg/kg body weight per day; total dose, rat, ^ 50 mg; mouse, s 3,5 mg; Examples: 7, 12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthra cene -- mammary tumors from 10 mg IX 3-Methylcholanthrene -- Tumors @ 3 sites from U mg in 89 weeks Benz(a)pyrene, mice, 3.9% leukemias, from 30 mg T.D. 198 days 2. Elicit cancer by all three routes in at least two animal species according to conditions given in la, 1b, 1c. 41 MAP 000023 A3b. INDUSTRIAL SUBSTANCES OF INTERMEDIATE CARCINOGENIC POTENCY IN EXPERIMENTAL AN IMALS To qualify as a carcinogen of intermediate potency a substance should elicit cancer in two animal spe cies at dosages intermediate between those de scribed in A3a and A3c by two routes of adminis tration. Example: Diethyl carbamic acid Dermal, mammary tumors, mice, 100%, 63 weeks, 500-1400 mg T.D, Gastrointestinal, various type tumors, mice 42 weeks, 320 mg T.D. Gastrointestinal, various type tumors, rats, 60 weeks, 110-930 mg T.D. A3c. INDUSTRIAL SUBSTANCES OF LOW CARCINO GENIC POTENCY IN EXPERIMENTAL ANIMALS To qualify as a carcinogen of low potency, a sub stance should elicit cancer in one animal species by any one of three routes of administration at the following prescribed dosages and conditions: la. Respiratory. Elicit cancer from (1) dosages greater than 10 mg/m3 (or equivalent ppm) via the respiratory tract in 6- 7-hour, daily re peated inhalation exposures, for 12 months' exposure and 12 months' observation period; or (2) from intratracheally administered dos ages totaling more than 10 mg of particulate or liquid per 100 ml or more of animal minute respiratory volume; Examples: Beryl (beryllium aluminum silicate) malig. lung tumors, rats, @ 15 mg/m3 @ 17 months Benzidine, var. tumors, rats, 10-20 mg/m3 @ > 13 mos. OR 1b Dermal. Elicit cancer by skin-painting of mice in twice weekly dosages of > 10 mg/kg body 42 weight in a biologically inert vehicle for at least 75 weeks, i.e., ^ 1.5g T.D. Examples: Shale tar. mouse. 0.1 ml * 50 g T.D. 59/60 skin tumors Arsenic trioxide, man. dose un known, but estimated to be high 1c. Gastrointestinal. Elicit cancer from daily oral dosages of 50 mg/kg/day or greater during the lifetime of the animal. APPENDIX B B1 Polytetrafluoroethylene' decomposition products. Thermal decomposition of the fluorocarbon chain in air leads to the formation of oxidized products con taining carbon, fluorine and oxygen. Because these products decompose in part by hydrolysis in alkaline solution, they can Jbe quantitatively determined in air as fluoride to provide an index of exposure. No TLV is recommended pending determination of the toxi city of the products, but air concentrations should be minimal. B2 Gasoline. The composition of gasoline varies greatly and thus a single TLV for all types of these materials is no longer applicable. In general, the aromatic hy drocarbon content will determine what TLV applies. Consequently the content of benzene, other aromat ics and additives should be determined to arrive at the appropriate TLV (Elkins, et al. A.I.H.A.J. 24:99, 1963); Runion, ibid. 36. 338, 1975). Notice of intended changes B3 Petroleum Distillates. For petroleum distillates for which no specific TLV's are listed, approximate val ues can be obtained by use of the following equa tion: TLV --------------------------------- --------------------------------% Al 3.6(200 - B.P.C.) +20 % Ar -ppm 1.3(200 - B,P.C.) +10 "Trade Names: Algoflon. Fluon. Halon, Teflon, Tetran. 43 MAP 000024 where Al = aliphatic component Ar = aromatic component B.P. =mean boiling point in degrees centi grade (normally the 50% distillation temperature). The equation cannot be used if the benzene content of the fraction exceeds 1 %, nor if the mean boiling point is above 200C, It may also lead to error if there are large amounts of hexane or cyclohexane in the distillate. If the molecular weight (average) is not known for the mixture, it can be approximated by the following equation: M.W. = %AI +0.88%Ar + 0.5(B.P.C. -100) B4 Welding Fumes -- Total Particulate (NOC)' 7IV, 5 mg/m3 Welding fumes cannot be classified simply. The com position and quantity of both are dependent on the alloy being welded and the process and electrodes used. Reli able analysis of fumes cannot be made without consider ing the nature of the welding process and system being examined; reactive metals and alloys such as aluminum and titanium are arc-welded in a protective, inert atmo sphere such as argon. These arcs create relatively little fume, but an intense radiation which can produce ozone. Similar processes are used to arc-weld steels, also creating a relatively low level of fumes. Ferrous alloys also are arc-welded in oxidizing environments which generate considerable fume, and can produce carbon monoxide instead of ozone. Such fumes generally are composed of discreet particles of amorphous slags con taining iron, manganese, silicon and other metallic con stituents depending on the alloy system involved. Chro mium and nickel compounds are found in fumes when stainless steels are arc-welded. Some coated and fluxcored electrodes are formulated with fluorides and the fumes associated with them can contain significantly "Not otherwise classified. 44 more fluorides than oxides. Because of the above fac tors. arc-welding fumes frequently must be tested for individual constituents which are likely to be present to determine whether specific TLV's are exceeded. Conclu sions based on total fume concentration are generally adequate if no toxic elements are present in welding rod. metal, or metal coating and conditions are not conducive to the formation of toxic gases. Most welding, even with primitive ventilation, does not produce exposures inside the welding helmet above 5 mg/m3. That which does, should be controlled. APPENDIX C C.1 THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES FOR MIXTURES When two or more hazardous substances are pres ent, their combined effect, rather than that of either indi vidually, should be given primary consideration. In the absence of information to the contrary, the effects of the different hazards should be considered as additive. That is, if the sum of the following fractions, exceeds unity, then the threshold limit of the mixture should be considered as being exceeded. Ci indicates the observed atmospheric concentration, and Ti the cor responding threshold limit (See Example lA.a. and 1A.c.). Exceptions to the above rule may be made when there is a good reason to believe that the chief effects of the different harmful substances are not in fact additive, but independent as when purely local effects on different organs of the body are produced by the various compo nents of the mixture. In such cases the threshold limit ordinarily is exceeded only when at least one member of the series + or + etc.) itself has a value exceeding unity (See Example 1A.c.). Antagonistic action or potentiation may occur with some combinations of atmospheric contaminants. Such 45 MAP 000025 cases at present must be determined individually . Poten tiating or antagonistic agents are not necessarily harmful by themselves, Potentiating effects of exposure to such agents by routes other than that of inhalation is also possible, e.g. imbibed alcohol and inhaled narcotic (trichloroethylene). Potentiation is characteristically exhi bited at high concentrations, less probably at low. When a given operation or process characteristically emits a number of harmful dusts, fumes, vapors or gases, it will frequently be only feasible to attempt to evaluate the hazard by measurement of a single sub stance. In such cases, the threshold limit used for this substance should be reduced by a suitable factor, the magnitude of which will depend on the number, toxicity and relative quantity of the other contaminants ordinarily present. Examples of processes which are typically associated with two or more harmful atmospheric contaminants are welding, automobile repair, blasting, painting, lacquer ing, certain foundry operations, diesel exhauts, etc. C. 14 Examples of THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES FOR MIXTURES The following formulae apply only when the compo nents in a mixture have similar toxicologic effects; they should not be used for mixtures with widely differing reactivities, e.g. hydrogen cyanide & sulfur dioxide. In such case the formula for Independent Effects (lA.c.) should be used. 1A,a. General case, where air is analyzed for each com ponent; a. Additive effects. (Note: It is essential that the atmosphere be analyzed both qualitatively and quantitatively for each component present, in order to evaluate compliance or noncom pliance with this calculated TL V.) -- Ti T2 C3 T3 . =1 Example No. 1A.a.: Air contains 5 ppm of carbontetrachloride (TLV = 10 ppm) 20 46 I ) J \ 5 20 10 ''' 50 ppm of 1, 2-dichloroethane (TLV = 50 ppm) and 10 ppm of 1. 2-dibromoethane (TLV = 20 ppm) Atmospheric concentration of mix ture = 5 + 20 10 = 35 ppm of mixture 10 _ 25 - 20 - 25 20 50 Threshold Limit is exceeded. Furthurmore, the TLV of this mixture may be calculated by reducing the total fraction to 1.0; i.e. 35 TLV of mixture = -yj-= 25 ppm lA.b. Special case when the source of contaminant is a liquid mixture and the atmospheric composition is assumed-to-be -similar to that of the original mate rial; e.g, on a time-weighted average exposure basis, all of the liquid (solvent) mixture eventually evaporates. Additive effects (approximate solution) 1. The percent composition (by weight) of the liquid mixture is known, the TLVs of the constituents must be listed in mg/m3. (Note: In order to evaluate compliance with this TLV, field sampling instruments should be calibrated, in the laboratory, for response to this specific quantitative and qualitative airvapor mixture, and also to fractional concen trations of this mixture: e.g., 112 the TLV; 1/10 the TLV; 2 x the TLV; 10 x the TLV; etc.) TLV of mixture = < Jc_ _U_ _U_ ' ~f, TLVa TLV* TLVe ' ' ' TLV,, Example No. 1: Liquid contains (by weight) 50% heptane; TLV = 400 ppm or 1600 mg/m3 1 mg/m3 *0.25 ppm 47 MAP 000026 30% methylene chloride: TLV = 200 ppm or 720 mg/m3 1 mg/m3 * 0.28 ppm 20% perchloroethylene: TLV = 100 ppm or 670 mg/m3 1 mg/m3 * 0.15 ppm TLV of Mixture = _ojT;jj 02 1600 + 720 ''' 670 1_ 0.00031 + 0.00042 ^ 0.00030 . " = O5i03 = 970 m9/m3 of this mixture 50% or (970) (0.5) = 485 mg/m3 is heptane 30% or (970) (0.3) = 291 mg/m3 is methylene chloride 20% or (970) (0.2) = 194 mg/m3 is perchloroethylene These values can be converted to ppm as follows: heptane: 485 mg/m3 x 0.25 ppm (= 1 mg/m3) = 121 ppm methylene chloride: 291 mg/m3 x 0.28 ppm (* 1 mg/m3)=81ppm perchloroethylene: 194 mg/m3 x 0.15 ppm (- 1 mg/m3) = 29 ppm TLV of mixture = 121 mg/m3 81 ->- 29 = 231 ppm, or 970 Example No. 2. Liquid solvent contains (by weight) 50% isopropyl alcohol: TLV = 400 ppm or 980 mg/m3 1 mg/m3 a o.41 ppm 30% dichloroethane: TLV = 50 ppm or 200 mg/m3 1 mg/m3 - 0.25 ppm 20% perchloroethylene: TLV = 100 ppm or 670 mg/m3 1 mg/m3 0.15 ppm 48 TLV f ^ure = 03-^3 980 ~ 200 670 _1 ___________________________ 0.00051 - 0.0015 - 0.000298 = 0.002308 = 433 m.9/m3 of this mixture 50% or (433) (0.5) = 2.6 mg/m3 is isopropyl al cohol 30% or (433) (0.3) = 130 mg/m3 is dichloroethane 20% or (433) (0.2) = 87 mg/m3 is perchloroethy lene These values can be converted to ppm as follows: isopropyl alcohol: 216 0.41 ppm (* mg/m3) = 89 ppm dichloroethane: 130 jjjjj-x 0.25 ppm (a mg/m3) = 33 ppm perchloroethylene: 87 x 0.15 ppm (= mg/m3) = 13 ppm TLV of mixture = 89 + 33 -*- 13 = 135 ppm or 433 mg/m3 lA.c. Independent effects. Air contains 0.15 mg/m3 of lead (TLV, 0.15) and 0.7 mg/m3 of sulfuric acid (TLV, 1). 2Ji_i0.15 ' 11=07 1 u-' Threshold limit is not exceeded, IB. TLV for Mixtures of Mineral Dusts. For mixtures of biologically active mineral dusts the general formula for mixtures may be used. For mixture containing 80% nonasbestiform talc and 20% quartz, the TLV for 100% of the mixture is given by: 49 MAP 000027 Willi Bumnn 1 TLV 0.8 0.2 -= 9 mppcf 20 ' 2.7 TLV of asbestiform talc (pure) = 20 mppcf TLV of quartz (pure) = 300 300 ,, , 100 * 10 110 2'7mppC Essentially the same result will be obtained if the limit of the more (most) toxic component is used provided the effects are additive. In the above ex ample the limit for 20% quartz is 10 mppcf. For another mixture of 25% quartz, 25% amor phous silica and 50% talc: 25% quartz -- TLV (pure) = 2.7 mppcf 25% amorphous silica -- TLV (pure) = mppcf 50% talc TLV (pure) =20 mppcf TLV = 0.25 2.7 = 8 mppcf 0.25 ^ _CL5_ 20 * 20 The limit for 25% quartz approximates 9 mppcf. APPENDIX D PERMISSIBLE EXCURSIONS FOR TIME- WEIGHTED AVERAGE (TWA) LIMITS The Excursion TLV Factor in the Table automatically defines the magnitude of the permissible excursion above the limit for those substances not given a "C" designation: i.e.. the TWA limits. Examples in the Table show that nitrobenzene, the TLV for which is 1 ppm, should never be allowed to exceed 3 ppm. Similarly, carbon tetrachloride. TLV = 10 ppm. should never be allowed to exceed 20 ppm. By contrast, those sub stances with a "C" designation are not subject to the excursion factor and must be kept at or below the TLV ceiling. These limiting excursions are to be considered to provide a "rule-of-thumb" guidance for listed sub stances generally, and may not provide the most appro- 50 priate excursion for a particular substance e.g . the per missible excursion for CO is 400 ppm for 15 minutes. For appropriate excursions for 142 substances con sult Pa. Rules & Regs.. Chap. 4, Art. 432. and Accept able Concentrations," ANSI. Substance Max, Cone. Permitted Excursion for short TLV Factor time Nitrobenzene Carbon tetrachloride Trimethyl benzene Acetone Boron trifluoride Butylamine 1 10 25 1000 Cl C5 3 2 1.5 1.25 _ -- 3 20 40 1250 1 5 EXCURSION FACTORS for all substances not bearing C notation TLV>0-1 (ppm or mg/m3), TLV >1-10 " TLV >10-100 " TLV >100-1000 " Excursion Factor =3 =2 =1.5 = 1.25 The number of times the excursion'above the TLV is permitted is governed by conformity with the TimeWeighted Average TLV. INTERPRETATION OF MEASURED PEAK CONCENTRATIONS With increasing use of rapid, direct-reading analytical instruments for airborne contaminants in the work area, the question of interpretation of essentially .instanta neous" peaks arises. Although no general statement can be made covering all occupational substances, the fol lowing guidelines should prove helpful, assuming peak excursions conform to time-weighted average TLV as stated above. The toxicologic importance of momentary peak con centrations depends on whether the substance is fast or slow acting. If slow acting, as for quartz, lead, or car- 51 MAP 000028 r isFiira rTimma'irp'TTTrirT' ifrcffinmi sit 1 bon monoxide, momentary peaks are of no toxicologic concern provided, of course, they are not astronomic. On the other hand, fast-acting substances that rapidly produce disabling narcosis, e.g., H2S, or intolerable irri tation or asphyxiation, NH3, SO 2. CO2, or initiate sensitiza tion--the organic isocyanates, even "instantaneous'' peaks appreciably above the permissible excursion, should not be permitted, unless information exists to the contrary. Other more specific excursions will be devel oped in the future. APPENDIX E Some Nuisance Particulates TLV, 30 mppcf or 10mg/m3 Aiundum (AI2O3) Kaolin Calcium carbonate Limestone Calcium silicate Magnesite .Cellulose (paper fiber) Marble Portland Cement Corundum (AI2O3) Emery Mineral Wool Fiber Pentaerythritol Piaster of Paris Glass, fibrous''1 or dustGlycerin Mist Rouge Silicon Graphite (synthetic) Gypsum Silicon Carbide Starch Vegetable oil mists Sucrose (except castor, cashew nut, or similar irritant Tin Oxide Titanium Dioxide oils) Zinc Stearate Zinc oxide dust q) When toxic impurities are not present, e.g. quartz < 1 %. and when determined by appropriate methods (cf p, 38). r) <7/um in diameter APPENDIX F Some Simple Asphyxiants5' Acetylene Argon Butane Ethane Ethylene Helium s) As defined on pg. 6. Hydrogen Methane Neon Nitrous oxide Propane Propylene 52 APPENDIX G Calculations for Conversion of Particle Count Concen tration (by Standard Light Field -- Midget Impinger Techniques), in mppcf. to Respirable Mass Concentra tion (by Respirable Sampler) in mg/'m3.* 1. In 1967, Jacobsen and Tomb,vderived an empiri cal relationship of 5.6 mppcf to 1 milligram of respirable dust per cubic meter of air, based on 23 sets of samples, mostly coal dust. The follow ing calculation results in an equivalence of 6.37 mppcf to 1 mg/m3 of respirable dust. Thus, an approximate ratio of 6 mppcf to 1 mg/m3 of re spirable dust is suggested for conversion of TLVs from a count to a mass basis when the density and mass median diameter have not been deter mined. 2. Basic assumptions: a) Average density for silica containing dusts = 2.5 gms/cm3 (2500 mg/cm3). Pulmonary sig nificant dust densities may vary from 1.2 gm/cm3 for coal dust to 3.1 gms/cm3 for Portland Cement. Silica densities vary from 2.2 (amorphous) to 2.3 (cristobalite and tridymite) to 2.5 (alpha-quartz.) gms per cm3. b) The mass median diameter (mmd) of particles collected in midget impinger samplers and counted by the standard light field technique. and collected in a respirable sampler is ap proximately 1.5 pan or 1.5 x 10~* cm. This assumption is, of course, quite arbitrary since the mmd of all dust clouds is quite variable, depending on many independent parameters, such as source of dust, age of dust cloud, me teorological conditions, etc. 3. Calculation: a) vol. per particle: 4/3 n r3; r = 0.75 x 10"4 cm = 4/3 (0.75 x i0-<)3 = 1.77 x 10'13 cm3 '"Relationship Between Gravimetric Respirable Oust Concentration and Midget Impinger Number Concentration." by Murray Jacobson and 7. F. Tomb. AIHAJ, 28; Nov.-Dee. 1967. 53 MAP 000029 b) wt. per particle = voi. x density = 1.77 x io-'z cm3 x 2.5 x 103 mg/cm3 = 4.425 x 10-9 mg/particle c) 1 particle/ft.3 =35.5 part./m3 (since 35.5 cu ft = 1 cu m.) 10* part./ft3 = mppcf = 35.5 x io part./m3 wt. of 1 mppcf ^ 35.5 x 106 part./m3 x 4.425 x 10~9 mg/part. 1 mppcf m 0.157 mg/m3 or 6.37 mppcf ^ 1 mg/m3 mg/m3. or approximately 6 mpccf *i 4. Equivalent TLVs in mppcf and mg/m3 (respirable mass) for Mineral Dusts. Substance Threshold Limit Value Count Resp. Mass Total Mass mppcf -mg/m3 ma/m3 Silica (SiOt) Amorphous Cristobalite Fused silica Quartz Tridymite Coal Dust Diatomaceous earth, natural Graphite Mica Mineral wool fiber Nuisance particulates Perlite Portland Cement Soapstone Talc (nonasbestiform) Tripoli 20 1.5 3 3 1.5 (12) _ 15 20 -- 30 30 30 20 20 (3) (3)** 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.05 2 1.5 (2.5) (3) (5) (5) (5) (5) (3) (3) 0.1 -(6) 0.15 0.3 0.3 0.15 (4) _ (5) (6) 10 10 (10) (10) (6) (6) (0.3) `Unless otherwise specified, respirable mass is presumed to equal ap proximately 50% of total mass "All values in parentheses | I represent newly calculated values based on equivalence of 6 mppcf * 1 mg/m3 respirable mass and respirable mass * 50% total mass 54 TLVs Threshold Limit Values for Physical Agents Adopted by ACGIH for 1976 an MAP 000030 1976 TLV PHYSICAL AGENTS COMMITTEE Herbert H. Jones. Central Missouri State University Chairman Peter A. Breysse, University of Washington Gerald V. Coles, United Kingdom Thomas Cummings, Ontario Dept, of Health Irving H. Davis, Michigan Dept, of Health Ronald D, Dobbin. NIOSH LCDR Joseph J. Drozd, USN Maj. George S. Kush, USAF Edward J. Largent. OSHA William E. Murray. NIOSH, Secretary Dr. Wordie H. Parr, NIOSH David H. Siiney, USAEHA Lt. Col. Robert T. Wangemann, USAEHA Thomas K. Wilkinson, USPHS-NIH Any comments or questions regarding these limits should be addressed to: Secretary-Treasurer P.O. Box 1937 Cincinnati. Ohio 45201 PREFACE PHYSICAL AGENTS These threshold limit values refer to levels of physical agents and represent conditions under which it is be lieved that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed day after day without adverse effect. Because of wide variations in individual susceptibility, exposure of an oc casional individual at. or even below, the threshold limit may not prevent annoyance, aggravation of a pre-exist ing condition, or physiological damage. These threshold limits are based on the best available information from industrial experience, from experimen tal human and animal studies, and when possible, from a combination of the three. These limits are intended for use in the practice of industrial hygiene and should be interpreted and applied only by a person trained in this discipline. They are not intended for use, or for modification for use, (1) in the evaluation or control of the levels of physical agents in the community, (2) as proof or disproof of an existing physical disability, or (3) for adoption by countries whose working conditions differ from those in the United States of America. These values are reviewed annually by the Committee '' on Threshold Limits for Physical Agents for revisions or additions, as further information becomes available. Notice of Intent -- At the beginning of each year, proposed actions of the Committee for the forthcoming year are issued in the form of a "Notice of Intent." This notice provides not only an opportunity for comment, but solicits suggestions of physical agents to be added to the list. The suggestions should be accompanied by substantiating evidence. As Legislative Code -- The Conference recognizes that the Threshold Limit Values may be adopted in legis lative codes and regulations. If so used, the intent of the concepts contained in the Preface should be maintained and provisions should be made to keep the list current. 57 MAP 000031 Reprint Permission -- This publication may be re printed provided that written permission is obtained from the Secretary-Treasurer of the Conference and that this Preface be published in its entirety along with the Threshold Limit Values. THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES HEAT STRESS These Threshold Limit Values refer to beat stress conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse health effects. The TLVs shown in Table 1 are based on the assumption that nearly all acclimatized, fully clothed workers with adequate water and salt intake should be able to function effectively under the given working con ditions without exceeding a deep body temperature of 38C (WHO technical report series #412, 1969 Health Factors Involved In Working Under Conditions of Heat Stress; f. N. Dukes-Oobos and A. Henschel: "Develop ment of Permissible Heat Exposure Limits for Occupa tional Work." ASHRAE Journal, Vol. 15: No. 9, Sep tember 1973, pp. 57-62.) Since measurement of deep body temperature is im practical for monitonng the workers' heat load, the mea surement of environmental factors is required which most nearly correlate with deep body temperature and other physiological responses to heat. At the present time Wet Bulb-Globe Temperature Index (WBGT) is the simplest and most suitable technique to measure the en vironmental factors. WBGT values are calculated by the following equations: 1. Outdoors with solar load: WBGT = 0.7WB -* 0.2GT -0.1 DB 2. Indoors or Outdoors with no solar load: WBGT = 0.7WB -0.3GT where: WBGT = Wet Bulb-Globe Temperature Index WB = Natural Wet-Bulb Temperature DB = Dry-Bulb Temperature GT = Globe Thermometer Temperature 58 The determination of WBGT requires the use of a black globe thermometer, a natural (static) wet-bulb thermom eter, and a dry-bulb thermometer. TABLE 1 Permissible Heat Exposure Threshold Limit Values (Values are given in C. WBGT) Work Load Work -- Rest Regimen Light Moderate Heavy Continuous work 30.0 26.7 25.0 75% Work -- 25% Rest, Each hour 30.6 28.0 25.9 50% Work -- 50% Rest, Each hour 25% Work -- 75% Rest, Each hour .31.4 29.4 27.9 32.2 31.1 30.0 Higher heat exposures than shown in Table 1 are per missible if the workers have been undergoing medical surveillance and it has been established that they are more tolerant to work in heat than the average worker. Workers should not be permitted to continue their work when their deep body temperature exceeds 38.0C. APPENDIX G HEAT STRESS I. Measurement of the Environment The instruments required are a dry-bulb, a natural wet-bulb, a globe thermometer, and a stand. The mea surement of the environmental factors shall be per formed as follows: A. The range of the dry and the natural wet bulb ther mometer shall be -5C to 50C with an accuracy of 0.51;. The dry bulb thermometer must be shielded 59 MAP 000032 from the sun and the other radiant surfaces of the envi ronment without restricting the airflow around the bulb The wick of the natural wet-bulb thermometer shall be kept wet with distilled water for at least 112 hour before the temperature reading is made. It is nof enough to immerse the other end of the wick into a reservoir of distilled water and wait until the whole wick becomes wet by capillarity. The wick shall be wetted by direct application of water from a syringe 1 /2 hour before each reading. The wick shall extend over the bulb of the ther mometer, covering the stem about one additional bulb length. The wick should always be clean and new wicks should be washed before using. B. One globe thermometer, consisting of a 15 cm. (6inch) diameter hollow copper sphere, painted on the outside with a matte black finish or equivalent shall be used. The bulb or sensor of a thermometer (range -5C to 100C with an accuracy of =Q.5V) must be fixed in the center of the sphere. The-globe thermometer shall be exposed at least 25 minutes before it is read. C. One stand shall be used to suspend the three ther mometers so that they do not restrict free air flow around the bulbs, and the wet-bulb and globe thermom eter are not shaded. D. It is permissible to use any other type of temperature sensor that gives identical reading to a mercury ther mometer under the same conditions. E. The thermometers must be so placed that the read ings are representative of the condition where the men work or rest, respectively. The methodology outlined above is more fully ex plained in the following publications: 1. "Prevention of Heat Casualties in Marine Corps Re cruits, 1955-1960, with Comparative Incidence Rates and Climatic Heat Stresses in other Training Cate gories." by Captain David Minard, MC, USN, Research Report No. 4, Contract No. MR005.01-0001.01, Naval Medical Research Institute, Bethesda, Maryland, 21 Feb ruary 1961. 2. "Heat Casualties in the Navy and Marine Corps, 60 1959-1962, with Appendices on the Field Use of the Wet Bulb-Globe Temperature Index," by Captain David Minard. MC, USN, and R. L. O'Brien, HMC. USN. Re search Report No. 7, Contract No. MR 005,01-0001.01, Naval Medical Research Institute, Bethesda. Maryland, 12 March 1964. 3. Minard, D.: Prevention of Heat Casualties in Marine Corps Recruits. Military Medicine 126(4): 261-272, 1961. II. Work Load Categories The heat produced by body and the environmental heat together determine the total heat load. Therefore, if work is to be performed under hot environmental condi tions, the workload category of each job shall be es tablished and the heat exposure limit pertinent to the work load evaluated against the applicable standard in order to protect the worker from exposure beypnd .the permissible limit. A. The work load category may be established by rank ing each job into light, medium, and heavy categories on the basis of type of operation. Where the work load is ranked into one of said three categories, i.e. (1) fight work (up to 200 Kcal/hr or 800 Btu/hr): e.g., sitting or standing to control machines, performing light hand or arm work, (2) moderate work (200-350 Kcal/hr or 800-1400 Btu/hr): e.g., walking about with moderate lifting and pushing, (3) heavy work (350-500 Kcal/hr or 1400-2000 Btu/hr): e.g., pick and shovel work, the permissible heat exposure limit for that work load shall be determined from Table 1. B. The ranking of the job may be performed either by measuring the worker's metabolic rate while performing his job or by estimating his metabolic rate by the use of the scheme shown in Table 2. Tables available in the literature listed below and in other publications as well may also be utilized. When this method is used the per missible heat exposure limit can be determined by Figure 1. 61 i MAP 000033 1. Per-Olaf Astrand and Kaare Rodahl: "Textbook Q< Work Physiology" McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York. San Francisco, 1970. 2. "Ergonomies Guide to Assessment of Metabolic and Cardiac Costs of Physical Work." Amer. ind. Hyo Assoc. J. 32:560,1971. _ y' 3. Energy Requirements for Physical Work. Purdue Farm Cardiac Project. Agricultural Experiment Station. Research Progress Report No. 30,1961. 4. J. V. G. A. Durnin and R. Passmore: "Energy, Work and Leisure." Heinemann Educational Books, Ltd., Lon don, 1967. Assessment of Work Load Average values of metabolic rate during different ac tivities. A. Body position and movement Sitting Standing Walking Walking up hill Kcal./min 0.3 0.6 2.0-3.0 add 0.8 Type of Work Hand work Work with one arm light heavy light heavy Work with both arms Work with body light heavy light moderate heavy very heavy Average Kcal./min. 0.4 0.9 1.0 1.8 1.5 2.5 3.5 5.0 7.0 9.0 Range Kcal./min. 0.2-1.2 0.7-2.5 1.0-3.5 2.5-15.0 62 Light hand work: writing, hand knitting Heavy hand work: typewnting Heavy work with one arm: hammering in nails (shoe maker, upholsterer) Light work with two arms: filing metal, planing wood, raking of a garden Moderate work with the body: cleaning a floor, beat ing a carpet Heavy work with the body: railroad track laying, dig ging, barking trees Sample Calculation: Using a heavy hand tool on an assembly line A. Walking along 2.0 Kcal./min. B. Intermediate value between heavy work with two arms and light work with the body 3.0 Kcal./min. C. Add for basal metabolism 5.0 Kcal./min, 1.0 Kcal./min. Total 6.0 Kcal./min. Adapted from Lehmann, G. E., A. Muller and H. Spitzer: Der Kalorienbedarf bei gewerblicher Arbeit. Arbeitsphysiol. 14:166,1950. III. Work-Rest Regimen The permissible exposure limits specified in Table 1 and Figure 1 are based on the assumption that the WBGT value of the resting place is the same or very close to that of the work place. Where the WBGT of the work area is different from that of the rest area a timeweighted average value should be used for both environ mental and metabolic heat. When time-weighted average values are used the appropriate curve on Figure 1 is the solid line labeled "continuous." The time-weighted average metabolic rate (M) shall be determined by the equation: Av. M = (Mi) x(ti) +(Ma) x(ta) + . . . . + (MJ x(t,,) (tl) + (t2) +....+ (t,,) 63 MAP 000034 Where Mi M2, M,, are estimated or measured metabolic rates for the various activities of the worker during the total time period, ti, t2, t,, are the elapsed times in min utes spent at the corresponding metabolic rate as deter mined by a time study. The time-weighted average WBGT shall be deter mined by the equation: Av. WBGT = (WBGTi) x(ti) i-(WBGTz) x tz +,., + (WBGT,,) x (tj (ti) + (t2) + . . . + (t,,) where WBGTi, WBGT2. WBGT, are calculated values of WBGT for the various work and rest areas occupied dur ing total time periods, ti, t2, t,,are the elapsed times in minutes spent in the corresponding areas which are de termined by a time study. Where exposure to hot envi ronmental conditions is continuous for several hours or the entire work day, the time-weighted averages shall be calculated as hourly time-weighted average i.e., ti + t2 + ... t,, = 60 minutes. Where the exposure is intermit tent, the time-weighted averages shall be calculated as two-hour time-weighted averages, i.e., ti +12 + . . . t,, = 120 minutes. The permissible exposure limits for continuous work are applicable where there is a work-rest regimen of a 5-day work week and an 8-hour work day with a short morning and afternoon break (approximately 15 min utes) and a longer lunch break (approximately 30 min utes). Higher exposure limits are permitted if additional resting time is allowed. All breaks, including unsche duled pauses and administrative or operational waiting periods during work may be counted as rest time when additional rest allowance must be given because of high environmental temperatures. It is a common experience that when the work on a job is self-paced, the workers will spontaneously limit their hourly work load to 30-50% of their maximum physical performance capacity. They do this either by setting an appropriate work speed or by interspersing unscheduled breaks. Thus the daily average of the workers' metabolic rate seldom exceeds 330 kcal/hr. However, within an 8-hour work shift there may be 64 periods where the workers' hourly average metabolic rate will be higher. IV. Water and Salt Supplementation During the hot season or when the worker is exposed to artificially generated heat, drinking water shall be made available to the workers in such a way that they are stimulated to frequently drink small amounts, i.e., one cup every 15--20 minutes (about 150 ml or 1/4 pint). The water shall be kept reasonably cool (10-15C or 50.0-60.0F) and shall be placed close to the work place so that the worker can reach it without abandoning the work area. The workers should be encouraged to salt their food abundantly during the hot season and particularly during hot spells. If the workers are unacclimatized, salted drinking water shall be made available in a concentration of 0.1% (1g NaCI to 1.0 liter or 1 level tablespoon of salt to 15 quarts of water). The added salt shall be complete ly dissolved before the water is distributed, and the water shall be kept reasonably cool. V. Other Considerations A. Clothing: The permissible heat exposure TLVs are valid for light summer clothing as customarily worn by workers when working under hot environmental condi tions. If special cothing is required for performing a par ticular job and this clothing is heavier or it impedes sweat evaporation or has higher insulation value, the worker's heat tolerance is reduced. and the permissible heat exposure limits indicated in Table 1 and Figure 1 are not applicable. For each job category where special clothing is required, the permissible heat exposure limit shall be established by an expert. B. Acclimatization and Fitness: The recommended heat stress TLVs are valid for acclimated workers who are physically fit. 65 MAP 000035 400 600 1300 1600 3000 BTu/hr Rote of Work Figure 1 -- Permissible Heat Exposure Threshold Limit Value IONIZING RADIATION See U.S. Department of Commerce National Bureau of Standards, Handbook 59, "Permissible Dose from Ex ternal Sources of Ionizing Radition," September 24, 1954, and addendum of April 15, 1958. A report, Basic Radiation Protection Criteria, published by the National Committee on Radiation Protection, revises and modern izes the concept of the NCRP standards of 1954. 1957 and 1958; obtainable as NCRP Rept, No. 39, P. O. Box 4867, Washington, D.C. 20008. LASERS The threshold limit values are for exposure to laser radiation under conditions to which nearly all workers may be exposed without adverse effects. The values 66 should be used as guides in the control of exposures and should not be regarded as fine lines between safe and dangerous levels. They are based on the best avail able information from experimental studies. Limiting Apertures The TLVs expressed as radiant exposure or irradiance in this section may be averaged over an aperture of 1 mm except for TLVs for the eye in the spectral range of 400-1400 nm, which should be averaged over a 7 mm limiting aperture (pupil); and except for all TLVs for wa velengths between 0.1-1 mm where the limiting aper ture is 10 mm. No modification of the TLVs is permitted for pupil sizes less than 7 mm. The TLVs for "extended sources" apply to sources which subtend an angle greater than a (Table 5) which varies with exposure time. This angle is not the beam divergence of the source. -Correction Factors A and B (CA and Ca) tor Bye Expo sure All TLVs in Tables 3 and 4 are to be used as given for wavelengths 400 nm to 700 nm. At all wavelengths greater than 1.06 /urn and less than 1.4 mn the TLVs are to be increased by a factor of 5. TLV at wavelengths between 700 nm and 1.06 m are to be increased by a uniformly extrapolated factor as shown in Figure 2. For certain exposure durations at wavelengths between 700800 nm, correction factor Ca is applied. Repetitively Pulsed Lasers Since there are few experimental data for multiple pulses, caution must be used in the evaluation of such exposures. The protection standards for irradiance or ra diant exposure in multiple pulse trains have the following limitations: (1) The exposure from any single pulse in the train is limited to the protection standard for a single compara ble pulse. (2) The average irradiance for a group of pulses is limited to the protection standard as given in Tables 3, 4, or 6 of a single pulse of the same duration as the entire pulse group. 67 4 MAP 000036 Correction Factor EXPOSURE OURATION (S t (3) When the Instantaneous Pulse Repetition Fre quency (PRF) of any pulses within a train exceeds one the protection standard applicable to each pulse is re duced as shown in Figure 6 for pulse durations less than 10"5 second. For pulses of greater duration, the follow ing formula should be followed: --fifar")- - where: Standard (pulse ht) n n = number of pulses in train r = duration of a single pulse in the train Standard (nr) = protection standard of one pulse having a duration equal to nr sec onds. Wovl#ngfh (nnt) Figure 2 -- TLV correction factors for laser wavelengths (eye). 68 Ec sh*. <oTT .o CO a . > aE 69 MAP 000037 MAP 000038 e x p o s u r e Du r a t io n i s t I MAP 000039 EXPOSURE OtoRATtON IS ) MAP 000040 o p- re . -1 uj I O .pw5 Tcn3 ;I O m < >' Co> s2: 0o91l X co : !'i i~ li s.s S2 O EE O CNJ CO o CNJ CO si cEEcEcEcEcEcEcEcEcEcEcEeEiEigE SSSSgfeggS = ~S2Si2 CNjMC5reforerecococ,5coforec*3c3 > ZD ZD E O e ,--e Pg" e i- EU N u,___, _ -r >* 5 E oo 72 ' E ~o !o" 3. X ^ f> o co. -x V 0p Ozd' CoM ( in *-- ooE Ox ,, o" CO LU : --jp: "oS2 x =SX J <C_D osor'x-SoporS0's*5 or'x- roros roroor, 0--00C-O00 "00C-O000n 000 - See Fig 2, Laser TLV listing. E EI Ee : o pEEeEc oon. opr^. o m Ec Oon- Ec Poh*. oor> mO0a5 0=5 O O^o-- **<! o *r o oo o E E E EEE E E c c oo -o* C oo c oo cc omm mom c o-- c oO r. o Op r-- o CD o t- Ec E12. P-- : o oas s -a< < CD > ZD cc dz o- okhid 77 MAP 000041 TABLE 4 MAP 000042 TABLE 6 Threshold Limit Value lo r Skin Exposure from a Laser Beam Exposure Time, m cs . . "3 j j52 1 CT5 ** JcDc t/->=>>><-o W X oT 3 ioV g CO . ca CO CM X- C/3 Si 5 x" 2 o o oo t; > ooo 5! c O gg: a?) *-- J| o o li E cs c i 5. 8 :! O ^ 2 *> 3; JS < CO :!"E 80 MICROWAVES' These Threshold Limit Values refer to microwave en ergy in the frequency range of 100 MHz to 100 GHz and represent conditions under which it is believed that near ly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without ad verse effect. These values should be used as guides in the control of exposure of microwaves and should not be regarded as a fine line between safe and dangerous levels. Recommended Values The Threshold Limit Value for occupational mi crowave energy exposure where power densities are known and exposure time controlled is as follows: 1. For average power density levels up to but not ex ceeding 10 milliwatts per square centimeter, total ex posure time shall be limited to the 8-hour workday (continuous exposure). 2. For average power density levels from 10 milliwatts per square centimeter up to but not exceeding 25 milliwatts per square centimeter, total exposure time shall be limited to no more than 10 minutes for any 60 minute period during an 8-hour workday (inter mittent exposure). 3. For average power density levels in excess of 25 mil liwatts per square centimeter, exposure is not per missible. NOTE: For repetitively pulsed sources the average power density may be calculated by multiplying the peak power density by the duty cycle. The duty cycle is equal to the pulse duration in seconds times the pulse repetition rate in hertz. "See Notice of Intended Changes, Page 00; Notice of Intent to Study, page 00. NOISE These threshold limit values refer to sound pressure levels and durations of exposure that represent condi tions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse effect on 81 Spectral MAP 000043 their ability to hear and understand normal speech. The medical profession has defined heanng impairment as an average hearing threshold level in excess of 25 de cibels (ANSI-S3.6-1969) at 500, 1000, and 2000 Hz, and the limits which are given have been established to prevent a hearing loss in excess of this level. The values should be used as guides in the control of noise expo sure and, due to individual susceptibility, should not be regarded as fine lines between safe and dangerous levels. Continuous or Intermittent The sound level shall be determined by a sound level meter, conforming as a minimum to the requirements of the American National Standard Specification for Sound Level Meters, SI .4 (1971) Type S2A, and set to use the A-weighted network with slow meter response. Duration of exposure shall not exceed that shown in Table 7. These values apply to total duration of exposure per working day regardless of whether this is one continu ous exposure or a number of short-term exposures but does not apply to impact or impulsive type of noise. When the daily noise exposure is composed of two or more periods of noise exposure of different levels, their combined effect should be considered7Tather than the individual effect of each. If the sum of the following fractions: -- +-- + T i T* ' T. _ exceeds unity, then, the mixed exposure should be con sidered to exceed the threshold limit value, Ci indicates the total duration of exposure at a specific noise level, and Ti indicates the total duration of exposure permitted at that level. All on-the-job noise exposures of 80 dBA or greater shall be used in the above calculations. 82 Table 7 Threshold Limit Values Duration per day Hours 16 8 4 2 1 1/2 1/4 1/8 Sound Level dBA0' 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115* "No exposure to continuous or intermittent m excess of 115 dBA a) Sound level in decibels as measured on a sound level meter, conforming as a minimum to the require ments of the American National Standard Specifica tion for Sound Level Meters, SI .4 (1971) Type S2A, ..and set lo iise the A-weighted network -with slow meter response. IMPULSIVE OR IMPACT NOISE It is recommended that exposure to impulsive or im pact noise shall not exceed the limits listed in Table 8 or taken from Figure 7. No exposures in excess of 140 de cibels peak sound pressure level are permitted. Impul sive or impact noise is considered to be those variations in noise levels that involve maxima at intervals of greater than one per second. Where the intervals are less than one second, it should be considered continuous. Sound Level dB* 140 130 120 Table 8 Threshold Limit Values Impulsive or Impact Noise Permitted Number of Impulses or Impacts per day 100 1000 10,000 *lt should be recognized that the application of the TLV for noise will not protect all workers from the adverse effects of noise exposure. A heanng conservation program with audiometnc testing is necessary when workers are exposed to noise at or above the TLV levels. **Decibels peak sound pressure level. 83 MAP 000044 DECJtEtS PEAK SOUND PRESSURE t I V C l' Figure 7 -- 84 ULTRAVIOLET RADIATION* These threshold limit values refer to ultraviolet radia tion in the spectral region between 200 and 400 nm and represent conditions under which it is believed that near ly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without ad verse effect. These values for exposure of the eye or the skin apply to ultraviolet radiation from arcs, gas, and vapor discharges, fluorescent, and incandescent sources, and solar radiation, but do not apply to ultravi olet lasers. * These levels should not be used for deter mining exposure of photosensitive individuals to ultravi olet radiation. These values should be used as guides in the control of exposure to continuous sources where the exposure duration shall not be less than 0.1 sec. These values should be used as guides in the control of exposure to ultraviolet sources and should not be re garded as a fine line between safe and dangerous levels. Recommended Values: The threshold limit value for occupational exposure to ultraviolet radiation incident upon skin or eye where irradiance values are known and exposure time is con trolled are as follows: 1. For the near ultraviolet spectral region (320 to 400 nm) total irradiance incident upon the unprotected skin or eye should not exceed 1 mw/cm2 for periods greater than 103 seconds (approximately 16 minutes) and for exposure times less than 103 seconds should not exceed one J/cm2. 2. For the actinic ultraviolet spectral region (200 -- 315 nm), radiant exposure incident upon the unprotected skin or eye should not exceed the values given in Table 9 within an 8-hour period. 3. To determine the effective irradiance of a broadband source weighted against the peak of the spectral ef fectiveness curve (270 nm), the following weighting formula should be used: *See Laser TLVs. 85 MAP 000045 where: E'ir = effective irradiance relative to a monochromat ic source at 270 rim in W/cm2 (J/s/cm2) E* = spectral irradiance in W/cm2/nm S* = relative spectral effectiveness (unitless) A\ = band width in nanometers 4. Permissible exposure time in seconds for exposure to actinic ultraviolet radiation incident upon the un protected skin or eye may be computed by dividing 0.003 J/cm2 by Erff in W/cm2. The exposure time may also be determined using Table 10 which pro vides exposure times corresponding to effective irradiances in AiW/cm2. TABLE 9 Relative Spectral Effectiveness by Wavelength Wavelength (nm) 200 210 220 230 240 250 254 260 270 280 290 300 305 310 315 TLV (mj/cm2)** 100 40 25 16 10 7.0 6.0 4.6 3.0 3,4 4.7 10 50 200 1000 Relative Spectral Effectiveness _Sa 0.03 0.075 0.12 0.19 0.30 0.43 0.5 0.65 1.0 0.88 0.64 0.30 0.06 0.015 0.003 "ImJ/cm2 = 10'3 J/cmJ 86 TABLE 10 Permissible Ultraviolet Exposures Duration of Exposure Per Day Effective Irradiance, Ef//(MW-cm2)--- 8 hrs......... .............................................. 4 hrs......... .......... ........................ 0.1 0.2 2 hrs......... ............................................... 1 hr........... ................................ 0.4 0.8 30 min...... ............................................... 1.7 15 min...... .................... 3.3 10 min...... ................................................................5 5 min......... ................................. 10 1 min......... .................................................. 50 30 sec........................................................... 100 10 sec........................................................... 300 1 sec............................................................. 3.000 0.5 sec......................................................... 6,000 0.1 sec.......................................................... 30,000 All the preceding TLVs for ultraviolet energy apply to sources which subtend an angle less than 80. Sources which subtend a greater angle need to be measured only over an angle of 80. = 10-*W/cmJ 87 MAP 000046 ............................. . illt IBUlilHl.lWMBHMIM 0 001 200 720 740 too 710 300 320 WAVE LENGTH (NANOMETERS) 340 Figure 8 -- Threshold Limit Values for Ultraviolet Radiation Conditioned (tanned) individuals can tolerate skin ex posure in excess of the TLV without erythemal effects. However, such conditioning may not protect persons against skin cancer. -- NOTICE OF INTENDED CHANGES (for 1976) These physical agents, with their corresponding val ues, comprise those for which either a limit has been proposed for the first time, or for which a change in the "Adopted" listing has been proposed. In both cases, the proposed limits should be considered trial limits that will remain in the listing for a period of at least one year. If after one year no evidence comes to light that questions the appropriateness of the values herein the values will be reconsidered for the "Adopted" list. 88 MICROWAVES These Threshold Limit Values refer to microwave en ergy in the frequency range of 300 MHz to 300 GHz and represent conditions under which it is believed that near ly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without ad verse effect. Under conditions of moderate to severe heat stress, the recommended values may need to be reduced." Therefore, these values should be used as guides in the control of exposure to microwave energy and should not be regarded as a fine line between safe and dangerous levels. Recommended Values: The Threshold Limit Value for occupational exposure to microwave energy, where power density or field in tensity is known and exposure time is controlled, is as follows: 1. For exposure to continuous wave (CW) sources, the power density level shall not exceed 10 milliwatts per square centimeter (mW/cm2) for continuous expo sure, and the total exposure time shall be limited to an 8-hour workday. This power density is approxi mately equivalent to a free-space electric field strength of 200 volts-per-meter rms (V/m) and a free-space magnetic field strength of 0.5 ampere-permeter rms (A/m). 2. Exposures to CW power density levels greater than 10 mW/cm2 are permissible up to a maximum of 25 mW/cm2 based upon an average energy density of 1 milliwatt-hour per square centimeter (mWh/cm2) averaged over any 0.1 hour period. For example, at 25 mW/cm2, the permissible exposure duration is approximately 2.4 minutes in any 0.1 hour period. 3. For repetitively pulsed microwave sources, the average field strength or power density is calculated by multiplying the peak-pulse value by the duty cycle. The duty cycle is equal to the pulse duration in sec- Mumford. W.W.. "Heat Stress Due to R. F, Radiation." Proceedings of IEEE. Vol. 57. No. 2. Feb 1969. pp. 171-178. 89 MAP 000047 iaiiMmiiiWgiWTii1tr^"i^M,,illlllllMI>l,lllt:i'B,lhWIIW onds times the pulse repetition rate in Hertz, Expo sure during an 8-hour workday shall not exceed the following values which are averaged over any 0.1 hour period: Power Density Energy Density Mean Squared Electric Field Strength Mean Squared Magnetic Field Strength 10 mW/cm2 1 mWh/cm2 40,000 V2/m2 0.25 A2/m2 4. Exposure is not permissible in CW or repetitively pulsed fields with an average power density in excess of 25 mW/cm2 or approximate equivalent free-space field strengths of 300 V/m or 0.75 A/m. NOTICE OF INTENT TO ESTABLISH THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES LIGHT ANO NEAR-INFRAREO RADIATION These Threshold limit Values refer to visible and near-infrared radiation in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 1400 nm and represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be exposed with out adverse effect. These values should be used as guides in the control of exposure to light and should not be regarded as a fine line between safe and dangerous levels. Recommended Values: The Threshold Limit Value for occupational exposure to broad-band light and near-infrared radiation for the eye apply to exposure in any eight-hour workday and require knowledge of the spectral radiance (U) and total irradiance (E) of the source as measured at the position(s) of the eye of the worker. Such detailed spectral data of a white light source is generally only required if the luminance of the source exceeds 1 cd cm*2. At lu minances less than this value the TLV would not be ex ceeded. The TLV's are: 1. To protect against retinal thermal injury, the spectral radiance of the lamp weighted against the function R 90 (Table 14) should not exceed: woo ___ I L R* Aa s V t /at (1) where L* is in W cm-2 sr_1 and t is the viewing duration (or pulse duration if the lamp is pulsed) lim ited to 1 ms to 10 s. and a is the angular subtense of the source in radians. If the lamp is oblong, a refers to the longest dimension that can be viewed. For in stance. at a viewing distance r = 100 cm from a tubular lamp of length I = 50 cm, the viewing angle is: a = l/r = 50/100 = 0.5 rad (2) 2. To protect against retinal injury from chronic bluelight exposure the integrated spectral radiance of the lamp weighted against the blue-light hazard function B), (Table 14) should not exceed: 1400 ^ U t B* AA s 100 Jcm-a-sr1 (t -s 10`s) (3a; 1400 4X La B* AA s ID-2 Wcm -* sr1 (t > 10*s) (3b) For a source radiance L which exceeds 2 mW cm-2 sr-1 in the blue spectral region, the permissible ex posure duration tmox in seconds is simply: tm = 100 J cm'2 sr-'/L (blue) (4) The latter limits are greater than the maximum per missible exposure limits for 440 nm laser radiation (see Laser TLV) because a 2-3 mm pupil is assumed rather than a 7 mm pupil for the Laser TLV. 3. Infrared Radiation: To avoid possible delayed effects upon the lens of the eye (cataractogenesis). the infra red radiation (A > 770 nm) should be limited to 10 mWcm-2. For an infrared heat lamp or any near-in frared source where a strong visual stimulus is ab sent, the near infrared (770-1400 nm) radiance as viewed by the eye should be limited to: 1400 Xo E, A* =600/a (5) for extended duration viewing conditions. This limit is based upon a 7 mm pupil diameter. 91 MAP 000048 TABLE 11 SPECTRAL WEIGHTING FUNCTIONS FOR ASSESSING RETINAL HAZARDS FROM BROAD -- BAND OPTICAL SOURCES Wavelength (nm) 400 405 410 415 420 425 430 435 440 445 450 455 460 465 470 475 480 485 490 495 500-600 600-700 700-1060 1060-1400 Blue-Light Hazard Function B* 0.10 0.20 0.40 0.80 0.90 0.95 0.98 1.0 1.0 0.97 0.94 0.90 0.80 0.70 0.62 0.55 0.45 0.40 0.22 0.16 |Q[(450-A> 501 0.001 0.001 0.001 Burn Hazard Function R* 1.0 2.0 4.0 8.0 9.0 9.5 9.8 10 10 9.7 9.4 9.0 8.0 7.0 6,2 5.5 4.5 4.0 2.2 1.6 1.0 1.0 jQ((A-700) 515) 0.2 AIRBORNE UPPER SONIC AND ULTRASONIC ACOUSTIC RADIATION These threshold limit values refer to sound pressure levels that represent conditions under which it is be lieved that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse effect. The values listed in Table 15 should be used as guides in the control of noise expo sure and, due to individual susceptibility, should not be regarded as fine lines between safe and dangerous levels. The levels for the third octave bands centered below 20 kHz are below those which cause subjective effects. Those levels for 1/3 octaves above 20 kHz are for prevention of possible hearing losses from subhar monics of these frequencies. TABLE 12 Permissible Ultrasound Exposure Levels Mid-Frequency o< Third-Octave Band kHz One-Third Octave -- Band Level in dB reference 0.0002 dynes;cm2 10 12.5 16 20 25 31.5 40 50 80 80 80 105 110 115 115 115 92 93 MAP 000049 NOTICE OF INTENT TO STUDY These agents comprise those which the Physical Agents Committee of ACGIH proposes to study during this year to determine the feasibility of establishing pro posed TLVs in 1976. Comments and suggestions, ac companied by substantitive evidence, are solicited. 1. Radiofrequency Radiation. Specifically, that portion of the spectrum from 10 MHz to 100 MHz. 2. Microwave Radiation. Specifically from 100 GHz to 300 GHz. 3. Magnetic Fields. Both pulsed and continuous. 4. Laser Radiation. Specifically ultraviolet radiation for pulsed exposures, and repetitively pulsed light and infrared-A laser ex posures. 5. Ultrasonic Energy. Specifically, acoustic energy at frequencies above 10 kHz. 6. Vibration. Segmental and whole-body. The American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hy gienists was organized in 1938 by a group of govern mental industrial hygienists who desired a medium for the free exchange of ideas, experiences and the promo tion of standards and techniques in industrial health. It is an organization devoted to the development of ad ministrative and technical aspects of worker health pro tection. The association has contributed substantially to the development and improvement of official industrial health services to industry and labor. The committees on Industrial Ventilation and Threshold Limit Values are re cognized throughout the world for their expertise and contributions to industrial hygiene. Membership is limited to professional personnel in gov ernmental agencies or educational institutions engaged in occupational safety and health programs. The more than 1600 members from across the United States and around the world give the organization an international scope. 94 MAP 000050 'SoHH , po X TLVs Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances and Physical Agents in the Workroom Environment with intended Changes for 1977 MAP 000051 Copyright 1977 by American Conference of Govern mental industrial Hygienists. The American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists will welcome requests for permission to re publish or reprint these Threshold Limit Values. Re quests for such permission should be directed to the Secretary-Treasurer, P.0. Box 1937, Cincinnati, Ohio 45201. PRICE EACH M9.......................................................................... ^,$1.50 50-199...............................................................................1.25 200-999....... l.io 1000-4999.......................................................... .75 5000 sr more........................................................... .5 Documentation of the Threshold Limit Values for Sub stances in Workroom Air.1 A separate companion piece to the Chemical TLVs is issued by ACGIH under this title. This publication gives the pertinent scientific information and data with reference to literature sources that were used to base each limit. Each documentation also con tains a statement defining the type of response against which the limit is safeguarding the worker. For a better understanding of the TLVs it is essential that the Docu mentation be consulted when the TLVs are being used. Information concerning the availability of copies of the Documentation of the Threshold Limit Values for Substances in Workroom Air should be directed to the Secretary-Treasurer, ACGIH. TLVs Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances in Workroom Air Adopted by ACGIH for 1977 MAP 000052 f ;iU f#iii;ii wall 1977 TLV AIRBORNE CONTAMINANTS COMMITTEE NerveyB. Elkins, Ph.D., Chairman Charles E. Adkins Hector P. Blejer, M.D. Paul E. Capian, P.E., M.P.H. Paul Gross, M.D. John W. Knauber, M.P.H. Jesse Lieberman, P.E. Trent R. Lewis, Ph.D. Keith R. Long, Ph.D. Frederick T. McDermott, Ph.D. Floyd A. Madsen Col. Walter W. Melvin, Jr., M.D. Leonard D. Pagnotto, Secretary Meier Schneider, P.E., C.I.H. Herbert E.Stokinger, Ph.D. William D. Wagner Ralph C. Wands David H. Wegman, M.D. CONSULTANTS E. Mastromatteo, M.D. James F. Morgan Marshall Steinberg, Ph, D. Theodore R. Torkelson. Sc. D. Mitchell R. Zavon, M.D. Any comments or questions regarding these limits should be addressed to: Secretary-Treasurer American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists P.O. Box 1937 Cincinnati OH 45201: (513) 825-0312 Chemical Substances Preface. Threshold Limit Values and Short Term Exposure Limits.......................................................................... Radioactivity................................................................... Mineral Dusts.............._................................................. Nuisance Particulates.................................................... Notice of Intended Changes.......................................... Appendices A. Occupational Carcinogens................................. B. Substances of Variable Composition............. C. Mixtures: Calculation of TLVs......................... D. Excursions Time-Weighted Average............................... Peak Concentrations..................................... E. Nuisance Particulates........................................ F. Asphyxiants......................................................... G. Conversion of Particle Count to Mass............ 9 31 32 33 34 36 43 45 SO 51 52 52 53 Physical Agents Preface................................ Threshold Limit Values Heat Stress...................................................... Appendix G. Heat Stress.............................................. Ionizing Radiation...................................................... Lasers.............................. Microwaves.................... Noise...................... Impulsive or impact Noise....................................... Ultraviolet Radiation................................................... Notice of I ntended Changes.......................................... Notice of Intent: Establish TLV for Light............................................. Airborne Upper Sonic Acoustic Radiation............. Agents Proposed for Study...................................... 57 58 59 66 66 81 81 83 85 88 90 93 94 MAP 000053 PREFACE CHEMICAL CONTAMINANTS Threshold limit values refer to airborne concentra tions ot substances and represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repea tedly exposed day after day without adverse effect. Be cause of wide variation in individual susceptibility, how ever. a small percentage of workers may experience discomfort from some substances at concentrations at or below the threshold limit; a smaller percentage may be affected more seriously by aggravation of a pre-exist ing condition or by development of an occupational ill ness. Tests are available (J. Occup. Med. 15: 564, 1973; Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 151, Art. 2: 968, 1968) that may be used to detect those individuals hypersusceptible to a variety of industrial chemicals (respiratory irritants, he molytic chemicals, organic isocyanates, carbon disul fide). Three categories of Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) are specified herein, as follows: a) Threshold Limit Value-Time Weighted Average (TLV-TWA) -- the time-weighted average concentration for a normal 8-hour workday or 40-hour workweek, to which nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed, day after day, without adverse effect. b) Threshold Limit Value-Short Term Exposure Limit (TLV-STEL) -- the maximal concentration to which workers can be exposed for a period up to 15 minutes continuously without suffering from 1) irritation, 2) chronic or irreversible tissue change, or 3) narcosis of sufficient degree to increase accident proneness, impair self-rescue, or materially reduce work efficiency, provid ed that no more than four excursions per day are permit ted, with at least 60 minutes between exposure periods, and provided that the daily TLV-TWA also is not exceed ed. The STEL should be considered a maximal allowable concentration, or absolute ceiling, not to be exceeded at any time during the 15-minute excursion period. STELs are based on one or more of the following criteria: (1) Adopted TLVs including those with a "C" or "ceiling" 2 limit. (2) TWA-TLV Excursion Factors listed in Appendix D.(3) Pennsylvania Short-Term Limits for Exposure to Airborne Contaminants (Penna. Dept, of Hlth.. Chapter 4, Art. 432. Rev. Jan. 25,1968). (4) OSHA Occupation al Safety and Health Standards, Fed. Reg. Vol. 36. No. 105, May 29, 1971. The TWA-STEL should not be used as engineering design criterion or considered as an emergency exposure level (EEL). c) Threshold Limit Value-Ceiling (TLV-C) -- the con centration that should not be exceeded even instantan eously. For some substances, e.g., irritant gases, only one category, the TLV-Ceiling, may be relevant. For other substances, either two or three categories may be rele vant, depending upon their physiologic action. It is im portant to observe that if any one of these three TLVs is exceeded, a potential hazard from that substance is pre sumed to exist. The TLV-TWA should -be used as guides in the con trol of health hazards and should not be used as fine lines between safe and dangerous concentrations. Time-weighted averages permit excursions above the limit provided they are compensated by equivalent ex cursions below the limit during the workday. In some instances it may be permissible to calculate the average concentration for a workweek rather than for a workday. The degree of permissible excursion is related to the magnitude of the threshold limit value of a particular substance as given in Appendix D. The relationship be tween threshold limit and permissible excursion is a rule of thumb and in certain cases may not apply. The amount by which threshold limits may be exceeded for short periods without injury to health depends upon a number of factors such as the nature of the contamin ant, whether very high concentrations -- even for short periods -- produce acute poisoning, whether the effects are cumulative, the frequency with which high concen trations occur, and the duration of such periods. All-fac tors must be taken into consideration in arriving at a decision as to whether a hazardous condition exists. Threshold limits are based on the best available infor mation from industrial experience, from experimental human and animal studies, and, when possible, from a 3 MAP 000054 combination of the three. The basis on which the values are established may differ from substance to substance; protection against impairment of health may be a guid ing factor for some, whereas reasonable freedom from irritation, narcosis, nuisance or other forms of stress may form the basis for others. The amount and nature of the information available for establishing a TLV varies from substance to sub stance; consequently, the precision of the estimated TLV is also subject to variation and the latest Documentation should be consulted in order to assess the extent of the data available for a given substance. The committee holds to the opinion that limits based on physical irritation should be considered no less bind ing than those based on physical impairmentTThere is increasing evidence that physical irritation may initiate, promote or accelerate physical impairment through in teraction with other chemical or biologic agents^ In spite of the fact that serious injury is not believed likely as a result of exposure to the threshold Jmit con centrations, the best practice is to maintain concentra tions of all atmospheric contaminants as low asis prac tical. :; These limits are intended for use in the practice of industrial hygiene and should be interpreted and applied only by a person trained in this discipline. They are not intended for use, or for modification for use, (1) as a relative index of hazard or toxicity, (2) in the evaluation or control of community air pollution nuisances, (3) in estimating the toxic potential of continuous, uninterrupt ed exposures or other extended work periods, (4) as proof or disproof of an existing disease or physical con dition, or (5) for adoption by countries whose working conditions differ from those in the United States of America and where substances and processes differ. Ceiling vs Time-Weighted Average Limits Although the time-weighted average concentration provides the most satisfactory, practical way of monitoring airborne agents for compliance with the limits, there are certain substances for which it is inappropriate, in the latter group are substances which are predominantly fast act ing and whose threshold limit is more appropriately based on this particular response. Substances with this 4 type of response are best controlled by a ceiling "C" limit that should not be exceeded. It is implicit in these definitions that the manner of sampling to determine noncompliance with the limits for each group must differ; a single brief sample, that is applicable to a "C" limit, is not appropriate to the time-weighted limit; here, a sufficient number of samples are needed to permit a time-weighted average concentration throughout a com plete cycle of operations or throughout the work shift. Whereas the ceiling limit places a definite boundary which concentrations should not be permitted to exceed, the time-weighted average limit requires an explicit limit to the excursions that are permissible above the listed values. The magnitude of these excursions may be pegged to the magnitude of the threshold limit by an appropriate factor shown in Appendix D. It should be noted that the same factors are used by the Committee in determining the magnitude of the value of the STELs. or whether to include or exclude-a substance -for a "C" listing. "Skin" Notation. Listed substances followed by the designation "Skin" refer to the potential contribution to the overall exposure by the cutaneous route including mucous membranes and eye, either by airborne, or more particularly, by direct contact with the substance. Vehicles can alter skin absorption. This attention-calling designation is intended to suggest appropriate measures for the prevention of cutaneous absorption so that the threshold limit is not invalidated. Mixtures. Special consideration should be given also to the application of the TLVs in assessing the health hazards which may be associated with exposure to mix tures of two or more substances. A brief discussion of basic considerations involved in developing threshold limit values for mixtures, and methods for their develop ment, amplified by specific examples are given in Ap pendix C. Nuisance Particulates. In contrast to fibrogenic dusts which cause scar tissue to be formed in lungs when in haled in excessive amounts, so-called "nuisance" dusts have a long history of little adverse effect on lungs and do not produce significant organic disease or toxic effect when exposures are kept under reasonable control. The 5 MAP 000055 nuisance dusts have also been called (biologically) "inert" dusts, but the latter term is inappropriate to the extent that there is no dust which does not evoke some cellular response in the lung when Inhaled in sufficient amount. However, the lung-tissue reaction caused by in halation of nuisance dusts has the following characteris tics: (1) The architecture of the air spaces remains in tact. (2) Collagen (scar tissue) is not formed to a significant extent. (3) The tissue reaction is~potentially reversible. Excessive concentrations of nuisance dusts in the workroom air may seriously reduce visibility, may cause unpleasant deposits in the eyes, ears and nasal pas sages (Portland Cement dust), or cause injury to the skin or mucous membranes by chemical or mechanical action per se or by the rigorous skin cleansing proce dures necessary for their removal. A threshold limit of 10 mg/m3, or 30 mppcf, of total dust < 1% quartz is recommended for substances in these categories and for which no specific threshold limits have been assigned. This limit, for a normal work day, does not apply to brief exposures at higher concen trations. Neither does it apply to those substances which may cause physiologic impairment at lower concentra tions but for which a threshold limit has not yet been adopted. Some nuisance particulates are given in Appen dix E. --- Simple Asphyxiants -- Inert' Gases or Vapors. A number of gases and vapors, when present in high con centrations in air. act primarily as simple asphyxiants without other significant physiologic effects. A TLV may not be recommended for each simple asphyxiant be cause the limiting factor is the available oxygen. The minimal oxygen content should be 18 percent by volume under normal atmospheric pressure (equivalent to a par tial pressure, p02 of 135 mm Hg). Atmospheres deficient in 02 do not provide adequate warning and most simple asphyxiants are odorless. Several simple asphyxiants present an explosion hazard. Account should be taken of this factor in limiting the concentration of the asphyx iant. Specific examples are listed in Appendix F. Physical Factors. It is recognized that such physical factors as heat, ultraviolet and ionizing radiation, humid- 6 ity, abnormal pressure (altitude) and the like may place added stress on the body so that the effects from expo sure at a threshold limit may be altered. Most of these stresses act adversely to increase the toxic response of a substance. Although most threshold limits have built-in safety factors to guard against adverse effects to moder ate deviations from normal environments, the safety fac tors of most substances are not of such a magnitude as to take care of gross deviations. For example, continu ous work at temperatures above 90T:, or overtime ex tending the workweek more than 25%, might be consid ered gross deviations. In such instances judgment must be exercised in the proper adjustments of the Threshold Limit Values. Biologic Limit Values (BLVs). Other means exist and may be necessary for monitoring worker exposure other than reliance on the Threshold Limit Values for industrial air, namely, the Biologic Limit Values. These values rep resent limiting amounts of substances .(or their effects) to which the worker may be exposed without hazard to health or well-being as determined in his tissues and fluids or in his exhaled breath. The biologic measure ments on which the BLVs are based can furnish two kinds of information useful in the control of worker ex posure: (1) measure of the individual worker's over-all exposure: (2) measure of the worker's individual and characteristic response. Measurements of response fur nish a superior estimate of the physiologic status of the worker, and may be made of (a) changes in amount of some critical biochemical constituent, (b) changes in ac tivity of a critical enzyme, (c) changes in some physiolo gic function. Measurement of exposure may be made by (1) determining in blood, urine, hair, nails, in body tis sues and fluids, the amount of substance to which the worker was exposed; (2) determination of the amount of the metabolite(s) of the substance in tissues and fluids; (3) determination of the amount of the substance in the exhaled breath. The biologic limits may be used as an adjunct to the TLVs for air, or in place of them. The BLVs, and their associated procedures for determining compliance with them, should thus be regarded as an effective means of providing health surveillance of the worker. 7 MAP 000056 Unlisted Substances. Many substances present or handled In industnal processes do not appear on the TLV list. In a number of instances the material is rarely present as a particulate, vapor or other airborne con taminant, and a TLV is not necessary. In other cases sufficient information to warrant development of a TLV, even on a tentative basis, is not available to the Committee. Other substances, of low toxicity, could be included in Appendix E pertaining to nuisance particulates. This list (as well as Appendix F) is not meant to be all inclu sive; the substances serve only as examples. In addition there are some substances of not incon siderable toxicity, which have been omitted primarily be cause only a limited number of workers (e.g., employ ees of a single plant) are known to have potential exposure to possibly harmful concentrations. "Notice of Intent." At the beginning of each year, proposed actions of the Committee for the forthcoming year are issued in the form of a "Notice of Intended Changes." This Notice provides not only an opportunity for comment, but solicits suggestions of substances to be added to the list. The suggestions should be accom panied by substantiating evidence. The list of Intended Changes follows the Adopted Values in the TLV booklet. Legal Status. By publication in the Federal Register (Vol. 36, No. 105, May 29, 1971) the Threshold Limit Values for 1968 are now official federal standards for industrial air. Reprint Permission. This publication may be reprint ed provided that written permission is obtained from the Secretary-Treasurer of the Conference and that it be published in its entirety. 8 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm' mQ/m3'" Abate...................... . Acetaldehyde............... . Acetic acid............... ) Acetic anhydride....____ Acetone.................. . Acetonitrile................. .. Acetylene..................... . Acetylene dichloride, see 1.2-Dichloroethylene. Acetylene tetradromide... Acrolein.......................... Acrylamide -- Skin........ Acrylonitrile -- Skin....... Aldrin -- Skin___________ Allyl alcohol -- Skin...... Allyl chloride................ Ally! glycktyl ether (AGE) --Skin............. Allyl propyl disulfide....... AJundum (Ai203) ............. 4-Aminodiphenyi -- Skin 2-Aminoethanol, see Ethanolamine.............. 2-Aminopyridine............. .. Ammonia......................... Ammonium chloride-fume..... Ammonium sulfamate (Ammate).................... n-Amyl acetate............. . sec-Amyl acetate............. Aniline -- Skin................ Anisidine (o-, p-isomers) -- Skin.... Antimony & Compounds (as Sb)............... ......... ANTU (crNaphthyl thiourea) ....................... . 100 10 ,5 1.000 .40 F 200 1 0.1 -- 20 ,--- 2 1 5 _2 -- 3 0.5 25 -- -- 100 125 5 0,1 -- 10 180 25 20 2,400 70 -- 790 14 0.25 0.3 45 0.25 5 3 22 12 E Alb 6 2 18 10 10 525 650 19 0.5 (0.5) 0.3 TBfTATIVE VALUES STEL ppmal mo/m3'" -- 20 150 270 15 37 1.250 60 3.000 105 250 1.25 0.3 __ 30 __ 4 2 10 3 ___ -- 6 1.5 35 -- _ 150 150 -- -- -- -- 1.000 17.5 0.75 0.6 68 0.75 10 6 44 18 20 Alb 12 6 27 20 20 790 810 -- -- 0.9 Capital letters refer to Appendices. Footnotes (a thru h) see Page 31. "See Notices of Intended Charges. 9 MAP 000057 Svbstsnca Argon ...... * Arsenic 4 compounds (as AS! ............ AsPestos (i* forms)....... Asphalt (petroleum) Azinphos methyl -- Skin Baygon (propoxur)........ Barium (soluble compounds)............... Benzene -- Skin............ Benzidine production -- Skin.... p-Benzoqumone, see Quinone...................... Benzoyl peroxide............. Benz(a)pyrene ................. Benzyl chloride............... Beryllium......................... Biphenyl.......................... Bismuth teHuride............. Bismuth telluride. Se-doped..................... Borates, tetra, sodium salts, Anhydrous .................. Decahydrate............... Pentahydrate.............. Boron oxide..................... Boron tribromide............. Boron trifluoride............ Bromine...................... . Bromine pentafluoride.,.. Bromochloromethane .... Bromoform -- Skin....... Butadiene (1, 3-butadiene)............... Butane............................. ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm" mg/m3 F-- 0.05 (0.5) 0.2 Ala 5 -- 0.2 0.5 -- 10, A2 0.5 30, A2 Alb 0.1 0.4 -- .5 -- A2 15 -- 0.002 0.2 1 10 5 _ -- -- -- 1 1 0.1 0.1 200 0.5 1,000 600 1 5 1 10 10 3 0.7 0.7 1.050 5 2,200 1,400 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm" mg/foa*' :F F _ -- . _T-- -- -- -- -- 0.3 _ _ _ _ -- -- Ala 10 0.6 1.5 -- Alb 1.2 _A2 0.025 20 10 __ -- __ _ 20 3 30 0.3 2 0.3 2 250 1.300 1,250 750 2.750 1,610 Capital letters refer to Appendices Footnotes (a thru H) see Page 31 See Notice of Intended Changes. *1977 Addition 10 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm" mg/m1'' TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm" mg/m3*' Butanethiol. see Butyl mercaptan................. 2-Butanone........ .. 2-Butoxy ethanol (Butyl Cellosolve) -- Skin.... n-Butyl acetate........ ..... sec-Butyl acetate............. tert-Butyl acetate............ C n-Butyl alcohol -- Skin.. sec-Butyl alcohol............. tert-Butyl alcohol............. C Butylamine -- Skin........ C tert-Butyl chromate (as CrOa) -- Skin........... n-Butyl glycidyl ether (BGE).......................... . n-jlutylJactate............... Butyl mercaptan........ . p-tert-Butyttotuene.......... Cadmium, dust & salts (as Cd) ........................ C Cadmium oxide fume (as Cd)............................... Calcium carbonate.......... Calcium arsenate (as As) Calcium cyanamide........ '* Calcium hydroxide.......... ** Calcium oxide............ . Camphor, synthetic........ Caprolactam Dust....... .................. . Vapor.................... .. * Captafol (Difofatan*) -- Skin... Captan............................ Carbaryl (Sevin)........... Carbofuran (Furadan).. Carbon black................. ... Carbon dioxide............... Carbon disulfide -- Skin 0.5 200 50 150 200 200 50 150 100 5 50 e 0.5 10 __ __ -- -- __ 2 5 -- -- __ 5,000 20 Capital letters refer to Appendices. "See Notice of Intended Changes. '1977 Addition. 11 1.5 590 300 885 240 150 720 710 200 950 950 250 1,190 950 250 1,190 150 450 _ 300 150 450 15 0.1 270 25 1.5 _ __ 60 20 __ __ 120 0.05 0.15 0.05 E _ 1 0.5 5 ___ _ _ (5) __ 12 3 20 1 _ 18 1 20 10 3 40 0.1 5 5 0.1 3.5 9,000 60 _ _ _ 15,000 30 15 10 7 18,000 90 MAP 000058 Substance Carbon monoxide........... Carbon tetrabromide...... Carbon tetrachloride -- Skin.. Catechol (Pyrocatechol).. Cellulose (paper fiber)..,. Cesium hydroxide........... Chlordane -- Skin.......... Chlorinated camphene -- Skin...... Chlorinated diphenyl oxide............................ Chlorine................... ...... Chlorine dioxide.............. C Chlorine trifluoride.......... C Chloroacetaldehyde........ irChlptoacetoplienone (Phenacyl chloride).... Chlorobenzene (Monochlorobenzene). o-Chlorobenzylidene malonoitrile -- Skin... Chlorobromomethane.... 2-Chloro-l, 3-butadiene, see p Chloroprene..... Chlorodifluoromethane. Chlorodiphenyl (42% Chlorine) -- Skin....... Chlorodiphenyl (54% Chlorine) -- Skin....... 1-Chloro, 2. 3-epoxy-propane (Epichlorhydrin).......... 2-Chloroethanol (Ethylene chlorohydrin)............. Chloroethylene (Vinyl chloride)........... ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm"1 mg/m3 50 55 0.1 1.4 TENTAfivT VALUES STEL~ " ppm-' mg/ma6' 400 440 0.3 4.2 10 65 25 160 5 20 -- -- E. 2 -=-- 20 -- 0.5 0 -- -- 1 0.1 0.1 1 0.05 75 0.5 - 0.5 33 0.3 0.3 0.4 3 0.3 ____ 350 -- 1 15 g 09 _ _ 0.05 0.4 __ 200 1,050 250 1.300 25 1,000 -- 90 3,500 1 35 1.250 __ 135 4,375 _ -- 0.5 __ 1 5 20 10 40 1 3_ Ale -- Ale __ Capital letters refer to Appendices 1977 Addition 12 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm"' mg/m3*' ** Chloroform (Tnchloromethane).... bis-Chloromethyl ether... 1 -Chloro-1 -nitro-propane Chloropicrin....... ............ ^-Chloroprene -- Skin .. Chlorpynfos (Oursban*) -- Skin... o-Chlorostyrene.............. o-Chlorotoluene -- Skin. 2-Chloro- 6-(trichloromethyi pyridine (N-Serve)... Chromates, certain insoluble forms.......... Chromic acid and Chromates, fas Cr.)... Chromium, Sol. chromic, chromous salts (as Cr.)............... Clopidol (Coyden*)....... Coal tar pitch volatiles (See Particulate polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons)........... ' Cobalt metal, dust and fume..................... ...... Copper fume.............. Ousts & Mists............ Corundum (AI203)........... Cotton dust, raw............. Crag herbicide........ . Cresol, all isomers -- Skin........ Crotonaldehyde_________ Crufomate..................... Cumene -- Skin............. (25) 0,001 20 0,1 25 -- 50 50 -- __ __ -- -- -- . --- -- -- -- __ 5 2 -wo 50 (120) Ala 100 0.7 90 0.2 285 250 10 0.05A1a 0.05 0.5 10 Ala (0.1) 0.2 1 E 0.2"" 10 22 6 5 245 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm"' mg/m3*' ---- -- Ala __ -- ---- 35 135 -- 0.6 75 430 75 375 -- 20 __ Ala __ __ __ -- 20 -- Ala ---- ---- --2 --E -- 0.6 __ 20 -a- __ 6 18 -- 20 75 365 m) See p 34. Footnotes (a thru h) see Page 31 "See Notice of Intended Changes. 13 MAP 000059 Substance * Cyanamkle...................... Cyanide, as CN -- SkinCyanogen ........................ Cyclohexane.................... Cyclohexano).................. Cyclohexanone............... Cyclohexene............... ... Cyclohexylamlne -- Skin Cyclopentadiene.............. 2, 4-D (2. 4-Diphenoxyacetic acid)................. DDT (Dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane).......... DDVP, See Dichlorvos... Decaborane -- Skin....... Oemeton* -- Skin........ Diacetone alcohol (4-tryaroxy-4-methyl2-pentanone).............. 1.2- Diaminoethane, See Ethylenediamme.......... Diazinon -- Skin............. Diazomettiane................. Diborane......................... 1.2- Dibromoettiane (Ethylene dibromide) -- Skin........................ Dibrom......................... 2-N-Dibutylaminoethanol -- Skin........................ Dibutyl phosphate.......... Dibutyi phthalate............. C Dichloracetylene............ C o-Dichlorobenzene.......... p-Dichlorobenzene.......... Dichlorobenzidine -- Skm....... ..................... Dichlorodifluoromethane. ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm"' mj/m34' TENTATIvf-' VALUES STEL ppm"' mg/mjr. 10 300 50 50 300 10 75 -- -- 0.1 0.05 0.01 5 20 1,050 200 200 1,015 40 200 10 1 1 0.3 0.1 __ 375 _ __ _ 150 __ _ 0.3 0.15 0.03 1 ton 400 20 3 3 0.9 0.3 50 240 75 360 10 25 __ , -- 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.4 0.1 __ _ _ 0.3 . 20 -- 2 1 -- 0.1 50 75 -- 1,000 145 30 3-- 14 4 52 5-- 0.4 -- 300 -- 450 110 A2 -- 4,950 1,250 220 6 28 10 10 -- 675 A2 6,200 Capital letters refer to Appendices Footnotes ta thru h) see Page 31 *1977 Addition. 14 Substance . ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm"` mfl/m3'" TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm" mQ/m3<" 1 3-Dichloro-5. 5-dimethyl hydantoin.. -- 1. i-Dichloroethane....... 200 1,2-Dichloroethane....... 50 1,2-Dichloroethylene.... 200 Dichloroethyl ether -- Skin............................. 5 Dichloromethane. see Methylene chloride .... 200 Dichloromonofluoromethane....................... (1.000) Cl. 1-Dich!oro-1nitroethane............ .. 10 1,2-Dichloropropane. see Propylene -dkthlorfde................... 75 Dichlorotetrafluoroethane......................... 1,000 Dichlorvos (DDVP) -- Skin........................ 0.1 * Dicrotophos (Bidrin) -- Skin......................... Dicyclopentadiene.......... Dicyclopentadienyl iron .. 5 -- Dieldrin -- Skin.............. -- Diethylamine................... 25 Diethylaminoethanol -- Skin............................. 10 Diethylene triamine -- Skin........................ 1 Diethyl ether, see Ethyl ether......................... . 400 Diethyl phthalate............ -- Difluorodibromomethane. too C Diglycidyl ether (D6E)__ 0.5 Dihydroxybenzene. see Hydroquinone ............. -- Diisobutyl ketone........ . 25 0.2 820 200 790 30 720 (4.200) 60 350 7,000 1 0.25 30 10 0.25 75 50 4 1.200 5 860 2.8 2 150 -- 250 75 250 10 250 -- -- 110 1.250 0.3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 500 -- 150 -- -- -- 04 1.025 300 1.000 60 900 -- -- 525 8.750 3 -- -- 20 0 75 -- -- -- 1.500 10 1.290 -- 3 -- Capital letters refer to Appendices 1977 Addition "See Notice of Intended Changes 15 _L MAP 000060 ADOPTED VALUES Substance TWA ib" Diisopropylamme -- Skin................................ Dimeltioxymethane, see 5 Methylal........................ Dimethyl acetamide -- 1,000 Skin................................ Dimethylamine................. Dimethylaminobenzene, 10 10 see Xylidene................. Dimethylaniline 5 (N-Dimethyianiline) -- Skin........................ ....... Dimethylbenzene, see 5 Xylene........................... Dimethyl-1, 100 2-dibromo-2-dichloroethvl1 phosphate, see Dibrom.......................... -- Dimethylformamide -- Skin.......................... . 2. 6-Dimethylheptanone. 10 see Diisobutyl ketone., 1,1-Dimethylhydrazine -- Skin.......................... Dimethylphthalate............ C Dimethyl sulfate -- 25 0.5 -- Skin................................ o..1, A2 Dinitrobenzene (all isomers) -- Skin......... Dinitro-o-cresol -- Skin 3, 5-Dinitro-o-toluamide 0.15 -- (Zoalene).................... Dinitrotoluene -- Skin ... Dioxane, tech, grade -- -- -- Skin.......................... * Dioxathion (Delnav*)...... Diphenyl, see Biphenyl... Diphenylamine................. 50 -- 0.2 -- 20 3,100 35 18 25 25 435 3 30 150 1 5 0.5, A2 1 0.2 5 1.5 180 0.2 1 10 Capital leners refer to Appendices "1977 Addition Footnotes (a thru h) see Page 31 TBtTAnvT VALUES STEL -- 1,250 15 -- 10 3,875 50 50 10 50 150 650 -- 20 -- 1 -- -- 0.5 -- -- -- -- -- 0.6 -- 6 60 _ 2 10 -- 3 0.6 10 5 -- -- 3 20 16 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm*1 mg/m**' TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm*1 mg/m*61 Diphenylmethane diisocyanate, see Methylene bisphenyl isocyanate (MDI)........ Dipropylene glycol methyl ether -- Skin .. Diquat............................. Di-sec, octyl phthatate (Di-2-ethylhexylphthalate)................... Disulfuram.............. ........ Disyston -- Skin........... 2, 6-Ditert. butyl-p-cresol............. * Diuron......................... Oyfonate......................... Emery.............................. Endosulfan (Thiodan*) -- Skin........................ Endrin -- Skin................ Epichlorhydrin -- Skin... EPN -- Skin_____ ______ 1, 2-Epoxypropane, see Propylene oxide.......... 2, 3-Epoxy-1-propanol. seeGlyddoi................. Ethane...................... . Ethanethid, see Ethyl mercaptan................... Ethanolamine.................. Ethkm (Niaiate*) -- Skin 2-Ethoxyethanol -- Skin. 2-Ethoxyethyl acetate (Cellosolve acetate) -- Skin............................ Ethyl acetate.................... Ethyl acrylate --Skin.... Ethyl alcohol (Ethanol)... Ethylamine.................... 0.02 100 -- -- ,-- -- . --,---- . ---- 5 -- 100 50 F 0.5 3 -- 100 100 400 25 1,000 10 0.2 0.02 600 150 0.5 -- 5-- 2-- 0.1 -- 10 -- 10 __ 0.1 -- E-- 0.1 -- 0.1 -- 20 10 0.5 -- 240 150 150 65 --F 1 1.5 66 0.4 -- 370 150 540 1,400 100 1.900 18 150 -- -- -- -- 0.2 900 1 10 5 0.3 20 __ -- 20 0.3 0.3 40 1.5 360 190 -- 3 12 -- 560 810 -- -- -- -- Footnotes (a thru h) see Page 31. *1977 Addition. 17 MAP 000061 BiiiiiIBBiirili8wii<MiM--MiiiMllUrtWff <ii mrl Ethyl sec-amyl ketone (4-Methyl-3heptanone).................. Ethyl benzene.................. Ethyl bromide................ Ethylbutyl ketone (3-Heptanone)............ Ethyl chloride.................. Ethyl ether...................... Ethyl formate.................. Ethyl mercaptan............ Ethyl silicate.................... Ethylene.,,..................... C Ethylene chlorohydrin -- Skin............................. Ethylene diamine............ Ethylene dibromide, see 1.2-Dibromoethane... Ethylene dichloride, see 1. 2-Dichloroethane... Ethylene glycol, Particulate.................. Vapor.......................... C Ethylene glycol dimtrate and/or Nitroglycerin -- Skin........................ Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (Methyl cellosolve acetate) -- Skin.......................... Ethylene oxide.............. Ethylenimme -- Skin .. Ethylidene chloride, see 1. 1-Dichldroethane . C Ethylidene norbornene . N-Ethylmorpholine -- Skin.......................... Fensulfdthion (Dasanit) Eerbam......................... 25 100 200 50 1,000 400 100 0.5 (100) F 1 10 20 50 100 0.2"' 25 50 0.5 200 5 20 Capital letters refer to Appenaices 18 ppm-' 130 -- 435 125 890 250 230 2.600 1.200 300 1 (850) 75 1.250 500 _ 150 -- -- F 3-- 25 -- 145 30 200 75 10 -- 260 125 -- 120 40 90 75 1-- 320 250 25 -- 94 20 0.1 -- 10 -- --- . ___ 545 1.110 345 3.250 1,500 450 --. -- -- -- -- 220 300 20 325 -- 180 135 -- 400 -- 94 -- 20 ADOPTED VALUES TENTATIVE VALUES Substance ppm01 mg/m3"' ppm0' Ferrovanadium dust....... Fluoride (as F)................. Fluorine...................... .. Fluorotnchloromethane . C Formaldehyde.................. Formamide................. .. Formic acid.................. . Furfural -- Skin.............. Furfuryl alcohol -- Skin . Gasoline..................... ... Germanium tetrahydride Glass, fibrous'1 or dust.. 'C Glutaraldehyde, activated or unactivated............ Glycerin mist.................. Giycidol (2. 3-Epoxy- 1-propanol)............ ... Glycol monoethyl ether. see2-Ethoxyethanol... Graphite (Synthetic)....... Guthion*. see Azinphos-methyl........ Gypsum.......................... Hafnium...................... . Helium.......................... . Heptachlor -- Skin........ Heptane (n-Heptane)...... Hexachlorocycicpenta- diene............................ Hexachloroethane -- Skin.............................. Hexachloronaphthalene -- Skin........................ Hexafluoroacetone........ Hexane (n-hexane).......... 2-Hexanone. see Methyl butyl ketone -- Skin .. Hexone (Methyl isobutyl ketone) -- Skin.......... -- -- 1 1.000 2 20 5 5 5 . 0.2 -- -- -- 50 100 -- -- . ---- F -- 400 0.01 1 -- 0.1 100 25 100 1 2.5 2 5.600 3 30 9 20 20 B2 0.6 E -- -- 2 1.250 -- 30 5 15 10 __ 0.6 __ (0.25) E __ __ 150 75 370 E 0.2 E 0.5 -- 0.5 1.600 150 ___ __ __ __ F __ 500 0.11 0.03 10 3 0.2 -- 0.7 0.3 360 125 100 40 410 125 Capital letters refer to Appendices "See Notice of Intended Changes 19 0.3 4 7.000 225 560 1.5 2.000 MAP 000062 ADOPTED VALUES Subtract TWA ppm> mg/m3*' see-Hexyl acetate........... C Hexylene glycol.............. Hydrazine -- Skin.......... Hydrogen ........................ Hydrogenated terptienyls Hydrogen bromide.......... C Hydrogen chloride.......... Hydrogen cyanide -- Skin............................ Hydrogen fluoride........... Hydrogen peroxide........ Hydrogen selenide.......... Hydrogen sulfide............ Hydroqumone................. Indene............................. Indium & Compounds (as In)...................... ... C Iodine............................... Iodoform........................ . Iron oxide fume.............. Iran pentacarbonyl.......... Iron salts, soluble (as Fe).............................. Isoamyl acetate.............. Isoamyl alcohol.............. Isobutyl acetate............ Isobutyl alcohol............ C Isophorone.................. * Isophorone diisocyanate -- Skin.. Isopropyl acetate........... Isopropyl alcohol -- Skin Isopropylamine............. Isopropyl ether............. Isopropyl glycidyl ether (IGE)...... ................. Kaolin........................... Ketene........................ - 50 25 0.1 F 0.5 3 5 10 3 1 0.05 10 10 0.1 0.2 B3 0.01 100 100 150 50 5 0.01 250 400 5 250 50 -- 0.5 300 125 0.1 5 10 7 11 2 1.4 0.2 15 2 45 0.1 1 3 5 0.08 1 525 360 700 150 25 0.06 950 960 12 1,050 240 E 0.9 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm- mg/m* ___ _ ***" F __ 15 2 15 15 0.4 .. 125 125 187 75 16 2r 27 4 27 0.3 0.6 10 2 655 450 875 225 310 1.185 500 1,225 10 24 310 1.320 75 360 20 1.5 2.7 Capital letters refer to Appendices 1977 Addition. 20 ADOPTED VALUES TWA Substanceppm "'mo/m3'" TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm01 mg/m31" Lead, inorg., fumes & dusts (as Pb).............. Lead arsenate (as Pb).... Lead Chromate (as Cr) ... -- 0.15 -- 0.15 -- 0.05. A2 Limestone........................ E Lindane --Skin.............. -- 0.5 Lithium hydride........ . -- 0.025 L.P.G. (Liquified petroleum gas)--------... Magnesite.................. . Magnesium oxide fume.. Maiathion--Skin....... . 1.000 --- -- -- 1.800 E 10 10 Maleic anhydride................. 0.25 1 Manganese & Compounds.(as Mn).. c Manganese cyclopentadienyl tricarbonyl (as Mn) -- Skin.............................. 0.1 Marble............................. E Mercury (Alkyl compounds) -- Skin, As Hg........................... 0.001 0.01 Mercury (All forms except alkyl) as Hg .... -- 0.05 Mesityl oxide.................. 25 100 Metiiane......................... F -- Methanethiol, see Methyl mercaptan.............. ..... 0.5 1 Methomyl (Lannate*) -- Skin......................... . 2.5 Methoxychlor.............. . 10 2-Methoxyethanol -- Skin (Methyl cellosolve).................... . 25 80 Methyl acetate................ 200 610 Methyl acetylene (propyne) ...................... 1,000 1,650 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1.250 -- -- -- -- -- 0.003 -- -- F -- 35 250 1,250 0.45 0.45 __ 20 1,5 -- 2.250 20 -- -- -- 0.3 20 0.03 0.15 -- -- -- -- 120 760 2,060 1977 Addition. Capital letters refer to Appendices. 21 MAP 000063 Substance Methyl acetyiene-propadiene mixture (MAPP)......... Methyl acrylate -- Skin . Methyl acrylonitrile -- Skin............................ Methylal (dimethoxymethane) .. Methyl alcohol (methanol) -- Skin.... Methylamme................... Methyl amyl alcohol, see Methyl isobutyl carbinol..................... Methyl 2-cyanoacrylate . Methyl isoamyl ketone . Methyl n-amyl ketone (2-Heptanone)............ Methyl bromide -- Skin Methyl butyl ketone, see 2-Hexanone................. Methyl cellosolve -- Skin see 2-Methoxyethanol. Methyl cellosolve acetate -- Skin, see Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.............. Methyl chloride.............. Methyl chloroform........ Methylcyclohexene........ M ethy Icycl ohexanol........ o-Methycydohexanone -- Skin................... Methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (as Mn) -- Skin.......... Methyl demeton -- Skin. C Methylene bisphenyl isocyanate (MDI)........ ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm"' mj/m'1*' TENTATivT VALUES STEL" - PPm"' hlQ/mv 1.000 10 1 1.000 200 10 1.800 1.250 35 32 3,100 1.250 260 250 12 2.250 6 3.875 325 25 100 40 150 2 84 16 JQO 475 :15G '710 100 465 150 710 15 60 25 100 40 150 25 80 35 120 25 120 35 150 100 210 125 260 350 1.900 450 2.375 400 1.600 500 2.000 50 235 75 350 50 230 75 345 01 -- 0.02 0.2 0.3 0.5 -- 0.2 -- 0.6 1.5 _ Capital letters refers 10 Appendices 22 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm8' mg/mjl" TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm8' mQ/m31" * Methylene chloride (dichloromethane)..... 200 4, 4'-Methylene bis (2-chioraniline) -- Skin............................. 0.02, A2 ; Methylene bis (4-cyclo- hexyiisocyanate)........ 0.01 Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK). see 2-Butanone.............. . 200 ; Methyl ethyl ketone. peroxide...................... 0.2 Methyl formate............... 100 Methyl iodide --Skin.... 5 Methyl isobutyl carbinol --$km........................ 25 Methyl isobutyl ketone. see Hexone ................. 100 Methyl isocyanate -- Sian.............................. 0.02 Methyl mercaptan........... 0.5 Methyl methacrylate....... Methyl parathlon -- Skin 100 -- Methyl propyl ketone, see2-Pentanone........ ' Methyl silicate................. 1 a-Methyl styrene............. Molybdenum (as Mo) 200 5 100 Soluble compounds... -- Insoluble compounds. -- Monocrotophos (Azodrin)................... -- Monomethyl aniline -- Skin............................. 2 Monomethyl hydrazine -- Skin........................ - 0.2 Morpholine --Skin......... 20 Naphthalene.................... 10 720 250 __ 0.11 A2 -- 590 250 1.5 __ 250 150 28 10 100 40 410 0.05 1 410 0.2 125 __ -- 125 , __ 700 30 480 5 10 0.25 250 __ _ -- __ __ 9 0.35 70 50 4 __ 30 15 900 __ __ 740 __ 375 56 150 510 __ 510 0.6 875 __ 10 20 __ 18 __ 105 75 Capital letters refer to Appendices Footnotes (a thru h) see Page 31. 1977 Addition 23 MAP 000064 Substance ppm-' 0-Naphthylamine...... Neon............................. Nickel carbonyl............... Nickel metal.................... Nickel, soluble __ F 0.05 -- compounds (as Ni).... Nicotine -- Skin............. __ Nitncacid........................ Nitric oxide..................... p-Nitroanikne -- Skin.... Nitrobenzene --Skin...... 2 25 1 1 p-Nitrochlorobenzene -- Sion.......... ... ................ 4- Nitrodiphenyl............... __ -- Nitroethane..................... ) Nitrogen dioxide............, Nitrogen trifluoride........ Nitroglycerin''' -- Skin... Nitrom ethane.................. 1-Nitropropane............... 2-Nitropropane............... N-Nitrosodimethylamine 100 5 10 0.2 100 25 25 (dimethylnitrosoamine) -- Skin...................... -- Nitrotoluene --Skin.... Nitrotnchloromethane. 5 see Chloropicrin.......... Nonane.......................... Octachloronaphthalene -- Skin........................ 0.1 200 __ Octane..................... Oil mist....................... 300 -- Osmium tetroxide (as Os)............... .............. Oxalic acid..................... 0.0002 __ Oxygen difluonde........... Ozone............................ Paraffin wax fume....... 0.05 0.1 mp/m1*' Alb 0.35 1 ~STHL ppm01 F Alb -- 0.1 0.5 5 30 6 5 1 Alb 310 9 29 2 250 90 90 4 35 2 2 -- 150 15 150 35 0.3 1.5 10 45 12 10 2 Alp 465 45 375 135 A2 -- 30 10 0.7 1,050 0.3 250 0.1 1,450 5" 375 -- 0.002 1 0.1 0.2 2 0.0006 __ 0.15 0,3 A2 60 2 1.300 03 1.800 10 0.006 2 0.3 0.6 & Capnai letters refer to Appendices Footnotes la thru h) see Page 31 "1977 Addition 24 SibitMca Paraquat -- Skin............. Parathion -- Skin........... Particulate polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PPAH) as benzene solubles... Pentaborane.................... PentachloronapnthaJene. Pentachlorophenol -- Sldn.............................. Pentaerythntol....... ......... Pentane........................... 2-Pentanone.................... Parchloroethytene -- Sian................,............ Perchloromethyt mercaptan.................. Perchloryl fluoride.......... Petroleum distillates (naphtha).................... Phenol -- Skin............... Phenothiazine -- Skin.... p-Phenylene diamine -- Sldn......................... Phenyl ether (vapor)....... Phenyl ether-Diphenyl mixture (vapor).......... Phenyiethylene, see Styrene........................ Phenyl gfyddyf ether (PGE)........................... Phenylhydrazine -- Skin. C Phenylphosphine............. Phorate (Thimet*) -- Skin............................. Phosdrin (Mevinphos*) -- Sldn........................ Phosgene (carbonyl chloride).................. ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm" -- (0.5) 0.1 0.005 -- 0.2, Ala 0.01 0.5 0.5 E 600 1,800 200 700 TOO 670 0.1 0.8 3 14 S3 5 19 --5 ___ 0.1 17 17 100 420 10 5 0.05 _ 60 22 0.25 0.05 0.01 0.1 0.10 0.4 TENTATIVE VALUES ST& ppm"' ---- -- 0.3 0.015 -- -- 750 250 150 _ 6 B3 10 -- 2 2 125 15 10 -- 0.03 __ Ala 0.03 1.5 1.5 20 2.250 875 1,-000 _ 28 _ 38 10 __ 14 14 525 90 44 -- 0.15 0.3 Capital letters refer to Appendices "See Notice of Intended Changes. 25 MAP 000065 ADOPTED tentative"'---- VALUES__________ Values Substance Phosphine...................... Phosphonc add.............. Phosphorus (yellow)..... Phosphorus pentachlonde.............. Phosphorus pentasulfide Phosphorus trichloride. ' Phthalic anhydride.......... ' m-Phthalodinitrile........... Picloram(Tordon*)....... Picric acid -- Skin.......... Pival* (2-Piva!y!-1,3- indandione)................. Plaster of Pans............... Platinum (Soluble salts! as Pt............................ Polychlorobiphenyls, see TWA ppm01 mg/m3 0.3 0.4 --1 -- 0.1 --1 --1 0.5 3 16 --5 10 0.1 -- 0.1 E 0.002 STS ppm"' riig/ntJ* 1 -- -- 03 -- -- -- 3 3 4 24 -- -- 20 -- 0.3 -- 0.3 --- 20 Chlorodiphenyls.......... Poiytetraftuoroethyiene -- ---- -- decomposition products..................... C Potassium hydroxide...... Propane.......................... /3-Propiolactone.............. Propargyl alcohol -- Skin............................. n-Propyl acetate.............. Propyl alcohol --Skin... n-Propyl nitrate.............. Propylene........................ Propylene dichlonde (1, -- -- F -- 1 200 200 25 F B1 -- 2-- --F A2 -- B1 -- -- A2 23 6 840 250 1.050 500 250 625 110 40 140 --F -- 2-Dichioropropane).... Propylene glycol monomethyl ether...... Propylene imine -- Skin Propylene oxide.............. Propyne, see 75 100 2 100 350 115 360 150 5-- 240 150 525 450 -- 360 Methyl-acetylene........ Pyrethrum...................... i .000 1.650 1,250 5 --* 2.050 10 Capital letters refer to Appendices 1977 Addition 26 ADOPTED _____ VALUES TENTATIVE VALUES Substance TWA STEL ppm- mg/m3 ' ppm- mg/m3 ^ Pyridine...................... . ... 5 Quinone...................... . . 0.1 RDX --Skin.................... -- Resorcinol...................... 10 Rhodium, Metal fume and dusts (as Rh)....... -- Soluble salts................ -- Ronnel............................. -- Rosin core solder pyrolysis products (as formaldehyde)............. -- Roterone (commercial).. -- Rouge.......................... . --- * Rubber solvent............... 400 ' Selenium compounds (as Se)............................ -- Selenium hexafluoride, as Se........................... 0.05 Sevin* (seeCarbatyl).... -- Silane (see Silicon tetrahydride).............. . Silicon............................ .. Silicon carbide................ 0.5 _ --- -- Silicon tetrahydride (Silane)...................... .. 0.5 Silver, metal and soluble compounds, as Ag .... -- C Sodium azide.................. 0.1 Sodium fluoroacetate (1080) --Skin........... C Sodium hydroxide.......... Starch........................... - -- -- -- Stibine............................. Stoddard solvent............ Strychnine...................... 0.1 100 -- Styrene, monomer (Phenylethylene)........ 100 ** Sucdnaldehyde (see Glutaraldehyde).......... -- 15 0,4 1.5 45 0.1 0.001 10 0.1 5 E 1,600 0.2 0.4 5 7 E E 0.7 0.01 0.3 0.05 2 E 0.5 575 0.15 420 (0.25) 10 0.3 -- 20 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 0.05 -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- -- -- -- 0.3 150 -- 125 -- 30 1 3 90 0.3 0.003 -- 0.3 10 20 -- 04 10 -- 20 20 1.5 0.03 -- 0.15 -- 20 1,5 720 0.45 525 -- Capital letters refer to Appendices *1977 Addition. "See Notice of Intended Chances 27 MAP 000066 ******__________ ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm*1 C Subtilisins (Proteolytic enzymes as 100% pure crystalline enzyme)...................... Sucrose........................... Sulfur dioxide................. Sulfur hexafluoride......... Sulfuric add.................... Sulfur monochioride....... Sulfur pentafkioride....... Sulfur tetrafluoride.......... Sulfuryf fluoride.............. Systox, see Demeton*... 2, 4, 5-T ......................... Tantalum......................... TEDP --Skin.................. Teflon* decomposition products..................... Tellurium......................... Tellurium hexafluoride, asTe........................... TEPP--Skin.................. CTerphenyls....................... 1,1,1,2-Tetrachioro-2, 2-difluoroethane........ 1,1,2, 2-Tetrachloro-1, 2-difiuoroelhane........ 1,1,2, 2-Tetrachloroethane -- Skin................ ....... Tetrachloroethylene, see Perchloroethylene....... Tetrachloromettiane, see Carbon tetrachloride... Tetrachloronaphtftalene.. Tetraethyl lead (as Pb) -- Skin........................ __ 0.00006"' E 5 13 1,0_00 6,000 1 16 0.025 0.25 0.1 0.4 5 20 0.0_1 _ _ 0.1 10 5 0.2 -- Bl -- 0.1 0,02 0.004 1 0.2 0.05 9 500 4.170 500 4.170 5 35 100 670 10 65 __ 2 -- 0.100*' 1,250 3 0.075 0.3 10 0.03 0.012 625 625 10 150 20 -- - 20 7.500 1 <0 0.3 20 1C 0.6 Bl 0.15 5,210 5,210 70 1,000 130 4 0.3 Capital letters refer to Appendices. Footnotes (a tfiru h) see Page 31 o) See Page 34 28 ADOPTED VALUES TENTATIVE VALUES TWA STEL StlHWM_____________ ppm"1 mg/m3"' ppm1" mg/m*'" Tetrahydrofuran............. Tetramethyl lead (as Pb) -- Skin....................... Tetram ethyl sucdnonitrile -- Skin. Tetran itromethane......... Tetiyi (2,4, 6-trinitrophenylmethylnitramine) -- Skm............................ Thallium, soluble compounds (as Tl) -- Skin............................ 4,4 '-Thiobis (6-tert. hutyl-ni-xresDl).......... Thiram*......................... Tin, inorganic compounds, except SnH* and Sn02, (as Sn) Tin, organic compounds (as Sn) -- Skin......... Tin oxide........................ Titanium dioxide............ Toluene (toluol) -- Skin . C Toluene-2, 4-diisocyanate (TDJ)... o-Toluidine................. . Toxaphene, see Chlorinated camphene Tributyl phosphate......... 1.1.1- Trichlofoethane, see Methyl chloroform 1.1.2-Trichloroethane -- Skin...................... Trichloroethylene.......... ** Trichloromethane, see Chloroform................ Trichloronaphthalene..... 1.2.3-Trichloropropane 200 590 -- 0.150*' 0.5 3 18 -- 1.5 -- 0.1 .10 --5 ____ 100 0.02 5 -- 350 10 100 (25) 50 2 0.T E E 375 0.14 22 0.5 5 1,900 45 535 (120) 5 300 250 -- 1.5 -- -- -- __ -- -- __ __ -- 150 __ 10 __ -- 440 20 150 -- -- 150 700 0 45 9 -- 3.0 -- 20 10 4 0.2 -20 20 560 -- 44 1.5 5 2,380 90 800 -- 10 450 Capital letters refer to Appendices. "See Notice of Intended Changes. 29 MAP 000067 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm- mg/m3'" 1.1,2-Trichloro 1,2, 2-trifluoroethane........ Triethylamine.................. Trlcyclohexyltin hydroxide (Plictran*). Trifluoromonobromo- methane...................... Trimethyl benzene........ 2, 4. 6-Trinitrophenol, see Picric acid............ 2. 4. 6-Trinitrophenyl- methylnitramine, see Tetryl........................... '* Trinitrotoluene (TNT) -- Skin............................. T riorthocresyl phosphate Triphenyl pnospnate....... Tungsten & compounds, as W Soluble................... Insoluble................. Turpentine...................... Uranium (natural) soluble & insoluble compounds, as U....... Vanadium {V20s). as V C Dust............................ Fume....................... ,, Vinyl acetate..... Vinyl benzene, see Styrene........... Vinyl bromide...... Vinyl chloride....... Vinyl cyanide, see Acrylonitrile........ ' Vinyl cyclohexene dioxide ........ Vmylidene chloride Vinyl toluene. . 1.000 25 -- 1.000 25 -- -- -- -- -- 100 -- -- 10 100 (250) (200) 20 10 10 100 7,600 100 5 6,100 120 0.1 1.5 (1.5) J.l 3 1 5 560 0.2 0.5 30 420 (1.100) (510) 45 60 40 480 *1977 Addition "See Notice of Intended Changes tentative" VALUES STEL ppm- mg/m3" " 1.250 40 9.500 150 -- 10 1.200 35 -- 7.625 180 0.3 -- 3.0 -- __ 0,3 --6 3 10 150 840 0.6 -- 1.5 20 60 150 630 -- 30 70 20 80 150 720 30 Substance Warfarin.......................... Welding fumes (Total particulate).................. Wood dust (nonallergenic)......... Xylene (o-. m-. p-isomers) -- Skin . .. *C m-Xylene a. a-diamine. Xylidene -- Skin....... Yttrium............... ........... Zinc chloride fume.......... * Zinc chromate (as Cr).... Zinc oxide fume........ Zinc stearate............... Zirconium compounds (as Zr).................. ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm'1' mg/m3'" -- 0.1 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm- mg/m3'" -- 0.3 -- 5. B3 -- B3 -- 5-- 10 100 435 -- 0.1 5 25 --1 --1 -- 0.05. A2 --5 --E ,r-- 5 150 --10 -- -- -- -- -- 655 --50 3 2 10 20 10 '1976 Addition Capital letters reter to Appendices a) Parts of vapor or gas per million parts of contami nated air by volume at 25C and 760 mm. Hg. pres sure. b) Approximate milligrams of substance per cubic meter of air. d) An atmospheric concentration of not more than 0.02 ppm, or personal protection may be necessary to avoid headache for intermittent exposure. e) < 7 ^m in diameter. f) As sampled by method that does not collect vapor. g) According to analytically determined composition. h) For control of general room air, biologic monitoring is essential for personnel control. Radioactivity: For permissible concentrations of radio isotopes in air, see U.S. Department of Commerce. Na tional Bureau of Standards Handbook 69, "Maximum Permissible Body Burdens and Maximum Permissible Concentrations of Radionuclides in Air and in Water for 31 MAP 000068 WBSlsamm Occupational Exposure," June 5, 1969. Also, see US Department of Commerce National Bureau of Standards Handbook 59, "Permissible Dose from External Sources of Ionizing Radiation," September 24, 1954, and adden dum of April 15, 1958. A report, Basic Radiation Protec tion Criteria, published by the National Committee on Radiation Protection, revises and modernizes the cnn. cept of the NCRP standards of 1954 1957 and 1958- obtainable as NCRP Rept. No. 39 P 0 Box 3017?' Washington, D.C. 20014. u- ux oui/s, Substance SILICA, SiOi Crystalline Quartz MINERAL DUSTS TLV in mppcff>: -300'' % quartz + 10 TLV for respirable dust in mg/m3: _________ 10 mg/m3*1 % Respirable quartz + 2 TLV for "total dust," respirable and nonrespirable: 30 mg/m3 Cnstobalite.............Use one-half the value calculated Tridymite from the count or mass formulae for quartz. -- Use one-half the value calculated Silica, fused TriPoli from formulae for quartz. Use quartz formulae. Use respirable'11 mass quartz for mula "Amorphous................................................... 20 mppcf'' "See Nonce of Intended Changes. 32 SILICATES (<1% quartz) Asbestos, all forms+ Graphite (natural) Mica Mineral wool fiber Perlite Portland Cement Soapstone Talc (nonasbestiform) Talc (fibrous), use Asbestos limit. Tremolite, see Asbestos. 5 fibers/cc > 5p.m in length"': Ala 15 mppcf 20 mppcf 10 mg/m3 30 mppcf 30 mppcf 20 mppcf 20 mppcf COAL DUST 2 mg/m3 (respirable dust fraction < 5% quartz). If > 5% quartz, use respirable mass formula. -NUISANCE -PARTICULATES (see Appendix E) 30 mppcf or 10 mg/m3'1 of total dust < 1% quartz, or, 5 mg/m3 respirable dust. Conversion factors: mppcf x 35.3 = Million particles per cubic meter = particles per c.c. i) Millions of particles per cubic foot of air, based on impinger samples counted by light-field technics. j) The percentage of quartz in the formula is the amount determined from airborne samples, except in those instances in which other methods have been shown to be applicable. k) Both concentration and percent quartz for the -appli cation of this limit are to be determined from the fraction passing a size-selector with the following characteristics: +A more stiingent TLV tor crocidolte may be required. I), n)Seep. 34. 33 J MAP 000069 Aerodynamic Diameter n) (unit density sphere) s2 2.5 3,5 5.0 10 % passing selector 90 75 50 25 0 l) containing <1% quartz; if quartz content > 1%, use formulae for quartz. m) Lint-free dust as measured by the vertical-elutriator, cotton-dust sampler described in the Transactions of the National Conference on Cotton Dust, J. R. Lynch, pg. 33, May 2,1970. n) As determined by the membrane filter method at 400-450X magnification (4 mm objective) phase con trast illumination. o) Based on "high volume" sampling. p) "Respirable" dust .as defined by the British -Medical Research Council Criteria (1) and as sampled by a device producing equivalent results (2). (1) Hatch, T. E. and Gross, P., Pulmonary Deposi tion and Retention of Inhaled Aerosols, p. 149. Academic Press, New York, New York, 1964. (2) Interim Guide for Respirable Mass Sampling, AIHA Aerosol Technology Committee, AHIA J. 31: 2. 1970, p. 133. NOTICE OF INTENDED CHANGES (for 1977) These substances, with their corresponding values, comprise those for which either a limit has been pro posed for the first time, or for which a change in the "Adopted" listing has been proposed. In both cases, the proposed limits should be considered trial limits that will remain in the listing for a period of at least two years. If, after two years no evidence comes to light that ques tions the appropriateness of the values herein, the val ues will be reconsidered for the "Adopted" list. Docu mentation is available for each of these substances. 34 Substance ppm0' irig/m3" Aliphatic solvent "140 Flash" + Aluminum metal and oxide.... * Aluminum pyro powders....... * Aluminum welding fumes..... Aluminum, soluble salts........ t Aluminum alkyls (NOC)*........ + 3-Amino 1,2, 4-triazole........ * Antimony, soluble salts (as Sb)................... ................ Antimony trioxide, handling & use(asSb)...................... . Antimony trioxide production (asSb)..... ........................ Arsenic trioxide production (as As)................................ Atrazine.............. .................... +Benomyl................ -.............. + Bromacil................................. Butyl acrylate............ ........... C Cadmium oxide production (as Cd).................. ............. Calcium hydroxide.................. Calcium oxide.............. ....... . Carbonyl fluoride................... Chloroform............................. t Chloromethyl methyl ether.... Chromite ore processing (chromate), as Cr.............. t Cobalt metal, dust & fume (as Co)..................................... + Cyclopentane....................... Dichloromonofluoromethane Dimethyl carbamyl chloride. v Ethyl silicate......................... +C Glutaraldehyde..................... * Hexachlorobutadiene........... 25 150 ---` 10 --5 5 2 *-- 2 A2 -- 0.5 -- 0.05, A2 -- 0.05, Ala 10 10 10 10 55 -- _ _ 5 10, A2 Alb 0.05, A2 5 2 15 50 Alb -- 0.05. Ala 0.05 300 850 500 2,100 A2 A2 10 85 0.2 0.8 A2 A2 Capital letters refer to Aooendices -1977 Revision or Addition 'Not otherwise classified. 35 MAP 000070 Substance ppm01 Hexamethyl phosphoramide -- Skin.... t Lead chromate (as Cr).......... + Manganese fume (as Mn) Manganese tetroxide........... 4, 4'-Methylene dianiline....... N, Methyl-2-pyrrolidone........ Nickel sulfide roasting (as Ni) Paraquat, respirable sizes...... + Phenyl-beta-naphthylamine... Phenyl mercaptan................. Phosgene.................. m-Phthalodinitrile.................. C Propylene glycol dinitrate-Skin...................... Thioglycolic acid..................... C1, 2,4-Trichlorobenzene....... Trimetnyl phosphite............... C 2,4, 6-Trinitrotoluene (TNT). Valeraldehyde..................... + Vinyl bromide................. Vinyl chloride......................... + VM & P Naphtha............... -A2 -- _ -- 100 _=___ A2 0.5 0.1 0.2 -1 5 0.5 -50 5 Pending) Ale 300 mg/m36' ,, A2 "l 1 A? 400 1, Ala 01 A2 2 04 A 2 5 40 2.6 0.5 175 22 . 1,350 NOTICE OF INTENDED CHANGES MINERAL DUSTS Substance Silica, amorphous... Diatomaceous earth, natural................. TLV 5 mg/m3 Total dust (all sampled sizes) 2 mg/m3 Respirable dust (< 5 /Ltm) 1.5 mg/m3, Respirable dust Capital letters refer to Appendices -1977 Addition. 36 APPENDIX A CARCINOGENS The Committee lists below those substances in in dustrial use that have proven carcinogenic in man. or have induced cancer in animals under appropriate exper imental conditions. Present listing of those substances carcinogenic for man takes three forms: Those for which a TLV has been assigned (la), those for which environ mental conditions have not been sufficiently defined to assign a TLV (lb), and (1c), those whose reassignment of a TLV is awaiting more definitive data, and hence should be treated as a 1b carcinogen. Ala. Human Carcinogens. Substances, or substances associated with industrial processes, recognized to have carcinogenic or cocarcinogenic potential, with an assigned TLV: TLV Arsenic trioxide production As203, 0.05 mg/m3 as As S02, C 5.0 ppm Sb203, 0.5 mg/m3 (as Sb) Asbestos, all forms* 5 fibers/cc, > 5 in length bis (Chloromethyl) ether 0.001 ppm Chromite ore processing (chromate), 0.05 mg/m3 (as Cr) Nickel sulfide roasting, fume & dust 1.0 mg/m3(as Ni) Particulate Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PPAH) 0.2 mg/m3, as benzene solubles 1b. Human Carcinogens. Substances, or substances associated with industrial processes, recognized to 'Cigarette smoking can enhance the incidence of bronchogenic carcinoma from this and others ot these substances or pro cesses. 37 MAP 000071 have carcinogenic potential without an assigned TLV: 4-Aminodiphenyl (p-Xenylamine) Benzidine production beta-Naphthylamine 4-Nitrodiphenyl 1c. Human Carcinogens Substances with recognized carcinogenic potential awaiting reassignment of TLV pending further data acquisition: Vinyl chloride For the substances in 1b, no exposure or contact by any route -- respiratory, skin or oral, as de tected by the most sensitive methods -- shall be permitted. ---------- "No exposure or contact" means hermitizing the process or operation by the best practicable engi neering methods. The worker should be properly equipped to insure virtually no contact with the carcinogen. A2 Industrial Substances Suspect of Carcinogenic Po tential for MAN. Chemical substances or sub stances associated with industrial processes, which are suspect of inducing cancer, based on either (1) limited epidemiologic evidence, exclusive of clinical reports of single cases, or (2) demon stration of carcinogenesis in one or more animal species by appropriate methods. Antimony trioxide production' Benzene -- Skin Benzfajpyrene Beryllium Cadmium oxide production Chloroform Chromates of lead and zinc (as Cr) 3, 3 '-Dichlorobenzidine Dimethylcarbamyi chloride 0.05 mg/m3 10 ppm 2.0 jug/m3 0.05 mg/m3 10 ppm 0.05 mg/m3 Cigarette smoking can enhance the incidence of respiratory cancers from this or others of these substances or processes 38 1,1-Dimethyl hydrazine Dimethyl sulfate Epichlorhydrin Hexamethyl phosphoramide -- Skin Hydrazine 4, 4'-Methylene bis (2-chloroaniline) -- Skin 4, 4'-Methylene dianiline Monomethyl hydrazine Nitrosamines Propane sultone beta-Propiolactone Vinyl cyclohexene dioxide 0.5 ppm 1 ppm 5 ppm -- 0 1 ppm 0.02 ppm -- 0.2 ppm -- -- 10 ppm For the above, worker exposure by all routes should be carefully controlled to levels consistent with the animal and human experience data (see Documentation), including those substances with a listed TLV. A3. Guidelines for the Classification of Experimental ANIMAL Carcinogens. The following guidelines are offered in the present state of knowledge as an aid in classifying substances in the occupational envi ronment found to be carcinogenic in experimental animals. A need was felt by the Threshold Limits Committee for such a classification in order to take the first step in developing an appropriate TLV for occupational exposure. Determination of Approximate Threshold of Re sponse Requirement In order to determine in which category to classify an experimental carcin ogen for the purpose of assigning an industrial air limit (TLV), an approximate threshold of neoplastic response must be determined. Because of practi cal experimental difficulties, a precisely defined threshold cannot be attained. For the purposes of standard-setting, this is of little moment, as an ap propriate risk, or safety, factor can be applied to the approximate threshold, the magnitude of which 39 MAP 000072 is oepenaent on the degree of potency of the car cinogenic response. To obtain the best `practical' threshold of neopias. tic response, dosage decrements should be lest than iogarithmic. This becomes particularly imp0r. tant at levels greater than 10 ppm (or correspond ing mg/m3). Accordingly, after a range-finding de termination has been made by logarithmic decreases, two additional dosage levels are re quired within the levels of "effect" and "no effect" to approximate the true threshold of neoplastic re sponse. The second step should attempt to establish a me tabolic relationship between animal and man for the particular substance found carcinogenic in an imals. If the metabolic pathways are found compa rable, the substance should be classed highly sus pect as a carcinogen for man. If no such relation is found, the'substance should remain listed as an experimental animal carcinogen until evidence to the contrary is found. Proposed Classification of Experimental Animal Carcinogens Substances occurring in the occupa tional environment found carcinogenic for animals may be grouped into three classes, those of high, intermediate and low potency. In evaluating the in cidence of animal cancers, significant incidence of cancer is defined as a neoplastic response which represents, in the judgment of the Committee, a significant excess of cancers above that occurring in negative controls. EXCEPTIONS: No substance is to be considered an occupational carcinogen of any practical signifi cance which reacts by the respiratory route at or above 1000 mg/m3 for the mouse, 2000 mg/m3 for the rat; by the dermal route, at or above 1500 mg/kg for the mouse, 3000 mg/kg for the rat; by the gastrointestinal route at or above 500 mg/kg/d for a lifetime, equivalent to about 100 g T.D. for the rat, lOg T.D. for the mouse. 40 These dosage limitations exclude such substances as dioxane and trichlorethylene from consideration as carcinogens. Examples: Dioxane --rats, hepatocellular and nasal tumors from 1015 mg/kg/d, oral Trichloroethylene -- female mice, tumors (30/98 @ 900 mg/kg/d), oral A3a. INDUSTRIAL SUBSTANCES OF HIGH CARCINO GENIC POTENCY IN EXPERIMENTAL ANIMALS 1. A substance to qualify as a carcinogen of high potency must fulfill one of the three following conditions in two animal species: la. Respiratory. Elicit cancer from (1) dosages below 1 mg/m3 (or equivalent ppm) via the respiratory tract in 6-7-nour daily repeated inhalation exposures throughout lifetime; or (2) from a single intratracheally admin istered dose not exceeding 1 mg of parti culate, or liquid, per 100 mi or less of an imal minute respiratory volume; Examples: bis-Chloromethyl ether, malign ant tumors, rats, @ 0.47 mg/m3 (0.1 ppm) in 2 years; Hexamethyl phosphoramide, nasal.squamous cell carcino ma, rats, @ 0.05 ppm, in 13 months OR lb. Dermal. Elicit cancer within 20 weeks by skin-painting, twice weekly at 2 mg/kg body weight or less per application for a total dose equal to or less than 1.5 mg, in a biologically inert vehicle; Examples: 7, 12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene -- skin tumors @ 0.120.8 mg T.D. in four weeks 41 MAP 000073 Benz(a)pyrene. mice 12 Mg 3X,wk for 18 mos. T.D. 2.6 mg, 90.9% skin tumors OR 1c. Gastrointestinal. Elicit cancer by daily in take via the gastrointestinal tract, within six months, with a six-month holding period, at a dosage below 1 mg/kg body weight per day: total dose, rat, 50 mg; mouse, s 3.5 mg; Examples: 7, 12-Dimethy!beriz{a)anthra cene -- mammary tumors from 10 mg IX 3-Methylcholanthrene -- Tumors @ 3 sites from 8 mg in 89 weeks Benz(a)pyrene, mice. 3.9% leukemias, from 30 mg T.'D. 198 days 2. Elicit cancer by all three routes in at least two animal species at dose levels prescribed for high or intermediate potency. A3b. INDUSTRIAL SUBSTANCES OF INTERMEDIATE CARCINOGENIC POTENCY IN EXPERIMENTAL AN IMALS To qualify as a carcinogen of intermediate potency, a substance should elicit cancer in two animal spe cies at dosages intermediate between those de scribed in A3a and A3c by two routes of adminis tration. Example: Carbamic acid Ethyl Ester Dermal, mammary tumors, mice. 100%. 63 weeks. 500-1400 mg T.D. Gastrointestinal, various type tumors, mice 42 weeks. 320 mg T.D. Gastrointestinal, various type tumors, rats, 60 weeks, 110-930 mg T.D. 42 A3c. INDUSTRIAL SUBSTANCES OF LOW CARCINO GENIC POTENCY IN EXPERIMENTAL ANIMALS To qualify as a carcinogen of low potency, a sub stance should elicit cancer in one animal species by any one of three routes of administration at the following prescribed dosages and conditions: la. Respiratory. Elicit cancer from (1) dosages greater than 10 mg/m3 (or equivalent ppm) via the respiratory tract in 6- 7-hour, daily re peated inhalation exposures, for 12 months exposure and 12 months' observation period: or (2) from intratracheally administered dos ages totaling more than 10 mg of particulate or liquid per 100 ml or more of animal minute respiratory volume; Examples: Beryl (beryllium aluminum silicate) malig. lung tumors, rats. @ 15 mg/m3 @ 17 months Benzidine, var. tumors, rats. 10-20 mg/m3 @ > 13 mos. OR lb. Dermal. Elicit cancer by skin-painting of mice in twice weekly dosages of > 10 mg'kg body weight in a biologically inert vehicle for at least 75 weeks, i.e.. 2 1.5g T.D. Examples: Shale tar, mouse, 0.1 ml x 50 gT.D. 59/60 skin tumors Arsenic trioxide, man. dose un known. but estimated to be high lc. Gastrointestinal. Elicit cancer from daily oral dosages of 50 mg/kg/day or greater during the lifetime of the animal. APPENDIX B SUBSTANCES OF VARIABLE COMPOSITION B1 Polytetrafluoroethylene' decomposition products. Thermal decomposition of the fluorocarbon chain in 'Trade Names Algoflon Fiuon. Halon. Teflon. Tetran 43 MAP 000074 air leads to the formation of oxidized products con taining carbon, fluorine and oxygen. Because these products decompose in part by hydrolysis in alkaline solution, they can be quantitatively determined in air as fluoride to provide an index of exposure. No TLV is recommended pending determination of the toxi city of the products, but air concentrations should be minimal. B2 Gasoline. The composition of gasoline varies greatly and thus a single TLV for all types of these materials is no longer applicable. In general, the aromatic hy drocarbon content will determine what TLV applies. Consequently the content of benzene, other aromat ics and additives should be determined to arrive at the appropriate TLV (Elkins, et al. A.I.H.A.J. 24:99, 1963); Runion, ibid. 36. 338,1975). B3 Welding Fumes -- Total Particulate (NOC)` TLV, 5 mgIm3 Welding fumes cannot be classified simply. The com position and quantity of both are dependent on the alloy being welded and the process and electrodes used. Reli able analysis of fumes cannot be made without consider ing the nature of the welding process and system being examined; reactive metals and alloys such as aluminum and titanium are arc-welded in a protective, inert atmo sphere such as argon. These arcs create relatively little fume, but an intense radiation which cat produce ozone. Similar processes are used to arc-weld steels, also creating a relatively low level of fumes. Ferrous alloys also are arc-welded in oxidizing environments which generate considerable fume, and can produce carbon monoxide instead of ozone. Such fumes generally are composed of discreet particles of amorphous slags con taining iron, manganese, silicon and other metallic con stituents depending on the alloy system involved. Chro mium and nickel compounds are found in fumes when stainless steels are arc-welded. Some coated and fluxcored electrodes are formulated with fluorides and the Not otherwise classified 44 fumes associated with them can contain significantly more fluorides than oxides. Because of the above fac tors, arc-welding fumes frequently must be tested for individual constituents which are likely to be present to determine whether specific TLV's are exceeded. Conclu sions based on total fume concentration are generally adequate if no toxic elements are present in welding rod, metal, or metal coating and conditions are not conducive to the formation of toxic gases. Most welding, even with primitive ventilation, does not produce exposures inside the welding helmet above 5 mg/m3. That which does, should be controlled. APPENDIX C MIXTURES C.1 THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES FOR MIXTURES When two or more hazardous substances are pres ent, their combined effect, rather than that of either indi vidually, should be given primary consideration. In the absence of information to the contrary, the effects of the different hazards should be considered as additive. That is, if the sum of the following fractions, exceeds unity, then the threshold limit of the mixture should be considered as being exceeded. C, indicates the observed atmospheric concentration, and T, the cor responding threshold limit (See Example lA.a. and 1A.c.). Exceptions to the above rule may be made when there is a good reason to believe that the chief effects of the different harmful substances are not in fact additive, but independent as when purely local effects on different organs of the body are produced by the various compo nents of the mixture. In such cases the threshold limit ordinarily is exceeded only when at least one member of (Cyl + or + c etc.\j itself has a value exceeding unity (See Example 1A.c.). 45 MAP 000075 Antagonistic action or potentiation may occur with some combinations of atmospheric contaminants. Such cases at present must be determined individually, Poten tiating or antagonistic agents are not necessarily harmful by themselves. Potentiating effects of exposure to such agents by routes other than that of inhalation is also possible, e.g. imbibed alcohol and inhaled narcotic (trichloroethylene). Potentiation is characteristically exhibited at high concentrations, less probably at low. * I Example No. lA.a.: Air contains 5 ppm of carbontetrachloride (TLV = 10 ppm) 20 ppm of 1. 2-dichloroethane (TLV = 50 ppm) and 10 ppm of 1, 2-dibromoethane (TLV = 20 ppm) Atmospheric concentration of mix ture = 5 + 20 + 10 = 35 ppm of mixture When a given operation or process characteristically emits a number of harmful dusts, fumes, vapors or gases, it will frequently be only feasible to attempt to evaluate the hazard by measurement of a single sub stance. In such cases, the threshold limit used for this substance should be reduced by a suitable factor, the magnitude of which will depend on the number, toxicity and relative quantity of the other contaminants ordinarily present. .Examples of processes -which are typically associated with two or more harmful atmospheric contaminants are welding, automobile repair, blasting, painting, lacquer ing, certain foundry operations, diesel exhauts, etc, *' 5 20 10 _ 25 + 20 + 25 _ , , 10 + 50 + 20 50 Threshold Limit is exceeded. Furth ermore, the TLV of this mixture may be calculated by reducing the total fraction to 1.0; i.e. TLV of mixture =-r35-r= 25 ppm 1.4 1A.b. Special case when the source of contaminant is a liquid mixture and the atmospheric composition is assumed to be similar to that of the original mate rial: e.g. on a time-weighted average exposure C.1A Examples of THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES FOR MIXTURES basis, all of the liquid (solvent) mixture eventually evaporates. Additive effects (approximate solution) The following formulae apply only when the compo nents in a mixture have similar toxicologic effects; they should not be used for mixtures with widely differing reactivities, e.g. hydrogen cyanide & sulfur dioxide. In such case the formula for Independent Effects (lA.c.) should be used. lA.a. General case, where air is analyzed for each com ponent: ~~ a. Additive effects. (Note: It is essential that the atmosphere be analyzed both qualitatively and quantitatively for each component present, in order to evaluate compliance or noncompliance with this calculated TLV.) ' " ( 1. The percent composition (by weight) of the liquid mixture is known, the TLVs of the constituents must be listed in mg/m3. (Note: In order to evaluate compliance with this TLV, field sampling instruments should be calibrated, in the laboratory, for response to this specific quantitative and qualitative airvapor mixture, and also to fractional concen trations of this mixture; e.g., 1/2 the TLV; 1110 the TLV; 2 x the TLV; 10 x the TLV; etc.) TLV of mixture = 1 Ci C2 C3 T- Tj T3 TLVa 46 47 L MAP 000076 Example No. 1: Liquid contains (by weight) 50% heptane: TLV = 400 ppm or 1600 mg/m3 1 mg/m3 e 0.25 ppm 30% methylene chloride: TLV = 200 ppm or 720 mg/m3 1 mg/m3 0.28 ppm 20% perchloroethylene: TLV = 100 ppm or 670 mg/m3 1 mg/m3 s 0.15 ppm TLV of Mixture = ------------J--------- 0.5 0.3 0.2 USB + 720 + 675 _1_ 0.00031 + 0.00042 i- 0.00030 = 0.00103 = 970 m9/m3 of this mixture 50% or (970) (0.5) = 485 mg/m3 is heptane 30% or (970) (0.3) = 291 mg/m3 is methylene chloride 20% or (970) (0.2) = 194 mg/m3 is perchloroethylene These values can be converted to ppm as follows: heptane: 485 mg/m3 x 0.25 = 121 ppm methylene chloride: 291 mg/m3 x 0.28 = 81 ppm perchloroethylene: 194 mg/m3 x 0.15 = 29 ppm TLV of mixture = 121 + 81 + 29 = 231 ppm, or 970 mg/m3 lA.c. Independent effects. Air contains 0.15 mg/m3 of lead (TLV, 0.15) and 0.7 mg/m3 of sulfuric acid (TLV, 1). Threshold limit is not exceeded. IB. TLV for Mixtures of Mineral Dusts. For mixtures of biologically active mineral dusts the general formula for mixtures may be used. 48 For mixture containing 80% nonasbestiform talc and 20% quartz, the TLV for 100% of the mixture is given by: TLV = ------ -- = 9 mppcf 0.8 | 0.2 20 2.7 TLV of nonasbestiform talc (pure) = 20 mppcf TLV of quartz (pure) = 300 300 = 2.7 mppcf 100 + 10 110 Essentially the same result will be obtained if the limit of the more (most) toxic component is used provided the effects are additive. In the above ex ample the limit for 20% quartz is 10 mppcf. For another mixture of 25% quartz, 25% amor phous silica and 50% talc: 25% quartz -- TLV (pure) =2.7 mppcf 25% amorphous silica -- TLV (pure) = mppcf 50% talc TLV (pure) = 20 mppcf 0.25 0.25 0j-=8mppcf 2.7 20 20 The limit for 25% quartz approximates 9 mppcf. APPENDIX D PERMISSIBLE EXCURSIONS FOR TIME- WEIGHTED AVERAGE (TWA) LIMITS The Excursion TLV Factor in the Table automatically defines the magnitude of the permissible excursion above the limit for those substances not given a "C" designation: i.e., the TWA limits. Examples in the Table show that nitrobenzene, the TLV for which is 1 ppm, should never be allowed to exceed 3 ppm. Similarly, carbon tetrachloride, TLV = 10 ppm, should never be allowed to exceed 20 ppm. By contrast, those sub stances with a "C" designation are not subject to the excursion factor and must be kept at or below the TLV ceiling. 49 MAP 000077 These limiting excursions are to be considered to provide a "rule-of-thumb" guidance for listed sub stances generally, and may not provide the most appro priate excursion for a particular substance e.g.. the per missible excursion for CO is 400 ppm for 15 minutes. For appropriate excursions for 142 substances con sult Pa. Rules & Regs., Chap. 4, Art. 432, and "Accept able Concentrations," ANSI. Substance Max. Cone. Permitted Excursion for short TLV Factor ___ time Nitrobenzene Carbon tetrachloride Trimethyl benzene Acetone Boron trifluoride Butylamine 1 10 25 1000 Cl C5 3 2 1.5 1.25 __ -- 3 20 - 40 1250 1 os EXCURSION FACTORS For all substances not bearing C notation TLV>0-1 (ppm or mg/m3), TLV >1-10 " TLV >10-100 " TLV> 100-1000 " Excursion Factor " " =3 =2 = 1.5 =1.25 The number of times the excursion above the TLV is permitted is governed by conformity with the TimeWeighted Average TLV. INTERPRETATION OF MEASURED PEAK CONCENTRATIONS With increasing use of rapid, direct-reading analytical instruments for airborne contaminants in the work area, 50 the question of interpretation of essentially 1 instanta neous" peaks arises. Although no general statement can be made covering all occupational substances, the fol lowing guidelines should prove helpful, assuming peak excursions conform to time-weighted average TLV as stated above. The toxicologic importance of momentary peak con centrations depends on whether the substance is fast or slow acting. If slow acting, as for quartz, lead, or car bon monoxide, momentary peaks are of no toxicologic concern provided, of course, they are not astronomic. On the other hand, fast-acting substances that rapidly produce disabling narcosis, e.g., H2S, or intolerable irri tation or asphyxiation, NH3, S02, C02, or initiate sensitiza tion -- the organic isocyanates, even 'instantaneous" peaks appreciably above the permissible excursion, should not be permitted, unless information exists to the contrary. Other more specific excucsions will be devel-oped in the future. APPENDIX E Same Nuisance Particulates1'' TLV, 30 mppcf or 10mg/m3 Alundum (Al203) Calcium carbonate Calcium silicate Cellulose (paper fiber) Portland Cement Corundum (Al203) Emery Glass, fibrousrl or dust Glycerin Mist Graphite (synthetic) Gypsum Vegetable oil mists (except castor, cashew nut, or similar irritant oils) Kaolin Limestone Magnesite Marble Mineral Wool Fiber Pentaerythritol Plaster of Paris Rouge Silicon Silicon Carbide Starch Sucrose Tin Oxide Titanium Dioxide Zinc Stearate Zinc oxide dust 51 MAP 000078 q) When toxic impurities are not present, e.g. quartz < 1%. r) <7^m in diameter APPBJOIX F Some Simple Asphyxiants'1 Acetylene Argon Butane Ethane Ethylene Helium Hydrogen Methane Neon Propane Propylene s) As defined on pg. 6. APPENDIX G Calculations for Conversion of Particle Count Concen tration (by Standard Light Field -- Midget Impinger Techniques), in mppcf, to Respirable Mass Concentra tion (by Respirable Sampler) in mg/m3.+ 1. In 1967, Jacobsen and Tomb,+ derived an empiri cal relationship of 5.6 mppcf to 1 milligram of respirable dust per cubic meter of air, based on 23 sets of samples, mostly coal dust. The follow ing calculation results in an equivalence of 6.37 mppcf to 1 mg/m3 of respirable dust. Thus, an approximate ratio of 6 mppcf to 1 mg/m3 of re spirable dust is suggested for conversion of TLVs from a count to a mass basis when the density and mass median diameter have not been deter mined. t Relationship Between Gravimetric Respirable Dust Concentration and Midget Impinger Number Concentration.' by Murray Jacbbson and T. F Tomb. AIHAJ. 28. Nov.-Dec. 1967. 52 2.Basic assumptions'. a) Average density for silica containing dusts = 2.5 gms/cm3 (2500 mg/cm3). Pulmonary sig nificant dust densities may vary from 1.2 gm/cm3 for coal dust to 3.1 gms/cm3 for Portland Cement. Silica densities vary from 2.2 (amorphous) to 2.3 (cristobalite and tridymite) to 2.5 (alpha-quartz.) gms per cm3. b) The mass median diameter (mmd) of particles collected in midget impinger samplers and counted by the standard light field technique, and collected in a respirable sampler is ap proximately 1.5 ^m or 1.5 x 10-4 cm. This assumption is, of course, quite arbitrary since the mmd of all dust clouds is quite variable, depending on many independent parameters, such as source of dust, age of dust cloud, me teorological conditions, etc. 3. Calculation: a) vol. per particle: 4/3 w r3; r = 0.75 x 10~* cm = 4/3 w (0.75 x 10-)3 = 1.77 x 10-'2 cm3 b) wt. per particle = vol. x density = 1.77 x 10-'2 cm3 x 2.5 x 103 mg/cm3 = 4.425 x 10" mg/particle c) 1 particle/ft.3 = 35.5 part./m3 (since 35.5 cu ft = 1 cu m.) 10 part./ft3 = mppcf = 35.5 x 10s part./m3 wt. of 1 mppcf * 35.5 x 10 part./m3 x 4.425 x 10-9 mg/part. 1 mppcf * 0.157 mg/m3 or 6.37 mppcf 1 mg/m3 mg/m3. or approximately 6 mpccf * 1 4. Equivalent TLVs in mppcf and mg/m3 (respirable mass) for Mineral Dusts. 53 i MAP 000079  Substance Silica (SiOd Amorphous Cristobalite Fused silica Quartz Tridymite Coal Dust Diatomaceous earth, Graphite Mica Mineral wool fiber Nuisance particulates Perlite Portland Cement Soapstone Talc (nonasbestiform) Tripoli Threshold. Limit Value Count Resp, Mass Total Mass mppcf mg/m3 mg/m3 20 1.5 3 3 1.5 (12) (3)'* 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.05 2 1.5 15 (2.5) 20 (3) (5) 30 (5) 30 (5) 30 (5) 20 (3) 20 (3) (3) 0.1 (6) n 15 03 03 "n 15 (4) (5) <6J 10 10 (10) (10) (6) (6) (0.3) TLVs Threshold Limit Values for Physical Agents Adopted by ACGIH for 1977 ES."TM* TM` " B'"TM **- ontSnce S'Tmnnr? ' Veprese3m newly calculate0 values *wsea ma^r50.,, lO.a,L^P * ' 9 m reSP'ratJ,e mass and 54 MAP 000080 1977 TLV PHYSICAL AGENTS COMMITTEE Herbert H. Jones, Central Missouri State University Chairman Peter A. Breysse, University of Washington Gerald V. Coles, United Kingdom Thomas Cummings, Ontario Dept, of Health Irving H. Davis, Michigan Dept, of Health Ronald D. Dobbin, NIOSH LCDR Joseph J. Drozd, USN Maj. George S. Kush, USAF Edward J. Largent, OSHA William E. Murray, NIOSH Or. Wordie H. Parr, NIOSH David H. Sliney, USAEHA Lt. Col. Robert T. Wangemann, USAEHA Thomas K. Wilkinson, USPHS-NIH Any comments or questions regarding these limits should be addressed to: Secretary-Treasurer P.O. Box 1937 Cincinnati, Ohio 45201 PREFACE PHYSICAL AGENTS These threshold limit values refer to levels of physical agents and represent conditions unaer which it is be lieved that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed day after day without adverse effect. Because of wide variations in individual susceptibility, exposure of an oc casional individual at, or even below, the threshold limit may not prevent annoyance, aggravation of a pre-exist ing condition, or physiological damage. These threshold limits are based on the best available information from industrial experience, from experimen tal human and animal studies, and when possible, from a combination of the three. These .limits are intended for use In the practice of industrial hygiene and should be interpreted and applied only by a person trained in this discipline. They are not intended for use, or for modification for use, (1) in the evaluation or control of the levels of physical agents in the community, (2) as proof or disproof of an existing physical disability, or (3) for adoption by countries whose working conditions differ from those in the United States of America. These values are reviewed annually by the Committee on Threshold Limits for Physical Agents for revisions or additions, as further information becomes available. Notice of Intent -- At the beginning of each year, proposed actions of the Committee for the forthcoming year are issued in the form of a "Notice of Intent." This notice provides not only an opportunity for comment, but solicits suggestions of physical agents to be added to the list. The suggestions should be accompanied by substantiating evidence. As Legislative Code -- The Conference recognizes that the Threshold Limit Values may be adopted in legis lative codes and regulations. If so used, the intent of the concepts contained in the Preface should be maintained and provisions should be made to keep the list current. 57 MAP 000081 Wwff jewinuft Reprint Permission -- This publication may be re printed provided that written permission is obtained from the Secretary-Treasurer of the Conference and that this Preface be published in its entirety along with the Threshold Limit Values. THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES HEAT STRESS These Threshold Limit Values refer to heat stress conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse health effects. The TLVs shown in Table 1 are based on the assumption that nearly all acclimatized, fully^clothed workers with adequate water and salt intake should be able to function effectively under the given working con ditions without exceeding a deep body temperature of SST (WHO technical report series #412, 1969 Health Factors involved m Working Under Conditions of Heat Stress-, F. N. Dukes-Dobos and A. Henschel: "Develop ment of Permissible Heat Exposure Limits for Occupa tional Work." ASHRAE Journal, Vol. 15: No. 9, Sep tember 1973, pp, 57-62.) Since measurement of deep body temperature is im practical for monitoring the workers' heat load, the mea surement of environmental factors is required which most nearly correlate with deep body temperature and other physiological responses to heat. At the present time Wet Bulb-Globe Temperature Index (WBGT) is the simplest and most suitable technique to measure the en vironmental factors. WBGT values are calculated by the following equations: 1. Outdoors with solar load: WBGT = 0.7WB -*- 0.2GT + 0.1 DB 2. Indoors or Outdoors with no solar load: WBGT =0.7WB -0.3GT where: -____ WBGT = Wet Bulb-Globe Temperature Index WB = Natural Wet-Bulb Temperature OB = Ory-Bulb Temperature GT = Globe Thermometer Temperature 58 The determination of WBGT requires the use of a black globe thermometer, a natural (static) wet-bulb thermom eter, and a dry-bulb thermometer. TABLE 1 Permissible Heat Exposure Threshold Limit Values (Values are given in X). WBGT) Work Load Work -- Rest Regimen Light Moderate Heavy Continuous work 30.0 26.7 25.0 75% Work-- 25% Rest, Each hour 30.6 28.0 25.9 50% Work-- 50%-Rest,-Eacb hour 25% Work -- 75% Rest, Each hour 31.4 -29.4 27.9 32.2 31.1 30.0 Higher heat exposures than shown in Table 1 are per missible if the workers have been undergoing medical surveillance and it has been established that they are more tolerant to work in heat than the average worker. Workers should not be permitted to continue their work when their deep body temperature exceeds 38.0C. APPENDIX G HEAT STRESS I. Measurement of the Environment The instruments required are a dry-bulb, a natural wet-bulb, a globe thermometer, and a stand. The mea surement of the environmental factors shall be per formed as follows: A. The range of the dry and the natural wet bulb ther mometer shall be -5"C to 50C with an accuracy of =0.5C. The dry bulb thermometer must be shielded 59 MAP 000082 from the sun and the other radiant surfaces of the envi ronment without restricting the airflow around the bulb The wick of the natural wet-bulb thermometer shall be kept wet with distilled water for at least 1/2 hour before the temperature reading is made. It is not enough to immerse the other end of the wick into a reservoir of distilled water and wait until the whole wick becomes wet by capillarity. The wick shall be wetted by direct application of water from a syringe 1 12 hour before each reading. The wick shall extend over the bulb of the ther mometer, covering the stem about one additional bulb length. The wick should always be clean and new wicks should be washed before using. 6. A globe thermometer, consisting of a 15 cm. (6inch) diameter hollow copper sphere, painted on the outside with a matte black finish or equivalent shall be used. The bulb or sensor of a thermometer (range -5'C to lOO'C with an accuracy of 0.5C) must be fixed in the center of the sphere. The globe thermometer shall be exposed at least 25 minutes before it is read. C. A stand shall be used to suspend the three thermom eters so that they do not restrict free air flow around the bulbs, and the wet-bulb and globe thermometers are not shaded. D. It is permissible to use any other type of temperature sensor that gives identical reading to a mercury ther mometer under the same conditions. E. The thermometers must be so placed that the read ings are representative of the condition where the men work or rest, respectively. The methodology outlined above is more fully ex plained in the following publications: 1. "Prevention of Heat Casualties in Marine Corps Re cruits, 1955-1960, with Comparative Incidence Rates and Climatic Heat Stresses in other Training Cate gories," by Captain David Minard, MC, USN, Research Report No. 4, Contract No. MR005.01-0001.01, Naval Medical Research Institute, Bethesda, Maryland, 21 Feb ruary 1961. 2. "Heat Casualties in the Navy and Marine Corps, 60 1959-1962, with Appendices on the Field Use of the Wet Bulb-Globe Temperature Index," by Captain David Minard, MC, USN, and R. L. O'Brien, HMC, USN. Re search Report No. 7, Contract No. MR 005.01-0001.01, Naval Medical Research Institute, Bethesda, Maryland, 12 March 1964. 3, Minard, D.: Prevention of Heat Casualties in Marine Corps Recruits. Military Medicine 126(4): 261-272, 1961. II. Work Load Categories Heat produced by the body and the environmental heat together determine the total heat load. Therefore, if work is to be performed under hot environmental condi tions, the workload.category of each job shall be es tablished and the heat exposure limit pertinent to the work load evaluated against the applicable standard in order to protect the worker from exposure beyond the permissible limit. A. The work load category may be established by rank ing each job into light, medium, and heavy categories on the basis of type of operation. Where the work load is ranked into one of said three categories, i.e. (1) light work (up to 200 Kcal/hr or 800 Btu/hr): e.g., sitting or standing to control machines, performing light hand or arm work, (2) moderate work (200-350 Kcal/hr or 800-1400 Btu/hr): e.g., walking about with moderate lifting and pushing, (3) heavy work (350-500 Kcal/hr or 1400-2000 Btu/hr): e.g., pick and shovel work, the permissible heat exposure limit for that work load shall be determined from Table 1. B. The ranking of the job may be performed either by measuring the worker's metabolic rate while performing his job or by estimating his metabolic rate by the use of the scheme shown in Table 2. Tables available in the literature listed below and in other publications as well may also be utilized. When this method is used the per missible heat exposure limit can be determined by Figure 1. 61 MAP 000083 mawKfiBaiimiiiiiwiffilwiiiMMiMiiMigttWiit -in aBmaiiiii.iwii 1. Per-Olaf Astrand and Kaare Rodahl: "Textbook of Work Physiology" McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, San Francisco, 1970. 2. "Ergonomies Guide to Assessment of Metabolic and Cardiac Costs of Physical Work." Amer. Ind Hyq Assoc. J. 32:560,1971. 3. Energy Requirements for Physical Work. Purdue Farm Cardiac Project. Agricultural Experiment Station Research Progress Report No. 30,1961. 4. J. V. G. A. Durnin and R. Passmore: "Energy, Work and Leisure." Heinemann Educational Books, Ltd Lon don, 1967. TABLE 2 Assessment of Work Load , Average values of metabolic rate during different ac tivities. A. Body position and movement Sitting . Kcal./min. 6.3 Standing Walking Walking up hill 0.6 20-3.0 add 0.8 per meter (yard) rise B. Type of Work Average Range Kcal./min. Kcal./min. Hand work light heavy Work with one arm light heavy Work with both arms light heavy Work with body light moderate heavy very heavy 0.4 0.2-1.2 0.9 1.0 .0,7-2.5 1.8 1.5 1.0-3.5 2.5 . 3.5 2.5-15.0 5.0 7.0 9.0 62 Light hand work: writing, hand knitting Heavy hand work: typewriting Heavy work with one arm: hammering in nails (shoe maker, upholsterer) Light work with two arms: filing metal, planing wood, raking of a garden Moderate work with the body: cleaning a floor, beat ing a carpet Heavy work with the body: railroad track laying, dig ging, barking trees Sample Calculation: Using a heavy hand tool on an assembly line A. Walking along 2.0 Kcal./min. B. Intermediate value between heavy work with two arms and light work with ihe body 3.0 Kcal./min C. Add for basal metabolism 5.0 Kcal./min. 1.0 Kcal./min. Total 6.0 Kcal./min. Adapted from Lehmann, G. E., A. Muller and H. Spitzer: Der Kalorienbedarf bei gewerblicher Arbeit. Arbeitsphy- siol. 14: 166,1950. III. Work-Rest Regimen The permissible exposure limits specified in Table 1 and Figure 1 are based on the assumption that the WBGT value of the resting place is the same or very close to that of the work place. Where the WBGT of the work area is different from that of the rest area a timeweighted average value should be used for both environ- mental and metabolic heat. When time-weighted average values are used the appropriate curve on Figure 1 is the solid line labeled "continuous." The time-weighted average metabolic rate (M) shall be determined by the equation: Av. M = (Mi) x (ti) + (Me) x (ta) + . . . . - (M,) x (t,,) (tl) + (t2) +....+ (tn) 63 MAP 000084 Where Mi M2. M, are estimated or measured metabolic rates for the various activities of the worker during the total time period, ti, tz, t,, are the elapsed rimes in min utes spent at the corresponding metabolic rate as deter mined by a time study. The time-weighted average WBGT shall be deter mined by the equation: Av. WBGT = (WBGTi) x(t,) + (WBGT2) xtz + .., + (WB6T) x(t.) (ti) + (tsj + . . . + (t) where WBGTi, WBGT2, WBGT. are calculated values of WBGT for the various work and rest areas occupied dur ing total time periods, ti, tz t.are the elapsed times in minutes spent in the corresponding areas which are de termined by a time study. Where exposure to hot envi ronmental conditions is continuous for several hours or the entire work day, the time-weighted averages shall be calculated as hourly rime-weighted average i.e., ti + t2 + ... t,, = 60 minutes. Where the exposure is intermit tent, the time-weighted averages shall be calculated as two-hour time-weighted averages, i.e., ti +12 + . .. t, = 120 minutes. The permissible exposure limits for continuous work are applicable where there is a work-rest regimen of a 5-day work week and an 8-hour work day with a short morning and afternoon break (approximately 15 min utes) and a longer lunch break (approximately 30 min utes). Higher exposure limits are permitted if additional resting time is allowed. All breaks, including unsche duled pauses and administrative or operational waiting periods during work may be counted as rest time when additional rest allowance must be given because of high environmental temperatures. It is a common experience that when the work on a job is self-paced, the workers will spontaneously limit their hourly work load to 30-50% of their maximum physical performance capacity. They do this either by setting an appropriate work speed or by interspersing unscheduled breaks. Thus the daily average of the workers' metabolic rate seldom exceeds 330 kcal/hr. However, within an 8-hour work shift there may be 64 periods where the workers! hourly average metabolic rate will be higher. IV. Water and Salt Supplementation During the hot season or when the worker is exposed to artificially generated heat, drinking water shall be made available to the workers in such a way that they are stimulated to frequently drink small amounts, i.e., one cup every 15-20 minutes (about 150 ml or 1/4 pint). The water shall be kept reasonably cool (10-15C or 50.0-60.0F) and shall be placed close to the work place so that the worker can reach it without abandoning the work area. The workers should be encouraged to salt their food abundantly during the hot season and particularly during hot spells. If the workers are unacclimatized, salted -drinking-water shall be made available in a concentration of 0.1% (1g NaCI to 1.0 liter or 1 level tablespoon of salt to 15 quarts of water). The added salt shall be complete ly dissolved before the water is distributed, and the water shall be kept reasonably cool. V. Other Considerations A. Clothing: The permissible heat exposure TLVs are valid for light summer clcrthing as customarily worn by workers when working under hot environmental condi tions. If special cothing is required for performing a par ticular job and this clothing is heavier or it impedes sweat evaporation or has higher insulation value, the worker's heat tolerance is reduced, and the permissible heat exposure limits indicated in Table 1 and Figure 1 -are not applicable. For each job category where special clothing is required, the permissible heat exposure limit shall be established by an expert. B. Acclimatization and Fitness: The recommended heat stress TLVs are valid for acclimated workers who are physically fit. 65 MAP 000085 W BG T- 359-- >5 30 <_> 4 25 " lft0 - ' CO^TwuQuS ---------------------TS% WO** % *EST EACH rt(X# -------- -------- SO* WQ*K 40%ST EACH MOuA ,, ---------------------iS* WO** 7S% ST EACH HOu 100 200 300 400 500 Kcoi/hr 400 800 1200 1600 2000 BTu/hr Rate of Work Figure 1 -- Permissible Heat Exposure Threshold Limit Value >50 "55 *i "80 5 0 1 "75 470 IONIZING RADIATION See U.S. Department of Commerce National Bureau o Standards. Handbook 59. "Permissible Dose from Ex ternal Sources of Ionizing Radition," September 24 1954, and addendum of April 15, 1958. A report. Basil Radiation Protection Criteria, published by the Nationa Committee on Radiation Protection, revises and modern izes the concept of the NCRP standards of 1954, 1951 and 1958: obtainable as NCRP Rept. No. 39, P. 0. Box 4867. Washington, D.C. 20008. LASERS The threshold limit values are for exposure to laser radiation under conditions to which nearly all workers may be exposed without adverse effects. The values 66 should be used as guides in the control of exposures and should not be regarded as fine lines between safe and dangerous levels. They are based on the best avail able information from experimental studies. limiting Apertures The TLVs expressed as radiant exposure or irradiance in this section may be averaged over an aperture of 1 mm except for TLVs for the eye in the spectral range of 400-1400 nm, which should be averaged over a 7 mm limiting aperture (pupil); and except for all TLVs for wa velengths between 0.1-1 mm where the limiting aper ture is 10 mm. No modification of the TLVs is permitted for pupil sizes less than 7 mm. The TLVs for "extended sources" apply to sources which subtend an angle greater than a (Table 5) which varies with exposure time. This angle is not the beam divergence of the source. Correction Factors A and B (CA and CB) for Eye Expo sure All TLVs in Tables 3 and 4 are to be used as given for wavelengths 400 nm to 700 nm. At all wavelengths greater than 1.06 pm and less than 1.4 pm the TLVs are to be increased by a factor of 5. TLV at wavelengths between 700 nm and 1.06 pm are to be increased by a uniformly extrapolated factor as shown in Figure 2. For certain exposure durations at wavelengths between 700-- 800 nm, correction factor CB is applied. Repetitively Pulsed Lasers Since there are few experimental data for multiple pulses, caution must be used in the evaluation of such exposures. The protection standards for irradiance or ra diant exposure in multiple pulse trains have the following limitations: (1) The exposure from any single pulse in the train is limited to the protection standard for a single compara ble pulse. (2) The average irradiance for a group of pulses is limited to the protection standard as given in Tables 3, 4. or 6 of a single pulse of the same duration as the entire pulse group. 67 MAP 000086 C orrection Factor A Figure 3a -- TLV for intrabeam (direct) viewing of laser beam (400-700 nm). aBaBipMaiJiiimiiiiiiiaBi--mmbMliJ (3) When the Instantaneous Pulse Repetition Fre quency (PRF) ot any pulses within a train exceeds one, the protection standard applicable to each pulse is re duced as shown in Figure 6 for pulse durations less than 10~s second. For pulses of greater duration, the follow ing formula should be followed: Standard fsin9|ePulseU \m train ) where: Standard (pulse nr) n n = number of pulses in train r = duration of a single pulse in the train Standard (nr) = protection standard of one pulse having a duration equal to nr sec onds. Wevalangtfi (nm) Figure 2 -- TLV correction factors for laser wavelengths (eye). 68 69 MAP 000087 EXPOSURE OURATION (S ) e> 03 o co XT S8V V i% ? | IS `*5 o 03 2a > io s s 1 3 3l z-urt-r) ansodX inviqvm ah 70 71 MAP 000088 A <NnI lt S5 \r> to eS 72 73 (l j-u,s-(') 33WKWU 031VU93LLNI All MAP 000089 E iun 5a -- TLV tor extended sources or dIHuse reflections of laser radiation (400--700 nm). iftiaiwiWwiggfcMfiMiawiMwlai m nwamiin i Mi 22 3DNVI0Va AH o s -fi js 0.1 0.01 _|-------' 1 I I I Ml 10 100 *JLSE WETITIOH rUCOutMCT, HHF (Hi) 1000 Figure 6 -- Multiplicative correction factor for repetitively % pulsed lasers having pulse durations less than 10'5 second. TL.V tor a single pulse of the pulse train is multiplied by the above correction factor. Correction factor for PRF greater than 1000 Ht is 0.06. 74 75 MAP 000090 E! 22 ,^,n2tolS20oni:i coco'crco-^T-cM'^rtoi-'^csi-^S-^. co lu 0.is 4Eoo= e. CD < (U: av C/3 CO X CO ; ; o .__. !5 Q.* if 03 . iE EE cc CsJ co o CSJ CO cEcEcEcEcEcEcEcEcEcEcEcEcEcEcE 8oSSSgg-2l2J CNJCSJCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCO <? e --2 mu co S5 E w ,, ii' E ON ___E E= ZE jrr ng fl- Ep."iV>'-E i* t_ i a is0r,o^j: o E o o X co O CO. O_ ,,n CO. /_sS-CO\JO LO UO o oX o n oi no o x S* o^ CO _ X *--. w ' ^ ^ x OO O_ Oy*- "O X ^O o v o""t- h~ ^ o "r~ o O ^ o O CO 0sr x o o xrr rr1 1 1 5* n l cO *^ ** *"* "* GO '** 000^00 -o .oooooo --ee- Ec : E E E E E E i i|g i E CCCC = CBOBOO*' o o>ooif>m^r'9'R 0 ^y-y-^T N N Ifl S N t"- ^ " g g ^ t- o *- --, o 1 to * eeeeeeeeIIee CCCCCCCCggQCH. OOOOOOOOCOCOO -- : oeotniAoooooo. ^^^lO^TrS.ST-^Nr- e7. *tt E* 3 E s= o sf s >< -.5*. o > js 25 < S CD <8- eS* t H e ,1 2 cc cc u-o*s8h-i8fl 76 77 MAP 000091 TABLE 4 Threshold Limit Values for Viewing a Diffuse Reflection of a Laser Beam or an Extended Source Laser NT. 1/3 - _ E i' 1 t/5 ! I =" a -J" 1^ Soi ^ fo ) y-- CM O CM CSJ ,.0 o CC E - re CO o CO a> *' l?!2 SI x SO .w--,,i"o o ,, x of 3 oT'O O:sosor.o OOOO^J-OOOOO EEEEEE E E E ooo flj I 0O' 0OW9^O3w0Ow0Ow0rr^0^J0*0^ QJ i o o o o o OO o 'cEcEcEcEcEcEcEcEcEE OooOoOmOOinOoOoOoOo^*- c\j,v^rLOLO^'rs.r>*.fs^ re O: I S'! &= > o> o oO as cr cr 78 o ^ T-. tn CSJ cp CNi ^ ^ a abLncocsj^-csjcoioo^-CNJCsjcsjcsj S<ci> S< LO i= IIf ' O N" re 000000000 -000 5 79 MAP 000092 TABLE 6 Threshold Limit Value for SWn Exposure from a Laser Beam MICROWAVES* These Threshold Limit Values refer to microwave en ergy in the frequency range of 100 MHz to 100 GHz and represent conditions under which it is believed that near ly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without ad verse effect. These values should be used as guides in the control 0f exposure of microwaves and should not be regarded as a fine line between safe and dangerous levels. Recommended Values The Threshold Limit Value for occupational mi crowave energy exposure where power densities are known and exposure time controlled is as follows: 1. For average power density levels up to but not ex ceeding 10 milliwatts per square centimeter, total ex posure time shall be limited to the 8-hour workday (continuous exposure). 2. for average -power density levels -from 10 milliwatts per square centimeter up to but not exceeding 25 milliwatts per square centimeter, total exposure time shall be limited to no more than 10 minutes for any 60 minute period during an 8-hour workday (inter mittent exposure). 3. For average power density levels in excess of 25 mil liwatts per square centimeter, exposure is not per missible. NOTE: For repetitively pulsed sources the average power density may be calculated by multiplying the peak power density by the duty cycle. The duty cycle is equal to the pulse duration in seconds times the pulse repetition rate in hertz. See Nonce o! Intended Changes. Page B9. Notice of Intent to Study, page 94 NOISE These threshold limit values refer to sound pressure levels and durations of exposure that represent condi tions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse effect on 80 81 MAP 000093 wHliiwiiiimii>wiiiWiii8W8iWaiaw!Wi#ftiWiT!tii HMHiWt iwiiei their ability to hear and understand normal speech The medical profession has defined hearing impairment as an average hearing threshold level in excess of 25 do cibels (ANSI-S3.6-1969) at 500, 1000, and 2000 Hz' and the limits which are given have been established to prevent a hearing loss in excess of this level . The values should be used as guides in the control of noise expo sure and, due to individual susceptibility, should not be regarded as fine lines between safe and dangerous levels. Continuous or Intermittent The sound level shall be determined by a sound level meter, conforming as a minimum to the requirements of the American National Standard Specification for Sound Level Meters, SI.4 (1971) Type S2A. and set to use the A-weighted network with slow meter response. Duration of exposure shall not exceed that shown in Table 7. These values apply to total duration of exposure per working day regardless of whether this is one continu ous exposure or a number of short-term exposures but does not apply to impact or impulsive type of noise. When the daily noise exposure is composed of two or more periods of noise exposure of different levels, their combined effect should be considered, rather than the individual effect of each. If the sum of the following fractions: Ci JC2 Cn T1 T2 + T,, __ exceeds unity, then, the mixed exposure should be con sidered to exceed the threshold limit value, Ci indicates the total duration of exposure at a specific noise level, and T1 indicates the total duration of exposure permitted at that level. All on-the-job noise exposures of 80 dBA or greater shall be used in the above calculations. 82 Table 7 Threshold Limit Values Duration per day Hours Sound Level dBA01 `No exposure to continuous or intermittent in excess of 115 dBA a) Sound level in decibels as measured on a sound level meter, conforming as a minimum to the require ments of the American National Standard Specifica tion for Sound Level Meters, SI.4 (1971) Type S2A, jnd .set to use the ^-weighted network -with slow meter response. IMPULSIVE OR IMPACT NOISE It is recommended that exposure to impulsive or im pact noise shall not exceed the limits listed in Table 8 or taken from Figure 7. No exposures in excess of 140 de cibels peak sound pressure level are permitted. Impul sive or impact noise is considered to be those variations in noise levels that involve maxima at intervals of greater than one per second. Where the intervals are less than one second, it should be considered continuous. Sound Level dB* 140 130 120 Table 8 Threshold Limit Values Impulsive or Impact Noise Permitted Number of Impulses or Impacts per day 100 1000 10,000 *tt should be recognized that the application of the 11V for noise will not protect all workers from the adverse effects of noise exposure. A hearxtg conservation program with audiometric testing is necessary when workers are exposed to noise at or above the TLV levels. `Decibels peak sound pressure level. 83 MAP 000094 O tC IIE tS PEAK SOUND PHESSUM IIV H " Figure 7 -- 84 A ULTRAVIOLET RADIATION' These threshold limit values refer to ultraviolet radia tion in the spectral region between 200 and 400 nm and represent conditions under which it is believed that near ly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without ad verse effect. These values for exposure of the eye or the skin apply to ultraviolet radiation from arcs, gas, and vapor discharges, fluorescent, and incandescent sources, and solar radiation, but do not apply to ultravi olet lasers. * These levels should not be used for deter mining exposure of photosensitive individuals to ultravi olet radiation. These values should be used as guides in the control of exposure to continuous sources where the exposure duration shall not be less than 0.1 sec. These values should be used as guides in the control of exposure to ultraviolet sources and should not be re garded as a fine line between safe and dangerous levels. Recommended Values: The threshold limit value for occupational exposure to ultraviolet radiation incident upon skin or eye where irradiance values are known and exposure time is con trolled are as follows: 1. For the near ultraviolet spectral region (320 to 400 nm) total irradiance incident upon the unprotected skin or eye should not exceed 1 mw/cm2 for periods greater than 103 seconds (approximately 16 minutes) and for exposure times less than 103 seconds should not exceed one J/cm2. 2. For the actinic ultraviolet spectral region (200 -- 315 nm), radiant exposure incident upon the unprotected skin or eye should not exceed the values given in Table 9 within an 8-hour period. 3. To determine the effective irradiance of a broadband source weighted against the peak of the spectral ef fectiveness curve (270 nm), the following weighting formula should be used: r ~ XE* S* *See Laser TLVs. 85 l A MAP 000095 where: Ec/r effective irradiance relative to a monochromaf ic source at 270 nm in W/cm2 (J/s/cm2) E* = spectral irradiance in W/cm2/nm SA = relative spectral effectiveness (unitless) `A. = oano wiotn in nanometers Permissible exposure time in seconds for exposure to actinic ultraviolet radiation incident upon the un protected skin or eye may be computed by dividinn 0.003 J/cm2 by in W/cm2. The exposure time may also be determined using Table 10 which pro vides exposure times corresponding to effective irradiances in ^W/cm2. TABLE 9 Relative Spectral Effectiveness -by Wavelength Wavelength (nm) 200 210 220 230 240 250 254 260 270 280 290 300 305 310 315 TLV (mj/cm2)** 100 40 25 16 10 7.0 6.0 4.6 3.0 3.4 4.7 10 50 200 1000 Relative Spectral Effectiveness S, 0.03 0.075 0.12 0.19 0.30 0.43 0.5 0.65 1.0 0.88 0.64 0.30 0.06 0.015 0.003 **l m J/cm2 - lO-2 J/cm2 86 TABLE 10 Permissible Ultraviolet Exposures Duration of Exposure Per Day Effective Irradiance, 8hrs..................... ................................... 0.1 4 hrs.......................... 0.2 2 hrs........................... 0.4 1 hr.......................................................... 0.8 30 min...................................................... 1.7 15 min.............. ........................ .............. 3.3 10 min...................................................... 5 5 min.................. 10 1 min............ :...... ............... .................. 50 30 sec............................ 100 10 sec....................................................... 300 1 sec................................... .3,000 0.5 sec..................................................... 6,000 0.1 sec......................................................30,000 Ail the preceding TLVs for ultraviolet energy apply to sources which subtend an angle less than 80. Sources which subtend a greater angle need to be measured only over an angle of 80. **'1jiW/cm2 = 10-* W/cm2 87 MAP 000096 Figure t -- Threshold Limit Values for Ultraviolet Radiation Conditioned (tanned) individuals can tolerate skin ex posure in excess of the TLV without erythemal effects. However, such conditioning may not protect persons against skin cancer. NOTICE OF INTENDED CHANGES (for 1977) These physical agents, with their corresponding val ues, comprise those for which either a limh has been proposed for the first time, or for which a change in the "Adopted" listing has been proposed. In both cases, the proposed limits should be considered trial limits that will remain in the listing for a period of at least one year. If after one year no evidence comes to light that questions the appropriateness of the values herein the values will be reconsidered for the "`Adopted'' list. 88 MICROWAVES These Threshold Limit Values refer to microwave en ergy in the frequency range of 300 MHz to 300 GHz and represent conditions under which it is believed that near ly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without ad verse effect. Under conditions of moderate to severe heat stress, the recommended values may need to be reduced.* Therefore, these values should be used as guides in the control of exposure to microwave energy and should not be regarded as a fine line between safe and dangerous levels. Recommended Values: The Threshold Limit Value for occupational exposure to microwave energy, where power density or field in tensity is known and exposure time is controlled, is as follows- 1. For exposure to continuous wave (CW) sources, the power density level shall not exceed 10 milliwatts per square centimeter (mW/cm2) for continuous expo sure, and the total exposure time shall be limited to an 8-hour workday. This power density is approxi mately equivalent to a free-space electric field strength of 200 volts-per-meter rms (V/m) and a free-space magnetic field strength of 0.5 ampere-permeter rms (A/m), 2. Exposures to CW power density levels greater than 10 mW/cm2 are permissible up to a maximum of 25 mW/cm2 based upon an average energy density of 1 milliwatt-hour per square centimeter (mWh/cm2) averaged over any 0.1 hour period. For example, at 25 mW/cm2, the permissible exposure duration is approximately 2.4 minutes in any 0.1 hour period. 3. for repetitively pulsed microwave sources, the average field strength or power density is calculated by multiplying the peak-pulse value by the duty cycle. The duty cycle is equal to the pulse duration in sec- 'Mumford. W.W.. "'Heat Stress Due to R. F. Radiation," Proceedings of IEEE, Vol. 57, No. 2, Feb. 1969, pp. 171-178. 89 MAP 000097 onds times the pulse repetition rate in Hertz, Expo sure during an 8-hour workday shall not exceed the following values which are averaged over any 0.1 hour period: Power Density Energy Density Mean Squared Electric Field Strength Mean Squared Magnetic Field Strength 10 mW/cm2 1 mWh/cm2 40,000 V2/m2 0.25 A2/m2 4. Exposure is not permissible in CW or repetitively pulsed fields with an average power density in excess of 25 mW/cm2 or approximate equivalent free-space field strengths of 300 V/m or 0.75 A/m. i NOTICE OF INTENT TO ESTABLISH THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES LIGHT AND NEAR-INFRARED RADIATION These Threshold Limit Values refer to visible and near-infrared radiation in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 1400 nm and represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be exposed with out adverse effect. These values should be used as guides in the control of exposure to light and should not be regarded as a fine line between safe and dangerous levels. Recommended Values: The Threshold Limit Value for occupational exposure to broad-band light and near-infrared radiation for the eye apply to exposure in any eight-hour workday and require knowledge of the spectral radiance (Lx) and total irradiance (E) of the source as measured at the posi tion^) of the eye of the worker. Such detailed spectral data of a white light source is generally only required if the luminance of the source exceeds 1 cd cm-2. At lu minances less than this value the TLV would not be ex ceeded. The TLV's are: 1. To protect against retinal thermal injury, the spectral radiance of the lamp weighted against the function R 90 (Table 11) should not exceed: 1400 ,_____ I Lx R* AX. v t la t 400 (1) where Lx is in W cm-2 sr_1 and t is the viewing duration (or pulse duration if the lamp is pulsed) lim ited to 1 tiS to 10 s, and a is the angular subtense of the source in radians. If the lamp is oblong, a refers to the longest dimension that can be viewed. For in stance, at a viewing distance r = 100 cm from a tubular lamp of length I = 50 cm, the viewing angle is: a =l/r =50/100 =0.5 rad (2) 2. To protect against retinal injury from chronic blue- light exposure the integrated spectral radiance of the lamp weighted against the blue-light hazard function Bx (Table 11) should not exceed: 1400 ^txfBxAXs-foo Jcm^sr1 (t si04S) (3a) 1400 4| LxBxAXisiO^Wcm-ssr1 (t >104s) (3b) For a source radiance L which exceeds 2 mW cm ~2 sr1 in the blue spectral region, the permissible ex posure duration U^in seconds is simply: Uo* = 100 Jem-2 sr'/L (blue) (4) The latter limits are greater than the maximum per missible exposure limits for 440 nm laser radiation (see Laser TLV) because a 2-3 mm pupil is assumed rather than a 7 mm pupil for the Laser TLV. 3. Infrared Radiation: To avoid possible delayed effects upon the lens of the eye (cataractogenesis), the infra red radiation (\ > 770 nm) should be limited to 10 mWcrn*2. For an infrared heat lamp or any near-in frared source where a strong visual stimulus is ab sent, the near infrared (770-1400 nm) radiance as viewed by the eye should be limited to: 1400 2 Ex Ax = 600/a (5) for extended duration viewing conditions. This limit is based upon a 7 mm pupil diameter. 91 MAP 000098 TABLE 11 SPECTRAL WEIGHTING FUNCTIONS FOR ASSESSING RETINAL HAZARDS FROM BROAD -- BAND OPTICA! SOURCES Wavelength (nm) 400 405 410 415 420 425 430 435 440 445 450 455 460 465 470 475 480 485 490 495 500-600 600-700 700-1060 1060-1400 Blue-Light Hazard Function B, 0.10 0.20 0.40 0.80 0.90 0.95 0.98 1.0 1.0 0.97 0.94 0.90 0.80 0.70 0.62 0.55 0.45 0.40 0.22 0.16 IQI' 450--A)<50) 0.001 0.001 0.001 Burn Hazard Function Ri 1.0 2.0 4.0 8,0 9.0 9.5 98 10 10 9.7 9.4 9.0 80 7.0 62 5.5 45 . 40 2.2 16 in 10 *|Qf'700-A)S151 0.2 AIRBORNE UPPER SONIC AND ULTRASONIC ACOUSTIC RADIATION These threshold limit values refer to sound pressure levels that represent conditions under which it is be lieved that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse effect. The values listed in Table 15 should be used as guides in the control of noise expo sure and, due to individual susceptibility, should not be regarded as fine lines between safe and dangerous levels. The levels for the third octave bands centered below 20 kHz are below those which cause subjective effects. Those levels for 1/3 octaves above 20 kHz are for prevention of possible hearing losses from subhar monics of these frequencies. TABLE 12 Permissible Ultrasound Exposure Levels Mkf-Frequency of Third-Octave Band kHz 10 12.5 16 20 25 31.5 40 50 One-Third Octave -- Band Level in dB reference 0.0002 dynes/cm2 80 80 80 105 110 115 115 115 93 MAP 000099 nonce of intent to study These agents comprise those which the Physical Agents Committee of ACGIH proposes to study durinn this year to determine the feasibility of establishing oro- cpoomsepdan7ie1dVsbyinsub1s9t7a7ntiCtivoememveidnetsncaen, daresusgogliecsitteiodns arC f. Radiofrequency Radiation. Specifically, that portion teWE*""'0 3. Magnetic Fields. Both pulsed and continuous. 4. Laser Radiation. Specifically ultraviolet radiation for pulsed exposures, and repetitively pulsed light and infrared-A laser ex posures. 5. Ultrasonic Energy. Specifically, acoustic energy at frequencies above 10 kHz. 6. Vibration. Segmental and whole-body. The American Conference of Governmental industrial Hy gienists was organized in 1938 by a group of govern mental industrial hygienists who desired a medium for the free exchange, of ideas, experiences and the promo tion of standards and techniques in industrial health. The Conference is not an official Government Agency. It is an organization devoted to the development of ad ministrative and -technical aspects of worker health pro tection. The association has contributed substantially to the development and improvement of official industrial health services to industry and labor. The committees on Industrial Ventilation and Threshold Limit Values are re cognized throughout the world for their expertise and contributions to industrial hygiene. Membership is limited to professional personnel in gov ernmental agencies or educational institutions engaged in occupational safety and health programs. The more than 1600 members from across the United States and around the world give the organization an international scope. 94 MAP 000100 This information supplied by Industrial Hygiene Section Dtpt. of Med. & Environ. HeaHti Monsanto Company St. Louis, Mo, MAP 000101 U TLVs Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances and Physical Agents fnfhe Workroom Environment with Intended Changes for 1978 MAP 000102 iiiaiil Copyright 1978 by American Conference of Govern mental Industrial Hygienists. The American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists will welcome requests for permission to re publish or reprint these Threshold Limit Values. Re quests for such permission should be directed to the Executive Secretary, P.O. Box 1937, Cincinnati, Ohio 45201. PRICE EACH 1-49..............................................................,,,.--51 50 50-199.......................... ,..^fcs._l,25 200-999...................... ......................................1 io 1000-4999..................... .75 5000 or more.......................................................... 1b5 Documentation of the Threshold Limit Values for Sub stances in Workroom Air. * A separate companion piece to the Chemical TLVs is issued by ACGIH under this title. This publication gives the pertinent scientific information and data with reference to literature sources that were used to base each limit. Each documentation also con tains a statement defining the type of response against which the limit is safeguarding the worker. For a better understanding of the TLVs it is essential that the Docu mentation be consulted when the TLVs are being used. Information concerning the availability of copies of the Documentation of the Threshold Limit Values for Substances in Workroom Air should be directed to the Executive Secretary. ACGIH (third edition, fourth print ing, 1978, $20,00). TLVs Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances in Workroom Air Adopted by ACGIH for 1978 MAP 000103 1978 TLV AIRBORNE CONTAMINANTS COMMITTEE Hervey B, Elkins. Ph.D., Chairman Charles E. Adkins Mary 0. Amdur, Ph.D. Hector P. Biejer, M.D. Paul E, Caplan, P.E., M.P.H. Paul Gross, M.D. James W. Hammond John W. Knauber, M.P.H. Jesse Lieberman, P.E. Trent R. Lewis, Ph.D. Keith R. Long, Ph.D. Frederick T. McDermott Floyd A. Madsen Walter W. Melvin, Jr., M.D., Sc.D. Leonard D. Pagnotto, Secretary Ronald S. Ratney Meier Schneider,-P.E., C.l/H. Richard D. Stewart. M.D. Herbert E.Stokinger, Ph.D. Vera F. Thomas, Ph.D. William D. Wagner Elizabeth K. Weisburger. Ph.D. David H. Wegman, M.D. CONSULTANTS E. Mastromatteo, M.D. James F. Morgan Marshall Steinberg, Ph. D. Theodore R. Torkelson, Sc.D. Ralph C. Wands Mitchell R. Zavon, M.D. Any comments or questions regarding these limits should be addressed to: Executive Secretary American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists P.0. Box 1937 Cincinnati OH 45201: (513) 825-0312 TABLE OF CONTENTS Chemical Substances Page Preface........................................................................ Threshold Limit Values and Short Term Exposure Limits................................ Radioactivity.............................................................. Mineral Dusts............................................................. Nuisance Particulates................................................ Notice of Intended Changes....................................... Appendices A. Carcinogens.................................................... B. Substances of Variable Composition............. C. Mixtures: Calculation of TLVs........................ D. Excursions Time-Weighted Average............................. Peak Concentrations................................... E.-Nuisance Particulates..................................... F. Asphyxiants.................................................... G. Conversion of Particle Count to Mass........... 2 9 31 31 32 33 36 43 44 48 49 50 50 50 Physical Agents Preface....................................... Threshold Limit Values Heat Stress............................................................. Ionizing Radiation.................................................. Lasers..................................................................... Microwaves........................................................... Noise..................... Impulsive or Impact Noise.................................... Ultraviolet Radiation............................................... Notice of Intended Changes....................................... Notice of Intent: Light and Near-Infrared Radiation......................... Airborne Upper Sonic and Acoustic Radiation...... Agents Under Study............................................... 55 56 65 65 81 82 83 86 89 90 93 94 MAP 000104 PREFACE CHEMICAL CONTAMINANTS Threshold limit values refer to airborne concentra tions of substances and represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repea tedly exposed day after day without adverse effect. Be cause of wide variation in individual susceptibility, how ever, a small percentage of workers may experience discomfort from some substances at concentrations at or below the threshold limit; a smaller percentage may be affected more seriously by aggravation of a pre-exist ing condition or by development of an occupational ill ness. Tests are available (J. Occup. Med. 15; 564, 1973; Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 151, Art. 2: 968, 1968) that may be used to detect those individuals hypersusceptibie to a variety of industrial chemicals (respiratory jrritants, he molytic chemicals, organic isoeyanates, carbon bisul fide). -- Three categories of Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) are specified herein, as follows: ~~ a) Threshold Limit Value-Time Weighted Average (TLV-TWA) -- the time-weighted average concentration for a normal 8-hour workday or 40-hour workweek, to which nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed, day after day, without adverse effect. b) Threshold Limit Value-Short Term Exposure Limit (TLV-STEL) -- the maximal concentration to which workers can be exposed for a period up to 15 minutes continuously without suffering from 1) irritation, 2) chronic or irreversible tissue change, or 3) narcosis of sufficient degree to increase accident proneness, impair self-rescue, or materially reduce work efficiency, provid ed that no more than four excursions per day are permit ted, with at least 60 minutes between exposure periods, and provided that the daily TLV-TWA also is not exceed ed. The STEL should be considered a maximal allowable concentration, or ceiling, not to be exceeded at any time during the 15-minute excursion period. STELs are based on one or more of the following criteria: (1) Adopted TLVs including those with a "C" or "ceiling'" limit. (2) TWA-TLV Excursion Factors listed in Appendix D. (3) Pennsylvania Short-Term Limits for Exposure to Air borne Contaminants (Penna. Dept, of Hltlt., Chapter 4, Art. 432, Rev. Jan. 25, 1968). (4) OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Standards, 40 FR 23073, May 28. 1975. (5) NIOSH criteria for recommended standards for occupational exposure to specific substances. The TWASTEL should not be used as engineering design criterion or considered as an emergency exposure level (EEL). c) Threshold Limit Value-Ceiling (TLV-C) -- the con centration that should not be exceeded even instantan eously. For some substances, e.g., irritant gases, only one category, the TLV-Ceiling, may be relevant. For other substances, either two or three categories may be rele vant, depending upon their physiologic action. It is im portant to observe that if any one of these three TLVs is exceeded, a potential hazard from that substance is pre sumed to exist. - The TLV-TWA should be used as guides in the con trol of health hazards and should not be used as fine lines between safe and dangerous concentrations. Time-weighted averages permit excursions above the limit provided they are compensated by equivalent ex cursions below the limit during the workday. In some instances it may be permissible to calculate the average concentration for a workweek rather than for a workday. The degree of permissible excursion is related to the magnitude of the threshold limit value of a particular substance as given in Appendix D. The relationship be tween threshold limit and permissible excursion is a rule of thumb and in certain cases may not apply. The amount by which threshold limits may be exceeded for short periods without injury to health depends upon a number of factors such as the nature of the contamin ant, whether very high concentrations -- even for short periods -- produce acute poisoning, whether the effects are cumulative, the frequency with which high concen trations occur, and the duration of such periods. All-fac tors must be taken into consideration in arriving at a decision as to whether a hazardous condition exists. Threshold limits are based on the best available infor mation from industrial experience, from experimental human and animal studies, and, when possible, from a combination of the three. The basis on which the values are established may differ from substance to substance; protection against impairment of health may be a guid ing factor for some, whereas reasonable freedom from MAP 000105 irritation, narcosis, nuisance or other forms of stress may form the basis for others. The amount and nature of the information available for establishing a TLV varies from substance to sub stance; consequently, the precision of the estimated TLV is also subject to variation and the latest Documentation should be consulted in order to assess the extent of the data available for a given substance. The committee holds to the opinion that limits based on physical irritation should be considered no less bind ing than those based on physical impairment. There is increasing evidence that physical irritation may initiate, promote or accelerate physical impairment through in teraction with other chemical or biologic agents. In spite of the fact that serious injury is not believed likely as a result of exposure to the threshold limit con centrations, the best practice is to maintain concentra tions of all atmospheric contaminants as low as is prac tical. These limits are attended for use in the practice of industrial hygiene and should be interpreted and applied only by a person trained in this disciplined They are not intended for use. or for modification for use, (1) as a relative index of hazard or toxicity, (2) in the evaluation or control of community air pollution nuisances, (3) in estimating the toxic potential of continuous, uninterrupt ed exposures or other extended work periods, (4) as proof or disproof of an existing disease or physical con dition. or (5) for adoption by countries whose working conditions differ from those in the United States of America and where substances and processes differ, Ceiling vs Time-Weighted Average Limits. Although the time-weighted average concentration provides the most satisfactory, practical way of monitoring airborne agents for compliance with the limits, there are certain substances for which it is inappropriate. In the latter group are substances which are predominantly fast act ing and whose threshold limit is more appropriately based on this particular response. Substances with this type of response are best controlled by a ceiling "C" limit that should not be exceeded. It is implicit in these definitions that the manner of sampling to determine noncompliance with the limits for each group must differ, a single brief sample, that is applicable to a "C" limit, is not appropriate to the time-weighted limit; here. 4 a sufficient number of samples are needed to permit a time-weighted average concentration throughout a com plete cycle of operations or throughout the work shift. Whereas the ceiling limit places a definite boundary which concentrations should not be permitted to exceed, the time-weighted average limit requires an explicit limit to the excursions that are permissible above the listed values. The magnitude of these excursions may be pegged to the magnitude of the threshold limit by an appropriate factor shown in Appendix D It should be noted that the same factors are used by the Committee in determining the magnitude of the value of the STELs. or whether to include or exclude a substance for a "C" listing. "Skin" Notation. Listed substances followed by the designation "Skin'' refer to the potential contribution to the overall exposure by the cutaneous route including mucous membranes and eye. either by airborne, or -more-particutarly, by direct contact with the substance. Vehicles can alter skin absorption. This attention-calling designation is intended to suggest appropriate measures for the prevention of cutaneous absorption so that the threshold limit is not invalidated. Mixtures. Special consideration should be given also to the application of the TLVs in assessing the health hazards which may be associated with exposure to mix tures of two or more substances A brief discussion of basic considerations involved in developing threshold limit values for mixtures, and methods for their develop ment. amplified by specific examples are given in Ap pendix C. Nuisance Particulates. In contrast to fibrogenic dusts which cause scar tissue to be formed in lungs when in haled in excessive amounts, so-called "nuisance" dusts have a long history of little adverse effect on lungs and do not produce significant organic disease or toxic effect when exposures are kept under reasonable control. The nuisance dusts have also been called (biologically) 'inert" dusts, but the latter term is inappropriate to the extent that there is no dust which does not evoke some cellular response in the lung when inhaled in sufficient amount. However, the lung-tissue reaction caused by in halation of nuisance dusts has the following characteris tics: (1) The architecture of the air spaces remains in tact. (2) Collagen (scar tissue) is not formed to a 5 MAP 000106 significant extent. (3) The tissue reaction is potentially reversible. Excessive concentrations of nuisance dusts in the workroom air may seriously reduce visibility, may .cause unpleasant deposits in the eyes, ears and nasal pas sages (Portland Cement dust), or cause injury to the skin or mucous membranes by chemical or mechanical action per se or by the rigorous skin cleansing proce dures necessary for their removal. A threshold limit of 10 mg/m3, or 30 mppcf, of total dust < 1% quartz, or, 5 mg/m3 respirable dust is rec ommended for substances in these categories and for which no specific threshold limits have been assigned. This limit, for a normal workday, does not apply to brief exposures at higher concentrations. Neither does it apply to those substances which may cause physiologic impairment at lower concentrations but for which a threshold limit has not yet been adopted. Some nuisance particulates are given in Appendix E. Simple Asphyxiants -- "Inert" Gases or Vapors. A number of $ases and vapors, when present in high con centrations in air, act primarily as simple asphyxiants without other significant physiologic effects. A TLV may not be recommended for each simple asphyxiant be cause the limiting factor is the available oxygen. The minimal oxygen content should be 18 percent by volume under normal atmospheric pressure (equivalent to a par tial pressure, pfc of 135 mm Hg). Atmospheres deficient in fc do not provide adequate warning and most simple asphyxiants are odorless. Several simple asphyxiants present an explosion hazard. Account should be taken of this factor in limiting the concentration of the asphyx iant. Specific examples are listed in Appendix F. Physical Factors. It is recognized that such physical factors as heat, ultraviolet and ionizing radiation, humid ity, abnormal pressure (altitude) and the like may place added stress on the body so that the effects from expo sure at a threshold limit may be altered. Most of these stresses act adversely to increase the toxic response of a substance. Although most threshold limits have built-in safety factors to guard against adverse effects to moder ate deviations from normal environments, the safety fac tors of most substances are not of such a magnitude as to take care of gross deviations. For example, continu ous work at temperatures above 90F, or overtime ex tending the workweek more than 25%, might be consid ered gross deviations. In such instances judgment must be exercised in the proper adjustments of the Threshold Limit Values. Biologic Limit Values (BLVs). Other means exist and may be necessary for monitoring worker exposure other than reliance on the Threshold Limit Values for industrial air, namely, the Biologic Limit Values. These values rep resent limiting amounts of substances (or their effects) to which the worker may be exposed without hazard to health or well-being as determined in his tissues and fluids or in his exhaled breath. The biologic measure ments on which the BLVs are based can furnish two kinds of information useful in the control of worker ex posure: (1) measure of the individual worker's-over-all exposure; (2) measure of the worker's individual and characteristic response. Measurements of response fur nish a superior estimate of the physiologic status of the worker, and may be made of (a) changes in amount of some critical biochemical constituent, (b) changes in ac tivity of a critical enzyme, (c) changes in some physiolo gic Junction.-Measurement of-exposure-maybemade oy (1) determining in blood, urine, hair, nails, in body tis sues and fluids, the amount of substance to which the worker was exposed; (2) determination of the amount of the metabolite(s) of the substance in tissues and fluids; (3) determination of the amount of the substance in the exhaled breath. The biologic limits may be used as an adjunct to the TLVs for air, or in place of them. The BLVs, and their associated procedures for determining compliance with them, should thus be regarded as an effective means of providing health surveillance of the worker. Unlisted Substances. Many substances present or handled in industrial processes do not appear on the TLV list. In a number of instances the material is rarely present as a particulate, vapor or other airborne con taminant, and a TLV is not necessary. In other cases sufficient information to warrant development of a TLV, even on a tentative basis, is not available to the Commit tee. Other substances, of low toxicity, could be included in Appendix E pertaining to nuisance particulates. This list (as well as Appendix F) is not meant to be all inclu sive; the substances serve only as examples. In addition there are some substances of not incon siderable toxicity, which have been omitted primarily be cause only a limited number of workers (e.g., employ- 7 MAP 000107 ees of a single plant) are known to have potential exposure to possibly harmful concentrations. "Notice of Intent." At the beginning of each year, proposed actions of the Committee for the forthcoming year are issued in the form of a "Notice of Intended Changes." This Notice provides not only an opportunity for comment, but solicits suggestions of substances to be added to the list. The suggestions should be accom panied by substantiating evidence. The list of Intended Changes follows the Adopted Values in the TLV booklet. Values listed in parenthesis in the "Adopted" list are to be used during the period in which a proposed change for that Value is listed in the Notice of Intended Changes. Legal Status. By publication in the Federal Register (Vol. 36, No. 105, May 29, 1971) the Threshold Limit Values for 1968 were made official federal standards for industrial air. Since 1971, new standards for certain of these substances have been promulgated by OSHA. Reprint Permission. This publication may be reprint ed provided that written permission is obtained from the Secretary-Treasurer of the Conference and that it be published in its entirety. ADOPTED VALUES TENTATIVE VALUES Substance TWA ppnr mg/m1'1 STEL ppm'" mg/m,"' Abate............................. Acetaldehyde................. Acetic acid..................... C Acetic anhydride........ Acetone........................... Acetonitrile...................... Acetylene......................... Acetylene dichloride, see 1.2-Dichloroethylene Acetylene tetrabromide... Acrolein.......................... Acrylamide -- Skin......... ** Acrylonitrile -- Skin....... Aldrin -- Skin................ Allyl alcohol -- Skin..... Allyl chloride.................... Allyl glycidy! ether (AGE) -- Stun....... Allyl propyl disulfide....... Alundum (AfeOs) ........... 4-Aminodiphenyl -- Skin 2-Aminoethanol. see Ethanolamine............. . 2-Aminopyridme............. Ammonia......................... Ammonium chloride-fume............. Ammonium sulfamate (Ammate).................... n-Amyl acetate................. sec-Amyl acetate............. ** Aniline -- Skin................ Amstdine (o-. p-tsomers) -- Skin... * Antimony & Compounds (as Sb)........................ * Antimony trioxide, handling and use (as Sb)............................... " Antimony trioxide production las Sb) __ 100 10 5 1.000 40 F 200 1 - 0.1 --* (20) 2 1 '5 2 -- -- 3 0.5 25 -- -- 100 125 (5) 0.1 -- 10 180 25 20 2.400 70 -- __ 150 15 -- 1.250 60 -- 790 14 0.25 0.3 (45) 0,25 5 3 250 1.5 0.3 -- (30) -- 4 2 22 10 12 3 E-- Alb -- 86 22 18 35 10 ---- 10 -- 530 150 670 150 (19) 0.5 (0.5) 0.5 (0.5. A2) 20 270 37 -- 3,000 105 1.000 18 0.8 0.6 (65) 0.75 10 6 44 18 20 Alb 15 4 27 20 20 800 800 -- Capital letters refer to Appendices Footnotes la thru gi see Page 31 "See Notices of Intended Changes "1978 Addition 9 MAP 000108 jjgaiggSBimilWiiiMBiiiTiriiiiriiiifiiWirittMlff-^lf PMJWWI SvtetMCt ANTU (a-Naphthyl thiourea) .................... Argon.................. '* Arsenic & compounds (as As) ........................ " Arsenic trioxide production (as As)...... Arsine............................. ** Asbestos (all forms)....... Asphalt (petroleum) fumes...................... .. * Atrazine........................... Azinphos-methyl -- Skin Barium (soluble compounds), as Ba.... Baygon (propoxur)........ Benzene........................... Benzidine production -- Skin.... p-Benzoqumone, see Quinone...................... Benzoyl peroxide............. Benz(a)pyrene................. Benzyl chloride................ Beryllium....................... Biphenyl........................... C Bisphenol A, see Diglycidal ether (OGE). Bismuth telluride............. Bismuth telluride. Se-doped..................... Borates, tetra, sodium salts. Anhydrous .................. Decahydrate............... Pentaliydrate.............. Boron oxide..................... Boron tribromide............. 1 Boron trifluoride............. Bromine.................. ....... Bromine pentaftuoride.... ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm0' mg/m34' -- 0.3 F -- (0.5) -- 0.05 -- (Ala) 0.2 (Ala) -- -- -- -- -- 10, A2 5 10 0.2 0.5 0.5 30, A2 -- Alb 0.1 0.4 --5 -- A2 15 -- 0.002 0.2 1.5 0.5 3.0 -- 10 --5 --1 --5 --1 -- 10 1 10 13 0.1 0.7 0.1 0.7 TENTATIVE'VALUES STEL ppm-' ' F __ -- _ __ (Ala) __ __ 10 __ 0.6 --_ 2 __ __ Alb 0.3 2 __ A2 __ __ 0.025 0.6 4 __ __ 20 10 __ _ --. --__ 20 3 30 -- 0.3 2 0.3 2 Capital letters refer to Appendices Footnotes (a thru g) see Page 31 "See Notice of Intended Changes. *1978 Addition. 10 Strictmet Bromochloromethane/ chlorobromomethane . Bromoform -- Skin....... Butadiene (1, 3-butadiene)....... ........ Butane.................... ......... Butanethiol, see Butyl mercaptan......... 2-Butanone..................... 2-Butoxyethanol (Butyl Cellosolve) -- Skin.... n-Butyl acetate................ sec-Butyl acetate....... tert-Butyl acetate............. * Butyl acrylate.................. C n-Butyl alcohol -- Skin.. sec-Butyl alcohol............. -tert-Butyl alcohol............. C Butylamine -- Skin........ C tert-Butyl chromate (as CrOd) -- Skin............. n-Butyl glycidyl ether (BGE)..................... n-Butyl lactate................. Butyl mercaptan............. . p-tert-Buty(toluene.......... Cadmium, dust & salts (as Cd)........................ C Cadmium oxide fume (as Cd)............................... ** Cadmium oxide production (as Cd)...... Calcium carbonate/ marble......................... Calcium arsenate (as As) Calcium cyanamide........ * Calcium hydroxide.......... " Calcium oxide........ .. --. Camphor, synthetic......... Caprolactam Dust..................... .. Vapor..................... . ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm"1 mg/m34' TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppnr mg/m341 200 0.5 1.000 600 0.5 200 50 150 200 200 10 50 150 100 5 -- 50 :5 0.5 10 __ -- -- __ -- -- -- ,--- 2 -- 5 1,050 5 250 -- 2.200 1.250 1,430 750 1.5 -- 590 300 240 150 710 200 950 250 950 250 55 -- 160 -- 450 -- 300 150 15 -- 0.1 -- 270 __ 25 -- 1.5 -- 60 20 0.05 0.05 -- (A2) -- E __ 1-- 0.5 -- 5-- 2-- 12 3 1-- 20 10 1,300 -- 2.750 1,780 -- 885 720 950 1,190 1,190 -- -- -- 450 -- -- -- -- -- 120 0.2 -- -- 20 -- 1 -- -- 18 3 40 Capital letters refer to Appendices. "See Notice of Intended Changes. M978 Addition. 11 I J MAP 000109 SutetOTCi ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm"1 mg/m3*1 tentative VALUES STEL Captafol (Difolatan*) -- Skin... -- Captan. ................ CarbaryliSevin*)........... Carbofuran (Furadan).. CarPon black.................. Caibon dioxide................ ** Carbon disulfide --Skin........ -- -- -- 5,000 (20) Carbon monoxide........... Carbon tetrabromide...... Carbon tetrachloride --Skin.. ' Carbonyl chloride (Phosgene)................. * Carbonyl fluoride............. Catechol (fyrocatechol).. Cellulose (paper fiber).... Cesium hydroxide. Chlordane -- Skin....... Chlorinated 50 0.1 io 0.1 5 5 __ __ camphene -- Skin...... Chlorinated diphenyl oxide......................... Chlorine................. Chlorine dioxide........... C Chlorine trifluoride....... CChloroacetaldebyde.. . a-Cnloroacetophenone (rhenacyi chloride).... Chlorobenzene (Monochlorobenzene). o-Chlorobenzylidene malonoitrile -- Skin... Chilov'rwovbirwoimiiwomceuthicauniec/ Bromochloromethane 2-Chloro-1,3-butadiene, see p Chioroprene -- Skin........... ................ Chlorodifluoromethane. Chlorodiphenyl (42% 1 0.1 01 .1 0.05 75 0.05 200 25 1,000 Chlorine) -- Skin....... 0.1 5 5 0.1 3.5 9,000 15,000 (60) (30) 55 400 1.4 0.3 65 20 0.4 15 20 -E 0.5 0.5 0.5 33 0.3 0.3 04 3 0.3 350 0.4 1.050 90 35 3,500 1,250 1-- 15 10 18,000 (90) 440 4 130 20 1 c 9 0.9 1,300 125 4,375 2 Capital letters refer to Appendices. "See Notice of Intended Changes. '1978 Addition. 12 L Substaict ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm01 mg/m3*' TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm"' mg/m36 Chlorodiphenyl (54% Chlorine) -- Skin....... 1-Chloro, 2, 3-epoxy-propane (Epichlorhydrin) -- Skin................ ............. C 2-Chloroethanol (Ethylene chloroltydrin) -- Skin. ** Chloroethylene (Vinyl chloride)....... ............. * Chloroform (Trichloromethane).... bis-Chloromethyl ether... 1 -Chloro-1 -nitro-propane Chloropicrin.................... ** 0-Chloroprene -- Skin .. .Chloqjyrifps (Dursban) --Skin... o-Chlorostyrene.............. o-Chlorotoluene -- Skin. 2-Chloro- 6-(trichloromethyl pyridine (N-Serve*)... Chromates, certain insoluble forms.......... Chromic acid and Chromates, (as Cr).... * Chromite ore processing (chromate), as Cr....... Chromium. Sol. chromic, chromous salts (as Cr)................ Clopidol (Coyden*)....... Coal tar pitch volatiles (See Particulate polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons)............. ** Cobalt metal, dust and fume (as Co).............. _ 0.5 5 20 1 (Ale) 10, A2 0.001 20 0.1 (25) _ 50 50 3 50, A2 Ala 100 0.7 (90) 0.2 285 250 10 0.05, Ala _ 0.05 0.05.Ala 0.5 -- 10 0.2, Ala -- (0.1) 10 (Ale) -- -- 0.3 (35) 75 75 -- -- 1 40 _ Ala -- 2 (135) 0.6 430 375 20 Ala _ 20 Ala -- Capital letters refer to Appendices. Footnotes (a thru g) see Page 31, "See Notice of Intended Charges. *1978 Addition. 13 A MAP 000110 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA wm*' mp/mJ*' mfXrivf' mue* Copper fume.................. 0.2 Dusts & Mists (as Cu) Corundum (At 0a)......... _ __ 1 E Cotton dust, raw........ _ 0 2a Crag* herbicide.............. __ in Cresol, all 20 isomers -- Skin......... 5 22 Crotonaldehyde............. Crufomate*............. 2 6 5 6 18 Cumene -- Skin.......... Cyanamide..................... 50 245 2 75 20 365 Cyanide, as CN -- Skin.. . 5 Cyanogen ..................... Cyclohexane................. Cyclohexanol................. 10 20 300 1,050 375 1,300 50 200 Cyclohexanone................ 50 200 Cyclohexene.................... 300 1,015 Cyclohexylamine -- Skin 10 40 i Cyclppentadiene.............. 75 200 150 400 2, 4-0 (2, 4-Diphenoxy- acetic acid)................. DDT (Dichlorodiphenyl- __ 10 ~ 20 trichioroethane).......... DDVP. see Dichlorvos -- 1-- 3 Skin.......... .............. Decaborane -- Skin.. . Demeton* -- Skin ... Diacetone alcohol 0,1 0.05 0.01 1 0-3 0.3 0.15 0.1 0.03 3 0.9 0.3 (4-hydroxy-4-methyl- 2-pentanone).............. 50 240 75 360 1.2-Diaminoethane, see Ethylenediamine.......... Diazinon -- Skin............. Diazomethane........... Diborane..................... ' 1,2-Oibromoethane 10 0.2 0.1 25 01 0.4 0.1 0.3 (Ethylene dibromide) -- Skin................. (20) (155) (30) (230) Dibrom*.................. 3-- 6 2-N-Dibutylaminoethanol -- Skin........................ Dibutyl phosphate.......... 2 1 14 4 52 28 10 I) Seep. 33. Footnotes (a thru 5) see Page 31. "See Notice of Intended Changes 14 ADOPTED TENTATIVE VALUES_________ VALUES TWA STEl Sudannee_____________ ppm"" md/m'01 ppm01 Dibutyl phthalate............ C Dichloracetylene............ C o-Dichlorobenzene.......... p-Dichiorobenzene........ __ 0.1 50 75 Dichlorobenzidine -- Skin............................. Dichioroditluoromethane. 1.000 1,3-D(Chloro-5, 5-dimethyl hydantoin.. 1. i-Dichloroethane....... 200 1,2-Oichloroethane....... 1.2-Dichloroethylene .... (50) 200 Dichloroethyl ether -- Skin............................. 5 * Dichtoromethane. see Methylene chloride.... (200) Dichloromonofmoro- methane...................... (1,000) Cl, 1-Dichloro-1nitroethane.................. 10 1.2-Dichloropropane, see Propylene dichloride................... 75 Dichlorotetrafluoroethane .......................... 1.000 Dichlorvos (DDVP) -- Skin........................ 0.1 Dicrotophos (Bidrin) -- Skin............................. Dicyclopentadiene.......... Dicyciopentadienyl iron .. Dieldrin -- Skin............... Diethylamine................. . __ 5 __ __ 25 Diethylaminoethanol -- Skin............................. 10 Diethylene triamine -- Skin............................. 1 Diethyl ether, see Ethyl ether........................... . Diethyl phthalate....... . Difluorodibromomethane. 400 __ 100 5-- 0,4 -- 300 -- 450 110 A2 4.950 0.2 810 (200) 790 __ 1,250 __ 250 (75) 250 30 10 (700) (250) (4,200) -- 60 -- 350 110 7.000 1.250 1 0.3 0.25 30 10 0.25 75 -- -- -- -- 50 -- 4-- 1.200 5 860 500 -- 150 10 -- -- 675 A2 6.200 0.4 1.010 (300) 1,000 60 (870) -- -- 510 8.750 3 -- -- 20 0.75 -- -- -- 1,500 10 1.290 t Capital letters refer to Appendices ' ' See Notice of Intended Changes. 15 I MAP OOOIII SubsUnca_________ __ ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm01 mB/rn1'" CDiglyCKJyl ether (DGE)... Dihydroxybenzene. see 0.5 Hydroquinone........... Diisobutyl ketone........... Diisopropylamine -- 25 Skin............................. Dimethoxymethane, see 5 Methylal...................... Dimethyl acetamide -- 1,000 Skin........... ,............ ... Dimethyl carbamyl 10 chloride...................... Dimethylamine............... Dimethylaminobenzene, A2 10 see Xylidene -- Skin .. Dimethylaniline (N, 5 N-Dimethylaniline) -- Skin.......................... . Dimethylbenzene, see s Xylene -- Skin............ Dimethyl-1, 100 2-dibromo-2-dichloroethyl1 phosphate, see Dibrom........................ Dimethylformamide -- -- Skin..................... ....... 2, 6-Dimethyl-4-heptanone 10 see Diisobutyl ketone.. 1, l-Dimethylliydrazine 25 -- Skin........................ Dimethylphthalate........... 0.5 C Dimethyl sultate -- Skin, .1, A2 Dinitrobenzene (all isomers) -- Skin......... Dinitro-o-cresol -- Skin . 0.15 3, 5-Dinitro-o-toluamide (Zoalene).................. Dinitrotoluene -- Skin ... Dioxane, tech, grade -- -- Skin............................. Dioxathion (De)nav) -- 50 Skin.............................. __ 3 2 150 20 3,100 35 A2 18 25 25 435 3 30 150 1 5 0.5, A2 1 0.2 5 1.5 180 0.2 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ~"- PPW' mB/mJ*' --~ -- -- =-- 1.250 15 -- -- 10 4 3,875 50 -- 50 10 50 150 650 --6 20 60 ---- 12 -- 10 ---- _ 0.5 3 -- 0.6 -- 10 --5 ---- Capital letters reter to Appendices. Footnotes la thru g) see Page 31 '1978 Addition. 16 Substance Diphenyl, see Biphenyl... Diphenylamine............... C Diphenylmethane diisocyanate, see Methylene bisphenyl isocyanate (MDI)........ Dipropylene glycol methyl ether -- Skin.. Diquat.............................. Di-sec, octyl phthalate (Di-2-ethylhexylphthalate).................... Disultiram....... :________ Disyston -- Skin....... . 2, 6-Ditert. butyl-p-cresol............. . -Diuron............................ . Dyfonate........................ . Emery.............................. Endosulfan (Thiodan*) -- Skin.................. Endrin -- Skin.......... . '* Epichlorhydrin -- Skin... EPN -- Skin.................... 1,2-Epoxypropane, see Propylene oxide...... 2,3-Epoxy-1-propanol, seeGlycidoi................. Ethane.............................. Ethanethiol, see Ethyl mercaptan.......... . Ethanolamine.................. Ethion (Nialate) -- Skin 2-Ethoxyethanol -- Skin. 2-Ethoxyethyl acetate (Cellosolve acetate) -- Skin............................. , Ethyl acetate.............. . Ethyl acrylate -- Skin .... Ethyl alcohol (Ethanol)... Ethylamine................. .. ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm' mB/m5*' 0,2 1.5 -- 10 0.02 100 t , --- 0.2 600 0.5 --5 ,--- 2 -- 0.1 .--- 10 -- 1C -- 0,1 --E -- 0.1 ,--- 0.1 (5) (20) -- 0.5 100 240 50 150 .F -- 0.5 1 38 -- 0.4 100 370 100 400 25 1,000 10 540 1.400 100 1,900 18 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppnh" mB/m5<" 0.6 4 -- 20 ---- 150 900 --1 -- 10 --5 -- 0.3 -- 20 ---- ---- -- 20 -- 0.3 -- 0.3 (10) (40) --2 150 360 75 225 F-- 23 6 15 ---- 150 560 150 810 ---- ---- ---- ---- Capital letters refer to Appendices. '"See Notice of Intended Changes. 17 J MAP 000112 Sutatance Ethyl sec-amyl ketone (4-Methyl-3heptanone)................ Ethyl benzene................. Ethyl bromide............... Ethylbutyi ketone (3-Heptanone)............ Ethyl chloride.................. Ethyl ether ...................... Ethyl formate.................. Ethyl mercaptan.............. " Ethyl sillicate.................. Ethylene.......................... C Ethylene chlorohydrin -- Skin............................. Ethylenediamine.............. '* Ethylene dibromide, see 1.2-Dibromoethane... " Ethylene dichloride, see 1.2-Dichloroethane... Ethylene glycol. Particulate.................. Vapor.......................... C Ethylene glycol dinitrate and/or Nitroglycerin -- Skin....................... Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (Methyl cellosoive acetate) -- Skin............................. Ethylene oxide................. Ethylemmine -- Skin...... Ethylidene chloride, see 1,1-Dichloroethane ... C Ethylidene norbomene ... N-Ethylmorpholine -- Skin............................. Fensulfothion (Dasamt).. Ferbam............................ Ferrovanadium dust....... Fluoride las F)................ Fluorine.......................... Capital letters refer to Appendixes "See Notice of Intenoed Changes ADOPTED TENTATtvi ' VALUES__________ VALUES TWA STEL " ppm'" mg/m3*1 puny" nto/ma1 25 100 200 50 1.000 400 100 0.5 (100) F 1 10 (20) (50) 100 130 435 125 890 250 230 2,600 1.200 300 1 (850) 75 1.250 500 150 2 F 3-- 25 (155) (30) (200) 10 250 (75) 125 545 1.110 345 3.250 1,500 450 3 (230) (300) 20 325 0.2^ 2 25 120 35 170 50 90 75 135 0.5 1 -- 200 810 250 1.010 5 25 20 94 __ -- 0.1 -- -- 10 -- 20 -- 1-- 03 -- 2.5 __ - 1 2 _2 4 18 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm" mg/m3*' TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm" mg/m3*' Fluorotrichloromethane .. C Formaldehyde................. Formamide................. . Formic acid..................... Furfural -- Skin.......... Furfuryl alcohol -- Skin . Gasoline........................... Germanium tetrahydride. Glass, fibrous'1 or dust.. ' C Glutaraldehyde. activated or unactivated............ Glycerin mist.................. Glycidol (2, 3-Epoxy- 1-propanol)................. Glycol monoethyl ether, see 2-Ethoxyethanol -- Skin................. .. Graphite (Synthetic)....... Guthion, see Azinphos-methyl -- Skin............................. Gypsum.......................... Hafnium................. ... Helium.............................. Heptachlor -- Skin........ Heptane (n-Heptane)...... Hexachlorocyclopenta- diene.................. ......... Hexachloroethane -- Skin............................. Hexachloronaphthalene -- Skin........................ Hexafluoroacetone.......... Hexane (n-hexane).......... * Hexamethyl phosphoramide -- Skin...................... ...... 2-Hexanone. see Methyl butyl ketone -- Skin., Hexone (Methyl isobutyl ketone) -- Skin.......... 1.000 2 20 5 5 5 -- 0.2 -- -- 50 100 -- -- -- F -- 400 0.01 1 0.1 100 A2 25 100 5,600 3 30 9 20 20 B2 0.6 10 (0.25) E 1,250 -- 30 -- 15 10 -- 0.6 -- _ -- 150 75 370 150 E-- 0.2 E 0.5 -- 0.5 1,600 0.1 10 0.2 0.7 360 -- -- F -- 500 0.03 3 0.3 125 A2 100 40 410 125 7,000 -- 45 -- 60 40 B2 1.8 -- E 225 560 -- 0.6 20 1.5 -- 2 2.000 0.3 30 0.6 2 450 165 510 - Capital letters refer to Appendices - Footnotes ta thru g| see Page 31. "1978 Addition. "See Notice of Interned Changes 19 MAP 000113 SMtottW__________ sec-Hexv1 acetate.......... C Hexylene ghrcol............ Hydrazine -Skin........ H^dro^nated terphenyls Hydrogen Bromide.......... C Hydrogen chloride.......... Hydrogen cyanide -- Skin............................. Hydrogen fluoride........... Hydrogen peroxide........ Hydrogen selenide.......... Hydrogen sulfide............. Hydroquinone................. Indene............................. Indium & Compounds (as In) ......................... C Iodine....... ....................... Iodoform........ ................ Iron oxide fume.............. Iron pentacarbonyl....... . Iron salts, soluble (as Fe)............................... Isoamyl acetate.............. Isoamyl alcohol.............. Isobutyl acetate.............. Isobutyl alcohol.............. C Isophorone..................... Isophorone diisocyanate -- Skin.. Isopropyl acetate............. Isopropyl alcohol -- Skin Isopropylamine................ Isopropyl ether............... Isopropyl glycidyl ether (IGE)............................ Kaolin.......... .................... Ketene........ ........... .. ...... Lead, inorg,, fumes & dusts (as Pb).............. Lead arsenate (as Pb)__ Lead chromate (as Cr)... ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm*" mg/m3*" 50 25 0.1, A2 F 0.5 3 5 300 125 0.1, A2 -- 5 10 7 (10) 3 1 0.05 10 -- 10 (11) 2 1.5 0.2 15 2 45 -- 0.1 0.6 B3 0.01 0.1 1 10 5 0.08 -- 100 100 150 50 5 0.01 250 400 5 250 1 525 360 700 150 25 0.09 950 980 12 1,050 50 240 --E 0.5 0.9 -- 0.15 -- 0.15 -- 0.05, A2 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppn^mg/m*6' --- -F ... (15) (16) 3 '' 15 27 4 15 70 0.3 1 20 10 2 125 655 125 450 187 875 75 225 310 1.185 500 1,225 10 24 310 1.320 75 360 20 1.5 3 0.45 0.45 ADOPTED VALUES Substance TWA ppm*' mg/m31" Limestone........................ Lindane -- Skin.............. Lithium hydride.............. L.P.G. (Liquified petroleum gas)........... Magnesite.................. Magnesium oxide fume (as Mg).................. . Malathion -- Skin ........ Maleic anhydride............. C Manganese & Compounds (as Mn).. Manganese cyclopentadienyl tricarbonyl (as Mn) -- Skin............................. -- __ -- 1,000 -- __ __ 0.25 -f- * Manganese Tetroxide...... Marble/calcium -- carbonate.................... Mercury (Alkyl compounds) --Skin. (as Hg)..................... 0.001 Mercury (All forms except alkyl), as Hg ... -- Mesityl oxide.............. ...... 25 Methane....................... ..... F Methanethioi, see Methyl mercaptan.............. . 0.5 Methomyl (Lannate) -- Skin...................... ...... .. Methoxychlor..................... 2-Methoxyethanol -- Skin (Methyl cellosolve).............. Methyl acetate................. Methyl acetylene (propyne)................. Methyl 25 200 1,000 acetylene-propadiene mixture (MAPP).......... Methyl acrylate -- Skin .. 1,000 10 E 0.5 0.025 1.800 E 10 10 1 5 0.1 1 E 0.01 0.05 100 -- 1 2.5 10 80 610 1,650 1,800 35 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm0' mg/m31" 20 __ 1.5 -- 1.250 -- __ __ 2.250 20 __ -- -- 0.3 ---- 20 0.003 __ __ F -- 0.03 0.15 __ -- ___ 35 250 1,250 120 760 2,040 1,250 -- 2,250 -- Capital letters refer to Appendices. "See Notice of Intended Changes. I 20 Capital letters refer to Appendices '1978 Addition. 21 MAP 000114 cutn ADOPTED VALUES TENTATIVE VALUES Substance TWA ppnr" mg/m36' STEL ppm0 mg/m36' Metftylacrylonitnle -- Skin............................. Methylal 1 (dimethoxymethane).. 1.000 Methyl alcohol (methanol) -- Skin.... Methylamme................... Methyl amyl alcohol, see 200 10 Methyl isobutyl carbmoi -- Skin........ Methyl 2-cyanoacrylate .. Methyl n-amyl ketone 25 2 (2-Heptanone)............. Methyl bromide -- Skin , Methyl butyl ketone, see 2-Hexanone -- Skin ... Methyl cellosolve -- Skin 100 15 25 see 2-Methoxyethanol. Methyl cellosolve acetate 25 -- Skin, see Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate............... Methyl chloride............. Methyl chloroform (1.1. 25 100 1-Trichloroethane)...... Methylcyclohexane........ Methylcyclohexanol....... o-Methycyclohexanone -- Skin.................. Methylcyclopentadienyl 350 400 50 50 manganese tricarbonyl (as Mn) -- Skin.......... Methyl demeton -- Skin . 0.1 __ I Methylene bisphenyl isocyanate (MDI)........ ' Methylene chloride 0.02 (dichloromethane)...... 4. 4'-Methylene bis (2-chloraniline) -- (200) Skin......................... . . 0.02. A2 Methylene bis (4-cyclo- hexylisocyanate)........ 0.01 32 3.100 1,250 260 250 12 ___ 100 40 84 465 150 60 _ 100 40 80 35 120 210 1.900 1,600 235 230 35 125 450 500 75 75 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.2 (700) (250) A2 0.11 6 3,875 310 160 16 710 165 120 170 260 2,380 2,000 350 345 0.6 1.5 (870) Substance Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK). see 2-Butanone............... C Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide...................... Methyl formate............... Methyl iodide -- Skin ... Methyl isoamyl ketone ... Methyl isobutyl carbinol -- Skin........................ Methyl isobutyl ketone, see Hexone -- Skin ... Methyl isocyanate -- Skin.................... ,,.... Methyl mercaptan........... Methyl methacrylate....... Methyl parathion --.Skin Methyl propyl ketone, see 2-Pentanone........ C Methyl silicate........... ..... C a-Methyl styrene............. Molybdenum (as Mo) Soluble compounds ... insoluble compounds. Monocrotophos (Azodrin).......... . Monomethyl aniline -- Skin........................... C Monomethyl hydrazine -- Skin............... ........ Morpholine -- Skin........ Naphthalene...................... /3-Naphthylamine....... .. Neon............................ Nickel carbonyl.................. Nickel metal.............. Nickel, soluble compounds (as Ni).... Nickel sulfide roasting, fume & dust (as Ni)... Nicotine -- Skin............ Nitric acid........................... ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm' mg/m3<" 200 590 0.2 1.5 100 250 5 28 100 475 25 100 100 0.02 0.5 100 -- 410 0.05 1 410 0.2 200 700 5 30 100 480 5 -- 10 0.25 2 0.2 20 10 -- F 0.05 9 0.35 70 50 Alb -- 0.35 1 0.1 1, Ala -- 0.5 25 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm' mg/m361 300 885 150 375 10 56 150 710 40 165 125 510 _ __ 125 510 0.6 250 875 _ 10 __ 20 4 18 30 105 15 75 __ Alb F __ __ 0.3 __ 1.5 4 10 Capital letters refer to Appenoiees "See Notice of Intended Changes 22 Capital letters refer to Appendices Footnotes la thru g) see Page 31 23 MAP 000115 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm0' mg/m*4' TENTATIVE VALUES STOL ppm" mg/mi* Nitric oxide..................... p-Nitroaniline -- Skin.... Nitrobenzene -- Skin...... p-Nitrochlorobenzene -- Skin............... .. .......... 4-Nitrodiphenyl............... Nitroethane..................... C Nitrogen dioxide............. Nitrogen tnfluoride........ C Nitroglycerin -- Skin...... Nitromethane.................. 1-Nitropropane............... " 2-Nitropropane................ N-Nitrosodimethylamine (dimethylnitrosoamine) -- Skin........................ Nitrotoluene -- Skin....... Nitrotrichloromethane. see Chloropicrin.......... Nonane.................. ,........ Octachloronaphthalene -- Skin........................ Octane...................... ,,... Oil mist, mineral............. Osmium tetroxide (as Os).............................. Oxalic acid...................... Oxygen difluoride........... Ozone............................... Paraffin wax fume.......... * Paraquat, respirable sizes......................... Parathion -- Skin........... Particulate polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PPAH), as benzene solubles... Pentaborane.................... Pentachloronaphthalene . Pentachlorophenol -- Skin............................. 25 1 1 -- __ 100 5 10 0.21* 100 25 (25) -- i 0.1 200 -- 300 -- 0.0002 0.05 0.1 -- -- -- 0.005 -- -- 30 6 5 .... -i Alb 310 9 29 2 250 90 (90) A2 30 0.7 1,050 0.1 1,450 Sf> 0.002 1 0.1 0.2 2 0.1 0.1 0.2, Ala 0.01 0.5 0.5 35 2 2 __ 150 -- 15 __ 150 35 __ 10 0.3 250 -- 375 -- 0.0006 __ 0.15 0.3 ---- --- -- 0.015 -- ___-- 45 12 10 2 Alb 465 45 375 135 A2 60 2 1,300 0.3 1.800 10 0.006 2 0.3 0.6 6 , 0.3 Ala 0.03 2 1.5 Capital letters refer to Appendices Footnotes ta thru g) see Page 31 "1978 Addition "See Notice of Intended Changes. 24 Substance Pentaerythritol................. Pentane........................... 2-Pentanone .................... Perchloroethylene -- Skin.............. ........ ...... Perchloromethyl mercaptan_____ ____ Perchloryl fluoride.......... Phenol -- Skin............... Phenothiazine -- Skin.... p-Phenytene diamine -- Skin................... ...... Phenyl ether (vapor)....... Phenyl ether-Diphenyl mixture (vapor).......... Phenylethylene, see Styrene, monomer...... Phenyl glycidyl ether (PGE)........................... * Phenyl mercaptan........... Phenylhydrazine -- Skin. C Phenylphpsphine............. Phorate (Thimet) -- Skin.................. ..... Phosdrin (Mevinphos) -- Skin........................ Phosgene (carbonyl chloride).............. ....... Phosphine................. .. Phosphoric acid.............. Phosphorus (yellow)...... " Phosphorus pentachloride____ ____ Phosphorus pentasulfide Phosphorus trichloride... Phthalic anhydride.......... m-Phthalodinrtrile........... Picloram (Tordon)....... Picric acid -- Skin.......... Pival (2-Pivalyl-1,3- indandione).......... Plaster of Paris........... . Capital letters refer to Appendices. '1978 Addition. "See Notices of Intended Changes. ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm-1 mg/m141 E 600 1.800 200 700 , 100 670 0,1 3 .5 -- , , --1 0.8 14 19 5 0.1 7 17 100 420 10 0.5 5 0.05 60 2 22 0.25 1 0.05 0.01 0.1 0.1 0.4 0.3 0.4 --1 -- 0.1 , -e- (1) --1 0.5 3 16 --5 -- 10 -- 0.1 -- 0.1 E 25 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm" mg/m'4' __ 20 750 2,250 250 875 150 1.000 -- -- 6 28 10 38 -- 10 ---- 2 14 2 14 125 15 -- 10 -- 0.03 525 90 -- 44 -- 0.2 0.3. ---- 11 --3 -- 0.3 -- (3) --3 ---- 4 24 -- -- -- 20 -- 0.3 -- 0.3 20 0004077 PST MAP 000116 Sakttanc* Platinum (Soluble salts) Potychlorohiphenyls, see Cftlorodiphenyls -- Shin ....................... Polytetrafluoroethylene decomposition products..................... C Potassium hydroxide...... Propane.......................... /3-Propiolactone.............. Propargyl alcohol -- Skin............................. n-Propyl acetate.............. Propyl alcohol -- Skin... n-Propyl nitrate.............. Propylene........................ Propylene drehioride (1, 2-Dichloropropanej.... S Propylene glycol dinitrate -- Skin........................ Propylene glycol monomethyl ether...... Propylene im'ine -- Skin. Propylene oxide.............. Propyne, see Methyl acetylene..................... Pyrethrum..................... Pyridine......................... Quinone.......... .............. . RDX --Skin.................... Resorcinol..................... Rhodium. Metal fume and dusts (as Rh)....... Soluble salts (as Rh).. Ronnel.............................. Rosin core solder pyrolysis products (as formaldehyde)............. Rotenone (commercial).. Rouge .......................... ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm" mg/m1*' TENTATIVE''' VALUES STEL ppm" mg/mr4 -- 0.002 -- -- ---- -- -- F -- 1 200 200 25 F 75 0.2 100 2 100 1,000 -- 5 0.1 -- 10 -- -- -- B1 -- 2-- --F A2 __ 23 840 250 500 250 105 40 --F 350 110 2 __ 360 150 5-- 240 150 1,650 5 15 0.4 1.5 45 0.1 0.001 10 1.250 -- 10 0.3 -- 20 -- -- -- Bi A2 6 1,050 625 470 510 _ 540 _. 360 2.040 10 30 2 3 90 0.3 0.003 __ -- 0.1 -- 0.3 -- 5_ 10 -- E _-- 20 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm" mg/m34' TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm" mg/m1'1' Rubber solvent (Naphtha)............ . 400 1.600 Selenium compounds (as Se)............................ . -- 0.2 Selenium hexafluoride. as Se.............................. . 0.05 Sevm (see Carbaryl).... -- 0.4 5 Silane (see Silicon tetrahydride)............... Silicon..................... ... Silicon carbide................ 0.5 __ __ 7 E E Silicon tetrahydride (Silane)........................ 0.5 0.7 ** Silver, metal and soluble compounds, as Ag .... __ (0.01) C Sodium azide.............. . 0.1 0.3 Sodium fluoroacetate (1080) -- Skin........... __ 0.05 C Sodium hydroxide.......... __ 2 Starch...................... . __ . E Stibine.............................. 0.1 0.5 Stoddard solvent............. Strychnine.................. .. 100 __ 575 0.15 Styrene, monomer (Ph eny (ethylene)........ 100 420 C Subtilisins (Proteolytic enzymes as 100% pure crystalline enzyme)...................... Sucrose..................... -- 0.00006"' -s- E ** Sulfur dioxide................ (5) (13) Sulfur hexafluoride........ 1.000 Sulfuric acid.................... __ 6.000 1 Sulfur monochlonde....... 1 6 Sulfur pentafluoride....... 0.025 0.25 Sulfur tetrafluoride.......... 0.1 0.4 Sulfuryl fluoride...... 5 20 Systox, see Demeton* -- Skin.............. ........ 0.01 2,4.5-T........................... __ 0.1 10 Tantalum............... .......... -- 5 -- -- 0.05 -- 1 __ __ 1 __ __ __ __ 0.3 125 -- 125 -- -- -- 1.250 __ 3 0.075 0.3 10 0.03 __ -- -- -- 04 10 2 20 20 2 (0.03) __ 0.15 20 1.5 720 0.45 525 -- 20 -- 7.500 __ 18 0.75 1 40 0.3 20 10 Capital letters refer to Appendices '1978 Addition. 26 Capital letters refer to Appendices. "See Notice of Intended Changes 27 MAP 000117 Substance TEDP -- Skin.................. Teflon* decomposition products..................... Tellurium & compounds (asTe)......................... Tellurium hexafluoride, as Te......................... TEPP-Skin............. *C Terphenyls.................... 1,1,1,2-Tetrachloro-2, 2-difluoroethane........ 1,1,2, 2-Tetrachloro-1, 2-difluoroethane....... 1,1,2, 2-Tetrachloroethane -- Skin........................ Tetrachloroethylene, see Perchioroethyiene -- Skin.......................... Tetrachloromethane, see Carbon tetrachloride -- Skin..................... .._ Tetrachloronaphthalene.. Tetraethyl lead (as Pb) -- Skin..................... Tetrahydrofuran........... Tetramethyl lead (as Pb) -- Skin.................. Tetramethyl succinonitrile -- Skin Tetranitromethane....... Tetryl (2,4, 6-trinitrophenylmethylnitramine) -- Skin................. _ _ Thallium, soluble compounds (as Tl) -- Skin......_....... ................ 4,4'-Thiobis (6-tert. butyl-m-cresol)......... Thiogiycolic acid.......... TWA ap*ff" mg/m1*' -- 0.2 -- B1 -- 0.1 0.02 0.004 (D 0.2 0.05 (9) 500 4,170 500 4,170 5 35 100 670 10 65 2 0,100s1 200 590 -- 0.150" 0,5 3 18 -- 1.5 0,1 _ 10 15 STEL ppnr" mg/m1* --- &s -- Bi --- 0.01 0.2 625 5,210 625 5,210 10 70 150 1,000 20 130 0.3 250 735 -- 0.5 29 -- 3.0 _ 20 Capital letters refer to Appendices. '1978 Addition. "See Notice of Intended Changes 28 ADOPTED VALUES TENTATIVE VALUES TWA Substanceapm31 mg/m1*' ppnf mg/m1*' STEL Thiram*.......................... Tin, inorganic compounds, except SnH< and Sn02 (as Sn) Tin, organic compounds (as Sn) --Skin....... Tin oxide (as Sn)............. Titanium dioxide (as Ti).. Toluene (toluol) -- Skin . **C Toluene-2, 4-diisocyanate (TDI)... o-Toluidine...................... Toxaphene. see Chlorinated camphene -- Skin........................ Tributyl phosphate.......... *C 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 1,1,1-Trichloroethane, see Methyl chloroform 1,1,2-Trichloroethane -- Skin........................ Trichloroethylene.......... . * Trichloromethane. see Chloroform................. Trichloronaphthalene...... 1,2, 3-Trichloropropane 1, 1,2-Trichloro 1,2, 2-trifluoroethane........ Triethylamine.................. Tricyclohexyltin hydroxide (Plictran*). Trifluoromonobromomethane...................... Trimethyl benzene....... 2, 4, 6-Trinitrophenol, see Picric acid -- Skin 2,4, 6-Trinitrophenyl- methylnitramine, see Tetryl --Skin............. *C 2, 4. 6-Trinitrotoiuene (TNT)........................... -- -- -- 100 (0.02) 5 -- 5 350 10 100 10, A2 -- 50 1,000 25 _ 1,000 25 _ _ 5_ 2 0.1 E E 375 (0.14) 22 _ -- -- 150 10 0.5 5-- 40 1,900 45 535 440 20 150 50, A2 5 300 -- 75 7,600 1,250 100 40 5 6,100 125 0.1 1,200 35 _ 1.5 0.5 _ 10 4 0.2 20 20 560 _ 44 2.0 5 -- 2,380 90 800 _ 10 450 9,500 160 10 7,300 170 0.3 3.0 _ Capital letters refer to Appendices. `1978 Addition. "See Notice of Intended Changes. 29 Map 000118 Substance Tnorthocresyl phosphate Triphenyl phosphate....... Tungsten & compounds, asW , Soluble.............. Insoluble............. Turpentine................ Uranium (natural) soluble & insoluble compounds, as U. . Vanadium (V2O5). as V Dust............................ C Fume........... ' Valeraldehyde...... Vinyl acetate............... Vinyl benzene, see Styrene..................... " Vinyl bromide.............. * Vinyl chloride................ Vinyl cyanide, see Acrylonitrile --Skin... Vinyl cyclohexene dioxide.......... Vinylidene chloride .... Vinyl toluene.................. Warfarin .............. Welding fumes (NOC)+ ,. Wood dust (nonallergenic).......... Xylene (o*. m-. p-isomers) --Skin.... C m-Xylene a, a '-diamine. Xylidene -- Skin.......... Yttrium............... Zinc chloride fume. . . Zinc chromate (as Cr).... Zinc oxide fume........... Zinc stearate.......... Zirconium compounds (as Zr)........... ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm mg/m^' 0.1 __ 3 _1 .5 100 560 TBtTATivE-VALUES steT~^ Pjwt" ini!/n,)> 0.3 6 3 isn 10 840 -- 0.2 -- __ 0.5' _ 50 0.05 175 _ 10 30 20 100 (250) (Ale) 20 420 (1.100) 45 150 (Ale) sn 10 60 10 40 20 100 480 150 -- 0.1 5. S3 __ 5 100 435 __ 0.1 5 25 _1 __ 0.05. A2 5 __ F 150 10 -- 5 __ 06 1.5 60 630 65 80 720 0.3 B3 10 655 50 3 2 10 20 10 Capital letters re'er to Appendices <NOCt not otherwise classified "1978 Addition ' ' See Notice of Intended Cnanges 30 a) Parts of vapor or gas per million parts of contami nated air by volume at 25C and 760 mm. Hg, pres sure. b) Approximate milligrams of substance per cubic meter of air. d) An atmospheric concentration of not more than 0.02 ppm. or personal protection may be necessary to avoid headache for intermittent exposure. e) < 7 fam in diameter. f) As sampled by method that does not collect vapor. g) For control of general room air, biologic monitoring is essential for personnel control. Radioactivity: For permissible concentrations of radio isotopes in air, see U.S. Department of Commerce, Na tional Bureau of Standards Handbook 69, `'Maximum Permissible Body Burdens and Maximum Permissible Concentrations of Radionuclides in Air and in Water for Occupational Exposure," June 5, 1959; Addendum 1, August 1963 (NCRP Report No. 22). Also, see U.S. De partment of Commerce National Bureau of Standards, Handbook 59, "Permissible Dose from External Sources of Ionizing Radiation," September 24, 1954, an adden dum of April 15, 1958. A report, Basic Radiation Protec tion Criteria, published by the National Committee on Radiation Protection, revises and modernizes the con cept of the NCRP standards of 1954, 1957 and 1958; obtainable as NCRP Rept. No, 39, 7910 Woodmont Ave., Washington, D.C. 20014. Substance SIUCA, SiOz Crystalline Quartz MINERAL DUSTS TLV in mppcf'11: 300" % quartz -*- 10 TLV for respirable dust in mg/m3: 10 mg/m3" % Respirable quartz * 2 TLV for "total dust," respirable and nonrespirable: 30 mg/m3 % quartz + 3 31 MAP 000119 Cristobalite............ Use one-half the value calculated from the count or mass formulae for quartz. Tridymite Use one-half the value calculated from formulae for quartz. Silica, fused Use quartz formulae. Tripoli Use respirable0' mass quartz for mula **Amorphous...................... SILICATES (< 7% quartz) "Asbestos, all forms Mica Mineral wool fiber Perlite Portland Cement Soapstone Talc (nonasbestiform) ""Talc (fibrous), use Asbestos limit "Tremolite, see Asbestos. (5 fibers/cc> 5/xm in length'*'; Ala) 20 mppcf 10 mg/m3 30 mppcf 30 mppcf 20 mppcf 20 -mppcf COAL DUST 2 mg/m3 (respirable dust fraction < 5% quartz). If > 5% quartz, use respirable mass formula. NUISANCE PARTICULATES (see Appendix E) 30 mppcf or 10 mg/m3*' of total dust < 1% quartz, or, 5 mg/m3 respirable dust. Conversion factors: mppcf x 35.3 = Million particles per cubic meter = particles per cc h) Millions of particles per cubic foot of air, based on impinger samples counted by light-field technics. i) The percentage of quartz in the formula is the amount determined from airborne samples, except in those instances in which other methods have been shown to be applicable. j) Both concentration and percent quartz for the appli- *'See Notice of Intended Changes. 32 cation of this limit are to be determined from the fraction passing a size-selector with the following characteristics: Aerodynamic Diameter (^m) (unit density sphere) 2 2.5 3.5 5.0 10 % passing selector 90 75 50 25 0 k) containing <1% quartz; if quartz content > 1%, use formulae for quartz. l) Lint-free dust as measured by the vertical-elutriator, cotton-dust sampler described in the Transactions of the National Conference on Cotton Dust, J. R. Lynch, pg. 33, May 2,1970. m) As determined by the membrane filter method a* 400-450X magnification (4 mm objective) phase con trast illumination. n) Based on "high volume" sampling. o) "Respirable" dust as defined by the British Medical Research Council Criteria (1) and as sampled by a device producing equivalent results (2). (1) Hatch, T. E. and Gross, P., Pulmonary Deposi tion and Retention of Inhaled Aerosols, p. 149. Academic Press, New York, New York, 1964. (2) Interim Guide for Respirable Mass Sampling, AIHA Aerosol Technology Committee, AHIA J. 31: 2,1970, p. 133. NOTICE OF INTENDED CHANGES (for 1978) These substances, with their corresponding values, comprise those for which either a limit has been pro posed for the first time, or for which a change in the "Adopted" listing has been proposed. In both cases, the proposed limits should be considered trial limits that will remain in the listing for a period of at least two years. If, after two years no evidence comes to light that ques tions the appropriateness of the values herein, the val ues will be reconsidered for the "Adopted" list. Docu mentation is available for each of these substances. 33 MAP 000120 Substance 7 Acetylsalicylic acid (Asptrml...................... 7 Acrylonitrile..................... Aluminum metal and oxide........................ Aluminum pyro powders. Aluminum welding fumes Aluminum, soluble salts Aluminum, alkyls (NOC)' 3-Amino 1. 2. 4-triazole . * Aniline and homologues -- Skin........................ Antimony, soluble salts (as Sb) ........................ Antimony trioxide production.................. Arsenic (soluble), as As . Arsenic trioxide production.................. 7 Baytex....... ................... Benomyl.......................... Bromacil........... ............. 7 o-sec Butylphenol -- Skin............................. Cadmium oxide production.................. 7 Carbon disulfide.............. 7 Chloroacetyl chloride...... * Chloromethyl methyl ether............................ * /3-Chloroprene -- Skin.., Cobalt metal, dust & fume (as Co).............. 7C Cyanogen chloride.......... Cyclopentane.................. 7 Dalapon......................... 7 1.2-0ibromoethane -- Skin............................ 7 Dichloromonofluoro- methane...................... 7 Dichloropropene............ 7 Diethanolamine................ 7 Divinyl benzene.............. 7 Epichlorhydrine -- Skin.. Capital letters refer to Appendices '1978 Revision or Addition "Not otherwise classified iNOC) TWA 5 Ale Ale 10 5 5 2 2 A2 A2 10 2 -- A2 0.2 --, Ala 0.1 10 10 10 0.05 Alb 10 --. A2 30 0.2 Alb 45 0.05 0.3 0.6 300 850 1 Ale Ale 10 40 15 3 15 10 50 2 10 sfirppm -- -- -- -- 20 -- -- -- 5 20 -- -- -- -- 0.3 ~*1 -- 15 20 ---- *-- -- 01 -- 450 1.000 -- -- 10 50 20 34 Substance TWA STEl ppm"' mg/m1'" ppw mg/m'6' Ethyl silicate.................... 7 Ethylene dibromide, see 1.2-Dibromoethane... 7 Ethylene dichloride, see 1,2-Dichloroethane... C Glutaraldehyde............... Hexachlorobutadiene...... 7C Hydrogen cyanide -- Skin............................. 7 2-Hydroxypropyl acrylate -- Skin..................... . 7 N-lsopropylaniline -- Skin.............................. Manganese fume (as Mn)............................. 7 Methylene chloride (dichloromethane)...... 7 4,4-Methylene dianiline. tC 2-Nitropropane................ Phenyl-betanaphttiylamine............. 7 Phosphorous pentachloride.............. 7 Propionic acid........... . 7 Silver, metal.................. . 7 Sodium bisulfite.............. 7 Sodium metabisulfite...... 7 Sulfur dioxide................. 7CTerphenyls...................... 7 Tetrasodium pyrophosphate........... 7 Toluene-2, 4-diisocyanate (TDI)... 7 Trichloroacetic acid........ 7 Vinyl bromide................. 7 Vinyl chloride.................. VM & P Naphtha............. 10 Ale 10 0.2 A2 10 0.5 2 -- 100 0.1 25. A2 A2 0.1 10 -- -- 2 0.5 -- 0.002 -- 5, A2 5. Ala 300 85 Ale 40 0.8 A2 10 3 10 1 360 0.8 90. A2 A2 1 30 0.1 5 5 5 5 5 0.015 1 20, A2 10, Ala 1,350 30 -- 15 -- -- -- -- 5 -- 500 0.5 -- -- 15 -- -- -- 5 -- -- 0.005 -- -- -- 400 250 -- 60 -- -- **-- 20 3 1,700 4 -- -- 45 -- -- 15 0.035 -- -- -- 1,800 Capital letters refer to Appendices 71978 Addition 35 MAP 000121 wit hwhiiihh .iifIB r NOTICE OF INTENDED CHANGES MINERAL DUSTS Substance TLV + Asbestos Amosite............... Chrysotile............ Crocidolite........... Tremolite............. Other forms........ Diatomaceous earth, natural................. Silica, amorphous... + Talc (fibrous) 0.5 fiber/cc, Ala 2 fibers;cc, Ala 0.2 fiber/cc, Ala 0.5 fiber/cc, Ala 2 fibers/cc, Ala 1.5 mg/m3, Respirable dust 5 mg/m3, Total dust (all sampled sizes) 2 mg/m3, Respirable dust (< 5 /im) 0.5 fiber/cc .APPENDIX A CARCINOGENS The Committee lists below those substances in in dustrial use that have proven carcinogenic in man, or have induced cancer in animals under appropriate exper imental conditions. Present listing of those substances carcinogenic for man takes three forms: Those for which a TLV has been assigned (la), those for which environ mental conditions have not been sufficiently defined to assign a TLV (1b), and (1c), those whose reassignment of a TLV is awaiting more definitive data, and hence should be treated as a 1b carcinogen. Ala. Human Carcinogens. Substances, or substances associated with industrial processes, recognized to have carcinogenic or cocarcinogenic potential, with an assigned TLV: ** Arsenic trioxide production TLV (A&Os, 0.05 mg/m3 as As) (SO2, C 5.0 ppm) "See Notice of Intended Changes + 1978 Addition. 36 bis (Chloromethyl) ether Chromite ore processing (chromate) Nickel sulfide roasting, fume & dust Particulate Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PPAH) Vinyl Chloride Alb. Human Carcinogens. Substances, or substances associated with industrial processes, recognized to -have carcinogenic potential without an assigned TLV: Chloromethyl methyl ether 4-Aminodiphenyl (p-Xenylamine) Benzidine production beta-Naphthylamine 4-Nitrodiphenyl Ale. Human Carcinogens. Substances with recognized carcinogenic potential awaiting reassignment of TLV pending further data acquisition: Acrylonitrile 1, 2-Dibromoethane (Ethylene dibromide) For the substances in 1b or 1c, no exposure or contact by any route -- respiratory, skin or oral, as detected by the most sensitive methods -- shall be permitted. "No exposure or contact" means hermitizing the process or operation by the best practicable engi neering methods. The worker should be properly equipped to insure virtually no contact with the carcinogen. "Cigarette smoking can enhance the incidence of respiratory cancers from this and others of these substances or processes. MAP 000122 A2 Industrial Substances Suspect of Carcinogenic Po tential for MAN. Chemical substances or sub stances associated with industrial processes, which are suspect of inducing cancer, based on either (1) limited epidemiologic evidence, exclusive of clinical reports of single cases, or (2) demon stration of carcinogenesis in one or more animal species by appropriate methods. 3-Amino 1,2, 4-triazole ** Antimony trioxide production* Benzene Benz(a)pyrene Beryllium * * Cadmium oxide production Chloroform Chromates of lead and zinc (as Cr) 3, 3'-Dichlorobenzidine Dimethylcarbamyl chloride 1,1-Dimethyl hydrazine Dimethyl sulfate -- Skin Epichlorhydrin Hexachlorobutadiene Hexamethyl phosphoramide -- Skin Hydrazine Lead chromate 4, 4'-Methylene bis (2-chloroaniline) -- Skin Monomethyl hydrazine C 2-Nitropropane Nitrosammes Phenyl-beta-naphthylamine Propane sultone beta-Propiolactone Vinyl cyclohexene dioxide Zinc chromate (as Cr) (0.5 mg/m3) 10 ppm 2.0 figim3 (0.05 mg/m3) 10 ppm 0.05 mg/m3 .0.5,ppm 0.1 ppm 5 ppm 0.1 ppm 0.05 mg/m3 0.02 ppm 0.2 ppm 25 ppm 10 ppm 0.05 mg/m3 For the above, worker exposure by all routes should be carefully controlled to levels consistent with the animal and human experience data (see Documentation), including those substances with a listed TLV. 'Cigarette smoking can enhance the incidence of respiratory cancers from this or others of these substances or processes 38 A3. Guidelines for the Classification of Experimental ANIMAL Carcinogens, The following guidelines are offered in the present state of knowledge as an aid in classifying substances in the occupational envi ronment found to be carcinogenic in experimental animals. A need was felt by the Threshold Limits Committee for such a classification in order to take the first step in developing an appropriate TLV for occupational exposure. Determination of Approximate Threshold of Re sponse Requirement. In order to determine in which category to classify an experimental carcin ogen for the purpose of assigning an industrial air limit (TLV), an approximate threshold of neoplastic response must be determined. Because of practi cal experimental difficulties, a precisely defined threshold cannot be attained. For the purposes of standard-setting, this is of little moment, as an ap propriate risk, or safety, factor can be applied to the approximate threshold, the magnitude of which is dependent on the degree of potency of the car cinogenic response. To obtain the best `practical' threshold of neoplas tic response, dosage decrements should be less than logarithmic. This becomes particularly impor tant at levels greater than 10 ppm (or correspond ing mg/m3). Accordingly, after a range-finding de termination has been made by logarithmic decreases, two additional dosage levels are re quired within the levels of "effect" and "no effect" to approximate the true threshold of neoplastic re sponse. The second step should attempt to establish a me tabolic relationship between animal and man for the particular substance found carcinogenic in an imals. If the metabolic pathways are found compa rable, the substance should be classed highly sus pect as a carcinogen for man. If no such relation is found, the substance should remain listed as an experimental animal carcinogen until evidence to the contrary is found. Proposed Classification of Experimental Animal Carcinogens. Substances occurring in the occupa tional environment found carcinogenic for animals 39 MAP 000123 may be grouped into three classes, those of high, intermediate and low potency. In evaluating the in cidence of animal cancers, significant incidence of cancer is defined as a neoplastic response which represents, in the judgment of the Committee, a significant excess of cancers above that occurring in negative controls. EXCEPTIONS: No substance is to be considered an occupational carcinogen of any practical signifi cance which reacts by the respiratory route at or above 1000 mg/m3 for the mouse, 2000 mg/m3 for the rat: by the dermal route, at or above 1500 mg/kg for the mouse, 3000 mg/kg for the rat: by the gastrointestinal route at or above 500 mg/kg/d for a lifetime, equivalent to about 100 g T.D. for the rat, lOg T.D. for the mouse. These dosage limitations exclude such substances as dioxane and trichlorethylene from consideration as carcinogens. Examples: Dioxane -- rats, hepatocellular and nasal tumors from 1015 mg/kg/d, oral Trichloroethylene -- female mice, tumors (30/98 @ 900 mg/kg/d), oral A3a, INDUSTRIAL SUBSTANCES OF HIGH CARCINO GENIC POTENCY IN EXPERIMENTAL ANIMALS 1. A substance to qualify as a carcinogen of high potency must fulfill one of the three following conditions in two animal species: la. Respiratory. Elicit cancer from (lydosages below 1 mg/m3 (or equivalent ppm) via the respiratory tract in 6- 7-hour daily repeated inhalation exposures throughout lifetime; or (2) from a single intratracheafly admin istered dose not exceeding 1 mg of parti culate, or liquid, per 100 ml or less of an imal minute respiratory volume; Examples: bis-Chloromethyl ether, malign ant tumors, rats, @ 0.47 mg/m3 (0.1 ppm) in 2 years; 40 Hexamethyl phosphoramide. nasal squamous cell carcino ma. rats. @ 0.05 ppm, in 13 months OR lb. Dermal. Elicit cancer within 20 weeks by skin-painting, twice weekly at 2 mg/kg body weight or less per application for a total dose equal to or less than 1.5 mg, in a biologically inert vehicle; Examples: 7, 12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene -- skin tumors @ 0.120.8 mg T.D. in four weeks Benz(a)pyrene, mice 12 mg, 3X/wk for 18 mos. T.D. 2.6 mg, 90.9% skin tumors OR lc. Gastrointestinal. Elicit cancer by daily in take via The gastrointestinal tract, .within six months, with a six-month holding period, at a dosage below 1 mg/kg body weight per day; total dose, rat, - 50 mg; mouse, ^ 3.5 mg; Examples: 7, 12-Dimethylbenz(a)ahthracene -- mammary tumors from 10 mg IX 3-Methylcholanthrene -- Tumors @ 3 sites from 8 mg in 89 weeks Benz(a)pyrene, mice, 3.9% leukemias, from 30 mg T.D. 198 days 2. Elicit cancer by all three routes in at least two animal species at dose levels prescribed for high or intermediate potency. A3b. INDUSTRIAL SUBSTANCES OF INTERMEDIATE CARCINOGENIC POTENCY IN EXPERIMENTAL AN IMALS To qualify as a carcinogen of intermediate potency, a substance should elicit cancer in two animal spe- 41 MAP 000124 cies at dosages intermediate between those de scribed in A3a and A3c by two routes of admintstrfltinn Example: Carbamic acid ethyl ester Dermal, mammary tumors, mice, 100%, 63 weeks, 50CM400 mg T.D, Gastrointestinal, various type tumors, mice 42 weeks, 320 mg T.D. Gastrointestinal, various type tumors, rats, 60 weeks, 110-930 mg T.D. A3c. INDUSTRIAL SUBSTANCES OF LOW CARCINO GENIC POTENCY IN EXPERIMENTAL ANIMALS To qualify as a carcinogen of low potency, a sub stance should elicit cancer in one animal species by any one of three routes of administration at the following prescribed dosages and conditions: la. Respiratory. Elicit cancer from (1) dosages greater than 10 mg/m3 {or equivalent ppmj via the respiratory tract in 6- 7-hour, daily re peated inhalation exposures, for 12 months' exposure and 12 months' observation period; or (2) from intratracheally administered dos ages totaling more than 10 mg of particulate or liquid per 100 ml or more of animal minute respiratory volume; Examples: Beryl (beryllium aluminum silicate) malig. lung tumors, rats, @ 15 mg/m3 @ 17 months Benzidine, var. tumors, rats 10-20 mg/m3 @ > 13 mos. OR lb. Dermal. Elicit cancer by skin-painting of mice in twice weekly dosages of > 10 mg/kg body weight in a biologically inert vehicle for at least 75 weeks, i.e., s 1.5g T.D, Examples: Shale tar, mouse, 0.1 ml x 50 g T.D. 59/60 skin tumors Arsenic trioxide, man, dose un known, but estimated to be high 1c. Gastrointestinal. Elicit cancer from daily oral 42 dosages of 50 mg/kg/day or greater during the lifetime of the animal. APPENDIX B SUBSTANCES OF VARIABLE COMPOSITION B1 Polytetrafluoroettiytene' decomposition products. Thermal decomposition of the fluorocarbon chain in air leads to the formation of oxidized products con taining carbon, fluorine and oxygen. Because these products decompose in part by hydrolysis in alkaline solution, they can be quantitatively determined in air as fluoride to provide an index of exposure. No TLV is recommended pending determination of the toxi city of the products, but air concentrations should be minimal. B2 Gasoline. The composition of gasoline varies greatly and thus a single TLV for all types of these materials is no longer applicable. In general, the aromatic hy drocarbon content will determine what TLV applies. Consequently-the content of benzene, other aromat ics and additives should be determined to arrive at the appropriate TLV (Elkins, et al. A.I.H.A.J. 24:99. 1963); Runion, ibid. 36. 338,1975). B3 Welding Fumes -- Total Particulate (NOC)" TLV, 5mglm3 Welding fumes cannot be classified simply. The com position and quantity of both are dependent on the alloy being welded and the process and electrodes used. Reliable analysis of fumes cannot be made without consider ing the nature of the welding process and system being examined; reactive metals and alloys such as aluminum and titanium are arc-weided in a protective, inert atmosphere such as argon. These arcs create relatively little fume, but an intense radiation which can produce ozone. Similar processes are used to arc-weld steels, also creating a relatively low level of fumes. Ferrous alloys also are arc-welded in oxidizing environments which generate considerable fume, and can produce carbon monoxide instead of ozone. Such fumes generally are composed of discreet particles of amorphous slags con- 'Trade Names Algoflon. Fluon. Halon, Teflon. Tetran "Not otherwise classified (NOC) 43 : ' ! 1 J i Jj I I I * t j J MAP 000125 taming iron, manganese, silicon and other metallic con stituents depending on the alloy system involved, Chro mium and nickel compounds are found in fumes when stainless steels are arc-welded. Some coated and fluxcored electrodes are formulated with fluorides and the fumes associated with them can contain significantly more fluorides than oxides. Because of the above fac tors, arc-welding fumes frequently must be tested for individual constituents which are likely to be present to determine whether specific TLV's are exceeded. Conclu sions based on total fume concentration are generally adequate if no toxic elements are present in welding rod, metal, or metal coating and conditions are not conducive to the formation of toxic gases. Most welding, even with primitive ventilation, does not produce exposures inside the welding helmet above 5 mg/m*. That which does, should be controlled. APPENDIX C -MIXTURES C.1 THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES FOR MIXTURES When two or more hazardous substances are pres ent, their combined effect, rather than that of either indi vidually, should be given primary consideration. In the absence of information to the contrary, the effects!of the different hazards should be considered as additive. That is, if the sum of the following fractions, A +A + A Ti T2 ' T,, exceeds unity, then the threshold limit of the mixture should be considered as being exceeded. Ci indicates the observed atmospheric concentration, and Ti the cor responding threshold limit (See Example lA.a. and 1A.c.). Exceptions to the above rule may be made when there is a good reason to believe that the chief effects of the different harmful substances are not in fact additive, -buti'^dependent as when purely local effects on different organs of the body are produced by the various compo nents of the mixture. In such cases the threshold limit ordinarily is exceeded only when at least one member of 44 (__CLi + or ^ --C21 etc.\) itself has a value exceeding unity (See Example 1 A.c.). Antagonistic action or potentiation may occur with some combinations of atmospheric contaminants. Such cases at present must be determined individually. Poten tiating or antagonistic agents are not necessarily harmful by themselves. Potentiating effects of exposure to such agents by routes other than that of inhalation is also possible, e.g. imbibed alcohol and inhaled narcotic (trichloroethylene). Potentiation is characteristically exhi bited at high concentrations, less probably at low. When a given operation or process characteristically emits a number of harmful dusts, fumes, vapors or gases, it will frequently be only feasible to attempt to evaluate the hazard by measurement of a single sub stance. In such cases, the threshold limit used for this substance should be reduced by a suitable factor, the magnitude of which will depend on the number, toxicity and relative quantity of the other contaminants ordinarily present. Examples of processes which are typically associated with two or more harmful atmospheric contaminants are welding, automobile repair, blasting, painting, lacquer ing, certain foundry operations, diesel exhausts, etc. C. 14 Examples of THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES FOR MIXTURES The following formulae apply only when the compo nents in a mixture have similar toxicologic effects; they should not be used for mixtures with widely differing reactivities, e.g. hydrogen cyanide & sulfur dioxide. In such case the formula for Independent Effects (1 A.c.) should be used. lA.a. General case, where air is analyzed for each com ponent: a. Additive effects. (Note: It is essential that the atmosphere be analyzed both qualitatively and quantitatively for each component present, in order to evaluate compliance or noncom pliance with this calculated TLV.) 45 MAP 000126 Example No. 1A.a.: Air contains 400 ppm of acetone (TLV = 1000 ppm) 150 ppm of secbutyl acetate (TLV = 200 ppm) and 100 ppm of 2-butanone (TLV = 200 ppm) Atmospheric concentration of mix ture = 400 + 150 + 100 = 650 ppm of mixture 400 150 100 1000 200 200 = 0.4 + 0.75 + 0(5 = 1.65 Threshold Limit is exceeded. j lA.b. Special case when the source of contaminant is a liquid mixture and the atmospheric composition is assumed to be similar to that of the original mate rial; e.g. on a time-weighted average exposure basis, all of the liquid (solvent) mixture eventually evaporates. Z Additive affects (approximate -solution) 1. The percent composition (by weight) of the liquid mixture is known, the TLVs of the constituents must be listed in mg/m3. (Note: In order to evaluate compliance with this TLV, field sampling instruments should be calibrated, in the laboratory, for response to this specific quantitative and qualitative airvapor mixture, and also to fractional concen trations of this mixture; e.g., 112 the TLV; 1/10 the TLV; 2 x the TLV; 10 x the TLV; etc.) TLV of mixture = f/l fti TLV,, * TLV, 1*1 1* TCvT fa ' ' TLV,, Example No. 1: Liquid contains (by weight) 50% heptane; TLV = 400 ppm or 1600 mg/m3 1 mg/m3 * 0.25 ppm 30% methyl chloroform; TLV = 350 ppm or 1900 mg/m3 1 mg/m3 * 0.28 ppm 46 | I , * 20% perchloroethylene: TLV = 100 ppm or 670 mg/m3 1 mg/m3 0.15 ppm TLV of Mixture = ^3--^ 1600 * 1900 + 670 1 0.00031 + 0.00016 + 0.00030 = or 1300m9/m3 of this mixture 50% or (1300) (0.5) = 650 mg/m3 is heptane 30% or (1300) (0.3) = 390 mg/m3 is methyl chloro form 20% or (1300) (0.2) = 260 mg/m3 is perchloroethylene These values can be converted to ppm as follows; heptane: 650 mg/m3 x 0.25 = 162 ppm methyl chloroform: 390 mg/m3 x 0.18 = 70 ppm perchloroethylene: 260 mg/m3 x 0.15 = 39 ppm TLV of mixture = 162 + 70 + 39 = 271 ppm, or 1300 mg/m3 lA.c. Independent effects. Air contains 0.15 mg/m3 of lead (TLV, 0.15) and 0.7 mg/m3 of sulfuric acid (TLV, 1). JL15= i; JLZ_= g.7 0.15 -1 Threshold limit is not exceeded. IB. TLV for Mixtures of Mineral Dusts. For mixtures of biologically active mineral dusts the general formula for mixtures may be used. For mixture containing 80% nonasbestiform talc and 20% quartz, the TLV for 100% of the mixture is given by: ^'JmZZT 9mwc' 20 * 2.7 TLV of nonasbestiform talc (pure) = 20 mppcf 47 MAP 000127 TLV of quartz (pure) = 300 _ = 300 100 + 10 2.7 mppcf Essentially the same result will be obtained if the limit of the more (most) toxic component is used provided the effects are additive. In the above ex ample the limit for 20% quartz is 10 mppcf. For another mixture of 25% quartz, 25% amor phous silica and 50% talc: 25% quartz -- TLV (pure) = 2.7 mppcf 25% amorphous silica -- TLV (pure) = mppcf 50% talc TLV (pure) = 20 mppcf 0.25 , 0,25 2.7 20 P~=8mppcf 20 The limit for 25% quartz approximates 9 mppcf. APPENDIX D PERMISSIBLE EXCURSIONS FOR TIME- WEIGHTED AVERAGE (TWA) LIMITS The Excursion TLV Factor in the Table automatically defines the magnitude of the permissible excursion above the limit for those substances not given a "C" designation; i.e., the TWA limits. Examples in the Table show that nitrobenzene, the TLV for which is 1 ppm, should never be allowed to exceed 3 ppm. Similarly, carbon tetrachloride, TLV = 10 ppm, should never be allowed to exceed 20 ppm. By contrast, those sub stances with a "C" designation are not subject to the excursion factor and must be kept at or below the TLV ceiling. These limiting excursions are to be considered to provide a `'rule-of-thumb'' guidance for listed sub stances generally, and may not provide the most appro priate excursion for a particular substance e.g., the per missible excursion for CO is 400 ppm for 15 minutes. For appropriate excursions for 142 substances con sult Pa. Rules & Regs., Chap. 4, Art. 432, and "Accept able Concentrations," ANSI. 48 Substance Nitrobenzene Carbon tetrachloride Trimethyl benzene Acetone Boron trifluoride Buty(amine Excursion TLV Factor 1 10 25 1000 C1 C5 3 2 1.5 1.25 ____ -- Max. Cone. Permitted for short time 2 20 35 1250 1 5 EXCURSION FACTORS For all substances not bearing C notation TLVXM (ppm or mg/m3), TLV> 1-10 " TLV> 1CM00 " TLV> 100-1000 " Excursion Factor " =3 =2 =1-5 = 1-25 The-number of times the excursion above the TLV is permitted is governed by conformity with the TimeWeighted Avenge TLV. INTERPRETATION OF MEASURED PEAK CONCENTRATIONS With increasing use of rapid, direct-reading analytical instruments for airborne contaminants in the work area, the question of interpretation of essentially "instanta neous'' peaks arises. Although no general statement can be made covering all occupational substances, the fol lowing guidelines should prove helpful, assuming peak excursions conform to time-weighted average TLV as stated above. The toxicologic importance of momentary peak con centrations depends on whether the substance is fast or slow acting. If slow acting, as for quartz, lead, or car bon monoxide, momentary peeks are of no toxicologic concern provided, of course, they are not astronomic. On the other hand, fast-acting substances that rapidly produce disabling narcosis, e.g., HaS, or intolerable irri tation or asphyxiation, NFb, SOa, COa, or initiate sensitiza tion-- the organic isocyanates, even "instantaneous" peaks appreciably above the permissible excursion, should not be permitted, unless information exists to the 49 MAP 000128 contrary. Other more specific excursions will Be devel oped in the future. APPENDIX E Some Nuisance Particulates'" TLV. 30 mppcf or 10mg/m3 of total dust < 1% quartz, or, 5 mg/m3 respirable dust Alundum (AbCb) Calcium carbonate Calcium silicate Cellulose (paper fiber) Portland Cement Corundum (AlaOj) Emery Glycerin Mist Graphite (synthetic) Gypsum Vegetable oil mists (except castor, cashew nut, or similar irritant oils) Kaolin Limestone Magnesite Marble Mineral Wool Fiber Pentaerythrito! Plaster of Paris Rouge Silicon Silicon Carbide Starch Sucrose Tin Oxide Titanium Dioxide Zinc Stearate Zinc oxide dust p) When toxic impurities are not present, e.g. quartz < 1%. APPENDIX F Some Simple Asphyxiants9' Acetylene Argon Butane Ethane Ethylene Helium Hydrogen Methane Neon Propane Propylene q) As defined on pg. 6. APPENDIX G Calculations for Conversion of Particle Count Concen tration (by Standard Light Field -- Midget Impinger Techniques), in mppcf, to Respirable Mass Concentra tion (by Respirable Sampler) in mg/m3.'*' ' "Relationship Between Gravimetric Respirable Bust Concentration and Midget Impinger Number Concentration, by Murray Jacobson and T f Tomb WHW.28 Nov-Dec 1967. 50 1. In 1967. Jacobsen and Tomb.* derived an empiri cal relationship of 5.6 mppcf to 1 milligram of respirable dust per cubic meter of air. based on 23 sets of samples, mostly coal dust. The follow ing calculation results in an equivalence of 6.37 mppcf to 1 mg/m3 of respirable dust. Thus, an approximate ratio of 6 mppcf to 1 mg/m3 of re spirable dust is suggested for conversion of TLVs from a count to a mass basis when the density and mass median diameter have not been deter mined. 2. Basic assumptions: a) Average density for silica containing dusts * 2.5 gms/cm3 (2500 mg/cm3). Pulmonary sig nificant dust densities may vary from 1.2 gm/cm3 for coal dust to 3.1 gms/cm3 for Portland Cement. Silica densities vary from 2.2 (amorphous) to 2,3 (cristobatite and tridymite) to 2.5 (alpha-quartz.) gms per cm3. b) The mass median diameter (mmd) of particles collected in midget impinger samplers and counted by the standard light field technique, and collected in a respirable sampler is ap proximately 1.5 /xm or 1.5 * 10~` cm. This assumption is, of course, quite arbitrary since the mmd of all dust clouds is quite variable, depending on many independent parameters, such as source of dust, age of dust cloud, me teorological conditions, etc. 3. Calculation: a) vol. per particle: 4/3 v r3; r = 0.75 x 10~4 cm = 4/3 jr (0.75 x 10'4)3 = 1.77 x 10-'2 cm3 b) wt. per particle = vol. x density = 1.77 x io-12 cm3 x 2.5 x 103 mg/cm3 = 4.425 x 10~* mg/particle c) 1 particle/ft.3 = 35.5 part./m3 (since 35.5 cu ft = 1 cu m.) 10* part./ft3 = mppcf = 35.5 x 10* part./m3 51 MAP 000129 wt. of 1 mppcf * 35.5 x 106 part./m3 x 4.425 x 10-* mg/part. 1 mppcf * 0.157 mg/m3 or 6.37 mppcf * 1 mg/m3 mg/m3. or approximately 6 mpccf * 1 4. Equivalent TLVs in mppcf and mg/m3 (respirable mass) for Mineral Dusts. Substance Silica (SiOi) Amorphous Cristobaiite Fused silica Quartz Tridymite Coal Dust Diatomaceous earth, natural Graphite (natural) Mica Mineral wool fiber Nuisance particulates Perlite Portland Cement Soapstone Talc (honasbestiform) Tripoli Threshold Limit Value Count Resp. Mass Total Mass' mppcf .mg/m3 ma/m3 20 1.5 3 3 1.5 02) 15 20 -- 30 30 30 20 20 (3) (3)** 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.05 2 1.5 (2.5) (3) (5) (5) (5) (5) (3) (3) 0.1 (6) 0.15 0.3 0.3 D,15 -(4) (5) (6) 10 10 (10) (10) (6) (6) (0.3) TLVs? Threshold Limit Values for Physical Agents Adopted by ACGIH for 1978 'Ufttess otherwise specified, respirable mass is presumed to equal ap proximately 50% of total mas*. "All values xi parentheses | ) represent newly calculated values based on equivalence ot 6 mppcf " 1 mg/m3 respirable mass and respir able mass 50% total mass. 52 MAP 000130 1978 TIV PHYSICAL AGENTS COMMITTEE Herbert H. Jones, Central Missouri State University, Chairman Peter A. Breysse. University of Washington Gerald V. Coles, Dept, of Public Health -- Australia Thomas Cummings, Dept, of Health -- Ontario, Canada Irving H. Davis. Dept, of Health -- Michigan Ronald D. Dobbin, NIOSH LCDR Joseph J. Drozd, USN Dr. Allan P. Heins. OSHA LCDR Richard Johnson, USN LTC. George S Kush, USAF Edward J. Largent, OSHA William E. Murray, NIOSH Dr. Wordie H. Parr, NIOSH David H. Sliney, USAEHA LTC Robert T. Wangemann, USAEHA Thomas K. Wilkinson. USPHS-NIH Any comments or questions regarding these limits should be addressed to: Executive Secretary P.O. Box 1937 Cincinnati, Ohio 45201 PREFACE PHYSICAL AGENTS These threshold limit values refer to levels of physical agents and represent conditions under which it is be lieved that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed day after day without adverse effect. Because of wide variations in individual susceptibility, exposure of an oc casional individual at, or even below, the threshold limit may not prevent annoyance, aggravation of a pre-exist ing condition, or physiological damage. These threshold limits are based on the best available information from industrial experience, from experimen tal human and animal studies, and when possible, from .a.combination of the three. These limits are intended for use in the practice of industrial hygiene and should be interpreted and applied only by a person trained in this discipline. They are not intended for use, or for modification for use, (1) in the evaluation or control of the levels of physical agents in the community, (2) as proof or disproof of an existing physical disability, or (3) for adoption by countries whose working conditions differ from those in the United States of America. These values are reviewed annually by the Committee on Threshold Limits for Physical Agents for revisions or additions, as further information becomes available. Notice of Intent -- At the beginning of each year, proposed actions of the Committee for the forthcoming year are issued in the form of a "Notice of Intent." This notice provides not only an opportunity for comment, but solicits suggestions of physical agents to be added to the list. The suggestions should be accompanied by substantiating evidence. As Legislative Code -- The Conference recognizes that the Threshold Limit Values may be adopted in legis lative codes and regulations. If so used, the intent of the concepts contained in the Preface should be maintained and provisions should be made to keep the list current. 55 MAP 000131 Reprint Permission -- This publication may be re printed provided that written permission is obtained from the Executive Secretary of the Conference and that this Preface be published in its entirety along with the Threshold Limit Values. THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES HEAT STRESS These Threshold Limit Values refer to heat stress conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse health effects. The TLVs shown in Table 1 are based on the assumption that nearly all acclimatized, fully clothed workers with adequate water and salt intake should be able to function effectively under the given working con ditions without exceeding a deep body temperature of 38C (WHO 'technical Teport series #412, 1969 Health Factors Involved in Working Under Conditions of Heat Stress: F. N. Dukes-Dobos and A. Henschel: "Develop ment ot Permissible Heat Exposure Limits for Occupa tional Work." ASHRAE Journal, Vol. 15: No. 9, Sep tember 1973, pp. 57-62.) Since measurement of deep body temperature is im practical for monitoring the workers' heat load, the mea surement of environmental factors is required which most nearly correlate with deep body temperature and other physiological responses to heat. At the present time Wet Bulb-Globe Temperature Index (WBGT) is the simplest and most suitable technique to measure the en vironmental factors. WBGT values are calculated by the following equations: 1. Outdoors with solar load: WBGT = 0.7WB - 0.2GT + 0,1 DB r~ 2. Indoors or Outdoors with no solar load: WBGT = 0.7WB + 0.3GT where: WBGT = Wet Bulb-Globe Temperature Index WB = Natural Wet-Bulb Temperature DB = Dry-Bulb Temperature GT = Globe Thermometer Temperature 56 The determination of WBGT requires the use of a black globe thermometer, a natural (static) wet-bulb thermom eter, and a dry-bulb thermometer. TABLE 1 Permissible Heat Exposure Threshold Limit Values (Values are given in C. WBGT) Work Load Work -- Rest Regimen Light Moderate Heavy Continuous work 30.0 26.7 25.0 75% Work -- 25% Rest, Each hour 30.6 28.0 25.9 50% Work -- 50% Rest, Each hour 31.4 29.* 27.9 25% Work--" 75% Rest, Each hour 32.2 31.1 30.0 Higher heat exposures than shown in Table 1 are per missible if the workers have been undergoing medical surveillance and it has been established that they are more tolerant to work in heat than the average worker. Workers should not be permitted to continue their work when their deep body temperature exceeds SS.ff'C. EVALUATION AND CONTROL I. Measurement of the Environment The instruments required are a dry-bulb, a natural wet-bulb, a globe thermometer, and a stand. The mea surement of the environmental factors shall be per formed as follows: A. The range of the dry and the natural wet bulb ther mometer shall be -5C to 50C with an accuracy of D.5C. The dry bulb thermometer must be shielded from the sun and the other radiant surfaces of the envi ronment without restricting the airflow around the bulb. The wick of the natural wet-bulb thermometer shall be 57 MAP 000132 kept wet with distilled water for at least 1 /2 hour before the temperature reading is made. It is not enough to immerse the ojttnheetr distilled water and wechna--udit owu...fn-mtthil e-tihhweeicwwk hhioonllteeo a reservoir of wwiicckk bbeeccoommees'; wet by capillarity. The wick shall be wetted by direct applicationnhooe fwwicaktesrhfarollmeexxatteesnnyddrinoogvveeerr1tthh/2eehbbouuu|lbbr booefffttohhreee ttefh)aeecrrh-. reading covvgerrijnngg the stem about one additional bulb mometei. ^ Sh0Uid a-ilways nbe- cle--a---n----a---n--d-, n...e...w......w... i.cks slehnoguthld .be ewa,,shce.'d hbeeffonrre. uussiinnQg. B A globe thermometer, consisting of a 15 cm. (6- inch) diameter hollow copper sphere painted on the outside with a matte black finish or equivalent, shall be used. The bulb or sensor of a thermometer (range -5C to 100"C with an accuracy of D.5C) must be fixed in the center of the sphere. The globe thermometer shall be exposed at least 25 minutes before it is read. C. A stand shall be used to suspend the three thermom eters so that they do not restrict free air flow around the bulbs, and the jwet-bulb and globe thermometer are not shaded. D. It is permissible to use any other type of temperature sensor that gives identical reading as that of a mercury thermometer under the same conditions. E. The thermometers must be so placed that the read ings are representative of the condition where the men work or rest, respectively. The methodology outlined above is more fully ex plained in the following publications: 1. "Prevention of Heat Casualties in Marine Corps Re cruits, 1955-1960, with Comparative Incidence^ Rates and Climatic Heat Stresses in other Training Catego ries," by Captain David Minard. MC, USN, Research Re port No. 4, Contract No. MR005.0T-0001.01, Naval Medical Research Institute, Bethesda. Maryland, 21 Feb ruary 1961. 2. "Heat Casualties in the Navy and Marine Corps, 1959-1962, with Appendices on the Field Use of the Wet Bulb-Globe Temperature Index," by Captain David Minard, MC, USN, and R. L. O'Brien, HMC, USN. Re search Report No. 7, Contract No. MR 005.01-0001.01, Naval Medical Research Institute, Bethesda, Maryland, 12 March 1964. 58 3. Minard. D.: Prevention of Heat Casualties m Marine Corps Recruits. Military Medicine 126(4). 261-272. 1961. II. Work Load Categories Heat produced by the body and the environmental heat together determine the total heat load. Therefore, if work is to be performed under hot environmental condi tions, the workload category of each job shall be es tablished and the heat exposure limit pertinent to the work load evaluated against the applicable standard in order to protect the worker from exposure beyond the permissible limit. A. The work load category may be established by rank ing each job into light, medium, and heavy categories on the basis of type of operation. Where the work load is ranked into one of said three categories, i.e. (1) light work (up to 200 Kcal/hr or 800 Btu/hrV -g., sitting w standmg-to control machines, performing light hand or arm work, (2) moderate work (200-350 Kcal/hr or 800-1400 Btu/hr): e.g., walking about with moderate lifting and pushing, (3) heavy work (350-500 Kcal/hr or 1400-2000 Btu/hr): e.g., pick and shovel work, the permissible heat exposure limit for that work load shall be determined from Table 1. B. The ranking of the job may be performed either by measuring the worker's metabolic rate while performing his job or by estimating his metabolic rate by the use of the scheme shown in Table 2. Tables available in the literature listed below and in other publications as well may also be utilized. When this method is used the-permissibie heat exposure limit can be determined by Figure 1. 1. Per-Olaf Astrand and Kaare Rodahl: "Textbook of Work Physiology" McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, San Francisco, 1970. 2. "Ergonomics Guide to Assessment of Metabolic and Cardiac Costs of Physical Work." Amer. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J. 32: 560, 1971. 3. Energy Requirements for Physical Work. Purdue 59 MAP 000133 Farm Cardiac Project. Agricultural Experiment Station. Research Progress Report No. 30, 1961. 4. J. V. G. A. Dumin and R. Passmore: "Energy. Work and Leisure." Heinemann Educational Books, Ltd., Lon don, 1967, TABLE 2 Assessment of Work Load Average values of metabolic rate during different ac tivities. A. Body position and movement Sitting Standing Walking Walking up hill Kcal./min. 0.3 0.6 2.0-3.0 add 0.8 per meter (yard) rise B. Type of Work Average Range Kcal./min. Kcal./min. Hand work light heavy Work with one arm light heavy Work with both arms light heavy Work with body light moderate heavy very heavy 0.4 0.9 1.0 1.8 1.5 2.5 3.5 5.0 7.0 9.0 0.2-1.2 0.7-2.5 1.0-3.5 2.5-15.0 Light hand work: writing, hand knitting Heavy hand work: typewriting Heavy work with one arm: hammering in nails (shoe maker, upholsterer) Light work with two arms: filing metal, planing wood, raking of a garden 60 Moderate work with the body: cleaning a floor, beat ing a carpet Heavy work with the body: railroad track laying, dig ging, barking trees Sample Calculation: Using a heavy hand tool on an assembly line A. Walking along 2.0 Kcal./min. B. Intermediate value between heavy work with two arms and light work with the body 3.0 Kcal./min. C. Add for basal metabolism 5.0 Kcal./min. 1.0 Kcal./min. Total 6.0 Kcal./min. Adapted from Lehmann, G. E., A. Muller and H. Spitzer: Der Kalorienbedarf bei gewerblicher Arbeit. Arbeitsphysiol. W: 166,1950. III. Work-Rest Regimen The permissible exposure limits specified in Table 1 and Figure 1 are based on the assumption that the WBGT value of the resting place is the same or very close to that of the work place. Where the WBGT of the work area is different from that of the rest area a timeweighted average value should be used for both environ mental and metabolic heat. When time-weighted average values are used the appropriate curve on Figure 1 is the solid line labeled "continuous." The time-weighted average metabolic rate (M) shall be determined by the equation: Av. M = (Mi) x (ti) + (Mz) x (ta) + , . . . + (M.) x (t,) (t,) + (b) + .... + (U) Where Mi M2, M,, are estimated or measured metabolic rates for the various activities of the worker during the total time period, b, b, t, are the elapsed times in min utes spent at the corresponding metabolic rate as deter mined by a time study. The time-weighted average WBGT shall be deter mined by the equation: 61 MAP 000134 lit mtiinnii mm Av. WBGT = (WBGTi) x (ti) * (WBGTz) * fc -*-... + (WBGT.) * 0.) (h) - (tx) - . . . + (U where WBGTi, WBGT2, WBGT,, are calculated values of WBGT for the various work and rest areas occupied dur ing total time periods, ti. b, t, are the elapsed times in minutes spent in the corresponding areas which are de termined by a time study. Where exposure to hot envi ronmental conditions is continuous for several hours or the entire work day, the time-weighted averages shall be calculated as hourly time-weighted average i.e.. ti + b + , . . t, = 60 minutes. Where the exposure is intermit tent. the time-weighted averages shall be calculated as two-hour time-weighted averages, i.e., ti + b + . . . t, = 120 minutes. The permissible exposure limits for continuous work are applicable where there is a work-rest regimen of a 5-day work week and an 8-hour work day with a short morning and afternoon break (approximately 15 min utes) and a longer lunch break (approximately 30 min utes). Higher exposure limits are permitted if additional resting time is allowed. All breaks, including unsche duled pauses and administrative or operational waiting periods during work may be counted as rest time when additional rest allowance must be given because of high environmental temperatures. It is a common experience that when the work on a job is self-paced, the workers will spontaneously limit their hourly work load to 30-50% of their maximum physical performance capacity. They do this either by setting an appropriate work speed or by interspersing unscheduled breaks. Thus the daily average of the workers' metabolic rate seldom exceeds 330 kcal/hr. However, within an 8-hour work shift there may be periods where the workers' hourly average metabolic rate will be higher. IV. Water and Salt Supplementation During the hot season or when the worker is exposed to artificially generated heat, drinking water shall be made available to the workers in such a way that they are stimulated to frequently drink small amounts, i.e., one cup every 15-20 minutes (about 150 ml or 1/4 pint). 62 The water shall be kept reasonably cool (10-15C or 50.0-60.0F) and shall be placed close to the work place so that the worker can reach it without abandoning the work area. The workers should be encouraged to salt their food abundantly during the hot season and particularly during hot spells. If the workers are unacclimatized, salted drinking water shall be made available in a concentration of 0.1% (1g NaCI to 1.0 liter or 1 level tablespoon of salt to 15 quarts of water). The added salt shall be complete ly dissolved before the water is distributed, and the water shall be kept reasonably cool. V. Other Considerations A. Clothing: The permissible heat exposure TLVs are valid for light summer clothing as customarily worn by workers when working under hot environmental condi tions. If special cothing is required for performing a par ticular job and this clothing is heavier or it impedes sweat evaporation or has higher insulation value, the worker's heat tolerance is reduced, and the permissible heat exposure limits indicated in Table 1 and Figure 1 are not applicable. For each job category where special clothing is required, the permissible heat exposure limit shall be established by an expert. B. Acclimatization and Fitness: The recommended heat stress TLVs are valid for acclimated workers who are physically fit. 63 MAP 000135 WB GT- BTU/hr Rote of Work Figure 1 -- Permissible Heat Exposure Threshold Limit Value 64 IONIZING RADIATION The recommendations of the National Council on Radia tion Protection and Measurements (NCRP) are suggest ed as threshold limit values to which nearly all workers may be exposed without adverse effects. The limits should be used as guides for the control of exposure and should not be regarded as fine lines between safe and dangerous levels. The underlying philosophy of radi ation protection is to keep all exposures as low as rea sonably achievable. The two basic reference documents are as follows: a. "Basic Radiation Protection Criteria." NCRP Re port No. 39, issued January 15,1971. b. "Maximum Permissible Body Burdens and Max imum Permissible Concentrations of Radionuclides in Air and in Water for Occupational Exposure," US Depart ment of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards Hand book 69, issued June 5, 1959, with Addendum 1 issued August 1963. Available as NCRP Report No. 22. The above documents, as well as information on nu merous other NCRP Reports addressing specific sub jects in ionizing radiation protection are available from: NCRP Publications, 7910 Woodmont Ave., Washington, DC 20014. LASERS The threshold limit values are for exposure to laser radiation under conditions to which nearly all workers may be exposed without adverse effects. The values should be used as guides in the control of exposures and should not be regarded as fine lines between safe and dangerous levels. They are based on the best avail able information from experimental studies. Limiting Apertures The TLVs expressed as radiant exposure or irradiance in this section may be averaged over an aperture of 1 mm except for TLVs for the eye in the spectral range of 400-1400 nm, which should be averaged over a 7 mm limiting aperture (pupil): and except for all TLVs for wa velengths between 0.1--1 mm where the limiting aper ture is 10 mm. No modification of the TLVs is permitted for pupil sizes less than 7 mm. 65 MAP 000136 1 The TLVs for "extended sources" apply to sources | which subtend an angle greater than a (Table 5) which i varies with exposure time. This angle is not the beam divergence of the source. Correction Factors A and B (CA and CB) ! The TLVs for ocular exposure in Tables 3 and 4 are to be used as given for all wavelength ranges. The TLVs for wavelengths between 700 nm and 1049 nm are to be increased by a uniformly extrapolated factor (Cx) as shown in Figure 2. Between 1049 nm and 1400 nm, the 1 TLV has been increased by a factor (C,,) of five. For ; certain exposure times at wavelengths between 550 nm and 700 nm, correction factor (Cfl) must be applied. The TLVs for skin exposure are given in Table 6. The TLVs are to be increased by a factor (C.<) as shown in Figure 2 for wavelengths between 700 nm and 1400 nm. To aid in the determination of TLVs for exposure durations requiring calculations of fractional powers Figures 3, 4. 5 and 6 may be used. Repetitively Pulsed Lasers Since there are few experimental data for multiple pulses, caution must be used in the evaluation of such exposures. The protection standards for irradiance or ra diant exposure in multiple pulse trains have the following limitations: (1) The exposure from any single pulse in the train is limited to the protection standard for a single compara ble pulse. __ (2) The average irradiance for a group of pulses is limited to the protection standard as given in Tables 3, 4. or 6 of a single pulse of the same duration as the entire pulse group, __ (3) When the Instantaneous Pulse Repetition Fre quency (PRF) of any pulses within a train exceeds one, the protection standard applicable to each pulse is re duced as shown in Figure 6 for pulse durations less than IQ-5 second. For pulses of greater duration, the follow ing formula should be followed: 66 sM.(srse) Standard (pulse nr) n where: n = number of pulses in train t = duration of a single pulse in the train Standard (nr) = protection standard of one pulse having a duration equal to nr sec onds. 67 MAP 000137 EXPOSURE DURATION (S ) -titMm* limit nail MAP 000138 9 0 0 nm EXPOSURE OURATION ( i MAP 000139 Figure 5 i -- TLV (or extended sources or diffuse reflections of laser radiation (400-700 nm). t z-iU3-M ) 3DNVK3Vdl AH 5E Si 3ka. cctj oo (,-i* 2.uj3.r ) 33WVKJW aiLVHOaiNI AH 72 73 m MAP 000140 RX.SC MCPETITION FXESUCMCr. RF (Ml) Rgure 6 -- Multiplicative correction factor for repetitively pulsed lasers having pulse durations less than 10~5 second. TLV for a single pulse of the pulse train is multiplied by the above correction factor. Correction factor for PRF greater than 1000 Hz is 0.06. 74 75 MAP 000141 TABLE 3 Threshold Limit Value for Direct Ocular Exposures (Intrabeam Viewing) from a Laser Beam MAP 000142 IR-B&C "700 nm to 1400 nm 1 0 M O 3 X 1 0 4 1.4#tm to10Vm 1 0 to10'7 ' 10 7 to 10 10 to 3 x 104 320 0 , *W cm 2 -J *10 2 cm2 0 .5 6 ' n J cm 0.1 W cm 2 TABLE 4 Threshold Limit Values for Viewing a Diffuse Reflection of a Laser Beam or an Extended Source Laser Exposure Time, - !,, f^to cuf--' ,w Pe w S-9 " h i-h ah it* E> cvincsjcsj -- roooo & 5s r~ ^ V X . CO '--J O 0*"h3rt *- O "-jrr 2ooro2r l00=>`=*l000&C3 E E E E E E Ecr Ec Ec TM _jr = !=oooE gg3lOIOOOO^JOOOOOOO^O'^O',9' p= J2i>rrvLnr^.r^r^.^-^'--t- 031 o S 3 S 2 2 lj, E EESEEEEE &|eecc:cc:cc:ew Oc\iO^*O,OQ,vOLoL^OrtDnOTorOrsoOfs*ON.--<^,.. U _ cc. > -= 1 => Zi o5 < cd cr cr 78 5 Scwao to "- eM f*-; cvj , OO W> co cvi csi C3 LO 09 OJ CM CNJ esj si 09 o * si co'g u,i If UJ C acs o</s9 '-r is 1 _lI" = ^ <=> oooooooo 2 i-O f 79 Spectral MAP 000143 (Hf- 7o'h v> CO > fCtsO 0> K 05 CO CNJ *-- CO O Cl Oo . g0w5 W i== X h w 55 CO < OOo 055 O O o o si -= O) 5s. i OTT- c eE cE si o 2 3 ^O<) c_CcL Qc_ c*- MICROWAVES These Threshold Limit Values refer to microwave en ergy m the frequency range of 300 MHz to 300 GHz and represent conditions under which it is believed that near ly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without ad verse effect. Under conditions of moderate to severe heat stress, the recommended values may need to be reduced.* Therefore, these values should be used as guides in the control of exposure to microwave energy and should not be regarded as a fine line between safe and dangerous levels. Recommended Values: The Threshold Limit Value for occupational exposure to microwave energy, where power density or field in tensity is known and exposure time is controlled, is as follows: 1. For exposure to continuous wave (CW) sources, the power density level shall not exceed 10 milliwatts per square centimeter (mW/cm2) for continuous expo sure, and the total exposure time shall be limited to an 8-hour workday. This power density is approxi mately equivalent to a free-space electric field strength of 200 volts-per-meter rms (V/m) and a free-space magnetic field strength of 0.5 ampere-permeter rms (A/m). 2. Exposures to CW power density levels greater than 10 mW/cm2 are permissible up to a maximum of 25 mW/cm2 based upon an average energy density of 1 milliwatt-hour per square centimeter (mWh/cm2) averaged over any 0.1 hour period. For example, at 25 mW/cm2, the permissible exposure duration is approximately 2.4 minutes in any 0.1 hour period. 3. For repetitively pulsed microwave sources, the average field strength or power density is calculated by multiplying the peak-pulse value by the duty cycle. The duty cycle is equal to the pulse duration in sec onds times the pulse repetition rate in Hertz. Expo sure during an 8-hour workday shall not exceed the 'Mumtord. W.W.. "Heat Stress Due to R, F. Radiation." Proceedings ot IEEE. Vol. 57. No. 2. Feb. 1969. pp. 17V178. MAP 000144 T^'iiiiFin til mu-- following values which are averaged over any o i hour period: Power Density Energy Density Mean Squared ElectricField Strength Mean Squared Magnetic FieldStrength 10 mW/cm2 1 mWh/cm2 40,000 0.25 A2/mz 4. Exposure is not permissible in CW or_ repetitively pulsed fields with an average power density in excess of 25 mW/cm2 or approximate equivalent tree-space field strengths of 300 V/m or 0.75 A/m. NOISE These threshold limit values refer to sound pressure levels and durations of exposure that represent condi tions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse effect on their ability to hear and understand normal speech. The medical profession has defined hearing impairment as an average hearing threshold level in excess of 25 de cibels (ANSI-S3.6-196S) 3i 500, -1000, and 2000 Hz, and the limits which are given have been established to prevent a hearing loss in excess of this level. The values should be used as guides in the control of noise expo sure and, due to individual susceptibility, should not be regarded as fine lines between safe and dangerous levels. It should be recognized that the application of the TLV for noise will not protect all workers from the ad verse effects of noise exposure. A hearing conservation program with audiometric testing is necessary when workers are exposed to noise at or above the TLV levels. Continuous or Intermittent The sound level shall be determined by a sound level meter, conforming as a minimum to the requirements of the American National Standard Specification for Sound Level Meters, S1.4 (1971) Type S2A, and set to use the A-weighted network with slow meter response. Duration of exposure shall not exceed that shown in Table 7. These values apply to total duration of exposure per working day regardless of whether this is one continu ous exposure or a number of short-term exposures but does not apply to impact or impulsive type of noise. When the daily noise exposure is composed of two or more periods of noise exposure of different levels, 82 their combined effect should be considered, rather than the individual effect of each. If the sum of the following fractions: J + _< + J* Ti Ti ' T,, exceeds unity, then, the mixed exposure should be con sidered to exceed the threshold limit value. Ci indicates the total duration of exposure at a specific noise level, and Ti indicates the total duration of exposure permitted at that level. All on-the-iob noise exposures of 80 dBA or greater shall be used in the above calculations. Table 7 Threshold Limit Values Duration per day Hours 18 8 4 2 1 1/2 1/4 1/8 Sound Level dBA"> 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115* 'No exposure to continuous or intermittent in excess of 115 dBA a) Sound level in decibels as measured on a sound level meter, conforming as a minimum to the require ments of the American National Standard Specifica tion for Sound Level Meters, SI .4 (1971) Type S2A, and set to use the A-weighted network with slow meter response. IMPULSIVE OR IMPACT NOISE It is recommended that exposure to impulsive or im pact noise shall not exceed the limits listed in Table 8 or taken from Figure 7. No exposures in excess of 140 de cibels peak sound pressure level are permitted. Impul sive or impact noise is considered to be those variations in noise levels that involve maxima at intervals of greater 83 MAP 000145 than one per second. Where the intervals are less than one second, it should be considered continuous. und Level dB" 140 130 120 Table 8 Threshold Limit Values Impulsive or Impact Noise Permitted Number of Impulses or Impacts per day 100 1000 10,000 "Decibels peak sound pressure level. Figure 7 -- Threshold Limit Values for | Impulse/Impact Noise. i 84 A. 85 MAP 000146 W**1-*&*** IlfiML ULTRAVIOLET RADIATION* These threshold limit values reter to ultraviolet radia tion in the spectral region between 200 and 400 nm and represent conditions under which it is believed that near ly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without ad verse effect. These values for exposure of the eye or the skin apply to ultraviolet radiation from arcs, gas, and vapor discharges, fluorescent, and incandescent sources, and solar radiation, but do not apply to ultravi olet lasers.* These values do not apply to ultraviolet ra diation exposure of photosensitive individuals or of indi viduals concomitantly exposed to photosensitizing agents (Fitzpatrick, et al., eds., Sunlight and Man, Umv. Tokyo Press, Tokyo, Japan, 1974). These values should be used as guides in the control of exposure to continuous sources where the exposure duration shall not be less than 0.1 sec. These values should be used as guides in the control of exposure to ultraviolet sources and should not be re garded as a fine line between safe and dangerous levels. Recommended Values: The threshold limit value for occupational exposure to ultraviolet radiation incident upon skin or eye where irradiance values are known and exposure time is con trolled are as follows: 1. For the near ultraviolet spectral region (320 to 400 nm) total irradiance incident upon the unprotected skin or eye should not exceed 1 mw/cm2 for periods greater than 103 seconds (approximately 16 minutes) and for exposure times less than 103 seconds should not exceed one J/cm2. 2. For the actinic ultraviolet spectral region (200 -- 315 nm), radiant exposure incident upon the unprotected skin or eye should not exceed the values given in Table 9 within an 8-hour period. 3. To determine the effective irradiance of a broadband source weighted against the peak of the spectral ef fectiveness curve (270 nm), the following weighting formula should be used: E* = "See Laser TLVs. 86 where: Etir = effective irradiance relative to a monochromat ic source at 270 nm in W/cm2 (J/s/cm2) Ej, = spectral irradiance in W/cm2/nm Si = relative spectral effectiveness (unitless) AK = band width in nanometers 4. Permissible exposure time in seconds for exposure to actinic ultraviolet radiation incident upon the un protected skin or eye may be computed by dividing 0.003 J/cm2 by Ecff in W/cm2. The exposure time may also be determined using Table 10 which pro vides exposure times corresponding to effective irradiances in/xW/cm2. TABLE 9 Relative Spectral Effectiveness by Wavelength Wavelength (nm) 200 210 220 230 240 250 254 260 270 280 290 300 305 310 315 TLV (mJ/cm2)** 100 40 25 16 10 7.0 6.0 4:6 3.0 3.4 4.7 10 50 200 1000 Relative Spectral Effectiveness S\ 0.03 0.075 0.12 0.19 0.30 0.43 0.5 0.65 1.0 0.88 0.64 0.30 0.06 0.015 0.003 **lmJ/cm*= lO^J/cm* 87 MAP 000147 f" tp'-minaum TABLE 10 Permissible Ultraviolet Exposures Duration of Exposure Per Day 8 hrs.. 4 hrs.. 2 hrs.. 1 hr... 30 min. 15 min. 10 min. 5 min.. 1 min.. 30 sec. 10 sec. 1 sec... 0.5 sec 0.1 sec, Effective Irradiance E^teW/cm*)"-' ...... - 0.1 .............: 0.2 ........ -0.4 ....... 0.8 ........ 1.7 ................ 3.3 ....... --5 ............ ^10 ....... 50 .............100 ....... 300 ....... 3,000 ...... 6.000 .......30.000 All the preceding TLV's for ultraviolet energy apply to sources which subtend an angle less than 80. Sources which subtend a greater angle need to be measured only over an angle of 80. *"VW;cm2= 10_S W/cm2 Figure I -- Threshold Limit Values for Ultraviolet Radiation Conditioned (tanned) individuals can tolerate skin ex posure in excess of the TLV without erythemal effects. However, such conditioning may not protect persons against skin cancer. NOTICE OF INTENDED CHANGES (for 1978) These physical agents, with their corresponding val ues, comprise those for which either a limit has been proposed for the first time, or for which a change in the "Adopted'' listing has been proposed. In both cases, the proposed limits should be considered trial limits that will remain in the listing for a period of at least one year. If after one year no evidence comes to light that questions the appropriateness of the values herein the values will be reconsidered for the "Adopted'' list. 88 JL 89 MAP 000148 NOTICE OF INTENT TO ESTABLISH THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES LIGHT AND NEAR-INFRARED RADIATION These Threshold Limit Values refer to visible and near-infrared radiation in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 1400 nm and represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be exposed with out adverse effect. These values should be used as guides in the control of exposure to light and should not be regarded as a fine line between safe and dangerous levels. Recommended Values: The Threshold Limit Value for occupational exposure to broad-band light and near-infrared radiation for the eye apply to exposure in any eight-hour workday and require knowledge of the spectral radiance (Lx) and total irradiance (E) of the source as measured at the posiiion(s) of the -eye of the worker. Such detailed spectral data of a white light source is generally only required if the luminance of the source exceeds 1 cd cm-^ At lu minances less than this value the TLV would not be ex ceeded. The TLV's are: 1. To protect against retinal thermal injury, the spectral radiance of the lamp weighted against the function R (Table 11) should not exceed: 1400 V, SUR^AASI/at (1)* where L,, is in W cm-* sr1 and t is the vilwing duration (or pulse duration if the lamp is pulsed) lim ited to 1 ms to 10 s, and a is the angular subtense of the source in radians. If the lamp is oblong, a refers to the longest dimension that can be viewed. For in stance, at a viewing distance r = 100 cm from a tubular lamp of length I = 50 cm, the viewing angle is: a = l/r = 50/100 = 0.5 rad (2) 2. To protect against retinal photochemical injury from chronic blue-light exposure the integrated spectral ra- 90 diance of the lamp weighted against the blue-light hazard function B* (Table 11) should not exceed: 'T L* t B,, AX s ioo Jem-2 sr1 (t 10`s) 400 T ik Bk AX S 10-2 WcrTT2 sr1 (t > 10`s) 400 (3a) (3b) For a source radiance L which exceeds 2 mW cm-2 sr1 in the blue spectral region, the permissible ex posure duration t*Bx in seconds is simply: t,,,,* = 100 J cm*2 srVL (blue) (4) The latter limits are greater than the maximum per missible exposure limits for 440 nm laser radiation (see Laser TLV) because a 2-3 mm pupil is assumed rather than a 7 mm pupil for the Laser TLV. 3. Infrared Radiation: To avoid possible delayed effects upon the lens of the eye (cataractogenesis), the infra red radiation (X > 770 nm) should be limited to 10 mWcnr2. For an .infrared -heat iamp or any near-in frared source where a strong visual stimulus is ab sent, the near infrared (770-1400 nm) radiance as viewed by the eye should be limited to: 'J* L* AX = 0.6/a (5)* for extended duration viewing conditions. This limit is based upon a 7 mm pupil diameter. * Formulae (1) and (2) are empirical and are not. strictly speaking. di mensionally correct. To make the formulae dimensionally correct, one would Pave to rsert a dimensional correction factor k in the right hand numerator in each formula. For formula (1) this would be k, 1 W rad* sVi/(cm' sr), and for formula (5) k, - 1 W rad/(cm' sr). map 000149 TABLE 11 SPECTRAL WEIGHTING FUNCTIONS FOR ASSESSING RETINAL HAZARDS FROM BROAD -- BAND OPTlCAi SOURCES Wavelength ("" 400 405 410 415 420 425 430 435 440 445 450 455 460 465 470 475 480 485 490 495 500-600 600-700 700-1049 1050-1400 Blue-Light Hazard Function B> 0.10 0.20 0.40 0.80 0.90 0.95 0.98 1.0 1.0 0.97 0.94 0.90 -0.80 0.70 0.62 0.55 0.45 0.40 0.22 0.16 |Q((0-*X50) 0.001 0.001 0.001 Burn Hazard Function Rx 1.0 2.0 -- 4.0 8.0 9.0 9.5 9.8 10 10 9.7 9.4 9.0 "8.0 7.0 6.2 5.5 4.5 4.0 2.2 1.6 1.0 1.0 )gi<7<xni)/sos) 0.2 AIRBORNE UPPER SONIC AND ULTRASONIC ACOUSTIC RADIATION These threshold limit values refer to sound pressure levels that represent conditions under which it is be lieved that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse effect. The values listed in Table 15 should be used as guides in the control of noise expo sure and, due to individual susceptibility, should not be regarded as fine lines between safe and dangerous levels. The levels for the third octave bands centered below 20 kHz are below those which cause subjective effects. Those levels for 1 /3 octaves above 20 kHz are for prevention of possible hearing losses from subhar monics of these frequencies. TABLE 12 Permissible Ultrasound Exposure Levels Mid-Frequency of Third-Octave Band kHz 10 12.5 16 20 25 31.5 40 50 One-Third Octave -- Band Level in dB reference 0.0002 dynes/cm2 80 80 80 105 110 115 115 115 92 93 MAP 000150 PHYSICAL AGENTS UNDER STUDY These agents comprise those which the Physical Agents Committee of ACGIH proposes to study during this year to determine the feasibility of establishing pro posed TLVs in 1979. Comments and suggestions, ac companied by substantive evidence, are solicited. 1. Radiofrequency Radiation, Specifically, that portion of the spectrum from 10 MHz to 100 MHz. 2. Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) Radiation. Specifical ly, that portion of the spectrum from 0 to 300 Hz. 3. Magnetic Fields. Both pulsed and continuous. 4. Laser Radiation. Specifically ultraviolet radiation for pulsed exposures, and repetitively pulsed light and infrared-A laser ex posures. 5. Ultrasonic Energy. Specifically, acoustic energy at frequencies above 10 kHz. 6. Vibration. Segmental and whole-body. 7. Cold Stress. 8. Pressure Variations. The American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hy gienists was organized in 1938 by a group of govern mental industrial hygienists who desired a medium for the free exchange of ideas, experiences and the promo tion of standards and techniques in industrial health. The Conference is not an official Government Agency. It is an organization devoted to the development of ad ministrative and technical aspects of worker health pro tection. The association-has contributed substantially to the development and improvement of official industrial health services to industry and labor. The committees on Industrial Ventilation and Threshold Limit Values are rec ognized throughout the world for their expertise and contributions to industrial hygiene. Membership is limited to professional personnel in gov ernmental agencies or educational institutions engaged in occupational safety and health programs. The more than 1800 members from across the United States and around the world give the organization an international scope. MAP 000151 TW* Information supplied by Industrial hygiene Section Dept, of Med S Fnv:ron Healft Monsanto Company St. wOuiS. Mo TLVS Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances and Physical Agents In the -- *7' Workroom Environment * -s/t, with id Changes MAP 000153 ~T Copyright 1979 by American Conference of Govern mental Industrial Hygienists. This leek l fully protected by copyright and no part of it may le reproduced in any form, by print, photo print, rniaflSSm, or any other means without written per mission trem the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, P.0. Box 1937, Cincinnati, Ohio 45201. PRICE EACH 1-49....................................................................TM...$2.00 50-199............................................................. 1.75 200-999............................................................. 1 50 1000-4999............................................................... 1.25 5000 or more........................................................... 1 00 Documentation of theThreshold limit Values 4or Sub stances in WorkroomAir.c A separate companion piece to the Chemical TLVs is issued by ACGIH under this title This publication gives the pertinent scientific information and data with reference to literature sources that were used to base each limit. Each documentation also con tains a statement defining the type of response against which the limit is safeguarding the worker. For a better understanding of the TLVs it is essential that the Docu mentation be consulted when the TLVs are being used. Information concerning the availability of copies of the Documentation of the Threshold Limit Values for Substances in Workroom Air should be directed to the Publications Office, ACGIH (third edition, fourth printino 1978, $20.00). TLVs Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances in Workroom Air Adopted by ACGIH for 1979 MAP 000154 1979 TLV AIRBORNE CONTAMINANTS COMMITTEE Hervey B. Elkins, Ph.D,, Retired, Chairman Charles E. Adkins, OSHA Mary 0, Amdur, Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Tech nology Hector P. Bleier, M.D., Honorary Paul E. Caplan, P.E., M.P.H., NIOSH James W, Hammond, University of Texas John W. Knauber. M.P.H., Pennsylvania Dept, of Envi ronmental Resources Jesse Lieberman, P.E., USN Trent R. Lewis, Ph.D., NIOSH Keith R. Long, Ph.D., University of Iowa Frederick T. McDermott, Michigan Dept, of Public Health Floyd A. Madsen, OSHA Walter W. Melvin, Jr., M.D., Sc.D., Colorado State Uni versity Leonard D. Pagnotto, Massachusetts Dept, of Labor & Industry, Secretary Ronald S. Ratney, OSHA Meier Schneider, P.E., C.I.H., City of Los Angeles Richard D. Stewart. M.D., Medical College of Wisconsin Vera F. Thomas. Ph.D.. University of Miami William 0. Wagner, NIOSH Elizabeth K. Weisburger, Ph.D., National Cancer Insti tute CONSULTANTS Paul Gross, M.D. E. Mastromatteo. M.D. James F. Morgan Marshall Steinberg, Ph. D. Theodore R. Torkeison. Sc.D Ralph C. Wands Mitchell R. Zavon. M.D, Any comments or questions regarding these limits should be addressed to: Executive Secretary American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists P.O. Box 1937 Cincinnati OH 45201: (513) 941-0178 TABLE OF CONTENTS Chemical Substances Page Preface............... .................................................... . 2 Threshold Limit Values and Short Term Exposure Limits....... .................. 9 Radioactivity............................................................ 31 Mineral Dusts............................................................. 32 Nuisance Particulates................................................ 33 Notice of Intended Changes....................................... 34 Appendices A. Carcinogens..................................................... 38 B. Substances of Variable Composition............ 45 C. Mixtures: Calculation of TLVs........................ 46 D. Excursions Time-Weighted Average............................. 50 Peak Concentrations....................................... 51 . Nuisance Particulates..................................... 52 F. Asphyxiants.................................................... 52 G. Conversion of Particle Count to Mass........... 52 Physical Agents Preface.............. Threshold Limit Values Heat Stress.............. Ionizing Radiation... Lasers...................... Microwaves............ Noise....................... ......................................................................... Impulsive or Impact Noise.................................... Ultraviolet Radiation............................................... Notice of Intended Changes....................................... Notice of Intent: Light and Near-Infrared Radiation......................... Airborne Upper Sonic and Acoustic Radiation....... Agents Under Study............................................... UlJ 84 86 89 90 93 94 1 MAP 000155 PREFACE CHEMICAL CONTAMINANTS Threshold limit values refer to airborne concentra tions of substances and represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be re peatedly exposed day after day without adverse ef fect. Because of wide variation in individual suscepti bility. however, a small percentage of workers may experience discomfort from some substances at con centrations at or below the threshold limit; a smaller percentage may be affected more seriously by aggra vation of a pre-existing condition or by development of an occupational illness. Tests are available (J. Occup. Med. 15: 564, 1973; Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci,, 757, Art. 2: 968, 1968) that may be used to detect those individuals hypersusceptible to a variety of industrial chemicals (respiratory irri tants, hemolytic chemicals, organic isocyanates, car bon disulfide). Three categories of Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) are specified herein, as follows; ^ a) Threshold Limit Value-Time Weighted Average (TLV-TWA) -- the time-weighted average concentra tion for a normal 8-hour workday or 40-hour work week. to which nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed, day after day, without adverse effect. b) Threshold Limit Value-Short Term Exposure Limit (TLV-STEL) -- the maximal concentration to which workers can be exposed for a period up to 15 minutes continuously without suffering from 1) irrita tion, 2) chronic or irreversible tissue change, or 3) narcosis of sufficient degree to increase accident proneness, impair self-rescue, or materially reduce work efficiency, provided that no more than four ex cursions per day are permitted, with at least 60 min utes between exposure periods, and provided that the daily TLV-TWA also is not exceeded. The STEL should be considered a maximal allowable concentra tion. or ceiling, not to be exceeded at any time during the 15-minute excursion period. STELs are based on one or more of the following criteria: (1) Adopted TLVs including those with a "C" or "ceiling" limit. (2) TWA-TLV Excursion Factors listed in Appendix D. (3) Pennsylvania Short-Term Limits for Exposure to Air borne Contaminants (Penna. Dept, of Hlth., Chapter 4, 2 Art. 432, Rev. Jan. 25. 1968) (4) OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Standards, 40 FR 23073. May 28. 1975. (5) NIOSH criteria for recommended standards for occupational exposure to specific substances. The TWA-STEL should not be used as engineering design criterion or considered as an emergency expo sure level (EEL). c) Threshold Limit Value-Ceiling (TLV-C) -- the concentration that should not be exceeded even in stantaneously. For some substances, e g., irritant gases, only one category, the TLV-Ceiling. may be relevant. For other substances, either two or three categories may be rel evant, depending upon their physiologic action. It is important to observe that if any one of these three TLVs is exceeded, a potential hazard from that sub stance is presumed to exist. The TLV-TWA should be used as guides in the control of health' hazards and should not be used as fine lines between safe and dangerous concentra tions. Time-weighted averages permit excursions above the limit provided they are compensated by equiva lent excursions below the limit during the workday. In some instances it may be permissible to calculate the average concentration for a workweek rather than for a workday. The degree of permissible excursion is re lated to the magnitude of the threshold limit value of a particular substance as given in Appendix D. The. relationship between threshold limit and permissible excursion is a rule of thumb and in certain cases may not apply. The amount by which threshold limits may be exceeded for short periods without injury to health depends upon a number of factors such as the nature of the contaminant, whether very high concentra tions-- even for short periods -- produce acute poi soning, whether the effects are cumulative, the fre quency with which high concentrations occur, and the duration of such periods. All-factors must be taken into consideration in arriving at a decision as to whether a hazardous condition exists. Threshold limits are based on the best available information from industrial experience, from experi mental human and animal studies, and, when possi ble, from a combination of the three. The basis on which the values are established may differ from sub stance to substance; protection against impairment of health may be a guiding factor for some, whereas reasonable freedom from irritation, narcosis, nui sance or other forms of stress may form the basis for others. MAP 000156 The amount and nature ot the information avail able for establishing a TLV varies from substance to substance; consequently, the precision of the esti mated TLV is also subject to variation and the latest Documentation should be consulted in order to assess the extent of the data available for a given sub stance. The committee holds to the opinion that limits based on physical irritation should be considered no less binding than those based on physical impair ment. There is increasing evidence that physical irri tation may initiate, promote or accelerate physical im pairment through interaction with other chemical or biologic agents. In spite of the fact that serious injury is not be lieved likely as a result of exposure to the threshold limit concentrations, the best practice is to maintain concentrations of all atmospheric contaminants as low as is practical. These limits are intended for use in the practice of industrial hygiene and should be interpreted and ap plied only by a person trained in this discipline. They are not intended for use, or for modification for use, (1) as a relative index of hazard or toxicity. (2) in the evaluation or control of community air pollution nui sances. (3) in estimating the toxic potential of contin uous, uninterrupted exposures or other extended work periods, (4) as proof or disproof of an existing disease or physical condition, or (5) for adoption by countries whose working conditions differ fram those in the United States of America and where substances and processes differ. Ceiling vs Time-Weighted Average Limits. Al though the time-weighted average concentration pro vides the most satisfactory, practical way of monitor ing airborne agents for compliance with the limits, there are certain substances for which it islnappropriate. In the latter group are substances which are predominantly fast acting and whose threshold limit is more appropriately based on this particular re sponse, Substances with this type of response are best controlled by a ceiling "C" limit that should not be exceeded. It is implicit in these definitions that the manner of sampling to determine noncompliance with the limits for each group must differ; a single brief sample, that is applicable to a "C" limit, is not appropriate to the time-weighted limit: here, a suffi cient number of samples are needed to permit a timeweighted average concentration throughout a com plete cycle of operations or throughout the work shift. 4 Whereas the ceiling limit.places a definite bounda ry which concentrations should not be permitted to exceed, the time-weighted average limit requires an explicit limit to the excursions that are permissible above the listed values. The magnitude of these ex cursions may be pegged to the magnitude of the threshold limit by an appropriate factor shown in Ap pendix D, It should be noted that the same factors are used by the Committee in determining the magnitude of the value of the STELs. or whether to include or exclude a substance for a "C" listing. "Skin" Notation. Listed substances followed by the designation "Skin" refer to the potential contribu tion to the overall exposure by the cutaneous route including mucous membranes and eye. either by air borne, or more particularly, by direct contact with the substance. Vehicles can alter skin absorption. This at tention-calling designation is intended to suggest ap propriate measures for the prevention of cutaneous absorption so that the threshold limit is not invalid ated. Mixtures. Special consideration should be given also to the application of the TLVs in assessing the health hazards which may be associated with expo sure to mixtures of two or more substances. A brief discussion of basic considerations involved in devel oping threshold limit values for mixtures, and meth ods for their development, amplified by specific ex amples are given in Appendix C. Nuisance Particulates. In contrast to fibrogenic dusts which cause scar tissue to be formed in lungs when inhaled in excessive amounts, so-called "nui sance" dusts have a long history of little adverse ef fect on lungs and do not produce significant organic disease or toxic effect when exposures are kept under reasonable control. The nuisance dusts have also been called (biologically) "inert" dusts, but the latter term is inappropriate to the extent that there is no dust which does not evoke some cellular response in the lung when inhaled in sufficient amount. Howev er, the tung-tissue reaction caused by inhalation of nuisance dusts has the following characteristics: (1) The architecture of the air spaces remains intact. (2) Collagen (scar tissue) is not formed to a significant extent. (3) The tissue reaction is potentially reversible. Excessive concentrations of nuisance dusts in the workroom air may seriously reduce visibility, may cause unpleasant deposits in the eyes, ears and nasal passages (Portland Cement dust), or cause injury to the skin or mucous membranes by chemical or me- 5 MAP 000157 chan.calt a.rcitinionn opaer^sseeo^r b^y th^e rigreomroouvsasi.kin cleans- m9b threshold limit of 10 mg/m3, or 30 mppcf. of total < 1% quartz, or, 5 mg/m3 respirable dust is recmended for substances in these categories and for oiri h n0 specific threshold limits have been as" n9d This limit, for a norma) workday, does not apply to onef exposures at higher concentrations. Neither does it apply to those substances which may cause physiologic impairment at lower concentra tions but for which a threshold limit has not yet been adopted. Some nuisance particulates are given in Ap pendix E. Simple Asphyxiants -- "Inert" Gases or Vapors. A number of gases and vapors, when present in high concentrations in air, act primarily as simple asphyx iants without other significant physiologic effects. A TLV may not be recommended for each simple as phyxiant because the limiting factor is the available oxygen. The minimal oxygen content should be 18 percent by volume under normal atmospheric pres sure (equivalent to a partial pressure, p(>2 of 135 mm Hg). Atmospheres deficient in O2 do not provide ade quate warning and most simple asphyxiants are odorless. Several simple asphyxiants present an ex plosion hazard. Account should be taken of this fac tor in limiting the concentration of the asphyxiant. Specific examples are listed in Appendix F. Physical Factors. It is recognized that such physi cal factors as heat, ultraviolet and ionizing radiation, humidity, abnormal pressure (altitude) and the like may place added stress on the body so that the ef fects from exposure at a threshold limit may be al tered. Most of these stresses act adversely to increase the toxic response of a substance. Although most threshold limits have built-in safety factors to guard against adverse effects to moderate deviations from normal environments, the safety factors of most sub stances are not of such a magnitude as to take care of gross deviations. For example, continuous work at temperatures above 90F, or overtime extending the workweek more than 25%, might be considered gross deviations. In such instances judgment must be exer cised in the proper adjustments of the Threshold Limit Values. -- Biologic Limit Values (BLVs). Other means exist and may be necessary for monitoring worker expo sure other than reliance on the Threshold Limit Val ues for industrial air, namely, the Biologic Limit Val ues. These values represent limiting amounts of 6 substances (or their effects) to which the worker may pe exposed without hazard to health or well-being as determined in his tissues and fluids or in his exhaled breath. The biologic measurements on which the BLVs are based can furnish two kinds of information useful in the control of worker exposure: (1) measure of the individual worker's over-all exposure: (2) mea sure of the worker's individual and characteristic re sponse. Measurements of response furnish a superior estimate of the physiologic status of the worker, and may be made of (a) changes in amount of some criti cal biochemical constituent, (b) changes in activity of a critical enzyme, (c) changes in some physiologic function. Measurement of exposure may be made by (1) determining in blood, urine, hair, nails, in body tis sues and fluids, the amount of substance to which the worker was exposed; (2) determination of the amount of the metabolite(s) of the substance in tissues and fluids; (3) determination of the amount of the sub stance in the exhaled breath. The biologic limits may be used as an adjunct to the TLVs for air, or in -place of them. The BLVs, and their associated procedures for determining compliance with them, should thus be regarded as an effective means of providing health surveillance of the worker. Unlisted Substances. Many substances present or handled in industrial processes do not appear on the TLV list. In a number of instances the material is rare ly present as a particulate, vapor or other airborne contaminant, and a TLV is not necessary. In other cases sufficient information to warrant development of a TLV, even on a tentative basis, is not available to the Committee. Other substances, of low toxicity, could be included in Appendix E pertaining to nui sance particulates. This list (as well as Appendix F) is not meant to be all inclusive; the substances serve only as examples. In addition there are some substances of not in considerable toxicity, which have been omitted pri marily because only a limited number of workers (e.g., employees of a single plant) are known to have potential exposure to possibly harmful concentra tions, "Notice of Intent." At the beginning of each year, proposed actions of the Committee for the forthcom ing year are issued in the form of a "Notice of Intend ed Changes." This Notice provides not only an oppor tunity for comment, but solicits suggestions of substances to be added to the list. The suggestions should be accompanied by substantiating evidence. 7 MAP 000158 The list of Intended Changes follows the Adopted Vai. ues in theTLV Dooklet. Values listed in parenthesis in the "Adopted" list are to be used during the period in which a proposed change for that Value is listed in the Notice of Intended Changes. _ Legal Status. The Threshold Limit Values, as is- sued by ACGIH, are recommendations and should be used as guidelines fer good practices. Wherever these values (of whatever year) have been used or in cluded by reference in Federal and/or State statutes and registers, the TLVs do have the force and effects of law. ^ Reprint Permission. This book is fully protected by copyright and no part of it may be reproduced in any form, by print, photoprint, microfilm or any other means without written permission from the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists Inc., P.O. Box 1937, Cincinnati, OH 45201. ADOPTED VALUES TENTATIVE VALUES Substance TWA ppm01 STEL ppm0' mg/m34 Abate............................... -- Acetaldehyde.................. Acetic acid...................... 100 10 C Acetic anhydride............ " Acetone................ Acetonitrile.............. ........ Acetylene.................. . 5 (1.000) . 40 F Acetylene dichloride. see 1.2-Dichloroethylene . 200 Acetylene tetrabromide... Acrolein........................... Acrylamide -- Skin........ 1 0.1 -- " Acrylonitrile -- Skin....... Aldrin -- Skin........... ..... (20) -- Ailyl alcohol -- Skin...... 2 Ailyl .chloride.,................. Ailyl glycidyl ether 1 (AGE) --Skin........ . 5 Ailyl propyl disulfide....... * Aluminum metal and oxide..................... . ' Aluminum pyro powders. * Aluminum welding fumes * Aluminum, soluble salts. Aluminum, alkyls (NOC)* Alundum..................... 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 4-Aminodiphenyl -- Skin 2-Aminoethanol, see Ethanolamine.............. 3 2-Aminopyridtne........ . ' 3-Ammo 1.2. 4-triazole . 0.5 A2 Ammonia.......................... . Ammonium 25 chloride-fume............. Ammonium sulfamate (Animate)........... . n-Amyl acetate........... --- -- 100 sec-Amyl acetate............. 125 " Aniline -- Skin........... .. Amsidine (o-. (5) p-isomers) -- Skin.... 0.1 10 160 25 20 (2.400) 70 -- - 150 15 __ (1.250) 60 -- 790 15 0.25 0.3 (45) 0.25 5 3 250 1.5 0.3 __ (30) 4 2 22 10 12 3 10 5 __ 5 __ 2 __ 2 __ E __ Alb -- 86 22 A2 __ 18 35 10 -- 10 __ 530 150 670 150 (19) -- 0.5 -- 20 270 37 __ (3.000) 105 1.000 20 0.8 06 (65) 0.75 10 6 44 18 20 __ -- __ __ . 20 Alb 15 4 __ 27 20 20 800 800 -- -- Capital letters refer to Appendices Footnotes la thru f) see Page 31 "See Notices of Intended Changes "1979 Addition MAP 000159 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm' mg/rn3 TENTATIVE'''' VALUES STEL ppm0' mg/ma* ** Antimony & Compounds (as Sb)........................ Antimony trioxide. handling and use (as Sb)..................... ...... ** Antimony trioxide production (as Sb)...... ANTU (a-Naphthyl thiourea) ..................... Argon............................... "Arsenic S compounds (as As).................. ..... " Arsenic trioxide production (as As)...... Arsine............................. " Asbestos (all forms)....... Asphalt (petroleum; fumes.......................... Atrazine ....................... Azinphos-methyl -- Skin Barium (soluble compounds), as 8a.... Baygon (propoxur)......... * Benomyl.......................... Benzene ......................... Benzidine production --Skin.,., p-Benzoqumone. see Quinone...................... Benzoyl peroxide............ Benzo(ajpyrene .............. Benzyl chloride............... Beryllium......................... Biphenyl.......................... Bismuth tellunde............. Bismuth telluride, Se-doped..................... Borates, tetra. sodium salts. Anhydrous.............. DecahyOrate.......... -- (0.5) 0.5 -- (0.5. A2) F -- -- 0.05 -- __ __ -- 0.3 ; (0.5) (Ala) 0.2 (Ala) 5 10 0.2 -- 0.8 10, A2 0,5 0.5 10 30. A2 -- Alb 0.1 0.4 --5 -- A2 15 -- 0.002. A2 0.2 1.5 -- 10 --5 1 --5 -- -- F ___ __ ^ __ ____ -- 1.3 -- -- 0.3 .. __ 06 -- - 0.9 F (Ala; 10 0.6 2 15 Alb 2 A2 4 20 1C __ Capital lepers refer to Appendices Footnotes tathru t) see Page 3t "See Notice ot imenaeo Changes '1979 Addition 10 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm01 mg/m5 Pentahydrate.............. Boron oxide..................... Boron tribromide............ C Boron trifluoride............. * Bromacil......... .............. Bromine........... ... Bromine pentafluoride.... Bromochloromethane; chlorobromomethane . Bromoform -- Skin....... Butadiene (1, 3-butadiene)............... ** Butane.............................. Butanethiol, see Butyl mercaptan.................. 2-Butanonc.......... ........... '* 2-Butoxyethanol (Butyl Cellosolve) -- Skin.... n-Butyl acetate................ sec-Butyl acetate............. tert-Butyl acetate............. Butyl acrylate....... ..... C n-Butyl alcohol -- Skin.. ** sec-Butyl alcohol............. tert-Butyl alcohol............. C Butylamine -- Skin......... C tert-Butyl chromate (as CrOa) -- Skin............. *' n-Butyl glycidyl ether (BGE)......................... n-Butyl lactate...... ........ Butyl mercaptan.......... . p-tert-Butyltoluene.......... Cadmium, dust & salts (as Cd)........ . ...... C Cadmium oxide fume (as Cd)............................... ** Cadmium oxide production (as Cd)...... Calcium carbonate; marble................. ........ Calcium arsenate (as As) -- -- 1 1 1 0.1 0.1 200 0.5 1.000 (600) 0.5 200 (50) .. 150 200 200 10 SO (150) 100 5 __ (50) 5 0.5 10 - -- _ __ -- 1 10 10 3 10 0.7 0.7 1.050 5 2,200 (1.430) 1.5 '590 (240) 710 950 950 55 150 (450) 300 15 0.1 (270) 25 1.5 60 0.05 0.05 (A2) E 1 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm1" ---- -- 20 3 30 ---- 2 20 0.3 2 0.3 2 250 1.300 ---- 1.250 (750) 300 2,750 (1.780) __ 885 (150) 200 250 250 -- -- -- 150 -- __ (720) 950 1.190 1.190 -- -- -- 450 ---* __ __ -- ---- ---- 20 120 __ 0.2 __ - _ 20 ---- f Capital letters refer to Appendices '1979 Addition "See Notice of Intended Changes 11 MAP 000160 IMtMMWMtWliW llil Substance ~-------------------------_ Calcium ryanamide ...... Calcium "yd . Kfe ..... Calcium .nice Camphoi sv'ihetie........ Caprolactd'" Captafof iDrfolatan*) -- sum... Carbaryl (Sevin* )..-- Car&ofuran (Furadan*) Caroon black.................. Carbon dioxide......._ Carbon disulfide -- Skin Carbon monoxide........... Carbon tetrabromide...... Carbon tetrachloride -- Skin.. Carbonyl chloride (Phosgene) ................. * Carbonyl fluoride............. Catechol (Pyrocatechol).. Cellulose (paper fiber).... Cesium hydroxide........... Chlordane -- Skin.......... Chlorinated camphene -- Skin...... Chlorinated diphenyl oxide.............................. Chlorine.......................... Chlorine dioxide.............. C Chlorine trifluoride.......... C Chloroacetaldehyde........ a-Chloroacetophenone (Phenacyl chloride).... Chlorobenzene (Mbnochlorobenzene). e-Chlorobenzylidene malonoitrile -- Skin... Chlorobromomethaner Bromochloromethane . ADOPTED VALUES WP" m8,m-- 0.5 5 2 0 12 1 5 20 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL " ppm- mB/m5*' 3 18 3 10 40 5.000 (20) 50 0.1 01 5 0.1 3.5 9.000 (60) 55 1.4 -- -- -- 15,000 (30) 400 0.3 15 10 7 18,000 (90) 440 4 (10) (65) (20) (130) 0.1 0.4 (5) (15) 5 20 -- E-- --2 -- 0.5 20 2 -- 0.5 -- 1 -- 0.5 -- 2 1 33 9 0,1 0.3 0.3 0.9 0.1 0.4 13 0.05 0.3 75 350 0.05 0.4 200 1,050 250 1,300 Capital letters refer to Appendices "See Notice of Intended Changes. 12 I Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppnr" mBim1*1 2-Chlbro-1,3-butadiene, see 0 Chioroprene -- Skin......... ............. .. Chlorodifluoromethane. Chlorodiphenyl (42% Chlorine) -- Skin....... Chlorodiphenyl (54% Chlorine) -- Skin....... 1-Chloro, 2. 3-epoxy-propane (Epichlorhydrin) -- Skin.............................. C 2-Chloroethanol (Ethylene chlorohydrin) -- Skin. *" Chloroethylene (Vinyl chloride)....... *.............. Chloroform (Trichloromethane).... bis-Chloromethyl ether... ** 1-Chloro-1-nitropropane. Chloropicrin.................... ** /3-Chloroprene -- Skin .. Chiorpyrtfos (Dursban) -- Skin... o-Chlorostyrene.............. o-Chlorotoiuene -- Skin. 2-Chtoro6-(trichloromethyl pyridine (N-Serve)... ** Chromates, certain insoluble forms.......... ** Chromic acid and Chromates, (as Cr)__ Chromite ore processing (chromate), as Cr....... Chromium. Sol. chromic, chromous salts (as Cr)............... Cioptdol (Coyden)....... Coal tar pitch volatiles 25 1.000 -- 90 3.500 1 0.5 5 20 1 (Ale) 10. A2 0.001 (20) 0.1 (25) -- 50 50 3 -- 50, A2 Ala (100) 0.7 (90) 0.2 285 250 -- 10 " 1(0.05.A1a) -- (0.05) 0.05, Ala -- 0.5 -- 10 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppnv" ms/m3' 35 1.250 -- 125 4.375 2 1 10 40 -- (Ale) -- 0.3 (35) __ 75 75 -- -- __ Ala 2 (135) 0.6 430 375 -- 20 -- (Ala) ---- """ __ __ -- 20 Capital letters refer to Appendices Footnotes ta thru f) see Page 31 "See Notice of Intended Changes 13 MAP 000161 Substance_________ ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm**' ing/m1*' TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm' mg/mJ6' (See Particulate polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons)............. Cobalt metal, dust and fume (as Co).............. Copper fume.................... Dusts S Mists (as Cu) Corundum (AlaOa)............ Cotton dust, raw............. Crag herbicide.............. Cresoi, all isomers -- Skin......... Crotonaldehyde.............. Crufomate..................... Cumene -- Skin............. Cyanamide....................... Cyanides, as CN -- Skin Cyanogen.............. ......... Cyclohexane.................... Cyclohexanol.................. ' Cyclohexanone............... Cyclohexene.................... Cyclohexylamine -- Skin Cyclopentadiene.............. 2. 4-D (2. 4-Diphenoxy- acetic acid)................. DDT (Dichlorodiphenyl- tnctiloroethane).......... DDVP, see Dichlorvos -- Skin.............. ........ ....... Decaborane -- Skin....... Demeton -- Skin......... Diacetone alcohol (4-hydroxy-4-methyl2-pentanone).............. 1,2-Diaminoethane, see Ethylenediamme...'...... Diazin'on -- Skin............ Diazomethane....... ........ Diborane......................... -- -- -- -- -- 5 2 -- 50 -- -- .10 300 50 (50) 300 10 75 0.1 0,05 0.01 50 10 -- 0.2 0.1 0.2, Ala (0.1) 0.2 1 E 0.2*' 10 22 6 5 245 2 5 20 1.050 200 (200) 1.015 40 200 10 1 1 0.3 0.1 240 25 0.1 0.4 0.1 Afa --_ --2 --- . E __ 0.6 __ 20 6 18 __ 20 75 365 _~ -- __ 375 __ -- __ - ---- 1,300 150 400 20 3 0.3 0.15 0.03 3 0.9 0.3 75 -- __ __ __ 360 0.3 Capital letters refer to Appendices "See Nonce of intended Changes k) See p 33. 14 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm0' mg/m5<" " 1,2-Dibromoethane (Ethylene dibromide} -- Skin.................. ... Dibrom*......................... (20) - __ 2-n-Dibutylaminoethanol -- Skin................. Dibutyl phosphate.......... Dibutyl phthalate............. 2 1 -- C Dichloracetylene............. C o-Dichlorobenzene.......... p-Diehlorobenzene.......... Dichlorobenzidine -- Skin.................. 0.1 50 75 Dichlorodifluoromethane. 1,3-Dichloro-5, 5-dimethyl hydantoin.. 1,000 _ 1, 1-Dichloroetbane....... " 1. 2-Dichloroethane....... 1,2-Dichloroethylene.... Dichloroethyl ether -- Skin.............................. ** Dichloromethane, see Methylene chloride .... " Dichloromonoffuoromethane...................... C 1, 1-Dichloro-1- 200 (50) 200 5 (200) (1,000) nitroethane.................. 1, 2-Dichloropropane, see Propylene dichloride.................... Dichlorotetrafluoroethane......................... . Dichlorvos (DDVP) -- Skin........................ Dicrotophos (Bidrin) -- Skin.............................. Dicyclopentadiene.......... Dicyclopentadienyl iron.. 10 - 75 1,000 0.1 5 -- Dieldrin -- Skin.............. " Oiethylamine..................... Diethylaminoethano! -- Skin.............................. (25) . 10 (155) 3 14 5 5 0.4 300 450 A2 4,950 0.2 810 (200) 790 30 (700) (4.200) 60 350 7,000 1 0.25 30 10 0.25 (75) 50 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm01 mg/mj6' (30) .__ 4 2 __ -- 110 1.250 250 (75) 250 10 (250) (230) 6 28 10 10 __ 675 A2 6.200 0.4 1.010 (300) 1,000 60 (870) 110 1.250 0.3 510 8.750 3 __ __ __ 20 __ 0.75 -- _ Capital letters refer to Appendixes. "See Notice of Intended Changes. 15 MAP 000162 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm- mB/mj!" Diethylene triamine -- Skin............................. 1 Diethyl ether, see Ethyl ether.......................... 400 Diethyl phthalate...... Difluorodibromomethane "C Diglycidyl ether (DGE)... 100 (0.5) Othydroxybenzene, see Hydroqutnone............ ___ Diisobutyl ketone........... Diisopropylamine -- 25 Skin............................. Dimethoxymethane. see 5 Methylai...................... 1,000 Dimethyl acetamide -- Skin............................ * Dimethyl carbamyl 10 chlorrae..................... A2 Dimethylamine.............. 10 Dimethylammobenzene. see Xyiidene -- Skin,. 5 Dimethylaniline IN. N-Dimethylaniline) -- Skin........................... 5 Dimethylbenzene. see Xylene -- Skin........... 100 Dimethyl-1, 2-dibromo-2-dichloroethtyt phosphate, see Dibrom........................ Dimethylformamide -- Skin..................... ........ 10 2, 6-Dimethyl-4-heptanone see Diisobutyl ketone.. 25 1. 1-Dimethylhydrazine -- Skin........................ 0.5 Dimethylphthalate........... -- C Dimethyl sulfate -- Skin, 0.1, A2 Dinitrobenzene (all isomers) --Skin........ Dinitro-o-cresol -- Skin 0 --15 1,200 5 860 (3) 2 150 20 3,100 35 A2 18 25 25 435 3 30 150 1 5 0.5, A2 1 0.2 capital letters refer to Appendices. Footnotes la thru f) see Page 31 '1979 Addition "See Notice of Intended changes TENTATIVEVALUES STEL ppm- ma/m>6' 500 150 -- -- -- 1,250 15 - -- 10 1,500 10 1.290 4 3,875 50 50 10 50 150 650 --6 20 60 ---- 1 -- 2 10 ---- 0.5 3 0.6 16 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm- mB/m1"' TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm0' mfl/m5" 3, 5-Dinitro-o-toluamide (Zoalerre*).................. -- Oinitrotoluene -- Skin ... -- ** Dioxane. tech, grade -- Skin........... (50) Dioxathion (Oelnav*) -- Skin......................... r.. Diphenyl, see Biphenyl... 0.2 Diphenylamine.......--... C Diphenylmethane diisocyanate, see Methylene bisphenyl isocyanate (MDI)........ 0.02 Dipropylene glycol methyl ether --Skin.. 100 Diquat................. Di-sec, octyl phthalate (Di-2-ethylhexyl- phthalate). Disulfiram............,,....... , --- Disystcn -- Skin............ 2, 6-Drtert. butyl-p-cresol...... .. -- Diuron.................. ..... - ' --- Dyfonate.............. . - , --- Emeiy................-- i- -- Endosuifan (Thiodan) -- Skin........... . Endrin -- Skin................ . , ---- " Epichlorhydrin -- Skin... EPN --Skin........ ...........- (5) .i-- 1. 2-Epoxyprcpane, see Propylene oxide 100 2. 3-Epoxy-l-propanol, see Glycidol................. Ethane........................ . 50 F Ethanethiol. see Ethyl mercaptan.............. 0.5 Ethanolamine........ . Ethion (Nialate) -- Skin --3 ** 2-Ethoxyethanoi -- Skin. (100) " 2-Ethoxyettiyl acetate (Cellosolve acetate) -- Capital letters refer to Appendices "See Notice of Intended Changes. 5 1.5 (180) 0.2 1.5 10 -- -- -- 0.6 0.2 -- 600 150 0.5 5-- 2-- 0.1 -- 10 -- 10 -- 0.1 -- E 0.1 0.1 -- -- (20) 0.5 (1--0) 240 150 150 75 --F 1 8 0.4 (370) 2 6 -- (150) 10 5 4 20 900 1 10 5 0.3 20 -- -- 20 0.3 0.3 (40) 2 360 225 -- 3 15 -- (560) 17 MAP 000163 * Substance Skin .................. Ethyl acetate .............. " Ethyl acrylate -- Skin.... Ethyl alcohol (Ethanol)... Ethylamme...................... Ethyl amyl ketone (5-Methyl-3heptanone).................. Ethyl benzene.................. Ethyl bromide................. Ethylbutyl ketone (3-Heptanone)............. Ethyl chloride.................. Ethyl ether ...................... Ethyl formate.................. Ethyl mercaptan.............. .Ethyl sillicate.................. Ethylene................. ......... ' Ethylene chlorohydrin -- Skin............................. Ethylenediamine.............. Ethylene dibromide, see 1,2-Dibromoethane... * Ethylene dichiorrie. see 1. 2-Dichloroethane ... Ethylene glycol, Particulate.................. Vapor........................... : Ethylene glycol dinitrate and/or Nitroglycerin -- Skin...................... . Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (Methyl cellosolve acetate) -- Skin......................... , Ethylene oxide................. Ethylenimine -- Skin..... Ethylidene chloride, see 1,1-Dichloroethane... Ethylidene norbornene ... Capital letters refer to Appenflices. Footnotes la thru t) see Page 31 '1979 Addition "See Notice of Interned Changes ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm0' mg/m3 (100) 400 (25) 1,000 10 (540) 1,400 (100) 1,900 18 25 100 200 50 1.000 400 100 0.5 10 F 1 10 (20) (50) -- (100) 130 435 890 230 2,600 1,200 300 1 85 __ 3 25 (155) (200) 10 (250) (0.2) (2) 25 120 (50) (90) 0.5 1 200 810 5 25 TENTATIVE'" VALUES STEL - ppm0' mg/m3*' (150) -- -- -- -- (810) __, -- 125 250 75 1,250 500 150 2 30 __F -Ll_ 545 1.1 in 345 3.250 1,500 450 3 255 __ (30) (75) (125) (2301 (3001 20 (325) 35 170 (75) (135) 250 1,010 18 AOOPTEO VALUES TWA Subetanceppm01 mg/m3'" TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm0' mg/m3i" n-Ethylmorphoiine -- Skin...................... . Fensulfothion (Dasanit).. Ferbam.......................... Ferrovanadium dust....... Fluoride (as F)................. Fluorine.................. ...... Fluorotrichloromethane.. C Formaldehyde.............. . Formamide...................... Formic acid..................... " Furfural -- Skin.............. Furfuiyl alcohol -- Skin . Gasoline........................... Germanium tetrahydride. Glass, fibrous'1 or dust.. 'C'Glutaraldehyae............... Glycerin mist.................. " Glycidol (2, 3-Epoxy1-propanol).......... . Glycol monoethyl ether, see 2-Ethoxyethanol -- Skin.................. ..... Graphite (Synthetic)....... Guthion. see Azinphos-methyl -- Skin.............................. Gypsum........................... Hafnium.................. ,,...... Helium............................. Heptachlor -- Skin...... Heptane (n-Heptane)...... Hexachlorocyclopentadiene............................ Hexachloroethane -- Skin........................ . Hexachloronaphthalene -- Skin........................ Hexafluoroacetone.......... " Hexane (n-hexane).......... Hexamethyl phosphoramide -- 20 -- -- -- -- 1 1,000 2 20 5 (5) 5 -- 0.2 -- 0.2 -- (50) 100 -- -- -- F -- 400 0.01 1 -- 0.1 (100) 95 0.1 10 1 2.5 2 5,600 3 30 9 (20) 20 B2 0.6 10 0.7 E -- -- -- __ -- 2 1.250 -- 30 -- (15) 10 __ 0.6 -- -- -- (150) (75) 370 150 E 0.2 E 0.5 -- 0.5 1,600 -- -- -- F -- 500 0.1 0.03 10 0.2 0.7 (360) 3 -- 0.3 (125) -- -- 20 0.3 -- 4 7.000 -- 45 __ (60) 40 B2 1.8 -- -- E (225) 560 0.620 1.5 -- 2 2.000 0.3 30 0.6 2 (450) Capital letters refer to Appendices. 1979 Addition "See Notice of Intended Changes 19 MAP 000164 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm" mg/m'41 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm" mg/m4' Skin.............................. A2 2-Hexanone. see Methyl butyl ketone -- Skin .. 25 ** Hexone (Methyl isobutyl ketone) -- Skin.......... (100) sec-Hexyl acetate........... 50 C Hexylene glycol.............. 25 Hydrazine -- Skin.......... 0.1, A2 Hydrogen ........................ F Hydrogenated terphenyis 0.5 Hydrogen bromide.......... C Hydrogen chloride.......... 3 5 '* Hydrogen cyanide -- Skin.............. ............. Hydrogen fluoride (as F). 00) 3 Hydrogen peroxide........ 1 -Hydrogen selemde (as Se)............................... 0.05 Hydrogen sulfide............. 10 Hydroquinone................. -- Indene ............................. 10 Indium & Compounds (as In) ......................... -- C Iodine............................... Iodoform......................... Iron oxide fume (Fe^, 0.1 0.6 as Fe)........................... B3 Iron pentacarbonyl (as Fe)............................... 0.01 Iron salts, soluble (as Fe)............................... -- Isoamyl acetate.............. Isoamyl alcohol.............. Isobutyl acetate.............. 100 100 150 Isobutyl alcohol.............. 50 C Isophorone..................... 5 Isophorone diisocyanate -- Skin .. 0.01 Isopropyl acetate............. 250 Isoprowl alcohol -- Skin 400 Isopropylamine................ 5 Isopropyl ether............... 250 A2 100 (410) 300 125 0.1, A2 -- 5 10 7 (11) 2 1.5 0.2 15 2 45 0.1 1 10 5 0.08 1 525 360 700 150 25 0.09 950 980 12 1,050 -- 40 (125) __ __ F -- __ -- (15) 2 __ 15 __ 15 1 -- -- __ 125 125 187 75 -- __ 310 500 10 310 -- 165 (510) _ _ __ -- (16) .3 27 4 70 .0.3 20 10 -- 2 655 450 875 225 ___ 1.185 1.225 24 1.320 iital letters refer to Appendices lee Notice of intended Changes 20 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm" mg/m*4' TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm" mp/mj4' isopropyl glycidy! ether (IGE)...................... ..... Kaolin...................... ....... Ketene...................... ....... Lead, inorg., fumes & dusts (as Pb).............. Lead arsenate (as Pb).... Lead chromate (as Cr)... Limestone........................ Lindane -- Skin_____ __ Lithium hydride.............. L.P.G. (Liquified petroleum gas)........... Magnesite.............. ......... Magnesium oxide fume Las Mg)..... ..................... Malathion -- Skin.......... Maleic anhydride............. : Manganese & Compounds (as Mn).. Manganese fume (as Mn)................................ Manganese cyclopentadienyl tricarbonyl (as Mn) -- Skin......................... ..... Manganese Tetroxide...... Marble/calcium carbonate.............. ..... Mercury (Alkyl compounds) -- Skin, (as Hg)........................ Mercury (All forms except alkyl), as Hg ... Mesityl oxide.................. Methane..................... .... Methanethiol, see Methyl mercaptan................. Methomyl ((annate*) -- Skin......................... .... Methoxychlor............. ........ 50 0.5 _ -- __ ------ -- 1,000 -- -- 0.25 _ __ 0.001 __ (25) F 0.5 -- 240 E 0.9 0.15 0.15 0.05, A2 E 0.5 0.025 1,800 E 10 10 1 5 1 0.1 1 E 0.01 0.05 (100) 1 2.5 10 75 __ 1.5 ___ -- __ 1,250 __ __ 0.003 -- F -- 360 20 3 0.45 0.45 20 1.5 2.250 20 __ 3 0.3 20 0.03 0.15 __ __ -- Capital letters refer to Appendices. *1979 Addition. "'See Notices of Intended Changes. 21 MAP 000165 Substance 2-Methoxyethanol -- Skin (Methyl cellosolve).................. Methyl acetate................. Methyl acetylene (propyne).................... Methyl acetylene-propadtene mixture (MAPP).......... Methyl acrylate -- Skin .. Methylacrylonitriie -- Skin......................... Methylal (aimethoxymethane) . Methyl alcohol (methanol) -- Skin.... Methylamine.................... Methyl amyl alcohol, see Methyl isobutyl carbinol -- Skin......... Methyl 2-cyanoactylate.. Methyl n-amyl ketone (2-Heptanone)............. Methyl bromide -- Skin . Methyl butyl ketone, see 2-Hexanone -- Skin... Methyl cellosolve -- Skin see 2-Methoxyethanol. Methyl cellosolve acetate -- Skin, see Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate ............... Methyl chloride............... Methyl chloroform (1,1, 1-frichloroethane)...... Methylcyclo hexane........ Methylcyclohexanol........ o-Methycyclohexanone -- Skin........................ Methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (as Mn) -- Skin........ ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm01 mg/m3*' 25 200 1,000 80 610 1,650 1,000 10 1 1,000 200 10 1,800 35 3 3.100 260 12 25 2 (100) (15) (25) 25 100 8 (465) (60) (100) 80 25 (100) 350 400 50 50 120 (210) 1.900 1,600 235 230 0.1 0.2 TENTATIVE^ VALUES STEL ` ppm-' mg/mi`` 35 250 1,250 12o 760 2,040 1.250 -- 2 1,250 250 -- 2.250 6 3,875 310 40 4 (150) -- (40) 35 160 16 (710) (165) 120 35 (125) 450 500 75 75 170 (260) 2,380 2,000 350 345 0.3 0.6 Capital letters refers to Appendices "See Notice of Intended Changes 22 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm0' mg/m3*' Methyl demeton -- Skin, -- C Methylene bisphenyl isocyanate (MDI)........ 0.02 ** Methylene chloride (dichloromethane)...... (200) 4, 4'-Methylene bis (2-chloraniline) -- Skin..................... 0,02. A2 C Methylene bis (4-cyclo- hexylisocyanate)........ Methyl ethyl ketone 0.01 (MEK), see 2-Butanone................. C Methyl ethyl ketone 200 peroxide..................... . Methyl formate.......... . "Methyl iodide --Skin.... Methyl isoamyl ketone... 0.2 100 (5) 100 Methyl isobutyl carbinol -- Skin............... ........ 25 Methyl isobutyl ketone, see Hexone -- Skin ... 100 Methyl isocyanate -- Skin......................... 0.02 Methyl mercaptan........... 0.5 Methyl methacrylate....... Methyl parathion -- Skin 100 -- Methyl propyl ketone. see 2-Pentanone ...... **C Methyl silicate........... . "C a-Methy! styrene............. 200 (5) (100) Molybdenum (as Mo) Soluble compounds... -- Insoluble compounds. -- Monocrotophos (Azodrin).......... -- Monomethyl aniline -- Skin.............................. 2 C Monomethyl hydrazine -- Skin................. - 0,2 Morpholine -- Skin........ 20 Naphthalene.................... 10 0.5 0.2 (700) -- 0.11 590 1.5 -250 (28) 475 100 410 0.05 1 410 0.2 700 (30) (480) 5 10 0.25 9 0.35 70 50 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm01 mg/m31" __ 1.5 __ __ (250) (870) A2 __ 300 885 -- __ 150 375 (10) (56) 150 710 40 165 125 510 __ __ __ 125 510 -- 0.6 250 -- 8_75 ---- -- 10 -- 20 ---- 4 16 ---- 30 105 15 75 Capital letters refer to Appendices "See Notice of intended Changes 23 MAP 000166 SnkfUlKi ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm' WQ/m1*' TBfTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm*' mg/mJ*' /3-Naphthylamme........... Neon................................ -- F Nickel carbonyl (as Ni)... 0.05 Nickel metal................... -- Nickel, soluble compounds (as Ni).... -- Nickel sulfide roasting, fume & dust (as Ni)... Nicotine -- Skin............. -- -- Nitric acid........................ 2 Nitric oxide..................... p-Nitroaniline -- Skin.... 25 1 Nitrobenzene -- Skin...... 1 p-Nitrochlorobenzene -- Skin.............................. 4-Nkrodiphenyl....,........ -- Nitroethane..................... TOO **C Nitrogen dioxide............. (5) Nitrogen trifiuorkfe....... . 10 **C Nitroglycerin -- Skin...... (0.2) Nitromethane.................. 100 ** 1-Nitropropane................ (25) " 2-Nitropropane................ n-Nitrosodimethylamine (25) (dimethylnitrosoamine) -- Skin...................... -- Nitrototuene -- Skin....... 5 Nitrotrichloromethane, see Chloropicrin.......... 0.1 Nonane...................... . 200 Octachloronapfithalene -- Skin........................ -- Octane.............................. 300 Oil mist, mineral............. -- Osmium tetroxide (as Os).............................. 0.0002 Oxalic acid....................... -- Oxygen difluoride........... 0.05 Ozone........................... . 0.1 Paraffin wax fume.......... -- Paraquat, respirable sizes......................... -- --- Alb -- 0.35 1 -- --F -- -- 0.1 -- 1, Ala 0.5 5 30 6 5 -- -- 4 35 2 2 1-- Alb -- 310 150 (9) -- 30 15 (2) -- 250 150 (90) (35) (90) -- A2 -- 30 10 0.7 1,050 0.3 250 0.1 1,450 5" -- 375 -- 0.002 1 0.1 0.2 2 0.0006 -- 0.15 0.3 -- 0.1 Alb _,, _. ._ 0.3 1.5 10 45 12 10 2 Alb 465 45 375 (135) -- A2 60 2 1,300 0.3 1.800 10 0.006 2 0.3 0.6 6 *-- Capital letters refer to Appendices Footnotes (a thru f) see Page 31 "See Notice ot Intended Changes 24 Sibetance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm01 mg/m)4' Parathion -- Skin........... Particulate polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PPAH), as benzene solubles... Pentaborane.......... ......... Pentachloronaphthalene . Pentachlorophenol -- Skin............................. Pentaerythritol.............. Pentane........................... 2-Pentanone................,... Perchloroethylene -- Skin..................... . Perchloromethyl mercaptan.................. Perchloryl fluoride.......... Phenol --Skin...... Phenothiazine -- Skin... * n-Phenyl-beta- naphthylamine............. p-Phenylene diamine -- Skin..................... . Phenyl ether (vapor)....... " Phenyl ether-Oiphenyl mixture (vapor).......... Phenylethyiene. see Styrene, monomer...... Phenyl glycidyl ether (WE)....................... Phenyl mercaptan........... Phenylhydrazine -- Skin. C Phenylphosphine............ Phorate (Thimet*) -- Skin...................... . Phosdrin (Mevinphos) -- Skin........................... Phosgene (carbonyl chloride).......... Phosphine.................. . Phosphoric acid.............. -- -- 0.005 -- ---- 600 200 100 0.1 3 5 A2 . 1 (D .100 10 0.5 5 0.05 a--. 0.01 0.1 0.3 -- 0.1 0.2, Ala 0.01 0.5 0.5 E 1,800 700 670 0.8 14 19 5 A2 0.1 7 (7) 420 60 2 20 0.25 0.05 0.1 0.4 0.4 1 Capital letters refer to Appendices Footnotes (a thru f) see Page 3l. *ls79 Addition "See Notice of Intended Changes. TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm0' mg/m'4' __ 0.3 -- 0.015 __ 750 250 150 6 10 __ 2 (2) 125 15 10 __ __ 0.03 _ 1 -- Ala 0.03 2 1.5 20 2.250 875 1,000 28 38 10 . __ 14 (14) 525 90 45 0.2 0.3 ___ 1 3 25 MAP 000167 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm" mg/mjl" Phosphorus (yellow)...... " Phosphorus pentachloride.............. Phosphorus pentasulfide Phosphorus trichloride... Phthalic anhydride.......... m-Pht halodi nitrile........... Picloram (Tordon)....... Picric acid -- Skin.......... Pival (2-Pivalyl-1, 3- indandione)................. Plaster of Parts................ Platinum (Soluble salts) as Pt............................ Polychlorobiphenyls, see Chlorodiphenyls -- Skin.......... ................... Polytetrafluoroethylene decomposition products..................... C Potassium hydroxide...... Propane ........................... " /S-Propiolactone.............. Propargyl alcohol -- Skin............................. .. n-Propyl acetate.............. Propyl alcohol -- Skin ... n-Propyl nitrate.............. Propylene....... ............ . Propylene dichloride (1, 2-Dtchloropropane).... "C Propylene glycol dinitrate -- Skin........................ Propylene glycol monomethyl ether..... Propylene imtne -- Skin. ** Propylene oxide.............. Propyne, see Methyl acetylene..................... Pyrethrum.................. . Pyridine.......................... Quinone.......................... RDX -- Skin.................... -- -- -- 0.5 1 __ -- __ -- -- -- -- -- F -- 1 200 200 25 F 75 (0.2) 100 2 (100) 1.000 -- 5 01 0.1 (D 1 3 6 5 10 0.1 0.1 E 0.002 -- B1 2 -- (A2) 2 840 500 105 -- 350 (2) 360 5 (240) 1,650 5 15 0.4 1.5 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm" ma/mi4' 0.3 -- (3) -- _ 3 4 24 _ 20 03 --i- 0.3 20 . -- _ _ B_ 1 F -- (A2) 36 250 1,050 250 625 40 F 4_70_ 110 -- 510 150 _____ (150) 5_40 (360) 1,250 2,040 --- - - 10 10 30 0.3 2 3 Lapital letters refer to Appendices "See notice of intended changes 26 SwbtUnctppm11' mg/m1''1 ADOPTED TENTATIVE VALUES__________ VALUES TWA STEL ppm01 mg/m1'" Resorcinol...................... . 10 Rhodium. Metal fume 45 and dusts (as Rh)....... Soluble salts (as Rh).. -- 0.1 -- 0.001 Ronnel............................. Rosin core solder 10 pyrolysis products (as formaldehyde)............. Rotenone (commercial).. Rouge.............................. Rubber solvent -- --- 0.1 5 E (Naphtha).................... 400 1,600 Selenium compounds (as Se)............................ . Selenium hexafluoride. 0.2 (as Se)...................... Sevin (see Carbaryl).... Silane (see Silicon 0.05 -- 0.2 5 tetrahydride)................ Silicon.............................. Silicon carbide.................. 0.5 -- 0.7 E E Silicon tetrahydride (Silane)........................... ' Silver, metal and soluble compounds, as Ag .... 0.5 -- 0.7 (0.01) Sodium azide.................. .. . 0.1 0.3 Sodium fluoroacetate (1080) --Skin............ Sodium hydroxide.......... Starch .............................. -- . --- ____ 0.05 2 E Stibine................................ 0.1 0.5 Stoddard solvent.......... . Strychnine.......................... Styrene, monomer 100 -- 575 0.15 (Phenylethylene)........ (100) (420) Subtilisins (Proteolytic enzymes as 100% pure crystalline enzyme)..................... . Sucrose........................ .. Sulfur dioxide................. , -- _ 10.00006"' E = ' (5) (13) Sulfur hexafluoride......... 1,000 Sulfuric acid................... ,~ 6,000 1 20 _ -- _ -- -- -- __ 1 -- 1 -- -- _ _ 0.3 125 (125) _ __ __ 1.250 90 0.3 0.003 -- 0.3 10 20 -- -- 10 1,5 20 20 1.5 (0.03) -- 0.15 20 1.5 720 0.45 (525) _ 20 7,500 Capital letters refer to Appendices. "See Notice of Intended Changes. 27 MAP 000168 SHbstincg ADOPTED VALUES TWA __________ gun-1 mfl/m]>' Sulfur monochloride.... Sulfur pentafluoride....... Sulfur tetrafluonde.......... Sutfuiyl fluoride.............. Systox. see Demeton -- Skin............... 2. 4. 5-T......................... Tantalum................ TEOP -- Skin.................. Teflon* decomposition products..................... Tellurium & compounds (asTe)................ Tellurium hexafluoride, as Te.................. TEPP --Skin............ "CTerphenyls............... 1,1.1, 2-Tetrachloro-2, 2-difiuoroethane..... ,1,1.2. 2-Tetrachloro-1 2-difluoroethane..... 1, 1, 2, 2-Tetrachloroethane -- Skin.... .......... Tetrachloroethylene, see Perchloroethylene -- Skin................... Tetrachloromethane, see Carbon tetrachloride -- Skin............... Tetrachloronaphthalene.. Tetraethyl lead (as Pb) -- Skin........................ Tetrahydrofuran.............. Tetramethyl lead (as Pb) -- Skin........................ Tetramethyl succinonitrile -- Skin . Tetranitromethane.......... Tetryl (2,4, 6-trinitrophenylmethylnrtramme) -- Skin.............................. 1 0.025 0.1 5 0.01 -- -- -- _ 0.02 0.004 (D 500 500 5 100 10 -- _ 200 0.5 1 6 0.25 0.4 20 0.1 10 5 0.2 B1 0.1 0.2 0.05 49) 4,170 4,170 35 670 65 2 O.IOO'1 590 o.iso* 3 8 1.5 Capital letters refer to Appendices "See Notice ot Intended Changes TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm*' mp;m^ 3 0.075 0.3 10 18 0,75 1 40 0.03 -- ---- 0.3 20 10 0.6 Bl -- __ _0s.0-1- 625 625 0.2 5,210 5,210 "10 70 150 1,000 2--0 130 4 0.3 250 735 0.5 29 __ 3.0 28 Substance ADOPTED VAIUES TWA ppnr mg/m31" TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm"1 mg/m34' Thallium, soluble compounds (as Tl) Skin............. UP. 4, 4 -Thiobis (6-tert. butyl-m-cresol)....... -- Thiogtycolic acid......... Thiram*............. 1 Tin, inorganic compounds, except SnHa and SnOz (as n) Tin, organic compounds -- (as Sn) -- Skin....... Tin oxide (as Sn).......... -- -- Titanium dioxide (as Ti) Toluene (toluol) -- Skin *C Toluene-2. -- 100 4-diisocyanate (TOI). .. o-Toluidine................. Toxaphene, see (0.02) 5 Chlorinated camphene -- Skin.................. .... " Tributyl phosphate......... 1,2.4-Trichlorabenzene 1,1,1-Trichioroethane, see Methyl chloroform 350 1,1, 2-Trichloroethane -- Skin....................... . 10 'Trichloroethylene........... Tnchloromethane, see (100) Chloroform........... 10, A2 Trichloronaphthalene...... __ 1,2, 3-Trichloropropane 1.1, 2-Trichloro 1, 2, 50 2-trifluoroethane_____ Triethylamine............. Tricyclohexyttin 1,000 25 hydroxide (Plictran). Triftuoromonobromo- methane...................... Trimethyl benzene.......... Trimethyl phosphite....... 1,000 25 0.5 0.1 10 5-- 5-- 2 0.1 E E 375 (0.14) 22 -- __ -- -- 150 _ 10 0.5 (5) 40 1.900 450 45 (535) 50, A2 5 300 20 (150) _ - 75 7,600 100 5 1.250 40 __ 6.100 125 2.6 1,200 35 20 __ 10 4 0,2 20 20 560 _ 44 2.0 (5) 2.380 90 (800) 10 450 9.500 160 10 7,300 170 Capital letters refer to Appendices. 1979 Addition. "See Notice of Intended Changes 29 MAP 000169 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm' mg/m3** TENTATIVE VALUES STEL~~ ppm"1 mg/m1*' see Picric acid -- Skin 2. 4. 6-Tnnitrophenyl- methylnitramine. see Tetryl -- Skin............. C 2, 4,6-Trinitrotoluene (TNT)........................... Triorthocresyl phosphate Triphenyl phosphate....... Tungsten & compounds, as W Soluble.................... Insoluble................. Turpentine...................... Uranium (natural) soluble & insoluble cempounds, as U...... ** Vanadium (Va Os), as V Dust............................ C Fume........................... Valeraldehyde................. Vinyl acetate.................... *" Vinyl benzene, see Styrene........................ ** Vinyl bromide................... ** Vinyl chloride.................. Vinyl cyanide, see Acrylonitrile -- Skin... Vinyl cyclohexene dioxide........................ Vinylidene chloride........ ** Vinyl toluene.................... * VM S P Naphtha............. Warfarin.................. ..... Welding fumes (NOC)* .. ** Wood dust (nonallergemc)............ Xylene (o-, m-. p-isomers) -- Skin.... C m-Xylene a. a '-diamine. Xylidene -- Skin............. -- -- -- -- -- 100 -- -- 50 10 (100) (250) (Ale) (20) 10 10 (100) 300 -- -- _ 100 -- 5 0.1 1.5 0.5 0.1 3 1 5 560 0.2 (05) (0.05) 175 30 (420) (1.100) "* (45) 60 40 (480) 1,350 0.1 5. B3 (5) 435 0.1 25 -- -- -- -- -- 150 -- -- -- -- 20 (125) -- (Ale) (30) -- 20 (150) 400 -- -- 150 -- 10 0.3 3.0 ... 0.3 6 3 10 840 0.6 (1.5) ._ -- 60 (525) -- " (65) -- 80 (720) 1.800 0.3 B3 (10) 655 -- 50 Capital letters refer to Appendices *1978 Addition "See Notice of Intended Changes 30 ADOPTED VALUES TWA Substsnceppm' mg/m*1" TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm01 mg/m*8' Yttrium..................... .. -- 1 Zinc chloride fume.......... -- 1 Zinc chromate (as Cr).... -- 0.05. A2 Zinc oxide fume ........... -- 5 Zinc stearate........ ...... ... -- E Zirconium compounds (as Zr)......................... - -- 5 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3 2 -- 10 20 10 a) Parts of vapor or gas per million parts of contami nated air by volume at 25 C and 760 mm. Hg. pres sure. b) Approximate milligrams of substance per cubic meter of air. d) <7 Atm in diameter. ej As .sampled by method that does not collect vapor. f) For control of general room air, biologic monitoring is essential for personnel control. Radioactivity: The Committee accepts the philosophy and recommendations of the National Council on Radia tion Protection and Measurements (NCRP) for the loniz- ing radiation TLV. The NCRP is charted by Congress to, in part, collect, analyze, develop and disseminate infor mation and recommendations about protection against radiation and about radiation measurements, quantities and units, including development of basic concepts in these areas. NCRP Report No. 39 (reference 1) provides basic philosophy and concepts leading to protection cri teria established in the same report. Other NCRP reports address specific areas of radiation protection and, col lectively, provide an excellent basis for establishing a sound program for radiation control. The Committee recommends the listed references as substantative docu mentation of a sound basis for ionizing radiation protec tion. The Committee also strongly recommends that all exposures to ionizing radiations be kept low as reason ably achievable within the stated guidance. References: 1. "Basic Radiation Protection Criteria," NCRP Report No. 39. issued January 15, 1971. 31 MAP 000170 2. Maximum Permissible Body Burdens and Maximum Permissible Concentrations of Radionuclides in Air and m Water for Occupational Exposure," US Department of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards Handbook 69, issued June 5, 1959, with Addendum 1 issued August 1963, Available as NCRP Report No. 22. The above documents, as well as information on nu merous other NCRP Reports addressing specific sub jects in ionizing radiation protection are available from: NCRP Publications, PO Box 30175, Washington, DC 20014. Substance SIUCA, SiOz Crystalline Quartz MINERAL DUSTS TLV in mppcf1": 300'" % quartz ~ 10 TLV for -respirable dust in mg/m3; 10 mg/m30 Cristobalite. Tridymite Silica, fused Tripoli "Amorphous... % Respirable quartz +2 TLV for "total dust." respirable and nonrespirable: 30 mg/m3 % quartz - 3 ..Use one-half the value calculated from the count or mass formulae for quartz. __ Use one-half the value calculated from formulae for quartz. Use quartz formulae. Use respirable"1 mass quartz for mula .................................. (20 mppcf5') SILICATES (< 1 % quartz) "Asbestos, all forms Mica Mineral wool fiber (5 fibers/cc> Stirn in length'1: Ala) 20 mppcf 10 mg/m3 "See Notice ot Intended Changes 32 L Perlite Portland Cement Soapstone Talc (nonasbestiform) "Talc (fibrous), use Asbestos limit. "Tremolite, see Asbestos. 30 mppcf 30 mppcf 20 mppcf 20 mppcf COAL DUST 2 mg/m3 (respirable dust fraction < 5% quartz). It >5% quartz, use respirable mass formula. NUISANCE PARTICULATES (see Appendix E) 30 mppcf or 10 mg/m1" of total dust < 1 % quartz, or. 5 mg/m3 respirable dust. Conversion factors: mppcf x35.3 = Million particles per cubic meter = particles per cc -g) Millions of particles -per cubic -foot of air, based on impinger samples counted by light-field technics. h) The percentage of quartz in the formula is the amount determined from airborne samples, except in those instances in which other methods have been shown to be applicable. i) Both concentration and percent quartz for the application of this limit are to be determined from the fraction passing a size-selector with the following icteristics: Aerodynamic Diameter (^m) (unit density sphere) =5 2 2.5 3.5 5.0 10 % passing selector 90 75 50 25 0 j) containing <1 % quartz; if quartz content > 1 %, use formulae for quartz. k) Lint-free dust as measured by the vertical-elutriator. cotton-dust sampler described in the Transactions of "See Notice of Intended Changes 33 MAP 000171 the National Conference on Cotton Dust, J. R. Lynch pg. 33. May 2.1970. l) As determined by the membrane filter method at 400-450X magnification (4 mm objective) phase con trast illumination. m) Based on "high volume" sampling. n) "Respirable" dust as defined by the British Medical Research Council Criteria (1) and as sampled by a device producing equivalent results (2). _ (1) Hatch, T. E. and Gross, P., Pulmonary Deposi tion and Retention of Inhaled Aerosols, p. 149, Academic Press, New York, New York, 1964. (2) Interim Guide for Respirable Mass Sampling, AIHA Aerosol Technology Committee, AHIA J. 31: 2, 1970, p. 133. NOTICE OF INTENDED CHANGES (for 1979) These substances, with their corresponding values, .comprise those for which -either a limit has been pro posed for the first time, or for which a change in the "Adopted" listing has been proposed. In both cases, the proposed limits should be considered trial limits that will remain in the listing for a period of at least two years. If, after two years no evidence comes to light that ques tions the appropriateness of the values herein, the val ues will be reconsidered for the "Adopted" list. Docu mentation is available for each of these substances. 34 Substance TWA STEl ppm"' mg/m5*' ppm0' mg/m5*' Acetone ......................... Acetylsalicylic acid (Aspirin)....................... + Acrylic Acid..................... Acrylonitrile.................... Aniline and homologues -- Skin.............. Antimony, soluble salts (asSb).............. ... Antimony trioxide production........ --- Arsenic (soluble), as As . Arsenic trioxide production.................. Baytex.............. ,........... - + Butane...................... ....... + 2-Butoxyenthanol (Butyl Cellosolve)-Skin.......... + sec-Butyl alcohol........... + n-Butyl glycidyl ether (BGE)........................... o-sec Butylphenol -- Skin.................... . Cadmium oxide production.................. Carbon disulfide.............. + Carbon tetrachloride -- Skin.............................. + Carbonyl fluoride............. Chloroacetyl chloride...... Chloromethyt methyl ether................ + 1-Chloro-l-nitropropane. + Chloropentafluoroethane. /3-Chloroprene -- Skin... + Chromium metal...... + Chromium (II) compounds (as Cr).... + Chromium (III) compounds (as Cr).... + Chromium (VI) compounds (as Cr) Water soluble Cr VI compounds................. 750 -- . 10 Alb .2 ' --- ---- -- ,800 25 100 25 ., 5 -- . 10 5, A2 2 0.05 Alb 2 1000 10 ,, -- -- 1780 1000 5-- 30 -- Alb -- 10 5 2 --. KL 0,2 -- --. A2 0,1 1900 -- -- -- 120 75 305 150 135 -- -- --. A2 30 30. A2 5 0.2 Alb 10 6320 45 0,5 U.t> U.5 -- -- 20 5 -- -- -- -- -- -- 0.05 2375 20 -- 03 40U 455 125 15 i Capital letters refer to Appendices -1979 Revision or Addition 35 MAP 000172 Substance TWA ppm01 mg/m3*' Certain water insoluble Cr VI compounds....... + Chtysene......................... Cobalt metal, dust & fume (as Co).............. C Cyanogen chloride.......... 7 Cyclohexanone............... + Cyclopentane.................. Dalapon.............................. 0.05, Ala A2 A2 -- 0.05 0.3 0.6 25 100 600 1,720 1 __ 1, 2-Dibromoethane -- Skin............................. 1,2-Dichloroethane....... Dtchloromonofluoro- Alb 10 Alb 40 methane....................... t1, i-Dichloro-1- 10 40 nitroethane.................. Dichloropropene...... . Diethanolamine.............. + Diethylamine.................. + Diethyl ketone................. + Diglycidyl-ether (DGEj.... 7 Dioxane, tech, grade -- 2 1 3 10 200 0.1 10 5 15 30 705 0.5 Skin.............................. + Dipropyl ketone.............. Divinyl benzene.............. Epichlorhydrin -- Skin... + 2-Ethoxyethanol -- Skin. * 2-tthoxyethyl acetate 25 50 10 2 50 90 235 50 10 185 (Cellosolve acetate) -- Skin..................... . 7 Ethyl aerylate --Skin.... Ethylene dibromide, see 50 5 270 20 1, 2-Dibromoethane... Ethylene dichlonde, see Alb Alb 1. 2-Dichloroethane ... +C Ethylene glycol, vapor.... 7 Ethylene glycol dinitrate.. 7 Ethylene oxide................. r Furfural -- Skin.............. 7 Glycidol (2, 3-Epoxy- 10 50 0.02 10 2 40 125 0.2 20 8 1-propanol)................. 25 75 Hexachlorobutadiene. A2 A2 7 Hexane (n-hexane).......... 25 90 (other Isomers).......... 500 1.800 7 Hexone (Methyl tsobutyl ketone) -- Skin.......... 50 205 Capital letters refer to Appendices. `1979 Addition sTa ppm"' mg/m*61 ' _ _ 0.1 100 400 900 2,580 -- __ 15 60 10 60 10 50 25 75 100 360 __ 5 20 100 37n 100 S4f) 25 inn _ 15 0.04 . 60 04 100 300 100 350 75 300 36 Substance TWA Mil mg/m3*' C Hydrogen cyanide -- Skin.............................. 10 2-Hydroxypropyl acrylate -- Skin.................. . 0.5 7 Isopropoxyethanol.......... 25 n-lsopropylaniline -- Skin................. ............ 2 + Mesityl oxide.................. 15 + MethacrySc acid......... 20 7 Methyl n-amyl ketone (2-Heptanone)........... . 50 7 Methyl bromide -- Skin . 5 7 Methyl n-butyl ketone.... 5 7 Methyl chloride................ 50 Methylene chloride (dichloromethaiie)...... 100 4. 4-Methylene dianiline. 0.1 + Methyl iodide -- Skin..,, 2, A2 7 Methyl isopropyl ketone. 200 +-Methyl silicate................. 1 7 a-Methyl styrene............. 50 7 Nitrogen dioxide............. 3 + Nitroglycerin.................... 0.02 71-Nitropropane................ 15 C 2-Nitropropane................. . 25, A2 + Phenyl ether -- Diphenyl mixture (vapor).......... 0.5 Phosphorous pentachloride........ . + Platinum metal................ 0.1 __ + /8-Propiolactone........... 0.5, A2 Propionic acid................ . 10 + Propylene glycol dinitrate 0.02 7 Propylene oxide............. -- 20 Silver, metal.................. + Silver, soluble compounds (as Ag)... Sodium bisulfite............... Sodium metabisulfite...... + Styrene, monomer (phenylethylene)........ 50 Sulfur dioxide................. 2 CTerphenyls..................... . 0.5 Tetrasodium pyrophosphate............. 10 3 105 10 60 70 235 20 20 105 360 0.8 10, A2 705 6 240 6 0.2 55 90, A2 4 1 1 1.5, A2 30 0.2 50 0.1 0.01 5 5 215 5 5 5 STEl ppm" mg/tn3*1 75 5 25 __ 100 15 __ 100 500 0.5 5 -- 5 100 5 0.04 25 -- 2 320 20 100 __ 465 60 __ 205 1.700 4 30 __ 30 485 10 0.4 90 -- 8 __ 1 15 0.04 -- __ 3 45 0.4 _ __ __ __ ---- 100 425 5 15 -- _ Capital letters refer to Appendices. T1979 Addition. 37 MAP 000173 Sii^liilSiiiiiMttiiB'aiw^aiittiffllfilTMHi1* ,`1` --P Sutotince TWA ppw' mg/m^` T Toluene-2. 4-di isocyanate (TDI)... + Tnbutyl phospate........... Trichloroacetic acid........ + Trichloroethylene .......... + Tnmellitic anhydride....... + Vanadium (Vj Os), as V. dust & tume............... Vinyl bromide................. Vinyl chloride.................. + Vinyl toluene.................... + Wood dust, hard wood (as in furniture making)...................... 0.005 0.2 50 0.005 -- 5. A2 5, Ala 50 -- 0.04 2.5 1 270 0.04 0.05 20. A2 10, Ala 240 1 STEL ppm-' mg/m*' 0.02 0,4 -- 150 -- -- -- -- 100 O.15 5 805 _ 485 -- __, NOTICE OF INTENDED CHANGES MINERAL DUSTS . Substance Asbestos Amosite............... Chrysotile............. Crocidolite........... Tremolite............. Other forms........ Diatomaceous earth. natural ................ Silica, amorphous... Talc (fibrous) TLV 0.5 fiber/cc, Ala 2 fibers/cc, Ala 0.2 fiber/cc, Ala 0.5 fiber/cc. Ala 2 fibers/cc, Ala 1.5 mg/m3, Respirable dust 6 mg/m3, Totardust (all sampled sizes) 3 mg/m3, Respirable dust (<5 Aim) 0.5 fiber/cc APPENDIX A CARCINOGENS The Committee lists below those substances in in dustrial use that have proven carcinogenic in man. or have induced cancer in animals under appropriate exper imental conditions. Present listing of those substances carcinogenic for man takes two forms: Those for which +1979 Addition 38 a TLV has been assigned (la) and those for which envi ronmental conditions have not been sufficiently defined to assign a TLV (1b). Ala. Human Carcinogens. Substances, or substances associated with industrial processes, recognized to have carcinogenic or cocarcinogenic potential, with an assigned TLV: TLV ** Arsenic trioxide production '* Asbestos, all forms* bis (Chloromethyl) ether Chromite ore processing (chromate) Nickel sulfide roasting, fume & dust Particulate Polycyclic Aromatic Hydrocarbons (PPAH) Vinyl chloride (AS2O3, 0.05 mg/m3 as As) (SO2. C 5.0 ppm) (SbaOa. 0.5 mg/m3 (as Sb)) (5 fibers/cc, >5/im in length) 0.001 ppm 0.05 mg/m3 (as Cr) 1.0 mg/m3 (as Ni) 0.2 mg/m3, as benzene solubles 5 ppm Alb. Human Carcinogens. Substances, or substances associated with industrial processes, recognized to have carcinogenic potential without an assigned TLV: Acrylonitrile 4-Aminodiphenyl (p-Xenylamine) Benzidine production Chloromethyl methyl ether 1,2-Dibromoethane (Ethylene dibromide) /3-Naphthylamine 4-Nitrodiphenyt "Cigarette smoking can enhance the incidence of resoiratory cancers trom this or others ot these substances or processes "'See Notice of Intended Changes 39 MAP 000174 For the substances in 1b, no exposure or contact by any route -- respiratory, skin or oral, as de tected by the most sensitive methods -- shall be permitted. The worker should be properly equipped to insure virtually no contact with the carcinogen. A2, Industrial Substances Suspect of Carcinogenic Po tential for MAN. Chemical substances or sub stances associated with industrial processes, which are suspect of inducing cancer, based on either (1) limited epidemiologic evidence, exclusive of clinical reports of single cases, or (2) demon stration of carcinogenesis in one or more animal species by appropriate methods. 3-Amino 1,2, 4-triazole "Antimony trioxide production* Benzene Benz(a)pyrene Beryllium * 'Cadmium oxide production Chloroform Chromates of lead and zinc (as Cr) 3, 3 -Dichlorobenzidine Dimethylcarbamyl chloride 1.1 -Dimethyl hydrazine Dimethyl sulfate -- Skin Epichlorhydrin Hexachlorobutadiene Hexamethyl phosphoramide -- Skin (0.5 mg/m3) 10 ppm 2.0 ^g/m3 {0.05 mg/m3) 10 ppm 0.05 mg/m3 0.5 ppm 0.1 ppm 5 ppm Hydrazine Lead chromate 4, 4 -Methylene bis 0.1 ppm 0.05 mg/m3 (2-chloroaniline) -- Skin Monomethyl hydrazine C 2-Nitropropane n-Nitrosodimethylamine * n-Phenyl-beta-naphthyfamine Propane sultone beta-Propiolactone Vinyl cyclohexene dioxide Zinc chromate (as Cr) 0.02 ppm 0.2 ppm 25 ppm 10 ppm 0.05 mg/m3 "Ctfarette smoking can enhance the incidence of respiratory cancers 'mm ths or others of these substances or processes. 40 For the above, worker exposure by all routes should be carefully controlled to levels consistent with the animal and human experience data (see Documentation), including those substances with a listed TLV. THE COMMITTEE GUIDEUNES FOR CLASSIFICATION OF EXPERIMENTAL ANIMAL CARCINOGENS The following guidelines are offered in the present state of knowledge as an aid in classifying sub stances in the occupational environment found to be carcinogenic in experimental animals. A need was felt by the Threshold Limits Committee for such a classification in order to take the first step in developing an appropriate TLV for occupational exposure. Determination of Approximate Threshold of Re sponse Requirement. In order to determine in whicn category to classify an experimental carcin ogen for the purpose of assigning an industrial air limit (TLV), an approximate threshold of neoplastic response must be determined. Because of practi cal experimental difficulties, a precisely defined threshold cannot be attained. For the purposes of standard-setting, this is of little moment, as an ap propriate risk, or safety, factor can be applied to the approximate threshold, the magnitude of which is dependent on the degree of potency of the car cinogenic response. To obtain the best 'practical' threshold of neoplas tic response, dosage decrements should be less than logarithmic. This becomes particularly impor tant at levels greater than 10 ppm (or correspond ing mg/m3). Accordingly, after a range-finding de termination has been made by logarithmic decreases, two additional dosage levels are re quired within the levels of "effect" and "no effect" to approximate the true threshold of neoplastic re sponse. The second step should attempt to establish a me tabolic relationship between animal and man for the particular substance found carcinogenic in an imals. If the metabolic pathways are found compa- 41 MAP 000175 rable, the substance should be classed highly sus pect as a carcinogen tor man. If no such relation is found, the substance should remain listed as an experimental animal carcinogen until evidence to the contrary is found. Proposed Classification of Experimental Animal Carcinogens. Substances occurring in the occupa tional environment found carcinogenic for animals may be grouped into three classes, those of high, intermediate and low potency. In evaluating the in cidence of animal cancers, significant incidence of cancer is defined as a neoplastic response Which represents, in the judgment of the Committee, a significant excess of cancers above that occurring in negative controls.* 1 EXCEPTIONS: No substance is to be considered an occupational carcinogen of any practical signifi cance which reacts by the respiratory route at or above 1000 mg/m3 for the mouse, 2000 mg/m3 for the rat; by the dermal route, at or above 1500 mg/kg for the mouse. 3000 mg/kg for the rat; by the gastrointestinal route at or above 500 mg/kg/d for a lifetime, equivalent to about 100 g T.D. for the rat, lOg T.D. for the mouse. These dosage limitations exclude such substances as dioxane and trichlorethylene from consideration as carcinogens. Examples: Dioxane -- rats, hepatocellular and nasal tumors from 1015 mg/kg/d. oral Trichloroethylene -- female mice, tumors (30/98 @ 900 mg/kg/d), oral Industrial Substances of High Carcinogenic Po tency in Experimental Animals. 1. A substance to qualify as a carcinogen of high potency must fulfill one of the three following conditions in two animal species: la. Respiratory. Elicit cancer from (1) dosages below 1 mg/m3 (or equivalent ppm) via the respiratory tract in 6- 7-hour daily repeated inhalation exposures throughout lifetime; or (2) from a single intratracheally admin- 42 istered dose not exceeding 1 mg of parti culate, or liquid, per 100 ml or less of an imal minute respiratory volume; Examples: bis-Chloromethyl ether, malign ant tumors, rats, @ 0.47 mg/m3 (0.1 ppm) in 2 years; Hexamethyl phosphoramide. nasal squamous cell carcino ma, rats, @ 0.05 ppm, in 13 months OR lb. Dermal. Elicit cancer within 20 weeks by skin-painting, twice weekly at 2 mg/kg body weight or less per application for a total dose equal to or less than 1.5 mg, in a biologically inert vehicle; Examples: 7, 12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene -- skin tumors @0.120.8 mg T.D. in four weeks Benzo(a)pyrene, mice 12 ^g, 3X/wk for 18 mos. T.D, 2.6 mg, 90.9% skin tumors OR lc. Gastrointestinal. Elicit cancer by daily in take via the gastrointestinal tract, within six months, with a six-month holding period, at a dosage below 1 mg/kg body weight per day; total dose, rat, 50 mg; mouse, s 3.5 mg; Examples: 7, 12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthra cene -- mammary tumors from 10 mg IX 3-Methylcholanthrene -- Tumors @ 3 sites from 8 mg in 89 weeks Benzo(a)pyrene, mice, 3.9% leukemias, from 30 mg T.D. 198 days 2. Elicit cancer by all three routes in at least two animal species at dose levels prescribed for high or intermediate potency. 43 MAP 000176 Industrial Substances of Intermediate Carcinogenic Potency in Experimental Animals. To qualify as a carcinogen of intermediate potency, a substance should elicit cancer in two animal spe cies at dosages intermediate between those de scribed in A3a and A3c by two routes of adminis tration. Example: Carbamic add ethyl ester Dermal, mammary tumors, mice, 100%, 63 weeks, 500-1400 mg T.D. Gastrointestinal, various type tumors, mice 42 weeks, 320 mg T.D. Gastrointestinal, various type tumors, rats, 60 weeks, 110-930 mg T.D. Industrial Substances of Low Carcinogenic Potency in Experimental Animals. To qualify as a carcinogen of low potency, a sub stance should elicit cancer in one animal species by any one of three routes of administration at the following prescribed dosages and conditions: la. Respiratory. Elicit cancer from (1) dosages greater than 10 mg/m3 (or equivalent ppm) via the respiratory tract in 6- 7-hour, daily re peated inhalation exposures, for 12 months' exposure and 12 months' observation period; or (2) from mtratracheally administered dos ages totaling more than 10 mg of particulate or liquid per 100 ml or more of animal minute respiratory volume; Examples: Beryl (beryllium aluminum silicate) malig. lung tumors, rats, @ 15 mg/m3 @ 17 months Benzidine, var. tumors, rats, 10-20 mg/m3 @ > 13 mos. OR lb. Dermal. Elicit cancer by skin-painting of mice in twice weekly dosages of > 10 mg/kg body weight in a biologically inert vehicle for at least 75 weeks, i.e., a 1.5g T.D. Examples: Shale tar, mouse, 0.1 ml x 50 = 5g T.D. 59/60 skin tumors 44 Arsenic trioxide, man, dose un known, but estimated to be high 1c. Gastrointestinal. Elicit cancer from daily oral dosages of 50 mg.-kg/day or greater during the lifetime of the animal. APPENDIX B SUBSTANCES OF VARIABLE COMPOSITION B1 Polytetrafluoroettiylene' decomposition products. Thermal decomposition of the fluorocarbon chain in air leads to the formation of oxidized products con taining carbon, fluorine and oxygen. Because these products decompose in part by hydrolysis in alkaline solution, they can be quantitatively determined in air as fluoride to provide an index ol exposure. No TLV is recommended pending determination of the toxi city of the products, but air concentrations should be minimal. B2 Gasoline. The composition of gasoline-varies greatly and thus a single TLV for all types of these materials is no longer applicable. In general, the aromatic hy drocarbon content will determine what TLV applies. Consequently the content of benzene, other aromat ics and additives should be determined to arrive at the appropriate TLV (Elkins, et al. A.I.H.A.J. 24:99, 1963); Runion, ibid, 36. 338. 1975). 63 Welding Fumes -- Total Particulate (NOW TLV, 5 mg/m3 Welding fumes cannot be classified simply. The com position and quantity of both are dependent on the alloy being welded and the process and electrodes used. Reli able analysis of fumes cannot be made without consider ing the nature of the welding process and system being examined; reactive metals and alloys such as aluminum and titanium are arc-welded in a protective, inert atmo sphere such as argon. These arcs create relatively little fume, but an intense radiation which can produce ozone. Similar processes are used to arc-weld steels, also creating a relatively low level of fumes. Ferrous alloys also are arc-welded in oxidizing environments which generate considerable fume, and can produce carbon 'trade Names. Algoflon. Fluon. Halon. Teflon. Tefran "Not otherwise classified (NOC). 45 MAP 000177 monoxide instead of ozone. Such fumes generally are composed of discreet particles of amorphous slags con taining iron, manganese, silicon and other metallic con stituents depending on the alloy system involved. Chro mium and nickel compounds are found in fumes when stainless steels are arc-welded. Some coated and fluxcored electrodes are formulated with fluorides and the fumes associated with them can contain significantly more fluorides than oxides. Because of the above fac tors, arc-welding fumes frequently must be tested for individual constituents which are likely to be present to determine whether specific TLV's are exceeded. Conclu sions based on total fume concentration are generally adequate if no toxic elements are present in welding rod, metal, or metal coating and conditions are not conducive to the formation of toxic gases. Most welding, even with primitive ventilation, does not produce exposures inside the welding helmet above 5 mg/m3. That which does, should be controlled. APPENDIX C MIXTURES C.1 THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES FOR MIXTURES When two or more hazardous substances are pres ent, their combined effect, rather than that of either indi vidually, should be given primary consideration, in the absence of information to the contrary, the effects of the different hazards should be considered as additive. That is, if the sum of the following fractions, Ci C2 C,, Ti * h " ' ' ' T. exceeds unity, then the threshold limit of the mixture should be considered as being exceeded. Ci indicates the observed atmospheric concentration, and Ti the cor responding threshold limit (See Example lA.a. and 1A.c.). Exceptions to the above rule may be made when there is a good reason to believe that the chief effects of the different harmful substances are not in fact additive, but independent as when purely local effects on different organs of the body are produced by the various compo nents of the mixture. In such cases the threshold limit ordinarily is exceeded only when at least one member of 46 the series 1- or * etc.) itself has a value exceeding unity (See Example 1A.c.). Synergistic action or potentiation may occur with some combinations of atmospheric contaminants. Such cases at present must be determined individually. Poten tiating or synergistic agents are not necessarily harmful by themselves. Potentiating effects of exposure to such agents by routes other than that of inhalation is also possible, e.g. imbibed alcohol and inhaled narcotic (trichloroethylene). Potentiation is characteristically exhi bited at high concentrations, less probably at low. When a given operation or process characteristically emits a number of harmful dusts, fumes, vapors or gases, it will frequently be only feasible to attempt to evaluate the hazard by measurement of a single sub stance. In such cases, the threshold limit used for this substance should be reduced by a suitable factor, the magnitude of which will depend on the number, toxicity and relative quantity of the other contaminants ordinarily present. Examples of processes which are typically associated with two or more harmful atmospheric contaminants are welding, automobile repair, blasting, painting, lacquer ing, certain foundry operations, diesel exhausts, etc. C. 1A Examples of THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES ' FOR MIXTURES The following formulae apply only when the compo nents in a mixture have similar toxicologic effects; they should not be used for mixtures with widely differing reactivities, e.g. hydrogen cyanide & sulfur dioxide. In such case the formula for Independent Effects (lA.c.) should be used. lA.a. General case, where air is analyzed for each com ponent: a. Additive effects. (Note: It is essential that the atmosphere be analyzed both qualitatively and quantitatively for each component present, in order to evaluate compliance or noncompliance with this calculated TLV.) 47 MAP 000178 Ptxvaammpoiiee No lA.a.: A(TirLVco=ntai1ns)0400p0pmpp)m15oQf apcpemtonpef' secbutyl acetate (TLV = 200 ppm) and 100 ppm of 2-butanone (TLV = 200 ppm) Atmospheric concentration of mix ture = 400 + 150 + 100 = 650 ppm of mixture woo + loo + loo = 04 + 075 + 0 5 = 1-65 Threshold Limit is exceeded. lA.b. Special case when the source of contaminant is a liquid mixture and the atmospheric composition is assumed to be similar to that of the original mate rial; e.g. on a time-weighted average exposure basis, all of the liquid (solvent) mixture eventually evaporates. Additive effects (approximate solution) 1. The percent composition (by weight) of the liquid mixture is known, the TLVs of the constituents must be listed in mg/m3. (Note: in order to evaluate compliance with this TLV, field sampling instruments should be calibrated, in the laboratory, for response to this specific quantitative and qualitative airvapor mixture, and also to fractional concen trations of this mixture; e.g., 1/2 the TLV; WO the TLV; 2 x the TLV; 10 x the TLV; etc.) TLV of mixture = I 1 Uh TLV,, * TLV,, fr ^ f, TLVC ' ' ' TLV,, Example No. 1: Liquid contains (by weight) 50% heptane: TLV = 400 ppm or 1600 mg/m3 1 mg/m3 ^ 0.25 ppm 30% methyl chloroform: TLV = 350 ppm or 1900 mg/m3 1 mg/m3 * 0.28 ppm 48 20% perchloroethylene: TLV = 100 ppm or 670 mg/m3 1 mg;m3 * 0.15 PPm TLV of Mixture = 1600 1 0.3 1900 (72 670 J 0,00031 1- 0.00016 + 0.00030 1 = 1300 mg/m3 0.00077 of this mixture 50% or (1300) (0.5) = 650 mg/m3 is heptane 30% or (1300) (0.3) = 390 mg/m3 is methyl chloro form 20% or (1300) (0.2) = 260 mg/m3 is perchloroethylene These values can he converted to-ppm as Mows: heptane: 650 mg/m3 x 0.25 = 162 ppm methyl chloroform: 390 mg/m3 x 0.18 = 70 ppm perchloroethylene: 260 mg/m3 x 0.15 = 39 ppm TLV of mixture = 162 + 70 + 39 = 271 ppm, or 1300 mg/m3 lA.c. Independent effects. Air contains 0.15 mg/m3 of lead (TLV, 0.15) and 0.7 mg/m3 of sulfuric acid (TLV, 1). iLi=i; 0.15 JLL= 0.7 1 Threshold limit is not exceeded. IB. TLV for Mixtures of Mineral Dusts. For mixtures of biologically active mineral dusts the genera! formula for mixtures may be used. For mixture containing 80% nonasbestiform talc and 20% quartz, the TLV for 100% of the mixture is given by: TLV = 9 mPPcf 0.8 + _0J_ 20 2.7 TLV of nonasbestiform talc (pure) = 20 mppcf 49 I ! ! MAP 000179 TLV of quartz (pure) 300 = flO = 2.7 mppcf 100 + 10 Essentially the same result will be obtained if the limit of the more (most) toxic component is used provided the effects are additive. In the above ex ample the limit for 20% quartz is 10 mppcf. For another mixture of 25% quartz, 25% amor phous silica and 50% taic: Z07o quartz -- ILV |>>u- c.i mypci 25% amorphous silica -- TLV (pure) = mppcf 50% talc TLV (pure) = 20 mppcf TLV ------------------------------------ -- 8 mppcf OJ25 + 0JJ5 _0Ji_ H 2.7 20 20 The limit for 25% quartz approximates 9 mppcf. APPENDIX 0 PERMISSIBLE EXCURSIONS FOR TIME- WEIGHTED AVERAGE (TWA) LIMITS The Excursion TLV Factor in the Table automatically defines the magnitude of the permissible excursion above the limit for those substances not given a "C" designation; i.e., the TWA limits. Examples in the Table show that nitrobenzene, the TLV for which is 1 ppm. should never be allowed to exceed 3 ppm. Similarly, carbon tetrachloride. TLV = 10 ppm. should never be allowed to exceed 20 ppm. By contrast, those sub stances with a "C" designation are not subject to the excursion factor and must be kept at or below the TLV ceiling. These limiting excursions are to be considered to provide a "rule-of-thumb" guidance for listed sub stances generally, and may not provide the most appro priate excursion for a particular substance e.g., the per missible excursion for CO is 400 ppm for 15 minutes. For appropriate excursions for 142 substances con sult Pa. Rules & Regs.. Chap. 4, Art. 432, and "Accept able Concentrations," ANSI. 50 Mitt^^fTiTTWTnam; Substance Nitrobenzene Carbon tetrachloride Trimethyl benzene Acetone Boron trifluoride Butylamine Excursion TLV Factor 1 10 25 1000 Cl C5 3 2 1.5 1.25 -- Max. Cone Permitted for short time 2 20 35 1250 1 5 EXCURSION FACTORS For all substances not bearing C notation TLV>0-1 (ppm or mg/m3). TLV> 1-10 TLV> 10-100 " TLV> 100-1000 Excursion Factor =3 =2 =1 =1 The number of times the excursion above the TLV is permitted is governed by conformity with the TimeWeighted Average TLV. INTERPRETATION OF MEASURED PEAK CONCENTRATIONS With increasing use of rapid, direct-reading analytical instruments for airborne contaminants in the work area, the question of interpretation of essentially "instanta neous" peaks arises) Although no general statement can be made covering all occupational substances, the fol lowing guidelines should prove helpful, assuming peak excursions conform to time-weighted average TLV as stated above. The toxicologic importance of momentary peak con centrations depends on whether the substance is fast or slow acting. If slow acting, as for quartz, lead, or car bon monoxide, momentary peaks are of no toxicologic concern provided, of course, they are not astronomic. On the other hand, fast-acting substances that rapidly produce disabling narcosis, e.g., H2S. or intolerable irri tation or asphyxiation, NH3. SO2, CO2, or initiate sensitiza tion-- the organic isocyanates, even "instantaneous" peaks appreciably above the permissible excursion, should not be permitted, unless information exists to the 51 MAP 000180 contrary. Other more specific excursions will be devel oped in the future, APPENDIX E Some Nuisance Particulates0' TLV, 30 mppcf or 10mg/m3 of total dust < 1 % quartz, or, 5 mg/m3 respirable dust Alundum* Calcium carbonate Calcium silicate Cellulose (paper fiber) Portland Cement Corundum (AI2O3) Emery Glycerin Mist Graphite (synthetic) Gypsum Vegetable oil mists (except castor, cashew Jiut, or -similar -irritant oils) n) When toxic impurities ar 1%. Kaolin Limestone Magnesite Marble Mineral Wool Fiber Pentaerythritol Plaster of Paris Silicon Silicon Carbide Starch Sucrose Tin Oxide Titanium Dioxide Zinc Stearate Zinc oxide dust not present, e.g. quartz < APPENDIX F Some Simple Asphyxiants'" Acetylene Argon Butane Ethane Ethylene Helium Hydrogen Methane Neon Propane Propylene p) As defined on pg. 6. APPENDIX G Conversion of mppcf to Mass Concentration Calculations for Conversion of Particle Count Concen tration (by Standard Light Field -- Midget Impinger Techniques), in mppcf. to Respirable Mass Concentra tion (by Respirable Sampler) in mg/m3.+ ^ Relationship Between Gravimetric Respirable Dust Concentration and Midget Impinger Number Concentration, by Murray Jacobson and T F Tomb AIHAJ. 28 Nov-Dec. 1967 52 1. In 1967, Jacobsen and Tomb,+ derived an empiri cal relationship of 5.6 mppcf to 1 milligram of respirable dust per cubic meter of air, based on 23 sets of samples, mostly coal dust. The follow ing calculation results in an equivalence of 6.37 mppcf to 1 mg/m3 of respirable dust. Thus, an approximate ratio of 6 mppcf to 1 mg/m3 of re spirable dust is suggested for conversion of TLVs from a count to a mass basis when the density and mass median diameter have not been deter mined. 2. Basic assumptions: a) Average density for silica containing dusts = 2.5 gms/cm3 (2500 mg/cm3). Pulmonary sig nificant dust densities may vary from 1.2 gm/cm3 for coal dust to 3.1 gms/cm3 tor Portland Cement. Silica densities vary from 2.2 (amorphous) to 2/3 (cristobalite and tridymite) to 2.5 (alpha-quartz.) gms per cm3. b) The mass median diameter (mmd) of particles collected in midget impinger samplers and counted by the standard light field technique, and collected in a respirable sampler is ap proximately 1.5 Aim or 1.5 x 10-4 cm. This . assumption is, of course, quite arbitrary since the mmd of all dust clouds is quite variable, depending on many independent parameters, such as source of dust, age of dust cloud, me teorological conditions, etc. 3. Calculation: a) vol. per particle: 4/3 rr r3; r = 0.75 x 10-4 cm = 4/3 rr (0.75 x 10"4)3 = 1.77 x 10-12 cm3 b) wt. per particle = vol. x density = 1.77 x 10"12cm3 x 2.5 x 103 mg/cm3 = 4.425 x 10-9 mg/particle c) 1 particle/ft.3 = 35.5 part./m3 (since 35.5 cu ft = 1 cu m.) 10s part./ft3 = mppcf = 35.5 x 10 part./m3 53 MAP 000181 wt. of 1 mppcf s 35.5 x 10s part./m3 * 4.425 x 10"9 mg/parf. 1 mppcf * 0.157 mg/m3 or 6.37 mppcf - 1 mg/m3 mg/m3. or approximately 6 mpccf ^ i 4. Equivalenl TLVs in mppcf and mg/m3 (respirable mass) for Mineral Dusts. Substance Silica (SiOz) Amorphous Cristobalite Fused silica Quartz Tfidymite Coal Dust Diatomaceous earth, natural Graphite (natural) Mica Mineral wool fiber Nuisance particulates Perlite Portland Cement Soapstone Talc (nonasbestiform) Tripoli Threshold Limit Value Count Resp. Mass Total Mass mppcf mg/m3 mg/m3 20 1.5 3 3 1.5 (12) ------ 15 20 -- 30 30 30 20 20 (3) (3)*' 0.05 0.1 O.i 0.05 2 1.5 (2.5) (3) (5) (5) (5) (5) (3) (3) 0.1 (6) 0,15 0.3 0.3 0.15 (4) (5) (6) 10 10 (10) (10) (6) (6) (0.3) TLVs Threshold Limit Values for Physical Agents Adopted by ACGIH for 1979 "Unless otherwise specified, respirable mass is presumed to eoual ap proximately 50% of total mass. ""All values in parentheses ( 1 represent newty calculated values based on equivalence of 6 mppcf l mg,m3 respirable mass and respir able mass 50% total mass. 54 1 i MAP 000182 1979 TLV PHYSICAL AGENTS COMMITTEE Herbert H. Jones, Central Missouri State University, Chairman Peter A. Breysse, University of Washington Thomas Cummings, Dept, of Health -- Ontario, Canada Irving H. Davis, Dept, of Health -- Michigan Ronald D. Dobbin, NIOSH LCDR Joseph J, Drozd, USN Dr. Allan P. Heins, OSHA LCDR Richard Johnson, USN LTC. George S. Kush, USAF Edward J. Largent, Retired William E. Murray, NIOSH Dr. Wordie H. -Parr, -NIOSH David H. Sliney, USAEHA LTC Robert T. Wangemann, USA Thomas K. Wilkinson, USPHS-NIH CONSULTANTS Gerald V. Coles Any comments or questions regarding these limits should be addressed to: Executive Secretary American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygien ists P.0. Box 1937 Cincinnati, OH 45201: (513) 941-0178 PREFACE PHYSICAL AGENTS These threshold limit values refer to levels of phys ical agents and represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly ex posed day after day without adverse effect. Because of wide variations in individual susceptibility, expo sure of an occasional individual at, or even below, the threshold limit may not prevent annoyance, aggrava tion of a pre-existing condition, or physiological dam age. These threshold limits are based on the best avail able information from industrial experience, from ex perimental human and -animal -studies, and when pos sible, from a combination of the three. These limits are intended for use in the practice of industrial hygiene and should be interpreted and ap plied only by a person trained in this discipline. They are not intended for use, or for modification for use, (1) in the evaluation or control of the levels of physi cal agents in the community, (2) as proof or disproof of an existing physical disability, or (3) for adoption by countries whose working conditions differ from those in the United States of America. These values are reviewed annually by the Com mittee on Threshold Limits for Physical Agents for re visions or additions, as further information becomes available. Notice of Intent -- At the beginning of each year, proposed actions of the Committee for the forthcom ing year are issued in the form of a "Notice of Intent." This notice provides not only an opportunity for com ment, but solicits suggestions of physical agents to be added to the list. The suggestions should be ac companied by substantiating evidence. As Legislative Code --The Conference recognizes that the Threshold Limit Values may be adopted m legislative codes and regulations. If so used, the in tent of the concepts contained in the Preface should be maintained and provisions should be made to keep the list current. 57 MAP 000183 Reprint Permission --This publication may be printed provided that written permission is obtained from the Executive Secretary of the Conference and that this Preface be published in its entirety along with the Threshold Limit Values. THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES HEAT STRESS These Threshold Limit Values refer to heat stress conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse health effects. The TLVs shown in Table 1 are based on the assumption that nearly all acclimatized, fully clothed workers with adequate water and salt intake should be able to function effectively under the given working con ditions without exceeding z deep body temperature of 38C (WHO technical report series #412, 1969 Health Factors Involved in Working Under Conditions of Heat Stress; F. N. Dukes-Oobos and A. Henschel: "Develop ment of Permissible Heat Exposure Limits for Occupa tional Work." ASHRAE Journal, Vol. 15: No. 9, Sep tember 1973, pp. 57-62.) Since measurement of deep body temperature is im practical for monitoring the workers' heat load, the mea surement of environmental factors is required which most nearly correlate with deep body temperature and other physiological responses to heat. At the present time Wet Bulb-Globe Temperature Index (WBGT) is the simplest and most suitable technique to measure the en vironmental factors. WBGT values are calculated by the following equations: 1. Outdoors with solar load: WBGT = 0.7WB - 0.2GT + 0.1 DB 2. Indoors or Outdoors with no solar load: WBGT = 0.7WB -t 0.3GT where: WBGT = Wet Bulb-Globe Temperature Index WB = Natural Wet-Bulb Temperature DB = Dry-Bulb Temperature GT = Globe Thermometer Temperature 58 The determination of WBGT requires the use of a black globe thermometer, a natural (static) wet-bulb thermom eter, and a dry-bulb thermometer. TABLE 1 Permissible Heat Exposure Threshold Limit Values (Values are given in C. WBGT) Work -- Rest Regimen Work Load Light Moderate Heavy Continuous work 75% Work -- 25% Rest, Each hour 30.0 26.7 25.0 30,6 28.0 25.9 50% Work -- 50% Rest, Each hour 31.4 29.4 27.9 25% Work -- 75% Rest, Each hour 32.2 31.1 30.0 Higher heat exposures than shown in Table 1 are per missible if the workers have been undergoing medical surveillance and it has been established that they are more tolerant to work in heat than the average worker. Workers should not be permitted to continue their work when their deep body temperature exceeds 38.0C. EVALUATION AND CONTROL I. Measurement ofthe Environment The instruments required are a dry-bulb, a natural wet-bulb, a globe thermometer, and a stand. The mea surement of the environmental factors shall be per formed as follows: A. The range of the dry and the natural wet bulb ther mometer shall be -5C to 50C with an accuracy of *0.5C. The dry bulb thermometer must be shielded from the sun and the other radiant surfaces of the envi ronment without restricting the airflow around the bulb. The wick of the natural wet-bulb thermometer shall be 59 MAP 000184 kept wet with distilled water for at least 1/2 hour before the temperature reading is made. It is not enough to immerse the other end of the wick into a reservoir of distilled water and wait until the whole wick becomes wet by capillarity. The wick shall be wetted by direct application of water from a syringe 1/2 hour before each reading. The wick shall extend over the bulb of the ther mometer, covering the stem about one additional bulb length. The wick should always be clean and new wicks should be washed before using. B. A globe thermometer, consisting of a 15 cm. (6inch) diameter hollow copper sphere painted on the out side with a matte black finish or equivalent, shall be -5cused. The bulb or sensor of a thermometer (range to 100C with an accuracy of 0.5C) must be fixed in the center of the sphere. The globe thermometer shall be exposed at least 25 minutes before it is read. C. A stand shall be used to suspend the three thermom eters so that they do not restrict free air flow around the Mbs, and the wet-bulb and globe thermometer-are-not shaded. D. It is permissible to use any other type of temperature sensor that gives identical reading as that of a mercury thermometer under the same conditions. E. The thermometers must be so placed that the read ings are representative of the condition where the men work or rest, respectively. The methodology outlined above is more fully ex plained in the following publications: 1. "Prevention of Heat Casualties in Marine Corps Re cruits, 1955-1960. with Comparative Incidence Rates and Climatic Heat Stresses in other Training Catego ries," by Captain David Minard, MC, USN, Research Re port No. 4, Contract No. MR005.01-0001.01, Naval Medical Research Institute, Bethesda, Maryland, 21 Feb ruary 1961. 2. "Heat Casualties in the Navy and Marine Corps, 1959-1962, with Appendices on the Field Use of the Wet Bulb-Globe Temperature Index," by Captain David Minard, MC. USN, and R. L. O'Brien, HMC, USN. Re search Report No. 7, Contract No. MR 005.01-0001.01, Naval Medical Research Institute, Bethesda, Maryland 12 March 1964. 60 3. Minard. D.: Prevention of Heat Casualties in Marine Corps Recruits. Military Medicine 126(4): 261-272, 1961. II. Work Load Categories Heat produced by the body and the environmental heat together determine the total heat load. Therefore, if work is to be performed under hot environmental condi tions, the workload category of each job shall be es tablished and the heat exposure limit pertinent to the work load evaluated against the applicable standard in order to protect the worker from exposure beyond the permissible limit. A. The work load category may be established by rank ing each job into light, medium, and heavy categories on the basis of type of operation. Where the work load is ranked into one of said three categories, i.e. (1) light work (up to 200 Kcal/hr or 800 Btu/hr): e.g., sitting or standing to control machines, performing light hand or arm work, (2) moderate work (200-350 Kcal/hr or 800-1400 Btu/hr): e.g., walking about with moderate lifting and pushing, (3) heavy work (350-500 Kcal/hr or 1400-2000 Btu/hr): e.g., pick and shovel work, the permissible heat exposure limit for that work load shall be determined from Table 1. B. The ranking of the job may be performed either by measuring the worker's metabolic rate while performing his job or by estimating his metabolic rate by the use of the scheme shown in Table 2. Tables available in the literature listed below and in other publications as well may also be utilized. When this method is used the per missible heat exposure limit can be determined by Figure 1. 1. Per-Olaf Astrand and Kaare Rodahl: "Textbook of Work Physiology" McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, San Francisco, 1970. 2. "Ergonomics Guide to Assessment of Metabolic and Cardiac Costs of Physical Work." Amer. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J. 32: 560, 1971. 3. Energy Requirements for Physical Work. Purdue 61 MAP 000185 Farm Cardiac Project. Agricultural Experiment Station Research Progress Report No. 30. 1961. 4. J. V. G. A. Durnin and R. Passmore: "Energy, Work and Leisure." Heinemann Educational Books. Ltd., Lon don, 1967. TABLE 2 Assessment of Work Load Average values of metabolic rate during different ac tivities. A. Body position and movement Sitting Standing Walking Walking up hill Kcal./min 0.3 0.6 2.0-3.0 add 0.8 per meter (yard) rise B. Type of Work Average Range Kcal./min. Kcal./min. Hand work light heavy Work with one arm light heavy Work with both arms light heavy Work with body light moderate heavy very heavy 0.4 0.9 1.0 1.8 1.5 2.5 3.5 5.0 7.0 9.0 0.2-1.2 0.7-2.5 1.0-3.5 2.5-15.0 Light hand work: writing, hand knitting Heavy hand work: typewriting Heavy work with one arm: hammering in nails (shoe maker, upholsterer) Light work with two arms: filing metal, planing wood, raking of a garden 62 Moderate work with the body: cleaning a floor, beat ing a carpet Heavy work with the body: railroad track laying, dig ging, barking trees Sample Calculation: Using a heavy hand tool on an assembly line A. Walking along 2.0 Kcal./min. B. Intermediate value between heavy work with two arms and light work with the body 3.0 Kcal./min. C. Add for basal metabolism 5.0 Kcal./min. 1.0 Kcal./min. Total 6.0 Kcal./min. Adapted from Lehmann, G. E., A. Muller and H. Spitzer: Der Kalorienbedarf bei gewerblicher Arbeit. Arbeitsphy- siol. 14: 166,1950. III. Work-Rest Regimen The permissible exposure limits specified in Table 1 and Figure 1 are based on the assumption that the WBGT value of the resting place is the same or very close to that of the work place. Where the WBGT of the work area is different from that of the rest area a timeweighted average value should be used for both environ mental and metabolic heat. When time-weighted average values are used the appropriate curve on Figure 1 is the solid line labeled "continuous." The time-weighted average metabolic rate (M) shall be determined by the equation: Av. M = (Mi) x (ti) + (Ms) x (t2) + .... + (M,,) x (t,,) (ti) + (U) + . . + (t,,) Where Mi M2, M,, are estimated or measured metabolic rates for the various activities of the worker during the total time period, ti, t2, t,, are the elapsed times in min utes spent at the corresponding metabolic rate as deter mined by a time study. The time-weighted average WBGT shall be deter mined by the equation: 63 1 MAP 000186 Av. WBGT = (WBGT,) x (to * (WBGTz) * \t + ... + (WBGT,,) x (t.) (tl) + (t2) + . + (tn) ~~ where WBGT,. WBGT2, WBGT, are calculated values of WBGT for the various work and rest areas occupied dur ing total time periods, ti, h, t, are the elapsed times in minutes spent in the corresponding areas which are de termined by a time study. Where exposure to hot envi ronmental conditions is continuous for several hours or the entire work day, the time-weighted averages shall be calculated as hourly time-weighted average i.e., t, + u + . . , t,, 60 minutes. Where the exposure is intermit tent. the time-weighted averages shall be calculated as two-hour time-weighted averages, i.e., t, + t* + . . . t,, = 120 minutes. The permissible exposure limits for continuous work are applicable where there is a work-rest regimen of a 5-day work week and an 8-hour work day with a short morning and afternoon break (approximately 15 min utes) and a ionger lunch break {approximately 30 min utes). Higher exposure limits are permitted if additional resting time is allowed. All breaks, including unsche duled pauses and administrative or operational waiting periods during work may be counted as rest time when additional rest allowance must be given because of high environmental temperatures. It is a common experience that when the work on a job is self-paced, the workers will spontaneously limit their hourly work load to 30-50% of their maximum physical performance capacity. They do this either by setting an appropriate work speed or by interspersing unscheduled breaks. Thus the daily average of the workers' metabolic rate seldom exceeds 330 kcal/hr. However, within an 8-hour work shift there may be periods where the workers' hourly average metabolic rate will be higher.IV. IV. Water and Salt Supplementation During the hot season or when the worker is exposed to artificially generated heat, drinking water shall be made available to the workers in such a way that they are stimulated to frequently drink small amounts, i.e., one cup every 15-20 minutes (about 150 ml oM/4 pint). 64 The water shall be kept reasonably cool (10"--15C or 50.0-60.0F) and shall be placed close to the work place so that the worker can reach it without abandoning the work area. The workers should be encouraged to salt their food abundantly during the hot season and particularly during hot spells. If the workers are unacclimatized, salted drinking water shall be made available in a concentration of 0.1% (1g NaCI to 1.0 liter or 1 level tablespoon of salt to 15 quarts of water). The added salt shall be complete ly dissolved before the water is distributed, and the water shall be kept reasonably cool. V. Other Considerations A. Clothing: The permissible heat exposure TLVs are valid for light-summer clothing as customarily worn by workers when working under hot environmental condi tions. If special cothing is required for performing a par ticular job and this clothing is heavier or it impedes sweat evaporation or nas higher insulation value, the worker's heat tolerance is reduced, and the permissible heat exposure limits indicated in Table 1 and Figure 1 are not applicable. For each job category where special clothing is required, the permissible heat exposure limit shall be established by an expert. B. Acclimatization and Fitness: The recommended heat stress TLVs are valid for acclimated workers who are physically fit. 65 MAP 000187 WB GT- 400 800 !?00 1600 2000 STu/hr Rote of Work Figure 1 -- Permissible Heat Exposure Threshold Limit Value 66 IONIZING RADIATION The Committee accepts the philosophy and recommen dations of the National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurements (NCRP) for the ionizing radiation TLV, The NCRP is charted by Congress to. in part, col lect, analyze, develop and disseminate information and recommendations about protection against radiation and about radiation measurements, quantities and units, in cluding development of basic concepts in these areas. NCRP Report No. 39 (reference 1) provides basic philos ophy and concepts leading to protection criteria estab lished in the same report. Other NCRP reports address specific areas of radiation protection and, collectively, provide an excellent basis tor establishing a sound pro gram for radiation control. The Committee recommends the listed referehces as substantative documentation of a sound basis for ionizing radiation protection. The com mittee also strongly recommends that all exposures to ionizing radiations be kept as low as reasonably achiev able-within the stated -guidance. References: 1. "Basic Radiation Protection Criteria," NCRP Report No. 39, issued January 15,1971. 2. Maximum Permissible Body Burdens and Maximum Permissible Concentrations of Radionuclides in Air and in Water for Occupational Exposure," US Department of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards Handbook 69, issued June 5, 1959, with Addendum 1 issued August 1963. Available as NCRP Report No. 22. The above doc uments, as well as information on numerous other NCRP Reports addressing specific subjects in ionizing radiation protection are available from: NCRP Publica tions, PO Box 30175, Washington, DC 20014. USERS The threshold limit values are for exposure to laser radiation under conditions to which nearly all workers may be exposed without adverse effects. The values should be used as guides in the control of exposures and should not be regarded as fine lines between safe and dangerous levels. They are based on the best avail able information from experimental studies. 67 I MAP 000188 Limiting Apertures The TLVs expressed as radiant exposure or irradiance in this section may be averaged over an aperture of i mm except for TLVs for the eye in the spectral range of 400-1400 nm, which should be averaged over a 7 mm limiting aperture (pupil); and except for all TLVs for wa velengths between 0.1-1 mm where the limiting aper ture is 10 mm. No modification of the TLVs is permitted for pupil sizes less than 7 mm. The TLVs for "extended sources" apply to sources which subtend an angle greater than a (TableJ5) which varies with exposure time. This angle is not the beam divergence of the source. Correction Factors A and B (CA and CB) The TLVs for ocular exposure in Tables 3 and 4 are to be used as given for all wavelength ranges. The TLVs for wavelengths between 700 nm and 1049 nm are to be increased by a uniformly extrapolated factor (CA) as shown in figure 2. Between 1049 nm and 1400 nm, the TLV has been increased by a factor (C*) of five. For certain exposure times at wavelengths between 550 nm and 700 nm, correction factor (CB) must be applied. The TLVs for skin exposure are given in Table 6. The TLVs are to be increased by a factor (CA) as shown in Figure 2 for wavelengths between 700 nm and 1400 nm. To aid in the determination of TLVs for exposure dura tions requiring calculations of fractional powers Figures 3, 4, 5 and 6 may be used. Repetitively Pulsed Lasers Since there are few experimental data for multiple pulses, caution must be used in the evaluation of such exposures. The protection standards for irradiance or ra diant exposure in multiple pulse trains have the following limitations: (1) The exposure from any single pulse in the train is limited to the protection standard for a single compara ble pulse. (2) The average irradiance for a group of pulses is limited to the protection standard as given in Tables 3, 4, or 6 of a single pulse of the same duration as the entire pulse group. (3) When the Instantaneous Pulse Repetition Fre quency (PRF) of any pulses within a train exceeds one, 68 the protection standard applicable to each pulse is re duced as shown in Figure 6 for pulse durations less than IQ"5 second. For puises of greater duration, the follow ing formula should be followed: - Standard (pulse nr) n where: n = number of pulses in train r = duration of a single pulse in the train Standard (nr) = protection standard of one pulse having a duration equal to nr sec onds. Wovalangth (nm) Figure 2 -- TLV correction factor for X = 700 - 1400 nm* For x - 700 - 1049 nm, C,, * 10 For X = 1050 -- 1400 nm, C* * 5 - '">> 69 MAP 000189 PUL SEO EXPOSURE DURATION (> ) . e 5 MAP 000190 PtllSED EXPOSURE DURATION (S) H .2 To to 3E g&-*4 X __ $o > 72 73 a MAP 000191 PULSED 74 75 MAP 000192 EXPOSURE DURAtlON '<> Figure 5b -- TLV for intrabeam (direct) viewing of CW laser beam (400-1400 nm). TLV COKRCCTIO* FACTOR 314 nm B FUCSE AEFCTITan FReOUCHCY, FRF (Ml) Figure 6 -- Multiplicative correction factor for repetitively pulsed lasers having pulse durations less than 10"J second. TIV for a single pulse of the pulse train is multiplied by the above correction factor. Correction factor for PRF greater than 100Q Hz is 0.06. N e UtQoX/J5. CEc_VOe 3 o- CO .u!= E s *L_U1 0<t--3 O J= i_ ^^ o" oes -8 5O <$ TO >> .PE ET0O9 o CO n o SotoomOoon 22 C Ee Ec oCO com CO CO oo EcEcEcEcEcEcEcEccEeEcEcEcE OOWVlrtNCD0)O^"tVP5 ocoecoScoocoocooocoocoococ'^oc'*o"c-o^co-c--o t * t O CO 3 76 77 MAP 000193 1 * e1. ;F<* ** p E - ,, E ;^a-st X o t5 ^ tp O lO ^ T x gp T*> co o -- * CJ o to CD ^-' X in 3 a> o cm co ' in --- A o Ox * i- * o oO^-m^o fr c r x ~ oS O O x -o <= 'X~ 2w22w o or *< * 2 *. o o o o o * o o -oo EE ss 8ililiiil E1cE ec CCCCh-fc-gpjQj O00^0*000^0^ fs.NinrvNN.*-^- _ w ^ o EI O E c to CO EEEEEEEE cecccccc 'OocoO,orO^v,OinftOitno^OorNOo.ONo otoo VooO if O : < > JgS> 32 O < CD >2 cc 78 gW oc _J 0055 0O3 IO tio 0J5 O Tf -S 0c5 UJ .2 X -J > UJ c<d Ow eCO 2re Ere >M s CD " i- - - S> E s-*?,, :-`Fe CD 05 - 03 =n H- -> h 3 A it ^ 03 0CO3 oo "e V^ eo - CO T- -*3 CM r52,o?Jw CD CM CM o o*-- c^o CO ^to. O 05 Eoo CO 2 b >2 xo, xo,, X x 55 co Q2o .^~ ^5k-2>P 7**" SSo-*- S~~ 0000-00000 EEEEEEiil 2o ' e e = = e e 00 g Oo^ oO^ ^OinoOr-oOc*o- Op*^--Owr--eO'Ov pc OOOOOOOOOO iiiEEEEEEEE (ccccccccc ^ 00000000-,. pjrOr ObIoOJI5ObOsOsOnOT- re c I'I i1 >3 --.2I* o O0 <m cc cc 79 ,. and T, are the same as in footnote to Table 3. i 1 05 I MAP 000194 1.0 for A = 400-700 nm, see Figure 2 for A * 700 !o 1400 nm- jflBHliMlIlffli S co sia *o X0S5 *5f w yj OTO^t'-.wnr--csi<f-CMJ_ cd id eo` c\i c\i cd uS 09' *- Si Si < g 2a 5 < *W* '<039 3 Q s co >1.2 "= _ 3 H* ^ co eg 09 * O 09 eTeO uWv.TO CO eg CO C/5 o co tu 1-S h- c CO < S xo M (3? CO *"-*- OQ. -- oo o o E 2 o oOTcO ooTO*' .- E E O ec ee oo . E * o !f 00 X= c CD 81 MAP 000195 MICROWAVES These Threshold Limit Values refer to microwave en ergy in the frequency range of 300 MHz to 300 GHz and represent conditions under which it is believed that near ly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without ad verse effect. Under conditions of moderate to severe heat stress, the recommended values may need to be reduced/ Therefore, these values should be used as guides in the control of exposure to microwave energy and should not be regarded as a fine line between safe and dangerous levels. Recommended Values: The Threshold Limit Value for occupational exposure to microwave energy, where power density olfield in tensity is known and exposure time is controlled, is as follows: 1. For exposure to continuous wave (CWj sources, the power density level shall not exceed 10 milliwatts per square centimeter (mW/cm2) for continuous expo sure. and the total exposure time shall be limited to an 8-hour workday. This power density is approxi mately equivalent to a free-space electric field strength of 200 volts-per-meter rms (V/m) and a free-space magnetic field strength of 0.5 ampere-permeter rms (A/m). 2. Exposures to CW power density levels greater than 10 mW/cm2 are permissible up to a maximum of 25 mW/cm2 based upon an average energy density of 1 milliwatt-hour per square centimeter (mWh/cm2) averaged over any 0,1 hour period. For example, at 25 mW/cm2, the permissible exposure duration is approximately 2.4 minutes in any 0.1 hour period. 3. For repetitively pulsed microwave sources, the average field strength or power density is calculated by multiplying the peak-pulse value by the duty cycle. The duty cycle is equal to the pulse duration in sec onds times the pulse repetition rate in Hertz. Expo sure during an 8-hour workday shall not exceed the *Mumtord W W Heat Stress Due to R. F. Radiation ' Proceedings ot IEEE. Vot 57. No 2 FeD 1969, pp 171-178 82 following values which are averaged over any 0 1 hour period: Power Density Energy Density Mean Squared Electric Field Strength Mean Squared Magnetic Field Strength 10 mW/cm2 1 mWh/cm2 40.000 V2/m2 0.25 A2/m2 4. Exposure is not permissible in CW or repetitively pulsed fields with an average power density in excess of 25 mW/cm2 or approximate equivalent free-space field strengths of 300 V/m or 0.75 A/m. NOISE These threshold limit values refer to sound pressure levels and durations of exposure that represent condi tions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse effect on their ability to hear and understand normal speech. The medical profession has defined hearing impairment as an average hearing threshold level in excess of 25 de cibels (ANSI-S3.6-1969) at 500, 1000, and 2000 Hz, and the limits which are given have been established to prevent a hearing loss in excess of this level. The values should be used as guides in the control of noise expo sure and, due to individual susceptibility, should not be regarded as fine lines between safe and dangerous levels. It should be recognized that the application of the TLV for noise will not protect all workers from the ad verse effects of noise exposure. A hearing conservation program with audiometric testing is necessary when workers are exposed to noise at or above the TLV levels. Continuous or Intermittent The sound level shall be determined by a sound level meter, conforming as a minimum to the requirements of the American National Standard Specification for Sound Level Meters, SI.4 (1971) Type S2A, and set to use the A-weighted network with slow meter response. Duration of exposure shall not exceed that shown in Table 7. These values apply to total duration of exposure per working day regardless of whether this is one continu ous exposure or a number of short-term exposures but does not apply to impact or impulsive type of noise. When the daily noise exposure is composed of two or more periods of noise exposure of different levels, 83 MAP 000196 rv their combined effect should be considered, rather than the individual effect of each. If the sum of the following fractions; Ci C; Ti * T* ^ C,, ' T,, exceeds unity, then, the mixed exposure should be con sidered to exceed the threshold limit value, Ci indicates the total duration of exposure at a specific noise level, and Ti indicates the total duration of exposure permitted at that level. All on-the-job noise exposures of 80 dBA or greater shall be used in the above calculations. Table 7 Threshold Limit Values Duration per day Hours 16 8 4 2 1 1/2 1/4 1/8 Sound Le1 dBA^L 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115* 'No exposure to continuous or intermittent in excess of 115 dBA a) Sound level in decibels as measured on a sound level meter, conforming as a minimum to the require ments of the American National Standard Specifica tion for Sound Level Meters, SI.4 (1971) Type S2A, and set to use the A-weighted network with slow meter response. IMPULSIVE OR IMPACT NOISE It is recommended that exposure to impulsive or im pact noise shall not exceed the limits listed in Table 8 or taken from Figure 7. No exposures in excess of 140 de cibels peak sound pressure level are permitted. Impul sive or impact noise is considered to be those variations in noise levels that involve maxima at intervals of greater 84 than one per second. Where the intervals are less than one second, it should be considered continuous. Sound Level dB" 140 130 120 Table 8 Threshold Limit Values Impulsive or Impact Noise Permitted Number of Impulses or Impacts per day 100 1000 10,000 "Decibels peak sound pressure level. Figure 7 -- Threshold Limit Values for Impulse/Impact Noise. 85 MAP 000197 ULTRAVIOLET RADIATION* These threshold limit values refer to ultraviolet radia tion in the spectral region between 200 and 400 nm and represent conditions under which it is believed that near ly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without ad verse effect. These values for exposure of the eye or the skin apply to ultraviolet radiation from arcs, gas, and vapor discharges, fluorescent, and incandescent sources, and solar radiation, but do not apply to ultravi olet lasers.* These values do not apply to ultraviolet ra diation exposure of photosensitive individuals or of indi viduals concomitantly exposed to photosensitizing agents (Fitzpatrick, et al., eds., Sunlight and Man, Univ. Tokyo Press, Tokyo, Japan, 1974). These values should be used as guides in the control of exposure to continu ous sources where the exposure duration shall not be less than 0.1 sec. These values should be used as guides in the control of exposure to ultraviolet sources and should not be re garded as a fine line between^afeand.dangerous levels. Recommended Values: The threshold limit value for occupational exposure to ultraviolet radiation incident upon skin or eye where irradiance values are known and exposure time is con trolled are as follows: 1. For the near ultraviolet spectral region (320 to 400 nm) total irradiance incident upon the unprotected skin or eye should not exceed 1 mw/cm2 for periods greater than 103 seconds (approximately 16 minutes) and for exposure times less than 103 seconds should not exceed one J/cm2. 2. For the actinic ultraviolet spectral region (200 -- 315 nm), radiant exposure incident upon the unprotected skin or eye should not exceed the values given in Table 9 within an 8-hour period. 3. To determine the effective irradiance of a broadband source weighted against the peak of the spectral ef fectiveness curve (270 nm), the following weighting formula should be used: _____ = lE,,SkAx 'See Laser TLVs 86 where: Et,, = effective irradiance relative to a monochromat ic source at 270 nm in W/cm2 (J/S/cm2) E* = spectral irradiance in W/cm2/nm S* = relative spectral effectiveness (unitless) Ax = band width in nanometers 4. Permissible exposure time in seconds for exposure to actinic ultraviolet radiation incident upon the un protected skin or eye may be computed by dividing 0.003 J/cm2 by Erf, in W/cm2. The exposure time may also be determined using Table 10 which pro vides exposure times corresponding to effective irradiances in /xW/cm2. TABLE 9 Relative Spectral Effectiveness by Wavelength Wavelength (nm) 200 210 220 230 240 250 254 260 270 280 290 300 305 310 315 TLV (mJ/cm2)** 100 40 25 16 10 7.0 6.0 4.6 3.0 3.4 4.7 10 50 200 1000 Relative Spectral Effectiveness Sj, 0.03 0.075 0.12 0.19 0.30 0.43 0.5 0.65 1.0 0.88 0.64 0.30 0.06 0.015 0.003 "l m J.cm2 = 10-3 J/cmz 87 MAP 000198 TABLE 10 Permissible Ultraviolet Exposures Duration of Exposure Per Day 8 hrs.. 4 hrs.. 2 hrs.. 1 hr... 30 min. 15 min. 10 min. 5 min., 1 min.. 30 sec. 10 sec. 1 sec... 0.5 sec. .0.1 sec, Effective Irradiance Effft/ttW/cmzr**' ~ o~i ....... 0.2 ........ 0.4 0.8 1.7 3:3 ...................5 10 ....... 50 ...... 100 ........ 300 ........ 3,000 ...... 6,000 ...... .-30.-000 All the preceding TLV's for ultraviolet energy apply to sources which subtend an angle less than 80. Sources which subtend a greater angle need to be measured only over an angle of 80. "inW.cm2 = lO"4 W cm2 88 Figure 8 -- Threshold Limit Values for Ultraviolet Radiation Conditioned (tanned) individuals can tolerate skin ex posure in excess of the TLV without erythemal effects. However, such conditioning may not protect persons against skin cancer. NOTICE OF INTENDED CHANGES (for 1979) These physical agents, with their corresponding val ues, comprise those for which either a limit has been proposed for the first time, or for which a change in the "Adopted" listing has been proposed. In both cases, the proposed limits should be considered trial limits that will remain in the listing for a period of at least one year. If after one year no evidence comes to light that questions the appropriateness of the values herein the values will be reconsidered for the "Adopted" list. 89 MAP 000199 NOTICE OF INTENT TO ESTABLISH THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES LIGHT AND NEAR-INFRARED RADIATION These Threshold Limit Values refer to visible and near-infrared radiation in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 1400 nm and represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be exposed with out adverse effect. These values should be used as guides in the control of exposure to light and should not be regarded as a fine line between safe and dangerous levels. Recommended Values: The Threshold Limit Value for occupational exposure to broad-band light and near-infrared radiation for the eye apply to exposure in any eight-hour workday and .require knowledge of the spectral radiance (LJ and total irradiance (E) of the source as measured at the position(s) pf the eye of the worker. Such detailed spectrai data of a white light source is generally only required if the luminance of the source exceeds 1 cd cm-2. At lu minances less than this value the TLV would not be ex ceeded. The TLV's are: 1. To protect against retinal thermal injury, the spectral radiance of the lamp weighted against the function R (Table 11) should not exceed: 1400 V; SLR,4Xsi,at 400 (1)* where LA is in W cm*2 sr1 and t is the viewing duration (or pulse duration if the lamp is pulsed) lim ited to 1 ms to 10 s, and a is the angular subtense of the source in radians. If the lamp is oblong, a refers to the longest dimension that can be viewed. For in stance. at a viewing distance r = 100 cm from a tubular lamp of length I = 50 cm, the viewing angle is: a = l/r = 50/100 = 0.5 rad (2) 2. To protect against retinal photochemical injury from chronic blue-light exposure the integrated spectral ra- 90 diance of the lamp weighted against the blue-light hazard function BA (Table 11) should not exceed: 1400 LA t Ba AX 100 Jem'2 sr-1 (t 10*s) (3a) 1400 1 LA Ba AX 10-2 wem-2 sr-1 (t > 10*s) (3b) For a source radiance L which exceeds 2 mW cm-2 sr-1 in the blue spectral region, the permissible ex posure duration tmaxin seconds is simply: tmax = 100 J cm-2 sr'/L (blue) (4) The latter limits are greater than the maximum per missible exposure limits for 440 nm laser radiation (see Laser TLV) because a 2-3 mm pupil is assumed rather than a 7 mm pupil for the Laser TLV. 3. Infrared Radiation: To avoid possible delayed effects upon the lens of the eye (catarabtogenesis), the infra red radiation (X > 770 nm) should be limited to 10 mWcm"2. For an infrared heat lamp or any near-in frared source where a strong visual stimulus is ab sent, the near infrared (770-1400 nm) radiance as viewed by the eye should be limited to: 1400 7}Q LA AX = 0.6/a (5)* for extended duration viewing conditions. This limit is based upon a 7 mm pupil diameter. 'Formulae (1) and (2) are empirical and are not. strictly speaking, dimensionally correct To make the formulae dimensionally correct, one would have to insert a dimensional correction factor k in the right hand numerator in each formula For formula (1) this would he k, *= 1 W rad s V2 (cm: sr). and tor formula UH,= 1 tl* rad icm* sr) j '' j t J r 91 MAP 000200 TABLE 11 SPECTRAL WEIGHTING FUNCTIONS FOR ASSESSING RETINAL HAZARDS FROM BROAD - BAND OPTICAL nc iniHL SOURCES AIRBORNE UPPER SONIC AND ULTRASONIC ACOUSTIC RADIATION These threshold limit values refer to sound pressure Wavelength (nm) 400 405 410 415 420 425 430 435 Blue-Light Hazard Function B 0.10 0.20 0.40 0.80 0.90 0.95 0.98 1.0 Burn Hazard Function R, 1.0 2.0 4.0 8.0 9.0 9.5 9.8 10 levels that represent conditions under which it is be lieved that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse effect. The values listed in Table 15 should be used as guides in the control of noise expo sure and, due to individual susceptibility, should not be regarded as fine lines between safe and dangerous levels. The levels for the third octave bands centered below 20 kHz are below those which cause subiective effects. Those levels for 1/3 octaves above 20 kHz are for prevention of possible hearing losses from subhar monics of these frequencies. 440 1.0 10 445 0.97 9.7 450 0.94 94 TABLE 12 Permissible Ultrasound Exposure 455 460 465 470 475 480 485 490 495 500-600 600-700 700-1049 1050-1400 0.90 -O.BO 0.70 0.62 0.55 0.45 0.40 0.22 0.16 jQI<450-A)/50J 0,001 0.001 0.001 9.0 8.0 7.0 6.2 5.5 4.5 -4.0 2.2 ' 1.6 1.0 1.0 *jQ[f700--A>f505] 0.2 Mid-Frequency of Third-Octave Band kHz One-Third Octave - -Band Level in dB reference 0.0C 10 12.5 16 20 25 31.5 i 40 50 80 80 80 105 110 115 115 115 , 92 93 MAP 000201 PHYSICAL AGENTS UNDER STUDY The Physical Agents Committee of ACGIH has exam ined the cument literature and has not found sufficient information to propose a TLV. However, these agents will remain under study during the coming year to exam ine new evidence indicating the need and feasibility for establishing a proposed TLV. Comments and sugges tions accompanied by substantive documentation are solicited and should be forwarded to the Executive Sec retary, ACGIH, Documentation summarizing the current status of the biological effects literature is available on those agents preceded by an asterisk. 1. Radiofrequency Radiation. Specifically, that portion of the spectrum from 10 MHz to 100 MHz. 2. Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) Radiation. Specifical ly, that portion of the spectrum from 0 to 300 Hz. 3. Magnetic Fields. Both pulsed and continuous. 4. Laser Radiation. Specifically ultraviolet radiation for pulsed exposures, and repetitively pulsed light and infrared-A laser ex posures. 5. Ultrasonic Energy. Specifically, acoustic energy at frequencies above 10 kHz. 6. Vibration. Segmental and whole-body. 7. Cold Stress. -- 8. Pressure Variations. The American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hy gienists was organized in 1938 by a group of govern mental industrial hygienists who desired a medium for the free exchange of ideas, experiences and the promo tion of standards and techniques in industrial health. The Conference is not an official Government Agency. It is an organization devoted to the development of administrative and technical aspects of -worker health pro tection. The association ha* contributed substantially to the development and knprmanent of official Mistrial health services to Mushy and labor. The commttees on Industrial Veniatton and Threshold Limit Values are rec ognized throughout the world for their expertise and contributions to industrial hygiene. Membership is HmRsd to professional personnel in gov ernments agencies or educational institutions engaged in occupational safety and health . than 2300 members fram across the Unite atotmti the world give the organization eegm. >, 94 MAP 000202 .1 iiuaspinniii urn btlUMIU ,klt MAP 000203 TLVs Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances and Physical Agents in the Workroom Environment with Intended Changes for 1980 MAP 000204 Copyright 1980 by American Conference of Govern, mental Industrial Hygienists. ISBN: 0-936712-29-5 This book is fully protected by copyright and no part of it may b* reproduced in any form, by pnnt. photopnnt, microfilm, or any other means without wntten per mission from the Amencan Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists. P.O. Box 1937. Cincinnati, Ohio 45201 PRICE EACH 1-49........................................................................ .......$2.00 50-199..................................................................... ... 1.75 200-999................................................................ -- -1.50 1000-4999............................................................ --.--1.25 5000 or more............................................... ......... ---- 1.00 Documentation of the Threshold limit Valuesf A sepa rate companion piece to the TLVs is issued by ACGIH under this title. This publication gives the pertinent sci entific information and data with reference to literature sources that were used to base each limit. Each docu mentation also contains a statement defining the type of response against which the limit is safeguarding the worker. For a better understanding of the TLVs If is es sential that the Documentation be consulted when the TLVs are being used. Information concerning the availability of copies of the Documentation of the Threshold Limit Values should be directed to the Publications Office, ACGIH, P.O. Box 1937. Cincinnati. OH 45201. TLVs Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances in Workroom Air Adopted by ACGIH for 1980 MAP 000205 m CO ^7><o <o 1980 TLV AIRBORNE CONTAMINANTS COMMITTEE The Conference appreciates the untiring guidance Dr. Elkins has given the TLV Airborne Contaminants Committee over these past years. We wish him well in his retirement. 1979--1980 INTERIM TLV AIRBORNE CONTAMINANTS COMMITTEE Hervey B, Elkins, Ph.D., Retired -- Chairman through April 30, 1980 Charles E. Adkins, OSHA Mary O. Amdur, Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology Faye J. Bowman, Ph. D., Tennessee Valley Authority Paul E. Caplan, P.E., M.P.H.. NIOSH James W. Hammond, University of Texas Trent R. Lewis, Ph.D., NIOSH Jesse Lieberman, P.E.. USN Keith R. Long, Ph.D., University of Iowa Floyd A. Madsen, OSHA Frederick T. McDermott,-Michigan Dept, of Public Health Walter W. Melvin. Jr,, M.D., Sc.D., Colorado State Uni versity Leonard D. Pagnotto, Massachusetts Dept, of Labor & Industry -- Secretary Meier Schneider, P.E., C.I.H., City of Los Angeles Richard D. Stewart, M.D., Medical College of Wiscon sin Vera F. Thomas, Ph.D., University of Miami William D. Wagner, NIOSH Elizabeth K. Weisburger, Ph.D., National Cancer Insti tute Vernon L. Carter, COL., USAF -- Chairman, appointed May 1980 CONSULTANTS Hector P. Blejer, M.D. Marshall Steinberg, Ph. D. Paul Gross, M.D. Theodore R. Torkelson, Sc.D. Ernest Mastromatteo, M.D. Ralph C. Wands James F. Morgan Mitchell R. Zavon, M.D. Any comments or questions regarding these limits should be addressed to: Executive Secretary American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists P.O. Box 1937 Cincinnati OH 45201: (513)661-7881 4. TABLE OF CONTENTS Chemical Substances Page Preface.................................................................. 2 Threshold Limit Values and Short Term Expo sure Limits......................................................... 9 Radioactivity........................................................... 32 Mineral Dusts.......................................................... 33 Nuisance Particulates............................................. 34 Notice of Intended Changes................................... 35 Appendices A. Carcinogens................................................ 40 B. Substances of Variable Composition......... 46 C. Mixtures: Calculation of TLVs.................... 47 E. Nuisance Particulates................................ 51 F. Asphyxiants................................................. 51 G. Conversion of Particle Count to Mass........ 51 Physical Agents Preface.................................................................... Threshold Limit Values Beat Stress........................................................ Ionizing Radiation.............................................. Lasers................................................................ Microwaves....................................................... Noise.................................................................. Impulsive or Impact Noise................................. Ultraviolet Radiation.......................................... Notice of Intended Changes.................................. Notice of Intent: Light and Near-Infrared Radiation.................... Airborne Upper Sonic and Acoustic Radiation.. Pulsed Ultraviolet Laser Exposures For Expo sure Duration Less Than One Millisecond..... Agents Under Study........................................... Oenf dQs Q> C4 coot CV <D eo o co o e<d 57 1 MAP 000206 miiwiii i PREFACE CHEMICAL CONTAMINANTS Thrainokf limit values refer to airborne concentra. of subetances and represent conditions under which it i* believed that nearly all workers may be re- atediy exposed day after day without adverse eftocl. Because of wide variation in individual suscepti bility. however, a small percentage of workers may experience discomfort from some substances at con centrations at or below the threshold limit; a smaller percentage may be affected more seriously by aggra vation of a pre-existing condition or by development of an occupational illness. Tests are available (J. Occup. Med. 15; 564, 1973; Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 151, Art. 2: 968, 1968) that may be used to detect those individuals hypersusceptible to a variety of industrial chemicals (respiratory irri tants, hemolytic chemicals, organic isocyanates, car bon disulfide). Three categories of Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) are specified herein, as follows: a) Threshold Limit Value-Time Weighted Average (TLV-TWA) -- the time-weighted average concentra tion for a normal 8-hour workday or 40-hour work week, to which nearly all workeis may be repeatedly exposed, day after day, without adverse effect. b) Threshold Limit Value-Short Term Exposure Limit (TLV-STEL) -- the maximal concentration to which workers can be exposed for a period up to 15 minutes continuously without suffering from 1) irrita tion, 2) chronic or irreversible tissue change, or 3) narcosis of sufficient degree to increase accident proneness, impair self-rescue, or materially reduce work efficiency, provided that no more than four ex cursions per day are permitted, with at least 60 min utes between exposure periods, and provided that the daily TLV-TWA also is not exceeded. The STEL should be considered a maximal allowable concentra tion, or ceiling, not to be exceeded at any time during the 15-minute excursion period. STELs are based on one or more of the following criteria: (1) Adopted TLVs including those with a "C" or "ceiling'' limit, (2) Pennsylvania Short-Term Limits for Exposure to Air borne Contaminants (Penna. Dept, of Hlth., Chapter 4, Art. 432, Rev. Jan. 25, 1968). (3) OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Standards, 40 FR 23073, May 28, 1975. (4) NIOSH criteria for recommended standards for occupational exposure to specific substances. The TWA-STEL should not be used as engineering design criterion or considered as an emergency expo sure level (EEL). c) Threshold Limit Value-Ceiling (TLV-C) -- the concentration that should not be exceeded even in stantaneously. For some substances, e.g., irritant gases, only one category, the TLV-Ceiling, may be relevant. For other substances, either two or three categories may be rel evant depending upon their physiologic action. It is important to observe that if any one of these three TLVs is exceeded, a potential hazard from that sub stance is presumed to exist. The TLV-TWA should be used as guides in the control of health hazards and should not be used as fine lines between safe and dangerous concentra tions. Time-weighted averages permit excursions above the limit provided they are compensated by equiva lent excursions below the limit during the workday. In some instances it may be permissible to calculate the average concentration for a workweek rather than for a workday. The relationship between threshold limit and permissible excursion is a rule of thumb and in certain cases may not apply. The amount by which threshold limits may be exceeded for short periods without injury to health depends upon a number of factors such as the nature of the contaminant, whether very high concentrations -- even for short periods -- produce acute poisoning, whether the ef fects are cumulative, the frequency with which high concentrations occur, and the duration of such periods. All-factors must be taken into consideration in arriving at a decision as to whether a hazardous condition exists. Threshold limits are based on the best available information from industrial experience, from experi mental human and animal studies, and, w'hen possi ble, from a combination of the three. The basis on which the values are established may differ from sub stance to substance; protection against impairment of health may be a guiding factor for some, whereas reasonable freedom from irritation, narcosis, nui sance or other forms of stress may form the basis for others. The amount and nature of the information avail able for establishing a TLV varies from substance to substance; consequently, the precision of the esti mated TLV is also subject to variation and the latest MAP 000207 HwiiiMlillwiiiwWBililHiWIiliiiii'P'iiiiliWi^Wfalit ffiWfcmil -UlllHL Documentation should be consulted in order to assess the extent of the data available for a given sub stance. The committee holds to the opinion that limits based on physical irritation should be considered no less binding than those based on physicarimpairment. There is increasing evidence that physical irri tation may initiate, promote or accelerate physical im pairment through interaction with other chemical or biologic agents. In spite of the fact that serious injury is^iot be lieved likely as a result of exposure to the threshold limit concentrations, the best practice is to maintain concentrations of all atmospheric contaminants as low as is practical. These limits are intended for use in the practice of industrial hygiene and should be interpreted and ap plied only by a person trained in this discipline. They are not intended for use, or for modification for use, (1) as a relative index of hazard or toxicity, (2) in the evaluation or control of community air pollution nui sances, (3) in estimating the toxic potential of contin uous, uninterrupted exposures or other extended work periods, (4) as proof or disproof of an existing disease or physical condition, or (5) for adoption by countries whose working conditions differ from those in the United States of America and where substances and processes differ. Ceiling vs Time-Weighted Average Limits. Al though the time-weighted average concentration pro vides the most satisfactory, practical way of monitor ing airborne agents for compliance with the limits, there are certain substances for which it is inappro priate. In the latter group are substances which are predominantly fast acting and whose threshold limit is more appropriately based on this particular re sponse. Substances with this type of response are best controlled by a ceiling "C" limit that should not be exceeded. It is implicit in these definitions that the manner of sampling to determine noncompliance with the limits for each group must differ; a single brief sample, that is applicable to a "C" limit, is not appropriate to the time-weighted limit; here, a suffi cient number of samples are needed to permit a timeweighted average concentration throughout a com plete cycle of operations or throughout the work shift. Whereas the ceiling limit places a definite bounda ry which concentrations should not be permitted to exceed, the time-weighted average limit requires an explicit limit to the excursions that are permissible above the listed values. It should be noted that the 4 same factors are used by the Committee in determin ing the magnitude of the value of the STELs. or whether to include or exclude a substance for a "C" listing. "Skin" Notation. Listed substances followed by the designation "Skin" refer to the potential contribu tion to the overall exposure by the cutaneous route including mucous membranes and eye, either by air borne, or more particularly, by direct contact with the substance. Vehicles can alter skin absorption. This at tention-calling designation is intended to suggest ap propriate measures for the prevention of cutaneous absorption so that the threshold limit is not invalid ated. Mixtures. Special consideration should be given also to the application of the TLVs in assessing the health hazards which may be associated with expo sure to mixtures of two or more substances. A brief discussion of basic considerations involved in devel oping threshold limit values for mixtures, and meth ods for their development, amplified by specific ex amples are given in Appendix C. Nuisance Particulates. In contrast to fibrogenic dusts which cause scar tissue to be formed in lungs when inhaled in excessive amounts, so-called "nui sance" dusts have a long history of little adverse ef fect on lungs and do not produce significant organic disease or toxic effect when exposures are kept under reasonable control. The nuisance dusts have also been called (biologically) "inert" dusts, but the latter term is inappropriate to the extent that there is no dust which does not evoke some cellular response in the lung when inhaled in sufficient amount. Howev er, the lung-tissue reaction caused by inhalation of nuisance dusts has the following characteristics: (1) The architecture of the air spaces remains intact. (2) Collagen (scar tissue) is not formed to a significant extent. (3) The tissue reaction is potentially reversible. Excessive concentrations of nuisance dusts in the workroom air may seriously reduce visibility, may cause unpleasant deposits in the eyes, ears and nasal passages (Portland Cement dust), or cause injury to the skin or mucous membranes by chemical or me chanical action per se or by the rigorous skin cleans ing procedures necessary for their removal. A threshold limit of 10 mg/m3, or 30 mppcf, of total dust < 1% quartz, or, 5 mg/m3 respirable dust is rec ommended for substances in these categories and for which no specific threshold limits have been as signed. This limit, for a normal workday, does not apply to brief exposures at higher concentrations. 5 MAP 000208 Neither does it apply to those substances which may cause physiologic impairment at lower concentra tions but for which a threshold limit has not yet been adopted. Some nuisance particulates are given in Ap pendix E. Simple Asphyxiants -- "inert" Gases or Vapors. A number of gases and vapors, when present in high concentrations in air, act primarily as simple asphyx iants without other significant physiologic effects. A TLV may not be recommended for each simple as phyxiant because the limiting factor is the available oxygen. The minimal oxygen content should be 18 percent by volume under normal atmospheric pres sure (equivalent to a partial pressure, PO2 of 135 mm Hg). Atmospheres deficient in O2 do not provide ade quate warning and most simple asphyxiants are odorless. Several simple asphyxiants present an ex plosion hazard. Account should be taken of this fac tor in limiting the concentration of the asphyxiant. Specific examples are listed in Appendix F. _ Physical Factors. It is recognized that such physi cal factors as heat, ultraviolet and ionizing -radiation, humidity, abnormal pressure (altitude) and the like may place added stress on the body so that the ef fects from exposure at a threshold limit may be al tered. Most of these stresses act adversely to increase the toxic response of a substance. Although most threshold limits have built-in safety factors to guard against adverse effects to moderate deviations from normal environments, the safety factors of most sub stances are not of such a magnitude as to take care of gross deviations. For example, continuous work at temperatures above 90F, or overtime extending the workweek more than 25%, might be considered gross deviations. In such instances judgment must be exer cised in the proper adjustments of the Threshold Limit Values. --` Biologic Limit Values <BLVsj. Other means exist and may be necessary for monitoring worker expo sure other than reliance on the Threshold Limit Val ues tor industrial air, namely, the Biologic Limit Val ues. These values represent limiting amounts of substances (or their effects) to which the worker may be exposed without hazard to health or well-being as determined in his tissues and fluids or in his exhaled breath. The biologic measurements on which the BLVs are based can furnish two kinds of information useful in the control of worker exposure: (1) measure of the individual worker's over-all exposure; (2) mea sure of the worker's individual and characteristic re sponse. Measurements of response furnish a superior 6 i estimate of the physiologic status of the worker, and may be made of (a) changes in amount of some criti cal biochemical constituent, (b) changes in activity of a critical enzyme, (c) changes in some physiologic function. Measurement of exposure may be made by (1) determining in blood, urine, hair, nails, in body tis sues and fluids, the amount of substance to which the worker was exposed; (2) determination of the amount of the metabolite(s) of the substance in tissues and fluids; (3) determination of the amount of the sub stance in the exhaled breath. The biologic limits may be used as an adjunct to the TLVs for air, or in place of them. The BLVs, and their associated procedures for determining compliance with them, should thus be regarded as an effective means of providing health surveillance of the worker. Unlisted Substances. Many substances present or handled in industrial processes do not appear on the TLV list. In a number of instances the material is rare ly present as a particulate, vapor or other airborne contaminant, and a TLV is not necessary, in other cases sufficient information to warrant -development of a TLV, even on a tentative basis, is not available to the Committee. Other substances, of low toxicity, could be included in Appendix E pertaining to nui sance particulates. This list (as well as Appendix F) is not meant to be all inclusive; the substances serve only as examples. In addition there are some substances of not in considerable toxicity, which have been omitted pri marily because only a limited number of workers (e.g., employees of a single plant) are known to have potential exposure to possibly harmful concentra tions. "Notice of Intent." At the beginning of each year, proposed actions of the Committee for the forthcom ing year are issued in the form of a "Notice of Intend ed Changes." This Notice provides not only an oppor tunity for comment, but solicits suggestions of substances to be added to the list. The suggestions should be accompanied by substantiating evidence. The list of Intended Changes follows the Adopted Val ues in the TLV booklet. Values listed in parenthesis in the "Adopted" list are to be used during the period in which a proposed change for that Value is listed in the Notice of Intended Changes. Legal Status. The Threshold Limit Values, as is sued by ACGIH, are recommendations and should be used as guidelines for good practices. Wherever these values (of whatever year) have been used or in cluded by reference in Federal and/or State statutes 7 MAP 000209 and registers, the TLVs do have the force and effects of law. -- Reprint Permission. This book is fully protected by copyright and no part of it may be reproduced in any form, by print, photoprint, microfilm or any other means without written permission from the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists. Inc., P.O. Box 1937, Cincinnati, OH 45201. 8 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm0' mg/m3* TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm- mg/m3'" Abate.............................. -- Acetaldehyde.................. 100 Acetic acid.......... ........... 10 C Acetic anhydride............. 5 ** Acetone........................... (1.000) Acetonitrile........... ........... Acetylene........... ............. 40 F Acetylene dichloride, see 1,2-0ichloroethylene . 200 Acetylene tetrabromide... 1 * Acetytsaiicylic acid (Aspnn) ...................... Acrolein........... .............. Acrylamide -- Skin........ . 0.1 -- ** Acrylonitrile -- Skin....... Aldrin --Skin........ . (Alb) -- Allylalcohoi -- Skin...... 2 Attyl chloride.................... 1 Allyl glyddyl ether (AGE) --Skin............. 5 Allyl propyl disulfide....... 2 Aluminum metal and oxide...................... . Aluminum pyro powders. Aluminum welding fumes _ -- -- Aluminum, soluble salts. Aluminum, alkyls (N0C)' Aluminum oxide (AlaOs).. 4-Aminodiphenyl -- Skin -- -- -- 2-Aminoethanol. see Ethanolamine.............. 3 2*Aminopyridine............. 0.5 3-Amino 1, 2, 4-triazole . A2 Ammonia...................... . Ammonium 25 chloride-fume............. Ammonium sulfamate (Animate).................... -- n-Amyl acetate________ 100 sec-Amyl acetate............. 125 Aniline & homologues -- Skin .. 2 10 __ 180 150 25 15 20 -- (2.400) (1.250) 70 60 ---- 790 15 5 0.25 0.3 (Alb) 0.25 5 3 250 1.5 _ 0.3 -- -- -- 4 2 22 10 12 3 10 5-- 5-- 2-- 2-- E-- Alb -- 86 22 A2 -- 18 35 10 10 __ 530 150 670 150 10 5 20 270 37 -- (3.000) 105 -- 1.000 20 0.8 0.6 -- 0.75 10 6 44 18 20 -- -- -- -- 20 Alb 15 4 -- 27 20 20 800 800 20 Capital letters refer to Appendices Footnotes (a thru f) see Page 32. *1980 Addition "See Notices of Intended Changes. 9 MAP 000210 Suto, --------- ---- ADOPTED VALUES TV'* | ________pprn* mp/mJftl TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm01 mg/m]<" Anisidine (o-. p-tsomers) -- Skin.... Antimony & Compounds 0.1 0.5 (as Sb)...................... Antimony trioxide, f0.5) handling and use (as Sb)........................ Antimony trioxide -- 0.5 production.................. ANTU (o-Naphthyl _ A2 thiourea)....................... Argon............................ ' Arsenic & soluble _ F 0.3 __ F compounds, as As...... * Arsenic trioxide production.................... Arsine......................... Asbestos, see MINERAL __ D-Q5 0.2 __ A2 __ 0.2 -- DUSTS .......................... Asphalt (petroleum) Ala fumes............................. Atrazine..................... Azinphos-methyl -- Skin Barium (soluble __ -- -- 5 10 0.2 compounds), as Ba.... Baygon (propoxur)........ * Baytex. see Fenthion...... Benomyl........... Benzene .......................... '* Benzidine -- 10, A2 0.5 0.5 0.1 10 30, A2 __ 25. A2 production --Skin,.,. p-Benzoqumone. see __ (Alb) Quinone.............. Benzoyl peroxide.......... Benzo(a)pyrene .......... Benzyl chloride............ Beryllium........................ Biphenyl........... Bismuth telluride........ Bismuth telluride, 0.1 0.4 __ 5 __ A2 15 -- 0.002, A2 0.2 1.5 10 0.3 __ 0.6 Se-doped.................. -- 5 --- Capital letters reter to Appendices. Footnotes la ttiru fl see Page 32 1980 Addition. * 'See Notice of Intended Changes 0.9 c 1C 0.6 2 03 15 75. A2 /AIM 2 A2 4 on 10 10 ADOPTED VALUES TWA Substanceppm` mg/m3*' TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm' mo/m3'" Borates, tetra, sodium salts. Anhydrous .................. Decahydrate................ Pentahydrate.............. Boron oxide..................... Boron tribromide............. C Boron trifluoride ............. Bromacil.............. -......... Bromine........................... Bromine pentafluoride.... Bromochloromethane, see Chlorobromomethane. Bromoform -- Skin....... Butadiene (1, 3-butadiene)................ "Butane.......... ................... Butanethiol, see Butyl mercaptan.................. 2-Butanone, see Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK).... *' 2-Butoxyethanol (Butyl Cellosolve) -- Skin.... n-Butyl acetate............... sec-Butyl acetate............. tert-Butyl acetate............. Butyl acrylate................... C n-Butyl alcohol -- Skin.. * sec-Butyl alcohol............. tert-Butyl alcohol............. CButylamine -- Skin........ C tert-Butyl chromate (as Cr03) -- Skin............. ** n-Butyl glycidyl ether (BGE)................. ......... n-Butyl lactate................. Butyl mercaptan.............. * o-sec-Butylphenol -- Skin.............................. p-tert-Butyltoluene.......... __ -- -- -- 1 1 1 0,1 0.1 200 0.5 1,000 (600) 0.5 200 (50) 150 200 200 10 50 (150) 100 5 __ (50) 5 0.5 5 10 1-- 5-- i-- 10 -- 10 3 3-- 10 2 0.7 0.3 0.7 0.3 1,050 5 250 -- 2,200 1.250 (1,430) (750) 1.5 -- 590 300 (240) 710 950 950 55 150 (450) 300 15 (150) 200 250 250 -- -- -- 150 -- 0.1 (270) 25 1.5 -- -- -- -- 30 60 20 -- -- -- 20 30 -- 20 2 2 1.300 -- 2.750 (1,780) -- 885 (720) 950 1,190 1,190 -- -- 450 -- -- -- -- -- 120 Capital letters refer to Appendices. "1980 Addition. See Notice of intended Changes 11 MAP 000211 ADOPTED VALUES TENTATIVE Substance TWA STEL ppm-' rng/m**' ppm0' mg/mJ#' Cadmium, dust & salts _ (as Cd) ........................ C Cadmium oxide fume (as Cd)............................... " Cadmium oxide production (as Cd)...... Calcium carbonate/ marble......................... Calcium cyanamide........ Calcium hydroxide.......... Calcium oxide................. Camphor, synthetic......... Caprolactam Dust............................ Vapor........................... Captafo! (Difolatan*) -- Skin... -Captan............... ............. Carbary! (Sevin*)........... Carbofuran (Furadan*).. Carbon black.................. Carbon dioxide................ * Carbon disulfide -- Skin Carbon monoxide........... Carbon tetrabromide...... '* Carbon tetrachloride --Skin,, Carbonyl chloride (Phosgene) ................. * Carbonyl fluoride............. Catechol (Pyrocatechol).. Cellulose (paperfiber).... Cesium hydroxide. .. . Chlordane -- Skin.......... Chlorinated camphene -- Skin.. .. Chlorinated diphenyl oxide............................ Chlorine................ Chlorine dioxide.............. ) Chlorine trifluoride.......... --- __ -- __ -- 2 __ 5 -- -- -- __ __ 5,000 10 50 0.1 (10) 0.1 (5) 5 __ __ __ __ 1 0.1 - 0.1 0.05 0.05 (A2) _ . ___ 0.2 E 0.5 5 __ 2 ----- 12 3 1 __ 20 10 0.1 5 5 0.1 3.5 9,000 30 55 1.4 __ __ __ 15,000 4M 0,3 20 1 __ 18 3 40 15 10 7 18.000 440 4 (65) (20) 0.4 (15) 20 E. 2 0.5 0.5 __ 0.5 __ 33 0.3 0.3 0.4 (130) 20 2 1 2 g 0.9 Capital letters refer to Appendices *1980 Addition * 'See Notice ot Intended Cnanpes 12 Substance C Chloroacetaldehyde........ orChloroacetophenone (Phenacyl chloride).... * Chloroacetyl chloride...... Chlorobenzene (Monochlorobenzene). * o-Chlorobenzylidene malononitrile -- Skin . Chlorobromomethane.... * 2-Chloru-l, 3-butadiene, see )3 Chloroprene -- Skin................. . Chlorodifluommethane. Chlorodiphenyl (42% Chlorine) -- Skin....... Chlorodiphenyl (54% Chlorine! -- Skin....... * 1-Chloro, 2, 3-epoxy-propane (Epichlorohydrin) -- Skin................. ........ ... C 2-Chloroethanol (Ethylene chlorohydrin) -- Skin. * Chloroethylene, see Vinyl chloride.............. Chloroform (Trichloromethane).... bis-Chloromethyl ether... ** 1-Chloro-1-nitropropane Chloropicrin.................... * /90hloroprene -- Skin .. o-Chlorostyrene .......... o-Chlorotoluene -- Skin. 2-Chloro6-(trichloromethyl) pyridine (N-Serve)... Chlorpyrifos (Dursban) -- Skin... ** Chromates, certain insoluble forms.......... ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm"' 1 3 0.05 0.05 0.3 0.2 75 350 (0.05) 200 (0.4) 1,050 10 1,000 -- 45 3,500 1 0.5 28 13 5. Ala 10, Ala 10, A2 0.001 (20) 0.1 10 50 50 50. A2 Ala (100) 0.7 45 285 250 -- 10 -- 0.2 -- (0.05,Ala) TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm01 mg/m3'" ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 250 1.300 -- 1,250 -- -- 4,375 2 -1 5 19 ---- ---- 50 225 -- Ala ---- 0.3 2 ---- 75 430 .75 375 -- 20 -- 0.6 -- (Ala) Capital letters refer to Appendices. Footnotes la thru f) see Page 32 *1980 Addition. * "See Notice of Intended Changes. 13 MAP 000212 Kss.gMiiiiigaiiKaw>p^w,aaWfffii^ !m wmitu.m Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm01 mg/m*6> ** Chromic acid and Chromates, (as Cr).... Chromite ore processing (chromate), as Cr....... Chromium, Sol. chromic, chromous salts (as Cr)............... Clopidol (Coyden*)....... Coal tar pitch volatiles, as benzene solubles... ** Cobalt metal, dust and fume (as Co)............. Copper fume................... Dusts & Mists (as Cu) Corundum (AleOa)........... Cotton dust, raw............ Crag herbicide, see Sodium 2, 4-dich lorophenoxyethyl sulfate................. . Cresol, ail isomers -- Skin........ CrotonakJehyde............. Crufornate*.................... Cumene -- Skin............ Cyanamide..................... Cyanides, as CN -- Skin Cyanogen ....................... 'C Cyanogen chloride......... Cyclohexane................. ... Cydohexanol................. *' Cyclohexanone............... Cyclohexene.................... Cyclohexylamine -- Skin Cyclonite -- Skin........... Cyclopentadiene.............. 2, 4-D (2, 4-Dichlorophenoxy-acetic acid)............................ DDT (Dichlorodiphenyl- trichloroethane).......... (0.05) 0.05, Ala 0.5 -- 10 0.2,Ala (0.1) -- 0.2 --1 --E -- 0.2*' 10 5 22 26 __ 5 50 245 --2 __ 5 10 20 0.3 0.6 300 1,050 50 200 (50) (200) 300 1,015 10 40 -- 1.5 75 200 10 --1 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ~ ppm01 mg/m*41 -- 20 Aia _ _2 __ E __ 0.6 20 6 18 20 75 365 __ -- 375 1.300 -- __ __ "_ 3 150 400 20 --3 Capital letters refer to Appendices. '1980 Addition * 'See Notice of Intended Changes, k) See p. 35. 14 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm01 mg/m*4' TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm0' mg/m*41 DDVP, see Dichlorvos -- Skin............................. Decaborane -- Skin....... Demeton -- Skin.......... Diacetone alcohol (4-hydro xy-4-methyl2-pentanone).............. 1.2-Diaminoethane, see Ethylenediamine........ Diazinon -- Skin............. Oiazomethane................. Diborane ......................... " 1,2-Dibromomethane, see Ethylene dibromide -- Skin...... Dibrom.............. .......... 2-n-Dibutylaminoethanol -- Skin........................ Dibutyl phosphate.......... Dibutyl phthaiate............. C Dichloracetyiene............. Co-Dichlorobenzene......... p-Dichlorobertzene.......... 3, 3'-Dlchlorobenzidene -- Skin.............. ......... Dichlorodiffuoromethane. 1,3-Dichloro-5, 5-dimethyl hydantoin.. 1,1-Dichloroethane....... * 1,2-Dichloroethane, see Ethylene dichioride .... 1,2-Dichloroethylene.... Dichloroethyl ether -- Skin.................. ........ * Dichlorofluoromethane... ** Dichloromethane, see Methylene chloride .... Cl, 1-Dichloro-1- nitroethane......... ........ 1,2-Dichloropropane, see Propylene 0.1 0.05 0.01 50 --10 0.2 0.1 (Al--b) 2 1 -- 0.1 50 75 _ 1,000 _ 200 10 200 5 10 (200) 10 1 0.3 0.3 0.15 0.1 0.03 240 75 25 0.1 -- 0.4 -- 0.1 -- (Alb) 3 14 5 5 0.4 300 450 A2 4,950 0.2 810 4 2 -- -- -- 110 _ 1,250 ___ 250 40 15 790 250 30 40 --10 (700) 60 (250) ___ 3 0.9 0.3 360 ___ 0.3 -- -- 6 28 10 10 -- -- 675 A2 6,200 0.4 1,010 60 1,000 --60 (870) _ Capital letters refer to Appendices Footnotes (a thru f) see Page 32. '1980 Addition. '"See Notice of Interned Changes. 15 MAP 000213 adopted VALUES tentative VALUES SillRtMCt TWA STEL ppm*1 mg/m** ppm-1 nn/m*1" dichloride.................... * Dichioropropene -- Skin * 2,2-Dichioropropionic add.............................. Dichlorotetrafluoro- ethane.......... .............. Dichkxvos (DDVP) -- Skin........................ Dicrotophos (Bidrin*) -- Skin.............................. Dicydopentadiene.......... Dicydopentadienyt iron .. Dieldrin -- Skin.............. * Diethylamine.................... Diethyiaminoethanol -- Skin............................. Dietbylene triamine -- Skin.............................. Diethyi ether, see Ethyl ether............................ Diethyl phthalate............. Difluorodibromomethane. **C Diglycidyl ether (OGE).... Dihydroxybenzene, see Hydroquinone............. Diisobutyl ketone........... Oiisopropyfamine -- Skin.............. .............. Dimethoxymethane, see Methylal...................... Dimethyl acetamide -- Skin............................. Dimethylamine...... ......... Dimethylaminobenzene, see Xyiidene -- Skin.. Dimettiyianiline (N, N-Dimethyianiline) -- Skin................ ............ Oimethylbenzene, see Xylene -- Skin........... Dimethyl carbamyl chloride...................... Capital letters refer to Appendices. I960 Addison. "See Nonce of Intended Changes. 75 1 1 1.000 0.1 5 -- 3 10 1 400 -- 100 (0.5) -- 25 5 1,000 10 10 5 5 100 A2 350 110 5 10 6-- 7,000 1,250 1 0.3 0.25 30 10 0.25 15 -- -- -- -- 50 -- 4-- 1,200 5 860 (3) 2 150 20 500 -- 150 -- -- -- 3.100 35 18 1.250 -- 15 -- 25 10 25 10 435 150 A2 -- 510 50 -- 8.750 3 -- -- 20 0.75 __ .__ 1,500 10 1,290 -- 4 -- -- 3,875 50 __ 50 50 650 -- 16 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ______ ppm"' mg/m181 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm-1 mg/m*81 Dimethyl-1, 2-dibromo-2-dichleroethyl phosphate, see Dibrom................. ...... , -a- Dimethytformamide -- Skin..................... 10 2, 6-Dimethyl4-heptanone, see Diisobutyl ketone.. 25 1,1-Dtmethylhydrazine -- Skin........................ Dimethylphthaiate........... 0.5 -- Dimethyl sullate -- Skin. 0.1, A2 Dinitrobenzene (all isomers) -- Skin......... Dmitro-o-cresol -- Skin . 0.15 -- 5,5-0initre-d-tniuamide (Zoalene*).................. -- Dinitrotoluene -- Skin ... -- ** Dioxane, tech, grade -- Skin............................. (50) Dioxathion (Delnav) -- Skin............................. -- Diphenyl, see Biphenyl... Diphenyiamine................ 0.2 -- C Diphenyimethane diisocyanate, see Methylene bispheny! isocyanate (MDI)......... 0.02 Dipropylene glycol methyl ether --Skin .. 100 Diquat............................. -- Di-sec, octyl phthalate (Di-2-ethylhexylphthalate).................... -- Disulfiram.................. .. Disulfoton (Disyston *)... -- 2, 6-Ditert. butyl-p-cresol............. Diuron............................... .--r-- * Divinyl benzene.............. Dyfonate -- Skin............. 10 -- Emery...................... ....... ,T- 3 30 150 1 5 0.5, A2 1 0.2 5 1.5 (180) 0,2 1.5 10 0.2 600 0.5 5 -2 0.1 10 10 50 0.1 E -- 20 -- 1 -- -- 0.5 -- -- -- -- -- 0.6 -- -- 150 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 6 60 -- 2 10 -- 3 0.6 10 5 -- -- 4 20 -- 900 1 10 5 0.3 20 -- -- -- 20 Capital letters refer to Appendices. 'I960 Addition. * *See Notice of Intended Changes. 17 MAP 000214 Substance Endosutfan (Thiodan*) -- Skm........................ Endrin -- Skin............... ' Epichlorohydrin -- Skin. EPN -- Skin.................... 1, 2-Epoxypropane, see Propylene oxide.......... 2, 3-Epoxy-1-propanol, see Glyddol................. Ethane.............................. Ethanethiol, see Ethyl mercaptan.................. Ethanolamine.................. Ethion (Nialate*) -- Skin " 2-Ethoxyethanol -- Skin. * 2-Ethoxyethyl acetate (Celiosolve acetate) -- Skin.............................. Ethyl acetate.................... * Ethyl acrylate -- Skin.... Ethyl alcohol (Ethanol)... Ethylamine...................... Ethyl amyl ketone (5-Melhyl-3heptanone).................. Ethyl benzene.................. Ethyl bromide................. Ethylbutyl ketone (3-Heptanone)............. Ethyl chloride.................. Ethylene........................... C Ethylene chlorohydrin -- Skin............................. Ethylenediamme.............. *' Ethylene dibromide........ * Ethylene dichloride........ Ethylene glycol, Particulate.................. " Vapor........................... "C Ethylene glycol dinitrate and/or Nitroglycerin ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm"' mg/m3*' -- 2 __ 100 50 F 0.5 3 -- (100) 0.1 0.1 10 0.5 240 150 __ 1 8 0.4 (370) (100) 400 (25) 1,000 10 (540) 1,400 (100) 1,900 18 25 100 200 50 1.000 F 1 10 (Alb) 10 (100) 130 435 890 230 2,600 __ 3 25 (Alb) 40 10 (250) TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ~~ ppm*" mg/m3'" __ 5 150 75 F 2 6 (150) 0.3 0.3 20 2 360 225 3 15 (560) (150) __ __ -- __ (810) __ .__ __ 125 250 75 1,250 F 545 1,110 345 3,250 __ __ 15 (125) -- __ 60 20 (325) Capital letters refer to Appendices. '1980 Addition. "See Notices of Intended Changes Footnotes (a thru f| see Page 32. 18 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm"' mg/m3 61 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppw` mg/m3 -- Skin........................ (0.2) Ethylene glycol methyl ether acetate (Methyl Celiosolve acetate) -- Skin........................ 25 ** Ethylene oxide................. (50) Ethytenimine -- Skin...... 0.5 Ethyl ether....................... 400 Ethyl formate.................. 100 Ethylidene chloride, see 1, 1-Dichloroethane ... 200 C Ethylidene norbomene... 5 Ethyl mercaptan.............. 0.5 ** N-Ethylmorpholine -- Skin.............................. 20 Ethyl silicate.................... 'Fensulfothkm (Dasanit).. Fenthion........... .. ............ Ferbam............................ Ferrovanadium dust....... Fluoride (as F)................. 10 -- -- -- -- -- Fluorine...................... . 1 * Fluorotrichloromethane, see Trichlorofluoromethane, (1,000) C Formaldehyde................. 2 Formamide........... ........... , 20 Formic add..................... 5 '* Furfural -- Skin.............. (5) * Furfuryl alcohol -- Skin. " Gasoline........................... (5) -- Germanium tetrahydride. Glass, fibrous'1 or dust.. 0.2 -- *C GlutarakJehyde................ Glycerin mist....... ........... 0.2 -- ** Glycidol (2, 3-Epoxy- 1-propanol)................. (50) Glycol monoethyl ether, see 2-Ethoxyethanol -- Skin........................ , 100 Graphite (Synthetic)....... -- Guthion, see (2) 120 (90) 1 1,200 300 810 25 1 95 35 0.1 0.1 10 1 2.5 2 35 (75) -- 500 150 250 -- 2 -- 30 -- -- -- -- -- 2 (5.600) (1.250) 3-- 30 30 9-- (20) (15) (20) (10) (B2) -- 0.6 0.6 10 -- 0.7 -- E-- (150) (75) 370 150 E-- -- 170 (135) -- 1,500 450 1,010 -- 3 -- 255 -- 0.3 20 0.3 -- 4 (7,000) r45 -- (60) (40) (82) 1.8 -- -- E (225) 560 -- Capital leners refer to Appendices. '1980 Addition. ''See Notice of Intended Changes. 19 MAP 000215 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm-' mg/m3*' TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm'" mg/m3*1 Azinphos-methyl -- Skin..........................., Gypsum......................... Hafnium......................... Helium............................ -- -- -- F Heptacfilor --Skin........ -- Heptane (n-Heptane).... 400 Hexachlorocyclopenta- diene............................ ** Hexachloroethane -- 0.01 Skin............................. Hexachloronaphthaiene (1) -- Skin........................ -- Hexafiuoroacetone.......... 0.1 " Hexane (n-hexane).......... Hexamethyl (100) jJhpjsphpramide -- Skin............................. A2 2-Hexanone, see Methyl Butyl ketone -- Skin .. ** Hexone, see Methyl 25 isobutyl ketone) -- Skin............................. (100) sec-Hexyl acetate........... 50 C Hexylene glycol.............. 25 Hydrazine -- Skin.......... 0.1, A2 Hydrogen ........................ F Hydrogenated terphenyls 0.5 Hydrogen bromide.......... C Hydrogen chloride.......... *C Hydrogen cyanide -- 3 5 Skin.............................. 10 Hydrogen fluoride (as F). 3 Hydrogen peroxide........ 1 Hydrogen selenide (as Se)................. ............. Hydrogen sulfide............. Hydroquinone................. * 2-Hydroxypropyl acrylate 0.05 10 -- -- Skin....................... Indene.................. 0.5 10 0.2 E 0.5 -- 0.5 1,600 0.1 (10) 0.2 0.7 (360) A2 100 (410) 300 125 0.1, A2 -- 5 10 7 10 2.5 1.5 0.2 14 2 3 45 -- -- -- -F -- 500 0.03 (3) -- 0.3 (125) -- 40 (125) -- -- -- F -- -- -- -- 6 2 --- . 15 -- 15 0.6 20 1.5 -- 2 2.000 0.3 (30) 0.6 2 (450) -- 165 (510) -- -- -- __ -- -- -- -- 5 3 -- 21 4 -- 70 Capital letters refer to Appendices '1980 Addition. "See Notice of Intended Changes 20 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm0' mg/m3*' TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm0' mg/m3"' Indium & Compounds (as In) ........................ C Iodine......................... . iodoform.................... iron oxide fume (Fe^, as Fe)......................... ** Iron pentacarhonyl (as Fe)............................. Iron salts, soluble (as Fe)............................. Isoamyl acetate............. Isoamyl alcohol............. Isobutyl acetate............. Isobutyl alcohol............. C Isophorone.................... Isophorone diisocyanate -- Skin.. Isopropyl acetate............. Isopropyl alcohol -- Skin Isopropytamine................ * N-lsopropylaniline -- Skin.............................. Isopropyl ether................ Isopropyl giycidyl ether (IGE)............................ Kaolin............................... Ketene............................. Lead, inorg.. fumes & dusts (as Pb)....... . Lead arsenate (as Pb).... Lead chromate (as Cr)... Limestone...................... . Lindane -- Skin.............. Lithium hydride........... . L.P.G. (Liquified petroleum gas)........... Magnesite........................ Magnesium oxide fume (as Mg)........................ Malathion -- Skin........ . Maleic anhydride............. -- 0.1 0.1 1 0.6 10 B3 5 (0.01) -- 100 100 150 50 5 (0.08) 1 525 360 700 150 25 0.01 250 400 5 0.09 950 980 12 2 10 250 1,050 50 240 --E 0.5 0.9 ___ 0.15 -- (0.15) -- 0.05, A2 --E -- 0.5 -- 0.025 1,000 ,-- -- -- 0.25 1,800 E 10 10 1 -- -- 1 __ -- -- 125 125 187 75 -- -- 310 500 10 5 310 75 -- 1.5 -- -- -- -- -- -- 1,250 -- -- -- -- 0.3 -- 20 10 -- 2 655 450 875 225 -- -- 1,185 1,225 24 20 1,320 360 20 3 0.45 (0 45) -- 20 1.5 -- 2,250 20 -- -- -- Capital letters refer to Appendices. '1980 Addition. ' 'See Notice of Intended Changes. 21 MAP 000216 StffettllK* - C Manganese 4 Compounds (as Mn) .. Manganese fume (as Mn).............................. Manganese cyclopentadienyl tricarbonyf (as Mn) -- Skin.....,,.................... Manganese Tetroxide...... Marble/calcium carbonate.................... Mercury (Alkyf compounds) -- Skin, (as Hg)........................ ** Mercury (All forms except alkyl), as Hg ... ** Mesityl oxide.................. Methane........................... Methanethiol, see Methyl mercaptan.................. Methomyl (Lannate) -- Skin............................. Methoxychlor.................. 2-Methoxyethanol -- Skin (Methyl Cellosolve)................ Methyl acetate................. Methyl acetylene (propyne).................... Methyl acetylene-propadiene mixture (MAPP).......... Methyl acrylate -- Skin .. Methylacrylonitrile -- Skin............................. Methylal (dimethoxymethane) .. Methyl alcohol (methanol) -- Skin.... Methylamine.................... Methyl amyl alcohol, see Methyl isobuty! carbinol -- Skin........ Capital letters refer to Appendices ` "See Notice of Intended Changes ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm0' 5 1 0.1 __ 1 E 0.01 - (0.05) 425) 4100) F __ 0.5 1 2.5 -- 10 25 200 1,000 80 610 1,650 1,000 10 1 1.000 200 10 1.800 35 3 3,100 260 12 25 100 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppnr mp/m**1 3 0.3 -- 20 0.03 (0.15) F_ _ 35 250 1,250 120 760 2.040 1,250 -- 2 1.250 250 __ 2,250 6 3,875 310 .40 160 22 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm0' mg/m3" ** Methyl n-amyl ketone (2-Heptanone)......... . ** Methyl bromide -- Skin . ** Methyl butyl ketone -- (100) (15) Skin....................... . Methyl Cellosolve -- (25 Skin see 2-Methoxyethanol....... Methyl Cellosolve * 25 acetate --Skin, see Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate........ ............... ** Methyl chloride.............. Methyl chloroform (1,1, 25 (100) 1-Trichtoroethane)..... Methyl 2-cyanoacryiate.. Methylcydohexane........ Methylcydohexanol........ o-Methycydohexanone 350 2 400 50 -- Skin....................... 50 Methylcydopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (as MN) --Skin........ Methyl demeton -- Skin. C Methylene bisphenyl __ isocyanate (MDI)........ ** Methylene chloride 0.02 (dichloromethane)..... (200) 4,4'-Methytene bis (2-chloroaniline) -- Skin............................ 0.02, A2 C Methylene bis (4-cydo- hexyiisocyanate)........ 0.01 * 4,4-Methylene dianiline. Methyl ethyl ketone 0.1 (MEK)......................... 200 C Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide...................... 0.2 Methyl formate.............. C Methyl hydrazine -- Skin 100 0.2 " Methyl iodide --Skin.... (5) (465) (60) (100) 80 120 (210) 1,900 8 1,600 235 230 0.2 0.5 0.2 (700) 0.22, A2 0.11 0.8 590 1.5 250 0.35 (28) Capital letters refer to Appendices. 1980 Addition. "See Notice of Intended Changes. TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm"1 mg/mj6' (150) (710) (40) (165) 35 120 35 (125) 450 4 500 75 75 170 (260) 2,450 16 2,000 350 345 0.6 -- 1.5 (250) (870) 0.5 4 300 885 150 _ (10) 375 (56) 23 MAP 000217 Subtil net " Methyl isoamyl ketone... Methyl isobutyl carbino! -- Skin........... ............ Methyl isobutyl ketone... Methyl isocyanate -- Skin.............................. Methyl mercaptan............ Methyl methacrylate....... Methyl parathion -- Skin Methyl propyl ketone...... **C Methyl silicate................. **C a-Methyl styrene............. Molybdenum (as Mo) Soluble compounds... Insoluble compounds. Monocrotophos (Azodrin*) .................. *' Monomethyl aniline -- Skin............................. Morpholine -- Skin......... Naphthalene.................... /3-Naphthylamine........... Neon........... .................... Nickel carbonyl (as Ni)... Nickel metal.................... Nickel, soluble compounds (as Ni).... Nickel sulfide roasting. fume & dust (as Ni)... Nicotine -- Skin............. Nitric add........................ Nitric oxide..................... p-Nitroaniline -- Skin.... Nitrobenzene -- Skin...... p-Nitrochlorobenzene -- Skin........... ................. 4-Nitrodiphenyi............... Nitroethane..................... 'C Nitrogen dioxide............. Nitrogen trifluoride........ 'C Nitroglycerin -- Skin...... Capital letters refer to Appendices. Footnotes la thru f) see Page 32. ` I960 Addition "See Notice of Intended Changes. ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm01 mg/m*4' (100) (475) 25 100 100 410 0.02 0.5 100 -- 200 <5) (100) -- ' 0.05 1 410 0.2 700 (30) (480) 5 10 -- 0.25 (2) 20 10 -- F 0.05 -- (9) 70 50 Alb -- 0.35 1 -- -- -- 2 25 1 1 -- -- 100 (5) 10 (0.2) 0.1 1. Ala 0.5 5 30 6 5 1 Alb 310 (9) 30 (2) TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm0' mg/nyj* (150) (710) 40 125 -- -- 125 250 -- _ __ -- 165 510 SlQ Os 87$ 10 20 --- (4) (18) 30 105 15 75 -- Alb .F __ ---- -- 0.3 __ _ _ __ 1.5 4 10 35 45 2 12 2 10 __ 2 -- Alb 150 465 __ 15 45 24 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm0' TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm- mg/m3" Nitromethane.................. ** 1-Nitropropane............... *C 2-Nitropropane................ N-Nitrosodimethylamine (dimethylnitrosoamine) -- Skin................ ** Nitrotoluene -- Skin....... Nitrotrichloromethane, 100 (25) 25. A2 (5) see Chloropicrin......... Nonane........................... OctachlOFonaphthalene -- Skin...................... Octane..................,,. . Oil mist, mineral............ Osmium tetroxide (as Os)............................. Oxaicatid..................... Oxygen difluoride........ ... Ozone........................... . Paraffin wax fume......... Paraquat, respirable sizes.................... Parathion -- Skin.......... 0.1 200 300 ,--- 0.0002 0.05 0.1 __ Particulate polycyclic aromatic hydro-carbons (PPAH), see Coal tar pitch volatiles............. Pentaborane................... Pentachioronaphthalene. 0.005 -- Pentachlorophenol -- Skin............................ Pentaerythritol................ Pentane ......................... 2-Pentanone, see Methyl propyl ketone.......-- ** Perchloroethylene -- Skin............................ 600 200 (100) Perchloromethyl mercaptan................. . 0.1 250 (90) 90. A2 150 (35) __ A2 (30) 0.7 1,050 (10) 0.3 250 0.1 1,450 5"> 375 __ 0.002 1 0.1 0.2 2 0.0006 -- 0.15 0.3 __ 0.1 0.1 __ 0.2. Ala 0.01 0.5 0.015 -- 0.5 E 1,800 700 -- 750 250 (670) 0.8 (150) _ 375 (135) __ A2 (60) 2 1.300 0.3 1,800 10 0.006 2 0,3 0.6 6 0.3 Ala 0.03 2 1.5 20 2,250 875 (1,000) __ Capital letters refer to Appendices. Footnotes |a thru f) see Page 32. i960 Addition. "See Nonce of Intended Changes. 25 MAP 000218 Sukstanct adopted VALUES TWA ^ ppm-' mg/mJ6' Perchloryl fluoride.......... Phenol -- Skin............... Phenothiazine -- Skin..,. N-Phenyl-beta- naphthylamine............. p-Phenylene diamine -- Skin................... ......... Phenyl ether (vapor)....... ** Phenyl ether-Diphenyl mixture (vapor).......... Phenytelhyiene. see 3 5 -- A2 __ 1 (D Styrene, monomer...... ** Phenyl glyddyl ether (PGE)........................... Phenyfhydrazine -- Skin. Phenyl mercaptan........... Phenyiphosphine............. Phorate (Thimet) -- Skin.............................. Phosdrin (Mevinphos) -- Skin..................... ... Phosgene (carbonyl 100 (10) 5 0.5 0.05 -- - 0.01 chloride).............. -- - 0.1 Phosphine......................... 0.3 Phosphoric add.............. Phosphorus (yellow)...... * Phosphorus pentachloride.............. Phosphorus pentasulfide ** Phosphorus trichloride... Phthalic anhydride.......... m-Phthalodinitrile........... Picforam (Tordon*)....... Picric add -- Skin.......... Pival (2-Pivalyl-1, 3- indandione)................. Plaster of Paris............... Platinum (Soluble salts) -- 0.1 (0.5) 1 -- -- -- ---- as Pt........................... Polychlorobiphenyts, see Chlorodiphenyls -- --- Skin.............. ................. 14 19 5 A2 0.1 7 (7) 420 (60) 20 2 0.25 0.05 0.1 0.4 0.4 1 0.1 1 1 (3) 6 5 10 0.1 0,1 E 0.002 Capital letters refer to Appendices. 'I960 Addition. "See Notice of Intended Changes tentative VALUES STEL------ - ppm*1 tru/ma^ 6 28 10 38 -- 10 -- 2 (2) 125 (15) 10 -- -- 0.Q3 14 . (U) 525 (90) 45 0.2 0.3 11 3 -- 0.3 -- 3 4 24 __ __ 20 -- 0.3 -- 0.3 20 -- 26 SuUtance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm01 mg/m3*' TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm' mg/m31" Polytetrafluoroethylene decomposition products................. C Potassium hydroxide...... Propane.......................... Propargyl alcohol -- Skin.............................. * 0-Propiolactone.............. Propionic add................. n-Propyl acetate.............. Propyl alcohol -- Skin... n-Propyl nitrate.............. Propylene........................ Propylene dichloride (1, 2-Dichloropropane).... **C Propylene glycol dinitrate -- Skin........................ Propylene glycol monomeihyl ether...... * Propylene imine -- Skin. * Propylene oxide.............. Propyne, see Methyl acetylene..................... Pyrethrum...................... Pyridine........................... Quinone........................... RDX, see Cydonite -- Skin............................. Resorcinol...................... ** Rhodium, Metal fume and dusts (as Rh)....... Soluble salts (as Rh).. Ronnel............................. Rosin core solder pyrolysis products (as formaldehyde)............. Rotenone (commerdal).. Rouge ............................. Rubber solvent (Naphtha).................... Selenium compounds (as Se)............................... - --5 -- F 1 -- 10 200 200 25 F 75 (0.2) 100 (2) (100) 1,000 -- 5 0.1 -- 10 -- -- -- -- 400 Capita letters refer to Appendices. *1980 Addition. **See Notice of intended Changes. B1 -- 2 F 2 (A2) 30 840 500 105 3 -- 15 250 250 40 F 350 110 (2) 360 (5) (240) 150 -- (150) 1,650 5 15 0.4 1.250 10 0.3 1.5 45 (0.1) 0.001 10 -- 20 -- -- 81 -- 6 (A2) 45 1,050 625 470 510 540 -- (360) 2.040 10 30 2 3 90 (0.3) 0.003 0.1 5 E 1,600 0.2 -- -- 0.3 10 20 27 MAP 000219 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm01 mg/m*6' TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm*' mg/ma* Selenium hexafluoride. (as Se) ...................... Sewn*(see Carbaryl).... * Silane (see Silicon tetrahydride)............... Silicon............................ Silicon carbide............... ** Silicon tetrahydride (Silane)...................... * Silver, metal................... " Silver, soluble compounds, as Ag .... C Sodium azide................. * Sodium bisulfite............. Sodium 2, 3-dichlorophenoxyethyl sulfate... Sodium fiuoroacetate (1080) -- Skin........... C Sodium hydroxide..... . ' Sodium metabisulfite..... Starch ............................ Stibine............................ ** Stoddard solvent............ Strychnine..................... ** Styrene, monomer (Phenylethylene)........ C Subtilises (Proteolytic enzymes as 100% pure crystalline enzyme)..................... Sucrose................ ......... * Sulfur dioxide................ Sulfur hexafluoride........ Sulfuric acid................... Sulfur monochloride....... Sulfur pentafluonde....... Sulfur tetrafluoride......... Sulfuryl fluoride............. Systox, see Demeton -- Skin...................... 2. 4, 5-T _...................... 0.05 -- (0.5) "" (0.5) -- 0.1 -- -- -- -- -- -- 0.1 100 -- (100) 0.2 -- 5-- (0.7) E E (D -- *-- (0.7) 0.1 (D -- (0.01) 0.3 5 -- -- -- 10 -- 0:05 2 5 E 075 (575) 0.15 -- --- -- -- 0.3 (125) -- (420) (125) -- 0.00006"' --E 25 1,000 6,000 -- 1 0.025 1 6 0.25 0.1 0.4 5 20 -- -- 5 1.250 -- 3 0.075 0.3 10 0.01 -- 0.1 0.03 10 . . -- 10 (1.5) 20 20 (1.5) (0.03) -- 20 0,15 -- -- 20 1.5 (720) 0.45 (525) -- 20 10 7.500 -- 18 0.75 1 40 0.3 20 Capital tetters refer to Appendices. '1980 Addition, "See Notice of intended Changes, m) See Page 35 28 ADOPTED VALUES TENTATIVE VALUES Substancs TWA STEL ppm*' mg/m1"1 ppm01 mg/mJ<" Tantalum............ ........... TEDP --Skin.............. Teflon decomposition products......... .......... Tellurium & compounds (as Te)........................ Tellurium hexafluoride, asTe......................... TEPP --Skin................. *C Terphenyts..................... 1,1,1, 2-Tetrachloro-2, 2-difluoroethane........ 1,1,2,2-Tetrachloro-1, 2-difluoroethane........ -1,1,2. 2-Tetrachloroethane --Skin___ ________ ... Tetrachloroethylene, see Perchloroethylene -- Skin........... .................. Tetrachloromethane, see Carbon tetrachloride -- Skin........................ Tetrachloronaphthalene.. Tetraethyl lead (as Pb) -- Skin....................... Tetrahydrofuran.............. Tetramethyl lead (as Pb) -- Skin..................... Tetramethyl succinonitrile -- Skin . -- -- -- 0.02 0.004 0.5 500 500 (5) 100 10 -- -- 200 -- 0.5 5 0.2 B1 0.1 0.2 0.05 5 4.170 4.170 __ -- -- -- -- 0.01 -- 625 625 (35) -(10) 670 150 65 2 0.100'' 590 0.150'' 3 20 -- -- 250 -- 2 10 0.6 B1 -- -- 0.2 -- 5.210 5.210 (70) 1,000 130 4 0.3 735 0.5 9 * Tetrasodnim pyrophosphate........... Tetranitromethane.......... Tetryl (2.4, 6-trinitrophenylmethytnitramine) -- Skin.............................. Thallium, soluble compounds (as Tl) -- Skin............................. -- 1 -- -- 1-- 8 1.5 -- 0.1 -- -- -- 3.0 Capital letters refer to Appendices. Footnotes (a thru f) see Page 32, 'I960 Addition, "See Notice of Intended Changes. 29 MAP 000220 frtatwwppm*" nn/m^1 ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm*1 mg/m**1 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL 4, 4 '-Thiobis (6-tert. butyl-m-cresol)........... ThioglyooKc add............ 1 Thiram*......................... -- ** Tin, inorganic compounds, except SnHaand SnOz (asSn) Tin, organic compounds (as Sn) -- Skin......... ** Tin oxide (as Sn)............ Titanium dioxide (as Ti).. _ _ -- Toluene (toluol) -- Skin . 100 *C Toluene-2, 4-diisocyanate (TDI)... (0.02) o-Toluidine..................... Toxaphene. see (5) Chlorinated camphene -- Skin....................... ** Tributyl phosphate......... * Trichloroacetic add........ -- -- 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene 5 1,1,1-Trichloroethane, see Methyl chloroform 350 1,1, 2-Trichloroethane -- Skin....................... 10 " Trichloroethylene........... (100) ** Trichlorofiuoromethane,. (1,000) Trichloromethane, see Chloroform................ 10, A2 Trichloronaphthaiene..... -- 1,2,3-Trichloropropane 50 1,1. 2-Trichloro 1,2, 2-trifluoroethane........ Tricydohexyltin hydroxide (Piictran).. 1,000 _ Triethylamine................. 25 Triftuorobromomethane.. 1,000 Trimethyl benzene......... 25 " Trimethyl phosphite....... (0.5) 2,4,6-Trinitrophenol, see Picric add -- Skin 10 5 __ 5-- (2) 0.1 (E) E 375 (0.14) (22) __ . 150 (10) 0.5 (5) -- 1 40 1,900 450 45 20 (535) (150) (5,600) (1,250) 50, A2 5 300 __ 75 7,600 1,250 5 100 6,100 125 (2.6) 40 1,200 35 0.1 20 10 (4) 0.2 (20) 20 560 (44) 2.0 (5) . 2,380 90 (800) (7,000) 10 450 9,500 10 160 7,300 170 0.3 Capital letters refer to Appendices. "1980 Addition. * "See Notice of Intended Changes. 30 ADOPTED VALUES TWA Substanceppm01 mg/m*' TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm8* rng/m1*1 2, 4, 6-Trinitrophenylmethylnitramine, see Tettyl -- Skin............ **C 2, 4, 6-Trinitrotoluene (TNT)........................... Triorthocresyl phosphate Triphenyl amine.............. Triphenyl phosphate....... Tungsten & compounds, as W Soluble.................... Insoluble................. Turpentine.......... ............ Uranium (natural) soluble & insoluble -compounds, as U....... ** Vanadium (V10s), as V Dust........... . C Fume........................... Valeraldehyde................. Vinyl acetate.................... ** Vinyl benzene, see Styrene................. -- * Vinyl bromide ................. ' Vinyl chloride.................. ** Vinyl cyanide, see Acrylonitrile................. Vinyl cyclohexene dioxide..................... Vinylidene chloride......... ** Vinyl toluene........... ....... VM & P Naphtha............ Warfarin............ ...... Welding fumes (NOC)+ .. * Wood dust (nonallergenic)........ Xylene (o-, m-, p-isomers) -- Sian.... C m-Xylene a, a'-diamine. -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 100 -- -- -- 50 10 (100) 5. A2 5, Ala (Alb) 10 10 (100) 300 ,i ---- , --- 100 -- 1.5 (0.5) 0.1 5 3 1 5 560 0.2 (0.5) (0.05) 175 30 (420) 20, A2 10, Ala (Alb) 60 40 (480) 1,350 0.1 5, 63 (5) 435 0.1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 150 -- -- -- -- 20 (125) -- -- -- ___ 20 (150) 400 -- -- -- 150 -- 3.0 -- 0.3 -- 6 3 10 840 0.6 (15) -- -- 60 (525) -- -T- -- ___ 80 (720) 1,800 0.3 B3 (10) 655 -- "1980 Addition "See Notice of Intended Changes. Capital letters refer to Appendices. (NOC) not otherwise classified 31 MAP 000221 Substance ** Xylidene -- Skin............ Yttrium............................ Zinc chloride fume.......... Zinc chromate (as Cr).... Zinc oxide fume.............. Zinc stearate.................... Zirconium compounds (as Zr)............ ............ * "See notice of intended changes ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm*" mp/m*4' (5) (25) --1 __ 1 -- 0.05, A2 --5 --E 5 TENTATIVE VALUES STEL ppm0' mQ/m3<" (TO) (50) --3 __ 2 -- -- 10 -- 20 10 a) Parts ot vapor or gas per million parts of contami nated air by volume at 25C and 760 mm. Hg. pres sure. b} Approximate milligrams of suDstance per cubic meter of air. d) < 7 Atm in diameter. e) As sampled by method that does not collect vapor. f) For control of general room air, biologic monitoring is essential for personnel control. Radioactivity: The Committee accepts the philosophy and recommendations of the National Council on Ra diation Protection and Measurements (NCRP) for the ionizing radiation TLV. The NCRP is charted by Con gress to, in part, collect, analyze, develop and dissem inate information and recommendations about pro tection against radiation and about radiation measurements, quantities and units, including devel opment of basic concepts in these areas. NCRP Re port No. 39 (reference 1) provides basic philosophy and concepts leading to protection criteria estab lished in the same report. Other NCRP reports ad dress specific areas of radiation protection and, col lectively, provide an excellent basis for establishing a sound program for radiation control. The Committee recommends the listed references as substantative documentation of a sound basis for ionizing radiation protection. The Committee also strongly recommends that all exposures to ionizing radiations be kept low as reasonably achievable within the stated guidance. 32 References: 1. "Sasic Radiation Protection Criteria." NCRP Report No. 39, issued January 15. 1971. 2. Maximum Permissible Body Burdens and Maximum Permissible Concentrations of Radionuclides in Air and in Water for Occupational Exposure," US Department of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards Handbook 69, issued June 5, 1959, with Addendum 1 issued August 1963. Available as NCRP Report No. 22. The above documents, as well as information on nu merous other NCRP Reports addressing specific sub jects in ionizing radiation protection are available from: NCRP Publications, PO Box 30175, Washington, DC 20014. Substance SIUCA, SiO2 MINERAL DUSTS Crystalline Quartz TLV in mppcf "'t 300M % quartz + 10 TLV for respirable dust mg/m3: _______ 10 mg/m30 in % Respirable quartz + 2 TLV for "total dust," respirable and nonrespirable: 30 mg/m3 % quartz + 3 Cristobalite............. Use one-half the value calculated from the count or mass formulae for quartz. Tridymite Use one-half the value calculated from formulae for quartz. Silica, fused Tripoli Use quartz formulae. Use respirable"' mass quartz for mula **Amorphous...................................................(20 mppcf') "See Notice of intended Changes, g). n). i) See p 34. n| See p. 35. 33 f MAP 000222 SILICATES (< 7% quartz) 'Asbestos Amosite........................ 0.5 fiber > 5*im/cc, Ala Chrysotile..................... 2 fibers > 5Mm/cc, Ala Crocidolite................... 0.2 fiber > 5fim/cc, Ala Other forms................ 2 fibers > 5/itm/cc, Ala Mica.................................. 20 mppcf Mineral wool fiber........... 10 mg/m3 Perlite............................... 30 mppcf Portland Cement.............. 30 mppcf Soapstone ........................ 20 mppcf ''Talc (nonasbestiform)... (20 mppcf) "Talc (fibrous), (use As bestos limit.) COAL DUST 2 mg/m3 (respirable dust fraction < 5% quartz). If > 5% quartz, use respirable mass formula. NUISANCE PARTICULATES (see Appendix E) 30 -nappcf or 10 mg/m3il of total dust < 1% quartz, or, 5 mg/m3 respirable dust. Conversion factors: mppcf x 35.3 = Million particles per cubic meter * particles per cc g) Millions of particles per cubic foot of air, based on impinger samples counted by light-field technics. h) The percentage of quartz in the formula is the amount determined from airborne samples, except in those instances in which other methods have been shown to be applicable. i) Both concentration and percent quartz for the appli cation of this limit are to be determined from the fraction passing a size-selector with the following characteristics: Aerodynamic Diameter (^m) (unit density sphere) ^2 2.5 3.5 5.0 10 1980 Addition. 'See Notice of Intended Changes % passing selector 90 75 50 25 0 34 j) containing < 1% quartz: if quartz content >1%, use formulae for quartz. k) Lint-free dust as measured by the vertical-elutnator, cotton-dust sampler described in the Transactions of the National Conference on Cotton Dust, J. R. Lynch, pg. 33, May 2, 1970. l) As determined by the membrane filter method at 400-450X magnification (4 mm objective) phase con trast illumination. m) Based on "high volume" sampling. n) "Respirable" dust as defined by the British Medical Research Council Criteria (1) and as sampled by a device producing equivalent results (2). (1) Hatch, T. E. and Gross, P., Pulmonary Deposi tion and Retention of Inhaled Aerosols, p. 149. Academic Press, New York, New York, 1964. (2) Interim Guide for Respirable Mass Sampling, AIHA Aerosol Technology Committee, AHIA J. 31: 2, 1970, p. 133. NOTICE OF INTENDED CHANGES (for 1980) These substances, with their corresponding val ues, comprise those for which either a limit has been proposed for the first time, or for which a change in the "Adopted" listing has been proposed. In both cases, the proposed limits should be considered trial limits that will remain in the listing for a period of at least two years. If, after two years no evidence comes to light that questions the appropriateness of the val ues herein, the values will be reconsidered for the "Adopted" list. Documentation is available for each of these substances. 35 MAP 000223 Substance TWA STEL Acetone......................... Acrylic acid.................... + Acrylonitrile.................... + Benzidine -- Skin........... Butane........ ................... 2-Buoxyethanol (Butyl Cellosolve) -- Skin .. sec-Butyl alcohol............ n-Butyl glycidyi ether (BGE).......................... + Cadmium oxide production.................. Carbon tetrachloride -- Skin................ ........... Carbonyl fluoride............ +C o-Chlorobenzylidene malononitrile............. + Chloromethyl methyl ether........................... l-Chloro-l-nitropropane. -Chtoroperrtafluoroetnane. Chromium metal............ Chromium (II) compounds, as Cr..... Chromium (III) compounds, asCr...... Chromium (VI) compounds, as Cr Water soluble Cr VI compounds................ Certain water insoluble Cr VI compounds....... + Chromyl chloride............ Chrysene........................ Cobalt metal. dust& fume, as Co........ Cyclohexanone............... Cyclopentane.................. 1, 2-Dibromoethane. see Ethylene dibromide -- Skin......... .... .............. 1,1-Dichloro1-nitroethane............. Diethylamine................... Diethyl ketone................ Diglycidyl ether (DGE).... 750 10 2, Ala 800 1780 30 4.5, Ala Alb 1900 25 120 100 305 25 135 5, A2 2 0.05 0.05 30, A2 5 0.4 A2 2 1000 A2 10 6320 0.5 0.5 0.5 -- 0.05 -- 0.05, Ala 0.025 0.15 A2 A2 0.05 25 100 600 1720 A2 A2 2 10 10 30 200 705 0.1 0.5 1000 -- -- -- -- 75 150 -- -- 20, A2 5 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 100 900 -- 10 25 -- -- Capital letters refer to Appendices '1980 Revision or Addition. 2375 -- -- -- -- 360 455 -- -- 125, A2 15 -- -- ---- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 0.1 400 2580 -- 60 75 -- -- 36 Substance TWA STEL Dioxane, tech, grade -- Skin............................. 25 Dipropyl ketone.............. 50 * Enfluorane....... 75 2-Ethoxyethanol -- Skin 50 2-Ethoxyethyl acetate (Cellosolve* acetate) -- Skin............... 50 Ethyl acrylate -- Skin .... 5 + Ethylene dibromide -- Skin.................... .. A2 C Ethylene glycol, vapor.... 50 Ethylene glycol dinitrate.. 0.02 Ethylene oxide................. 10 + N-Ethylmorpholine -- Skin.......... Furfural -- Skin.............. 5 2 + Furfuryl alcohol --Skin.. 10 + Gasoline.......................... -Glytidol (2,3-Epoxy- 300 1-propanol)................ 25 + Halothane........................ 50 + Hexachlorobutadiene...... 0.02, A2 + Hexachloroethane -- Skin........ .. 10 + Hexane(n-Hexane)........ 50 (other Isomers).......... 500 Hexone, see Methyl isobutyl ketone -- Skin..................... ........ .. 50 + Iron pentacarbonyl, as Fe 0.1 + Isooctyl alcohol.............. 50 Isopropoxyethanol.......... 25 + Lead arsenate, as Pba (AsO)a..................... , ---- + Mercury (All forms except alkyl) -- Skin, as Hg Vapor........................... Aryl & inorganic compounds........... -- . , --- Mesityl oxide.............. . .. 15 Methacrylic acid........... * 4-Methoxyphenol........... 20 , --- Methyl n-amyl ketone (2-Heptanone)............. 50 + N-Methyl aniline -- Skin. 0.5 90 235 575 185 270 20 A2 125 0.2 20 23 8 40 900 75 400 0.24. A2 100 180 1800 205 0.8 270 105 0.15 0.05 0.1 60 70 5 235 2 100 __ __ 100 100 25 __ -- 0.04 __ 20 10 15 500 100 __ -- __ __ 1.000 75 0.2 -- 75 -- -- -- 25 -- -- 100 1 360 __ 370 540 100 __ -- 0.4 __ 95 40 60 1500 300 __ __ __ -- 3.600 300 0.16 -- 320 0.45 -- __ 100 __ -- 465 5 Capital letters refer to Appendices. -1980 Revision or Addition 37 MAP 000224 Substance TWA ppm-' mg/mji" Methyl bromide -- Skin Methyl n-butyl ketone... 5 5 Methyl chloride.............. Methylene chloride 50 (dichloromethane) ... Methyl iodide --Skin... + Methyl isoamyl ketone,.. Methyl isobutyl ketone 100 2, A2 50 -- Skin........................ Methyl isopropyl ketone. Methyl silicate................. a-Methyl styrene............. + p-Nitroaniline -- Skin.... + p-Nitrochlorobenzene -- Skin........................ . Nitrogen dioxide............. Nitroglycerin.................... 1-Nitropropane............. + Nitrotoiuene -- Skin....... + Perchloroethyiene -- Skin...................... .. + Persulfates, alkali metal, 50 200 1 50 -- 0.5 3 0.02 15 2 50 as S2O8...................... Phenyl ether-- Diphenyl mixture (vapor)........ Phenyl glycidyl ether 0.5 (PGE)........................... + Phosphorus oxychloride. + Phosphorus trichloride... + Piperazine 1 0.1 0.2 dihydrochloride .. .. Platinum metal.............. __ 0-Propiolactone.............. Propylene glycol dinitrate + Propylene imine -- Skin. Propylene oxide.............. + Rhodium, Metal........... Insoluble compounds, as Rh.......................... + Silicon tetrahydride (Silane)........................ Silver, soluble compounds, as Ag .... 0.5. A2 0.02 2, A2 20 -- -- 5 __ * Stoddard solvent........... Styrene, monomer 100 (phenylethylene)........ 50 20 20 105 360 10. A2 240 205 705 6 240 3 3 6 0.2 55 11 335 2 4 6 0.6 1.5 5 1 1.5. A2 0.2 5, A2 50 1 0.1 7 0.01 525 215 STEL ppm01 mg/m'6' 15 ~60 100 500 5."A2 205 17no 30, A2 75 300 5 3D 100 485 5 0.04 25 -- -- 2 __ 0.5 0.5 in 0A 90 -- -- 16 3 3 1. A2 0.04 3 A? 04 ---- -- 0.3 ---- __ 200 1.050 100__ 425 Capital letters refer to Appendices "1980 Revision or Addition. 38 Substance TWA STEL ppma' mg/m31" ppm1" mg/m3*" + 1,1,2, 2-Tetrachlcroethane -- Skin........................ + Tin, tin oxide & inorganic compounds, except SnH, as Sn................. + o-Tobdine........................ Toluene-2, 4-diisocyanate (TDI)... + o-Toluidine....................... Tributyl phosphate.......... Trichloroethylene........... +C Trichloroftuoromethane.. Trimellitic anhydride....... + Trimeihyl phosphite....... + 2, 4, 6-Trinitrotoluene (TNT) -- Skin............. t Vanadium, as V2O5, dust & fume........................ Vinyl toluene................. Wood dust, hard-wood (as in furniture making)........... t Xylidine --Skin... 1 A2 0.005 2 0.2 50 1,000 0.005 2 __ _ 50 75 2 A2 0.04 9 2.5 270 5.600 0.04 10 0.5 0.05 240 -- 0.02 -- 0.4 150 -- -- 5 -- __ 100 1 10 35 4 -- 0,15 -- 5 805 -- -- 25 3 __ 485 NOTICE OF INTENDED CHANGES MINERAL DUSTS Substance TLV Diatomaceous earth, natural.................. Silica, amorphous... t Talc (containing no fibers) + Talc (fiber-containing)...... 1.5 mg/m3, Respirable dust 6 mg/m3, Total dust (all sampled sizes) 3 mg/m3, Respirable dust (< 5 /urn) 15 mppcf or 2 mg/m3, Respirable Dust 2 fibers/cc, > 5 /xm in length Capital letters refer to Appendices 1980 Revision or Addition. 39 MAP 000225 APPENDIX A CARCINOGENS The Committee lists below those substances in in dustrial use that have proven carcinogenic in man, or have induced cancer in animals under appropriate ex perimental conditions. Present listing of those sub stances carcinogenic for man takes two forrra: Those for which a TLV has been assigned (la) and those for which environmental conditions have not been suffi ciently defined to assign a TLV (1b). Ala. Human Carcinogens. Substances, or substances associated with industrial processes, recog nized to have carcinogenic or cocarcinogenic potential, with an assigned TLV: TLV * Acrylonitrile................... t+Asbestos Amosite...................... Chrysotile................... Crocidolite.................. Other forms............... bis (Chloromethyl) ether Chromite ore processing (chromate)................. Nickel sulfide roasting, fume & dust............... Coal tar pitch volatiles .. Vinyl chloride................ 2 ppm 0.5 fiber > 5p.m/cc 2 fibers > S^-m/cc 0.2 fiber > S^m/cc 2 -fibers > 5Acrn/cc 0.001 ppm 0.05 mg/m3, as Cr 1.0 mg/m3, as Ni 0.2 mg/m3, as benzene solubles 5 ppm Alb. Human Carcinogens. Substances, or sub stances associated with industrial processes, recognized to have carcinogenic potential with out an assigned TLV: ". Acrylonitrile 4-Aminodiphenyl (p-Xenylamine) + Benzidine -- Skin '* Chloromethyl methyl ether '* Ethylene dibromide )3*Naphthylamine 4-Nitrodiphenyl I960 Additon "I960 Adoption 'See Notice of Intended Changes 40 For the substances in 1b. no exposure or con tact by any route -- respiratory, skin or oral, as detected by the most sensitive methods -- shall be permitted. The worker should be property equipped to insure virtually no contact with the carcinogen. A2. Industrial Substances Suspect of Carcinogenic Potential for MAN. Chemical substances or sub stances associated with industrial processes, which are suspect of inducing cancer, based on either (1) limited epidemiologic evidence, exclu sive of clinical reports of single cases, or (2) demonstration of carcinogenesis in one or more animal species by appropriate methods. 3-Amino 1,2,4-triazole ++ Antimony trioxide production* ++ Arsenic trioxide production Benzene. Benzo(a)pyrene Beryllium ** Cadmium oxide production Carbon tetrachloride Chloroform + Chloromethyl methyl ether Chromates of lead and zinc, as Cr 3, 3'-Dichlorobenzidine Dimethylcarbamyl chloride 1,1-Dimethyl hydrazine Dimethyl sulfate -- Skin + Ethylene dibromide -- Skin f Hexachlorobutadiene Hexamethyl phosphoramide -- Skin Hydrazine 4, 4'-Methylene bis (2-chloroaniline) -- Skin Methyl hydrazine Methyl iodide ++C 2-Nitropropane n-Nitrosodimethylamine n-Phenyl-beta-naphthylamine 10 ppm 2.0 ptg/m3 -5-ppm 10 ppm 0.05 mg/m3 0.5 ppm 0.1 ppm 0.02 ppm 0.1 ppm 0.02 ppm 0.2 ppm 2 ppm 25 ppm 'Cigarette smoking can enhance the incidence of respiratory cancers from this or others of these substances or processes 'i960 Addition I960 Adoption. "See Notice of Intended Changes * MAP 000226 Propane sultone beta-Propiolactone 7 Propylene imine -- Skin + o-Tolidine ++Vinyl bromide Vinyl cyclohexene dioxide ------------2 ppm ------5 ppm 10 ppm For the above, worker exposure by all routes should be carefully controlled to levels consis tent with the animal and human experience data (see Documentation), Including those sub stances with a listed TLV. THE COMMITTEE GUIDELINES FOR CLASSIFICATION OF EXPERIMENTAL ANIMAL CARCINOGENS The following guidelines are offered in the pres ent state of knowledge as an aid in classifying substances in the occupational environment found to be carcinogenic in experimental ani mals. A need was felt by the Threshold Limits Committee for such a classification in order to take the first step in developing an appropriate TLV-for occupational exposure. Determination of Approximate Threshold of Re sponse Requirement. In order to determine in which category to classify an experimental car cinogen for the purpose of assigning an indus trial air limit (TLV), an approximate threshold of neoplastic response must be determined. Be cause of practical experimental difficulties, a precisely defined threshold cannot be attained. For the purposes of standard-setting, this is of little moment, as an appropriate risk, or safety, factor can be applied to the approximate thresh old, the magnitude of which is dependent on the degree of potency of the carcinogenic re sponse. To obtain the best 'practical' threshold of neo plastic response, dosage decrements should be less than logarithmic. This becomes particularly important at levels greater than 10 ppm (or cor responding mg/m3). Accordingly, after a range finding determination has been made by lo garithmic decreases, two additional dosage levels are required within the levels of "effect" and "no effect" to approximate the true thresh- old of neoplastic response. ___ *1960 Addition. T *1980 Adoption. 42 The second step should attempt to establish a metabolic relationship between animal and man for the particular substance found carcinogenic in animals. If the metabolic pathways are found comparable, the substance should be classed highly suspect as a carcinogen for man. If no such relation is found, the substance should re main listed as an experimental animal carcino gen until evidence to the contrary is found. Proposed Classification of Experimental Animal Carcinogens. Substances occurring in the occu pational environment found carcinogenic for animals may be grouped into three classes, those of high, intermediate and low potency. In evaluating the incidence of animal cancers, sig nificant incidence of cancer is defined as a neo plastic response which represents, in the judg ment of the Committee, a significant excess of cancers above that occurring in negative con trols. EXCEPTIONS: No substance is to be considered .an .occupational carcinogen of any-practical sig nificance which reacts by the respiratory route at or above 1000 mg/m3 for the mouse, 2000 mg/m3 for the rat; by the dermal route, at or above 1500 mg/kg for the mouse, 3000 mg/kg for the rat; by the gastrointestinal route at or above 500 mg/kg/d for a lifetime, equivalent to about 100 g T.D. for the rat, 10g T.D. for the mouse. These dosage limitations exclude such sub stances as dioxane and trichlorethylene from consideration as carcinogens. Examples: Dioxane -- rats, hepatocellular and nasal tumors from 1015 mg/kg/d, oral Trichloroethylene -- female mice, tumors (30/98 @ 900 (ng/kg/d), oral Industrial Substances of High Carcinogenic Po tency in Experimental Animals. 1. A substance to qualify as a carcinogen of high potency must fulfill one of the three fol lowing conditions in two animal species: la. Respiratory. Elicit cancer from (1) dos ages below 1 mg/m3 (or equivalent ppm) via the respiratory tract in 6- 7-hour daily 43 MAP 000227 itimuMWM* iiinpiJi.-..i.i! riMwelWBa 1 repeated inhalation exposures through out lifetime: or (2) from a single intratracheally administered dose not exceeding 1 mg of particulate, or liquid, per 100 ml or less of animal minute respiratory vol ume: Examples: bis-Chloromethyl ether, malign ant tumors, rats, @ 0.47 mg/m3 (0.1 ppm) in 2 years; Hexamethyl phosphoramide, nasal squamous cell carcino ma, rats, @ 0.05 ppm, in 13 months OR lb. Dermal. Elicit cancer within 20 weeks by skin-painting, twice weekly at 2 mg/kg body weight or less per application for a total dose equal to or less than 1.5 mg, in a biologically inert vehicle; Examples: 7, 12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene -- -skin tumors @0.120.8 mg T.D. in four weeks Benzo(a)pyrene, mice 12 pg, 3X/wk for 18 mos. T.D. 2.6 mg, 90.9% skin tumors OR lc. Gastrointestinal. Elicit cancer by daily in take via the gastrointestinal tract, within six months, with a six-month holding period, at a dosage below 1 mg/kg body weight per day; total dose, rat, s 50 mgmouse, s 3.5 mg; Examples: 7, 12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthra cene -- mammary tumors from 10 mg IX 3-Methylcholanthrene -- Tumors @ 3 sites from 6 mg in 89 weeks Benzo(a)pyrene, mice. 3.9% leukemias, from 30 mg T.D. 198 days 2, Elicit cancer by all three routes in at least two animal species at dose levels prescribed for high or intermediate potency. 44 Industrial Substances of Intermediate Carcinogenic Potency in Experimental Animals. To quality as a carcinogen of intermediate po tency, a substance should elicit cancer m two animal species at dosages intermediate be tween those described in A3a and A3c by two routes of administration. Example: Carbamic acid ethyl ester Dermal, mammary tumors, mice. 100%, 63 weeks, 500-1400 mg T.D. Gastrointestinal, various type tumors, mice 42 weeks, 320 mg T.D. Gastrointestinal, various type tumors, rats, 60 weeks, 110-930 mg T.D. Industrial Substances of Low Carcinogenic Potency in Experimental Animals. To qualify as a carcinogen of low potency, a substance should elicit cancer in one animal species by any one of three routes of adminis tration at -the following prescribed dosages and conditions: la. Respiratory. Elicit cancer from (1) dosages greater than 10 mg/m3 (or equivalent ppm) via the respiratory tract in 6- 7-hour, daily repeated inhalation exposures, for 12 months' exposure and 12 months' observa tion period; or (2) from intratracheally ad ministered dosages totaling more than 10 mg of particulate or liquid per 100 ml or more of animal minute respiratory volume; Examples: Beryl (beryllium aluminum silicate) malig. lung tumors, rats, @ 15 mg/m3 @17 months Benzidine, var. tumors, rats, 10-20 mg/m3 @ > 13 mos. OR lb.Dermal. Elicit cancer by skin-painting of mice in twice weekly dosages of > 10 mg/kg body weight in a biologically inert vehicle for at least 75 weeks, i.e., fe 1.5g T.D. Examples: Shale tar, mouse, 0.1 ml x 50 = 5g T.D. 59/60 skin tumors Arsenic trioxide, man, dose un known, but estimated to be high 45 MAP 000228 ic. Gastrointestinal. Elicit cancer from daily oral dosages of 50 mg/kg/day or greater dunng the lifetime of the animal. APPENDIX B SUBSTANCES OF VARIABLE COMPOSITION B1 Polytetrafluoroethylene' decomposition products. Thermal decomposition of the fluorocarbon chain in air leads to the formation of oxidized products containing carbon, fluorine and oxygen. Because these products decompose In part by hydrolysis in alkaline solution, they can be quantitatively datermined in air as fluoride to provide an index of exposure. No TLV is recommended pending determination of the toxicity of the products, but air concentrations should be minimal. B2 Gasoline. See Notice of Intended Change. B3 Welding Fumes --Total Particulate (NOC)" TLV, Smg/m3 Welding fumes cannot be classified simply. The composition and quantity of both are dependent on the alloy being welded and the process and elec trodes used. Reliable analysis of fumes cannot be made without considering -the nature of the welding process and system being examined; reactive metals and alloys such as aluminum and titanium are arcwelded in a protective, inert atmosphere such as argon. These arcs create relatively little fume, but an intense radiation which can produce ozone. Similar processes are used to arc-weld steels, also creating a relatively low level of fumes. Ferrous alloys also are arc-welded in oxidizing environments which generate considerable fume, and can produce carbon monox ide instead of ozone. Such fumes generally are com posed of discreet particles of amorphous slags con taining iron, manganese, silicon and other metallic constituents depending on the alloy system involved. Chromium and nickel compounds are found in fumes when stainless steels are arc-welded. Some coated and flux-cored electrodes are formulated with fluorides and the fumes associated with them can contain significantly more fluorides than oxides. Be cause of the above factors, arc-welding fumes frequently must be tested for individual constituents which are likely to be present to determine whether specific TLV's are exceeded. Conclusions based on total fume concentration are generally adequate if no toxic elements are present in welding rod, metal, or 'Trade Names: Algoflon, Fluon. Halon. Teflon. Tetran. "Not otherwise classified (NOC). 46 metal coating and conditions are not conducive to the formation of toxic gases. Most welding, even with primitive ventilation, does not produce exposures inside the welding helmet above 5 mg/m3. That which does, should be con trolled. APPENDIX C MIXTURES C.1 THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES ' FOR MIXTURES When two or more hazardous substances are pres ' > ent, their combined effect, rather than that of either ` individually, should be given primary consideration. In the absence of information to the contrary, the ef fects of the different hazards should be considered as additive. That is, if the sum of the following fractions, Ci _Cs C,, Ti Ta T, exceeds unity, then the threshold limit of the mixture should be considered as being exceeded. Ci indicates the observed atmospheric ^concentration, and Ti the corresponding threshold limit (See Example 1A.a. and 1A.c.). Exceptions to the above rule may be made when there is a good reason to believe that the chief effects of the different harmful substances are not in fact ad ditive, but independent as when purely local effects on different organs of the body are produced by the various components of the mixture. In such cases the threshold limit ordinarily is exceeded only when at C (\ \ (-Y~ + or + etc. j itself has a value exceeding unity (See Example 1A.C.). Synergistic action or potentiation may occur with some combinations of atmospheric contaminants. Such cases at present must be determined individual ly. Potentiating or synergistic agents are not neces' sarily harmful by themselves. Potentiating effects of exposure to such agents by routes other than that of r inhalation is also possible, e.g. imbibed alcohol and 4 inhaled narcotic (trichloroethylene). Potentiation is characteristically exhibited at high concentrations, less probably at low. When a given operation or process characteristi- cally emits a number of harmful dusts, fumes, vapors or gases, it will frequently be only feasible to attempt to evaluate the hazard by measurement of a single substance. In such cases, the threshold limit used for i , j ) I j ' | j j ! j I I 1 j ! MAP 000229 : ram; hp this substance should be reduced by a suitable factor, the magnitude of which will depend on the number, toxicity and relative quantity of the other contamin ants ordinarily present. Examples of processes which are typically asso ciated with two or more harmful atmospheric conta minants are welding, automobile repair, blasting, painting, lacquering, certain foundry operations, die sel exhausts, etc. C.1A Examples of THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES FOR MIXTURES The following formulae apply only when the com ponents in a mixture have similar toxicologic effects; they should not be used for mixtures with widely dif fering reactivities, e.g. hydrogen cyanide & sulfur dioxide. In such case the formula for Independent Ef fects (1A.c.) should be used. lA.a. General case, where air is analyzed for each component; a. .Additive -effects. {Note: It is essential tnat the atmosphere be analyzed both qualitatively and quantitatively tor each component pres ent, in order to evaluate compliance or noncompliance with this calculated TLV.) C, + Cz T, Tz . =1 Example No. lA.a.: Air contains 400 ppm of acetone (TLV = 1000 ppm) 150 ppm of secbutyl acetate (TLV = 2CK) ppm) and 100 ppm of 2-butanone (TLV * 200 ppm) Atmospheric concentration of mix ture = 400 + 150 + 100 = 650 ppm of mixture 400 150 100 1000 + 200 + 200 = 0.4 +0.75 +0.5 =1.65 Threshold Limit is exceeded. lA.b. Special case when the source of contaminant is a liquid mixture and the atmospheric composi tion is assumed to be similar to that of the orig inal material; e.g. on a time-weighted average exposure basis, all of the liquid (solvent) mix ture eventually evaporates. 48 Additive effects (approximate solution) 1. The percent composition (by weight) of the liquid mixture is known, the TLVs of the constituents must be listed in mg/m3. (Note: In order to evaluate compliance with this TLV, field sampling instruments should be calibrated, in the laboratory, for response to this specific quantitative and qualitative airvapor mixture, and also to fractional concen trations of this mixture: e.g., 1/2 the TLV; 1110 the TLV; 2 x the TLV; 10 x the TLV; etc.) TLV of mixture = _ffl__ , fft TLV0 TLV* 1 , ff , TLV, fn ` ' TLV, Example No. 1: Liquid contains (by weight) 50% heptane: TLV = 400 ppm or 1600 mg/m3 1 mg/m3 * 0.25 ppm 30% methyl chloroform: TLV = 350 ppm or 1900 mg/m3 1 mg/m3 * 0.28 ppm 20% perchloroethylene: TLV = 100 ppm or 670 mg/m3 1 mg/m3 0.15 ppm TLV of Mixture = jjj" 02 1600 + 1900 + 670 1 0.00031 +0.00016 + 0.00030 = e5077= 1300 m9/m3 of this mixture 50% or (1300) (0.5) = 650 mg/m3 is heptane 30% or (1300) (0.3) = 390 mg/m3 is methyl chloro form 20% or (1300) (0.2) = 260 mg/m3 is perchloroethylene These values can be converted to ppm as follows: heptane: 650 mg/m3 x 0.25 = 162 ppm 49 MAP 000230 ji*sigliiiit iii ilwftiarttWti* mMnirtH'MM methyl chloroform: 390 mg/m3 x 0.18 = 70 ppm perchloroethylene: 260 mg/m3 x 0.15 = 39 ppm TLV of mixture = 162 + 70 + 39 = 271 ppm, or 1300 mg/m3 lA.c. Independent effects. Air contains 0.15 mg/m3 of lead (TLV, 0.15) and 0.7 mg/m3 of sulfuric acid (TLV, 1). 4J5-V 0.15 ' 1=07 1 Threshold limit is not exceeded. IB. TLV for Mixtures of Mineral Ousts. For mixtures of biologically active mineral dusts the general formula for mixtures may be used. For mixture containing 80% nonasbestiform talc and 20% quartz, the TLV for 100% of the mixture is given by: TLV=jj~Wsgmt*cf 20 2.7 TLV of nonasbestiform talc (pure) = 20 mppcf TLV of quartz (pure) = 300 300 100 + 10 110 = 2.7 mppcf Essentially the same result will be obtained if the limit of the more (most) toxic component is used provided the effects are additive. In the above ex ample the limit for 20% quartz is 10 mppcf. For another mixture of 25% quartz, 25% amor phous silica and 50% talc: 25% quartz -- TLV (pure) = 2.7 mppcf 25% amorphous silica -- TLV (pure) = mppcf 50% talc TLV (pure) = 20 mppcf TLV = __________ 1_ 0.25 ( 0.25 ^-=8 mppcf 2.7 20 20 The limit for 25% quartz approximates 9 mppcf. 50 APPENDIX E Soma Nuisance Particulates0' TLV, 30 mppcf or 10mg/m3 of total dust < 1% quartz, or, 5 mg/m3 respirable dust Aluminum Oxide (AI2O3) Calcium carbonate Calcium silicate Cellulose (paper fiber) Portland Cement Emery Glycerin Mist Graphite (synthetic) Gypsum Vegetable oil mists (except castor, cashew nut, or similar irritant oils) Kaolin Limestone Magnesite Marble Mineral Wool Fiber Pentaerythritol Plaster of Pans Silicon Silicon Carbide Starch Sucrose "Tin Oxide Titanium Dioxide Zinc Stearate Zinc oxide dust 0) Wnen toxic Impurities are not present, e.g. quartz < 1%. APPENDIX F Some Simple Asphyxiants'" Acetylene Argon Butane Ethane Ethylene Helium Hydrogen Methane Neon Propane Propylene p) As defined on pg. 6. APPENOIX G Conversion of mppcf to Mass Concentration Calculations for Conversion of Particle Count Con centration (by Standard Light Field -- Midget Impinger Techniques), in mppcf, to Respirable Mass Concentration (by Flespirabl# Sampler) in mg/m3.t 1. In 1967, Jacobsen and Tomb,+ derived an em pirical relationship of 5.6 mppcf to 1 milligram * '"Relationship Between Gravimetric Respirable Oust Concentration and Midget Imptnger Number Concentration," by Murray Jacobson and T. F. Tomb, AIHAJ, 28: Nov.-Dee. 1967. 'See Notice of Intended Changes. 51 MAP 000231 of respirable dust per cubic meter of air, based on 23 sets of samples, mostly coal dust. The fol lowing calculation results in an equivalence of 6.37 mppcf to 1 mg/m3 of respirable dust. Thus, an approximate ratio of 6 mppcf to 1 mg/m3 of respirable dust is suggested for conversion of TLVs from a count to a mass basis when the density and mass median diameter have not been determined. 2. Basic assumptions: a) Average density for silica containing dusts 2.5 gms/cm3 (2500 mg/cm3). Pulmonary significant dust densities may vary from 1.2 gm/cm3 for coal dust to 3.1 gms/cm3 for Portland Cement. Silica densities vary from 2.2 (amorphous) to 2.3 (cristobalfta and tridymite) to 2.5 (alpha-quartz.) gms per cm3. b) The mass median diameter (mmd) of parti cles collected in midget impihger samplers and counted by the standard light field tech nique, and collected in a respirable sampler is approximately 1.J5 jm.or fJS x 10-' cm. This assumption is, of course, quite arbitrary since the mmd of all dust clouds is quite variable, depending on many independent parameters, such as source of dust, age of dust cloud, meteorological conditions, etc. 3. Calculation: a) vol. per particle: 4/3 tt r3; r = 0.75 x 10~4 cm = 4/3 tt (0.75 x 10-*)3 = 1.77 x 10~12 cm3 b) wt. per particle = vol. x density = 1.77 x 10'12 cm3 x 2.5 x 103 mg/cm3 = 4.425 x 10-9 mg/particle c) 1 particle/ft.3 = 35.5 part./m3 (since 35.5 cu ft = 1 cu m.) 10s part./ft3 = mppcf = 35.5 x 10s part./m3 wt. of 1 mppcf s 35.5 x 10s part./m3 x 4.425 x 10~9 mg/part. 1 mppcf * 0.157 mg/m3 or 6.37 mppcf * 1 mg/m3 or approximately 6 mpccf ** i mg/m3. 52 4. Equivalent TLVs in mppcf and mg/m3 (respir able mass) for Mineral Ousts. Substance Threshold Limit Value Count Resp. Mass Total Mass' mppcf mg/m3 mg/m3 Silica (S'O?) Amorphous Cristobalite Fused silica Quartz Tridymite Coal Dust Diatomaceous earth, natural Graphite (natural) Mica Mineral wool fiber Nuisance particulates Perlite Portland Cement Soapstone Tripoli 20 1.5 3 3 1.5 (12) _ 15 20 -- 30 30 30 20 (3) (3)** 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.05 2 1.5 (2.5) (3) (5) (5) (5) (5) (3) 0.1 (6) 0.15 0.3 0.3 0.15 (4) _ (5) (6) 10 10 (10) (10) (6) (0.3) 'Unless otherwise specified, respirable mass is presumed to eoual ap proximately 50% of total mass. "All values In parentheses ( ) represent newly calculated values based on equivalence of 6 mppcf 1 mg/m3 respirable mass and respir able mass 50% total mass. 53 MAP 000232 TLVs Threshold Limit Values for Physical Agents Adopted by ACGIH for 1980 MAP 000233 1980 TLV PHYSICAL AGENTS COMMITTEE Herbert H. Jones, Central Missouri State University. Chairman Peter A. Breysse, University of Washington Thomas Cummings, Dept, of Health -- Ontario, Can ada Irving H. Davis, Dept, of Health -- Michigan LCOR Joseph J. Drozd, USN Dr. Allan P. Heins, OSHA LCDR Richard Johnson, USN Edward J. Largent, Retired John C. Mitchell, USAF Anthony M. Muc, Ph.D., Dept, of Health -- Ontario, Canada David H, Sliney, USAEHA LTC Robert T. Wangemann, USA Thomas K. Wilkinson, USPHS-NIH CONSULTANTS Gerald V. Coles Any comments or questions regarding these limits should be addressed to: Executive Secretary American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hy gienists P.O. Box 1937 Cincinnati, OH 45201: (513) 661-7881 PREFACE PHYSICAL AGENTS These threshold limit values refer to levels of phys ical agents and represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly ex posed day after day without adverse effect. Because of wide variations in individual susceptibility, expo sure of an occasional individual at, or even below, the threshold limit may not prevent annoyance, aggrava tion of a pre-existing condition, or physiological dam age. These threshold limits are based on the best avail able information from industrial experience, from ex perimental human and animal studies, and when pos sible; from a combination of the three. These limits are intended for use in the practice of industrial hygiene and should be interpreted and ap plied only by a person trained in this discipline. They are not intended for use, or for modification for use, (1) in the evaluation or control of the levels of physi cal agents in the community, (2) as proof or disproof of an existing physical disability, or (3) for adoption by countries whose working conditions differ from those in the United States of America. These values are reviewed annually by the Com mittee on Threshold Limits for Physical Agents for re visions or additions, as further information becomes available. Notice of Intent -- At the beginning of each year, proposed actions of the Committee for the forthcom ing year are issued in the form of a "Notice of intent." This notice provides not only an opportunity for com ment, but solicits suggestions of physical agents to be added to the list. The suggestions should be ac companied by substantiating evidence. As Legislative Code -- The Conference recognizes that the Threshold Limit Values may be adopted in legislative codes and regulations. If so used, the in tent of the concepts contained in the Preface should be maintained and provisions should be made to keep the list current. 57 MAP 000234 Reprint Permission -- This book is fully protected by copyright and no part of it may be reproduced in any form, by print, photoprint, microfilm or any other means without written permission from the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, Inc., P.O. Box 1937, Cincinnati, OH 45201. THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES HEAT STRESS These Threshold Limit Values referJo^heat stress conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse health effects. The TLVs shown in Table 1 are based on the assumption that nearly all acclimatized, fully clothed workers with adequate water and salt intake should be able to function effectively under the given working conditions without exceeding a deep body temperature of 38C (WHO technical report series #412, 1969 Health factors involved in Working Under Conditions of Heat Stress: F. N. Dukes-Dobos and A. Henschel: "Development of Permissible Heat Expo sure Limits for Occupational Work." ASHRAE Journal, Vol. 15: No. 9, September 1973, pp. 57-62.) Since measurement of deep body temperature is impractical for monitoring the workers' heat load, the measurement of environmental factors is required which most nearly correlate with deep body tempera ture and other physiological responses to heat. At the present time Wet Bulb Globe Temperature Index (WBGT) is the simplest and most suitable technique to measure the environmental factors. WBGT values are calculated by the following equations: 1. Outdoors with solar load: WBGT = 0.7WB + 0.2GT + 0.1 DB 2. Indoors or Outdoors with no solar load: WBGT = 0.7WB + 0.3GT where: WBGT = Wet Bulb Globe Temperature Index WB = Natural Wet-Bulb Temperature DB = Dry-Bulb Temperature GT = Globe-Thermometer Temperature The determination of WBGT requires the use of a black globe thermometer, a natural (static) wet-bulb thermometer, and a dry-bulb thermometer. 58 TABLE 1 Permissible Heat Exposure Threshold Limit Values (Values are given in C. WBGT) Work -- Rest Regimen Continuous work 75% Work -- 25% Rest, Each hour 50% Work -- 50% Rest, Each hour 25% Work--' 75% Rest, Each hour Work Load Light Moderate Heavy 30.0 26.7 25.0 30.6 28.0 25.9 31.4 29.4 27.9 32.2 31.1 30.0 -Higher-heat exposures than shown in Table 1 are permissible if the workers have been undergoing medical surveillance and it has been established that they are more tolerant to work in heat than the average worker. Workers should not be permitted to continue their work when their deep body tempera ture exceeds 38.0C. EVALUATION AND CONTROL I. Measurement of the Environment The instruments required are a dry-bulb, a natural wet-bulb, a globe thermometer, and a stand. The measurement of the environmental factors shall be performed as follows: A. The range of the dry and the natural wet bulb ther mometer shall be -5C to 50C with an accuracy of 0.5C. The dry bulb thermometer must be shielded from the sun and the other radiant surfaces of the en vironment without restricting the airflow around the bulb. The wick of the natural wet-bulb thermometer shall be kept wet with distilled water for at least 1/2 hour before the temperature reading is made. It is not enough to immerse the other end of the wick into a reservoir of distilled water and wait until the whole wick becomes wet by capillarity. The wick shall be wetted by direct application of water from a syringe 59 MAP 000235 1/2 hour before each reading. The wick shall extend over the bulb of the thermometer, covering the stem about one additional bulb length. The wick should always be clean and new wicks should be washed be fore using. B. A globe thermometer, consisting of a 15 cm. (6inch) diameter hollow copper sphere painted on the outside with a matte black finish or equivalent, shall be used. The bulb or sensor of a thermometer (range -5C to 100*C with an accuracy of 0.5*C) must be fixed in the center of the sphere. The globe thermom eter shall be exposed at least 25 minutes before it is read. C. A stand shall be used to suspend the three ther mometers so that they do not restrict free air flow around the bulbs, and the wet-bulb and globe ther mometer are not shaded. 0. It is permissible to use any other type of tempera ture sensor that gives identical reading as that of a mercury thermometer under the same conditions. E. The thermometers must be so placed that the readings are representative of the -condition where the men work or rest, respectively. The methodology outlined above is more fully ex plained in the following publications: 1. "Prevention of Heat Casualties in Marine Corps Recruits, 1955-1960, with Comparative incidence Rates and Climatic Heat Stresses in other Training Categories," by Captain David Minard, MC, USN, Re search Report No. 4, Contract No. MR005.01-0001.01, Naval Medical Research Institute, Bethesda, Mary land, 21 February 1961. 2. "Heat Casualties in the Navy and Marine Corps, 1959-1962, with Appendices on the Field Use of the Wet Bulb-Globe Temperature Index," by Captain David Minard. MC, USN, and R. L. O'Brien. HMC, USN. Research Report No. 7, Contract No. MR 005.01-0001.01, Naval Medical Research Institute, Bethesda, Maryland, 12 March 1964. 3. Minard, D.: Prevention of Heat Casualties in Marine Corps Recruits. Military Medicine 126(4): 261272,1961. II. Work Load Categories Heat produced by the body and the environmental heat together determine the total heat load. There fore, if work is to be performed under hot environ mental conditions, the workload category of each job 60 shall be established and the heat exposure limit perti nent to the work load evaluated against the applica ble standard in order to protect the worker from ex posure beyond the permissible limit. A. The work load category may be established by ranking each job into light, medium, and heavy cate gories on the basis of type of operation. Where the work load is ranked into one of said three categories, i.e. (1) light work (up to 200 kcal/hr or 800 Btu/hr): e.g.. sitting or standing to control machines, perform ing light hand or arm work, (2) moderate work (200-350 kcal/hr or 800-1400 Btu/hr): e.g., walking about with moderate lifting and pushing, (3) heavy work (350-500 kcal/hr or 1400-2000 Btu/hr): e.g., pick and shovel work, the permissible heat exposure limit for that work load shall be determined from Table 1. B. The ranking of the job may be performed either by measuring the workers metabolic rate while perform ing his job or by estimating his metabolic rate by the use of the scheme shown in Table 2. Tables available in the literature listed below and in other publications as well may also be utilized. When this method is used the permissible heat exposure limit can be de termined by Figure 1. 1. Per-Olof Astrand and Kaare Rodahl: "Textbook of Work Physiology" McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, San Francisco, 1970. 2. "Ergonomics Guide to Assessment of Metabolic and Cardiac Costs of Physical Work." Amer. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J. 32: 560,1971. 3. Energy Requirements for Physical Work. Purdue Farm Cardiac Project. Agricultural Experiment Sta tion. Research Progress Report No. 30,1961. 4. J. V. G. A. Dumin and R. Passmore: "Energy, Work and Leisure." Heinemann Educational Books, LtdLondon, 1967. 61 -- MAP 000236 TABLE 2 Assessment of Work Load Average values of metabolic rate during different ac tivities. Body position and movement Sitting Standing Walking Walking up hill kcal/min 0.3 0.6 2.0-3.0 add 0.8 per meter (yard) rise B. Type of Work Average Range kcal/min kcal/min Hand work Work with one arm Work with both arms Work with body fight heavy light heavy light heavy light moderate heavy very heavy U.'4 0.9 1.0 1.8 1.5 2.5 3.5 5.0 7.0 9.0 0.2-1.2 0.7-2.5 1.0-3.5 2.515.0 Light hand work: writing, hand knitting Heavy hand work: typewriting Heavy work with one arm: hammering in nails (shoe maker, upholsterer) Light work with two arms: filing metal, planing wood, raking of a garden Moderate work with the body: cleaning a floor, beat ing a carpet 62 Heavy work with the body: railroad track laying, dig ging, barking trees Sample Calculation: Using a heavy hand tool on an assembly line A. Walking along 2.0 kcal/min B. Intermediate value between heavy work with two arms and light work with the body 3.0 kcal/min C. Add for basal metabolism 5.0 kcal/min ' 1.0 kcal/min Total 6.0 kcal/min Adapted from Lehmann, G. E., A. Muller and H. Spitzer: Der Kalorienbedarf bei gewerblicher Arbeit. Arbeitsphy- siol. 14: 166, 1950. III. Work-Rest Regimen The permissible exposure limits specified in Table 1 and Figure 1 are based on the assumption that the WBGT value of the resting place is the same or very close to that of the work place. Where the WBGT of the work area is different from that of the rest area a time-weighted average value should be used for both environmental and metabolic heat. When timeweighted average values are used the appropriate curve on Figure 1 is the solid line labeled "continu ous." The time-weighted average metabolic rate (M) shall be determined by the equation: Av. M = (Mi) x (ti) + (Ma) x (fa) + ,...+ (M,) x (t,,) (t,) + (ta) + . . . . + (U Where Mi Ms, M,, are estimated or measured metabo lic rates for the various activities of the worker during the total time period, ti, ts, t, are the elapsed times in minutes spent at the corresponding metabolic rate as determined by a time study. The time-weighted average WBGT shall be deter mined by the equation: Av. WBGT = (WBGTi) x (ti) + (WBGTs) x fa + ... + (WBGT.) x (t,,) (ti) + (ts) + . . . + (t,,) 63 MAP 000237 where WBGT,, WBGT2, WBGT, are calculated values of WBGT for the various work and rest areas occu pied during total time periods, ti, tj, t, are the elapsed times in minutes spent in the corresponding areas which are determined by a time study. Where expo sure to hot environmental conditions is continuous for several hours or the entire work day. the timeweighted averages shall be calculated as hourly timeweighted average i.e., ti + t + ... + t, = 60 minutes. Where the exposure is intermittent, the time-weighted averages shall be calculated as two-hour time-weight ed averages, i.e., ti + t* + ... + t. 120 minutes. The permissible exposure limits for continuous work are applicable where there is a work-rest regi men of a 5-day work week and an 8-hour work day with a short morning and afternoon break (approxi mately 15 minutes) and a longer lunch break (approx imately 30 minutes). Higher exposure limits are per mitted if additional resting time is allowed. All breaks, including unscheduled pauses and administrative or operational waiting periods during work may be counted as rest time when additional rest allowance must be given because of high environmental temper atures. IV. Water and Salt Supplementation During the hot season or when the worker is ex posed to artificially generated heat, drinking water shall be made available to the workers in such a way that they are stimulated to frequently drink small amounts, i.e., one cup every 15-20 minutes (about 150 ml or 1/4 pint). The water shall be kept reasonably cool (10-15C or 50.0-60.0F) and shall be placed close to the workplace so that the worker can reach it without abandoning the work area. The workers should be encouraged to salt their food abundantly during the hot season and particu larly during hot spells. If the workers are unacclima tized, salted drinking water shall be made available in a concentration of 0.1% (1g NaCI to 1.0 liter or 1 level tablespoon of salt to 15 quarts of water). The added salt shall be completely dissolved before the water is distributed, and the water shall be kept reasonably cool. V. Other Considerations A. Clothing: The permissible heat exposure TLVs are valid for light summer clothing as customarily worn by workers when working under hot environmental 64 conditions. If special cothing is required for perform ing a particular job and this clothing s heavier or it impedes sweat evaporation or has higher insulation value, the worker's heat tolerance is reduced, and the permissible heat exposure limits indicated in Table 1 and Figure 1 are not applicable. For each job catego ry where special clothing is required, the permissible heat exposure limit shall be established by an expert. B. Acclimatization and Fitness: Acclimatization to heat involves a series of physiological and psycholog ical adjustments that occur in an individual during his first week of exposure to hot environmental condi tions. The recommended heat stress TLVs are valid for acclimated workers who are physically fit. Extra caution must be employed when unacclimated or physically un-fit workers must be exposed to heat stress conditions. Btu/hr Rote of Work Figure 1 -- Permissible Heat Exposure Threshold Limit Value 65 WBGT MAP 000238 IONIZING RADIATION The Committee accepts the philosophy and recom mendations of the National Council on Radiation Pro tection and Measurements (NCRP) for the ionizing ra diation TLV. The NCRP is charted by Congress to. in part, collect, analyze, develop and disseminate infor mation and recommendations about protection against radiation and about radiation measurements, quantities and units, including development of basic concepts in these areas. NCRP Report No. 39 (refer ence 1) provides basic philosophy and concepts lead ing to protection criteria established in the same re port. Other NCRP reports address specific areas of radiation protection and, collectively, provide an ex cellent basis for establishing a sound program for ra diation control. The Committee recommends the list ed references as subctantative documentation of a sound basis for ionizing radiation protection. The committee also strongly recommends that all expo sures to ionizing radiations be kept as low as reason ably achievable within the stated guidance. References: 1. "Basic Radiation Protection Criteria," NCRP Re port No. 39, issued January IS, 1971. 2. Maximum Permissible Body Burdens and Maxi mum Permissible Concentrations of Radionuclides in Air and in Water for Occupational Exposure," US De partment of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards Handbook 69, issued June 5, 1959, with Addendum 1 issued August 1963. Available as NCRP Report No. 22. The above documents, as well as information on nu merous other NCRP Reports addressing specific sub jects in ionizing radiation protection are available from: NCRP Publications, PO Box 30175, Washing ton, DC 20014. LASERS The threshold limit values are for exposure to laser radiation under conditions to which nearly all workers may be exposed without adverse effects. The values should be used as guides in the control of exposures and should not be regarded as fine lines between safe and dangerous levels. They are based on the best available information from experimental studies. Limiting Apertures The TLVs expressed as radiant exposure or irradianoe in this section may be averaged over an aper ture of 1 mm except for TLVs for the eye in the spec tral range of 400-1400 nm, which should be averaged 66 over a 7 mm limiting aperture (pupil); and except for all TLVs for wavelengths between 0.1--1 mm where the limiting aperture is 10 mm. No modification of the TLVs is permitted for pupil sizes less than 7 mm. The TLVs for "extended sources" apply to sources which subtend an angle greater than a (Table 5) which varies with exposure time. This angle is not the beam divergence of the source. Correction Factors A and B (CA and CB) The TLVs for ocular exposure in Tables 3 and 4 are to be used as given for all wavelength ranges. The TLVs for wavelengths between 700 nm and 1049 nm are to be increased by a uniformly extrapolated factor (CA) as shown in Figure 2. Between 1049 nm and 1400 nm, the TLV has been increased by a factor (C*) of five. For certain exposure times at wavelengths be tween 550 nm and 700 nm, correction factor (C,,) must be applied. The TLVs for skin exposure are given in Table 6. The TLVs are to be increased by a factor (CA) as shown in Figure 2 for wavelengths between 700 nm and 1400 nm. To aid in the determination of TLVs for exposure durations requiring calculations of fraction al powers Figures 3,4,5 and 6 may be used. Repetitively Pulsed Lasers Since there are few experimental data for multiple pulses, caution must be used in the evaluation of such exposures. The protection standards for irradiance or radiant exposure in multiple pulse trains have the following limitations: (1) The exposure from any single pulse in the train is limited to the protection standard for a single com parable pulse. (2) The average irradiance for a group of pulses is limited to the protection standard as given in Tables 3, 4, or 6 of a single pulse of the same duration as the entire pulse group. (3) When the Instantaneous Pulse Repetition Fre quency (PRF) of any pulses within a train exceeds one, the protection standard applicable to each pulse is reduced as shown in Figure 6 for pulse durations less than 10~s second. For pulses of greater duration, the following formula should be followed: 67 MAP 000239 ft fflWHM stanriarri (sin9le pulse \ _ Standard (pulse nr \in train ) n where: n = number of pulses in train t = duration of a single pulse in the train Standard (nr) = protection standard of one pulse having a duration equal to nr sec onds. Correction Factor A (CA) Wavelength (nm) Figure 2 -- TLV correction factor for X - 700 - 1400 nm* For x = 700 - 1049 nm, C,, = I0",""tt - TMi For x = 1050 - 1400 nm, C,, = 5 68 69 i 1 ) t < 4 j MAP 000240 U1 e s 8 i 2 O oS 5a o oa uoazi c S o UaxJ. E s ( 1-1U3 *) 33NVI0V8MI All * e v> oc o ro 1ra EXPOSURE DURATION (> ) (s.uia.r) 3nsodX3 iNviavu ah =5 T` O > k MAP 000241 .. rii....... ~~MWttiwrs- iff wanna m MAP 000242 Fl|n 5a -- TLV for extended sources or diffuse reflections of laser radiation (400-700 nm). Figure 6 -- Multiplicative correction factor for repetitively pulsed lasers having pulse durations less than 10"5 second. TLV for a single pulse of the pulse train is multiplied by the above correction factor. Correction factor for PRF greater than 1000 Hz is 0.06. 74 75 MAP 000243 MAP 000244 TABLE 4 Threshold Lim it Values fo r Viewing a Diffuse Reflection of a Laser Beam or an Extended Source Laser 10- >CT--M_CO"fsl"C.MOr-Cg*2S0C`E/5 P Cft P*c x e S CO o . hTOr CXo o,,O"e_o cn .2^ o o qS; 2^o- oo-r- -ooooo t-- t- i- -S re eeeeeeIII cc = ce=c__oe OOOOOOOO P g^'QOO^^r^' c TT S tnNNN^- r- f- OOOOOOOOOO EpEpEcEcEcEcEpEcEcE^ OooOoOiOnmOOoooOoOp^j. 2S >ZD o -J <: cc 78 MAP 000245 p& Eo co ft' nj x T loft 1 oE <55~^<E 5 <D III o i5 S X O -CO w -S 33so * iS ^ooo o > E E i rr - E !S S g Ee E 4 >o o *> OS If < CD CO cc > W J- rL = 80 MICROWAVES These Threshold Limit Values refer to microwave energy in the frequency range of 300 MHz to 300 GHz and represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse effect. Under conditions of moderate to severe heat stress, the recommended values may need to be re duced.' Therefore, these values should be used as guides in the control of exposure to microwave en ergy and should not be regarded as a fine line be tween safe and dangerous levels. Recommended Values: The Threshold Limit Value for occupational expo sure to microwave energy, where power density or field intensity is known and exposure time is con trolled, is as follows: 1. For exposure to continuous wave (CW) sources, the power density level shall not exceed 10 mil liwatts per square centimeter (mW/cm2) for contin uous exposure, -and the total -exposure -time shali be limited to an 8-hour workday. This power den sity is approximately equivalent to a free-space electric field strength of 200 volts-per-meter rms (V/m) and a free-space magnetic field strength of 0.5 ampere-per-meter rms (Aym). 2. Exposures to CW power density levels greater than 10 mW/cm2 are permissible up to a maximum of 25 mW/cm2 based upon an average energy density of 1 milliwatt-hour per square centimeter (mWh/cm2) averaged over any 0.1 hour period. For example, at 25 mW/cm2, the permissible exposure duration is approximately 2.4 minutes in any 0.1 hour period. 3. For repetitively pulsed microwave sources, the average field strength or power density is calculat ed by multiplying the peak-pulse value by the duty cycle. The duty cycle is equal to the pulse duration in seconds times the pulse repetition rate in Hertz. Exposure during an 8-hour workday shall not ex ceed the following values which are averaged over any 0.1 hour period: Power Density 10 mW/cm2 Energy Density 1 mWh/cm2 Mean Squared Electric Field Strength 40,000 V2/m2 Mean Squared Magnetic Field Strength 0.25 A2/m2 'Mumford. W W "Heal Stress Due to R. F. Radiation.'' Proceedings of IEEE. Vol. 57, No. 2, Fed. 1969, pp. 171-178. 81 ijMMiiimgi MAP 000246 4. Exposure is not permissible in CW or repetitively pulsed fields with an average power density in ex cess of 25 mW/cm! or approximate equivalent free-space field strengths of 300 V/m or 0.75 A/m. NOISE These threshold limit values refer to sound pres sure levels and durations of exposure that represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse effect on their ability to hear and understand normal speech. Prior to 1979, the medical profession had de fined hearing impairment as an average hearing threshold level in excess of 25 decibels (ANSI-S3.6L 1969) at 500, 1000, and 2000 Hz, and the limits which are given have been established to prevent a hearing loss in excess of this level.11" The values should be used as guides in the control of noise exposure and, due to individual susceptibility, should not be regard ed as fine lines between safe and dangerous levels. it should be recognized that the application of the TLV for noise will not protect all workers frpmihe ad verse effects of noise exposure. A hearing conserva tion program with audiometric testing is necessary when workers are exposed to noise at or above the TLV levels. Continuous or Intermittent The sound level shall be determined by a sound level meter, conforming as a minimum to the require ments of the American National Standard Specifica tion for Sound Level Meters, SI .4 (1971) Type S2A, and set to use the A-weighted network with slow meter response. Duration of exposure shall not ex ceed that shown in Table 7. These values apply to total duration of exposure per working day regardless of whether this is one continuous exposure or a number of short-term expo sures but does not apply to impact or impulsive type of noise. When the daily noise exposure is composed of two or more periods of noise exposure of different levels, their combined effect should be considered, rather than the individual effect of each. If the sum of the following fractions1. Ci Cz Cn Tt Tz T,, exceeds unity, then, the mixed exposure should be considered to exceed the threshold limit value, Ct in 82 -L dicates the total duration of exposure at a specific noise level, and T, indicates the total duration of ex posure permitted at that level. All on-the-job noise ex posures of 60 dBA or greater shall be used in the above calculations. Table 7 Threshold Limit Values Duration per day Hours 16 8 4 2 1 1/2 1/4 1/8 Sound Level dBA6' 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115' *No exposure to continuous or intermittent in excess ot 115 dBA NUMIII Of IMPULSES Ot IMPACTS Pit OAT (Nl Figure 7 -- Threshold Limit Values for Impulse/Impact Noise. 83 MAP 000247 1w WMsUlllill a) In 1979, the American Academy of Ophthalmology and Otolargyngology (AAOO) included 3000 Hz in their hearing impairment formula. b) Sound level in decibels as measured on a sound level meter, conforming as a minimum fo the require ments of the American National Standard Specifica tion for Sound Level Meters, SI.4 (1971) Type S2A, and set to use the A-weighted network with slow meter response. tantly exposed to photosensitizing agents (Fitzpa trick, et al,, eds., Sunlight and Man, Umv. Tokyo press, Tokyo, Japan, 1974). These values should be used as guides in the control of exposure to continu ous sources where the exposure duration shall not be less than 0.1 sec. These values should be used as guides in the con trol of exposure to ultraviolet sources and should not be regarded as a fine line between safe and danger ous levels. IMPULSIVE OR IMPACT NOISE It is recommended that exposure to impulsive or impact noise shall not exceed the limits listed in Table 8 or taken from Figure 7. No exposures in ex cess of 140 decibels peak sound pressure level are permitted. Impulsive or impact noise is considered to be those variations in noise levels that involve max ima at intervals of greater than one per second. Where the intervals are less than one second, it should be considered continuous. Sound Level dB** 140 130 120 Table 8 Threshold Limit Values Impulsive or Impact Noise Permitted Number of Impulses or Impacts per day 100 1000 10,000 ' 'Decibels peak sound pressure level, re 20 ^Pa ULTRAVIOLET RADIATION* These threshold limit values refer to ultraviolet ra diation in the spectral region between 200 and 400 nm and represent conditions under which it is be lieved that nearly all workers may be repeatedly ex posed without adverse effect. These values for expo sure of the eye or the skin apply to ultraviolet radiation from arcs, gas, and vapor discharges, fluo rescent. and incandescent sources, and solar radia tion. but do not apply to ultraviolet lasers.* These val ues do not apply to ultraviolet radiation exposure of photosensitive individuals or of individuals concomi- "See Laser TLVs 84 Recommended Values: The threshold limit value for occupational expo sure to ultraviolet radiation incident upon skin or eye where irradiance values are known and exposure time is controlled are as follows: 1. For the near ultraviolet spectral region (320 to 400 nm) total irradiance incident upon the unprotected skin or eye should not exceed 1 mW/cm2 for periods greater than 103 seconds (approximately 16 minutes) and for exposure times less than 103 seconds should not exceed one J/cm2. 2. For the actinic ultraviolet spectral region (200 -- 315 nm), radiant exposure incident upon the un protected skin or eye should not exceed the values given in Table 9 within an 8-hour period. 3. To determine the effective irradiance of a broad band source weighted against the peak of the spectral effectiveness curve (270 nm), the follow ing weighting formula should be used: Ef/r = ^ Ei Sx AX where: Etff = effective irradiance relative to a monochromat ic source at 270 nm in W/cm2 (J/s/cm2) Ex = spectral irradiance in W/cm2/nm S* = relative spectral effectiveness (unitless) ax = band width in nanometers 4. Permissible exposure time in seconds for expo sure to actinic ultraviolet radiation incident upon the unprotected skin or eye may be computed by dividing 0.003 J/cm2 by EL* in W/cm2. The expo sure time may also be determined using Table 10 which provides exposure times corresponding to effective irradiances in MW/cm2. 85 JL MAP 000248 TABLE 9 Relative Spectral Effectiveness by Wavelength* Wavelength (nm) 200 210 220 230 240 250 254 260 270 280 290 300 305 310 315 TLV (mJ/cm2) 100 40 25 16 10 7.0 6.0 4.6 3.0 3.4 4.7 10 50 200 1000 Relative Spectral Effectiveness s. 0.03 0.075 0.12 0.19 0.30 0.43 0.5 0.65 1.0 0.88 0.64 0.30 0.06 0.015 0.003 TABLE 10 Permissible Ultraviolet Exposures Duration of Exposure Per Day 8 hrs................. 4 hrs................. 2 hrs................. 1 hr................... 30 min.............. 15 min.............. 10 min.............. 5 min................ 1 min................ 30 sec............... 10 sec............... 1 sec................. 0.5 sec............. 0.1 sec.............. Effective 1 madia E,ff (ju.W/cm: ................... ................... 5 10 .................. 300 .................... 6,000 ...................30,000 All the preceding TLV's for ultraviolet energy apply to sources which subtend an angle less than 80. Sources which subtend a greater angle need to be measured only over an angle of 80. i i 87 MAP 000249 220 240 KO 2M 300 320 WAVE LENGTH (NANOMETERS) Figure 8 -- Threshold Limit Values for Ultraviolet Radiation Conditioned (tanned) individuals can tolerate skin ex posure in excess of the TLV without erythema! effects. However, such conditioning may not protect persons against skin cancer. NOTICE OF INTENDED CHANGES (tor 1980) These physical agents, with their corresponding values, comprise those for which either a limit has been proposed for the first time, or for which a change in the "Adopted" listing has been proposed. In both cases, the proposed limits should be^consid ered trial limits that will remain in the listing for a period of at least one year. If after one year no evi dence comes to light that questions the appropriate ness of the values herein the values will be reconsi dered for the "Adopted" list. 88 rn-HUWm-JU-*-+ * .-i,HMJIIHE NOTICE OF INTENT TO ESTABLISH THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES LIGHT AND NEAR-INFRARED RADIATION These Threshold Limit Values refer to visible and near-infrared radiation in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 1400 nm and represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be exposed without adverse effect. These values should be used as guides in the control of exposure to light and should not be regarded as a fine line between safe and dangerous levels. Recommended Values: The Threshold Limit Value for occupational expo sure to broad-band light and near-infrared radiation for the eye apply to exposure in any eight-hour work day and require knowledge of the spectral radiance (Lk) and total irradiance (E) of the source as mea sured at the position(s) of the eye of the worker. Such detailed spectral data of a white light source is gener ally only required if the luminance of the source ex ceeds 1 cd cm'2. At luminances less than this value -the TLV would not be exceeded. The TLVs are: 1 To protect against retinal thermal injury, the spec tral radiance of the lamp weighted against the function R (Table 11) should not exceed: 1400 AX. S 1/at 400 where Lx is in W cm-2 sr1 and t is the viewing du ration (or pulse duration if the lamp is pulsed) lim ited to 1 f4S to 10 s, and a is the angular subtense of the source in radians. If the lamp is oblong, a refers to the longest dimension that can be viewed. For instance, at a viewing distance r = 100 cm from a tubular lamp of length I = 50 cm, the view ing angle is: a = l/r =50/100 = 0.5 rad (2) 2. To protect against retinal photochemical injury from chronic blue-light exposure the integrated spectral radiance of light source weighted against the blue-light hazard function Bx (Table 11) should not exceed: 1400 LxtBxAX sioOJcm^sr'1 (t 10*5) (3a) 1400 i LxBx AX 10'2 Wcm'2 sn1 (t > 10s) (3b) 89 MAP 000250 For a source radiance l which exceeds 10 mW/cnr2 sr1 in the blue spectral region, the per missible exposure duration U, in seconds is sim ply: U, = 100 Jcm-*sr-VL (blue) (4) The latter limits are greater than the maximum per missible exposure limits for 440 nm laser radiation (see Laser TLV) because a 2-3 mm pupil is as sumed rather than a 7 mm pupil tor the Laser TLV. For a light source subtending an angle a less than 11 mrd (0.011 radian) the above limits are relaxed such that the spectral irradiance weighted against the blue-light hazard function B x should not ex ceed: 1400 ^ Ext eB* AX 10 mJ cm_l(t =s io4s) (5a) 1400 4|Ex*B*AXS1mW *cm2(t Sio^s) (5b) For a source where the blue light weighted irra- diance E (blue) exceeds 1 pW cm-2 is the maxi mum permissible exposure duration t max in sec onds is: t max = 10 mJ cnr*E (blue) (6) 3. Infrared Radiation: To avoid possible delayed ef fects upon the lens of the eye (cataractogenesis), the infrared radiation (x > 770 nm) should be lim ited to 10 mWcrrr2. For an infrared heat lamp or any near-infrared source where a strong visual stimulus is absent, the near infrared (770-1400 nm) radiance as viewed by the eye should be limited to: ^ La AX =0.6/a (7)* for extended duration viewing conditions. This limit is based upon a 7 mm pupil diameter. 'Formulae (1) and (7) are empirical and are not. strictly speaking, di mensionally correct. To make the formulae dimensionally correct, one would have to insert a dimensional correction factor k m the nght hand numerator in each formula. For formula (1) this would be k, = 1 W rad sit/lcm1 sr). and for formula (7) k. = 1 W rad/(cmI sr) 90 TABLE 11 SPECTRAL WEIGHTING FUNCTIONS FOR ASSESSING RETINAL HAZARDS FROM BROAD -- BAND OPTICAL SOURCES Wavelength (nm) Blue-Light Hazard Function Ba Burn Hazard Function Ra 400 405 410 415 420 425 430 435 440 445 450 455 460 465 470 475 480 485 490 495 500-600 600-700 700-1049 1050-1400 0.10 0.20 0.40 -0.80 0.90 0.95 0.98 1.0 1.0 0.97 0.94 0.90 0.80 0.70 0.62 ' 0.55 0.45 0.40 0.22 0.16 JQU450-M/50] 0.001 0.001 0.001 1.0 2.0 4.0 8.0 9.0 9.5 9.8 10 10 9.7 9.4 9.0 8.0 . 7.0 6.2 5.5 4.5 4.0 2.2 1.6 1.0 1.0 |gi<700-M/505] 0.2 91 MAP 000251 The American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists was organized in 1938 by a group of gov ernmental industrial hygienists who desired a medi um for the free exchange of ideas, experiences and the promotion of standards and techniques in indus trial health. The Conference is not an official Govern ment Agency. It is an organization devoted to the development of administrative and technical aspects of worker health protection. The association has contributed substan tially to the development and improvement of official industrial health sen/ices to industry and labor. The committees bn Industrial Ventilation and Threshold Limit Values are recognized throughout the world for their expertise and contributions to industrial hy giene. Membership is limited to professional personnel in governmental agencies or educational institutions en gaged in occupational safety and health programs. The more than 2300 members from across the United States and around the world give the organization an international scope. f MAP 000252 m MAP 000253 TLVs A Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances and Physical Agents in Die Workroom Environment with Intended Changes for 1981 ... 4`` MAp OOO254 i !: i ' jj fS |j C ; ! Copyrighg198.1 by American Conference of Govemf^entel lnduj|ial Hygieni|ts. ISBN: 0-936712-34-1 f This bootis fillyfprotected by copyright and no part of it may be{repjoduced in any form, by print, photo print, microfilm, gr any other means without written per mission from thp;Amierican Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists!6500 Glenway, Bldg. D-5, Cincin nati, Ohio 45211? l ; Z , -PRICE EACH 1-9............. ;................................................................$2.50 10-49.......................;.............. 2.25 50-199........................................ 2.00 200-999.........;....:....:.......................................... 1.75 10004999.:.........;......................................... 1.50 5000 or more.................................................. 1.25 i ZZt Documentation of th Threshold Limit Values0 A sepa rate companion $iecp torthe'TLVs is issued by ACGIH under this title. This-'publication gives the pertinent sci entific information and data with reference to literature sources that were used -io base each limit. Each docu mentation also contains a statement defining the type of response against which the limit is safeguarding the worker. For a better understanding of the TLVs it is es sential that die Documentation be consulted when the TLVs are being used. The Fourth Edition (1980), including the 1981 Supple mental Documentation, is available at $60.00 per single copy. The 1981 Supplemental Documentation is also available as a separate publication at $10.00 per single copy. Ether may be ordered from the following: Publications Office ACGIH 6500 Glenway Ave., Bldg. D-5 Cincinnati, OH 45211 X .5 .5 % I % MAP 000255 aM^^^iwlift^fcw^ll^^l^^ii^ilfrof^^|llf--T-r,l^ftf^TTffl1, Mf**"*****" .......................... TLVs Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances in Workroom Air Adopted by AC6IH for 1981 f MAP 000256 1981 TLV AIRBORNE CONTAMINANTS COMMITTEE Vernon L. Carter, COL, USAF -- Chairman Melvin E. Andersen, Ph.D., USAF Faye J. Bowman, Ph. D., Tennessee Valley Authority B. Dwight Culver, M.D., TVA James W. Hammond, University of Texas Hervey B. Elkins, Ph.D., Retired Trent R. Lewis, Ph.D., NIOSH Jesse Lieberman, P.E., USN Floyd A. Madsen, OSHA Frederick T. McDermott, Michigan Dept, of Public Health Waiter W. Melvin, Jr., M.D., Sc.D., Colorado State Uni versity Leonard D. Pagnotto, Massachusetts Dept, of Labor & Industry -- Secretary Ronald S. Ratney, OSHA Meier Schneider, P.E., C.I.H., City of Los Angeles Robert Spirtas, Dr. PH, National Cancer Institute Vera F. Thomas, Ph.D., University of Miami William D. Wagner, NIOSH Elizabeth K. Weisburger, Ph.D., National Cancer Insti tute CONSULTANTS Paul Gross, M.D. Georg Kimmerle, M.D., German MAK Commission Li aison Ernest Mastromatteo, M.D. James F. Morgan Marshall Steinberg, Ph. D. Theodore R. Torkelson, Sc.D. Ralph C. Wands Mitchell R. Zavon, M.D. Any comments or questions regarding these limits should be addressed to: Executive Secretary American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists 6500 Glenway Ave., Bldg. D-5 Cincinnati OH 45211: (513)661-7881 r. '.V ar.-f .-i-at-ar f i MAP 000257 TABLE OF CONTENTS Chemical Substances Page Preface...................................................... _......... Threshold Limit Values and Short Term Expo sure Limits.................................... ,,,,... ............ Radioactivity................................... .................... Mineral Dusts.................................... .................. Nuisance Particulates.......................................... Notice of Intended Changes................................. Appendices A. Carcinogens............................................... B. Substances of Variable Composition........ C. Mixtures: Calculation of TLVs................... D. Nuisance Particulates................................ E. Asphyxiants............................................... F. Conversion of Particle Count to Mass....... G. Chemical Substances Under Study............ 2 9 31 32 33 34 37 43 44 43 49 49 53 Physical Agents Preface....................................... ............. ........... Threshold Limit Values Heat Stress....................................................... Ionizing Radiation............................................ Lasers............................................... ................... Microwaves...................................................... Noise............................................ ................... Impulsive or Impact Noise.............. .................. Ultraviolet Radiation...................... ................... Notice of Intended Changes........................,,..... Notice of Intent: Light and Near-Infrared Radiation .............. Airborne UpperSonic and Acoustic Radiation.. Radiofrequency/Microwave Radiation............. Agents Under Study........................ ................ 57 58 65 66 80 81 82 83 86 87 90 90 94 f MAP 000258 PREFACE CHEMICAL CONTAMINANTS Threshold limit values refer to airborne concentra tions of substances and represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be re peatedly exposed day after day without adverse ef fect. Because of wide variation in individual suscepti bility, however, a small percentage of workers may experience discomfort from some substances at con centrations at or below the threshold limit; a smaller percentage may be affected more seriously by aggra vation of a pre-existing condition or by development of an occupational illness. Threshold limits are based on the best available information from industrial experience! from experi mental human and animal studies, and, when possi ble, from a combination of the three. The basis on which the values are established may differ from sub stance to substance; protection against impairment of health may be a guiding factor for some, whereas reasonable freedom from irritation, narcosis, nui sance or other forms of stress may form the basis for others. The amount and nature of the information avail able for establishing a TLV varies from substance to substance; consequently, the precision of the esti mated TLV is also subject to variation arid the latest Documentation should be consulted in order to assess the extent of the data available for a given sub stance. These limits are intended for use in the practice of industrial hygiene and should be interpreted and ap plied only by a person trained in this discipline. They are not intended for use, or for modification for use, (1) as a relative index of hazard or toxicity, (2) in the evaluation or control of community air pollution nui sances, (3) in estimating the toxic potential of contin uous, uninterrupted exposures or other extended work periods, (4) as proof or disproof of an existing disease or physical condition, or (5) for adoption by countries whose working conditions differ from those in the United States of America and where substances and processes differ. The TLV-TWA should be used as guides in the control of health hazards and should not be used as 2 c*v' t\ ? MAP 000259 fine lines between safe and dangerous concentra tions. In spite of the fact that serious injury is not be lieved likely as a result of exposure to the threshold limit concentrations, the best practice is to maintain concentrations of all atmospheric contaminants as low as is practical. Legal Status. The Threshold Limit Values, as is sued by ACGIH, are recommendations and should be used as guidelines for good practices. Wherever these values (of whatever year) have been used or in cluded by reference in Federal and/or State statutes and registers, the TLVs do have the force and effects of law. "Notice of Intent." At the beginning of each year, proposed actions of the Committee for the forthcom ing year are issued in the form of a "Notice of Intend ed Changes." This Notice provides not only an oppor tunity for comment, but solicits suggestions of substances to be added to the list. The suggestions should be accompanied by substantiating evidence. The list of Intended Changes follows the Adopted Val ues in the TLV booklet. Values listed in parenthesis in the "Adopted" list are to be used during the period in which a proposed change for that Value is listed in the Notice of Intended Changes. Definitions. Three categories of Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) are specified herein, as follows: a) Threshold Limit Value-Time Weighted Average (TLV-TWA) -- the time-weighted average concentra tion for a normal 8-hour workday and a 40-hour work week, to which nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed, day after day, without adverse effect. b) Threshold Limit Value-Short Term Exposure Limit (TLV-STEL) -- the maximal-concentration to which workers can be exposed for a period up to 15 minutes continuously without suffering from 1) irrita tion, 2) chronic or irreversible tissue change, or 3) narcosis of sufficient degree to increase accident proneness, impair self-rescue, or materially reduce work efficiency, provided that no more than four ex cursions per day are permitted, with at least 60 min utes between exposure periods, and provided that the daily TLV-TWA also is not exceeded. The STEL should be considered a maximal allowable concentra tion, or ceiling, not to be exceeded at any time during the 15-minute excursion period. c) Threshold Limit Value-Ceiling (TLV-C) -- the concentration that should not be exceeded even in stantaneously. MAP 000260 *BWWjiMiilWiWWiia^iiiiaii,iiiiwmiiiiiiii iii iBMa. For some substances, e.g.. irritant gases, only one category, the TLV-Ceiling, may be relevant. For other substances, either two or three categories may be rel evant, depending upon their physiologic action. It is important to observe that if any one of these three TLVs is exceeded, a potential hazard from that sub stance is presumed to exist. The committee holds to the opinion that limits based on physical irritation should be considered no less binding than those based on physical impair ment. There is increasing evidence that physical irri tation may initiate, promote or accelerate physical im pairment through interaction with other chemical or biologic agents. Time-Weighted Average vs Ceiling Limits. Timeweighted averages permit excursions above the limit provided they are compensated by equivalent excur sions below the limit during the workday. In some in stances it may be permissible to calculate the average concentration for a workweek rather than for a work day. The relationship between threshold limit and per missible excursion is a rule of thumb and in certain cases may not apply. The amount by which threshold limits may be exceeded forshort periods without inju ry to health depends upon a number of factors such as the nature of the contaminant, whether very high concentrations -- even for short periods -- produce acute poisoning, whether the effects are cumulative, the frequency with which high concentrations occur, and the duration of such periods. All-factors must be taken into consideration in arriving at a decision as to whether a hazardous condition exists. Although the time-weighted average concentration provides the most satisfactory, practical way of moni toring airborne agents for compliance with the limits, there are certain substances for which it is inappro priate. In the latter group are substances which are predominantly fast acting and whose threshold limit is more appropriately based on this particular re sponse. Substances with this type of response are best controlled by a ceiling "C" limit that should not be exceeded. It is implicit in these definitions that the manner of sampling to determine noncompliance with the limits for each group must differ; a single brief sample, that is applicable to a "C" limit, is not appropriate to the time-weighted limit; here, a suffi cient number of samples are needed to permit a timeweighted average concentration throughout a com plete cycle of operations or throughout the work shift. Whereas the ceiling limit places a definite bounda ry which concentrations should not be permitted to 4 exceed, the time-weighted average limit requires an explicit limit to the excursions that are permissible above the listed values. It should be noted that the same factors are used by the Committee in determin ing the magnitude of the value of the STELs, or whether to include or exclude a substance for a "C" listing. "Skin" Notation. Listed substances followed by the designation "Skin" refer to the potential contribu tion to the overall exposure by the cutaneous route including mucous membranes and eye, either by air borne, or more particularly, by direct contact with the substance. Vehicles can alter skin absorption. This at tention-calling designation is intended to suggest ap propriate measures for the prevention of cutaneous absorption so that the threshold limit is not invalid ated. Mixtures. Special consideration should be given also to the application of the TLVs in assessing the health hazards which may be associated with expo sure to mixtures of two or more substances. A brief -discussion of basic considerations involved in devel oping threshold limit values for mixtures, and meth ods for their development, amplified by specific ex amples are given in Appendix C. Nuisance Particulates In contrast to fibrogenic dusts which cause scar tissue to be formed in lungs when inhaled in excessive amounts, so-called "nui sance" dusts have a long history of little adverse ef fect on lungs and do not produce significant organic disease or toxic effect when exposures are kept under reasonable control. The nuisance dusts have also been called (biologically) "inert" dusts, but the latter term is inappropriate to the extent that there is no dust which does not evoke some cellular response in the lung when inhaled in sufficient amount. Howev er. the lung-tissue reaction caused by inhalation of nuisance dusts has the following characteristics: (1) The architecture of the air spaces remains intact. (2) Collagen (scar tissue) is not formed to a significant extent. (3) The tissue reaction is potentially reversible. Excessive concentrations of nuisance dusts in the workroom air may seriously reduce visibility, may cause unpleasant deposits in the eyes, ears and nasal passages (Portland Cement dust), or cause injury to the skin or mucous membranes by chemical or me chanical action per se or bythe rigorous skin cleans ing procedures necessary for their removal. A threshold limit of 10 mg/m3, or 30 mppcf, of total dust < 1% quartz, or, 5 mg/m3 respirable dust is rec ommended forsubstances in these categories and for 5 which no specific threshold limits have been as signed. This limit, for a normal workday, does not apply to brief exposures at higher concentrations. Neither does it apply to those substances which may cause physiologic impairment at iower concentra tions but for which a threshold limit has not yet been adopted. Some nuisance particulates are given in Ap pendix D. Simple Asphyxiants --"Inert" Gases or Vapors . A number of gases and vapors, when present in high concentrations in air, act primarily as simple asphyx iants without other significant physiologic effects. A TLV may not be recommended for each simple as phyxiant because the limiting factor is the available oxygen. The minimal oxygen content should be 18 percent by volume under normal atmospheric pres sure (equivalent to a partial pressure,-p02 of 135 mm Hg). Atmospheres deficient in O2 do not provide ade quate warning and most simple asphyxiants are odorless. Several simple asphyxiants present an ex plosion hazard. Account should be taken of this fac tor in limiting the concentration of the asphyxiant. Specific examples are listed in Appendix E. Physical Factors. It is recognized that such physi cal factors as heat, ultraviolet and ionizing radiation, humidity, abnormal pressure (altitude) and the like may place added stress on the body so that the ef fects from exposure at a threshold limit may be al tered. Most of these stresses act adversely to increase the toxic response of a substance. Although most threshold limits have built-in safety factors to guard against adverse effects to moderate deviations from normal environments, the safety factors of most sub stances are not of such a magnitude as to take care of gross deviations. For example, continuous work at temperatures above 90F, or overtime extending the workweek more than 25%, might be considered gross deviations. In such instances judgment must be exer cised in the proper adjustments of the Threshold Limit Values. Biologic Limit Values (BLVs). Other means exist and may be necessary for monitoring worker expo sure other than reliance on the Threshold Limit Val ues for industrial air, namely, the Biologic Limit Val ues. These values represent limiting amounts of substances (or their effects) to which the worker may be exposed without hazard to health or well-being as determined in his tissues and fluids or in his exhaled breath. The biologic measurements on which the BLVs are based can furnish two kinds of information useful in the control of worker exposure: (1) measure 6 ........ .-.-Br . f I MAP 000263 of the individual worker's over-all exposure; (2) mea sure of the worker's individual and characteristic re sponse. Measurements of response furnish a superior estimate of the physiologic status of the worker, and may be made of (a) changes in amount of some criti cal biochemical constituent, (b) changes in activity of a critical enzyme, (c) changes in some physiologic function. Measurement of exposure may be made by (1) determining in blood, urine, hair, rails, in body tis sues and fluids, the amount of substance to which the worker was exposed; (2) determination of the amount of the metabolite(s) of the substance in tissues and fluids; (3) determination of the amount of the sub stance in the exhaled breath. The biologic limits may be used as an adjunct to the TLVs for air, or in place of them. The BLVs, and their associated procedures for determining compliance with them, should thus be regarded as an effective means of providing health surveillance of the worker. ~ Tests are available (J. Occup. Med. 15: 564, 1973; Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 151, Art. 2: 968, 1968) that may be used to detect those individuals hypersusceptible to a -variety of industrial chemicals (respiratory irri tants, hemolytic chemicals, organic isocyanates, car bon disulfide). Unlisted Substances. Many substances present or handled in industrial processes do not appear on the TLV list. In a number of instances the material is rare ly present as a particulate, vapor or other airborne contaminant, and a TLV is not necessary. In other cases sufficient information to warrant development of a TLV, even on a tentative basis, is not available to the Committee. Other substances, of low toxicity, could be included in Appendix D pertaining to nui sance particulates. This list (as well as Appendix E) is not meant to be all inclusive; the substances serve only as examples. In addition there are some substances of not in considerable toxicity, which have been omitted pri marily because only a limited number of workers (e.g., employees of a single plant) are known to have potential exposure to possibly harmful concentra tions. lviMiE 7 ------ -sar - f I l MAP 000264 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm0' mg/m*41 ppm"' mg/m*41 Abate.............................. --* Acetaldehyde.................. 100 Acetic acid...................... C Acetic anhydride............ 10 5 * Acetone.......................... (1,000) Acetonitrile -- Skin........ 40 Acetylene......................... E Acetylene dichloride, see 1,2-Dichloroethylene Acetylene tetrabromide... 1 Acetylsalicylic acid (Asprin)...................... -- Acrolein.......................... Acrylamide -- Skin........ 0.1 -- Acrylic acid.................... 10 'Acrylonitrile -- Skin....... (Alb) Aldrin -- Skin................ -- Ally! alcohol -- Skin...... 2 Allyl chloride................... 1 Allyl-glycidyl ether (AGE) -- Skin............ 5 Allyl propyl disulfide....... 2 Aluminum metal and oxide........ .................. Aluminum pyro powders. Aluminum welding fumes Aluminum, soluble salts. Aluminum, alkyls (NOC)* Aluminum oxide (AI2O3)... -- -- -- -- -- -- 4-Aminodiphenyl -- Skin 2-Aminoethanol, see Ethanolamine 2-Aminopyridine............ 0.5 3-Amino 1, 2, 4-triazole . A2 Ammonia......................... 25 Ammonium chloride-fume............ -- Ammonium suifamate (Ammate)................... n-Amyl acetate............... -- 100 sec-Amyl acetate............ 125 Aniline & homologues -- Skin 2 10 180 25 20 (2,400) 70 150 15 -- (1,250) 60 15 .5 0.25 I- 0,3 _ 30 (Alb) 0.25 ___ 5 3 22 _ 12 10 5 -5 ,,2 2 D - Alb 1.5 -- 0.3 -- -- -- -- 4 2 10 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- 2 A2 18 _ . 10 10 530 670 - 10 2 -- 35 -- -- 150 150 5 20 270 37 -- (3,000) 105 20 -- 0.8 0.6 -- -- 0.75 10 6 44 18 20 -- -- ---- 20 Alb 4 -- 27 20 20 800 800 20 .aoital letters refer to Appendices ootnotes ta thru fi see Page 32 '1981 Addition "See Notices ot Intended Changes. 9 ~~J ' ~.-------- --------------!----- f t 1 MAP 000265 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm"' mg/m31" ppm01 mg/m3*' Anisidine (o*. p-isomers) -- Skin.... Antimony & compounds, as Sb.......................... Antimony trioxide, handling and use. as Sb................................ Antimony trioxide production.................. ANTU (a-Naphthyl thiourea).................... Argon.............................. Arsenic & soluble compounds, as As..... Arsenic trioxide production.................. Arsine............................. Asbestos, see MINERAL DUSTS ....................... Asphalt (petroleum) fumes.......................... ' Atrazine.......................... Azmphos-methyl -- Skin Barium (soluble compounds), as Ba ... Baygon (propoxur)........ Baytex, see Fenthion Benomyl.......................... Benzene.......................... Benzidine production -- Skin.... p-Benzoquinone, see Quinone Benzoyl peroxide............ Benzo(a)pyrene .............. Benzyl chloride............... Beryllium........................ Biphenyl.......................... Bismuth telluride............ Bismuth telluride. Se-doped................... Borates, tetra. sodium salts. 0.1 0.5 0.5 _ E _ 0.05 -- -- -- 0.8 10. A2 __ 0.5 A2 0.3 -- _ -- 0.2 _ A2 0.2 __ Ala 5 (10) -- 0.2 -- 0.5 __ 0.5 -- 10 1.3 30, A2 25, A2 (Alb) __ 5 -- A2 15 -- 0.002, A2 0--.2 1.5 10 _5 -- -- -- 0.6 -- _ 0.9 -- __ Ala 10 -- 0.6 _ 2 15 75, A2 (Alb) A2 -- -- 4 20 10 Capital letters reter to Appendices. Footnotes (a thru f) see Page 32. "See Notices of Intended Changes. 10 MAP 000266 Substanceppm"' mg/m3*' ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm"' mg/m3'" STEL Anhydrous .................. Decahydrate............... Pentahydrate.............. Boron oxide.................... Boron tribromide............ C Boron trifluoride............ Bromacil......................... Bromine.......................... Bromine pentafluoride.... Bromochloromethane. see Chlorobromomethane Bromoform -- Skin....... Butadiene (1. 3-butadiene)............... * Butane............................. Butanethiol, see Butyl mercaptan 2-Butanone, see Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) * 2-Butoxyethanol -- Skin. n-Butyl acetate............... sec-Butyl acetate............ tert-Butyl acetate............ Butyl acrylate.................. Cn-Butyl alcohol -- Skin.. * sec-Butyl alcohol............. tert-Butyl alcohol............ C Butylamine -- Skin........ Butyl Cellosolve, see 2-Butoxyethanol C tert-Butyl chromate, as CrOa-- Skin.............. * n-Butyl glyddyl ether (BSE)......................... n-Butyl lactate................ Butyl mercaptan............. o-sec-Butyiphenol -- Skin............................. p-tert-Butyltoluene.......... Cadmium, dust & salts, as Cd.......................... C Cadmium oxide fume, as Cd............................... -- --. -- -- 1 1 1 0.1 0.1 0.5 1,000 800 25 150 200 200 10 50 100 100 5 -- 25 5 0.5 5 10 -- -- .= 1 5 _1 __-10 10 3 --10 0.7 0.7 5 2,200 1,900 120 710 950 950 55 150 305 300 _ 15 0.1 135 25 1.5 30 60 0.05 0.05 -- -- -- -- 3 -- 2 0.3 0.3 -- 1,250 -- 75 200 250 250 -- -- 150 150 -- -- -- -- -- -- 20 -- -- -- -- -- 20 30 -- 20 2 2 -- 2,750 -- 360 950 1,190 1,190 -- -- 455 450 -- -- -- -- -- -- 120 0.2 -- Capital letters refer to Appendices. 1981 Addition. 11 ---- H-iUE. ,'>A---!*- -KtS.'Jft-M-eWaA' f MAP 000267 Substance ** Cadmium oxide production, as Cd....... Calcium carbonate/ marble......................... Calcium cyanamide........ Calcium hydroxide.......... Calcium oxide................ Camphor, synthetic........ Caprolactam Dust........................... Vapor.......................... Captafol (Difolatan) -- Skin... Captan............................. Carbaryl (Sevin)........... Carbofuran (Furadan).. Carbon black.................. Carbon dioxide............... Carbon disulfide -- Skin. Carbon monoxide........... Carbon tetrabromide..... * Carbon tetrachloride -- Skin.. Carbonyl chloride, see Phosgene * Carbonyl fluoride............ Catechol (Pyrocatechol).. Cellosolve* acetate, see 2-Ethoxyethyl acetate Cellulose (paper fiber).... Cesium hydroxide.......... Chlordane -- Skin.......... Chlorinated camphene -- Skin..... Chlorinated diphenyl oxide........................... Chlorine.......................... Chlorine dioxide.............. C Chlorine trifluoride.......... C Chloroacetaldehyde........ a-Chloroacetophenone (Phenacyl chloride).... Chloroacetyl chloride...... ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm01 mp/m6' ppm"1' mg/m5<" -- -- -- 2 5 __ ---- -- -- 5,000 10 50 0.1 5, A2 (A2) =. D 0.5 _5 2 12 _ _ -- -- -- 3 20 1 -- -- 18 1 20 10 0.1 __ 5 __ 5 0.1 _3.5 9,000 30 55 1.4 __ -- -- -- 15,000 -- 400 0.3 3 40 __ 15 10 --- . 7 27,000 -- 440 4 30. A2 20, A2 125. A2 2 55 15 5 20 -- -- -- -- _ 1 0.1 0.1 1 0.05 0.05 --0 2 0.5 0.5 0.5 3 0.3 0.4 _3 0.3 0.2 -- -- -- 3 0.3 -- -- __ 20 -- 2 1 2 9 0.9 -- -- -- Capital letters refer to Appendices. 1981 Addition. "See Notice of Intended Changes. 12 sr-78S& - f i MAP 000268 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEl __________ ppm8' mg/m11" ppm01 mg/m31 Chlorobenzene (Monochlorobenzene). 75 1 o-Chtorobenzyidene malononitrile -- Skin. (0.05) Chlorobromomethane.... 200 2-Chloro-1,3-butadiene, see j3 Chioroprene Chlorodifluoromethane. 1,000 Chlorodiphenyl (42% Chlorine) -- Skin....... -- Chlorodiphenyl (54% Chlorine) -- Skin....... _ 1-Chloro, 2, 3-epoxy-propane, see Epichlorohydrin 2-Chloroethanol, see Ethylene chlorohydrin Chloroethylene, see Vinyl chloride Chloroform.................... -J0.A2 bis-Chloromethyl ether... 0.001, Ala ' 1-Chloro-1-nitropropane 2 Chioropentafluoroethane. 1,000 Chloropicrin................ .. .. 0.1 yS-Chloroprene -- Skin .. 10 o-Chlorostyrene.............. - 50 o-Chlorotoluene -- Skin. 50 2-ChloroS-(trichloromethyl) pyridine (N-Serve)... Chlorpyrifos (Dursban) -- Skin ... ' Chromium metal............ -- Chromium (II) compounds, as Cr...... __ ' Chromium (111) compounds, as Cr...... 1 Chromium (VI) compounds, as Cr Water soluble Cr VI __ compounds................ 350 -- -- (0.4) _ _ 1,050 250 1,300 3,500 1,250 1-- 0.5 -- 4,375 2 1 50, A2 0.005, Ala 10 6,320 0.7 45 285 250 50, A2 __ -- -- 0.3 -- 75 75 225, A2 _ -- -- 2 -- 430 375 10 0.2 -- 0.5 -- 0.5 -- 0.5 __ 20 0.6 --* -- -- 0.05 Capital letters refer to Appendices. Footnotes (a thru f) see Page 32. 1981 Addition. "See Notice of Intended Changes. 13 MAP 000269 Substance Certain water insoluble Cr VI compounds....... Chromite ore processing (chromate), as Cr....... Chromium, soluble chromic, chromous salts, as Cr................ * Chrysene........................ Clopidol (Coyden)....... Coal tar pitch volatiles, as benzene solubles... " Cobalt, metal, dust & fume, as Co............... Copper fume................... Dusts & mists, as Cu . Cotton dust, raw............. Crag* herbicide, see Sodium 2, 4-dichlorophenoxyethyl sulfate Cresol. all isomers -- Skin........ Crotonaldehyde........... . Cnrfomate..................... Cumene -- Skh............. Cyanamide...................... Cyanides, as CN -- Skin Cyanogen ....................... Cyanogen chloride......... Cyclohexane................ . Cyclohexanol............... Cyclohexanone............... Cyclohexene______ _ Cyclohexylamine -- Skin Cydonite -- Skin........... Cydopentadiene............. " Cyclopentane.................. 2, 4-D (2, 4-Dichlorophenoxy-acetic acid).. DDT (Dichlorodiphenyltrichloroethane).......... DDVP, see Dichlorvos Decaborane -- Skin....... Demeton -- Skin ......... ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm"1 ppma> mg/m3"1 0.05, Ala 0.05, Ala _ _ 0.5 A2 A2 -- 10 _ 0.2, Ala (0.1) -- 0.2 --1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -20 _ -- 2 0.6 5 --2 50 -- -- 10 0.3 300 . 50 25 300 10 -- 75 600 __ __ 0.05 0.01 22 6 5 245 2 5 20 0.6 1.050 200 100 1,015 40 1.5 200 1,720 10 1 0.3 0.1 6 -- 75 -- -- -- -- 375 -- 100 -- -- -- 150 900 _ _ 0.15 0.03 18 --20 365 -- ------- -- 1,300 -- 400 -- -- 3 400 2,580 20 3 0.9 0.3 Capital letters refer to Appendices *1981 Addition. **See Notice of Intended Changes k) See p 35. 14 - | f MAP 000270 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm"' mg/m3*' ppm01 mg/m3*' Dlacetone alcohol (4-hydroxy-4-metfiyl2-pentanone)........ . 1,2-Diaminoethane, see Ethylenediamine Diazinon -- Skin............. Diazomethane................ Diborane......................... 1,2-Dibromoethane, see Ethylene dibromide Dibrom......................... 2-n-Dibutylaminoethanol -- Skin........................ Dibutyl phosphate.......... Dibutyl phthatate............ C Dichloroacetylene........... C o-Dichlorobenzene......... p-Dichbrobdnzene.......... 3, 3'-Dichiorobenzidene -- Skin............... Dich lorodifluoromethane. 1, 3-Dichloro-5. 5-dimethyl hydantoin.. 1,1-Dichtaroethane....... 1,2-Dichloroethane, see Ethylene dichloride 1.1-Dichloroethylene. see Vinylidene chloride 1.2-Dichloroethylene.... Dichloroethyl ether -- Skin............................ Dichlorofluoromethane... Dichloromethane, see Methylene chloride * 1, 1-Dichloro-1- nitroethane.................. 1. 2-Dichloropropane, see Propylene dich bride Dichloropropene -- Skin 2. 2-Dichloropropbnic acid............................ Dichtarotetrafluoro- ethane........................ .. 50 0.2 0.1 2 1 . --0.1 50 75 1,000 _ 200 200 5 10 2 1 1 1,000 240 75 0.1 0.4 -- 0.1 -- 3 14 4 52 5-- 0.4 -- 300 __ 450 110 A2 4,950 1,250 0.2 810 250 790 250 30 10 40 10 10 5 10 6 7,000 1,250 360 0.3 -- -- 6 28 10 10 __ __ 675 A2 6.200 0.4 1,010 1.000 60 60 50 8,750 Capital letters refer to Appendices, 'ootnotes (a thru f) see Page 32. '1981 Addition 15 f I MAP 000271 ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEl SuIntineappm"' mp/m3*' ppm81 mp/mJ>l Dichtorvos (DOVP) -- Skn........ 0.1 Dicrotophos (Bklrin*) -- Skin............................ _ Dicyclopentadiene......... 5 Dicyclopentadienyl iron.. -- Dieldrin -- Skin.............. -- Diethanolamine.............. Diethylamine.................. _ 3 10 Diethyiaminoethanol -- Skin.................... ....... 10 Dielhylene triamine -- Skin............ ............... 1 Diethyl ether, see Ethyl ether Diethyl ketone................. Diethyl phthalate............. 200 -- Difiuorodibromomethane. 100 Diglycidyl ether (DGE).... 0.1 Dtiydroxybenzene, see Hydroquinone Diisobutyl ketone........... 25 Diisopropylamine--Skin. 5 Dimethoxymethane, see Methylal Dimethyl acetamide -- Skin.............. . 10 Dimethylamine............... 10 Dimethylaminobenzene, see Xyiidene Dknethylaniline (N, N-Dimethylaniiine) -- Skin......................... .. 5__ Dimethylbenzene, see Xylene Dimethyl carbamyl chloride................... . A2 Dimethyl-1, 2-dibromo-2- dichloroethyl phosphate, see Dibrom Dimethyltormamide -- Skin............................. _ 10 2, 6-Dimethyl-4-heptanone, see Diisobutyl ketone 1 0.25 30 10 0.25 15 30 50 4 705 5 860 0.5 150 20 35 18 25 A2 30 0.3 -- --. __ __ 25 3 _ -- 20 0.75 __ 75 -- 10 150 1,290 ---- ---- 15 50 ---- 10 50 20 60 Capital letters refer to Appendices. '1981 Addition. 16 -sea. 4 *. -? --2 77. -72. x * > MAP 000272 ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL Substanceppm01 mg/m361 ppm111 mg/m3*' 1,1-Dimethylhydrazine -- Skin....................... 1 Dimethylphthalate........... i Dimethyl sulfate--Skin. > Dinitrobenzene (all 1 isomers) -- Skin........ 1 Dinitro-o-cresol -- Skin . ) 3,5-Dinitro-o-toluamide 1 (Zoalene).............. 1 Dinitrotoluene -- Skin ... * Dioxane. tech, grade -- Skin............................. Dioxathion (Delnav) -- Skin............................. Diphenyl, see Biphenyl Diphenylamine............. Diphenylmethane diisocyanate, see Methylene bisphenyl isocyanate (MDI) Dipropylene glycol methyl ether -- Skin .. * Dipropyl ketone.............. Diquat............................. Di-sec, octyl phthalate (Di-2-ethylhexyl- phthalate)........ ........... Disulfiram........................ i Disulfoton (Disyston)... 2,6-Ditert. botyl-p-cresol.......... Diuron.......................... ... ' * Divinyl benzene.............. Dyforiate -- Skin........ Emery............................. Endosulfan (Thiodan) -- Skin............................ Endrin -- Skin................... Epichlorohydrin -- Skin . : EPN -- Skin...................... . 1, 2-Epoxypropane, see Propylene oxide 2, 3-Epoxy-1-propanol, see Glycidol ! Ethane................................... 0.5, A2 -- 0.1, A2 0.15 -- __ 25 100 50 -- __ -- -- 10 -- -- -- 2 -- E Vital letters refer to Appendices. 1961 Addition. 1, A2 5 0.5, A2 1 0.2 5 1.5 90 0.2 10 600 235 0.5 5 2 0.1 10 10 50 0.1 E 0.1 - 0.1 10 0.5 1, A2 -- -- 0.5 __ __ 100 150 __ __ -- -- __ -- -- __ 5 __ 2, A2 10 -- 3 0.6 10 5 360 20 900 __ 1 10 5 0.3 20 __ __ __ 20 0.3 0.3 20 2 17 v:. .7 ' ~2, I s f, p &? Vi f I ffrt. MAP 000273 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEl ppm01 mg/m'41 ppm0' mg/m'4' Ethanethiol, see Ethyl mercaptan Ethanotamine.............. . Ethion (Nialate) -- Skin 3 -- * 2-Ethoxyethanol -- Skin. 50 ' 2-Ethoxyethyl acetate -- Skin............................. 50 Ethyl acetate................... 400 Ethyl acrylate --Skin.... 5 Ethyl alcohol (Ethanol)... 1,000 Ethylamine...................... Ethyl amyl ketone........... 10 25 Ethyl benzene.................. 100 Ethyl bromide................. 200 Ethyl butyl ketone........... 50 Ethyl chloride.................. Ethylene.......................... C Ethylene chlorohydrin -- 1,000 E Skin............................. 1 Ethylenediamine.............. 10 ** Ethylene dibromide........ (Alb) Ethylene dichloride........ 10 Ethylene glycol, Particulate.................. -- *C Vapor............... 50 " Ethylene glycol dinitrate -- Skin....................... (0.02) Ethylene glycol methyl ether acetate -- Skin.. 25 " Ethylene oxide............ (10) Ethyleneimine -- Skin,... Ethyl ether............ ......... 0.5 400 Ethyl formate.................. 100 Ethylidene chloride, see 1,1-Dichloroethane C Ethylidene norbomene... 5 Ethyl mercaptan.............. 0.5 ** N-Ethylmorpholine -- Skin.......................... ^ Ethyl silicate................... Fensulfothion (Dasanit).. " Fenthion.......................... - (20) . 10 -- -- Ferbam............................ Capita! letters refer to Appendices. *1981 Addition. "See Notice of Intended Changes. Footnotes (a thru f) see Page 32, 86 0.4 __ 185 100 270 1,400 20 1,900 18 130 435 890 230 2,600 -- 100 -- 25 -- __ __ 125 250 75 1,250 __ 3 25 (Alb) 40 __ __ -- 15 10 -- 125 -- (0.1) (0.05) 120 (20) 1 1.200 300 35 -- -- 500 150 15 __ -- 370 540 __ 100 -- __ __ 545 1,110 345 3,250 _ __ '-- -- . 60 20 __ (0.3) 170 -- -- 1,500 450 25 1 (95) 85 0.1 (0.1) 10 ---- 23 ---- 30 .255 ---- -- (0.3) """ 20 18 - MAP 000274 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm0' mg/m5*' ppm` mg/m5*' Ferrovanadium dust....... Fluoride, as F.................. Fluorine.......................... [ Fluorotrictiloromethane, I see -- .. . ----- 1 Trichlorofluoromethane PC Formaldehyde................. Formamide...................... Formic acid.................... * Furfural -- Skin.............. * Furfuryl alcohol -- Skin . ** Gasoline.......................... Germanium tetrahydride. Glass, fibrous*1 or dust.. (2) -20 5 2 (5) 0.2 -- C Glutaraldehyde........... Glycerin mist............... * Giycidol.......................... Glycol monoethyl ether, see 2-Ethoxyethanol 0.2 -- 25 Graphite (Synthetic)....... Guthion, see Aziophos-methyi Gypsum...................... Hafnium.......................... Helium............................. Heptachlor -- Skin........ Heptane (n-Heptane)..... 3-Heptanone, see Ethyl butyl ketone Hexachlorocyclopenta- diene........................... " Hexachloroethane -- Skin............................. Hexachloronaphthalene -- Skin......................... Hexafluoroacetone........ . ,** Hexane (n-hexane).......... Hexamethyl phosphoramide -- Skin........................... 2-Hexanone, see Methyl n-butyl ketone Hexone, see Methyl ______ -E -- 400 0.01 (D -- -J0.1 (100) A2 A-- 2.5 -- 22 (3) -- 30 30 9-- 8 10 (20) (10) (B2) -- --0.6 0.6 10 0.7 -- D-- 75 100 D D 0.5 -- 0.5 1,600 -- -- __ -- 500 0.1 0.03 (10) 0.2 0.7 (360) (3) ___ 0.3 (125) A2 -- 0.3 -- 4 -- 45 -- 40 (40) (B2) 1.8 -- -- -- 300 20 1.5 __ 2 2,000 0.3 (30) 0.6 2 (450) Capital letters refer to Appendices. '1981 Addition. "See Notice of Intended Changes 19 I A* f f MAP 000275 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEl ppm"' mg/m3'" ppm01 mg/m3'" isobutyl Ketone sec-Hexyl acetate........... 50 C Hexylene glycol.............. ____ 25 Hydrazine -- Skin......... 0.1, A2 Hydrogen........................ E Hydrogenated terphenyls 0.5 Hydrogen bromide......... 3 C Hydrogen chloride.......... 5 C Hydrogen cyanide -- Skin.,__________ ___ 10 Hydrogen fluoride, as F.. Hydrogen peroxide........ 3 1 Hydrogen selenide, as Se 0.05 Hydrogen sulfide............ 10 Hydroquinone................ -- 2-Hydroxypropyl acrylate .-- Skin..................... 0.5 Indene................ ............- 10 . Indium & compounds, as In.......... ____ C Iodine................... 0.1 iodoform....... ................. 0.6 Iron oxide fume (FezOj). as Fe....... ........... B3 " Iron pentacarbonyl, as Fe (0.01) Iron salts, soluble, as Fe -- Isoamyl acetate.............. 100 Isoamyl alcohol............. 100 Isobutyl acetate.............. 150 Isobutyl alcohol.............. 50 C Isophorone.................... 5 Isophorone diisocyanate -- Skin .. 0.01 * Isopropoxyethanol.......... 25 Isopropyl acetate............ 250 Isopropyl alcohol........... 400 Isopropylamine............... 5 N-lsopropylaniline -- Skin.................... 2 Isopropyl ether............... 250 Isopropyl glycidyl ether (IGE)........................ Kaolin............................ 50 -- 300 125 0.1, A2 -- 5 10 7 10 2.5 1.5 0.2 14 2 3 45 0.1 1 10 5 (0.08) 1 525 360 700 150 25 0.09 105 950 980 12 10 1,050 240 D -- -- -- -- -- -- 6 2 -- 15 -- _ 15 _ __ 1 -- -- 125 125 187 75 -- 75 310 500 10 5 310 75 -- -_ _ --- --- -- _ --- -- 5 3 -- 21 4 _ 70 0.3 --------. 20 10 -- 2 .655 450 875 225 -- .320 1,185 1,225 24 20 1,320 360 20 Capital letters refer to Appendices *1981 Addition. "See Notice of Intended Changes 20 -- ? A*4T4.. i MAP 000276 ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL Substanceppm' mg/m3'" ppm"1 mg/m3*1 Ketene............................. Lead, inorg., fumes & dusts, as Pb............... * Lead arsenate, as Pb..... Lead chromate, as Cr.... Limestone................... ... f Lindane --Skin.............. Lithium hydride.............. L.P.G. (Liquified petroleum gas)........... Magnesite........................ ! Magnesium oxide fume.. f Malathion -- Skin.......... Maleic anhydride........... C Manganese & compounds, as Mn.... Manganese fume, as Mn Manganese cyclopentadienyl tricarbonyl, as Mn -- I Skin............................. -Manganeseletroxide..... Marble/calcium carbonate................... . Mercury (Alkyl compounds) --Skin, as Hg.......................... " Mercury (All forms except alkyl), as Hg ... * Mesityl oxide.................. * Methacrylic acid............ Methane'....................... . Methanethiol, see Methyl mercaptan Methomyl (Lannate*) -- Skin............................. Methoxychlor.................. 2-Methoxyethanol -- Skin.......................... . Methyl acetate................ Methyl acetylene........... .. Methyl acetylene-propadiene _ 0.5 -- -- _ ---__ __ -- -- 1.000 -- -- -- 0.25 -- -- -- -- -- 15 20 -E -- -- . 25 200 1,000 0.9 - 0.15 (0.15) 0.05, A2 D 0.5 0.025 1,800 D 10 10 1 5 1 0.1 1 D 0.01 (0.05) 60 70 2.5 10 80 610 1,650 1.5 -- -- -- __ __ -- 1,250 -- __ _ -- -- -- -- -- 25 _ __ -- 35 250 1,250 3 0.45 (0.45) 20 1.5 -- 2,250 20 __ -- --' __ 3 0.3 -- 20 0.03 (0.15) 100 __ __ -- 120 760 2,040 apital letters refer to Appendices. '1961 Addition, "See Notice of Intended Changes. 21 I VI f > MAP 000277 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm"' mg/m'61 ppm01 mg/m3`' mixture (MAPP)......... 1,000 Methyl acrylate -- Skin .. 10 Methylacrylonitrile -- Skin............................. 1 Methylal.......................... 1,000 Methyl alcohol (methanol) --Skin.... 200 Methylamine............... 10 Methyl amyl alcohol, see Methyl isobutyl carbinol * Methyl n-amyl ketone.... 50 * Methyl bromide -- Skin. * Methyl n-butyl ketone.... 5 5 Methyl Cellosolve* see 2-Methoxyethanol Methyl Cellosolve* acetate, see Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate * Methyl chloride............. 50 Methyl chloroform.......... .350 Methyl 2-cyanoacrylate .. 2 Methylcyclohexane........ 400 Methylcyclohexanol........ _ 50 o-Methylcydohexanone -- Skin............ ......... 50 Methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl, as Mn -- Skin............................. -- Methyl demeton -- Skin . -- C Methylene bisphenyl isocyanate (MDI)........ 0.02 * Methylene chloride........ 100 4,4'-Methylene bis (2-chloroaniline) -- Skin...................... . 0.02, A2 C Methylene bis (4-cyclo- hexylisocyanate)........ 0.01 4,4-Methylene dianiline -- Skin............ . Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) 0.1 200 C Methyl ethyl ketone 1,800 35 3 3,100 260 12 235 20 20 105 1,900 8 1,600 235 230 0.2 0.5 0.2 360 0.22, A2 0.11 0.8 590 1,250 -- 2 1,250 2--50 100 15 -- 100 450 4 500 75 75 -- -- -- 500 0.5 300 2,250 -- 6 3,875 310 -- 465 60 -- 205 .2,450 16 2,000 350 345 0.6 1.5 -- 1,700 - ---- _ 4 885 Capital letters refer to Appendices. 1981 Addition. 22 MAP 000278 ADOPTED VALUES Substance TWA ppm01 mg/m3" STEL ppm"' mg/m3* I peroxide...................... Methyl formate............... 5-Methyl-3-heptanone, 0.2 100 see Ethyl amyl ketone C Methyl hydrazine -- Skin Methyl iodide --Skin.... 0.2, A2 2, A2 (100) Methyl isobutyl carbinol -- Skin........................ Methyl isobutyl ketone... 25 50 1.5 250 0.35, A2 10, A2 (475) 100 205 150 5, A2 (150) 40 75 375 30, A2 (710) 165 300 Methyl isocyanate -- | Skin.................... ........ ) * Methyl isopropyl ketone. j Methyl mercaptan........... Methyl methacrylate....... i Methyl parathion -- Skin Methyl propyl ketone..... Methyl silicate................ * o-Methyl styrene............ Molybdenum, as Mo Soluble compounds ... Insoluble compounds. Monocrotophos (Azodrin).................. ** Monomethyl aniline -- Skin.......................... . Morpholine -- Skin........ Naphthalene................... ^-Naphthylamine........... Neon........................... -- Nickel carbonyl, as Ni.... Nickel, metal.................. Soluble compounds. ) as Ni............................ Nickel sulfide roasting, ! fume & dust, as Ni.... 1 Nicotine -- Skin........... r' Nitric acid................... .... Nitric oxide.................... " p-Nitroaniline -- Skin.... Nitrobenzene -- Skin... ,, ** p-Nitrochlorpbenzene -- Skin............................. 0.02 200 0.5 100 -- 200 1 50 __ -- __ - (2) 20 10 -- E 0.05 -- __ __ -- 2 25 (D 1 -- 0.05 705 1 410 0.2 700 6 240 5 10 0.25 (9) 70 50 Alb -- 0.35 1 0.1 1, Ala 0.5 5 30 (6) 5 (1) -- -- -- 125 -- 250 5 100 -- -- -- (4) 30 15 -- -- -- -- -- -- 4 35 (2) 2 -- --- " -- 510 0.6 875 30 485 10 20 -- (18) 105 75 Alb -- -- 0.3_ -- 1.5 10 45 (12) 10 (2) Capital letters refer to Appendices '1961 Addition "See Notice of intended Changes 23 MAP 000279 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm"' mg/m'4' ppm01 mg/m34' 4-Nitrodiphenyl............... Nitroethane................... , * Nitrogen dioxide............ __ -100 3 Nitrogen trifluoride........ 10 * Nitroglycerin (NG) -- Skin........... ................. (0.02) Nitromethane.................. 100 ** 1-Nitropropane............... (25) *C 2-Nitropropane............... (25, A2) N-Nitrosodimethylamine (dimethylnitrosoamine) -- Skin............ *......... -- '* Nitrotoluene -- Skin....... Nitrotrichloromethane, see Chloropicrin Nonane............................ (5) 200 Octachloronaphthalene -- Skin....................... -w* Octane............................. Oil mist, mineral............ 300 -- Osmium tetroxide, as Os 0.0002 .Oxalic acid.................. -- Oxygen difluoride........... 0.05 Ozone.............................. Paraffin wax fume.......... 0.1 __ Paraquat, respirable sizes............................ Parathion -- Skin........... -- -- Particulate polycyclic aromatic hydro-carbons (PPAH), see Coal tar pitch volatiles Pentaborane ................... 0.005 Pentachloronaphthalene . -- Pentachlorophenol -- Skin............................. Pentaerythritol................. ___ -- Pentane.......................... 2-Pentanone, see Methyl propyl ketone ** Perchloroethylene -- 600 Alb -- 310 150 65 30 15 (0.2) 250 (90) (90, A2) (0.05) 150 (35) A2 __ (30) (10) 1,050 250 0.1 1,450 5*> 0.002 1 0.1 0.2 2 __ 375 __ 0.0006 0.15 0.3 __ 0.1 __ 0.1 __ 0.01 0.015 0.5 0.5 D 1,800 __ -- 750 -Alb 465 10 45 (0.5) 375 (135) A2 (60) 1,300 -0.3 1,800 10 0.006 Z 0.3 0.6 6 -0.3 0.03 2 1.5 20 2,250 Capital letters refer to Appendices. Footnotes (a thru f) see Page 32. *1981 Addition. "See Notice ol Intended Changes. 24 >iwii--iilimB iimi im i i .. i I ? > MAP 000280 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm"1 mg/m'61 ppm"1 mg/m3<" Skin............................. Perchloromettiyl mercaptan.................. Perchloryl fluoride......... Phenol -- Skin............... Phenothiazine -- Skin.... N-Phenyl-betanaphthylamine............ p-Phenylene diamine -- Skin............................. Phenyl ether (vapor)....... Phenylethylene, see Styrene, monomer Phenyl glycidyl ether (PGE).......................... Phenylhydrazine -- Skin. Phenyl mercaRtan..... ... Phenylphosphine............ Phorate (Thimet) -- Skin............................. Phosdrm (Mevinphos) --Skin....................... Phosgene.................... .. Phosphine...................... Phosphoric acid.............. Phosphorus (yellow)..... Phosphorus pentachloride............. Phosphorus pentasulfide Phosphorus trichloride... Phthalic anhydride.......... m-Phthalodinitrile........... Pidoram (Tordon)....... Picric acid -- Skin.......... Pival (2-Pivalyl-1,3- indandione)................ Plaster of Paris............... Platinum, metal.............. Soluble salts, as Pt.... Polychlorobiphenyls, see Chlorodiphenyls Polytetrafluoroethylene (100) _ 0.1 3 5 A2 -- 1 (10) (5) 0.5 0.05 -- s.01 - OJ 0.3 -- 0.1 -- (0.5) 1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- (670) 0.8 14 19 5 (150) -- 6 10 (1.000) -- 28 38 10 A2 0-1 -- 72 -- 14 (60) (20) 2 0.25 0.05 0.1 0.4 0.4 1 0.1 1 1 (3) 6 5 10 0.1 0.1 D 1 0.002 (15) (10) -- Q.03 -- 1 -- ~ -- -- -- 4 -- -- -- -- -- --- . -- (90) (45) -- 0.2 0..3 -- 1 3 0.3 -- 3 -- 24 -- 20 0.3 0.3 20 -- -- -- - -- -- _ -- Vital letters refer to Appendices jotnetes (a thru f) see Page 32 1981 Addition. 'See Notice of Intended Changes, 25 A* r 4 3- % I t* MAP 000281 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm01 mg/m3*' ppm01 mg/m3*' decomposition products ..................... C Potassium hydroxide...... Propane.......................... Propane sultone.............. Propargyl alcohol--Skin * (8-Propiolactone.............. * Propionic acid................ n-Propyl acetate.............. Propyl alcohol -- Skin ... n-Propyl nitrate_______ Propylene....................... Propylene dichloride....... '* Propylene glycol dinitrate (PGDN) -- Skin.......... Propylene glycol monomethyl ether..... " Propylene imine -- Skin. ' Propylene oxide.............. Propyne, see Methyl acetylene Pyrethrum...................... Pyridine.......................... Quinone.......................... RDX, see Cyclonite Resorcinol.............. ... ** Rhodium, metal fume & dusts, as Rh............... Soluble salts, as Rh ... Ronnel................... ....... .. Rosin core solder pyrolysis products, as formaldehyde.............. Rotenone (commercial).. Rouge.......................... Rubber solvent (Naphtha).............. . Selenium compounds, as Se.................... ........... Selenium hexafluoride, as Se...................... Sevin, see Carbaryl Silane, see Silicon -- E -A2 1 0.5, A2 10 200 200 25 E 75 (0.02) 100 (2) 20 5 0.1 10 -- -- 400 0.05 B1 2 -- A2 2 1.5, A2 30 840 500 105 -- 350 -- _ _ 3 1, A2 15 250 250 40 __ 110 (0.1) (0.05) 360 150 (5) __ 50 __ 5 15 0.4 45 (0.1) 0.001 10 10 0.3 20 -- __ 0.1 5 D 1,600 0.2 0.2 -- _ B1 __ ._ 6 3. A2 45 1,050 625 470 -- 510 (073) 540 __ __ JO 30 2 90 (0.3) 0.003 __ 0.3 10 20 Capital letters refer to Appendices. '1981 Addition. *See Notice of Intended Changes. 26 -? tv .v. , .W t V I MAP 000282 tiijilii' Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm" mg/m3"' ppm'" mg/m3"' tetrahydride Silicon............................. Silicon carbide............... "Silicon tetrahydride..... .. Silver, metal................... Soluble compounds, as Ag.......................... C Sodium azide.................. Sodium bisulfite....... ...... Sodium 2,4-dichloro- phenoxyethyl sulfate... Sodium fluoroacetate (1080) --Skin........... C Sodium hydroxide.......... Sodium metabisulfite..... Starch ............................. Stibine............................. ** Stoddard solvent........... . Strychnine...................... * Styrene, monomer.......... C Subtilisins (Proteolytic enzymes as 100% pure crystalline enzyme)................... ... Sucrose.......................... Sulfur dioxide................ Sulfur hexafluoride........ Sulfuric acid................... Sulfur monochloride....... Sulfur pentafluoride....... Sulfur tetrafluoride.......... Sulfuryl fluoride.............. Systox, see Demeton 2. 4, 5-T ........................ Tantalum......................... TEDP -- Skin.................. Teflon decomposition products................... * Tellurium & compounds, as Te........................... Tellurium hexafluoride, as Te...................... . TEPP --Skin.................. -- (0.5) _ 0.1 -- _ _ -- -- -- 0.1 ._ 1--00 50 D D (0.7) 0.1 0.01 0.3 5 10 0.05 2 5 D 0.5 (575) 0.15 215 0.00006"' --D 25 1,000 6.000 1 16 0.025 0.25 . 0.1 0.4 5 20 10 __ _ 5 0.2 B1 0.1 0.02 0.004 0.2 0.05 -- (--D _ -- -- _ _ -- -- -- 0.3 (125) -- 100 -- 5 1,250 -- 3 0.075 0.3 10 __ _ 0.01 20 20 (1.--5) -- -- 20 0.15 -- -- 20 1.5 (720) 0.45 425 20 10 7.500 -- 18 0.75 1 40 20 10 0.6 B1 0.2 Capital letters refer to Appendices. '1981 Addition "See Notice of Intended Changes. 27 MAP 000283 Substance C Terphenyls...................... 1.1,1, 2-Tetrachloro-2, 2-difluoroetliane........ 1, 1,2, 2-Tetrachloro-1, 2-difluoroettiane........ "1,1.2, 2-Tetrachloroethane -- Skin........................ Tetrachloroethylene, see Perch loro ethylene Tetrachloromethane, see Carbon tetrachloride Tetrachloronaphthalene.. Tetraethyl lead, as Pb -- Skin............................. Tetrahydrofuran....... ...... Tetramethyl lead, as Pb -- Skin........................ Tetramethyl succinonitrile -- Skin . Tetrasodium pyrophosphate........... Tetranitromethane.......... Tatty! (2, A, 6-trinitrophenylmethylnitramine) -- Skin............................. Thallium, soluble compounds, as Tl -- Skin............ ................ . 4,4'-Thiobis (6-tert. butyl-m-cresol)........... Thioglycolic acid............ Thirani*......................... . "Tin, inorganic compounds, except SnH4 and Sn02, as Sn Tin, organic compounds, as Sn -- Skin............ "Tin oxide, as Sn.............. Titanium dioxide, as Ti... Toluene (toluol) -- Skin . *C Toluene-2, ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm-' mg/m^1 ppm01 mg/m**' 0.5 5 _____ 500 4,170 625 5.210 500 4,170 625 5,210 (5) (35) (10) (70) 2 0.100" 200 590 0.150" 0.5 3 5 18 250 2 4 0.3 735 0.5 9 1.5 3.0 0.1 1 -- 10 5 5 -- _ -20 --4- 10 (2) (4) 0.1 0.2 -- (D) __ (20) __ D __ 20 100 375 150 560 Capital letters refer to Appendices "See Notice of Intended Changes, ml See Page 35. 28 '''Hill-lilt & V*t MAP 000284 Substance ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm"' mg/m3*'1 ppm"' 4-diisocyanate (TDI) " o-Toluidine...................... Toxaphene, see Chlorinated camphene Tributyl phosphate......... Trichloroacetic acid........ 1,2, 4-Trichlorobenzene. 1,1,1-Trichloroethane, see Methyl chloroform 1,1, 2-Trichloroethane -- Skin....................... "Trichloroethylene........... " Trichlorofluoromethane.. Trichloromethane, see Chloroform Tried loronaphthalene...... Tried loronitromethane, see Chloropicrin 1, 2, 3-Trichloropropane 1,1. 2-Trichloro 1. 2, 2-trifluoroethane........ Tricyclohexyttin hydroxide (Plictran*). " Triethylamme.................. Trifluorobromomethane.. * Trimellitic anhydride....... Trimethyl benzene......... " Tnmethyl phosphite....... 2, 4, 6-Trinitrophenol, see Picric acid 2, 4, 6-Trinitrophenylmethylmtramine. see Tetryl "C2, 4, 6-Trinitrotoluene (TNT).......................... Triorthocresyl phosphate Triphenyl amine.............. Triphenyl phosphate....... Tungsten & compounds, as W Soluble................... Insoluble................ 1 'Capital letters refer to Appendices, footnotes (a thru f) see Page 32. 1981 Addition "See Notice of Intended Changes (0.02) (5) 0.2 1 5 10 (100) (1,000) 50 1,000 -- (25) 1,000 0.005 25 (0.5) -- -- -- -- (0.14) (22) -- (10) 2.5 0.4 5 40 45 20 (535) (150) (5,600) (1,250) 5 300 75 7,600 1,250 5 (100) 6,100 0.04 125 (2.6) -- (40) 1,200 -- 35 (0.5) 0.1 5 3 -- -- -- 1-- 5 -- (44) 5 90 (800) (7,000) 10 450 9,500 10 (160) 7,300 -- 170 -- 0.3 -- 6 3 10 29 YV* i > I Li tS* v,* ? ?> 'S' * ` MAP 000285 ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL Substanceppm*1 mfl/m3'*1 ppm> mg/m1*' Turpentine________ _ Uranium (natural), soluble & insoluble compounds, as U....... Vanadium (V2 Os), as V Dust........................ . ! Fume........................ Valeraldehyde................. Vinylacetate............... Vinyl benzene, see Styrene Vinyl bromide................ Vinyl chloride.................. Vinyl cyanide, see Acrylonitrile Vinyl cydohexene dioxide....................... Vinyldene chloride........ ' Vinyl toluene................... VM & P Naphtha............. Warfarin................... ...... Welding fumes (NOC)t .. ' Wood dust (certain hard woods as oeech & oak)............................. Soft wood.................... Xylene (0-, m-, p-isomers) -- Skin.... m-Xylene a, a'-diamine. Xylidene -- Skin............ Yttrium...................... Zinc chloride fume.......... Zinc chromate, as Cr...... Zinc oxide fume.............. Zinc stearate................... Zirconium compounds, asZr............ .......... .. 100 560 -- 0.2 -- (0.5) -- (0.05) 50 175 10 30 5, A2 20, A2 5, Ala 10, Ala 10 60 10 40 50 240 300 1,350 0.1 -- 5, B3 --1 --5 1--00 435 0.1 (5) (25) _ 1 1 __ 0.05, A2 __ 5 __ D --5 150 840 -- 0.6 -- (1.5) __ ---- 20 60 - _ __ 20 80 100 485 400 1,800 -- 0.3 __ 83 -- - -----__ 10 1_50 655 (10) (50) -3 __ 2 __ __ __ _ 10 -20 -- 10 Capital letters refer to Appendices. *1980 Addition. `See Notice of Intended Changes. a) Parts of vapor or gas per million parts of contami nated air by volume at 25C and 760 mm. Hg. pres sure. ~~->AAr*:>n.v, 30 $=. .vSisarswjt f t MAP 000286 b) Approximate milligrams of substance per cubic meter of air. d) <7 nm in diameter. e) As sampled by method that does not collect vapor, f) For control of general room air, biologic monitoring is essential for personnel control. Radioactivity: The Committee accepts the philosophy and recommendations of the National Council on Ra diation Protection and Measurements (NCRP) for the ionizing radiation TLV. The NCRP is charted by Con gress to, in part, collect, analyze, develop and dissem inate information and recommendations about pro tection against radiation and about radiation measurements, quantities and units, including devel opment of basic concepts in these areas. NCRP Re port No. 39 (reference 1) provides basic philosophy and concepts leading to protection criteria estab lished in the same report. Other NCRP reports ad dress specific areas of radiation protection and, col lectively, provide an excellent basis for establishing a sound program for radiation control. The Committee recommends the listed references as substantative documentation of a sound basis for ionizing radiation protection.Tne Committee also strongly recommenas that all exposures to ionizing radiations be kept low as reasonably achievable within the stated guidance. References: 1. "Basic Radiation Protection Criteria," NCRP Report No. 39, issued January 15, 1971. 2. Maximum Permissible Body Burdens and Maximum Permissible Concentrations of Radionuclides in Air and in Water for Occupational Exposure," US Department of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards Handbook 69, issued June 5, 1959, with Addendum 1 issued August 1963. Available as NCRP Report No. 22. The above documents, as well as information on nu merous other NCRP Reports addressing specific sub jects in ionizing radiation protection are available from: NCRP Publications, PO Box 30175, Washington, DC 20014. 31 .-.-x.:-* ...... Substance SILICA, S/0; MINERAL DUSTS Crystalline Quartz TLV in mppcfol: 300'" % quartz + 10 TLV for respirable dust mg/m3: 10 mg/m30 in % Respirable quartz + 2 TLV for "total dust," respirable and nonrespirable: 30 mg/m3 % quartz + 3 Cristobalite.............Use one-half the value calculated from the count or mass formulae for quartz. Tridymite Use one-half the value calculated from formulae for quartz. Silica, fused Use quartz formulae. Tripoli Use respirable"1 mass quartz for mula **Amorphous..................................................(20 mppcf >) SILICATES (< 7% quartz) Asbestos Amosite....................... 0.5 fiber > 5/xm/cc, Ala Chrysotile.................... 2 fibers > 5^m/cc, Ala Crocidolite................... 0.2 fitber > 5/xm/cc, Ala Other forms................ 2 fibers > 5/nm/cc, Ala Mica...... ........................... 20 mppcf Mineral wool fiber.......... 10mg/m3 Perlite...................... . 30 mppcf Portland Cement............. 30 mppcf Soapstone.................... . 20.mppcf "Talc (nonasbestiform) ... (20 mppcf) "Talc (fibrous), (use As bestos limit.) *'See notice of intended changes 32 COAL DUST 2 mg/m3 (respirable dust fraction < 5% quartz). If > 5% quartz, use respirable mass formula. NUISANCE PARTICULATES (see Appendix D) 30 mppcf or 10 mg/m3*1 of total dust < 1% quartz, or, 5 mg/m3 respirable dust. Conversion factors: mppcf x 35.3 = Million particles per cubic meter = particles per cc g) Millions of particles per cubic foot of air, based on impinger samples counted by light-field technics. h) The percentage of quartz in the formula is the amount determined from airborne samples, except in those instances in which other methods have been shown to be applicable. i) Both concentration and percent quartz for the appli cation of this limit are to be determined from the fraction passing a size-selector with the following characteristics: Aerodynamic Diameter (^m) (unit density sphere) ^2 2.5 3.5 5.0 10 % passing selector 90 75 50 25 0 j) containing < 1% quartz; if quartz content > 1%, use formulae for quartz. k) Lint-free dust as measured by the vertical-elutriator, cotton-dust sampler described in the Transactions of the National Conference on Cotton Dust, J. R. Lynch, pg. 33, May 2,1970. l) As determined by the membrane filter method at 400-450X magnification (4 mm objective) phase con trast illumination. m) Based on "high volume" sampling. n) "Respirable'' dust as defined by the British Medical Research Council Criteria (1) and as sampled by a device producing equivalent results (2). (1) Hatch, T. E. and Gross, P., Pulmonary Deposi tion and Retention of inhaled Aerosols, p. 149. 33 ? f MAP 000289 -r:- anaafaHirtfciiiiBin :niim i Biinmri*' i w!nwwii -m --bum i* aria Academic Press, New York. New York, 1964, (2) Interim Guide for Respirable Mass Sampling. AIHA Aerosol Technology Committee, AHIA J. 31:2. 1970, p. 133. NOTICE OF INTENDED CHANGES (for 1981) These substances, with their corresponding val ues, comprise those for which either a limit has been proposed for the first time, or for which a change in the "Adopted" listing has been proposed. In both cases, the proposed limits should be considered trial limits that will remain in the listing for a period of at least two years. If, after two years no evidence comes to light that questions the appropriateness of the val ues herein, the values will be reconsidered for the "Adopted" list. Documentation is available for each of these substances. MAP 000290 Substance TWA STEL ppma' mg/m3*" ppm" mg/m3*1 Acetone ....................... 750 Acrylonitrile.................... 2, Ala - Atrazine.......................... -- Benzidine -- Skn............ -- Cadmium oxide production.................. __ C o-Chlorobenzylidene matononitrile.............. 0.05 Chloromettiyl methyl ether........................... A2 Chromyl chloride............ 0.025 + Cobalt carbonyl, as Co... -- + Cobalt hydrocarbonyl, as Co............................... _ Cobalt metal, dust & fume, as Co............... Enflurane......................... 75 Ethylene dibromide -- Skin........ .-................... A2 + Ethylene glycol dinitrate (EGDN)--Skin.......... 0.05 t Ethylene oxide................ 5, A2 N-Ethylmorphoiine -- Skin............................. -5 t-fertthiori.......................... -- t Formaldehyde................. A2 Furfuryl alcohol -- Skin.. 10 Gasoline.......................... 300 Halothane....................... 50 Hexach lorobutadiene......0.02, A2 Hexach loroethane -- Skin............................. 10 Hexane(n-Hexane) ........ 50 Other isomers............ 500 Iron pentacarbonyl, as Fe 0.1 Isooctyl alcohol.............. - 50 Lead arsenate, as Pbs (As0<)2................ _ Mercury (All forms except alkyl) -- Skin, as Hg Vapor.......................... Aryl & inorganic compounds................ 4-Methoxyphenol........... __ -- N-Methyl aniline--Skin, 0.5 Methyl isoamyl ketone ... 50 1780 4.5, Ala 5 Alb 0.05 0.4 A2 0.15 0.1 0.1 0.05 575 A2 0.3 10, A2 23 0.2 A2 40 900 400 0.24, A2 100 180 1,800 0.8 270 0.15 0.05 0.1 5 2 240 1000 -- -- -- __ __ _ -- -- __ -- ___ 0.1 -- 20 -- -- 15 500 -- -- _ -- 1,000 0.2 -- __ -- 1 -- 2375 -- -- -- -- __ -- ----- _ ^_ 0.1 -- __ 0.6 -- 95 -- -- 60 1500 -- -- _ -- 3,600 0.16 -- 0.45 -- -- __ -- 5 --- letters refer to Appendices 1961 Revision or Addition. 35 f ? t MAP 000291 `|j liMiwUi il Substance TWA STEL ppm"' mg/m31" ppm"' mg/m3"1 p-Nitroaniline -- Skin .... p-Nitroctilorobenzene -- Skin........................... _ 0.5 - Nitroglycerin (NG) -- Skin.................. 1-Nitrcpropane............... + 2-Nitrppropane............... Nitrotoluene -- Skin....... Perchlcrcethylene -- Skin............................. Persulfates, alkali metal, 0.05 15 5, A2 2 50 asS20........................ Phenyl glycidyl ether (PGE)...................... . + Phenylhydrazine -- Skin. Phesphnrus oxychloride. Phosphorus trichloride... Piperazine dihydrochloride.......... 1 5, A2 0.1 0.2 _ + Propylene glycol dinitrate (PGDN) -- Skin.......... Propylene imine -- Skin . Rhodium, metal.............. Insoluble compounds, as Rh 0.05 2. A2 -- Silicon tetrahydride (Silane)...................... Stoddard solvent............ 1, 1, 2. 2-Tetrachloroethane -- Skin....... Tin, tin oxide & inorganic compounds, except 5 100 1 SnH4, as Sn................ o-Tolidine...................... _ _ A2 Toluene-2, 4-dilsocyanate (TDI)... 0.005 o-Toluidine...................... 2 Trichloroethylene........... 50 C Trichlorofluoromethane.. 1,000 t Triethylamine.................. 10 + Trimethylamine..... ......... 10 Trirngthyl phosphite...... 2 2, 4, 6-Trinitrotoluene (TNT) -- Skin............ -- 3 3 0.5 55 35, A2 11 0.1 25 20, A2 __ 335 2 6 20, A2 0.6 1.5 10, A2 0.5 0.5 5 0.3 5. A2 1 0.1 -- -- 0.1 7 525 200 75 2 ' A2 0.04 9 270 5,600 40 40 10 0.5 __ 0.02 __ 150 __ 15 15 5 -- _ 1 90 70, A2 __ 45, A2 3 3 _ 0.6 - --03 1,050 35 .4 __ 0.15 -- 805 -- 60 60 25 -3 Capital letters refer to Appendices -1981 Revision or Addition. 36 Ster/** . 'tX? , 'i S. Ae 5 M- i -- 55XV. V. % I MAP 000292 TWA STEL SubiUnceppm-1 mg/m3111 ppm' mg/m3*' Vanadium, as VaOs, dust & fume....................... Xylidine -- Skin........ -- 0.05 2 10 -- -- -- -- NOTICE OF INTENDED CHANGES MINERAL DUSTS Substance TLV Diatomaceous earth, natural............................ Silica, amorphous............. Talc (containing no fibers) Talc (fiber-containing)...... 1.5 mg/m3, Respirable dust 6 mg/m3, Total dust (all sampled sizes) 3 mg/m3, Respirable dust (< 5 ptm) 15 mppcf or 2 mg/m3, Respirable Dust 2 fibers/cc, > 5 ^m in length APPENDIX A .Carcinogens The Committee lists below those substances in in dustrial use that have proven carcinogenic in man, or have induced cancer in animals under appropriate ex perimental conditions. Present listing of those sub stances carcinogenic for man takes two forms: Those for which a TLV has been assigned (la) and those for which environmental conditions have not been suffi ciently defined to assign a TLV (lb). Ala. Human Carcinogens. Substances, or substances associated with industrial processes, recog nized to have carcinogenic or cocarcinogenic potential, with an assigned TLV: TLV Acrylonitrile_______ .... _2ppm Asbestos Amosite...................... 0.5 fiber > 5/xm/cc Chrysotile....................... . 2 fibers > 5^m/cc Crocidolite.................. 0.2 fiber > 5/u.m/cc Other forms............. 2 fibers > 5^m/cc bis (Chloromethyl) ether 0.001 ppm Chromite ore gift* -S* -<r- processing (chromate)................ +* Chromium (VI), certain water insoluble compounds................ Coal tar pitch volatiles.. Nickel sulfide roasting, fume & dust............... Vinyl chloride................ 0.05 mg/m3, as Cr 0.05 mg/m3, as Cr 0.2 mg/m3, as benzene solubles 1.0 mg/m3, as Ni 5 ppm Alb. Human Carcinogens. Substances, or sub stances associated with industrial processes, recognized to have carcinogenic potential with out an assigned TLV: ** Acrylonitrile 4-Aminodiphenyl (p-Xenylamine) Benzidine -- Skin ** Chloromethyl methyl ether ** Ethylene dibromide /3-Naphthylamine 4-Nitrodiphenyl for the substances in lb, no exposure or con tact by any route -- respiratory, skin or oral, as detected by the most sensitive methods -- shall be permitted. The worker should be properly equipped to insure virtually no contact with the carcinogen. A2. Industrial Substances Suspect of Carcinogenic Potential for MAN. Chemical substances or sub stances associated with industrial processes, which are suspect of inducing cancer, based on either (1) limited epidemiologic evidence, exclu sive of clinical reports of single cases, or (2) demonstration of carcinogenesis in one or more animal species by appropriate methods. 3-Amino 1, 2, 4-triazole Antimony trioxide production* Arsenic trioxide production Benzene Benzo(a)pyrene ------------10 ppm ------- 'Cigarette smoking can enhance the incidence of respiratory cancers from this or others of these substances or processes. *'1981 Adoption. "See Notice of Intended Changes 38 3i` . HZ- x ". / - ?- -- : - 4; * k f * MAP 000294 Beryllium Cadmium oxide production -- Carbon tetrachlonde Chloroform Chioromethyl methyl ether Chromates of lead and zinc, as Cr ** Chrysene 3, 3'-Dichiorobenzidine Dimethylcarbamyl chloride 1,1-Dimethyl hydrazine Dimethyl sulfate -- Skin Ethylene dibromide -- Skin + Ethylene oxide + Formaldehyde Hexachlorobutadiene Hexamethy! phosphoramide -- Skin Hydrazine 4, 4'-Methylene bis (2-chloroaniline) -- Skin Methyl hydrazine ft Methyl iodide 12-Nitrapropane N-Nitrosodimethylamine N-Phenyl-beta-naphthylamine t Phenylhydrazine Propane sultone ++ beta-Propiolactone Propylene imine -- Skin o-Tolidine Vinyl bromide Vinyl cyclohexene dioxide 2.0 /j.g/m3 -- 5 ppm 10 ppm ---- 0.05 mg/m3 -- -- -- 0.5 ppm 0.1 ppm -- 5 ppm -- 0.02 ppm -- 0.1 ppm 0.02 ppm 0.2 ppm 2 ppm 10 ppm -- -- 5 ppm -- 0.5 ppm 2 ppm -- 5 ppm 10 ppm For the above, worker exposure by all routes should be carefully controlled to levels consis tent with the animal and human experience data (see Documentation), including those sub] . stances with a listed TLV. THE COMMITTEE GUIDELINES FOR CLASSIFICATION OF EXPERIMENTAL ANIMAL CARCINOGENS The following guidelines are offered in the pres ent state of knowledge as an aid in classifying .1 Addition. 961 AOoption. substances in the occupational environment found to be carcinogenic in experimental ani mals. A need was felt by the Threshold Limits Committee for such a classification in orderlo take the first step in developing an appropriate TLV for occupational exposure. Determination of Approximate Threshold of Re sponse Requirement, in order to determine in which category to classify an experimental car cinogen for the purpose of assigning an indus trial air limit (TLV), an approximate threshold of neoplastic response must be determined. Be cause of practical experimental difficulties, a precisely defined threshold cannot be attained. For the purposes of standard-setting, this is of little moment, as an appropriate risk, or safety, factor can be applied to the approximate thresh old, the magnitude of which is dependent on the degree of potency of the carcinogenic re sponse. To obtain the best 'practical' threshold of neo plastic response, dosage decrements should be iess than logarithmic. This becomes particularly important at levels greater than 10 ppm (or cor responding mg/m3). Accordingly, after a rangefinding determination has been made by -lo garithmic decreases, two additional dosage levels are required within the levels of "effect" and "no effect" to approximate the true thresh old of neoplastic response. The second step should attempt to establish a metabolic relationship between animal and man for the particular substance found carcinogenic in animals. If the metabolic pathways are found comparable, the substance should be classed highly suspect as a carcinogen for man. If no such relation is found, the substance should re main listed as an experimental animal carcino gen until evidence to the contrary is found. Proposed Classification of Experimental Animal Carcinogens. Substances occurring in the occu pational environment found carcinogenic for animals may be grouped into three classes, those of high, intermediate and low potency. In evaluating the incidence of animal cancers, sig nificant incidence of cancer is defined as a neo plastic response which represents, in the judg ment of the Committee, a significant excess of cancers above that occurring in negative con trols. 40 f I MAP 000296 EXCEPTIONS: No substance is to be considered an occupational carcinogen of any practical sig nificance which reacts by the respiratory route at or above 1000 mg/m3 for the mouse, 2000 mg/m3 for the rat; by the dermal route, at or above 1500 mg/kg for the mouse, 3000 mg/kg for the rat; by the gastrointestinal route at or above 500 mg/kg/d for a lifetime, equivalent to about 100 g T.D, for the rat, lOg T.D. for the mouse. These dosage limitations exclude such sub stances as dioxane and trichiorethylene from consideration as carcinogens. Examples; Dioxane -- rats, hepatocellular and nasal tumors from 1015 mg/kg/d, oral Trichloroethylene -- female `mice, tumors (30/98 @ 900 mg/kg/d), oral , Industrial Substances of High Carcinogenic Po tency in Experimental Animals. 1. A substance to qualify as a carcinogen of high potency must fulfill one of the three fol lowing conditions intwo.animal species: , la. Respiratory. Elicit cancer from (1) dos. ages below 1 mg/m3 (or equivalent ppm) via the respiratory tract in 6- 7-hour daily repeated inhalation exposures through out lifetime; or (2) from a single intratrachea/ly administered dose not exceeding 1 mg of particulate, or liquid, per 100 ml or less of animal minute respiratory vol ume; Examples: bis-Chloromethyl ether, malign ant tumors, rats. @ 0.47 mg/m3 (0.1 ppm) in 2 years; Hexamethyl phosphoramide, nasal squamous cell carcino ma, rats, @ 0.05 ppm, in 13 months OR lb. Dermal. Elicit cancer within 20 weeks by skin-painting, twice weekly at 2 mg/kg body weight or less per application for a total dose equal to or less than 1.5 mg, in 41 M t % ? 'A4 i MAP 000297 a biologically inert vehicle; Examples; 7, 12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene -- skin tumors @ 0.120.8 mg T.D. in four weeks Benzo(a)pyrene, mice 12 ^9. 3X/wk for 18 mos. T.D. 2.6 mg, 90.9% skin tumors OR 1c. Gastrointestinal. Elicit cancer by daily in take via the gastrointestinal tract, within six months, with a six-month holding period, at a dosage below 1 mg/kg body weight per day; total dose, rat, s 50 mg; mouse, 3.5 mg; Examples: 7, 12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene -- mammary tumors from 10 mg IX 3-Methylcholanthrene -- Tumors @ 3 sites from 8 mg in 89 weeks Benzo(a)pyrene, mice, 3.9% leukemias, from 30 mg T.D. 198 days 2. Elicit cancer by all three routes in at least two animal species at dose levels prescribedfor high or intermediate potency. Industrial Substances of Intermediate Carcinogenic Potency in Experimental Animals. To qualify as a carcinogen of intermediate po tency, a substance should elicit cancer in two animal species at dosages intermediate be tween those described in A3a and A3c by two routes of administration. Example: Carbamic acid ethyl ester Dermal, mammary tumors, mice, 100%, 63 weeks, 500-1400 mg T.D. Gastrointestinal, various type tumors, mice 42 weeks, 320 mg T.D. Gastrointestinal, various type tumors, rats, 60 weeks, 110-930 mg T.D. Industrial Substances of Low Carcinogenic Potency in Experimental Animals. 42 -S-.-'-S' To quality as a carcinogen of low potency, a substance should elicit cancer in one animal species by any one of three routes of adminis tration at the following prescribed dosages and conditions: la. Respiratory. Elicit cancer from (1) dosages greater than 10 mg/m3 (or equivalent ppm) via the respiratory tract in 6- 7-hour, daily repeated inhalation exposures, for 12 months' exposure and 12 months' observa tion period: or (2) from intratracheally ad ministered dosages totaling more than 10 mg of particulate or liquid per 100 ml or more of animal minute respiratory volume; Examples: Beryl (beryllium aluminum silicate) maiig. lung tumors, rats, @ 15 mg/m3 @ 17 months Benzidine, var. tumors, rats, 10-20 mg/m3 @ > 13 mos. OR lb. Dermal. Elicit cancer by skin-painting of mice in twice weekly dosages of > 10 mg/kg body weight in a biologically inert vehicle forat least 75 weeks, i.e., 1,5g T.D. Examples: Shale tar, mouse, 0.1 ml x 50 = 5g T.D. 59/60 skin tumors Arsenic trioxide, man, dose un known, but estimated to be high lc. Gastrointestinal. Elicit cancer from daily oral dosages of 50 mg/kg/day or greater during the lifetime of the animal. APPEN0IX B SUBSTANCES OF VARIABLE COMPOSITION B1 Polytetrafluoroethylene' decomposition products. Thermal decomposition of the fluorocarbon chain in air leads to the formation of oxidized products containing carbon, fluorine and oxygen. Because these products decompose in part by hydrolysis in alkaline solution, they can be quantitatively de termined in air as fluoride to provide an index of exposure. No TLV is recommended pending de termination of the toxicity of the products, but air concentrations should be minimal. Trade Names: Algoflon. Fluon, HaJon, Teflon, Tetran. 43 B2 Gasoline. See Notice of Intended Change. B3 Welding Fumes -- Total Particulate (NOC)" TLV.Smgim3 Welding fumes cannot be classified simply. The composition and quantity of both are dependent on the alloy being welded and the process and elec trodes used. Reliable analysis of fumes cannot be made without considering the nature of the welding process and system being examined; reactive metals and alloys such as aluminum and titanium are arcwelded in a protective, inert atmosphere such as argon. These arcs create relatively little fume, but an intense radiation which can produce ozone. Similar processes are used to arc-weld steels, also creating a relatively low level of fumes. Ferrous alloys also are arc-welded in oxidizing environments which generate considerable fume, and can produce carbon monox ide instead of ozone. Such fumes generally are com posed of discreet particles of amorphous slags con taining iron, manganese, silicon and other metallic constituents depending on the alloy system involved. Chromium and nickel compounds are found in fumes when stainless steels are arc-welded. Some coated and flux-cored electrodes are formulated with fluorides and the fumes associated with them -can contain significantly more fluorides than oxides. Be cause of the above factors, arc-welding fumes fre quently must be tested for individual constituents which are likely to be present to determine whether specific TLV's are exceeded. Conclusions based orf total fume concentration are generally adequate if no toxic elements are present in welding rod, metal, or metal coating and conditions are not conducive to the formation of toxic gases. Most welding, even with primitive ventilation, does not produce exposures inside the welding helmeT above 5 mg/m3. That which does, should be con trolled. APPENDIX C MIXTURES C.1 THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES FOR MIXTURES When two or more hazardous substances, which act upon the same organ system, are present, their combined effect, rather than that of either individual^ "Not otherwise classified (NOC). 44 ly. should be given primary consideration. In the ab sence of information to the contrary, the effects of the different hazards should be considered as additive. That is, if the sum of the following fractions, exceeds unity, then the threshold limit of the mixture should be considered as being exceeded. Ci indi cates the observed atmospheric concentration, and Tt the corresponding threshold limit (See Example lA.a. and 1A.C.). Exceptions to the above rule may be made when there is a good reason to believe that the chief effects of the different harmful substances are not in fact ad ditive, but independent as when purely local effects on different organs of the body are produced by the various components of the mixture. In such cases the threshold limit ordinarily is exceeded only when at least one member of the series I/Ci + or + C2 etc. \I itself has a value exceeding unity (See Example 1A.c.). Synergistic action or potentiation may occur with some combinations of atmospheric contaminants. Such cases at present must be determined individual ly. Potentiating or synergistic agents are not neces sarily harmful by themselves. Potentiating effects of exposure to such agents by routes other than that of inhalation is also possible, e.g. imbibed alcohol and inhaled narcotic (trichloroethylene). Potentiation is characteristically exhibited at high concentrations, less probably at low. When a given operation or process characteristi cally emits a number of harmful dusts, fumes, vapors or gases, it will frequently be only feasible to attempt to evaluate the hazard by measurement of a single substance. In such cases, the threshold limit used for this substance should be reduced by a suitable factor, the magnitude of which will depend on the number, toxicity and refative quantity of the other contamin ants ordinarily present. Examples of processes which are typically asso ciated with two or more harmful atmospheric conta minants are welding, automobile repair, blasting, painting, lacquering, certain foundry operations, die sel exhausts, etc. MAP 000301 C.1A Examples of THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES FOR MIXTURES The following formulae apply only when the com ponents in a mixture have similar toxicologic effects, they should not be used for mixtures with widely dif fering reactivities, e.g. hydrogen cyanide & sulfur dioxide. In such case the formula for Independent Ef fects (1 A.c.) should be used. lA.a. General case, where air is analyzed for each component: a. Additive effects. (Note: It is essential that the atmosphere be analyzed both qualitatively~ and quantitatively for each component pres ent, in order to evaluate compliance or noncompliance with this calculated TLV.) Ci_ Ti . =1 Example No. lA.a.: Air contains 400 ppm of acetone (TLV = 1000 ppm) 150 ppm of sec-butyl acetate (TLV = 200 ppm) and 100 ppm of 2-butanone (TLV = 200 ppm) Atmospheric concentration of mix ture = 400 + 150 + 100 = 650 ppm of mixture 400 150 100 1000 200 200 = 0.4 + 0.75 + 0.5 =1.65 Threshold Limit is exceeded. 1A.b. Special case when the source of contaminant is a liquid mixture and the atmospheric composi tion is assumed to be similar to that of the orig inal material: e.g. on a time-weighted average exposure basis, ail of the liquid (solvent) mix ture eventually evaporates. Additive effects (approximate solution) 1. The percent composition (by weight) of the liquid mixture is known, the TLVs of the constituents must be listed in mg/m3. (Note: In order to evaluate compliance with this TLV, field sampling instruments should be calibrated, in the laboratory, for response to 46 1 I f I* I it * f t MAP 000302 'iH H .lili.M * this specific quantitative and qualitative airvapor mixture, and also to fractional concen trations of this mixture; e.g., 112 the TLV; WO the TLV; 2 x the TLV; 10 x the TLV; etc.) TLV of mixture = 1 fp TLV0 fp , fc , f TLVp TLVC ' ' TLV,, Example No. 1: Liquid contains (by weight) 50% heptane: TLV = 400 ppm or 1600 mg/m3 1 mg/m3 * 0.25 ppm 30% methyl chloroform: TLV = 350 ppm or 1900 mg/m3 1 mg/m3 * 0.18 ppm 20% perchloroethylene: TLV = 100 ppm or 670 mg/m3 1 mg/m3 - 0.15 ppm TLV of-Mixture 0.5 1600 0.3 1900 0.2 670 1 0.00031 + 0.00016 + 0.00030 1 = 1300 mg/m3 0.00077 of this mixture 50% or (1300) (0.5) = 650 mg/m3 is heptane 30% or (1300) (0.3) = 390 mg/m3 is methyl chloro form 20% or (1300) (0.2) = 260 mg/m3 is perchloroethylene These values can be converted to ppm as follows: heptane: 650 mg/m3 x 0.25 = 162 ppm methyl chloroform: 390 mg/m3 x 0.18 = 70 ppm perchloroethylene: 260 mg/m3 x 0.15 = 39 ppm TLV of mixture = 162 + 70 + 39 = 271 ppm, or 1300 mg/m3 lA.c. independent effects. Air contains 0.15 mg/m3 of lead (TLV, 0.15) and s ** % ? i MAP 000303 0.7 mg/m3 of sulfuric acid (TLV, 1). J5= i; 0.15 ' _07=07 1 Threshold limit is not exceeded. IB. TLV for Mixtures of Mineral Dusts. For mixtures of biologically active mineral dusts the general formula for mixtures may be used. For mixture containing 80% nonasbestiform talc and 20% quartz, the TLV for 100% of the mixture is given by: TLV = M 20 = 9 mppcf 2.7 TLV of nonasbestiform talc (pure) = 20 mppcf TLV of quartz (pure) = Essentially the same result will be obtained if the limit of the more (most) toxic component is used provided the effects are additive. In the above ex ample the limit tor 20% -quartz is lO mppcf. For another mixture of 25% quartz, 25% amor phous silica and 50% talc: 25% quartz -- TLV (pure) = 2.7 mppcf 25% amorphous silica -- TLV (pure) = 20 mppcf 50% talc TLV (pure) = 20 mppcf 2.7 + 20 + 20 The limit for 25% quartz approximates 9 mppcf. APPENDIX D Some Nuisance Particulates01 TLV, 30 mppcf or 10 mg/m3 of total dust < 1% quartz, or, 5 mg/m3 respirable dust Aluminum Oxide (AI2O3) Calcium carbonate Calcium silicate Cellulose (paper fiber) Portland Cement Emery Glycerin Mist Graphite (synthetic) 48 f MAP 000304 Gypsum Vegetable oil mists (except castor, cashew nut, or similar irritant oils) Kaolin Limestone Magnesite Marble Mineral Wool Fiber Pentaerythntoi Plaster of Paris Silicon Silicon Carbide Starch Sucrose 'Tin Oxide Titanium Dioxide Zinc Stearate Zinc oxide dust o) When toxic impurities are not present, e.g. quartz < 1%. APPENDIX E Some Simple Asphyxiants'" Acetylene Argon Ethane Ethylene Helium Hydrogen Methane Neon p) As defined on pg. 6. Propane Propylene APPENDIX F Conversion of mppcf to Mass Concentration Calculations for Conversion of Particle Count Con centration (by Standard Light Field -- Midget Impinger Techniques), in mppcf, to Respirable Mass Concentration (by Respirable Sampler) in mg/m3.+ 1. In 1967, Jacobsen and Tomb.t derived an em pirical relationship of 5.6 mppcf to 1 milligram of respirable dust per cubic meter of air, based on 23 sets of samples, mostly coal dust. Studies on conversion factors have been undertaken and preliminary evidence suggests that the ap plication of any single conversion factor may not be adequate for use in risk assessments, epidemiology studies, or setting TLVs. The following calculation results in an equivalence of 6.37 mppcf to 1 mg/m3 of respir able dust. Thus, an approximate ratio of 6 mppcf to 1 mg/m3 of respirable dust is suggest ed for conversion of TLVs from a count to a "See Notice of Intended Changes. t'flelationship Between Gravimetric Respirable Dust Concentration and fidget Impnger Number Concentration." by Murray Jacobson and T, F. tomb.AIHAJ, 28;Nov.-Dee. 1967. 49 mass Oasis when the density and mass median diameter have not been determined. 2.Basic assumptions: _ a) Average density for silica containing dusts > 2.5 g/cm3 (2500 mg/cm3). Pulmonary sig nificant dust densities may vary from 1.2 g/cm3 for coal dust to 3.1 g/cm3 for Portland Cement. Silica densities vary from 2.2 (amor phous) to 2.3 (cristobalite and tridymite) to 2.5 (alpha-quartz.) gms per cm3. b) The mass median diameter (mmdj of parti cles collected in midget impinger samplers and counted by the standard HghHield tech nique, and collected in a respirable sampler is approximately 1.5 pm or 1.5 x 10"* cm. This assumption is, of course, quite arbitrary since the mmd of all dust clouds is quite variable, depending on many independent parameters, such as source of dust, age of dust cloud, meteorological conditions, pro cesses and equipment changes, etc. if the density and the mass median diameter of the dust particles are known, the nomograph in Figure 1 can be used to convert dust count concentrations (mppcf) to respirable mass concentrations (mg/m3). 3. .Calculation: a) vol. per particle: 4/3 7r r3; r = 0.75 x 10~4 = 4/3 v (0.75 x 10"4)3 = 1.77 x 10-12 cm3 cm b) wt. per particle = vol. x density = 1.77 x 10"'2 cm3 x 2.5 x 103 mg/cm3 = 4.425 x 10- mg/particle c) 1 particle/ft.3 = 35.5 part./m3 (since 35.5 cu ft = 1 cum.) IQ6 part./ft3 = mppcf = 35.5 x 10* part./m3 wt, of 1 mppcf = 35.5 x 10* part./m3 x 4.425 x 10'9 mg/part. 1 mppcf * 0.157 mg/m3 or 6.37 mppcf * 1 mg/m3 or approximately 6 mpccf * i mg/m3. 50 DENSITY p(g/cm3) 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 RATIO R ( mppcf ^ Igure 1 -- Raticrof Particle Count -- mppcf to Respir able Mass Concentration -- mg/m3 (as function of density and mmd)^ rtpared by P E Caplan and R J Smith 51 MAP 000307 V. > Table 1 Equivalent TLVs in mppcf and mg/m3 (Respirable Mass) for Mineral Dusts+ Substance Threshold Limit Value Count Resp. Mass Total Mass' mppcf mg/m3 mg/m3 Silica (SiO;) Amorphous Cristobalite Fused silica Quartz Tridymite Coal Dust Diatomaceous earth, natural Graphite (natural) Mica Mineral wool fiber Nuisance particulates Perlite Portland Cement Soapstone Tripoli 20 1.5 3 3 1.5 (12) -- 15 20 -- 30 30 30 20 (3) (3)** 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.05 2 1.5 (2.5) (3) (5) (5) (5) (5) (3) 0.1 (6) 0.15 0.3 0.3 0.15 (4) -- (5) (6) 10 10 (10) (10) (6) (0.3) -Assuming that the mass median diameter is 1.5 r*m and density is 2.5 g/cm3. -- 'Unless otherwise specified respirable mass is presumed to equal apv proximately 50% of total mass. "All values in parentheses () represent newly calculated values based on equivalence of 6 mppcf 1 mg/m3 respirable mass and respirable mass 50% total mass. 52 ? i MAP 000308 APPENDIX G Chemical Substances Under Study Acetonitrile Acetophenone Acetyl acetone Ailyl chloride Asbestos Bismuth telluride Carbonyl fluoride Chlorinated naphthalenes Chlorine bis-Chloromethyl ether j Chloromethyl methyl ether Copper dust & fume Diatomaceous earth 4,4'-Diphenylmethane diisocyanate (MDI) Epichlorohydrin Ethyl chloride Ethylene dichloride Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether Ethylene oxide Formaldehyde Grain dust Hexafluoroacetone Hexamethylene diisocyanate (HMDI) Isooctyl alcohol Methyl methacrylate Nichel, metal & soluble compounds Nitrous oxide Osium tetroxide Propylene chloride Proylene oxide Rhodium Silica, amorphous Silicon tetrahydride (Silane) Styrene, monomer 2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzop-dioxin (TCDD) Tin hydride Toluene-2,6,-diisocyanate 1,2,3-Trichloropropane Trimellitic anhydride Vinylidine chloride Welding fumes i MAP 000309 utiungMiuMfl TLVs Threshold Limit Values for Physical Agents Adopted by ACGIH for 1981 f t MAP 000310 IWBUi: Bit MMiliHli' 1981 TLV PHYSICAL AGENTS COMMITTEE Herbert H. Jones, NIOSH (Retired) -- Chairman Peter A. Breysse, University of Washington Thomas Cummings, Ontario Ministry of Labour Inring H. Davis, Michigan Dept, of Public Health Zory R. Glaser, Ph.D., Bureau of Radiological Health/ FDA Allan P. Heins, Ph.D., OSHA LCDR Richard Johnson, USN Edward J. Largent, Retired John C. Mitchell, USAF Anthony M. Muc, Ph.D., Ontario Ministry of Labour David H. Sliney, USAEHA COL Robert T. Wangemann, USA Thomas K. Wilkinson, National Institutes of Health CONSULTANTS Gerald V. Coles William E. Murray, Wordie H. Parr, Ph.D. This book is fully protected by copyright and no part of it may be reproduced in any form, by print, photoprint, microfilm, or any other means without written permission. Any comments or questions regarding these limits, or requests to reprint should be addressed to: Executive Secretary American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists 6500 Glenway Ave., Bldg. D-5 Cincinnati, OH 45211: (513)661-7881 a -V ... ~-y 'J*!-.- - as.. f MAP 000311 PREFACE PHYSICAL AGENTS These threshold limit values refer to levels of phys ical agents and represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly ex posed day after day without adverse effect. Because of wide variations in individual susceptibility, expo sure of an occasional individual at, or even below, the threshold limit may not prevent annoyance, aggrava tion of a pre-existing condition, or physiological dam age. These threshold limits are based on the best avail able information from industrial experience, from ex perimental human and animal studies, and when pos sible, from a combination of the three. These limits are intended -for use in -the -practice of industrial hygiene and should be interpreted and ap plied only by a person trained in this discipline. They are not intended for use, or for modification for use, (1) in the evaluation or control of the levels of physi cal agents in the community, (2) as proof or disproof of an existing physical disability, or (3) for adoption by countries whose working conditions differ from those in the United States of America. These values are reviewed annually by the Com mittee on Threshold Limits for Physical Agents for re< visions or additions, as further information becomes ; available. Notice of intent -- At the beginning of each year, proposed actions of the Committee for the forthcom ing year are issued in the form of a "Notice of Intent." ' This notice provides not only an opportunity for com ment, but solicits suggestions of physical agents to -be added to the list. The suggestions should be ac companied by substantiating evidence. I As Legislative Code -- The Conference recognizes vthat the Threshold Limit Values may be adopted in 'legislative codes and regulations. If so used, the in'tent of the concepts contained in the Preface should be maintained and provisions should be made to keep the list current. 57 MAP 000312 THRESHOLD LIMIT-VALUES HEAT STRESS These Threshold Limit Values refer to heat stress conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse health effects. The TLVs shown in Table 1 are based on the assumption that nearly all acclimatized, fully clothed workers with adequate water and salt intake should be able to function effectively under the given working conditions without exceeding a deep body temperature of 38C (WHO technical report series #412, 1969 Health Factors Involved in Working Under Conditions of Heat Stress; F. N. Dukes-Dobos and A. Henschel: "Development of Permissible Heat Expo sure Limits for Occupational Work." ASHRAE Journal, Vol. 15: No. 9, September 1973, pp. 57-62.) _ Since measurement of deep body temperature is impractical for monitoring the workers' heat load, the measurement of environmental factors is required which most nearly correlate with deep body tempera ture and other physiological responses to heat. At the present time Wet Bulb Globe Temperature Index (WBGT) is the simplest and most suitable technique to measure the environmental factors. WBGT values are calculated by the following equations: 1. Outdoors with solar load: WBGT = 0.7 NWB + 0.2 GT i- 0.1 DB 2. Indoors or Outdoors with no solar load: WBGT = 0.7 NWB + 0.3 GT where: - WBGT = Wet Bulb Globe Temperature Index NWB = Natural Wet-Bulb Temperature DB = Dry-Bulb Temperature GT = Globe Temperature The determination of WBGT requires the use of a black globe thermometer, a natural (static) wet-bulb thermometer, and a dry-bulb thermometer. Higher heat exposures than shown in Table 1 are permissible if the workers have been undergoing medical surveillance and it has been established that they are more tolerant to work in heat than the average worker. Workers should not be permitted to continue their work when their deep body tempera ture exceeds 38.0C. 58 TABLE 1 Permissible Heat Exposure Threshold Limit Values (Values are given in C. WBGT) Work Load Work -- Rest Regimen Light Moderate Heavy Continuous work 30.0 26.7 25.0 75% Work -- 25% Rest, Each hour 30.6 28.0 25.9 50% Work -- 50% Rest, Each hour 31.4 29.4 27.9 25% Work -- 75% Rest, Each hour 32.2 31.1 30.0 EVALUATION AND CONTROL I. Measurement of the -Bnirironment The instruments required are a dry-bulb, a natural wet-bulb, a globe thermometer, and a stand. The measurement of the environmental factors shall be performed as follows: i A. The range of the dry and the natural wet bulb ther| mometer shall be -5C to 50C with an accuracy of 0.5C. The dry bulb thermometer must be shielded from the sun and the other radiant surfaces of the en vironment without restricting the airflow around the bulb. The wick of the natural wet-bulb thermometer shall be kept wet with distilled water for at least 1/2 hour before the temperature reading is made. It is not enough to immerse the other end of the wick into a reservoir of distilled water and wait until the whole wick becomes wet by capillarity. The wick shall be wetted by direct application of water from a syringe 1/2 hour before each reading. The wick shall extend over the bulb of the thermometer, covering the stem about one additional bulb length. The wick should always be clean and new wicks should be washed be fore using. B. A globe thermometer, consisting of a 15 cm. (6- 59 f `,v yr.* I MAP 000314 inch) diameter hollow copper sphere painted on the outside with a matte black finish or equivalent, shall be used. The bulb or sensor of a thermometer (range -5C to 100C with an accuracy of =0.5C) must be fixed in the center of the sphere. The globe thermom eter shall be exposed at least 25 minutes before it is read. C. A stand shall be used to suspend the three ther mometers so that they do not restrict free air flow around the bulbs, and the wet-bulb and globe ther mometer are not shaded. D. It is permissible to use any other type of tempera ture sensor that gives identical reading as that of a mercury thermometer under the same conditions. E. The thermometers must be so placed that the readings are representative of the condition where the men work or rest, respectively. The methodology outlined above is more fully ex plained in the following publications: I. Mlnard, D.: Prevention of Heat Casualties in Marine Corps Recruits, Period of 1955-60, with Comparative Incidence Rates and Climatic Heat Stresses in Other Training Categories, Research Report No. 4, Contract No. MR 005.01-0001.01. Naval Medical Research Institute, 'Bethesda, MO (February 21,1961). Published in Military Medicine 126(4): 261-272 (April 1961). Z Mlnard, 0. and R. L O'Brien: Heat Casualties in the Navy and Marine Corps 1959-1962 with Appen dices on the Field Use of the Wet Bulb-Globe Tem perature Index, Research Report No. 7, Contract No. MR 005.01-0001.01, Naval Medical Research Institute, Bethesda, MO (March 12,1964). II. Work Load Categories Heat produced by the body and the environmental heat together determine the total heat load. There fore, if work is to be performed under hot environ mental conditions, the workload category of each job shall be established and the heat exposure limit perti nent to the work load evaluated against the applica ble standard in order to protect the worker from ex posure beyond the permissible limit. A. The work load category may be established by ranking each job into light, medium, and heavy cate gories on the basis of type of operation. Where the work load is ranked into one of said three categories, i.e. 60 .'m.-sfr .-.'fat.--. (1) light work (up to 200 kcal/hr or 800 Btu/hr): e.g.. sitting or standing to control machines, perform ing light hand or arm work, (2) moderate work (200-350 kcal/hr or 800-1400 Btu/hr): e.g., walking about with moderate lifting and pushing, (3) heavy work (350-500 kcal/hr or 1400-2000 Btu/hr): e.g., pick and shovel work, the permissible heat exposure limit for that work load shall be determined from Table 1. B. The ranking of the job may be performed either by measuring the worker's metabolic rate while perform ing his job or by estimating his metabolic rate by the use of the scheme shown in Table 2. Tables available in the literature listed below and in other publications as well may also be utilized. When this method is used the permissible heat exposure limit can be de termined by Figure 1. 1. Per-Olof Astrand and Kaare Rodahl: "Textbook of Work Physiology" McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, San Francisco, 1970. 2. "Ergonomics Guide to Assessment of Metabolic and Cardiac Costs of Physical Work." Amer. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J. 32: 560,1971. 3. Energy Requirements for Physical Work. Purdue Farm Cardiac Project. Agricultural Experiment Sta tion. Research Progress Report No. 30,1961. 4. J. V. G. A. Durnin and R. Passmore: "Energy, Work and Leisure." Heinemann Educational Books, Ltd., London, 1967. MAP 000316 TABLE 2 Assessment of Work Load Average values of metabolic rate during different ac tivities. Body position and movement Sitting Standing Walking Walking up hill kcal/min 0.3 0.6 2.0-3.0 add 0.6 per meter (yard) rise B. Type of Work Average Range kcal/min kcal/min Hand work Work with one arm Work with both arms Work with body light heavy light heavy light heavy light moderate heavy very heavy 0.4 0.9 1.0 1.8 1.5 2.5 3.5 5.0 7.0 9.0 0.2-1 2 0.7-2.5 1.0-3.5 - 2.515.0 Light hand work: writing, hand knitting Heavy hand work: typewriting Heavy work with one arm: hammering in nails (shoe maker, upholsterer) Light work with two arms: filing metal, planing wood, raking of a garden Mbderate work with the body: cleaning a floor, beat ing a carpet Heavy work with the body: railroad track laying, dig ging, barking trees Sample Calculation: Using a heavy hand tool on an 62 r nuiMinwriiM--wtSHtWifntl-iaiilS assembly line A. Walking along 2,0 kcal/min" B, Intermediate value between heavy work with two arms and light work with the body 3,0 kcal/min C. Add for basal metabolism 5.0 kcal/min 1.0 kcal/min Total 6.0 kcal/min Adapted from Lehmann, G. E.t A. Muller and H. Spitzer: Der Kalorienbedarf bei gewerblicher Arbeit. Arbeitsphy- Siol. 14: 166, 1950. III. Work-Rest Regimen The permissible exposure limits specified in Table 1 and Figure 1 are based on the assumption that the WBGT-value of the resting place is the same or very close to that of the work place. Where the WBGT of the work area is different from that of the rest area a time-weighted average value should be used for both environmental and metabolic heat. When timeweighted average values are used the appropriate curve on Figure 1 is the solid line labeled "continu ous." The time-weighted average metabolic rate (M) shall be determined by the equation: Av. M = (Mi) x (ti) + (M;) x (tz) + + (M,,) x (t,,) (ti) + (t2) + ....+ (t,,) Where Mi Mj, M, are estimated or measured metabo lic rates for the various activities of the worker during the total time period, ti, U, t, are the elapsed times in minutes spent at the corresponding metabolic rate as determined by a time study. The time-weighted average WBGT shall be deter mined by the equation: Av. WBGT = (WBGTi) x (ti) + (WBGT;) x t2 +,,, + (WBGT,,) x (t,,) (ti) + (t2) + . . . + (t,,) where WBGTi, WBGT2, WBGT, are calculated values of WBGT for the various work and rest areas occu pied during total time periods, ti, ta, t,, are the elapsed times in minutes spent in the corresponding areas 63 t ? MAP 000318 which are determined by a time study. Where expo sure to hot environmental conditions is continuous for several hours or the entire work day, the timeweighted averages shall be calculated as hourly timeweighted average i.e., ti t2 f ... * t. = 60 minutes. Where the exposure is intermittent, the time-weighted averages shall be calculated as two-hour time-weight ed averages, i.e., ti + tj + ... + t,, = 120 minutes. The permissible exposure limits for continuous work are applicable where there is a work-rest regi men of a 5-day work week and an 8-hour work day with a short morning and afternoon break (approxi mately 15 minutes) and a longer lunch break (approx imately 30 minutes). Higher exposure limits are per mitted if additional resting time is allowed. All breaks, including unscheduled pauses and administrative or operational waiting periods during work may be counted as rest time when additional rest allowance must be given because of high environmental temper atures. IV. Water and Salt Supplementation During the hot season or when the worker is ex posed to artificially generated heat, drinking water shall be made available to the workers in such a way that they are stimulated to frequently drink small amounts, i.e., one cup every 15-20 minutes (about 150 ml or 1/4 pint). The water shall be kept reasonably cool (10-15C or 50.0-60.0F) and shall be placed close to the workplace so that the worker can reach it without abandoning the work area. The workers should be encouraged to salt their food abundantly during the hot season and particu larly during hot spells. If the workers are unacclima tized, salted drinking water shall be made available in a concentration of 0.1% (1 g NaCI to 1.0 liter or 1 level tablespoon of salt to 32 quarts of water). The added salt shall be completely dissolved before the water is distributed, and the water shall be kept reasonably cool. V. Other Considerations A. Clothing: The permissible heat exposure TLVs are valid for light summer clothing as customarily worn by workers when working under hot environmental conditions. If special cothing is required for perform ing a particular job and this clothing is heavier or it impedes sweat evaporation or has higher insulatiorf value, the worker's heat tolerance is reduced, and the 64 w f I MAP 000319 permissible beat exposure limits indicated in Table 1 and Figure 1 are not applicable. For each job catego ry where special clothing is required, the permissible heat exposure limit shall be established by an expert. B. Acclimatization and Fitness: Acclimatization to heat involves a series of physiological and psycholog ical adjustments that occur in an individual during his first week of exposure to hot environmental condi tions. The recommended heat stress TLVs are valid for acclimated workers who are physically fit. Extra caution must be employed when unacclimated or physically un-fit workers must be exposed to heat stress conditions. Figure 1 -- Permissible Heat Exposure Threshold Limit Value IONIZING RADIATION The Committee accepts the philosophy and recom mendations of the National Council on Radiation Pro tection and Measurements (NCRP) for the ionizing ra diation TLV. The NCRP is charted by Congress to, in part, collect, analyze,'develop and disseminate infor- 65 SE.--=!* | '>1 1 V$I f p*' % to. % MAP 000320 mation and recommendations about protection against radiation and about radiation measurements, quantities and units, including development of basic concepts in these areas. NCRP Report No. 39 (refer ence 1) provides basic philosophy and concepts lead ing to protection criteria established in the same re port. Other NCRP reports address specific areas of radiation protection and, collectively, provide an ex cellent basis for establishing a sound program for ra diation control. The Committee recommends the list ed references as substantative documentation of a sound basis for ionizing radiation protection. The committee also strongly recommends that all expo sures to ionizing radiations be kept as low as reason ably achievable within the stated guidance. References: ^ 1. "Basic Radiation Protection Criteria," NCRP Re port No. 39, issued January 15,1971. 2. Maximum Permissible Body Burdens and Maxi mum Permissible Concentrations of Radionuclides in Air and in Water for Occupational Exposure," US De partment of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards Handbook 69, issued June 5, 1959, with Addendum 1 issued August 1963. Available as NCRP Report No. 22. The above documents, as well as information on nu merous other NCRP Reports addressing specific sub jects in ionizing radiation protection are available from: NCRP Publications, PO Box 30175, Washing ton, DC 20014. USERS The threshold limit values are for exposure to laser radiation under conditions to which nearly all workers may be exposed without adverse effects. The values should be used as guides in the control of exposures and should not be regarded as fine lines between safe and dangerous levels. They are based on the best available information from experimental studies. Limiting Apertures The TLVs expressed as radiant exposure or irradiance in this section may be averaged over an aper ture of 1 mm except for TLVs for the eye in the spec tral range of 400-1400 nm, which should be averaged over a 7 mm limiting aperture (pupil); and except for all TLVs for wavelengths between 0.1-1 mm where the limiting aperture is 10 mm. No modification ofJhe TLVs is permitted for pupil sizes less than 7 mm. The TLVs for "extended sources" apply to sources which subtend an angle greater than a (Table 5) 66 ----- f MAP 000321 which varies with exposure time. This angle is not the beam divergence of the source. Correction Factors A and B fC, and Cs) The TLVs for ocular exposure in Tables 3 and 4 are to be used as given for all wavelength ranges. The TLVs for wavelengths between 700 nm and 1049 nm are to be increased by a uniformly extrapolated factor (CH) as shown in Figure 2. Between 1049 nm and 1400 nm, the TLV has been increased by a factor (CA) of five. For certain exposure times at wavelengths be tween 550 nm and 700 nm, correction factor (C,) must be applied. The TLVs for skin exposure are given in Table 6. The TLVs are to be increased by a factor (CA) as shown in Figure 2 for wavelengths between 700 nm and 1400 nm. To aid in the determination of TLVs for exposure durations requiring calculations of fraction al powers Figures 3, 4, 5 and 6 may be used. Repetitively Pulsed Lasers Since there are few experimental data for multiple pulses, caution must be used in the evaluation of such exposures. The protection standards for irradiance or radiant exposure in multiple pulse trains have the following limitations: (1) The exposure from any single pulse in the train is limited to the protection standard for a single com parable pulse. (2) The average irradiance for a group of pulses is limited to the protection standard as given in Tables 3, 4, or 6 of a single pulse of the same duration as the entire pulse group. (3) When the Instantaneous Pulse Repetition Fre quency (PRF) of any pulses within a train exceeds one, the protection standard applicable to each pulse is reduced as shown in Figure 6 for pulse durations less than 10~5 second. For pulses of greater duration, the following formula should be followed: Standard ff'n9iePulse | = \in train / Standard (pulse nr) where: n n = number of pulses in train t = duration of a single pulse in the train Standard (nr) = protection standard of one pulse having a duration equal to nr sec onds. 67 f k i MAP 000322 Figure 2 -- TLV correction factor for X = 700 - 1400 nm* For X = 700 - 1049 nm, C* = lO100"' - TM> For x = 1050 - 1400 nm, C,, = 5_______________ E B 0ra9 o e o > I S (j.uo.r) 3nSOdX3 INVIOVM AH 68 ilUt--*. :s~ ...safest. ? MAP 000323 MAP 000325 MAP 000326 72 ~rr -v MAP 000327 I TLV CORRECTION FACTOR Figure 6--Multiplicative correction factor for repetitively pulsed lasers having pulse durations less than IQ-5 second. TIV for a single pulse of the pulse train is multiplied by the above correction factor. Correction factor for PRF greater than 1000 Hz is 0.06. : 74 :* 'Si I ? 'W & w MAP 000329 E C_3 < in ^3 03 Vi iS co UJ o _J _ CD o <J-- jjo3> 5 1 COC'O'd'COo^t^o--mCVJ'o^'CcOio^'i^ooCmVoJ^ooCnoD o x JZ OJ Ec Ec O CM CO O CM CO OO E E eErEeEeEeEeEeEeEeEc E E E o o o co OOOOOO*--'-- *-- CSI CM cocococococococoeocococo 75 mm ? MAP 000330 f EE oo V "3 "3 CM E X *e o E o : E E O CM CE e 6 I-1 o 5 > E- co to o O X co CO *-* w o i?L5 t!-- E O M- -oC * ^ X fo?-r- > t_?-3 * o to 03 X lO *0i--5'COOM'} O7t-- to o y- L J tt c o o o oxS oX 1 .8 10 5 CO JJJ __1 _ X '" O ^ - Z_ __ , .cb x -o o CO < -- w -- A.QO O -- A '------O __ ~ S ^* e*5 iT" _O_ OOOo^E^O^OO^OOOOOO iiiiEililliE c oor-. c reo>- c 05 to c oT-'- oh- oOr^- 05 - 05 O oo ^ O oo O o ^3* ' 5t: o o P. o ^ oo v~o - cE"Ee E c E c E E E E cE Ec oo E_ c E_ SI ss to o < < "3* to *3- I IO LO O --r M-- fS* ^ o *5 < CD CC CC CM ll iZ) **<; s-s Oc o "I5 o -8 y-gg. .v.* 76 w*t: ? f MAP 000331 MAP 000332 oco^troie"-owcNr^jTc-c\vjocor^tfclo\-jjTltf_>- e--\jc^ae^sic"9\*j ooooooooo^oooo 78 rarr - -?k- TABLE 5 Limiting Angle to Extended Source Which May Be Used for Applying Extended Source TLVs Exposure Duration(s) Angle a (mrad) MAP 000333 *.* &/, ! ? I . "3 -O 3 CG E CG g X OX CT3 03 ClOgowCvJVt- CcEOo s i* i oo .E 5 CO 3 03 W CO g.- *<=><=> CO ^- *-- < o o o_ o" * v _. oo< E ^3 oE OoT 0TJ- - E oS Ecr cEr E Si ps o : d> o f oS >^ S< 05 CD J- = :u 79 a* MAP 000334 "MICROWAVES These Threshold Limit Values refer to microwave energy in the frequency range of 300 MHz to 300 GHz and represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse effect. Under conditions of moderate to severe heat stress, the recommended values may need to be re duced.* Therefore, these values should be used as guides in the control of exposure to microwave en ergy and should not be regarded as a fine line be tween safe and dangerous levels. Recommended Values: ,- The Threshold Limit Value for occupational expo sure to microwave energy, where power density or field intensity is known and exposure time is con trolled, is as follows: 1. For exposure to continuous wave (CW) sources, the power density level shall not exceed 10 mil liwatts per square centimeter (mW/cm2) for contin uous exposure, and the total exposure time shall be limited to an 8-hour workday. This power den sity is approximately equivalent to a 4ree-space electric field strength of 200 volts-per-meter rms (V/m) and a tree-space magnetic field strength of 0.5 ampere-per-meter rms (A/m). 2. Exposures to CW power density levels greater than 10 mW/cm2 are permissible up to a maximum of 25 mW/cm2 based upon an average energy density of 1 milliwatt-hour per square centimeter (mWh/cm2) averaged over any 0.1 hour period. For example, at 25 mW/cm2, the permissible exposure duration is approximately 2.4 minutes in any 0.1 hour period. 3. For repetitively pulsed microwave sources, the average field strength or power density is calculat ed by multiplying the peak-pulse value by the duty cycle. The duty cycle is equal to the pulse duration in seconds times the pulse repetition rate in Hertz. Exposure during an 8-hour workday shall not ex ceed the following values which are averaged over any 0.1 hour period: Power Density Energy Density 10 mW/cm2 1 mWh/cm2 Mumford. W.W,, "Heat Stress Due to R. F. Radiation. Proceedings ot IEEE, Vol. 57. No. 2. Feb 1969, pp. 171-178. 'See Notice of Intended Changes. 80 WW-::--draper. - * ^ -.^g. :*--==*? Mean Squared Electric Field Strength 40,000 Wm2 Mean Squared Magnetic Field Strength 0.25 A2/m2 4, Exposure is not permissible in CW or repetitively pulsed fields with an average power density in ex cess of 25 mW/cm2 or approximate equivalent free-space field strengths of 300 V/m or 0.75 A/m. NOISE These threshold limit values refer to sound pres sure levels and durations of exposure that represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse effect on their ability to hear and understand normal speech. Prior to 1979, the medical profession had de fined hearing impairment as an average hearing threshold level in excess of 25 decibels (ANSI-S3.61969) at 500, 1000, and 2000 Hz, and the limits which are given haye been established to prevent a hearing loss in excess of this level.101 The values should be used as guides in the control of noise exposure and, due to individual susceptibility, should not be regard ed as fine lines between safe and dangerous levels. It should be recognized that the application of the ; TLV for noise will not protect all workers from the ad verse effects of noise exposure. A hearing conserva tion program with audiometric testing is necessary when workers are exposed to noise at or above the TLV levels. Continuous or Intermittent The sound level shall be determined by a sound level meter, conforming as a minimum to the require ments of the American National Standard Specifica tion for Sound Level Meters, SI .4 (1971) Type S2A, and set to use the A-weighted network with slow meter response. Duration of exposure shall not ex ceed that shown in Table 7. These values apply to total duration of exposure per working day regardless of whether this is one continuous exposure or a number of short-term expo sures but does not apply to impact or impulsive type of noise. When the daily noise exposure is composed of two or more periods of noise exposure of different levels, their combined effect should be considered, rather than the individual effect of each. If the sum of the following fractions: . C2 C,, Ti Ta ` ` ' T, & * f MAP 000336 ) exceeds unity, then, the mixed exposure should be considered to exceed the threshold limit value, Ci in dicates the total duration of exposure at a specific noise level, and Ti indicates the total duration of ex posure permitted at that level. All on-the-job noise ex posures of 80 dBA or greater shall be used in the above calculations. Table 7 Threshold Limit Values Duration per day Hours 16 8 4 2 1 1/2 1/4 1/8 Sound Level dBA6' 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115* *No exposure to continuous or intermittent in excess of 115 dBA a) In 1979, the American Academy of Ophthalmology and Otolargyngology (AAOO) included 3000 Hz in their hearing impairment formula. b) Sound level in decibels as measured on a sound level meter, conforming as a minimum to the require ments of the American National Standard Specifica tion for Sound Level Meters, SI .4 (1971) Type S2A, and set to use the A-weighted network with slow meter response. IMPULSIVE OR IMPACT NOISE It is recommended that exposure to impulsive or impact noise shall not exceed the limits listed in Table 8 or taken from Figure 7. No exposures in ex cess of 140 decibels peak sound pressure level are permitted. Impulsive or impact noise is considered to be those variations in noise levels that involve max ima at intervals of greater than one per second. Where the intervals are less than one second, it should be considered continuous. 82 MAP 000337 DECItElS PEAK SOUND PRESSURE U V E l NUMtil OF IMPULSES OK IMPACTS PEK OAT INI TlQure 7 --Threshold Limit Values for Impulse/Impact Noise. Table 8 Threshold Limit Values Impulsive or Impact Noise Sound Level dB" 140 130 120 Permitted Number of Impulses or Impacts per 100 1000 10,000 ULTRAVIOLET RADIATION' These threshold limit values refer to ultraviolet ra diation in the spectral region between 200 and 400 nm and represent conditions under which it is be lieved that nearly all workers may be repeatedly ex posed without adverse effect. These values for expo sure of the eye or the skin apply to ultraviolet radiation from arcs, gas. and vapor discharges, fluo rescent, and incandescent sources, and solar radia tion, but do not apply to ultraviolet lasers.* These val ues do not apply to ultraviolet radiation exposure of "See Laser TLVs. "Decibels peak sound pressure level re 20 M?a 83 photosensitive individuals or of individuals concomi tantly exposed to photosensitizing agents (Fitzpa trick, et al., eds., Sunlight and Man, Univ. Tokyo Press, Tokyo, Japan, 1974). These values should tie used as guides in the control of exposure to continu ous sources where the exposure duration shall not be less than 0.1 sec. These values should be used as guides in the con trol of exposure to ultraviolet sources and should not be regarded as a fine line between safe and danger ous levels. Recommended Values: The threshold limit value for occupational expo sure to ultraviolet radiation incident upon skin or eye where irradiance values are known and exposure time is controlled are as follows: 1. For the near ultraviolet spectral region (320 to 400 nm) total irradiance incident upon the unprotected skin or eye should not exceed 1 mW/cm2 for periods greater than 103 seconds (approximately 16 minutes) and for exposure times less than 103 seconds should not exceed one J/cm2. 2. For the actinic ultraviolet spectral region (200 -- 315 nm), radiant exposure incident upon the un protected skin or eye should not exceed the values given in Table 9 within an 8-hour period. 3. To determine the effective irradiance of a broad band source weighted against the peak of the spectral effectiveness curve (270 nm), the follow ing weighting formula should be used: Eeff = 2 Ex Sx AX where: Eeff = - effective irradiance relative to a monochromat ic source at 270 nm in W/cm2 (J/s/cm2) Ex = spectral irradiance in W/cm2/nm Sx = relative spectral effectiveness (unitless) AX = band width in nanometers 4. Permissible exposure time in seconds for expo sure to actinic ultraviolet radiation incident upon the unprotected skin or eye may be computed by dividing 0.003 J/cm2 by E,ff in W/cm2. The expo sure time may also be determined using Table TO which provides exposure times corresponding to effective irradiances in /xW/cm2. 84 TABLE 9 Relative Spectral Effectiveness by Wavelength* Relative Spectral Wavelength TLV Effectiveness (nm) (mJ/cmJ) Sx 200 100 0.03 210 40 0.075 220 25 0.12 230 16 0.19 240 10 0.30 250 7.0 0.43 254 6.0 0.5 260 4.6 0.65 270 3.0 1.0 280 3.4 0.88 290 4.7 0.64 300 10 0.30 305 50 0.06 310 200 0.015 315 1000 0.003 TABLE 10 Permissible Ultraviolet Exposures* 2 * * * * * * * 10 Duration of Exposure Per Day Effective Irradiance, E,ff (/xW/cmz) 8 hrs............................................................ 0.1 4 hrs............................................................ 0.2 2 hrs............................................................ 1 hr.............................................................. 0.4 0.8 30 min............. .......................................... 1.7 15 min......................................................... 3.3 10 min......................................................... 5 min........................................................... 5 10 1 min........................................................... 50 30 sec.......................................................... 100 10 sec....................,........ ........................... 300 1 sec............................................................ 3,000 0.5 sec............................................. 6,000 0.1 sec........... ............................................. 30,000 All the preceding TLV's for ultraviolet energy apply to sources which subtend an angle less than 80. Sources which subtend a greater angle need to be measured only over an angle of 80. See User TIVs 85 MAP 000340 WAVE LENGTH (NANOMETERS) Figure S -- Threshold limit Values fpr.UltravioJetBadiation Conditioned (tanned) individuals can tolerate skin ex posure in excess of the TLV without erythemal effects. However, such conditioning may not protect persons against skin cancer. NOTICE OF INTENDED CHANGES (1981) These physical agents, with their corresponding values, comprise those for which either a limit has been proposed for the first time, or for which a change in the "Adopted" listing has been proposed, in both cases, the proposed limits should be consid ered trial limits that will remain in the listing for a period of at least one year. If after one year no evn dence comes to light that questions the appropriate ness of the values herein the values will be reconsi dered for the "Adopted"-list. 86 MAP 000341 NOTICE OF INTENT TO ESTABLISH THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES LIGHT AND NEAR-INFRARED RADIATION These Threshold Limit Values refer to visible and near-infrared radiation in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 1400 nm and represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be exposed without adverse effect. These values should be used as guides in the control of exposure to light and should not be regarded as a fine line between safe and dangerous levels. Recommended Values: The Threshold Limit Value for occupational expo sure to broad-band light and near-infrared radiation for the eye apply to exposure in any eight-hour work day and require knowledge of the spectral radiance (Lx) and total irradiance (E) of the source as mea sured at the position(s) of the eye of the worker. Such detailed spectral data of a white light source is gener ally only required if the luminance of the source ex ceeds 1 cd cm-2. At luminances less than this value the TLV would not be exceeded. The TLV'sars' 1. To protect against retinal thermal injury, the spec tral radiance of the lamp weighted against the function R (Table 11) should not exceed: 1400 Vi 1 Li RxAX Si/at (1)* where L,, is in W cm-2 sr' and t is the viewing du ration (or pulse duration if the lamp is pulsed) lim ited to 1 /xs to 10 s, and a is the angular subtense of the source in radians. If the lamp is oblong, a refers to the longest dimension that can be viewed. For instance, at a viewing distance r = 100 cm from a tubular lamp of length I = 50 cm, the view ing angle is: a = l/r = 50/100 = 0.5 rad (2) 2. To protect against retinal photochemical injury from chronic blue-light exposure the integrated spectral radiance of light source weighted against the blue-light hazard function Bx (Table 11) should not exceed: 1400 2^ L* t Bk AX s 100 Jem-2 sr'(t s 104s) (3a) 1400 S0 Lx Bx AX s 10-2 Wcm-2 sr-' (t > 104s) (3b) 87 MAP 000342 ? i For a source radiance L which exceeds 10 mW/cnv2 sr' in the blue spectral region, the per missible exposure duration t,,^, in seconds is sim ply: tm,, = 100 J cnr2 sr'/L (blue) (4) The latter limits are greater than the maximum per missible exposure limits for 440 nm laser radiation (see Laser TLV) because a 2-3 mm pupil is as sumed rather than a 7 mm pupil for the Laser TLV. For a light source subtending an angle a less than 11 mrd (0.011 radian) the above limits are relaxed such that the spectral irradiance weighted against the blue-light hazard function should not ex ceed : 1400 ^ Ek t Bx AX s 10 mJ cm-1 (t 104 s) (5a) 1400 VW* cm2 (talO^s) (5b) For a source where the blue light weighted irra diance E (blue) exceeds 1 mW cmr* is the maxL mum permissible exposure duration t,,ax'in seconds is: tmiLT = 10 mJ cm-2 E (blue) (6) 3. Infrared Radiation: To avoid possible delayed ef fects upon the lens of the eye (cataractogenesis), the infrared radiation (X > 770 nm) should be lim ited to 10 mWcrrr2. For an infrared heat lamp or any near-infrared source where a strong visual stimulus is absent, the near infrared (770-1400 nm) radiance as viewed by the eye should be limited tdf 1400 Lx AX = 0.6/a (7)* for extended duration viewing conditions. This limit is based upon a 7 mm pupil diameter. `Formulae (1) and (7) are empirical and are not, strictly speaking, dmensionally correct. To make the formulae dimensionally correct, one would have to insert a dimensional correction factor k in the right hand numerator in each formula. For formula (1) this would be k, <= 1 W rad stt/lcm* sr), and for formula (7) k, = 1 W rad/(cm* sr). 88 K $ 'v. jj f ..............-im n > m iirV irn a < iih MAP 000343 t TABLE 11 SPECTRAL WEIGHTING FUNCTIONS FOR ASSESSING RETINAL HAZARDS FROM BROAD -- BAND OPTICAL SOURCES Wavelength (nm) 400 405 410 415 420 425 430 435 440 445 450 455 460 465 470 475 480 485 490 495 500-600 600-700 700-1049 1050-1400 Blue-Light Hazard Function Bx 0.10 0.20 0.40 0.80 0.90 0.95 0.98 1.0 1.0 0.97 0.94 0.90 0.80 0.70 0.62 0.55 0.45 0.40 0.22 0.16 ^Q[(450--A)/SOJ 0.001 0.001 0.001 Burn Hazard Function Rx 1.0 2.0 4.0 8.0 9.0 9.5 9.8 10 10 9.7 9.4 9.0 8.0 7.0 6.2 5.5 4.5 4.0 2.2 1.6 1.0 1.0 jQl(700-A)/505] 0.2 89 A .*r. ad* .. .-i AIRBORNE UPPER SONIC AND ULTRASONIC ACOUSTIC RADIATION These threshold limit values refer to sound pres sure levels that represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly ex posed without adverse effect. The values listed in Table 12 should be used as guides in the control of noise exposure and. due to individual susceptibility, should not be regarded as fine lines between safe and dangerous levels. The levels for the third octave bands centered below 20 kHz are below those which cause subjective effects. Those levels for 1/3 octaves above 20 kHz are for prevention of possible hearing losses from subharmonics of these frequencies. TABLE 12 Permissible Ultrasound Exposure Levels Mid-Frequency of Third-Octave Band kHz One-Third Octave -- Band Level in dB re 20 ^Pa 10 12.5 15 20 25 31.5 40 50 80 80 80 105 110 115 115 115 RADIOFREQUENCY/MICROWAVE RADIATION These Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) refer to ra diofrequency (RF) and microwave radiation in the fre quency range from 0.01 MHz to 300 GHz, and repre sent conditions under which it is believed workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse health ef fects. The TLVs shown in Table 13 are selected to limit the average whole body specific absorption rate (SAR) to 0.4 W/kg in any six minutes (0.1 hr) period for 3 MHz to 300 GHz, see Figure 9. Since it is usually impractical to measure the SAR, the TLVs are expressed in units that are measurable, viz, squares of the electric and magnetic field strengths, averaged over any 0.1 hour period and this can be expressed in units of equivalent plane wave power density for convenience. The squared electric field (E), magnetic field (H) strength values, and power density (PD) are shown in Tabie 13. For near field exposures PD cannot be measured directly, but 90 equivalent plane wave power density can be calculat ed from the field strength measurement data as fol lows: PD in mW/cm; = where: E2 is in volts squared (V2) per meter squared (mJ). where: PD in mW/cm2 = 37.7 H2 H2 is in amperes squared (A2) per meter squared (in2). These values should be used as guides in the eval uation and control of exposure to radiofrequency/mi crowave radiation, and should not be regarded as a fine lin'e between safe and dangerous levels. Notes: 1. All Radiofrequency Radiation (RFR) exposures should be kept as low as reasonably possible given the current-state of knowledge-on human effects, particularly non-thermal effects. 2. For fields consisting of a number of frequencies, the fraction of the protection guide incurred within each frequency level should be determined and the sum of all fractions should not exceed unity. 3. For pulsed and continuous wave fields, the power density is averaged over the six minute period, and should not exceed the values in Table 13, except as noted for partial body exposure. 4. For partial body exposures at frequencies between 0.01 MHz and 1.0 GHz, the protection guides in Table 13 may be exceeded if the output power of a radiating device is 7 watts or less. For example, if a hand held transmitter operating at 27 MHz has a maximum output of 5 watts, it would be excluded from any further field measurements. 5. No measurement should be made within 5 cm of any object. 6. All exposures should be limited to a maximum (peak) electric field intensity of 10 kV/m. PHYSICAL AGENTS UNDER STUDY The Physical Agents Committee of ACGIH has ex amined the current literature and has not found suffi cient information to propose a TLV. However, these agents will remain under study during the coming year to examine new evidence indicating the need and feasibility for establishing a proposed TLV. Com ments and suggestions, accompanied by substantive documentation are solicited and should be forwarded to the Executive Secretary, ACGIH, Documentation summarizing the current status of the biological ef fects literature is available on those agents preceded by an asterisk (*). 1. *Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) Radiation. Spe cifically, that portion of the spectrum from 0 to 300 Hz. 2. Magnetic Fields. Both pulsed and `continuous. 3. Laser Radiation. Specifically laser exposures of less than one (1) nanosecond. 4. Vibration. Segmental and whole-body. 5. Cold Stress. 6. Pressure Variations. %. s" &. sZ ' J' ISBN: 0436712-34*1 r% jg i* 4 * 4. \i4r MAP 000351 MAP 000352 TLvs1 Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances in Work Air Adopted by ACGIH for 1982 MAP 000353 me 1982 TLV AIRBORNE CONTAMINANTS COMMITTEE Vernon L. Carter. D.V.M. -- Chairman Melvin E. Andersen, Ph.D., USAF B. Dwight Culver, M.D.. University of Califomia-lrvine James W. Hammond, University of Texas Jesse Lieberman, P.E., USN Floyd A. Madsen, OSHA Frederick T. McDermott. Michigan Dept, of Public Health Walter W. Melvin, Jr,, M.D., Sc.D., Colorado State Uni versity Mary K. Murphy, OSHA Leonard D. Pagnotto, Massachusetts Dept, of Labor & Industry -- Secretary Ronald S. Ratney, OSHA Meier Schneider, P.E., C.I.H., City of Los Angeles Robert Spirtas, Dr. PH, National Cancer Institute Vera F. Thomas, Ph.D., University of Miami William D. Wagner, NIOSH Elizabeth K. Weisburger, Ph.D., National Cancer Insti tute CONSULTANTS Paul Gross, M.D. Georg Kimmerle, M.D., German MAK Commission Li aison Trent R. Lewis, Ph.D. Ernest Mastromatteo. M.D, James F.. Morgan George Rausch, M.D. Marshall Steinberg, Ph. D. Theodore R. Torkelson, Sc.D. Ralph C. Wands Mitchell R. Zavon, M.D. TABLE OF CONTENTS Chemical Substances Page Preface......................................................................... 2 Threshold Limit Values and Short Term Expo sure Limits......................................... Radioactivity............................................ Mineral Dusts.............................................................. 35 Nuisance Particulates................................................ 36 Notice of Intended Changes...................................... 37 Appendices A. Carcinogens................................................... 39 B. Substances of Variable Composition......... 45 C. Mixtures: Calculation of TLVs..................... 46 D. Nuisance Particulates................................... 50 E. Asphyxiants.................................................... 51 F. Conversion of Particle Count to Mass........ 51 G. Chemical Substances Under Study............ 54 H. Registered Trade Names............................... 56 Physical Agents Preface........................................................................ 59 Threshold Limit Values Heat Stress.............................................................. 60 Ionizing Radiation................................................... 67 Lasers...................................................................... 68 Microwaves............................................................. 78 Noise........................................................................ 79 Impulsive or Impact Noise...................................... 81 Ultraviolet Radiation............................................... 82 Notice of Intended Changes...................................... 85 Notice of Intent: Lasers....................................................................... 85 Light and Near-Infrared Radiation........................ 85 Airborne Upper Sonic and Acoustic Radiation.. 88 Radiofrequency/Microwave Radiation................. 89 Agents Under Study................................................ 93 9 34 MAP 000354 PREFACE CHEMICAL CONTAMINANTS Threshold limit values refer to airborne concentra tions of substances and represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be re peatedly exposed day after day without adverse ef fect. Because of wide variation in individual suscepti bility. however, a small percentage of workers may experience discomfort from some substances at con centrations at or below the threshold limit: a smaller percentage may be affected more seriously by aggra vation of a pre-existing condition or by development of an occupational illness. Threshold limits are based on the best available information from industrial experience, from experi mental human and animal studies, and, when possi ble. from a combination of the three. The basis on which the values are established may differ from sub stance to substance; protection against -impairment of health may be a guiding factor for some, whereas reasonable freedom from irritation, narcosis, nui sance or other forms of stress may form the basis for others. The amount and nature of the information avail able for establishing a TLV varies from substance to substance: consequently, the precision of the esti mated TLV is also subject to variation and the latest Documentation should be consulted in order to assess the extent of the data available for a given sub stance. These limits are intended for use in the practice of industrial hygiene and should be interpreted and ap plied only by a person trained in this discipline. They are not intended for use. or for modification for use, (1) as a relative index of hazard or toxicity, (2) in the evaluation or control of community air pollution nui sances. (3) in estimating the toxic potential of contin uous. uninterrupted exposures or other extended work periods. (4) as proof or disproof of an existing disease or physical condition, or (5) for adoption by countries whose working conditions differ from those in the United States of America and where substances and processes differ. The TLV-TWA should be used as guides in the control of health hazards and should not be used as fine lines between safe and dangerous concentra tions. 2 In spite of the fact that senous iniury is not be lieved likely as a result of exposure to the threshold limit concentrations, the best practice is to maintain concentrations of all atm'osphenc contaminants as low as is practical. Legal Status. The Threshold Limit Values, as is sued by ACGIH, are recommendations and should be used as guidelines for good practices. Wherever these values (of whatever year) have been used or in cluded by reference in Federal and or State statutes and registers, the TLVs do have the force and effects of law. "Notice of Intent." At the beginning of each year, proposed actions of the Committee for the forthcom ing year are issued in the form of a "Notice of Intend ed Changes." This Notice provides not only an oppor tunity for comment, but solicits suggestions of substances to be added to the list. The suggestions should be accompanied by substantiating evidence. The list of Intended Changes follows the Adopted Val ues in the TLV booklet. Values listed in parenthesis in the '`Adopted" list are to be used during the penod in which a proposed change for that Value is listed in the Notice of Intended Changes. Definitions. Three categories of Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) are specified herein, as follows: a) Threshold Limit Value-Time Weighted Average (TLV-TWA) -- the time-weighted average concentra tion for a normal 8-hour workday and a 40-hour work week, to which nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed, day after day, without adverse effect. b) Threshold Limit Value-Short Term Exposure Limit (TLV-STEL) -- the concentration to which workers can be exposed continuously for a short period of time without suffering from 1) irritation. 2) chronic or irreversible tissue change, or 3) narcosis of sufficient degree to increase the likelihood of acci dental injury, impair self-rescue or matenally reduce work efficiency, and provided that the daily TLV-TWA also is not exceeded. It is not a separate independent exposure limit, rather it supplements the time-weight ed average (TWA) limit where there are recognized acute effects from a substance whose toxic effects are primarily of a chronic nature. STELs are recom mended only where toxic effects have been reported from high short-term exposures in either humans or animals. A STEL is defined as a 15-minute time-weighted average exposure which should not be exceeded at any time during a work day even if the eight-hour time-weighted average is within the TLV. Exposures 3 MAP 000355 at the STEL should not be longer than 15 minutes and should not be repeated more than four times per day. There should be at least 60 minutes between succes sive exposures at the STEL. An averaging period other than 15 minutes may be recommended when this is warranted by observed biological effects. c) Threshold Limit Value-Ceiling (TLV-C) --the concentration that should not be exceeded even in stantaneously. _ For some substances, e.g., irritant gases, only one category, the TLV-Ceiling, may be relevant. For other substances, either two or three categones may be rel evant, depending upon their physiologic action. It is important to observe that if any one of these three TLVs is exceeded, a potential hazard from that sub stance is presumed to exist. The committee holds to the opinion that limits based on physical irritation should be considered no less binding than those based on physical impair ment. There is increasing evidence that physical irri tation may initiate, promote or accelerate physical im pairment -through -interaction with other chemical or biologic agents. Time-Weighted Average vs Ceiling Limits. Time- weighted averages permit excursions above the limit provided they are compensated by equivalent excur sions below the limit during the workday, in some in stances it may be permissible to calculate the average concentration for a workweek rather than for a work day. The relationship between threshold limit and per missible excursion is a rule of thumb and in certain cases may not apply. The amount by which threshold limits may be exceeded for short periods without inju ry to health depends upon a number of factors such as the nature of the contaminant, whether very high concentrations -- even for short periods -- produce acute poisoning, whether the effects are cumulative, the frequency with which high concentrations occur, and the duration of such periods. All-factorsjnust be taken into consideration in arriving at a decision as to whether a hazardous condition exists. Although the time-weighted average concentration provides the most satisfactory, practical way of moni toring airborne agents for compliance with the limits, there are certain substances for which it is inappro priate. In the latter group are substances which are predominantly fast acting and whose threshold limit is more appropriately based on this particular re sponse. Substances with this type of response are best controlled by a ceiling "C" limit that should not 4 be exceeded. It is implicit in these definitions that the manner of sampling to determine noncompliance with the limits for each group must differ, a single brief sample, that is applicable to a "C" limit, is not appropriate to the time-weighted limit; here, a suffi cient number of samples are needed to permit a timeweighted average concentration throughout a com plete cycle of operations or throughout the work shift. Whereas the ceiling limit places a definite bounda ry which concentrations should not be permitted to exceed, the time-weighted average limit requires an explicit limit to the excursions that are permissible above the listed values. It should be noted that the same factors are used by the Committee in determin ing the magnitude of the value of the STELs, or whether to include or exclude a substance for a "C" listing. "Skin" Notation. Listed substances followed by the designation "Skin" refer to the potential contribu tion to the overall exposure by the cutaneous route including -mucous-membranes and eye. either by air borne, or more particularly, by direct contact with the substance. Vehicles can alter skin absorption. This at tention-calling designation is intended to suggest ap propriate measures for the prevention of cutaneous absorption so that the threshold limit is not invalid ated. Mixtures. Special consideration should be given also to the application of the TLVs in assessing the health hazards which may be associated with expo sure to mixtures of two or more substances. A brief discussion of basic considerations involved in devel oping threshold limit values for mixtures, and meth ods for their development, amplified by specific ex amples are given in Appendix C. Nuisance Particulates. In contrast to fibrogenic dusts which cause scar tissue to be formed in lungs when inhaled in excessive amounts, so-called "nui sance" dusts have a long history of little adverse ef fect on lungs and do not produce significant organic disease or toxic effect when exposures are kept under reasonable control. The nuisance dusts have also been called (biologically) "inert" dusts, but the latter term is inappropriate to the extent that there is no dust which does not evoke some cellular response in the lung when inhaled in sufficient amount. Howev er, the lung-tissue reaction caused by inhalation of nuisance dusts has the following characteristics: (1) The architecture of the air spaces remains intact. (2) Collagen (scar tissue) is not formed to a significant 5 MAP 000356 extent. (3) The tissue reaction is potentially reversible. Excessive concentrations of nuisance dusts in the workroom air may seriously reduce visibility, may cause unpleasant deposits in the eyes, ears and nasal passages (Portland Cement dust), or cause injury to the skin or mucous membranes by chemical or me chanical action per se or by the rigorous skin cleans ing procedures necessary for their removal. A threshold limit of 10 mg/m3, or 30 mppcf. of total dust < 1% quartz, or, 5 mg/m3 respirable dust is rec ommended for substances in these categories and for which no specific threshold limits have been as signed. This limit, for a normal workday, does not apply to brief exposures at higher concentrations. Neither does it apply to those substances which may cause physiologic impairment at lower concentra tions but for which a threshold limit has not yet been adopted. Some nuisance particulates are given in Ap pendix D. Simple Asphyxiants --"Inert" Gases or Vapors. A number of gases and vapors, when present in high concentrations in air, act primarily as simple asphyx iants without other significant physiologic effects. A TLV may not be recommended for each simple as phyxiant because the limiting factor is the available oxygen. The minimal oxygen content should be 18 percent by volume under normal atmospheric pres sure (equivalent to a partial pressure. pOi of 135 mm Hg). Atmospheres deficient in O2 do not provide ade quate warning and most simple asphyxiants are odorless. Several simple asphyxiants present an ex plosion hazard. Account should be taken of this fac tor in limiting the concentration of the asphyxiant. Specific examples are listed in Appendix E. Physical Factors. It is recognized that such physi cal factors as heat, ultraviolet and ionizing radiation, humidity, abnormal pressure (altitude) and the like may place added stress on the body so that the ef fects from exposure at a threshold limit may be al tered. Most of these stresses act adversely to increase the toxic response of a substance. Although most threshold limits have built-in safety factors to guard against adverse effects to moderate deviations from normal environments, the safety factors of most sub stances are not of such a magnitude as to take care of gross deviations. For example, continuous_work at temperatures above 90F, or overtime extending the workweek more than 25%, might be considered gross deviations. In such instances judgment must be exer cised in the proper adjustments of the Threshold Limit Values. 6 Biologic Limit Values (BLVs) Other means exist and may be necessary for monitonng worker expo sure other than reliance on the Threshold Limit Val ues for industrial air. namely, the Biologic Limit Val ues. These values represent limiting amounts of substances (or their effects) to which the worker may be exposed without hazard to health or well-being as determined in his tissues and fluids or in his exhaled breath. The biologic measurements on which the BLVs are based can furnish two kinds of information useful in the control of worker exposure: (1) measure of the individual worker's over-all exposure; (2) mea sure of the worker's individual and charactenstic re sponse. Measurements of response furnish a supenor estimate of the physiologic status of the worker, and may be made of (a) changes in amount of some criti cal biochemical constituent, (b) changes in activity of a critical enzyme, (c) changes in some physiologic function. Measurement of exposure may be made by (1) determining in blood, urine, hair, nails, in body tis sues and fluids, the amount of substance to which the worker was exposed; (2) determination of the amount of the metabolrte(s) of -the substance in tissues and fluids; (3) determination of the amount of the sub stance in the exhaled breath. The biologic limits may be used as an adjunct to the TLVs for air, or in place of them. The BLVs, and their associated procedures for determining compliance with them, should thus be regarded as an effective means of providing health surveillance of the worker. Tests are available (J. Occup. Med. 15; 564. 1973; Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci., 151, Art. 2: 968, 1968) that may be used to detect those individuals hypersusceptible to a variety of industrial chemicals (respiratory irri tants. hemolytic chemicals, organic isocyanates, car bon disulfide). Unlisted Substances. Many substances present or handled in industrial processes do not appear on the TLV list. In a number of instances the material is rare ly present as a particulate, vapor or other airborne contaminant, and a TLV is not necessary. In other cases sufficient information to warrant development of a TLV, even on a tentative basis, is not available to the Committee. Other substances, of low toxicity, could be included in Appendix D pertaining to nui sance particulates. This list (as well as Appendix E) is not meant to be all inclusive; the substances serve only as examples. In addition there are some substances of not in considerable toxicity, which have been omitted pnmarily because only a limited number of workers 7 MAP 000357 (e.g.. employees of a single plant) are known to have potential exposure to possibly harmful concentra tions. - Operational Guidelines: The ACGIH Board of Directors has adopted operational guidelines for the Chemical Agents TLV Committee. These guidelines prescribe: charge, authority, policies, membership, organization, and operating procedures. The policies include the appeals procedures. Copies of the guide lines document are available from the Publications Office at a cost of S5 per copy. Substance (CAS #] ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm mg/m3'" ppm0' mg/m31" Acetaldehyde [75-07-0]...... . 100 180 Acetic acid [64-19-7]...... . 10 25 Acetic anhydride [108-24-7] C 5 C 20 `Acetone [67-64-1]............... 750 1,780 Acetonitrile [75-05-8] -- Skin.............................. 40 70 Acetylene [74-86-2]......... ... E -- Acetylene dichioride. see 1.2-Ofchloroethylene Acetylene tetrabromide [79-27-6]................ . . 1 15 Acetytsalicylic acid (Aspnn) [50-78-2] ........................ __ 5 Acrolein [107-02-8]............ 0.1 0.25 Acrylamide [79-06-1 ] -- Skin............................... _ 0.3 Acrylic acid [79-10-7]......... 10 30 ^Acrylonitrile [107-13-1] -- Skin................................ (2. Ala) (4.5, Ala) Aldnn [309-00-2]--Skin... -- 0-25 Altyl alcohol [107-18-6] -- Skin................................ 2 5 Altyl chloride [107-05-1].... 1 3 Altyl gtycidyf ether (AGE) [106-92-3] -- Skin......... 5 22 Altyl propyl disulfide. [2179-59-1].................... o-Akimina [1344-28-1]....... 2 -- 12 D Aluminum [7429-90-5] Metal & oxide................. Pyro powders................ -- 10 5 Welding fumes................ Soluble salts.................. Alkyls (NOCt)..... -........ . --- ---- 5 2 2 4-Aminodiphenyl [92-67-1 ] -- Skin................... ........ _ Alb 2-Aminoethanol, see Ethanolamine 2-Aminopyridine [504-29-0] 0.5 2 3-Amino 1. 2. 4-triazole, see Amitrol Amitrol [61-82-5]................ A2 A2 Ammonia [7664-41-7]........ 25 18 Ammonium chloride fume [12125-02-9].................. __ 10 150 15 -- 1,000 60 -- 1.5 __ 0.3 -- _ -- 4 2 10 3 -- _ -- -- -- -- 2 35 __ 270 37 -- 2.375 105 -- 20 __ 0.8 0.6 -- _ 0.75 10 6 44 18 20 20 -- -- -- -- Alb 4 __ 27 20 Capital letters A B D & E refer to Appendices. C denotes ceihng limit, footnotes la thru fi see Page 34 `1982 Addition tSee Notices ol intended Changes. 9 J MAP 000358 Substance [CAS #] ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm"' mg/m3"' ppm mg/m3` Ammonium sulfamate [7773-06-0]..................... -- 10 n-Amyl acetate [628-63-7].. 100 530 sec-Amyl acetate [626-38-0] 125 670 Aniline [62-53-3] & homologues -- Skin..... 2 10 Anisidine [29191-524] to-. p-isomers) -- Skin.......... 0.1 0.5 Antimony [7440-36-0] & compounds, as Sb.......... 0.5 Antimony tnoxide [1327-33-9] Handling arid use. as Sb . Production........................ ANTU [86-884].................. Argon [7440-37-1].............. -- -- -- E 0.5 A2 0.3 Arsenic [7440-38-2] & soluble compounds, as As.................................... '* 0.2 Arsenic tnoxide production [1327-53-3]..................... -- A2 Arsine [778442-1].............. 0.05 0.2 Asbestos [1332-214], see MINERAL DUSTS............ -- Ala Asphalt (petroleum) fumes [8052424]......................... -- 5 tAtrazne [1912-24-9]........... -- (10) Azmphos-methyl [86-50-0] -- Skin 0.2 Barium (7440-39-3), soluble compounds, as Ba..................................... -- 0.5 Benomyl [17804-35-2]..... 0.8 10 Benzene [7143-2].............. 10, A2 30. A2 ' Benzidine [92-87-5] -- Skin -- Alb p-Benzoquinone. see Qumone Benzoyl peroxide [94-36-0]. Benzo(a)pyrene [50-32-8]... Benzyl chloride [10044-7].. Beryllium [744041-7]....... --5 -- A2 15 -- 0.002, A2 Biphenyl [92-524].............. 0.2 1.5 Bismuth telluride [1304-82-1]..................... -- 10 __ 150 150 5 -- __ __ .T-- __ -- --; -- -- ' __ 1.3 25, A2 -- __ __ '---- 0.6 -- 20 800 800 20 -- _ _ 0.9 -- __ -- Ala 10 -- 0.6 15 75, A2 Alb __ A2 __ __ 4 20 Capital letters A B 55E reter to Appendices C denotes ceiling limit Footnotes ia thro (i see Page 3-s *1982 Addition ,5H tSee Notices of intenoec Changes 10 ADOPTED VALUES Substance TWA [CAS #] ppm"' mg/m3'' STEL ppm" mgrirt3' Se-doped.................... - __ 5 Borates, tetra. sodium salts [1303-964], Anhydrous........................ -- 1 Decahydnate..................... 5 Pentahydrate................... -- 1 Boron oxide [1303-86-2].... -- 10 Boron tribromide [10294-334]................. .1 10 Boron trifiuoride [7637-07-2]..................... Bromacil [31440-9]........... Bromine [7726-95-6]....... Cl 1 0.1 C3 10 0.7 Bromine pentafiuoride [7789-30-2]...... ............. 0.1 0.7 Bromochloromethane. see Chlorobromomethane Bromoform [75-25-2] -- Skin................................ -- 0.5 5 Butadiene (1.3-butadiene) [106-99-0]................. . 1.000 2.200 Butane [106-97-8]............... 800 1,900 Butanethiol, see Butyl mercaptan 2-Butanone, see Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) 2-Butoxyethanol [111-76-2] -- Skin............................ n-Butyi acetate [123-86-4].. .25 150 120 710 sec-Butyl acetate [105-464] tert-Butyl acetate [540-88-5] 200 200 950 950 Butyl acrylate [141-32-2].... 10 55 n-Butyl alcohol [71-36-3] -- Skin............................... C 50 C 150 sec-Butyl alcohol [78-92-2]. tert-Butyl alcohol [75-65-0]. 100 100 305 300 Butyiamine [109-73-9] -- Skin..................... C 5 C 15 tert-Butyl chromate, as CrCh [1189-85-1] --Skin...... -- C0.1 n-Butyl glycidyl ether (BGE) [2426-08-6]............... .... n-Butyl lactate [138-22-7]... Butyl mercaptan [109-79-5] 25 5 0.5 135 25 1.5 o-sec-Butylphenol [89-72-5] -- Skin............................ p-tert-Butyttoluene [98-51-1] 5 10 30 60 -- -- -- _ -- 3 -- 2 0.3 0.3 -- 1.250 -- 75 200 250 250 -- __ 150 150 -- -- -- -- -- 20 10 - ---- -- 20 30 -- 20 2 2 -- 2.750 -- 360 950 1.190 1.190 --, __ 455 450 -- -- __ -- -- __ 120 Capital letters A. B. D & E refer to Appendices. C dendtes ceiling limit Fcotnotes ta thru f! see Page 34 11 MAP 000359 Substance [CAS#] ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm1" mB/m3"' ppm' mfl/w Cadmium [7440-43-9] Dust & salts, as Cd........ Cadmium oxide [1306-19-0] -- Fume, as Cd. $ Production, as Cd.......... Calcium carbonate/ marble -- -- [1317-65-3].................... Calcium cyanamide -- [156-62-7]....................... Calcium hydroxide -- [1305-62-0].................... Calcium oxide [1305-78-8).. Calcium silicate [1344-95-2] Camphor, synthetic -- -- -- [76-22-2]......................... Caprolactam [105-60-2] Dust................................ 2 __ Vapor.............. .................. Captafol [2425-06-1] -- 5 Skin............................... __ Captan [133-06-2]............... -- Carbaryl [63-25-2].............. __ Carbofuran [1563-66-2]...... Carbon black [7440-4441]... -- __ Carbon dioxide [124-38-9].. 5.000 Carbon disulfide [75-15-01 -- Skin.............. .. .......... . Carbon monoxide 10 [630-08-0]....................... 50 Carbon tetrabromide [558-13-4]........................ Carbon tetrachloride 0.1 [56-23-5] -- Skin........... 5, A2 Carbonyl chloride, see Phosgene Carbonyl fluoride [353-50-4]....................... 2 Catechol (Pyrocatechol) [120-80-9]....................... Cellulose (paper fiber) [9004-34-6]................. 5 __ Cesium hydroxide [21351-79-1]................... Chlordane [57-74-9] -- -- Skin.......................... -- 0.05 C 0.05 (A2) - 0.2 D-- 0.5 -- 20 5-- 2-- D-- 12 3 1 __ 20 10 0.1 5 5 0.1 3.5 9.000 ___ __ __ 15.000 30 __ 18 3 an 15 10 7 27,000 55 400 440 1.4 03 4 30. A2 20, A2 125. A2 5 15 20 -- D_ 2-- 0.5 15 -- 20 -- 2 Capital letters A. 8. 0 & refer to Appendices. C denotes ceiling limit Footnotes I a tna n see Page 3* PSee Notice of intended Changes 12 Substance [CAS#] ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm11 wiq/m*' ppm' mg/m^ Chlorinated camphene [8001-35-2] --Skin....... -- 0.5 -- Chlorinated diphenyl oxide [55720-99-5]................... __ 0.5 __ Chlorine [7782-50-5].......... 1 33 Chlorine dioxide [10049-04-4]................... 0.1 0.3 0.3 Chlorine triftuonde [7790-91-2]..................... C0.1 C 0.4 __ Chloroacetalderiyde [107-2041]........................ Cl C3 -- cf-Chloroacetophenone [532-27-4] (Phenacyl chloride).......................... 0.05 0.3 Chloroacetyl chlonde [79-04-9]......................... 0.05 0.2 __ Chlorobenzene [108-90-7] (Monochlorobenzene)...... 75 350 __ to-Chlorobenzylidene malononitrile [2698-41-11 -- Skin............................. (0.05) (0.4) Chlorobromomethane [74-97-5]......................... 200 1,050 250 2-Chloro-1,3-butadiene, see )3 Chloroprene Chlorodifluoromethane [75-45-6]......................... 1,000 3,500 1,250 Chtorodiphenyl (42% Chlorine) [53449-21-9] -- Skin............................. 1 Chtorodiphenyl (54% Chlorine) [11097-69-1] -- Skin.................. ....... 0.5 141htoro, 2, 3-epoxy-propane, see Epichtorohydm 241htoroethanol, see Ethylene chlorohydrsi Chtoroethylene, see Vinyl chloride Chloroform [67-66-3].......... 10, A2 50, A2 50, A2 bis-Chloromethyl ether [542-88-1]................... 0.001, Ala 0.005, Ala 1-Chtoro-1-nitropropane [600-25-9]........................ 2 10 __ Chtoropentafluoroethane [76-15-3]......................... 1,000 6.320 -- 1 2 9 0.9 __ -- __ __ 1,300 4,375 2. 1 225, A2 __ -- Capital letters A, B. D & E refer to Appendices. C denotes ceiling limit Footnotes (a thru I) see Page 34 See Notice of Intended Changes. 13 MAP 000360 Sutetanw [CAS*] ADOPTED VALUES tvS sfa " ppm' mg/m3*1 ppm- mc/m* Chloroplcrin [76-06-2]........ /9-Chloroprene [126-99-8] 0.1 0.7 -- Skin.......................... 10 45 o-Chlorostyrene [1331-28-8].................... 50 285 o-Chlorotoluene [95-49-8] -- Skin............................ 50 250 2-Chloro- 6-(trichloiT>methyl) pyridine, see Nitryrin Chlorpyrifos [2921-88-2] -- Skin............................... _ o.2 Chromite ore processing (Chromate), as Cr........... Chromium [7440-47-3] -- 0.05. Ala Metal............................ Soluble chromic, -- 0.5 chromus salts, as Cr....... -- 0.5 Chromium (II) compounds. as Cr............................ Chromium (III) compounds, - 0.5 asCr...........,,.......... ......... -- '0.5 Chromium (VI) compounds, as Cr Water soluble................. -- 0.05 Certain water insoluble ... Chromyl chloride -- 0.05, Ala [14977-61-8].................. 0.025 0.15 Chrysene [218-01-9]........... Clopidol [2971-90-6].......... Coal tar pitch volatiles A2 -- A2 10 [8007-45-2], as benzene solubles............. ............ -- 0.2. Ala t Cobalt [7440-48-4], as Co metal, dust & fume........ Copper [7440-50-8] -- (0.1) Fume..................... .. . Dusts & mists, as Cu .... Cotton dust, raw................. -- 0.2 --1 -- 0.2*' Cresol [1319-77-3], all isomeres -- Skin............ 5 22 Crotonaldehyde [123-73-9]. 2 6 Crufomate [299-86-5]........ - 5 Cumene [98-82-8] --Skin .. 50 245 0.3 __ 75 75 __ __ ___ __ __ __ 6 75 2 375 0-6 20 2 0.6 __ 18 20 365 Capital letters A. B. D & E refer to Appffufcces. C denotes ceiimo limit Footnotes i a thru f) see Page 34 tSee Notice of Intended Changes kl See p 36 14 Substance [CAS#] ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm0 mg/m38 ppm mg/m38' Cyanamide [420-04-2]........ -- 2 Cyanides [151-50-8. 143-33-9], as CN -- Skm _ 5 Cyanogen [460-19-5]......... 10 20 Cyanogen chloride [506-77-4]................. C 0.3 C 0.6 Cydohexane [110-82-7]..... 300 1,050 Cydohexanol [108-93-0].... 50 200 Cyclohexanone [108-94-1 ].. 25 100 Cydohexene [110-83-8]..... 300 1.015 Cydohexylamine [108-91-8] -- Skin..................... . 10 40 Cydonite [121-82-4] -- Skm.................. ............ 1.5 Cydopentadiene [542-92-7] 75 200 Cydopentane [287-92-3].... 600 1,720 Cyhexatin [13121-70-5]..... 2, 4-D [94-75-7]......... . -- -- 5 10 DDT (Dichtorodiphenyl- trichloroethane) [50-29-3]..... ................. 1 Decaborane [17702-41-9] -- Skin............................ 0.05 0.3 Demetron [8065-48-3] -- Skin............................... 0.01 0.1 Diacetone alcohol [123-42-2]............. 50 1. 2-Diaminoethane. see Ethylenediamne 240 Diazinon [333-41 -5] -- Skm -- 0.1 Diazomethane [334-88-3]... 0.2 0.4 Diborane [19287-45-7]...... 0.1 0.1 1,2-Dibromoethane. see Ethylene dibromide 2-N-Dibutyiammoethanol [102-81-8] --Skin......... 2 14 Dibutyl phosphate............ Dibutyl phthalate [84-74-2]. .1 -- 5 5 Dichloroacetylene [7572-29-4].................... C0.1 C 0.4 o-Dichlorobenzene [95-50-1] C 50 C 300 p-Dichlorobenzene [106-46-7]...................... 75 450 3,3'-Didilorobenzidene [91-94-11] --Skin......... __ A2 -- _ -- __ 375 -- 100 -- . . 150 900 -- -- 0.15 0.03 75 __ -- -- 4 2 -- -- 110 -- -- -- __ 1,300 -- 400 -- 3 400 2,580 10 20 3 0.9 0.3 360 0.3 -- -- 28 10 10 __ -- 675 A2 - Capital letters A. B. D. & E refer to Appendices. C denotes ceiling limit Footnotes (a thru t| see Page 34 15 MAP 000361 ADOPTED VALUES Substance TWA STEL [CAS#] ppm- mg/nP1'' ppm- mp/m*1" Dichlorodifluoromethane [75-71-8]........................ 1,000 1, 3-Dichioro-5,5-dimethyl 4,950 hydantoin [118-52-5]..... 1,1-Dichloroethane -- 0.2 [75-34-3].................... . 200 810 1,2-Dichtoroeftane, see Ethylene dichloride 1,1-Dichtoroethylene, see Vinytidene chloride 1,2-Dichloroethylene [540-59-0]..................... Dichloroethyi ether 200 790 [111-44-4] -- Skin......... 5 30 Dichloroftuoromethane [75-43-4]..... ,,............... - 10 40 Dichioromethane, see Methylene chloride 1,1-Dichloro-1-nitroethane [594-72-9]....................... 2 10 1, 2-Dichloropropane, see Propylene dichloride Dtchloropropene [542-75-6] -- Skirt............................ 1 5 2, 2-Dichloropropionic acid [75-99-0]........................ 1 6 Dichlorotetrafluoroethane [76-14-2]........................ 1,000 Dichlorvos [62-73-7] -- 7.000 Skin........ ........ ....... ... Dicrotophos [141-66-2] -- Skin........... Dicyclopentadiene [77-73-6] 0.1 -- 5 1 0.25 30 Dicyclopentadienyl iron [102-54-5]........... _.......... -- 10 Dieldrin [60-57-1] -- Skin .. __ 0.25 Diethanolamine [111-42-2]. 3 15 Diethyiamine [109-89-7].... Diethylaminoethanol 10 30 [100-37-8] --Skin......... 10 50 Diethylene triamine [111-40-0] --Skin......... Diethyl ether, see Ethyl ether 1 4 Diethylketone'[96-22-0] .... Diethyl phthalate [84-66-2] 200 -- 705 5 Difluorodibromomethane [75-61-6]........................ 100 860 1,250 -- 250 250 10 _ 10 10 1,250 0.3 ___ -- __ .25 -- 150 6.200 0.4 1,010 1.000 60 __ 60 50 8,750 3 . -- 20 0.75 75 -- ___ 10 1.290 Capita! letters A. B. D & E rete' to Appendices. C denotes ceiling limit Footnotes (a thru f) see Page 34 16 Substance [CAS#] ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm0' m8/mjl>' ppm' mg/m3*' Diglycidyl ether (DGE) [2238-07-5].................... 0.1 0.5 -- -- Dihydroxybenzene, see Hydroquinone Diisobutyl ketene [108-83-8]...................... 25 150 Diisopropylamine [108-18-9] --Skin......... 5 20 __ -- Oimethoxymethane, see Methytal Dimethyl acetamide [127-19-5] --Skin......... Dimethylamine [124-40-3 ].. 10 10 35 18 --15 50 -- Dimethytaminobenzene, see Xylidene Dimethylaniline [121-69-7] (N, N-Dimethytaniline) -- Skin.......................... ..... 5 25 10 50 Dimethylbenzene, see Xylene Dimethyl carbamyl chloride [79-44-7]................ ....... A2 A2 Bimethyl-l , 2-dibromo-2-dichloroethyl phosphate. see Naled Dimethylformamide [68-12-2] --Skin........... 10 30 20 60 2, 6-Dimethyl-4-heptanone, see Diisobutyl ketone 1,1-Dimethylhydrazine [57-14-7] --Skin........... 0.5, A2 1.A2 1. A2 2. A2 Dimethylphthalate [131-11-3]...................... -- 5-- 10 Dimethyl sulfate [77-78-1 ] -- Skin............................ 0.1. A2 Dinitolmide [148-01-6]....... -- 0.5. A2 5 -- __ 10 Dinitrobenzene [528-29-0] (all isomers) -- Skin....... 0.15 1 0.5 3 Dinitro-o-cresol [534-52-1] -- Skin.................................... -- 0.2 _ 0.6 3, 5-Dinitro-o-toluamide. see Dinitolmide Dinitrotoluene [121-14-2] -- Skin............................ -- 1.5 5 Dioxane. tech, grade [123-91-1] --Skin......... 25 90 100 360 Dioxathion [78-34-2] -- Skin................................ -- 0.2 __ __ Diphenyl, see Biphenyl Diphenylamine [122-39-4].. -- 10 -- 20 Diphenylmethane diisocyanate, see Methylene bisphenyl isocyanate Capital letters A. B, D & E refer to Appendces. C denotes ceiling limit Footnotes ta thru ft see Page 34. 17 MAP 000362 Substance [CAS #] ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ' ppm01 mg/m3'" ppm01 mg/ipa1 Dipropylene glycol methyl ether [34590-94-8] -- Skm............................... 100 Dipropyl ketone [123-19-3]. Diquat [85-00-7].................. 50 -- Di-sec, octyl phtfialate [117-81-7) (Di-2-ethyl- hexylphthalate)................. Disulfiram [97-77-8]........... -- _ Disulfoton [298-04-4].......... 2, 6-Ditert. butyl-p-cresol -- [128-37-0]........................ -- Diuron [330-54-1]............... -- Divinyl benzene [108-57-6]. Emery [112-62-9]............... Endosulfan [115-29-7] -- Skin........ .................. 10 -- _ Endrin [72-20-8] --Skin.... Epichlorohydrin [106-89-8] -- -- Skin............................ EPN [2104-64-5] -- Skin ... 2 -- 1, 2-Epoxypropane, see Propylene oxide 2. 3-Epoxy-l-propanol, see Glycidol Ethane [74-84-0]................. E Ethanethiol. see Ethyl mercaptan Ethanolamine [14143-5].... Ethion [563-12-2] --Skin .. 3 -- [ 2-Ethoxyethanol [110-80-5] -- Skin............................. (50) [2-Ethoxyethyl acetate [111-15-9] --Skm......... Ethyl acetate [141-78-6]..... Ethyl acrylate [140-88-5] -- (50) 400 Skin ................ .. .............. Ethyl alcohol (Ethanol) 5 [46-17-5]......................... 1.000 Ethylamine [75-04-7].......... Ethyl amyl ketone [41-85-5] Ethyl benzene [100414] ... Ethyl bromide [74-964].... Ethyl butyl ketone 10 25 100 200 [106-354]........................ Ethyl chloride [75-00-3]..... 50 1.000 600 235 0.5 5 2 0.1 10 10 50 D 0.1 0.1 ' 10 0.5 -- 8 0.4 (185) (270) 1.400 20 1.900 18 130 435 890 230 2,600 150 -- _ __ _ -- -- __ -- _-- "5 ' --- 6 (100) (100) 25 -- __ __ 125 250 75 1.250 Capital letters A. B 0 & E refer to Appendices. C denotes ceding limit Footnotes l a thru fi see Page 34 [See Notice of intenoec Changes 900 1 10 5 0.3 20 20 0.3 0.3 20 2 -- 15 (370) (540) 100 _ 545 1,110 345 3.250 18 Substance[CAS#] ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm0' mg/m^ ppm mg/m3" Ethylene [74-65-1].............. E ---- -- Ethylene chlorohydnn [107-07-3] --Skin_____ Ethylenediamine [107-15-3] Cl 10 C3 25 -- ___ -- Ethylene dibromide [106-93-4] -- Skin.......... A2 A2 -- -- Ethylene dichloride [107-06-2]........................ .10 40 15 60 Ethylene glycol [107-21 -1 ] i Particulate.................... . -- (10) ___ (20) Vapor................... C 50 C 125 -- -- [Ethylene glycol dinitrate [628-96-6] --Skin.......... (0.02) (0.1) (--0-.-0--5--) (0.3) Ethylene glycol methyl ether acetate, see 2-Methoxyethyl acetate $ Ethylene oxide [75-21 -8].... (10) (20) -- -- Ethyleneimine [151-56-4] -- Skin......................... . 0.5 1_ -- Ethyl ether [60-29-7]........... 400 1,200 500 1.500 Ethyl formate [109-94-4].... 100 300 150 450 Ethylidene chloride, see 1,1- lichloroethane Ethylidene norbomene [16219-75-3].................... Ethyl mercaptan [75-08-1].. C5 0.5 C 25 1 __ 2 -- 3 *N-Ethylmorpholine [100-74-3] -- Skin.......... Ethyl silicate [78-10-4]....... Fensulfothion [115-90-2].... [Fenthion [55-38-9].............. Ferbam [14484-64-1].......... 5 40 10 85 __ 0.1 -- (0.1) -- 10 20 95 30 255 ---- -- (0.3) -- 20, Ferrovanadium dust [12604-58-9].................... Fibrousd' glass dust........... Fluorides, as F..................... _ __ __ 1 10 2.5 Fluorine [7782-414]........... .1 2 Fluorotrichloromethane, see richlorofluoromethane Fonofos [944-22-9] -- Skm __ 0,1 [Formaldehyde [50-00-0]..... (C0 2)] (C 3) Formamide [75-12-7]...... 20 30 Formic acid [64-18-6] .... 59 Furfural [98-01-1] -- Skin 28 _ -- -- 2 -- -- 30 -- 10 0.3 -- -- 4 -- -- 45 -- 40 * Furfuryl alcohol [98-00-0] -- Skin......................... * Gasoline [8006-61 -9]...... 10 40 15 60 300 900 500 1.500 Capital letters A. B D & E refer to Appendices. C denotes caling limit Footnotes la thru f) see Page 34 M982 Addition. [See Notice of Intended Changes. 19 MAP 000363 in - * WtHM-- ADOPTED VALUES Substance TWA STEL " [CAS #] ppm mg/m51" ppm' mfl/mJ*' Germanium tetrahydnde [7782-65-2].................... 0.2 0.6 0.6 Glass, fibrous or dust, see Fibrous glass dust Glutaraldehyde [ill -30-8].. C 0.2 Glycerin mist [56-81-5]...... -- C 0.7 D -- -- Glycidol [556-52-5]............ 25 75 100 Glycol monoethyl ether, see 2-Ethoxyethanol Graphite (Natural) [7782-42-5], see MINERAL DUSTS Graphite (Synthetic)............ Gypsum [10101-4-4]......... Hafnium [7440-58-6]......... Helium [7440-59-7]............ -- -- -- E D D _ 0.5 __ ---- Heptachlor [76-44-8] -- Skin........ ....................... -- 0.5 Heptane [142-82-5] (n-Heptane).................... 400 1,600 500 . 2-Heptanone, see Methyl n-amyl ketone 3-Heptanone, see Ethyl butyl ketone "Hexachiorobutadiene [76-68-3]........................ 0.02, A2 0.24, A2 -- Hexachlorocydopenta- diene [77-47-4]............... 0.01 0.1 0.03 *Hexachloroethane [67-72-1] -- Skin..... ...................... 10 100 _ Hexachloronaphthalene [1335-87-1] --Skin...... -- 0.2 -- Hexafluoroacetone [684-16-2]...................... 0.1 0.7 0.3 Hexamethyl phosphoramide [680-31-9] --Skin......... A2 A2 _ "Hexane (n-Hexane) [110-54-3]...................... 50 180 __ * Other isomeres............... 500 1.800 1,000 2-Hexanone, see Methyl n-butyl ketone Hexone, see Methyl isobutyl ketone sec-Hexyl acetate [142-92-7]...................... Hexylene glycol [107-41-5]. Hyarazine [302-01-2] -- Skin................................ Hydrogen [1333-74-0]........ 50 C 25 0.1. A2 E 300 C 125 0.1. A2 __ __ __ _ _ Hydrogenated terphenyls [92-94-4]........................ 0.5 5-- 1.8 _ 300 __ 20 1.5 2 2,000 0.3 . 0.6 2 3,600 _ _ _ _ __ CaDilal letters A B D & E refer to Appendices. C denotes ceiling limit Footnotes (a thru f) see Page 34 '1982 Addition ~ 20 ' Substance [CAS#] ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm ntB/m3'1 ppm mg/m3'" Hydrogen bromide [10035-10-6].................. 3 10 -- Hydrogen chloride [7647-01-1].................... C5 C7 -- Hydrogen cyanide [74-90-8] -- Skin........................... CIO CIO -- Hydrogen fluoride [7664-39-3], as F........... 3 2.5 6 Hydrogen peroxide [7722-84-1].................... 1 1.5 2 Hydrogen selenide [7783-07-5], as Se......... . 0.05 0.2 -- Hydrogen sulfide [7783-06-4].................... 10 14 15 Hydroquinone [123-31-9]... -- 2-- 4-Hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone. see Diacetone alcohol 2-Hydroxypropyl acrylate [999-61-1] --Skin......... Indene [95-13-6]................ 0.5 ID 3-- 45 15 Indium [7440-74-6] & compounds, as In........... -- 0.1 -- Iodine [7553-56-2]............. C0.1 Iodoform [75-47-8]............... 0.6 Cl -- 10 1 Iron oxide fume (Fez03) [1X9-37-1], as Fe......... B3 5-- * Iron pentacarbonyl [13463-40-6], as Fe........ Iron salts, soluble, as Fe.... Isoamyl acetate [123-92-2]. Isoamyl alcohol [123-51-3]. isobutyl acetate [110-19-0]. Isobutyl alcohol [78-83-1].. 0.1 -- 100 100 150 X 0.8 0.2 1-- 525 125 360 125 700 187 150 75 Isooctyl alcohol [26952-21-6].................. Isophorone [78-59-1 ]......... Isophorone diisocyanate -- Skin................................ Isopropoxyethanol [109-59-1]....................... X C5 0.01 25 270 C 25 0.09 105 -- -- --- * 75 Isopropyl acetate [108-21-4]...................... Isopropyl alcohol [67-63-0]. Isopropylamine [75-31-0]... 250 400 5 9X 310 980 500 12 10 -- -- -- 5 3 -- 21 4 -- 70 0.3 -- 20 10 0.16 2 655 450 875 225 -- -- -- 3ZO 1.185 1,225 24 Capital letters A, B. D & E refer to Appendices: C denotes ceiling limit Footnotes (a thru f) see Page 34 1982 Addition 21 MAP 000364 Substance[CAS#] ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEl " ppm' mg/m3*' ppm0 mg/m3* N-lsopropylanilme [643-28-7] -- Skin.......... Isopropyl ether [108-20-3].. Isopropyl glyddyl ether [4016-14-2] (IGE)........... Kaolin................................... Ketene [463-51-4]............... Lead [7439-92-1], inorg., dusts 4 fumes, as Pb..... tLead arsenate [10102-484], as Pb....... Lead chrorhate [18454-12-1], as Cr........ Limestone [131785-3]....... Lindane [5889-9] -- Skin .. Lithium hydride [7580878] L.P.G. (Liquified petroleum gas)................................. Magnesite [546-908].......... Magnesium oxide time [1309484]..................... Malathion [121-75-5] -- Skin .................................. Maleic anhydride [108-318] Manganese [7439-96-5], as Mn Dust & compounds....... Fume................................ Manganese cyclopentadienyl tricarbonyl [12108-13-3], as Mn -- Skin................. Manganese tetroxide........... Marble calcium carbonate ;131785-3]..................... Mercury P7439-978]. as Hg -- Skin Alkyl compounds............ All forms except alkyl ' Vapor............................ ' Aryl & inorganic compounds................ Mesityl oxide [141-79-7] .... Methacrylic acid [79414].. 2 10 5 250 1,050 310 50 240 75 -- D-- 0.5 0.9 1.5 -- 0.15 -- -- (0.15) _ _--- -- 0.05, A2 --D -- 0.5 -- 0.025 -- -- -- --- 1,000 -- 1.800 1,250 D-- -- 10 -- -- 0.25 10 __ 1 -- C5 -- 1 -- 0.1 _ -- 1 - --- D -- 0.01 -- -- 0.05 -- 0.1 -- 15 60 25 20 70 -- Capital letters A B. D & E refer to Appendices. C denotes ceiling limit Footnotes ia thru fi see Page 34 "1982 Addition ' ~~ tSee Notice of intended Changes 20 1.320 360 20 3 0.45 (0.45) _, 20 1.5 2,250 20 -- _ __ 3 0.3 -- 20 0.03 -- -- 100 -- 22 ADOPTED VALLES Substance [CAS#] TWA ppm mg/m3' STEL ppm" mg/m3' Methane [74-82-8]......... E Methanethiol, see Methyl mercaapptan -- Methomyl [16752-77-5] -- Skin............................. _ -r-- 2.5 Methoxychlor [72-43-5]...... -- 10 *2-Methoxyethanol [109-86-4]--Skin........... (25) (80) T2-Methcxyethyl acetate [110-49-6] -- Skm.......... (25) (120) *4-Methoxyphenol [150-76-5]..................... . Methyl acetate [79-20-9]. ... Methyl acetylene [74-99-7]. 200 1,000 5 610 1,650 Methyl acetylene-propadiene mixture (MAPP).............. 1.,000 1.800 Methyl acrylate [96-33-3] -- Skin......................... 10 35 Methyiacrylonitrile [126-98-7] --Skin..... 13 -Methylal [109-87-5]....... .. 1,000 3.100 Methyl alcohol [67-56-1] (methanol) --Skin.... 200 260 Methylamine [74-89-5].. 10 12 Methyl amyl alcohol, see Methyl isobutyl carbinoi Methyl n-amyl ketone [591-78-6]............ .. 50 235 *N-Methyl aniline [100-61-8] -- Skin............................. 0.5 2 Methyl bromide [74-83-9] -- Skin............................. 5 20 Methyl n-butyl ketone [591-78-6]....................... . 5 20 Methyl chloride [74-87-3]... 50 105 Methyl chloroform [71-55-6]......................... 350 1,900 Methyl 2-cyanoacrylate [137-05-3]........................ 2 8 Methylcydohexane [108-87-2]...................... 400 1.600 - Methylcydohexanol [25639-42-3].................... 50 235 o-Methylcyclohexanone [583-60-8] --Skin.......... 50 230 -- ___ -- (35) (35) _ 250 1.250 1,250 -- 2 1,250 250 _ 100 1 15 ___ 100 450 4 500 75 75 - - -- ---- (120) (170) ___ 760 2.040 2.250 -- 6 3.875 310 ~ 465 5 60 ___ 205 2.450 16 2,000 350 345 Capital letters A. B, D 4 E refer to Appendices: C denotes ceiling limit Footnotes (a thru f) see Page 34 '1982 Addition tSee Notice of Intended Changes 23 MAP 000365 ADOPTED VALUES TWA Substance[CAS#] ppnr1 STEL ppm' mg/m3*' Methylcydopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl. [12108-13-3] -- Sksi, as Mn............................. -- 0.2 Methyl demeton [8022-00-2] --Skin....... Methylene bisphenyl iso- -- 0.5 cyanate (MDI) [101-68-8] C0.02 Methylene chloride C0.2 [75-09-2]..................... . 4, 4'-Methylene bis 100 360 (2-chloroaniiine) [101-14-4] --Skin......... 0.02, A2 0.22, A2 Methylene bis(4-cyclo- hexylisocyanate) [101-68-8]...................... C0.01 4. 4-Methylene dianiline C0.11 [101-77-9] --Skin......... 0.1 0.8 Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) [78-93-3]........................ Methyl ethyl ketone 200 590 peroxide [1338-23-4]..... C 0.2 Methyl formate [107-31-3]., 100 C 1.5 250 5-Methyl-3-heptanone, see Ethyl amyl ketone Methyl hydrazine [60-34-4] -- Skin......................... . C 0.2. C 0.35, A2 A2 Methyl iodide [74-88-4] -- Skin __________ ... Methyl isoamyl ketone 2, A2 10, A2 [110-12-3]...................... 50 240 Methyl isobutyl carbinol [105-30-6] --Skin 25 100 Methyl isobutyl ketone [108-10-1]...................... 50 205 Methyl isocyanate [624-83-9] -- Skin......... Methyl isopropyl ketone [563-80-4]...................... Methyl mercaptan [74-93-1] 0.02 200 0.5 0.05 705 1 Methyl methacrylate [80-62-6]........................ 100 410 ." -- 500 _ 0.5 300 150 -- 5] A2 -- 40 75 _ _ -- 125 0.6 1.5 __. 1,700 A 885 _ 375 -- 30, A2 -- 165 300 _ -- 510 Capital letters A. B. D 4 E refer to Appendices. C denotes ceiling bruit Footnotes ta tfiru ft see Page 34 '1982 AOOition 24 Substance [CAS #] Methyl paratnion [298-00-0] -- Skin............................ Methyl propyl ketone [107-67-9]...................... Methyl silicate [68164-5]... a-Methyl styrene [9863-9]. Mevmphos [7786-34-7] -- Skin............................... Molybdenum [7439-98-7], as Mo Soluble compounds........ insoluble compounds..... Monocrotophos [6923-22-4]............. . Morpholine [110-916] -- Skin................................ Naled [300-76-5]................ Naphthalene [91-20-3]........ -/8-Naphthylamine [91-596]. Neon [7440-01-9]..... ........ Nickel caibonyi, as Ni......... Nickel [7440-02-0] Metal.............................. Soluble compounds, as Ni.................................... Nickel carbonyl [1346369-3], as Ni........ Nickel sulfide roasting, fume & dust, as Ni......... Nicotine [54-11 -5] -- Skin.. Nitrapyrin [192962-4]........ Nitric acid [7697-37-2]....... Nitric oxide [10102-43-9]... * p-Nitroaniline [100-016] -- Skin.............................. Nitrobenzene -- Skin......... tp-Nitrochlorobenzene [98-95-3] --Skin........... 4-Nitrodiphenyl [92-93-3]... Nitroethane [79-24-3]......... Nitrogen dioxide [10102-44-0]............ .. ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm0' mg/m3'" ppm' mg/m3*1 0.2 0.6 200 700 250 875 1 65 30 50 240 100 485 0.01 0.1 0.03 0.3 -- 20 -- 10 -- E 0.05 0.05 _ -- -- 2 25 _ 1 _ -- 100 -- 3 5 10 0.25 70 3 50 Alb -- 0.35 1 0.1 0.35 1, Ala 0.5 10 5 30 3 5 (D Alb 310 6 -- 30 -- 15 -- -- -- _ -- -- 4 35 _ 2 _ -- 150 5 10 20 105 6 75 Alb -- _ 0.3 1.5 20 10 45 _ 10 (2) Alb 465 10 Capital letters A. B. D 4 E refer to Appendices; C denotes ceiling limit. Footnotes ia thru f) see Page 34 *1982 Addition $See Notice of Intended Changes. 25 MAP 000366 Substance [CAS #} ADOPTED VALUES TWA , STEL "" ppm01 mg/m5'" ppm- mg/n,^ Nitrogen trifluonde [7783-54-2].................... tNitrogtycenn (NG) [55-63-0] 10 30 15 -- Skin........................... Nitromethane [75-52-5]..... tl-Nitropropane [108-03-2].. $2-Nitropropane [79-46-9]... N-Nitrosotimethylamine (0.02) 100 25 (C 25, A2) (0.2) 250 90 (C 90, A2) (0.05) 150 35 -- (0.5) 375 135 [62-75-9] (dimethytnitrosoamine) -- Skin............ 'Nitrotoluene [99-08-1] -- -- A2 -- A2 Skin ................................ 2 11 -- Nitrotnchloromethane, see Ctiloropicrin Nonane [in-84-2]............. OctacWoronaphthalene 200 1.050 250 1.300 [2234-13-1] --Skin....... -- 0.1 .. --- 0.3 Octane [111-65-9]............ Oil mist, mineral................. 300 -- 1,450 5'> 375 -- 1.800 10 Osmium tetroxide [20816-12-0], as Os....... 0.0002 Oxalic acid [144-62-7]........ -- Oxygen difluoride 0.002 0.0006 1-- 0.006 2 [7783-41-7].................... Ozone [10028-15-6]........... Paraffin wax fume 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.6 [8002-74-2].................... Paraquat [1910-42-5], -- 2 ------ 6 respirable sizes............... -- 0.1 -- _ Parathion [56-38-2] -- Skin -- 0.1 -- 0.3 Particulate polycyclic aromatic hydro-carbons (PPAH). see Coal tar prtcn volatiles Pentaborane [19624-22-7].. Pentachloronaphthalene [1321-64-8].................... Pentachlorophenol 0.005 -- 0.01 0.015 0.5 -- 0.03 2 [87-86-5] -- Skm.......... -- 0.5 -- 1.5 Pentaerythritol [115-77-5].. -- D-- 20 Pentane [109-66-0]............ 600 1.800 750 2.250 2-Pentanone. see Methyl propyl ketone tPerchloroethylene [127-18-4]...................... 50 335 1--) (-) Capital letters A. B. D & E refer to Appendices C Denotes ceiling limit Footnotes la thru h see Page 34 '1982 Addition tNQC = Not otherwise classified tSee Notice of Intended Cnanges Substance [CAS #] ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm01 mg/m3"' ppm" mg/m3" Perchloromethyl mercaptan [594-42-3]...................... Percftloryl fluoride 0.1 [7616-94-6]......... ... Phenol [108-95-2] -- Skin.. Phenothiazme [92-84-2] -- Skin............................ . 3 5 N-Phenyl-beta-naphthyl- amine [135-88-6]............ p-Phenylene diamine [106-50-3] --Skin......... A2 _ Phenyl ether [101-84-8], vapor......................... 1 Phenylethylene, see Styrene. monomer 'Phenyl glycidyl ether (PGE) [12MD-1]................. . jPhenylhydrazne [100-63-0] -- Skin......................... Phenyl mercaptan i (5) [108-98-5]....................... Phenylphosphine 0.5 [638-21-1]...................... C 0.05 Phorate [298-02-2] -- Skin. Phosdrkt, see Mevinphos Phosgene [75-44-5]............ 0.1 Phosphine [3803-51-2]....... Phosphoric acid [7664-38-2]......... ... 0.3 --_ Phosphorus [7723-14-0] (yellow).......................... __ * Phosphorus oxychloride [10026-13-8].................. Phosphorus pentachlonde [10026-13-8]................... 0.1 0.1 Phosphorus pentasulfide [1314-80-3].................... 'Phosphorus trichloride [7719-12-2]......... .......... Phthalic anhydride [85-44-9]............ . 0.2 1 m-Phthalodinitrile [626-17-5].................... . -- Pidoram [1918-02-1]......... --__ 0.8 14 19 5 A2 0.1 7 6 (20) 2 C 0.25 0.05 0.4 0.4 1 0.1 0.6 1 1 1.5 6 5 10 __ 6 10 __ __ __ 2 __ (10) ___ __ __ 1 __ -- 0.5 -- __ 0.5 4 -- __ 28 38 10 __ __ 14 (45) __ ___ 0.2 __ 1 3 0.3 3 -- 3 3 24 __ 20 Capital letters A. B. D & E refer td Appendices. C denctes ceiling limit Foetnotes la thru f) see Page 34 - ."1982 Addition tSee Notice of intended Cnanges, 27 MAP 000367 ADOPTED VALUES SutaUnw TWA __ STEL [CAS #] ppm01 mg/m3*' ppm01 mg/nyi* Picric acid [88-89-1) -- Skin ............ .............. . Pindone [83-26-1].............. 'Piperazine dihydrochloride 0.1 0.1 [142-64-3]...................... 2-Pivalyl-1, 3-indandione, see Pindone 5 Plaster of Paris.................. Platinum [7440-06-4] -- D Metal.............................. 1 Soluble salts, as Pt......... 0.002 Polychlorobiphenyls. see ChlorodiphenyIs PoJytetrafluoroethylene decomposition products.. Potassium hydroxide B1 [1310-58-3].................... Propane [74-98-6]............. Propane sultone C2 E [1120-71-4].................... Propargyl alcohol A2 A2 [107-19-7] --Skin 1 /3-Propiolactone [57-57-8].. 0.5, A2 Propionic acid [79-09-4].... Propoxur [114-26-1]........... 10 __ n-Propyl acetate [109-60-4] 200 Propyl alcohol [71-23-8] -- 2 1.5, A2 30 0.5 840 Skin.............................. n-Propyl nitrate [627-13-4]. Propylene [115-07-1]......... Propylene dichloride 200 25 E 500 105 [78-87-5],................. .. tPropylene glycol dinitrate 75 350 [6423-43-4] (PGDN) -- Skin.......................... Propylene glycol mono- (0.02) (0.1) methyl ether [107-98-2].. tPropylene imine [75-55-8] 100 360 -- Skm............................ Propylene oxide [75-56-9].. Propyne. see Methyl acetylene Pyrethrum [8003-34-7]...... Pyridine [110-86-1]........... Qumone [106-51-4]............ ROX. see Cydomte (2) 20 5 0.1 (5) 50 5 15 0.4 _ 3 1, A2 15 250 250 40 110 (0.05) 150 . -- 10 0.3 0.3 0.3 20 ***** Bl 6 3 A? 45 2 1 050 625 470 Sip (0.3) 540 10 30 1 Capital letters A. B, 0 & refer to Appendices. C denotes ceiling limit Footnotes (a thru fi see Page 34, '1982 Addition iSee Notice of intended Changes 28 ADOPTED VALUES Substance TWA STEL [CAS #] ppm"1 mg/m3*' ppm- mg/m36' Resorcinol [108-46-3]........ 10 45 20 Rhodium [7440-16-6] Metal.............................. $ Soluble salts, as Rh........ Ronnel [299-84-3]............. _1 -- (0.001) -- 10 __ -- -- Rosin core solder pyrolysis products, as formaldehyde................. 0.1 Rotenone (commercial) [83-79-4]........................ __ 5 Rouge................................. -- D Rubber solvent (Naphtha)... 400 1,600 __ -- -- Selenium compounds [778249-2], as Se......... 0.2 __ Selenium hexafluoride [7783-79-1], as Se......... Sesone [136-78-7]............. 0.05 -- 0.2 __ 10 -- Silane, see Silicon tetrahydride -Sifteon [7440-21-3]............ Silicon carbide [409-21-2].. _ -- D __ D --- $Silicon tetrahydride [7803-62-5].................... (0.5) (07) (D Silver [7440-224], as Ag Metal................. ....... __ 0.1 __ Soluble compounds........ -- 0.01 -- Sodium azide [26628-22-8]. C0.1 C 0.3 -- Sodium bisulfite [7631-90-5].................... 5 __ Sodium 2, 4-dichloro-phenoxyethyl sulfate, see Sesone Sodium fluoroacetate [62-74-8] -- Skin........... __ 0.05 __ Sodium hydroxide [1310-73-2]..... .............. _ C2 -- Sodium metabisulfite [7681-574].................... Starch [9005-84-9]........ --* 5 __ D-- Stibine [7803-52-3]............ 0.1 0.5 0,3 * Stoddard solvent [805241-3]........ ........... Strychnine [57-24-9]........... 100 -- 525 0.15 200 -- Styrene, monomer [10042-5]...................... 50 215 100 90 __ (0.003) -- 0.3 10 20 -- _ 20 20 20 (1.5) __ -- -- __ 0.15 __ -- 20 1.5 1.050 0.45 425 Capital letters A. B. D & refer to Appendices: C denotes ceiling limit Footnotes (a thru f) see Page 34, *1982 Addition. tSee Notice of Intended Changes. 29 MAP 000368 Substance [CAS #] ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm01 mg/m3"' ppnr mp/ma6 Subtillsms [1395-21-7] (Proteolytic enzymes as 100% pure crystalline enzyme)..................... . Sucrose [57-50-1].............. Sulfotep [3689-24-5] -- --C0.00006"" --D Skin................................ Sulfur dioxide [7446-09-5].. Sulfur hexafluonde ___ 2 0.2 5 [2551-62-4].................... Sulfunc acid [7864-93-9]... Sulfur monoctiloride 1.000 -- 6,000 1 [10025-67-9]................... Sulfur pentafluoride 1 6 [5714-22-7].................... 0.025 Sulfur tetrafluoride 0.25 [7783-60-0].................... 0.1 0.4 Sulfuryl fluoride [2699-79-8].................... Systox, see'Demeton 5 20 2. 4. 5-T [93-76-5]............. Tantalum [7440-25-7]........ TEDP. see Sulfotep ___ 10 5 Tellurium & compounds ' [13494-80-9], as Te...... Tellurium hexafluoride -- 0.1 [7783-80-4], as Te......... Temephos [3383-96-8]....... TEPP [107-49-3] --Skin.... Terphenyls [92-94-4]......... 0.02 ___ 0.004 C 0.5 0.2 10 0.05 C5 1,1.1. 2-Tetrachloro-2.2- dlfluoroethane [76-11-9]. 500 4,170 1. 1.2. 2-Tetrachloro-1.2- difluoroethane [76-12-0] 1.1,2. 2-Tetrachloro- 500 4,170 ethane [79-34-5] -- Skin. (5) (35) Tetrachloroethylene. see Perchloroethylene Tetrachloromethane. see Carbon tetrachloride Tetrachloronaphthalene [1335-88-2].................... Tetraethyl lead [78-00-2], -- 2 as Pb -- Skin................. Tetrahydrofuran [109-99-9], ___ 0.100'' 200 590 -- 5 1,250 3 0.075 0.3 10 --* -- ___ __ 0.01 625 625 (10) -- __ 250 20 0.6 10 7,500 18 0.75 1 40 20 10 -- ___ 20 0.2 5.210 5.210 (70) 4 0.3 735 Capital letters A. B D & E refer to Appendices. C denotes ceiling limit Footnotes la mru fi see Page 34 mi See Page 36 30 Substance [CAS #] ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppmu mg/m3* ppm0 mg/m3'' Tetramethyl lead [75-74-1 ], as Pb --Skin..... ........... 0.150'" Tetramethyl succinnnitrile [3333-52-6] - Skin....... Tetranitromethane [509-14-8].................... Tetrasodium pyrophosphate 0.5 1 3 8 [7722-88-5].................... 5 Tetryl [479-45-8] (2, 4. 6-trinitrophenylmethylnitramme) -- Skin. 1,5 Thallium [7440-28-0] Soluble compounds, as Tt -- Skin.............. 4,4'-Thiobis(6-tert. butyl- m-cresol) [96-69-5]........ Thioglycolic acid [68-11-1] . Thiram [137-26-8]............. __ 1 -- 0.1 10 5 5 Tin [7440-31-5] Metal.............................. __ 2 * Oxide & inorganic compounds, except SnO*. asSn...................... ....... 2 Organic compounds, as Sn --Skin................. _ 0.1 Titanium dioxide [13463-67-7], as Ti........ o-Tolidine [119-93-7]......... Toluene [108-88-3] (toluol) __ A2 .D A2 -- Skin............................ 100 tToluene-2,4-diisocyanate (TDI) [584-84-9]............. (C 0.02) To-Toluidine [95-53-4] -- 375 (C 0.14) Skin.............................. (2) Toxaphene. see Chlorinated camphene (9) Tributyl phosphate [126-73-8]...................... 0.2 2.5 Trichloroacetic acid [76-03-9]........................ 1 5 1,2, 4-Trichlorobenzene [120-82-1]....................... 5 40 1,1,1-Trichloroethane, see Methyl chloroform 2 __ __ -- -- ___ __ __ -- 150 __ - 0.4 __ __ 05 9 __ 3.0 20 -- 10 4 4 0.2 20 -- 560 __ -- 5 __ __ Capital letters A, B. D S E refer to Appendices. C denotes ceiling limit Footnotes (a thru f) see Page 34 *1982 Addition tSee Notices of Intended Changes. 31 MAP 000369 Substance________[CAS #) ^ADOPTED VALUES TWA sra/ ppm"' mg/m3"' ppm" mti/mat 1.1, 2-Trichloroethane [79-00-5] -- Skin.......... 10 45 ^Trichloroethylene [79-01-6], ' Trichlorofluoromethane 50 270 [75-69-4]........................ C 1,000 C 5,600 Trichloromethane, see Chloroform Trichloronaphthalene [1321-65-9]......................... --5 Trichtoronltrometftane, see Chloropicrin 1, 2. 3-Trichloropropane [96-18-4]........................ 1.1, 2-Tnchloro-l. 2, 2- 50 300 trifluoroethane [76-13-1], 1,000 7,600 Tricycfohexyftin hydroxide, see Cyhexatin TTnethylamine [121-44-8]__ Trifluorobromomethane (25) (100) [75-63-6]........................ 1.000 Trimellitic anhydride 6,100 [552-30-7)....................... 0.005 Trimethyl benzene 0.04 [25551-13-7]................... 25 125 Trimethyl phosphite [121-45-9].................... 2 10 2, 4, 6-TnnftrophenoI, see Picric acid 2, 4, 6-Trinitrophenyl-methylnitramne, see Tetryl *2, 4, 6-Trinitrotoluene (TNT) [118-96-7] --Skin -- 0.5 Triorthocresyl phosphate [78-30-8]........................ -- 0.1 Triphenyl amine [603-34-9]. -- 5 Tnphenyl phosphate [115-86-6]....................... Tungsten [7440-33-7], as W -- 3 Insoluble compounds..... -- 5 Soluble compounds........ -- Turpentine [8006-64-2] 100 . Uranium (natural) 1 560 [7440-61-1], Soluble & in soluble compounds, as U -- 0,2 Vaieraidehyde [110-62-3]... 50 175 20 (150) 75 1,250 (40) 1.200 l5 5 150 -- 90 (805) IQ 450 9.500 (160) 7,300 170 25 3 0.3 10 3 840 0.6 Capital letters A. B Q 6 relet to Appendices C denotes ceiling limit Footnotes la thru fi see Page 34 '1982 Addition iSee Notices of Intenfled Changes 32 Substance TWA STEL [CAS #] ppm" mg/m3"' ppm1" mg/m3' Vanadium, as V2 Os [1314-62-1], respirable dustS fume..................... Vegetable oil mists.............. -- Vinyl acetate [108-05-4]..... 10 Vinyl benzene, see Styrene Vinyl bromide [593-60-2]... 5. A2 Vinyl chloride [75-01-4]...... 5. Ala Vinyl cyanide, see Acrylonitrile Vinyl cydohexene dioxide [106-87-6].....................- 10. A2 tVinylidene chloride [75-54] (10) Vinyl toluene [25013-154]. 50 VM S P Naphtha [8030-30-6]....:.--........ Warfarin [81-61-2].............. 300 -- Welding fumes (N0C+)....... -- Wood dust (certain hard woods as oeech S oak)... __ Softwood................. -- -- Xylene [1330-20-7] (o-. m-. p-isomers) -- Skin......... 100 m-Xyiene a, a'-diamine [1477-55-0].................... -- Xylidene [1300-73-8] -- Skin............................... i2 Yttrium [7440-65-5]...... -- Zinc chloride fume [7646-65-7]................... Zinc chromate [13530-65-9], as Cr........ -- Zinc oxide [1314-13-2] Fume........................ -- Dust................................ -- Zinc stearate [557-05-1 j..... -- Zirconium compounds [7440-67-2], as Zr......... -- 0.05 D 30 20, A2 10, Ala 60, A2 (40) 240 1,350 0.1 5. B2 1 5 435 C0.1 10 1 1 0.05, A2 5 D D 5 -- 20 -- -- (20) 100 400 -- -- __ -- 150 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 60 -- -- _ (80) 485 1.800 0.3 B2 -- 10 655 10 20 10 Capital letters A. B D & E refer to Appendices; C denotes celling limit. Footnotes la thru I) see Page 34 `1982 Addition. tSee Notice of Intended Changes. 33 MAP 000370 a) Parts of vapor or gas per million parts of contami nated air by volume at 25'C and 760 mm Hg pres sure. b) Approximate milligrams of substance per cubic meter of air. d) < 7 ptm in diameter. ej As sampled by method that does not collect vapor. f) For control of general room air, biologic monitoring is essential for personnel control. Radioactivity: The Committee accepts the philosophy and recommendations of the National Council on Ra diation Protection and Measurements (NCRP) for the ionizing radiation TLV. The NCRP is charted by Con gress to, in part, collect, analyze, develop and dissem inate information and recommendations about pro tection against radiation and about radiation measurements, quantities and units, including devel opment of basic concepts in these areas. NCRP Re port No. 39 (reference 1) provides basic philosophy and concepts leading to protection criteria estab lished in the same report. Other -NCRP reports ad dress specific areas of radiation protection and. col lectively, provide an excellent basis for establishing a sound program for radiation control. The Committee recommends the listed references as substantative documentation of a sound basis for ionizing radiation protection. The Committee also strongly recommends that all exposures to ionizing radiations be kept low as reasonably achievable within the stated guidance. References: 1. Basic Radiation Protection Criteria. NCRP Report No. 39, issued January 15, 1971. 2. Maximum Permissible Body Burdens and Maxi mum Permissible Concentrations of Radionuclides in Air and in Water for Occupational Exposure. US Department of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards Handbook 69, issued June 5. 1959. with Addendum 1 issued August 1963. Available as NCRP Report No. 22. The above documents, as well as information on nu merous other NCRP Reports addressing specific sub jects in ionizing radiation protection are available from: NCRP Publications, PO Box XI75, Washing ton, DC 20014. 34 Substance SILICA, SO; Crystalline ` Quartz [1480-60-7] MINERAL DUSTS TLV in mppcf 300'" % quartz - 10 TLV for respirable dust mg/m3: 10 mg/m3'1 in % Respirable quartz - 2 TLV for "total dust," respirable and nonrespirable: 30 mg/m3 % quartz + 3 Cristobalite............. Use one-half the value calculated [14464-46-1] - from the count or mass formulae for quartz. Tridymite............. ..Use one-half the value calculated [15468-32-3] from formulae for quartz. Silica, fused [60676-86-0].......... Use quartz formulae. Tripoli...................... Use respirable"' mass quartz for- . .[1317.-95-_9r]"rr*r%* Ofmf Iula SIUCATES (< 1% quartz) Asbestos Amosite [12172-73-5] 0.5 fiber > S^m/cc, Ala Chrysotile [12001-29-5]........... 2 fibers > S^m/cc, Ala Crocidolite [12001-28-4]........... 0.2 fiber > 5iztn cc, Ala Other forms................ 2 fibers > 5f*m/cc, Ala Graphite (natural) [7782-42-5]......... . 15 mppcf Mica [12001-26-2]......... 20 mppcf Mineral wool fiber........ 10 mg/m3 Perlite............................... 30 mppcf Portland Cement.......... 30 mppcf Soapstone........................ 20 mppcf tTaic (nonasbestiform) [14807-96-6]....... . (20 mppcf) tTalc (fibrous), (use As bestos limit.) tSee Notice ot intended Changes 35 MAP 000371 COAL DUST 2 mg/m3 (respirable dust fraction < 5% guartz). If > 5% quartz, use respirable mass formula. NUISANCE PARTICULATES (see Appendix D) 30 mppcf or 10 mg/m3il of total dust < 1% quartz, or, 5 mg/m3 respirable dust. Conversion factors: ~ mppcf x 35.3 = Million particles per cubic meter = particles per cc g) Millions of particles per cubic foot of air, based on impinger samples counted by light-field technics. h) The percentage of quartz in the formula is the amount determined from airborne samples, except^in those instances in which other methods have been shown to be applicable. i) Both concentration and percent quartz for the appli cation of this limit are to be determined from ..the fraction passing a size-selector with the following characteristics: Aerodynamic Diameter (/xm) (unit density sphere) <2 2.5 3.5 5.0 10 % passing selector 90 75 50 25 .0 j) containing < 1% quartz: if quartz content > 1%, use formulae for quartz. k) Lint-free dust as measured by the vertical elutriator, cotton-dust sampler described in the Transactions of the National Conference on Cotton Dust, p. 33 by J. R. Lynch. (May 2, 1970). __ l) As determined by the membrane filter method at 400-450X magnification (4 mm objective) phase con trast illumination. m) Based on "high volume" sampling, n) "Respirable" dust as defined by the British Medical Research Council Criteria.'*1' and as sampled by a de vice producing equivalent results.'2' 36 (1) Hatch. T. E. and Gross Pulmonary Deposition and Retention ot Inhaled Aerosols, p. 149 Aca demic Press. New York, 11964V (2) AIHA Aerosol Technology Committee, Interim Guide for Resptrabie Mass Sampling. Am. Ind Hyg. Assoc. J. 31(2): 133 (1970). NOTICE OF INTENDED CHANGES (for 1982) These substances, with their corresponding val ues. comprise those for which either a limit has been proposed for the first time, or for which a change in the "Adopted" listing has been proposed. In both cases, the proposed limits should be considered trial limits that will remain in the listing for a period of at least two years. If, after two years no evidence comes to light that questions the appropriateness of the val ues herein, the values will be reconsidered for the "Adopted" list. Documentation is available for each of these substances. Substance TWA STEL [CAS#] ppm' mQ/m3*" ppm" mg/m31" +Acrylonitrile L107-13-13 -- Skin................................ 2, A2 Atrazme (1912-24-9]........ -- Cadmium oxide production . -- o-Chiorobenzylidene malononitrile [2698-41-1] C 0.05 Chloromethyl methyl ether [107-30-2].................. - A2 Cobalt carbonyl, as Co.......... -- Cobalt hydrocarbonyl_ vj,t , W-T*. ww --. ......... Cobalt metal, dust & fume [7440-484], as Co......... -- Enflurane [13838-16-9)....... 75 4.5 A2 5 0.05 C 0.4 A2 0,1 0.1 0,05 575 -- -- - -- -- -- ---- -- -- T2-Ethoxyethanoi [110-80-5] -- Skin............................ 5 19 -- t2-Ethoxyethyl acetate (111-15-9] --Skin......... 5 27 -- t Ethylene glycol [107-21-1], particulate DELETE, see Appendix G Ethylene glycol dinitrate (EGDN) [628-96-6] Skin............................,... 0.05 0.3 0.1 0.1 0.6 Capital letters A. B, D S E refer to Appendices. C denotes ceiling limit --,rtO, n,,.,.,.,rt,, ,,r Artriitmn 37 MAP 000372 Subttwce TWA STa [CAS #] ppm' mfl/mJ61 ppm01 t Ethylene oxide [75-21-85... fFenamiphos [22224-92-6] -- Skin........................... Fenthion [55-38-9]............. t Formaldehyde [50-00-0]..... tGrain dust.......................... Halothane [151-67-7]......... Lead arsenate [10102-48-4], as PbafAsOa^................. t2-Methoxyettiano! [109-86-4] --Skin......... 12-Methoxyethyt acetate [110-49-6] -- Skin fMetribuzin [21087-64-9].... p-Nitrochlorobenzene [100-00-5] -- Skin......... Nitroglycerin (NG) [55-63-0] -- Skin..................... . 2-Nitropropane [79-46-9]... fPerchloroethylene [127-184]-- Skin......... Persulfates, alkali metal, as S2 Os..................... .............. Ptienylhydrazine [100-63-0] -- Skin........................ Propylene glycol dinitrate (PGDN) [6423434] -- Skin................. ............. Propylene imine [75-55-8] -- Skin......................... tRhodium. Insoluble compounds, as Rh......... Soluble compounds, as Rh.................................. Silicon tetrahydnde (Silane) [7803-62-5].................... tSulprofos [3540043-2]..... Toluene-2. 4-diisocyanate (TDI) [584-84-9]............. to-Toluidine [95-534] -- Skin ....:........................ tTnchloroetriylene [79-01-6]. Trietbylamine [12144-8].... Trimethylamine [75-50-3]... fVinylidine chloride [75-354]........................ 1. A2 2, A2 -- 0.1 -- 0.2 Cl, A2 C 1.5. A2 -- -4 50 400 -- __ __ -- -- 0.15 -- 5 16 -- 5 24 -- 5-- 0.5 3 -- 0.05 10, A2 0.5 0.1 35, A2 20, A2 50 335 200 -- 2-- 5, A2 20. A2 10, A2 0.05 2, A2 -- 5 -- 0.005 2. A2 50 10 10 5 0.3 5, A2 0.1 -- 1 0.01 - -- 7 __ 1-- 0.04 9. A2 270 40 40 0.02 200 15 -15 20 20 0.45 - 70, A2 1,340 45, A2 0.6 -- -- _ -- 0.15 1,080 60 60 80 NOTICE OF INTENDED CHANGES MINERAL DUSTS Substance TLV Diatomaceous earth, natural [60676-86-0].... Silica, amorphous............. [7631-86-9] Talc (containing no fibers) [14807-96-6] Talc (fiber-containing)...... 1.5 mg:m3. Respirable dust 6 mg/m3, Total dust (all sampled sizes) 3 mg/m3, Respirable dust (< 5^m) 15 mppcf or 2 mg/m3. Respirable dust 2 fibers/cc, > 5 ^m in length APPENDIX A Carcinogens The Committee lists below those substances in in dustrial use that have proven carcinogenic in man. or have induced-Cancer in animals under appropriate ex perimental conditions. Present listing of those sub stances carcinogenic for man takes two forms: Those for which a TLV has been assigned (la) and those for which environmental conditions have not been suffi ciently defined to assign a TLV (1 b). Ala. Human Carcinogens. Substances, or substances associated with industrial processes, recog nized to have carcinogenic or cocarcinogenic potential, with an assigned TLV: TLV "Acrylonitrile -- Skin...... Asbestos Amosite...................... Chrysotile................... Crocidolite.................. Other forms............... bis (Chloromethyl) ether Chromite ore processing (chromate)................. Chromium (VI), certain water insoluble compounds..1.......... 2 ppm 0.5 fiber > 5/xm/cc 2 fibers > 5/xm.cc 0.2 fiber > 5fim/cc 2 fibers > 5/um/cc 0.001 ppm 0.05 mg/m3, as Cr .0.05 mg/m3. as Cr Capital tetters A. B. D & E refer to Appendices. C denotes ceiling limit t1982 Revision or Addition ----------------"See Notice of intended Changes MAP 000373 Coal tar pitch volatiles . Nickel sulfide roasting. fume & dust.............. Vinyl chlonde............... 0.2 mg/m3, as benzene solubles 1.0 mg/m3, as Ni 5 ppm Alb. Human Carcinogens. Substances, or sub stances associated with industrial processes, recognized to have carcinogenic potential with out an assigned TLV: 4-Aminodiphenyl (p-Xenylamine) -- Skin + Benzidine -- Skin *'Chloromethyl methyl ether /S-Naphthylamine 4-Nitrodiphenyl For the substances in 1b, no exposure or con tact by any route-- respiratory, skin or oral, as detected by the most sensitive methods -- shall be permitted. The worker should be properly equipped to insure virtually no contact with tne carcinogen. A2. Industrial Substances Suspect of Carcinogenic Potential for MAN. Chemical substances or sub stances associated with industrial processes, which are suspect of inducing cancer, based on either (1) limited epidemiologic evidence, exclu sive of clinical reports of single cases, or (2) demonstration of carcinogenesis in one or more animal species by appropriate methods. * Acrylonitrile -- Skin Amitrol Antimony trioxide production* Arsenic trioxide production Benzene Benzo(a)pyrene Beryllium Cadmium oxide production Carbon tetrachloride -- Skin Chloroform Chloromethyl methyl ether 2 ppm ------------------- 10 ppm ------- 2.0 u.g/m3 --~ 5 ppm 10 ppm ------- "Cigarette smoking can enhance the incidence of respiratory cancers from mis or others of these substances or processes. 1982 Addition. - J1982 Adoption 'See Notice ot intended Changes 40 Chromates of lead and zinc, as Cr 0.05 mg;m: Chrysene -- 3. 3 '-Dichiorobenzidine -- Skin -- Dimethylcarbamyl chlonde -- 1.1-Dimethyl hydrazine -- Skin 0.5 ppm Dimethyl sulfate -- Skin 0,1 ppm Ethylene dibromide -- Skin -- Ethylene oxide 1 ppm Formaldehyde Hexachlorobutadiene C 1 ppm 0.02 ppm Hexamethyl phosphoramide -- Skin -- Hydrazine -- Skin 0.1 ppm 4,4'-Methylene bis (2-chloroaniline) -- Skin 0.02 ppm Methyl hydrazine -- Skin C0.2 ppm Methyl iodide -- Skin 2-Nitropropane 2 ppm 10 ppm N-Nitrosodimethytamine -- Skin -- N-Phenyl-beta-naphthylamine -- Phenylhydrazine -- Skin 5 ppm Propane sultone beta-Propiolactone -- 0.5 ppm Propylene imine -- Skin 2 ppm : o-Tolidine -- o-Toluidine -- Skin 2 ppm Vinyl bromide 5 ppm Vinyl cyclohexene dioxide 10 ppm For the above, worker exposure by all routes should be carefully controlled to levels consis tent with the animal and human expenence data (see Documentation), including those sub stances with a listed TLV. THE COMMITTEE GUIDELINES FOR ` CLASSIFICATION OF EXPERIMENTAL ANIMAL CARCINOGENS The following guidelines are offered in the pres ent state of knowledge as an aid in classifying substances in the occupational environment found to be carcinogenic in expenmental ani mals. A need was felt by the Threshold Limits Committee for such a classification in order to ft 982 Addition. 1982 Adoption. 41 MAP 000374 take the first step in developing TLV for occupational exposure. an appropriate Determination of Approximate Threshold of Re sponse Requirement. In order to determine m which category to classify an experimental car cinogen for the purpose of assigning an indus trial air limit (TLV), an approximate threshold of neoplastic response must be determined. Be cause of practical experimental difficulties, a precisely defined threshold cannot be attained. For the purposes of standard-setting, this is of little moment, as an appropriate risk, or safety, factor can be applied to the approximate thresh old, the magnitude of which is dependent on the degree of potency of the carcinogenic re sponse. To obtain the best 'practical' threshold of neo plastic response, dosage decrements should be less than loganthmic. This becomes particularly important at levels greater than 10 ppm (or cor responding mg/m3). Accordingly, after a range finding determination has .been made by lo garithmic decreases, two additional dosage levels are required within the levels of "effect" and "no effect" to approximate the true thresh old of neoplastic response. The second step should attempt to establish a metabolic relationship between animal and man for the particular substance found carcinogenic in animals. If the metabolic pathways are found comparable, the substance should be classed highly suspect as a carcinogen for man. If no such relation is found, the substance should re main listed as an experimental animal carcino gen until evidence to the contrary is found. Proposed Classification of Experimental Animal Carcinogens. Substances occurring in the occu pational environment found carcinogenic for animals may be grouped into three classes, those of high, intermediate and low potency. In evaluating the incidence of animal cancers, sig nificant incidence of cancer is defined as a neo plastic response which represents, in the judg ment of the Committee, a significant excess of tcmanlecers above that occurring in negative con- EXCEPTIONS: No substance is to be considered an occupational carcinogen of any practical sig nificance which reacts by the respiratory route 42 at or above 1000 mg/m3 for the mouse. 2000 mg/m3 for the rat: by the dermal route, at or above 1500 mg/kg for the mouse, 3000 mg-kg for the rat; by the gastrointestinal route at or above 500 mg/kg/d for a lifetime, equivalent to about 100 g T.D, for the rat, 10 g T.D. for the mouse. These dosage limitations exclude such sub stances as dioxane and trichiorethylene from consideration as carcinogens. Examples: Dioxane -- rats, hepatocellular and nasal tumors from 1015 mg/kg-d. oral Trichloroethylene -- female mice, tumors (30/98 @ 900 mg/kg/d), oral Industrial Substances of High Carcinogenic Po tency in Experimental Animals. 1. A substance to qualify as a carcinogen of high potency must fulfill one of the three fol lowing conditions in two animal species: la. Respiratory. Elicit cancer from (1) dos ages below 1 mg/m3 (or equivalent ppm) via the respiratory tract in 6- 7-hour daily repeated inhalation exposures through out lifetime; or (2) from a single intratracheally administered dose not exceeding 1 mg of particulate, or liquid, per 100 ml or less of animal minute respiratory vol ume; Examples: bis-Chloromethyl ether, malign ant tumors, rats, @ 0.47 mg/m3 (0.1 ppm) in 2 years; Hexamethyl phosphoramide, nasal squamous cell carcino ma, rats, @ 0.05 ppm, in 13 months OR lb. Dermal. Elicit cancer within 20 weeks by skin-painting, twice weekly at 2 mg/kg body weight or less per application for a total dose equal to or less than 1.5 mg, in a biologically inert vehicle; 43 MAP 000375 Examples: 7. 12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene -- skin tumors @ 0.12. 0.8 mg T.D. in four weeks Benzo(a)pyrene, mice 12 3X/wk for 18 mos. T.D. 2.6 mg, 90.9% skin tumors OR 1c. Gastrointestinal. Elicit cancer by daily in take via the gastrointestinal tract, within six months, with a six-month holding period, at a dosage below 1 mg/kg body weight per day: total dose, rat, 5 50 mg; mouse, 3.5 mg; Examples: 7, 12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene -- mammaiy tumors from 10 mg IX 3-Methylcholanthrene -- Tumors @ 3 sites from 8 mg in 89 weeks Benzo(a)pyrene, mice, 3.9% leukemias, from 30 mg T.D. 198 days 2.Elicit cancer by all three routes in at least two animal species at dose levels prescribed for high or intermediate potency. Industrial Substances of Intermediate Carcinogenic Potency in Experimental Animals. To qualify as a carcinogen of intermediate po tency, a substance should elicit cancer in two animal species at dosages intermediate be tween those described in A3a and A3c by two routes of administration. Example: Carbamic acid ethyl ester Dermal, mammary tumors, mice, 100%. 63 weeks, 500-1400 mg T.D. Gastrointestinal, various type tumors, mice 42 weeks, 320 mg T.D. Gastrointestinal, various type tumors, rats, 60 weeks, 110-930 mg T.D. Industrial Substances of Low Carcinogenic Potency in Experimental Animals. To qualify as a carcinogen of low potency, a substance should elicit cancer in one animal 44 species by any one of three routes of adminis tration at the following prescribed dosages and conditions: la. Respiratory. Elicit cancer from (1) dosages greater than 10 mg m3 (or equivalent ppm) via the respiratory tract in 6- 7-hour, daily repeated inhalation exposures, for 12 months' exposure and 12 months' observa tion period: or (2) from intratracrieally ad ministered dosages totaling more than 10 mg of particulate or liquid per 100 ml or more of animal minute respiratory volume; Examples: Beryl (beryllium aluminum silicate) malig. lung tumors, rats. @ 15 mg/m3 @ 17 months Benzidine, var. tumors, rats, 10--20 mg/m3 @ > 13 mos. OR lb. Dermal. Elicit cancer by skin-painting of mice in twice weekly dosages pf > ID mg/kg body weight in a biologically inert vehicle for at least 75 weeks, i.e., S l.5g T.D. Examples: Shale tar, mouse, 0.1 ml x 50 = 5g T.D. 59/60 skin tumors Arsenic trioxide, man. dose un known, but estimated to be high lc. Gastrointestinal. Elicit cancer from daily oral dosages of 50 mg/kg/day or greater during the lifetime of the animal. APPENDIX B SUBSTANCES OF VARIABLE COMPOSITION B1 Polytetrafluoroethylene' decomposition productsThermal decomposition of the fluorocarbon chain in air leads to the formation of oxidized products containing carbon, fluorine and oxygen. Because these products decompose in part by hydrolysis in alkaline solution, they can be quantitatively de termined in air as fluoride to provide an index of exposure. No TLV is recommended pending de termination of the toxicity of the products, but air concentrations should be minimal. B2 Welding Fumes --Total Paniculate (NOC)* TLV, 5mg/m3 "TraOe Names. Algoflon. Ruon, Halon. Teflon. Tetrarv tNot otherwise classified (NOC), 45 MAP 000376 Welding fumes cannot be classified simply The exceeds unity, then the threshold limit of the mixture composition and quantity of both are dependent on should be considered as being exceeded. Ci indi the alloy being welded and the process and elec cates the observed atmosphenc concentration, and trodes used. Reliable analysis of fumes cannot be Ti the corresponding threshold limit (See Example made without considering the nature of the welding 1A.a. and lA.c.). process and system being examined; reactive metals Exceptions to the above rule may be made when and alloys such as aluminum and titanium are arc- there is a good reason to believe that the chief effects welded in a protective, inert atmosphere such as of the different harmful substances are not in fact ad argon. These arcs create relatively little fume, but an ditive, but independent as when purely local effects intense radiation which can produce ozone. Similar on different organs of the body are produced by the processes are used to arc-weld steels, also creating a various components of the mixture. In such cases the relatively low level of fumes. Ferrous alloys also are f threshold limit ordinarily is exceeded only when at arc-weIdad in oxidizing environments which generate considerable fume, and can produce carbon monox *- least one member of the series ((-^C4-i - or - c etc. j\ ide instead of ozone. Such fumes generally are com posed of discreet particles of amorphous slags con taining iron, manganese, silicon and other metallic constituents depending on the alloy system involved. Chromium and nickel compounds are found in fumes when stainless steels are arc-welded. Some coated and flux-cored electrodes are formulated with fluorides and the fumes associated with them can contain significantly more fluorides than oxides. Be cause of the above factors, arowelding fumes fre quently must be tested for individual constituents which are likely to be present to determine whether specific TLV's are exceeded. Conclusions based on 1 itself has a value exceeding unity (See Example 1A.c.). Synergistic action or potentiation may occur with some combinations of atmospheric contaminants. Such cases at present must be determined individual ly. Potentiating or synergistic agents are not neces sarily harmful by themselves. Potentiating effects of exposure to such agents by routes other than that of inhalation is also possible, e.g imbibed alcohol and inhaled narcotic (trichloroethylene). Potentiation is characteristically exhibited at high concentrations, less probably at low. When a given operation or process characteristi total fume concentration are generally adequate if no toxic elements are present in welding rod, metal, or metal coating and conditions are not conducive to the formation of toxic gases. Most welding, even with primitive ventilation, does not produce exposures inside the welding helmet above 5 mg/mJ. That which does, should be con trolled. cally emits a number of harmful dusts, fumes, vapors or gases, it will frequently be only feasible to attempt to evaluate the hazard by measurement of a single substance. In such cases, the threshold limit used for this substance should be reduced by a suitable factor, the magnitude of which will depend on the number, toxicity and relative quantity of the other contamin ants ordinarily present. APPENDIX C MIXTURES Examples of processes which are typically asso ciated with two or more harmful atmospheric conta minants are welding, automobile repair, blasting, C.1 THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES FOR MIXTURES painting, lacquering, certain foundry operations, die sel exhausts, etc. When two or more hazardous substances, which act upon the same organ system, are present, their combined effect, rather than that of either individual ly. should be given pnmary consideration. In the ab f * C.1A Examples of THRESHOLD UMIT VALUES FOR MIXTURES sence of information to the contrary, the effects of the * The following formulae apply only when the com different hazards should be considered as additive. That is. if the sum of the following fractions, ponents in a mixture have similar toxicologic effects; they should not be used for mixtures with widely dif Cj_ _C2 _C_,, T, ~ T2 * ' ' T,, fering reactivities, e.g. hydrogen cyanide & sulfur dioxide. In such case the formula for Independent Ef fects (lA.c.) should be used. 46 47 MAP 000377 1A.a. General case, where air is analyzed for each component: a. Additive effects. (Note: It is essential that the atmosphere be analyzed both qualitatively and quantitatively for each component pres ent, m order to evaluate compliance or noncompliance with this calculated TLV.) Example No. 1A.a.: Air contains 400 ppm of acetone (TLV = 1000 ppm) 150 ppm of sec-butyl acetate (TLV = 200 ppm) and 100 ppm of 2-butanone (TLV = 200 ppm) Atmospheric concentration of mix ture = 400 * 150 + 100 = 650 ppm of mixture Threshold Limit is exceeded, 1A.b. Special case when the source of contaminant is a liquid mixture and the atmospheric composi tion is assumed to be similar to that of the orig inal material; e.g. on a time-weighted average exposure basis, all of the liquid (solvent) mix ture eventually evaporates. Additive effects (approximate solution) 1. The percent composition (by weight) of the liquid mixture is known, the TLVs of the constituents must be listed in mg/m3. (Note: In order to evaluate compliance with this TLV, field sampling instruments should be calibrated, in the laboratory, for response to this specific quantitative and qualitative airvapor mixture, and also to fractional concen trations of this mixture; e.g., 112 the TLV; 1110 the TLV; 2 x the TLV; 10 x the TLV; etc.) TLV of mixture = fg ^ fb TLV,, TLVfr 1 fc , TLVr tn ' ' TLV,, 48 Example No. 1: Liquid contains (by weight) 50% heptane: TLV = 400 ppm or 1600 mg'm3 1 mg m3 0.25 ppm 30% methyl chloroform: TLV = 350 ppm or 1900 mg/m3 1 mg-m3 0.18 ppm 20% perchloroethylene: TLV = 100 ppm or 670 mg/m3 1 mg/m3 = 0.15 ppm TLV of Mixture 1 0,5 0.3 0.2 1600 ~ 1900 * 670 1 0.00031 + 0.00016 + 0.00030 1 = 1300 mg/m3 0.00077 of this mixture 50% or (1300) (0.5) = 650 mg/m3 is heptane 30% or (1300) (0.3) = 390 mg/m3 is methyl chloro form 20% or (1300) (0.2) = 260 mg/m3 is perchloroethylene These values can be converted to ppm as follows: heptane: 650 mg/m3 x 0.25 = 162 ppm methyl chloroform: 390 mg/m3 x 0.18 = 70 ppm perchloroethylene: 260 mg/m3 x 0.15 = 39 ppm TLV of mixture = 162 + 70 + 39 = 271 ppm, or 1300 mg/m3 lA.c. Independent effects. Air contains 0.15 mg/m3 of lead (TLV, 0.15) and 0.7 mg/m3 of sulfuric acid (TLV, 1). 0.15 ' JLL=0 7 1 Threshold limit is not exceeded. 1B. TLV for Mixtures of Mineral Dusts. For mixtures of biologically active mineral dusts the general formula for mixtures may be used. For mixture containing 80% nonasbestiform talc and 20% quartz, the TLV for 100% of the mixture is given by: 49 MAP 000378 TLV=irfir=9mppcf 20 " 2.7 TLV of nonasbestiform talc (pure) = 20 mppcf TLV of quartz (pure) = 300 = 300 . 100-10 110 = " 2.7 mppcf Essentially the same result will be obtained if the limit of the more (most) toxic component is used provided the effects are additive. In the above ex ample the limit for 20% quartz is 10 mppcf. For another mixture of 25% quartz, 25% amor phous silica and 50% talc: 25% quartz -- TLV (pure) = 2.7 mppcf 25% amorphous silica -- TLV (pure) = 20 mppcf 50% talc TLV (pure) = 20 mppcf TLV = __________ 1_ 0.25 ... 0.25 2.7 20 -g-g--=8 mppcf 20 The limit for 25% quartz approximates 9 mppcf. APPENDIX D Some Nuisance Particulates0' TLV. 30 mppcf or 10 mg/m3 of total dust < 1% quartz, or, 5 mg/m3 respirable dust a-Alumina (AI2O3) Calcium carbonate Calcium silicate Cellulose (paper fiber) Emery Glycerin Mist Graphite (synthetic) Gypsum Kaolin Limestone Magnesite Marble Mineral Wool Fiber Pentaerythritol Plaster of Paris Portland Cement Rouge Silicon Silicon Carbide Starch Sucrose Titanium Dioxide Vegetable oil mists (except castor, cashew nut, or similar irritant oils) Zinc Stearate Zinc oxide dust 0) When toxic impurities are not present, e.g. quartz < 1%. 50 Acetylene Argon Ethane Ethylene APPENDIX E Some Simple Asphyxiants' Helium Hydrogen Methane Neon p) As defined on pg. 6. Propane Propylene I j APPENDIX F Conversion of mppcf to Mass Concentration Calculations for Conversion of Particle Count Con centration (by Standard Light Field -- Midget Impinger Techniques), in mppcf. to Respirable Mass Concentration (by Respirable Sampler) in mg/m3."' 1. In 1967, Jacobsen and Tomb,'" denved an em pirical relationship of 5.6 mppcf to 1 milligram of respirable dust per cubic meter of air. based on 23 sets of samples, mostly coal dust. Studies on conversion factors nave been undertaken and preliminary evidence suggests that the application of any single conversion factor may not be adequate for use in risk assessments. epidemiology studies, or setting TLVs. The following calculation results in an equivalence of 6.37 mppcf to 1 mgim3 of respir able dust. Thus, an approximate ratio of 6 mppcf to 1 mg/m3 of respirable dust is suggest ed for conversion of TLVs from a count to a mass basis when the density and mass median . diameter have not been determined. 2. Basic assumptions: a) Average density for silica containing dusts = 2.5 g/cm3 (2500 mg/cm3). Pulmonary sig nificant dust densities may vary from 1.2 g/cm3 for coal dust to 3.1 g/cm3 for Portland Cement. Silica densities vary from-2.2 (amor phous) to 2.3 (cristobaiite and tridymite) to 2.5 (alpha-quartz.) gms per cm3. b) The mass median diameter (mmd) of parti cles collected in midget impinger samplers and counted by the standard light field tech nique. and collected in a respirable sampler is approximately 1.5 /m or 1.5 x io_< cm. This assumption is. of course, quite arbitrary since the mmd of all dust clouds is quite variable, depending on many independent parameters, such as source of dust, age of | ; ' , i J ( ; > 51 A MAP 000379 dust cloud, meteorological conditions, pro cesses and equipment changes, etc. If the density and the mass median diameter of the dust particles are known, the nomograph in Figure 1 can be used to convert dust count concentrations (mppcf) to respirable mass concentrations (mg/m3). 3. Calculation: a) vol. per particle: 4/3 n r3; r = 0.75 x io- = 4/3 it (0.75 x 10~)3 = 1.77 x io~12 cm3 cm b) wt. per particle = vol. x density = 1.77 x 10-12 cm3 x 2.5 x io3 mg/cm3 = 4.425 x io- mg/particle c) 1 particle/ft.3 = 35.5 part./m3 (since 35.5 cu ft = 1 cu m.) 10s part./ft3 = mppcf = 35.5 x io part./m3 -wt. of 1 mppcf = 35:5 x io -part./m3 x 4.425 x io-9 mg/part. 1 mppcf 0.157 mg/m3 or 6.37 mppcf * 1 mg/m3 or approximately 6 mpccf 1 mg/m3. Reference 1. Jacobson. M. and T. F. Tomb: RetationsniD Between Gravimetric Respiraoie Dust Concentration ano Mioget Impmger Number Concentra tion Am. ind. Hyg. Assoc J. 25:554 (Nov -Dec 1967) 52 DENSITY p(g/cm3) 15 -- 14 ~ 13 -- 1? 11 -- 10 -f 9 -I I7-- ft 5 ft RATIO R/mppcf \ Vmg/m3! .0034 --i .003 -- .01 -- .02 -- .04 -- MMD D (/im) r- 10 8 ft 5 3 3 10 -- 20 -- 30 ~ 40 -r 50 100 -- 200 --1 300 Figure 1 -- Ratio of Particle Count -- mppcf to Respir able Mass Concentration -- mg/m3 (as function of density and mmd)i- Prepared by P. E Caplan anfi R. J. Smith 53 MAP 000380 ..imu mr nm-imim t:a Table 1 Equivalent TLVs in mppcf and mg/m3 (Respirable Mass) for Mineral Dusts'* Substance Silica (SiCh) Amorphous Cristobalite Fused silica Quartz Tridymite Coal Dust Diatomaceous earth, natural Graphite (natural) Mica Mineral wool fiber Nuisance particulates Perlite Portland Cement Soapstone Tripoli Threshold Limit Value Count Resp. Mass Total Mass' mppcf mg/m3 ma/m3 20 1.5 3 3 1.5 (12) -- 15 20 -- 30 30 30 20 (3) (3)** 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.05 2 1.5 (2.5) (3) (5) (5) (5) (5) (3) 0.1 (6) 0.15 0.3 0.3 0.15 (4) __ (5) (6) 10 10 (10) (10) (6) (0.3) tAssuming that the mass median diameter is ISfim and density is 2 5 g, cm3 'Unless dtherwise specified, respiraoie mass is presumed te equal ap proximately 50% of total mass ^ "All values in parentheses i t represent newly calculated values based on equivalence of 6 mppcf a i mg.m3 respirable mass and respiraoie mass 50% total mass APPENDIX G Chemical Substances and Other Issues UnderStudy' Chemical Substances Acetonitrile Acetophenone Acetyl acetone Allyl chionde Aluminum oxide Asbestos Bismuth telluride Carbonyl fluonde Cellulose Chlorinated camphene (60%) ___ Chlorinated naphthalenes Chlorine bis-Chloromethyl ether Copper dust & fume Diatomaceous earth 54 Diethylenetriamine Emeiy Epichlorohydrin Ethyl chloride Ethylene dichloride Graphite Hexafluoroacetone Isocyantes Jet fuel Methylenedianiline Methyl methaciylate Methyl tertiary butyl ether Nickel, metal & soluble compounds Nitrous oxide Osmium tetroxide "Other"glycol ethers Pipenzine Propylene chionde Propylene oxide Silica, all forms Silicon carbide Silicon tetrahydride (Silane) Styrene, monomer 2,3,7,8-Tetrachlorodibenzo- p-dioxin (TCDD) Tetrachloronaphthalene Tin hydride 1.2,3-Trichloropropane Trimellitic anhydride m-Xylene 2,2'-diamine (MXDA, meta-metaxylenediamine) Other Issues Dual vapor and particulate TLVs.*2 Role of Biological Exposure Indices relative to air borne contaminant TLVs.2 Role of STELs and Excursion limits.2 STELs will be used for specific health effects and Excursion limits will be used for substances without a specific STEL. Should mppcf values be retained (Appendix F)? Should welding fume value (not otherwise classified. NOC) be retained or should specific analytical determina tions be made for metals and other compounds and these values be compared to specific TLVs? 'Information, data especially, and comments are solicited to assist the committee in its deliberations and in the development ot draft documents Draft documentations are used by the committee to decide what action, if any to recommend on a given substance or question 2Study papers appear m the Annals of the American Conference of Governmental industrial Hygienists. Volume A. Transactions of the 1983 Meeting i available late 1982) 55 | t i 1 MAP 000381 APPENDIX H Registered* Trade Names Trade Name Abate Ammate Azodrm Baygon Baytex Bidrin Bolstar Butyl Cellosolve Cellosolve acetate Coyden Crag herbicide Dasanit Delnav Dibrom Difolatan Disyston Dursban Dyfonate Furadan Guthion Lannate Methyl Cellosolve Methyl Cellosolve acetate Nemacur Nialate N-Serve Pival Plictran Sencor Sevin Teflon Thimet Thiodan Tordon Zoalene Generic Name Temephos Ammonium sulfamate Monocrotophos Propoxur Fenthion Dicrotophos Sulprofos 2-Butoxyethanol 2-Ethoxyethyl acetate Clopidol Sesone Fensulfothion Dioxathion Naled Captafol Disulfoton Chlorpyrifos Fonofos Carbofuran Azinphos-methyl Methomyl 2-Methoxyethanol 2-Methoxyethyl acetate Fenamiphos Ethion Nitrapyrin Pindone Cyhexatin Metribuzin Carbaryl Polytetrafluoroethylene Phorate Endosulfan Picloram Dinitolmide TLVs Threshold Limit Values for Physical Agents Adopted by ACGIH for 1982 MAP 000382 1982 TLV PHYSICAL AGENTS COMMITTEE Herbert H. Jones, NIOSH (Retired) -- Chaiman Peter A. Breysse, University of Washington Thomas Cummings, Ontario Ministry of Labour Inring H. Davis, Michigan Dept, of Public Health Zory R. Glaser, Ph.D., Bureau of Radiological Health/FDA Allan P. Heins, Ph.D.. OSHA LCDR Richard Johnson, USN Edward J. Largent, Retired John C. Mitchell, USAF Anthony M. Muc, Ph.D., Ontario Ministry of Labour David H. Sliney, USAEHA COL Robert T. Wangemann. USA __ Thomas K. Wilkinson, National Institutes of Health CONSULTANTS Gerald V. Coles William E. Murray, Wordie H. Parr, Ph.D. __ This book is fully protected by copyright and no part of it may be reproduced in any form, by print, photoprint, microfilm, or any other means without written permission. Any comments or questions regarding these limits, or requests to reprint should be addressed to: Executive Secretary American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hy gienists 6500 Glenway Ave.. Bldg. D-5 Cincinnati, OH 45211: (513)661-7881 58 PREFACE PHYSICAL AGENTS These threshold limit values refer to levels of phys ical agents and represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly ex posed day after day without adverse effect. Because of wide variations in individual susceptibility, expo sure of an occasional individual at, or even below, the threshold limit may not prevent annoyance, aggrava tion of a pre-existing condition, or physiological dam age. These threshold limits are based on the best avail able information from industrial experience, from ex perimental human and animal studies, and when pos sible, from a combination of the three. These limits are intended for use in the practice of industrial hygiene and should be interpreted and ap plied only by a person trained in this discipline. They are not intended for use, or for modification for use, (1) in the evaluation or control of the levels of physi cal agents in the'community, (2) as proof or disproof of an existing physical disability, or (3) for adoption by countries whose working conditions differ from those in the United States of America. These values are reviewed annually by the Com mittee on Threshold Limits for Physical Agents for re visions or additions, as further information becomes available. Notice of Intent -- At the beginning of each year, proposed actions of the Committee for the forthcom ing year are issued in the form of a "Notice of intent." This notice provides not only an opportunity for com ment, but solicits suggestions of physical agents to be added to the list. The suggestions should be ac companied by substantiating evidence. As Legislative Code -- The Conference recognizes that the Threshold Limit Values may be adopted in legislative codes and regulations. If so used, the in tent of the concepts contained in the Preface should be maintained and provisions should be made to keep the list current. 59 1 Map 000383 THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES HEAT STRESS These Threshold Limit Values refer to heat stress conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse health effects. The TLVs shown in Table 1 are based on the assumption that nearly all acclimatized, fully clothed workers with adequate water and salt intake should be able to function effectively under the given working conditions without exceeding a deep body temperature of 38C.'1' !> Since measurement of deep body temperature is impractical for monitoring the workers' heat load, the measurement of environmental factors is required which most nearly correlate with deep body tempera ture and other physiological responses to heat. At the present time Wet Bulb Globe Temperature Index (WBGT) is the simplest and most suitable technique to measure the environmental factors. WBGT values are calculated by the following equations: 1. Outdoors with solar load: WBGT-0-.7AIWB~G.-2GT + 0.1 OB 2. Indoors or Outdoors with no solar load: WBGT = 0.7 NWB + 0.3 GT where: " = WBGT = Wet Bulb Globe Temperature index NWB = Natural Wet-Bulb Temperature DB = Dry-Bulb Temperature GT = Globe Temperature The determination of WBGT requires the use of a black globe thermometer, a natural (static) wet-bulb thermometer, and a dry-bulb thermometer. Higher heat exposures than shown in Table 1 are permissible if the workers have been undergoing medical surveillance and it has been established that they are more tolerant to work in heat than the average worker. Workers should not be permitted to continue their work when their deep body tempera ture exceeds 38.0C. EVALUATION ANO CONTROL I. Measurement of the Environment The instruments required are a dry-bulb, a natural wet-bulb, a globe thermometer, and a stand. The 60 TABLE 1 Permissible Heat Exposure Threshold Limit Values (Values are given in =C. WBGT) Work Load Work -- Rest Regimen Light Moderate Heavy Continuous work 30.0 26.7 25,0 75% Work -- 25% Rest, Each hour 30.6 28.0 25.9 50% Work -- 50% Rest, Each hour 25% Work-- ' 75% Rest, Each hour 31.4 29.4 27.9 32.2 31.1 30.0 measurement of the environmental factors shall be performed as follows: A. The range of the dry and the natural wet bulb ther mometer shall be -5C to 50C with an accuracy of i0.5C. The dry bulb thermometer must be shielded from the sun and the other radiant surfaces of the en vironment without restricting the airflow around the bulb. The wick of the natural wet-bulb thermometer shall be kept wet with distilled water for at least 1.'2 hour before the temperature reading is made. It is not enough to immerse the other end of the wick into a reservoir of distilled water and wait until the whole wick becomes wet by capillarity. The wick shall be wetted by direct application of water from a syringe 112 hour before each reading. The wick shall extend over the bulb of the thermometer, covering the stem about one additional bulb length. The wick -should always be clean and new wicks should be washed be fore using. B. A globe thermometer, consisting of a 15 cm. (6inch) diameter hollow copper sphere painted on the outside with a matte black finish or equivalent, shall be used. The bulb or sensor of a thermometer (range -5C to 100C with an accuracy of -0.5C) must be fixed in the center of the sphere. The globe thermom eter shall be exposed at least 25 minutes before it is read. 61 MAP 000384 C. A stand shall be used to suspend the three ther mometers so that they do not restnct free air flow around the bulbs, and the wet-bulb and globe ther mometer are not shaded. D. It is permissible to use any other type of tempera ture sensor that gives identical reading as that of a mercury thermometer under the same conditions. E. The thermometers must be so placed that the readings are representative of the condition where the men work or rest, respectively. The methodology outlined above is more fully ex plained by Minard.'3-*' TABLE 2 Assessment of Work Load'91 Average values of metabolic rate during different activities. A. Body position and movement Sitting Standing Walking Walking up hill kcal/min 0.3 0.6 2.0-3.0 add 0.8 per meter (yard) rise B. Type of Work Average Range kcal/min kcal/min Hand work Work with one arm Work with both arms Work with body light heavy light heavy light heavy light moderate heavy very heavy 0.4 0.2-1.2 0.9 1.0 0.7-2.5 1.8 1.5 ~1(0-3.5 2.5 3.5 L2.515.0 5.0 7.0 _ 9.0 ___ 62 ID TABLE 3 Activity Examples'91 Light hand work: wnting, hand knitting Heavy hand work: typewnting Heavy work with one arm: hammenng in nails (shoe maker, upholsterer) Light work with two arms: filing metal, planing wood, raking of a garden Moderate work with the body: cleaning a floor, beating a carpet Heavy work with the body: railroad track laying, digging, barking trees Sample Calculation Assembly line work using a heavy hand tool. A. Walking along 2.0 kcal/min 8. Intermediate value -between heavy work with two arms and light work with the body 3.0 kcal /min C. Add for basal metabolism 5.0 kcal/min 1.0 kcal/min Total 6.0 kcal/minII. II. Work Load Categories Heat produced by the body and the environmental heat together determine the total heat load. There fore, if work is to be performed under hot environ mental conditions, the workload category of each job shall be established and the heat exposure limit perti nent to the work load evaluated against the applica ble standard in order to protect the worker from ex posure beyond the permissible limit. A. The work load category may be established by ranking each job into light, medium, and heavy cate gories on the basis of type of operation. Where the work load is ranked into one of said three categones. 63 MAP 000385 ini (1) light work (up to 200 kcal/hr or 800 Btu/hr): e.g.. sitting or standing to control machines, perform ing light hand or arm work, (2) moderate work (200-350 kcal/hr or 800-1400 Btu/hr): e.g., walking about with moderate lifting and pushing, (3) heavy work (350-500 kcal/hr or 1400-2000 Btu/hr): e.g., pick and shovel work, the permissible heat exposure limit for that work load shall be determined from Table 1. B. The ranking of the job may be performed either by measuring the worker's metabolic rate while perform ing his job or by estimating his metabolic rate with the use of Tables 2 and 3. Additional tables available in the literature15'81 may be utilized also. When this method is used the permissible heat exposure limit can be determined by Figure 1. III. Work-Rest Regimen The permissible exposure limits specified in Table .1 and Figure 1 are based -on the -assumption that tne WBGT value of the resting place is the same or very close to that of the work place. Where the WBGT of the work area is different from that of the rest area a time-weighted average value should be used for both environmental and metabolic heat. When time- weighted average values are used the appropriate curve on Figure 1 is the solid line labeled "continu-' ous." The time-weighted average metabolic rate (M) shall be determined by the equation: Av. M = (Mi) x (t,) - (Mz) x (t2) (M,,) x (t,,) (ti) - (ta) -r + (U Where M, M2, M,, are estimated or measured metabo lic rates for the various activities of the worker during the total time period, ti, b, t,, are the elapsed times in minutes spent at the corresponding metabolic rate as determined by a time study. The time-weighted average WBGT shall be deter mined by the equation: Av. WBGT = (WBGTi) x (t,) - (WBGT;) x t2 i- (WBGT,,) x (t,,) (to * *) f . . . -T- (t,,) where WBGT,. WBGTj, WBGT, are calculated values of WBGT for the various work and rest areas occu- 64 L pied during total time penods. t,. t*. t, are the elapsed times in minutes spent in the corresponding areas which are determined by a time study. Where expo sure to hot environmental conditions is continuous for several hours or the entire work day. the timeweighted averages shall be calculated as hourly timeweighted average i.e., ti*t2 + ...-rt,=60 minutes. Where the exposure is intermittent, the time-weighted averages shall be calculated as two-hour time-weight ed averages, i.e.. ti - t2 ... + t,, = 120 minutes. The permissible exposure limits for continuous work are applicable where there is a work-rest regi men of a 5-day work week and an 8-hour work day with a short morning and afternoon break (approxi mately 15 minutes) and a longer lunch break (approx imately 30 minutes). Higher exposure limits are per mitted if additional resting time is allowed. All breaks, including unscheduled pauses and administrative or operational waiting periods during work may be counted as rest time when additional rest allowance must be given because of high environmental temper atures. Btu/hr Rote of Work Figure 1 -- Permissible Heat Exposure Threshold Limit Value 65 WBGT MAP 000386 IV. Water and Salt Supplementation During the hot season or when the worker is ex posed to artificially generated heat, drinking water shall be made available to the workers in such a way that they are stimulated to frequently drink small amounts, i.e.. one cup every 15-20 minutes (about 150 ml or 1/4 pint). The water shall be kept reasonably cool (10-15C or 50.0e-60.0F) and shall be placed close to the workplace so that the worker can reach it without abandoning the work area. __ The workers should be encouraged to salt their food abundantly during the hot season and particu larly during hot spells. If the workers are unacclima tized. salted drinking water shall be made available in a concentration of 0.1% (ig NaCI to 1.0 liter or 1 level tablespoon of salt to 15 quarts of water). The added salt shall be completely dissolved before the water is distributed, and the water shall be kept reasonably cool. V. Other Considerations A. Clothing: The permissible heat exposure TLVs are valid for light summer clothing as customarily worn by workers when working under hot environmental conditions. If special cothing is required for perform ing a particular job and this clothing is heavier or it impedes sweat evaporation or has higher insulation value, the worker's heat tolerance is reduced, and the permissible heat exposure limits indicated in Table 1 and Figure 1 are not applicable. For each job catego ry where special clothing is required, the permissible heat exposure limit shall be established by an expert. B. Acclimatization and Fitness: Acclimatization to heat involves a senes of physiological and psycholog ical adjustments that occur in an individual during his first week of exposure to hot environmental condi tions. The recommended heat stress TLVs are valid for acclimated workers who are physically fit. Extra caution must be employed when unacclimated or physically un-fit workers must be exposed to heat stress conditions. References: 1. Health factors Involved in Working Under Conditions of Heat Stress WHO Technical Report Series No 412 11969) 2. Dukes-Dobos. F. N. end A. Hensctiel: Development of Permissible Heat Exposure Limits for Occupational Work. ASHRAE Journal 75/91:57-62 iSept. 1973) 66 3. Wnert. 0.: Prevention of Hear Casualties in Marine Corps Recruits. Period of 1955-60. mm Comparative incidence Rates anc Climatic Heat Stresses m Otner Training Categories Researcn Report No 4 Contract No MR 005 01-0001 01 Navai Meacai Researcn instiue Bethesoa. MD 'Feb 2: 19611 PuOlisnec in Military Meoicine 126(44) 261-272 (April 19611 A. Minerd, 0. and R. 1. O'Brien: heat Casualties m me Navy ana Marne Corps 1959-1962 with Appendices on tne field Use o' tne Wet Bulb-Globe Temperature moex Researcn Report No 7 Contract No MR 005.01-0001.01 Naval Medical Researcn institute Betnes8a. MO (March 12. 1964) 5. Astrand. Per-Olof and Kaaie Rodahl: Textbook ot Work Physiology McGraw-Hill Book Co.. New York. San Francisco 11970) 6. Ergonomics Guide to Assessment of Metaookc ano Cardiac Costs of Physical Work. Am. ino Hyg. Assoc J 32 560 119711 7. Energy Requirements tor Physical Work Research Progress Reoort No. 30 Purdue Farm Cardiac Protect. Agricultural Experiment Sta tion. West Lafayette, IN (1961) t. Dvnrin. J. V. G. A. end R. Passmore: Energy. Work and Leisure Heinemann Educational Books. Ltd . London 11967) 9. Lehmann. G. E.. A. Muller and H. Spitzer: Der kalorienpedar* pie GewerOhchef Arbeit. Arbeitsphysiol 74 166(19501 IONIZING RADIATION The Committee accepts the philosophy and recom mendations of the National Council on Radiation Pro tection and Measurements (NCRP) for the ionizing ra diation TLV. The NCRP is charted by Congress to. in part, collect, analyze, develop and disseminate infor mation and recommendations about protection against radiation and about radiation measurements, quantities and units, including development of basic concepts in these areas. NCRP Report No. 39 pro vides basic phiTosophy and concepts leading to pro tection criteria established in the same report."' Other NCRP reports address specific areas of radiation pro tection and. collectively, provide an excellent basis for establishing a sound program for radiation con trol. The Committee recommends the listed refer ences as substantative documentation of a sound basis for ionizing radiation protection. The committee also strongly recommends that all exposures to ioniz ing radiations be kept as low as reasonably achiev able within the stated guidance. Reference!: 1. Basic Radiation Protection Criteria NCRP Report No 39 iJanuary 15 1971) 2. Maximum Permissible Body Butdens and Maximum Permissible Con centrations 0/ Radionuclides in Air and in Water for Occupational Ex posure. Nabonat Bureau of Standards Handbook 69 (June 5 19591 with Addendum 7 (August 1963) Available as NCRP Report No 22, 67 MAP 000387 The above documents, as well as information on nu merous other NCRP Reports addressing specific sub jects in ionizing radiation protection are available from; NCRP Publications, PO Box 30175, Washing ton, DC 20014. LASERS The threshold limit values are for exposure to laser radiation under conditions to which nearly all workers may be exposed without adverse effects. The values should be used as guides in the control of exposures and should not be regarded as fine lines between safe and dangerous levels. They are based on the best available information from experimental studies. Limiting Apertures The TLVs expressed as radiant exposure or irradiance in this section may be averaged over an aper ture of 1 mm except for TLVs for the eye in the spec tral range of 400-1400 nm. which should be averaged over a 7 mm limiting aperture (pupil); and except for all TLVs for wavelengths between 0.1-1 mm where the limiting aperture is 10.mm.Jto modificatiohof the TLVs is permitted for pupil sizes less than 7 mm. The TLVs for "extended sources" apply to sources which subtend an angle greater than a (Table 7) which varies with exposure time. This angle is not the beam divergence of the source. Correction Factors A and B (CA and CB) The TLVs for ocular exposure in Tables 4 and 5 are to be used as given for all wavelength ranges. The TLVs for wavelengths between 700 nm and 1049 nm are to be increased by a uniformly extrapolated factor (Cx) as shown in Figure 2. Between 1049 nm and 1400 nm, the TLV has been increased by a factor (CJ of five. For certain exposure times at wavelengths be tween 550 nm and 700 nm, correction factor (C*) must be applied. The TLVs for skin exposure are given in Table 6. The TLVs are to be increased by a factor (Cx) as shown in Figure 2 for wavelengths between 700 nm and 1400 nm. To aid in the determination of TLVs for exposure durations requiring calculations of fraction al powers Figures 3, 4, 5 and 6 may be used. Repetitively Pulsed Lasers Since there are few experimental data for multiple pulses, caution must be used in the evaluation of such exposures. The protection standards for irra- 68 diance or radiant exposure in multiple pulse trains have the following limitations: (1) The exposure from any single pulse in the train is limited to the protection standard for a single com parable pulse. (2) The average irradiance for a group of pulses is limited to the protection standard as given in Tables 4, 5, or 7 of a single pulse of the same duration as the entire pulse group. (3) When the Instantaneous Pulse Repetition Fre quency (PRF) of any pulses within a train exceeds one, the protection standard applicable to each pulse is reduced as shown in Figure 6 for pulse durations less than 10~5 second. For pulses of greater duration, the following formula should be followed: Standard jingle pulse \ = \tn tram / Standard (pulse nr) n where: n -= number of pulses in train t = duration of a single pulse in the train Standard (nr) = protection standard of one pulse having a duration equal to nr sec onds. Figure 2 -- TLV correction factor for X = 700 - 1400 nm* For x = 700 - 1049 nm, C, = lO10-0"* - 700,1 For X = 1050 - 1400 nm, Cx = 5 69 MAP 000388 MAP 000389 TABLE 5 Threshold Limit Values for Viewing a Diffuse Reflection of a Laser Beam or an Extended Source Laser _ 7 E- uE 0 w<- te e " co u en__ 5 "I-- *r E `Leo J i|~ - c =!' Tjo' TM 1 ^ CM W W N r- O CO 12 ^ w. X o Ot/5 C.--Ojj O O o^ X L 2 ^ oM O -^j T T o o sr o 2 ~ I O o O O ^-* o (cEcecE,ccEccE:cEcccc0sce0ce0c^. " OOO^OOOOOO P l|<oCoS^loC5o^*ofs-T^sr'Tv"rT^"T,"T^" , OOOOOOOOOO | E E i I EEEEEE Icececeecre 51. [ooooooooo^r tooommoooo- If S o C <: CD cr cc C9 C C. ' -CQO "*3)' *2 TMX S T 5 o s " ~ CO CM <- o CO 2s > 1 o O f 2x ! CO ^ X CO CO k * r * ooooo o . o ec a. cuo -ocp o 5 H < < CD 0> Q> -'_ -'_ -L I3 - i MAP 000390 TABLE 7 Limiting Angle to Extended Source Which May Be Used tor Applying Extended Source TLVs Exposure Duration(s) 10"9 io-* 10-' io-* io-5 IO"4 10-' 10-2 10-' 1.0 10 IO2 10' 104 Angle a (mrad) 8.0 5.4 3.7 2.5 1.7 2.2 3.6 5.7 9.2 15 24 24 24 24 Figure 3a -- TLV for infrabeam (direct) viewing of CW laser beam (400-1400 nm) 74 .eu CD S lz.ui3-r) 3nsOd*3 invkwb Am 75 expo su r e duration (S t MAP 000391 Figure 4a -- TLV for laser exposure of skin and eyes for far-in frared radiation (wave-lengths greater than 1.4 pm). Figure 5* -- TLV for extended sources or diffuse reflections of laser radiation (400-700 nm). Figure 4b -- TLV for CW laser exposure of skin and eyes tor far-infrared radiaton (wave-lengths greater than 1.4 ijm). 76 Figure 5b -- TLV for extended sources or diffuse reflections of laser radiation (400-1400 nm). 77 MAP 000392 TLV CORHCCriON FACTOR RquTM 6 -- Multiplicative correction factor for repetitively pulsed lasers having pulse durations less than 10_s second. TLV for a single pulse of the pulse train is multiplied by the above correction factor. Correction factor for PRF greater than 1000 Hz is 0.06, "MICROWAVES These Threshold Limit Values refer to microwave energy in the frequency range of 300 MHz to 300 GHz and represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse effect. Under conditions of moderate to severe heat stress, the recommended values may need to be re duced.11' Therefore, these values should be used as guides in the control of exposure to microwave en ergy and should not be regarded as a fine line be tween safe and dangerous levels. Recommended Values: The Threshold Limit Value for occupational expo sure to microwave energy, where power density or "See Notice of Intended Changes 78 field intensity is known and exposure time is con trolled. is as follows: 1. For exposure to continuous wave (CW) sources, the power density level shall not exceed 10 mil liwatts per square centimeter (mW; cm2) for contin uous exposure, and the total exposure time shall be limited to an 8-hour workday. This power den sity is approximately equivalent to a free-space electric field strength of 200 volts-per-meter rms (V/m) and a free-space magnetic field strength of 0.5 ampere-per-meter rms (A/m). 2. Exposures to CW power density levels greater than 10 mW/cm2 are permissible up to a maximum of 25 mW/cm2 based upon an average energy density of 1 milliwatt-hour per square centimeter (mWh/cm2) averaged over any 0.1 hour period. For example, at 25 mW/cm2, the permissible exposure duration is approximately 2.4 minutes in any 0.1 hour period. 3. For repetitively pulsed microwave sources, the average field strength or power density is calculatod by multiplying the peak-pulse value by the duty cycle. The duty cycle is equal to the pulse duration in seconds times the pulse repetition rate in Hertz. Exposure during an 8-hour workday shall not ex ceed the following values which are averaged over any 0.1 hour period: Power Density 10 mW/cm2 Energy Density 1 mWh/cm2 Mean Squared Electric Field Strength' 40,000 V2/m2 Mean Squared Magnetic Field Strength 0.25 A2/m2 4. Exposure is not permissible in CW or repetitively pulsed fields with an average power density in ex cess of 25 mW/cm2 or approximate equivalent free-space field strengths of 300 V/m or0.75 A/m. Rlfirance: 1. Mumford, W. W.: Heat Stress Due to R F Radiation. Proceedings 0/ IEEE 57(2): 171-178 (Feb. 1969) NOISE These threshold limit values refer to sound pres sure levels and durations of exposure that represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse effect on their ability to hear and understand normal speech. Prior to 1979, the medical profession had de_ fined hearing impairment as an average hearing threshold level in excess of 25 decibels (ANSI-S3.6- 79 i A MAP 000393 Table 8 Threshold Limit Values Duration per Day Hours 16 8 4 2 1 1/2 1/4 1/8 Sound Level dBA* 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115* 'Sound level in decibels are measured on a sound level meter, conform ing as a minimum to the requirements of die American National Stan dard Specification for Sound Level Meters. SI .4 (1971) Type S2A. and set to use the A-woghted network with slow meter response. *No exposure to continuous or intermittent in excess of 115 dBA 1969) at 500. 1000, and 2000 Hz, and the limits which are giventiave been established to prevent a hearing loss in excess of this level.1111 The values should be used as guides in the control of noise exposure and. due to individual susceptibility, should not be regard ed as fine lines between safe and dangerous levels. It should be recognized that the application of the TLV for noise will not protect all workers from the ad verse effects of noise exposure. A hearing conserva tion program with audiometric testing is necessary when workers are exposed to noise at or above the TLV levels. Continuous or Intermittent The sound level shall be determined by a sound level meter, conforming as a minimum to the require ments of the American National Standard Specifica tion for Sound Level Meters, SI .4 (1971) Type S2A, and set to use the A-weighted network with slow meter response. Duration of exposure shall not ex ceed that shown in Table 8. __ These values apply to total duration of exposure per working day regardless of whether this is one continuous exposure or a number of short-term expo sures and does include the impact and impulsive type "In 1979. the American Academy of Ophtialmology and Otolargyngology (AAOO) induced 3000 hz in their hearing impairment formula. 80 0f noise that contributes to the sound level meter reading at slow response. When the daily noise exposure is composed of two or more periods of noise exposure of different levels, their combined effect should be considered, rather than the individual effect of each. If the sum of the following fractions: Ci _C2 + C,, Ti Ta ' ' T,, exceeds unity, then, the mixed exposure should be considered to exceed the threshold limit value, Ci in dicates the total duration of exposure at a specific noise level, and Ti indicates the total duration of ex posure permitted at that level. All on-the-job noise ex posures of 80 dBA or greater shall be used in the above calculations. IMPULSIVE OR IMPACT NOISE It is recommended that exposure to impulsive or impact noise shall not exceed the limits listed in Table 9 or taken from Figure 7. No exposures in ex- Figun 7 -- Threshold Limit Values for Impulse/Impact Noise. 81 MAP 000394 Ml cess of 140 decibels peak sound pressure level are permitted. Impulsive or impact noise is considered to be those variations in noise levels that involve max ima at intervals of greater than one per second. Where the intervals are less than one second, it should be considered continuous. Table 9 Threshold Limit Values Impulsive or Impact Noise Sound Level dB" 140 130 120 Permitted Number of Impulses or Impacts per day 100 1000 10,000 * 'Decibels peak sound pressure level. re 20 pPa ULTRAVIOLET RADIATION* These threshold limit values refer to ultraviolet ra diation in the spectral region between 200 and 40C nm and represent conditions under which it is be lieved that nearly all workers may be repeatedly ex posed without adverse effect. These values for expo sure of the eye or the skin apply to ultraviolet radiation from arcs, gas, and vapor discharges, fluo rescent. and incandescent sources, and solar radia tion, but do not apply to ultraviolet lasers.* These val ues do not apply to ultraviolet radiation exposure of photosensitive individuals or of individuals concomi tantly exposed to photosensitizing agents.'11 These values should be used as guides in the control of ex posure to continuous sources where the exposure duration shall not be less than 0.1 sec. These values should be used as guides in the con trol of exposure to ultraviolet sources and should not be regarded as a fine line between safe and danger ous levels. Recommended Values: The threshold limit value for occupational expo sure to ultraviolet radiation incident upon skin or eye where irradiance values are known and exposure time is controlled are as follows: 1. For the near ultraviolet spectral region (3JX) to 400 nm) total irradiance incident upon the unprotected 'See Laser TLVs 82 skin or eye should not exceed 1 mW cm2 for periods greater than 103 seconds (approximately 16 minutes) and for exposure times less than 103 seconds should not exceed one J;cm2. 2, For the actinic ultraviolet spectral region (200 -- 315 nm), radiant exposure incident upon the un protected skin or eye should not exceed the values given in Table 10 within an 8-hour period. 3. To determine the effective irradiance of a broad band source weighted against the peak of the spectral effectiveness curve (270 nm), the follow ing weighting formula should be used: Lp/r " Ex S* A\ where: E,ff = effective irradiance relative to a monochromat ic source at 270 nm in W/cm2 (J/s/cm2) E,, = spectral irradiance in W/cm2/nm Si = relative spectral effectiveness (unitless) AK = -band -width -in nanometers oooii________ i------------------------- 1------------ :------------ 1------------ --------------i too ZZO 20 2W 2J0 SOC J20 i0 WAVE LENGTH (NANOMETERS! Figure 8 -- Threshold Limit Values for Ultraviolet Radiation 83 IIIHUHH MAP 000395 TABLE 10 Relative Spectral Effectiveness by Wavelength' Wavelength (nm) 200 210 220 230 240 250 254 260 270 280 290 300 305 310 315 "See Laser TLVs, TLV (mj/cm2) 100 40 25 16 10 7.0 6.0 4.6 3.0 3.4 4.7 10 50 200 T000 Relative Spectral Effectiveness . S* 0.03 0.075 0.12 0.19 0.30 Q.43 0.5 0.65 1.0 0.88 0.64 0.30 0.06 0.015 0.003 TABLE 11 Permissible Ultraviolet Exposures Duration of Exposure Per Day 8 hrs............ 4 hrs...... ...... 2 hrs............ 1 hr.............. 30 min......... 15 min......... 10 min......... 5 min........... 1 min........... 30 sec.......... .. .. 10 sec.......... 1 sec............ 0.5 sec........ 0.1 sec........ Effective Irradiance, Er/r (MW/cm2) ........... 0.1 .......... : 0.2 ........... --0.4 ........... ........... 0.8 1.7 ........... 3.3 ........... - 5 ........... 10 - 50 ........... 100 ...........-3,000 ........... 6,000 84 4. Permissible exposure time in seconds for expo sure to actinic ultraviolet radiation incident upon the unprotected skin or eye may be computed by dividing 0.003 J/cm2 by Ef/r in W/cm2. The expo sure time may also be determined using Table 11 which provides exposure times corresponding to effective irradiances in jtW/cmf 5. All the preceding TLVs for ultraviolet energy apply to sources which subtend an angle Iks than 80. Sources which subtend a greater angle need to be measured only over an angle of 80. Conditioned (tanned) individuals can tolerate skin exposure in excess of the TLV without erythemal ef fects. However, such conditioning may not protect persons against skin cancer. RiMrtnca: 1. Suntght and Man. Fitzpatrick at al, Eds. Univ of Tokyo Press. Tokyo, Japan (1974). NOTICE OF HTENDED CHANGES (1982) These physical agents, with their corresponding values, comprise those for which either a limit has been proposed for the first time, or for which a change in the "Adopted" listing has been proposed, in both cases, the proposed limits should be consid ered trial limits that will remain in the listing for a period of at least one year. If after one year no evi dence comes to light that questions the appropriateness of the values herein the values will be reconsi dered for the "Adopted" list. NOTICE OF INTENT TO ESTABLISH THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES LASERS It is proposed that the following footnote be added to Table 7 (Threshold Limit Value for Skin Exposure from a Laser Beam). The IR-B and IR-C exposures to skin surface areas A(cm2) exceeding 1000 cm2, the TLV is 100,000/A mW/cm2; for areas greater than 100,000/A, the TLV is 10 mW/cm2. LIGHT AND NEAR-INFRARE0 RADIATION These Threshold Limit Values refer to visible and near-infrared radiation in the wavelength range of 400 85 MAP 000396 nm to 1400 nm and represent conditions it is believed that nearly all workers mav h7erwhch without adverse effect. These values shnn !*Psea as guides in the control of exposure tn i 66 "sea should not be regarded as a fine line hoL 9ht and dangerous levels. ""tween safe Recommended Values: -- The Threshold Limit Value for occupation , sure to broad-band light and near-inframn e*Pofor the eye apply to exposure in any eiaht rLrM,a,ln day and require knowledge of the soeetrai r w*(L) and total irradiance (E) of the source ?dlanc as me*. TABLE 12 Spectral Weighting Functions for Assessinn FUtm., Hazards from Broad-Band Optical Sources * Wavelength (nm) 400 405 410 415 420 425 430 435 440 445 450 455 460 465 470 475 480 485 490 495 500-600 600-700 700-1049 1050-1400 Blue-Light Hazard Function _______ B, 0.10 0.20 0.40 0.80 0.90 0.95 0.98 1.0 1.0 0.97 0.94 0.90 0.80 0.70 0.62 0.55 0.45 0.40 0.22 0.16 1QIU50-XI 501 0.001 0.001 0.001 Bur" Hazard 86 A j at the position(s) of the eye of the worker. Such 5 ailed spectral data of a white light source is generonly required if the luminance of the source ex- !ILfs 1 cd cm-2. At luminances less than this value -jxV would not be exceeded. the TheTLV'sare: r0 protect against retinal thermal injury, the spect- tra| radiance of the lamp weighted against the function R {Table 12) should not exceed: 1400 4 LxR, AAS 1/at 400 (D* where Lx is in W cm-2 sr1 and t is the viewing du ration {or pulse duration if the lamp is pulsed) lim ited to 1 /** to 10 s. and a is the angular subtense of the source in radians. If the lamp is oblong, a refers to the longest dimension that can be viewed. p0r instance, at a viewing distance r = 100 cm from a tubular lamp of length I = 50 cm. the view ing angle is: a = l/r =-50/100 =0.5 rad (2) 2 To protect against retinal photochemical injury from chronic blue-light exposure the integrated spectral radiance of light source weighted against the blue-light hazard function B* (Table 12) should not exceed: 'f Ik t Bx AX = 100 Jem-2 sr1 (t 10*s) (3a) 4Sb T Lx Bx AA S 10-2 Wcm-2 sr1 (t > 104 s) tSs (3b) The weighted product of LA and BA is termed L(blue). For a source radiance L weighted against the blue-light hazard function [L(blue)] which ex ceeds 10 mW/crn-2 sr1 in the blue spectral region, the permissible exposure duration tmar in seconds is simply: tm,,.r = 100 J cm'2 sr'/L (blue) (4) The latter limits are greater than the maximum per missible exposure limits for 440 nm laser radiation (see Laser TLV) because a 2-3 mm pupil is as sumed rather than a 7 mm pupil for the Laser TLV. For a light source subtending an angle a less than 11 mrd (0.011 radian) the above limits are relaxed such that the spectral irradiance weighted against the blue-light hazard function BA (E(blue)] should not exceed: 87 MAP 000397 1400 ^ E* t Bx Ax 10 mJ cm-* (t 104 s) (5a) 1400 Bx AX ImWcm2(t g 10"s) (5b) For a source where the blue light weighted irradiance E (blue) exceeds t fi.W cm*3 is the maxi mum permissible exposure duration t,,, in sec onds is: tm, lOmJ cm-1 E (blue) (6) 3. Infrared Radiation: To avoid possible delayed ef fects upon the lens of the eye (cataractogenesis), the infrared radiation (x > 770 nm) should be lim ited to 10 mWcirr2. For an infrared heat lamp or any near-infrared source where a strong visual stimulus is absent the near infrared (770-1400 nm) radiance as viewed by the eye should be limited to: 1400 ^ U AX = 0.6/a (7)* for extended duration viewing conditions. This limit is based upon a 7 mm pupil diameter. AIRBORNE UPPER SONIC AND ULTRASONIC ACOUSTIC RADIATION These threshold limit values refer to sound pres sure levels that represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly ex posed without adverse effect. The values listed in Table 13 should be used as guides in the control of noise exposure and, due to individual susceptibility, should not be regarded as fine lines between safe and dangerous levels. The levels for the third octave bands centered below 20 kHz are below those which cause subjective effects. Those levels for 1/3 octaves above 20 kHz are for prevention of possible hearing losses from subharmonics of these frequencies. 'Formulae (1) and (7) are empirical and are not. strictly speaking, di mensionally correct. To make tne formulae dimensionally correct, one would nave to insert a dimensional correction factor k in the right hand numerator in each formula. For formula (1) this would be k,. _= 1 W rad sVz/lcm3 sr). and for formda (7) k, = 1 W rad/|cm' sr) 88 TABLE 13 Permissible Ultrasound Exposure Levels Mid-Frequency of Third-Octave Eland kHz 10 12.5 16 20 25 31.5 40 50 One-Third Octave -- Band Level in dB re 20 80 80 80 105 110 115 115 115 RADIOFREQUENCY/MICROWAVE RADIATION These Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) refer to radipfrequency (RF) and-microwave radiation in the fre quency range from 10 kHz to 300 GHz, and represent conditions under which it is believed workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse health effects. The TLVs shown in Table 14 are selected to limit the average whole body specific absorption rate (SAR) to 0.4 W/kg in any six minutes (0.1 hr) period for 3 MHz to 300 GHz, see Figure 9. Between 10 kHz and 3 MHz the average whole body SAR is still limited to 0.4 W/kg, but the plateau at 100 mW/cm2 was set to pro tect against shock and bum hazards. Since it is usually impractical to measure the SAR, the TLVs are expressed in units that are measurable, viz, squares of the ele'ctric and magnetic field strengths, averaged over any 0.1 hour period. This can be expressed in units of equivalent plane wave power density for convenience. The electric field strength (E) squared, magnetic field strength (H) squared, and power density (PD) values are shown in Table 14. For near field exposures PD cannot be mea sured directly, but equivalent plane wave power den sity can be calculated from the field strength mea surement data as follows: where: PD in mW/cm2 = -~~ E2 is in volts squared (V2) per meter squared (m2). 89 I J MAP 000398 PD in mW/cm2 = 37.7 H2 where. H2 is in amperes squared (A2) per meter squared (m-'j. These values should be used as guides in the eval uation and control of exposure to radiofrequency/rmcrowave radiation, and should not be regarded as a fine line between safe and dangerous levels. Notes: 1. All Radiofrequency Radiation (RFR) exposures should be kept as low as reasonably possible given the current state of knowledge on human effects, particularly non-thermal effects. 2. For fields consisting of a number of frequencies, the fraction of the protection guide incurred within each frequency level should be determined and the sum of all fractions should notexceed unity. 3. For pulsed and continuous wave fields, the power density is averaged over the six minute period. 4. For partial body exposures at frequencies between 10 kHz and 1.0 GHz. the protection guides in Table 14 may be exceeded if the output power of a ra diating device is 7 watts or less. For example, if a hand held transmitter operating at 27 MHz has a maximum output of 5 watts, it would be excluded from any further field measurements. 5. The TLVs in Table 14 may be exceeded if the expo sure conditions can be demonstrated to produce a SAR of less than 0.4 W/kg as averaged over the whole body and spatial peak SAR values less than 8.0 W/kg as averaged over any 1.0 gram of tissue. For example, for frequencies from 3 to 30 MHz. the equivalent power density can be increased by a factor of 10 up to a limit of 100 mW/cmJ, if it can be assured that exposed individuals are not in con tact with the ground plate. 6. At frequencies below 30 MHz, ungrounded objects such as vehicles, fences, etc., can strongly couple to RF fields. For field strengths near the TLV, shock and bum hazards can exist. Care should be taken to eliminate ungrounded objects, to ground such objects, or use insulated gloves when un grounded objects must be handled. 90 2cu re', > ac>nj t tftWN-CfvS. Jk^" tIDT5 co ^ p cvi cviooUo 05 o El i uj j 25 x x o . . --,-o r--n. r- Or- r-fs* r- r-- f-- rCO CO co CO co C<D & +-1 55; i | 3- g ii ej N NJ N N .igsXsXsXox c_o co o o o r-Sco oS3 xxx 55250 CO "-- CO 91 i mW/cm' milliwatts per centimeter squared I frequency in MHr V Map 000399 7. No measurement should be made within 5 cm of any object. 8. All exposures should be limited to a maximum (peak) electric field intensity of 100 kV/m. & o i 35 t I . e .S PHYSICAL AGENTS UNDER STUDY T5 ra CC The Physical Agents Committee of ACGIH has ex amined the current literature and has not found suffi cient information to propose a TLV. However, these agents will remain under study during the coming Jg 2 year to examine new evidence indicating the need and feasibility for establishing a proposed TLV. Com- jnents and suggestions, accompanied by substantive g3 S' documentation are solicited and should be forwarded to the Executive Secretary, ACGIH, Documentation summarizing the current static of the biological ef fects literature is available on those agents preceded by an asterisk (). 1. *Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) Radiation. Spe cifically, that portion of the spectrum from 0 to 300 Hz. O 2. Magnetic Fields. Both pulsed and 'continuous. 2e 3. Laser Radiation. Specifically laser exposures of less than one (1) nanosecond. 4. Vibration. Segmental and whole-body. 5. Cold Stress. 6. Pressure Variations. 92 93 MAP 000400 MAP 000401 MAP 000418 TLVs" Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances in the Work Environment Adopted by ACGIH for 1983-84 MAP 000419 1982-83 CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES TLV COMMITTEE Vernon L. Carter, D.V.M., Ohio State University -- Chairman Melvin E. Andersen, Ph.D., USAF B. Dwight Culver, M.D., University of Califomia-lrvine James W. Hammond, University of Texas Trent R. Lewis, Ph.D., NIOSH (returned to member status 5183) Jesse Lieberman, P.E., USN Floyd A. Madsen, OSHA Frederick T. McDermott, Michigan Dept, of Public Health Walter W. Melvin, Jr., M.D., Sc.D., Colorado State University Mary K. Murphy, OSHA Leonard D. Pagnotto, Massachusetts Dept, of Labor & Industry -- Secretary Ronald S. Ratney, OSHA Meier Schneider, P.E., C.I.H., Metropolitan Water Dis trict of Southern California Robert Spirtas. Dr. PH, National Cancer Institute Vera"F.Thomas, Ph.D..fJniversrty-of Miami William D. Wagner, NIOSH (returned to member status 5183) Elizabeth K. Weisburger, Ph.D., National Cancer Institute CONSULTANTS Paul Gross, M.D. Georg Kimmerle, M.D., German MAK Commission Liaison Ernest Mastromatteo, M.D. James F. Morgan George Roush. Jr., M.D. Marshall Steinberg. Ph. D. Theodore R. Torkelson, Sc.D. Ralph C. Wands Mitchell R. Zavon, M.D. TABLE OF CONTENTS Chemical Substances Page Preface.................. Threshold Limit Values and Short Term Expo sure Limits........... ............................................. Radioactivity......................................................... Mineral Dusts........................................................ Nuisance Particulates........................................... Notice of Intended Changes................................. Appendices A. Carcinogens............................................... B. Substances of Variable Composition........ C. Mixtures: Calculation of TLVs.................... D. Nuisance Particulates................................ E. Asphyxiants................................................ F. Conversion of Particle Count to Mass........ G. Chemical Substances Under Study........... H. Registered Trade Names............................. 2 10 35 36 37 38 41 47 48 52 52 53 56 58 Physical Agents Preface................................................................. Threshold Limit Values Heat Stress........................................................ Ionizing Radiation.............................................. Lasers................................................................ Noise................................................................. Impulsive or Impact Noise................................. Radiofrequency/Microwave Radiation............. Ultraviolet Radiation.......................................... Notice of Intended Changes................................. Notice of Intent: Lasers............................................................... Light and Near-Infrared Radiation.................... Airborne Upper Sonic and Acoustic Radiation.. Agents Under Study.........'................................. 61 62 69 70 80 81 82 86 89 89 89 92 93 1 MAP 000420 PREFACE CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES Threshold limit values refer to airborne concentra tions of substances and represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be re peatedly exposed day after day without adverse ef fect. Because of wide variation in individual suscepti bility, however, a small percentage of workers may experience discomfort from some substances at con centrations at or below the threshold limit: a smaller percentage may be affected more seriously by aggra vation of a pre-existing condition or by development of an occupational illness. Threshold limits are based on the best available information from industrial experience, from experi mental human and animal studies, and, when possi ble. from a combination of the three. The basis on which the values are established may differ from sub stance to substance; protection against impairment of health may be a guiding factor for some, whereas reasonable freedom from irritation, narcosis, nui sance or other forms of stress may form the basis for others. The amount and nature of the information avail able for establishing a TLV varies from substance to substance; consequently, the precision of the esti mated TLV is also subject to variation and the latest Documentation should be consulted in order to assess the extent of the data available for a given sub stance. ____ These limits are intended for use in the practice of industrial hygiene and should be interpreted and ap plied only by a person trained in this discipline. They are not intended for use. or for modification for use, (1) as a relative index of hazard or toxicity, (2) in the evaluation or control of community air pollution nui sances. (3) in estimating the toxic potential of contin uous. uninterrupted exposures or other extended work periods. (4) as proof or disproof of an existing disease or physical condition, or (5) for adoption by countries whose working conditions differ from those in the United States of America and where substances and processes differ. The TLV-TWA should be used as guides in the control of health hazards and should not be used as fine lines between safe and dangerous concentra tions. 2 In spite of the fact that serious injury is not be lieved likely as a result of exposure to the threshold limit concentrations, the best practice is to maintain concentrations of all atmospheric contaminants as low as is practical. Legal Status. The Threshold Limit Values, as is sued by ACGIH. are recommendations and should be used as guidelines for good practices. Wherever these values (of whatever year) have been used or in cluded by reference in Federal and or State statutes and registers, the TLVs do have the force and effects of law. "Notice of Intent." At the beginning of each year, proposed actions of the Committee for the forthcom ing year are issued in the form of a "Notice of Intend ed Changes." This Notice provides not only an oppor tunity for comment, but solicits suggestions of substances to be added to the list. The suggestions should be accompanied by substantiating evidence. The list of Intended Changes follows the Adopted Val ues in the TLV booklet. Values listed in parenthesis in the "Adopted" list are to be used during the period in which a proposed change for that Value is listed in the Notice of Intended Changes. Definitions. Three categories of Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) are specified herein, as follows: a) The Threshold Limit Value-Time Weighted Average (TLV-TWA) -- the time-weighted average concentration for a normal 8-hour workday and a 40hour workweek, to which nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed, day after day. without adverse ef fect. b) Threshold Limit Value-Short Term Exposure Limit (TLV-STEL) -- the concentration to which workers can be exposed continuously for a short period of time without suffering from 1) irritation. 2) chronic or irreversible tissue damage, or 3) narcosis of sufficient degree to increase the likelihood of ac cidental injury, impair self-rescue or materially reduce work efficiency, and provided that the daily TLV-TWA is not exceeded. It is not a separate independent ex posure limit, rather it supplements the time-weighted average (TWA) limit where there are recognized acute effects from a substance whose toxic effects are pri marily of a chronic nature. STELs are recommended only where toxic effects have been reported from high short-term exposures in either humans or ani mals. A STEL is defined as a 15-minute time-weighted average exposure which should not be exceeded at any time during a work day even if the eight-hour 3 MAP 000421 time-weighted average is within the TLV, Exposures at the STEL should not be longer than 15 minutes and should not be repeated more than four times per day. There should be at least 60 minutes between succes sive exposures at the STEL. An averaging period other than 15 minutes may be recommended when this is warranted by observed biological effects. c)Threshold Limit Value-Ceiling (TLV-C) -- the concentration that should not be exceeded even in stantaneously. ___ For some substances, e.g., irritant gases, only one category, the TLV-Ceiling, may be relevant. For other substances, either two or three categories may be rel evant depending upon their physiologic action. It is important to observe that if any one of these three TLVs is exceeded, a potential hazard from that sub stance is presumed to exist. The committee holds to the opinion that limits based on physical irritation should be considered no less binding than those based on physical impair ment. There is increasing evidence that physical irri tation may initiate, promote or accelerate physical im pairment -through interaction with other chemical or biologic agents. __ Time-Weighted Average vs Ceiling Limits. Time- weighted averages permit excursions above the limit provided they are compensated by equivalent excur sions below the limit during the workday. In some in stances it may be permissible to calculate the average concentration for a workweek rather than for a workday. The relationship between threshold limit and permissible excursion is a rule of thumb and in certain cases may not apply. The amount by which threshold limits may be exceeded for short periods without injury to health depends upon a number of factors such as the nature of the contaminant, whether very high concentrations -- even for short periods -- produce acute poisoning, whether the ef fects are cumulative, the frequency with which high concentrations occur, and the duration of such periods. All-factors must be taken into consideration in arriving at a decision as to whether a hazardous condition exists. Although the time-weighted average concentration provides the most satisfactory, practical way of moni toring airborne agents for compliance with the limits, there are certain substances for which it is inappro priate. In the latter group are substances which are predominantly fast acting and whose threshold limit is more appropriately based on this particular re sponse. Substances with this type of response are 4 best controlled by a ceiling "C" limit that should not be exceeded. It is implicit in these definitions that the manner of sampling to determine noncompliance with the limits for each group must differ: a single brief sample, that is applicable to a "C" limit, is not appropriate to the time-weighted limit; here, a suffi cient number of samples are needed to permit a time weighted average concentration throughout a com plete cycle of operations or throughout the work shift. Whereas the ceiling limit places a definite bounda ry which concentrations should not be permitted to exceed, the time-weighted average limit requires an explicit limit to the excursions that are permissible above the listed values. It should be noted that the same factors are used by the Committee in determin ing the magnitude of the value of the STELs, or whether to include or exclude a substance for a "C" listing. Excursion Limits. For the vast majority of sub stances with a TLV, there is not enough toxicological data available to warrant a STEL. Nevertheless, excur sions above the TWA-TLV should be controlled -even where the eight-hour TWA is within recommended limits. Earlier editions of the TLV list included such limits whose values depended on the TWA-TLVs of the substance in question. While no rigorous rationale was provided for these particular values, the basic concept was intuitive: in a well controlled process exposure, excursions should be held within some reasonable limits. Unfortunately, neither toxicology nor collective industrial hygiene experience provide a solid basis for quantifying what those limits should be. The approach here is that the maximum recommended excursion should be related to the variability generally observed in actual industri al! processes. Leidel, Busch and Crouse,* in review ing large numbers of industrial hygiene surveys con ducted by NIOSH, found that short-term exposure measurements were generally log normally distrib uted with geometric standard deviations mostly in the range of 1.5 to 2.0. While a complete discussion of the theory and properties of the log normal distribution is beyond the scope of this section, a brief description of some important terms is presented. The measure of central tendency in a log normal distribution is the antilog of the mean logarithm of the sample values. The distri- 'Leidel, N.A.. K.A. Busch and W.E. Crouse: Exposure Measurement, Action Level ant) Occupational Environmental Vanatnity NIOSH Pub. No 76-131 (December 1975). J MAP 000422 bution is skewed and the geometric mean is always smaller than the arithmetic mean by an amount which depends on the geometric standard deviation. In the log normal distribution, the geometric standard devia tion (sd,,) is the antilog of the standard deviation of the sample value logarithms and 68.26% of all values lie between rryseL and rr\, * sd,,. If the short-term exposure values in a given situa tion have a geometric standard deviation of 2.0, 5% of all values exceed 3.13 times the geometric mean. If a process displays a variability greater than this, it is not under good control and efforts should be made to restore control. This concept is the basis for the new excursion limit recommendations which are as fol lows: Short-term exposures should exceed three times the TLV-TWA for no more than a total of 30 min utes during a work day and under no circum stances should they exceed five times the TLV, provided that the TLV-TWA is not exceeded. The approach is a considerable simplification of the -idea -of -the tog -normal concentration distribution but is considered more convenient to use by the prac ticing industrial hygienist. If exposure excursions are maintained within the recommended limits, the geo metric standard deviation of the concentration mea surements will be near two and the goal of the recom mendation will be accomplished. When the toxicologic data for a specific substance are available to establish a STEL, this value takes pre cedence over the excursion limit regardless of whether it is more or less stringent. "Skin" Notation. Listed substances followed by the designation "Skin" refer to the potential contribu tion to the overall exposure by the cutaneous route including mucous membranes and eye. either by air borne, or more particularly, by direct contact with the substance. Vehicles can alter skin absorption. Little quantitative data are available describing ab sorption of vapors and gases through the skin. The rate of absorption is a function of the concentration to which the skin is exposed. Substances having a skin notation and a low TLV may present a problem at high airborne concentra tions. particularly if a significant area of the skin is exposed for a long period of time. Protection of the respiratory tract, while the rest of the body surface is exposed to a high concentration, may present such a situation. Biological monitoring should be considered to de- 6 termine the relative contribution of dermal exposure to the total dose. This attention-calling designation is intended to suggest appropriate measures for the prevention of cutaneous absorption so that the threshold limit is not invalidated. Mixtures. Special consideration should be given also to the application of the TLVs in assessing the health hazards which may be associated with expo sure to mixtures of two or more substances. A brief discussion of basic considerations involved in devel oping threshold limit values for mixtures, and meth ods for their development, amplified by specific ex amples are given in Appendix C. Nuisance Particulates. In contrast to fibrogenic dusts which cause scar tissue to be formed in lungs when inhaled in excessive amounts, so-called "nui sance" dusts have a long history of little adverse ef fect on lungs and do not produce significant organic disease or toxic effect when exposures are kept under reasonable control. The nuisance dusts have also been called (biologically) "inert" dusts, but the tatter-term is inappropriate to the extent that there is no dust which does not evoke some cellular response in the lung when inhaled in sufficient amount. Howev er, the lung-tissue reaction caused by inhalation of nuisance dusts has the following characteristics: (1) The architecture of the air spaces remains intact. (2) Collagen (scar tissue) is not formed to a significant extent. (3) The tissue reaction is potentially reversible. Excessive concentrations of nuisance dusts in the workroom air may seriously reduce visibility, may cause unpleasant deposits in the eyes, ears and nasal passages (Portland Cement dust), or cause injury to the skin or mucous membranes by chemical or me chanical action per se or by the rigorous skin cleans ing procedures necessary for their removal. A threshold limit of 10 mg/m3, or 30 mppcf. of total dust < 1% quartz, or, 5 mg/m3 respirable dust is rec ommended for substances in these categories and for which no specific threshold limits have been as signed. This limit, for a normal workday, does not apply to brief exposures at higher concentrations. Neither does it apply to those substances which may cause physiologic impairment at lower concentra tions but for which a threshold limit has not yet been adopted. Some nuisance particulates are given in Ap pendix D. Simple Asphyxiants -- "Inert" Gases or Vapors. A number of gases and vapors, when present in high concentrations in air, act primarily as simple asphyx- 7 MAP 000423 ~--'iw-n' ............. ''-- WiMgilW'U'*'i- wi-u'IIIUMIi'I I" ** ^ iants without other significant physiologic effects. A TLV may not be recommended for each simple as phyxiant because the limiting factor is the available oxygen. The minimal oxygen content should be 18 percent by volume under normal atmospheric pres sure (equivalent to a partial pressure. pOi of 135 mm Hg). Atmospheres deficient in Ch do not provide ade quate warning and most simple asphyxiants are odorless. Several simple asphyxiants present an ex plosion hazard. Account should be taken of this fac tor in limiting the concentration of the asphyxiant. Specific examples are listed in Appendix E. Physical Factors, ft is recognized that such physi cal factors as heat, ultraviolet and ionizing radiation, humidity, abnormal pressure (altitude) and the like may place added stress on the body so that the ef fects from exposure at a threshold limit may be al tered. Most of these stresses act adversely to increase the toxic response of a substance. Although most threshold limits have built-in safety factors to guard against adverse effects to moderate deviations from normal environments, the safety factors of most sub stances are not of such a magnitude as to take care of gross deviations. -For-example, continuous work at temperatures above 90"F, or overtime extending the workweek more than 25%, might be considered gross deviations. In such instances judgment must'bb exer cised in the proper adjustments of the Threshold Limit Values. Biologic Limit Values (BLVs). Other means exist and may be necessary for monitoring worker expo sure other than reliance on the Threshold Limit Val ues for industrial air, namely, the Biologic Limit Val ues. These values represent limiting amounts of substances (or their effects) to which the worker may be exposed without hazard to health or well-being as determined in his tissues and fluids or in his exhaled breath. The biologic measurements on which the BLVs are based can furnish two kinds of information useful in the control of worker exposure: (1) measure of the individual worker's over-all exposure: (2) mea sure of the worker's individual and characteristic re sponse. Measurements of response furnish a superior estimate of the physiologic status of the worker, and may be made of (a) changes in amount of some criti cal biochemical constituent, (b) changes in activity of a critical enzyme, (c) changes in some physiologic function. Measurement of exposure may be made by (1) determining in blood, urine, hair, nails, in body tis sues and fluids, the amount of substance to which the worker was exposed; (2) determination of the amount 8 UMlilll of the metabolite(s) of the substance in tissues and fluids: (3) determination of the amount of the sub stance in the exhaled breath. The biologic limits may be used as an adjunct to the TLVs for air, or in place of them. The BLVs. and their associated procedures for determining compliance with them, should thus be regarded as an effective means of providing health surveillance of the worker. Tests are available hJ. Occup, Med. 75:564, 1973; Ann. N.Y. Acad. Set. 151, Art. 2:968.1968) that may be used to detect those individuals hypersusceptible to a variety of industrial chemicals (respiratory irritants, hemolytic chemicals, organic isocyanates, carbon disulfide). Unlisted Substances. Many substances present or handled in industrial processes do not appear on the TLV list. In a number of instances the material is rare ly present as a particulate, vapor or other airborne contaminant, and a TLV is not necessary. In other cases sufficient information to warrant development of a TLV, even on a tentative basis, is not available to the Committee. Other substances, of low toxicity could Pe included in Appendix D pertaining to nui sance particulates. This list (as well as Appendix E) is not meant to be all inclusive; the substances serve only as examples. In addition there are some substances of not in considerable toxicity, which have been omitted pri marily because only a limited number of workers (e.g., employees of a single plant) are known to have potential exposure to possibly harmful concentra tions. Trade names. Because many chemical substances are marketed under several trade names, the trade names have been replaced with their generic equiva lent in the alphabetical listing. Appendix H was creat ed to ease this transition and the CAS number ap pears with the generic name to aid identification. Operational Guidelines; The ACGIH Board of Directors has adopted operational guidelines for the Chemical Substances TLV Committee. These guide lines prescribe: charge, authority, policies, member ship, organization, and operating procedures. The policies include the appeals procedures. Copies of the guidelines document are available from the Publi cations Office at a cost of $5 per copy. 9 MAP 000424 Substance [CAS#] ADOPTS) VALUES TWA STEL ppm"' mg/m34" ppm" m8/m>` Acetaldehyde [75-07-0]..... Acetic acid [64-19-7]........ 100 10 180 25 Acetic anhydride [106-24-7]..................... C5 C 20 Acetone [67-64-1]............. 750 1,780 Acetonitrile [75-05-8] -- Skii.............................. 40 70 Acetylene [74-86-2].......... E -- Acetylene dichloride, see 1, 2-Dichloroethylene Acetylene tetrabrnmide [79-27-6] ...................... 1 15 Acetylsalicylic acid (Asprm) [50-78-2]...................... -- 5 Acrolein [107-02-8].......... 0.1 0.25 Acrylamide [79-06-1] -- Skin................. .......... Acrylic acid [79-10-7]........ -- 10 0.3 30 tAcrykmitrile [107-13-1] -- Skin............................. (2, Ala) (4.5. Ala) Aldrn [309-00-2] -- Skin.. -- 0.25 Ally! alcohol [107-18-6] -- Skin.............................. 2 5 Allyl chloride [107-05-1]... 1 3 Allyl glyadyl ether (AGE) [106-92-3] -- Skn........ 5 22 Allyl propyl disulfide [2179-59-1].................. 2 12 a-Alumra [1344-28-1]..... -- D Aluminum [742J-90-5] Metal & oxide................ -- 10 Pyro powders................ -- 5 Welding fumes.............. -- 5 Soluble salts ............. -- 2 Alkyls (NOCt)................ 4-Ammodiphenyl [92-67-1] -- 2 -- Skm.......................... -- Alb 2-Amlnoethanol. see Ethanolamine 2-Amnopyridine [504-29-0]..................... 0.5 2 3-Amlno 1.2. 4-triazole, see Amitrol Amitrol [61-82-5].............. A2 A2 Ammonia [7664-41-7]....... 25 18 150 15 -- 1,000 60 1.5, -- 0.3 -- -- -- 4 2 m 3 -- -- -- -- -- --" 2 -- 35 270 37 2,375 105 -- - 20 0.8 0.6 -- 0.75 10 6 44 18 20 20 -- -- -- -- Alb 4 -- 27 Capital letters A. 8, 0 & E refer to Appendices; C denotes ceiling Imit. Footnotes ia thni f) see Page 35 tSee Notices ot Intended Changes tNOC = Not otherwise classified 10 m rtf Sakstanct [CAS #] ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm01 mg/m^" ppm" mg/m'1' Ammonum chlonde fume [12125-02-9].................. Ammcnium sulfamate ; [7773-06-0].................. n-Amyl acetate [628-63-7]. 100 sec-Amyl acetate [626-38-0]................ 125 Aniline [62-53-3] & homologues -- Skin..... 2 Anisidine [29191-52-4] (o-. p-isomers) -- Skin..... 0.1 Antimcny [7440-36-0] & compounds, as Sb....... _ Antimony tricxide [1309-64-4] Handling and use. as Sb Production.......................... ANTU [86-88-4]............ -- -- Argon [7440-37-1]............ E Arsenic [7440-38-2] & soluble compounds, as As.................................. Arsenic trioxide production [1327-53-3]................... _ Arsine [7784-42-1]............- 0.05 Asbestos [1332-21-4], see MINERAL DUSTS........... _ Asphalt (petroleum) fumes [8052-42-4]....................... `Atrazine [1912-24-9]......... _ -- Azinphos-methyl [86-50-0] -- Skin Barium [7440-39-3], : soluble compounds, as Ba.................................. Benomyl [17804-35-2]..... 0.8 Benzene [71 -43-2]............ 10, A2 Benzidine [92-87-5] -- Skin.............................. _p-Benzoqurone, see Qunone Benzoyl peroxide [94-36-0] Benzo(a)pyrene [50-32-8].. -- Benzyl chloride [100-44-7], 1 10 10 __ 530 150 670 150 10 5 0.5 0,5 ___ 0.5 A2 -- 0.3 -- ---- 0.2 _A2 0.2 -- Ala __ 5 __ 5-- _0.2 0.5 10 1.3 30. A2 25, A2 Alb 5 A2 -- 5-- 20 20 800 800 20 -- _ -- 0.9 -- _ -- Ala 10 -- 0.6 15 75. A2 Alb A2 -- Capital letters A. B. D & E refer to Appendices; C denotes caing imit. Footnotes (a thru f) see Page 35 *1983 Addition 11 JL MAP 000425 Substance[CAS#] ppm ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL" mg/w^' ppm mg/m* Beryllium [7440-41-7]...... __ 0.002. A2 __ Biphenyl [92-52-4] .......... Bismuth teflunde 0.2 1.5 0.6 [1304-82-1].................. Se-doped ...................... -- -- 10 __ 5 __ Borates, tetra. sodium salts [1303-96-4], Anhydrous..................... Decahydrate................... Pentahydrate................. Boron oxide[1303-86-2]... -- -- -- -- 1-- 5 __ 1-- 10 Boron tribromide [10294-33-4]................. 1 10 3 Boron trifluoride [7637-07-2].................. Cl C 3 __ Bromacil [314-40-9]......... 1 10 2 Bromine [7726-95-6]........ 0.1 0.7 0.3 Bromine pentafiuoride [7789-30-2].................. 0.1 0.7 0.3 Bromochtoromethane. see Ohiorobromomethane Bromoform [75-25-2] -- Skin.......................... . 0.5 5 __ 1,3-Butadiene [106-99-0]. (1,000) (2.200) (1,250) Butane [106-97-8]............. 800 1,900 __ Butanethiol. see Butyl mercaptan 2-Butanone. see Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) 2-Butoxyethanol [111-76-2] --Skit........ n-Butyl acetate [123-86-4]. sec-Butyl acetate 25 150 120 75 710 200 [105-46-4]..................... tert-Butyl acetate 200 950 250 [540-88-5]..................... Butyl acrylate [141-32-2]... n-Butyl alcohol [71-36-3] -- Skin......................... sec-Butyl alcohol [78-92-2] tert-Butyl alcohol [75-65-0] Butylamine [109-73-9] -- Skin.............................. tert-Butyl chromate, as 200 10 C 50 100 100 C5 950 55 C 150 305 300 C 15 250 __ __ 150 150 __ Crtb [1189-85-1] -- Skin.............................. -- C0.1 -- 4 20 10 - 20 30 _ 20 2 2 (2.750) 360 950 1.190 1.190 __ 455 450 __ Captai letters A. B. O 4 E refer to Appendices, C denotes ceiling limit. Footnotes la tun' 0 see Page 35 iSee Notice cf Intended Changes 12 Sabetance[CAS#] ppm' ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL mg/nP61 ppnr mg/nP11 n-Butyl glycidyl ether (BGE) [2426-08-6].................. n-Butyl lactate [ 138-22-7].. Butyl mercaptan [109-79-5]................ o-sec-Butylphenol [89-72-5] --Skin......... p-tert-Butyltoluene [96-51-1] Cadmium [7440-43-9] Dust & salts, as Cd....... Cadmum oxide [1306-19-0] Fume, as Cd.................. * Production..................... Calcium carbonate/ marble [1317-65-3].................. Calcium cyanamide [156-62-7]............. ........ Calcwm hydroxide [1305-62-0]............ ...... Calcium oxide [1305-78-8] Caicium silicate [1344-95-2]................... Camphor, synthetic [76-22-2]................ ,,,... Caprolactam [105-60-2] Dust............................ .. Vapor............................. Captafol [2425-06-1] -- Skin.............................. Captan [133-06-2].............. Carbaryl [63-25-2]............ Carbofuran [1563-66-2].... Carbon black [1333-86-4].. Carbon dioxide [124-38-9]. Carbon disulfide [75-15-0] -- Skin.................... Carbon monoxide [630-08-0]................ Carbon tetrabromide [558-13-4]........................ 25 5 0.5 5 10 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 2 . --5 -- -- -- -- -- 5,000 10 , 50 0.1 135 -- 25 -- 1.5 -- 30 -- 60 20 0.05 -- -- -- -- -- 120 0.2 C 0.05 0.05 D 0.5 5 2 D -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 20 1 -- -- -- 12 3 18 1-- 20 10 3 ' 40 0.1 5 5 0.1 3.5 9.000 -- -- -- -- -- 15,000 -- 15 10 -- 7 27.000 30 -- -- 55 400 440 1.4 0.3 4 Capital letters A. B. D & E refer to Appendices; C denotes ceiing limit. Footnotes (a thru f) see Page 35. *1983 Addition. 13 MAP 000426 Substance [CAS#] ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm0' mB/m3'" ppnr Carbon tetrachlonfle [56-23-5] - Skin......... 5, A2 30, A2 Carbonyl chlonde. see Phosgene Carbonyl fluoride [353-50-41 ................. 2 5 Catechol (Pyrocatechol) [120-80-91..................... 5 20 Cellulose (paper fiber) [9004-34-6].................. __ D Cesium hydroxide [21351-79-1]................. -2 Chlordane [57-74-9] -- Skin.............................. 0.5 Chlorinated camphene [8001-35-2] -- Skin..... 0.5 Chlorinated diphenyl oxide [55720-99-5]................. _ 0.5 Chlorine [7782-50-5]........ 1 3 Chlorine dioxide [10049-04-4]................ 0.1 0.3 Chlonne trifluoride [7790-91-2].................. C0.1 C 0,4 Chloroacetaldehyde [107-20-0]..................... Cl C3 o-Chloroacetophenone [532-27-4J (Phenacyl chlonde)........................... 0.05 0.3 Chloroacetyl chloride [79-04-9]...................... 0.05 0.2 Chlorobenzene (108-90-7] (Monochlorobenzene).... 75 350 o-Chlorobenzylidene malononitrile [2698-41-1] -- Skin.... C 0.05 C 0.4 Chlorobromomethane [74-97-5]...................... _ 200 1.050 2-Chloro-l. 3-butadiene, see,8 Chloroprene Chlorodifluoromethane [75-45-6]...................... 1.000 Chlorodiphenyl (42% 3.500 Chlonne) [53449-21-9] -- Skin.......................... 1 20. A2 5 _ __ _ 3 Q.3 250 1,250 125, A2 15 20 2 1 2 9 o.s 1,300 4.375 2 Capital letters A. B. D 4 E refer to Appendices: C denotes ceiling limit. Footnotes (a thru see Page 35 '1983 Addition. 14 Substance [CAS#] ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm"1 mg/m*1" ppm0, mg/m1 Chlorodiphenyl (54% Chlorine) [11097-69-1] -- Skin................... ... 0.5 1-Chloro, 2, 3-epoxy-propane, see Epichlorohydnn 1 2-Chloroethanol. see Ethylene chlorohydrin Chloroethytene, see Vinyl chloride Chloroform [67-66-3]........ 10, A2 50. A2 50. A2 225. A2 bts-Chtoromethyi ether [542-88-1]..................... 0.001. Ala 0.005. Ala *Chtoromethyl melhyl elher [107-30-2]...................... A2 A2 __ -- 1-Chloro-l-nitropropane [600-25-9]..................... 2 10 __ -- Chloropentafluoroethane [76-15-3]....................... Chloropicrin [76-06-2]....... 1,000 0.1 6.320 0.7 __ 0.3 __ 2 ^-Chloroprene [126-99-8] -- Skin.......................... 10 45 __ -- o-Chlorostyrene [1331-28-8].................. 50 285 75 430 o-Chlorotoluene [95-49-8] -- Skin..................... 50 250 75 2-Chtoro- 6-(trichioromethyl) pyndine. see Nitrapyrin 375 Chlorpyrifos [2921-88-2] -- Skin.......................... 0.2 __ 0.6 Chromite ore processing (Chromate), as Cr.......... 0.05. Ala __ -- Chromium [7440-47-3] Metal............................. 0,5 __ -- Chromium (II) compounds, as Cr..................... ....... __ 0,5 __ -- Chromium (III) compounds, as Cr......... _ 0.5 -- -- Chromium (VI) compounds, as Cr Water soluble................ Certain water insoluble.. 0.05 -- 0.05, Ala -- -- Chromyl chloride [14977-61-8]................. Chrysene [218-01-9]......... Ctopidol [2971-90-6]......... 0.025 A2 -- 0.15 A2 10 __ -- -- -- -- 20 Capital letters A. B, D & E refer to Appendices; C denotes ceiling limit _F_o_o_tn_o_t_es__(a__th_r_u_f_)_s_e_e_P_a_g_e 35. 1983 Addition. i MAP 000427 Substance [CAS #] Coal tar pitch volatiles [8007-45-2], as benzene solubles......................... JCobalt [7440-48-4], as Co metal, dust & fume `Cobalt carbonyl [00000-00-0], as Co..... `Cobalt hydrocarbonyl [16842-03-8], as Co..... Copper [7440-50-8] Fume............................. Dusts 4 mists, as Cu..,, Cotton dust, raw................ Cresol [1319-77-3], all isomeres -- Skin........... Crotonaldehyde [123-73-9] Crufomate [299-86-5]...... Cumene [98-82-8] -- Sktn. Cyanamide [420-04-2]...... Cyanides [151-50-8. 143-33-9), as CN -- Skin......... .................... Cyanogen [460-19-5]........ Cyanogen chloride [506-77-4]..................... Cyclohexane [110-82-7].... Cydohexanol [108-93-0]... Cyclohexanone [108-94-1]. Cydohexene [110-83-8].... Cydohexylamine [108-91-8]-Skin........ Cydomte [121-82-4] -- Skin.............................. Cydopentadiene [542-92-7]..................... Cydopentane [287-92-3]... Cyhexatin [13121-70-5].... 2, 4-D [94-75-7].............. DDT (Dichlorodiphenyl- trichloroethane) [50-29-3]...................... ADOPTED VALUES ---- TWA STEL ppm0' mp/m3'" ppm0' mp/mj" __ 0.2. Ala __ (0.1) -- 0.1 -- 0.1 -- 0.2 --1 0.2*' 5 22 26 --5 50 245 --2 _ __ __ __ -- 6 __ 75 - __ 2 O* 18 20 365 -- 10 C 0.3 300 50 25 300 10 75 600 -- __ 5 20 C 0.6 1,050 200 100 1.015 40 1.5 __ __ 375 100 -- 200 1.720 5 10 150 900 1,300 400 3 400 2,580 10 20 -- 1-- 3 Capital letters A. B D & E refer to Appendices: C denotes ceiling limit Footnotes la thru f) see Page 35 1963 Addition. tSee Notice of intended Changes k) Seep 38 16 Substance [CAS#] ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm0 mp/m3"' ppm0 mp/m3*" Decaborane [17702-41-9] -- Skin.................. ,...... 0.05 0.3 Demeton [8065-48-3] -- Skin.............................. 0.01 0.1 Diacetone alcohol [12342-2]..................... 50 240 1, 2-Diaminoethane, see Ethylenediamine Diazinon [33341-5] -- Skin................. ............ Diazomethane [334-88-3].. Diborane [1928745-7]..... -- 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.4 0.1 1,2-Dibromoethane. see Ethylene dibromide 2-N-Dibutyiaminoethanol [102-81-8] --Skin........ Dibutyl phosphate............. Dibutyi phfialate [84-74-2] 2 1 -- 14 5 5 Dichloroacetylene [7572-294].................. C0.1 C 0.4 o-Dichlorobenzene [95-50-1] p-Dichlorobenzene [10646-7]..................... C 50 75 C 300 450 3,3'-Dichtorobenzidine [91-94-11] --Skin........ A2 Dichlorodifiuoromethane [75-71-8] ...................... 1.000 4.950 1. 3-Dichloro-5, 5-dimethyl hydantoin [118-52-51 -- __ 0.2 1,1-Dichloroethane [75-34-3]...................... 200 810 1,2-Dichloroethane. see Ethylene dichloride 1.1-Dichloroelhylene, see Vinytidene chloride 1.2-Dichloroethylene [540-59-0].......................... 200 790 Dichloroethyl ether [111444] --Skin........ 5 30 Dichlorofiuoromethane [75434]....................... 10 40 Dichloromethane, see Methylene chloride 1.1-Dichloro-1-nitroethane [594-72-9]..................... 2 10 1, 2-Dichloropropane, see Propylene dichloride Dichioropropene [542-75-6] -- Skin........ 1 5 0.15 0.03 75 -- -- 4 2 -- __ __ 110 ___ 1,250 __ 250 250 10 -- 10 10 0.9 0.3 360 0.3 -- -- 28 10 10 __ __ 675 A2 6.200 0.4 1.010' 1.000 60 -- 60 50 Capital letters A. B. D & E refer to Appendices. C denotes ceikng limit Footnotes (a thru f) see Page 35. 17 MAP 000428 SaMaaca [CAS#] ADOPTED VALUES - TWA mtlmr STEL ppm> mg/m` 2, 2-Dichloropropkxiic acid [75-99-0]...................... 6 Oichlorotetrafluoroeftane [76-14-21...................... 1,000 7,000 1,250 DicMorvos 162-73-7] -- Skin............... .............. 0.1 1 0.3 Dicrotopbos [141-66-2] -- Skin.............................. -- 0.25 .--- Oicydopentadiene [77-73-6]...................... 5 30 -- Dicydopentadienyl iron [102-54-5]..................... -- 10 -- DMdrin [60-57-1] -- Skin . -- 0.25 -- Diethanolamine [111-42-2] 3 15 -- Dieftylimine [109-89-7]... 10 30 25 Dieftytaminoethanol [100-37-8] -- Skin........ Dietiytene triamine [111-40-0] --Skin........ 10 1 50 -- 4-- Diettyf after, see Ethyl ether Diethylketone [96-22-0]... Diethyl phthkate [84-66-2] 200 70S 5-- DMuorodibromomeftane [75-61-6]...................... Digtycidy! ether (DGE) 100 860 150 [2238-07-5].................. 0.1 0.5 Dftydroxybenzene, see Hydroquinone Ditsobutyl ketone [106-83-8]..................... Diisopropylamine 25 150 -- [106-18-9]-Skin........ 5 20 -- Dimethoxymethane, see Methyla! Dimethyl acetamide [127-19-5] -- Skin........ 10 Dimethyiamine [124-40-3]. 10 Dimethytamnobenzene, see Xytidene 35 15 18 Dimeftytaniline [121-69-7] (N, N-Dimethylaniline) -- Skin.......................... Dimethylbenzene, see Xyfene 5 25 10 Dimethyl carfiamyl chloride [79-44-7] ...................... A2 A2 __ Dimethyl-1, 2-dibromo-2-dichioroethyf phosphate, see Naled Dimelhytformamide [68-12-2]-Skin......... 10 30 20 8,750 3 20 0.75 75 -- _ 10 1,290 -- _ 50 50 _ 60 Ciprt* totters A, B, 0. S E refer to Appendices: C denotes oertng limit Footnotes (i thru 0 see Page 35, 18 Satetonca [CAS#] ADOPTED VALUES TWA sm W>m! mg/m3* ppnf mg/m36 2, 6-Dimethyt-4-heptanone. see DiisoDutyl ketone 1,1-Oimethylhydrazne [57-14-7]-Skin......... 0.5, A2 1, A2 1. A2 2. A2 Dimethylphthalate [131-11-3]............. . -- 5-- 10 Dimethyl sulfate [77-78-1] -- Skin.......................... 00.1.1, ,AA22 0.5. A2 __ Dinitolmide [148-01-6]..... -- 5-- 10 Dinitrobenzene [528-29-0] (all isomers) -- Skin..... 0.15 1 0.5 3 Dinitro-o-cresol [534-52-1] -- Skin................ __ 0.2 __ 0.6 3, 5-Dinitro-o-toluamide, si i Dinitolmide Dinitrotoluene [121-14-2] -- Skin...........-............ . -- 1.5 -- 5 Dioxane. tech, grade [123-91-1]--Skin........ 25 90 100 360 Dioxathion [78-34-2] -- Skin.............................. -- 0.2 -- -- Diphenyl, see Biphenyl Diphenyiamne [122-39-4], __ 10 __ 20 e, see Methylene bisphenyi isocyanate Dipropylene glycol melhyl ether [34590-94-8]........ 100 600 150 900 Dipropyl ketone [123-19-3] 50 235 -- Diquat [85-00-7]................ -- 0.5 -- -- 1 Di-sec, octyl phthalate [117-81-7] (Di-2-ethyl- hexyiphthalate)............... -- 5 10 Disulfiram [97-77-8]......... -- 2 5` Disulfoton [296-04-4]........ -- 0.1 0.3 2, 6-Ditert. butyl-p-cresol [125-37-0]..................... -- 10 20 Diuron [330-54-1]............. -- 10 Divinyl benzene [108-57-6] Emery [112-62-9].............. 10 -- 50 D 20 Endosulfan [115-29-7] -- Skin.............................. -- 0.1 0.3 Endrin [72-20-8] -Skin... -- 0.1 0.3 Epichlorohydrin [106-89-8] -- Skin.................... 2 10 20 EPN [2104-64-5] --Skin.. -- 0.5 2 1, 2-Epoxypropane, see Propylene oxide 2,3-Epoxy-1-propanol, see Glycidol Ethane [74-84-0]............... E -- Capital letters A. B. D & E refer to Appendices: C denotes ceing imit. Footnotes (a thru f) see Page 35. 19 MAP 000429 WWWIWUW n ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ~~ Substance[CAS#] n>m mg/m*'" ppnr mg/iy6 Ethanethiol. see Ethyl mercaptan Ethanolamine [14143-5]... 3 86 Ethion [563-12-2] -- Skm -- 0,4 15 t2-Ethoxyethanol [110-80-5] -- Skm.......................... (50) (185) (100) (37m +2-Etnoxyethyl acetate [111-15-91-Skin........ Bhyl acetate [141-78-6].... Ethyl acrylate [140-88-5] -- Skin............. ............ Ethyl alcohol (Ethanol) [64-17-5]...................... Ethytamine [75-04-7]........ Ethyi amyl ketone [41-85-5]...................... (50) 400 5 1,000 10 25 (270) 1,400 20 1,900 18 130 (100) 25 _ __ __ (540) inn Ethyl benzene [100414].. Ethyl bromide [74 -964].... Ethyl butyl ketone 100 200 435 125 545 890 250 1.110 [106-354]..................... Ethyi cnionde [75-00-3].... Ethyiene [74-65-1]............ Ethylene chlorohydrm [107-07-3] --Skin........ Ethylenediamme 50 1.000 E Cl 230 2.600 __ 75 1,250 C 3 __ 345 3,250 [107-15-3].................. . Ethylene dibromide [106-934] -- Skin........ Ethylene dichlonde 10 A2 25 A2 _ [107-06-2]..................... Ethylene glycol [107-21-1] 10 40 -15 60 * Particulate..................... Vapor............................. -- C 50 (10) C 125 __ -- (20) tEthylene glycol dinitrate [628-96-6] - Skm........ 0.05 0.3 (0.1) (0.6) Ethylene glycol methyl ether acetate, see 2-Methoxyettiyl acetate t Ethylene oxide [75-21 -8]... (10) (20) -- _ Ethyleneimine [151-56-4] -- Skin................ 0.5 1-- _ Ethyl ether (60-29-7)......... Ethyl formate [109-94-4]... 400 1.200 500 1 500 100 300 150 450 Ethylidene chlonde. see 1.1-Dichloroethane Ethyiidene norbomene [16219-75-3]................. C5 C 25 - espial letters A. B. 0 & E refer id Appendices: C denotes ceiling liml Footnotes la thru f) see Page 35. "1983 Addition 4See Notice of intended Changes. 20 Suksttnca [CAS#] ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL puff" mg/nt*41 mg/nP1' Ethyl mercaptan [75-08-1]. N-Ethylmorphoiine 0.5 12 [100-74-3] - Skin........ Ethyl silicate [78-10-4]..... 5 10 23 20 85 30 Fensulfoth ion [115-90-2]... Fenthion [55-38-9] -- Skin Ferbam [14484-64-1]........ Ferrovanadium dust -- -- -- 0.1 -- 0.2 -- 10 -- [12604-58-9]........ .. 1 ___ fibrous41 glass dust........... .---- 10 ___ Ruondes, as F............... Fluorine [7782-41-4].......... Ruorothchloromethane. see Fonofos [944-22-9] -- 2.5 12 ichlorofluoromethane -- 2 Skin................. ....... ..... ___ 0.1 ^Formaldehyde [50-00-0].... Formamide [75-12-7]........ (C2) 20 (C 3) 30 -- 30 Formic acid [64-18-6]....... 5 9-- furfural [98-61-Tj --6km. 2 8 10 Furfuryl alcohol [98-00-0] -- Skin.......................... 10 40 15 Gasoline [8006-61-9)........ 300 900 500 Germanium tetrahydride [7782-65-2]................... 0.2 0.6 0.6 Glass, fibrous or dust, see f rous glass dust GlutarakJehyde [111 -30-8]. C 0.2 Glycerin mist [56-81 -5]..... -- C 0.7 D -- -- Glycidoi [556-52-5]........... 25 75 Glycol monoethyl etier. see 2-Ethoxyethanol 100 Graphite (Natural) [778242-5], see MINERAL DUSTS Graphite (Synthetic)............ ,-- 0 Gypsum [10101-4-4]........ -- D-- Hafnium [7440-58-6]........ Helium [7440-59-7]........... -- E 0.5 -- ---- Heptachlor [76-44-8] -- Skin................................. -- 0.5 -- Heptane [142-82-5] (n-Heptane)........ . 400 1,600 2-Heptanone. see Methyl n-amyl ketone 500 3-Heptanone. see Ethyl butyl ketone Hexachtorobutadiene [76-68-3].......................0.02, A2 0.24, A2 -- S I 95 255 20 1.8 300 20 1.5 2.000 Ciprtal letters A. B. D & E refer to Appendices; C denotes oeiling limit. Footnotes {a thru 0 see Page 35. * 1983 Mditnn. 4See Nota of Intended Changes. 21 < A MAP 000430 j-iil* MMiiiitii n;aiwwiii nan ***________[CAS#] ADOPTED VALUES m sm--" ppm0' mg/m**' ppm' ma/np* Hexachlorocydopenta- diene [77-47-4]............. 0.01 0.1 0.03 Hexachloroethane [67-72-1]...................... 10 100 __ Hexachloronaphthalene [1335-67-1] --Skin..... -- 0.2 -- Haxafluoroacetone [684-16-2]-Skin........ 0.1 0.7 0.3 Hnonetiyt phosphoramide [680-31-9] -- Skin........ A2 A2 -- Hexane (n-Hexane) [110-54-3]..................... 50 180 -- Other isomeres............. 500 1,800 1,000 2-Hexanone, see Methyl n-butyl ketone Hexone, see Methyl isobutyl ketone sec-Hexyf acetate [142-92-7]..................... 50 300 Hexylene glycol [107-41-5] C 25 C 125 -- -- Hydrazine [302-01-2] -- Skr........... 0.1, A2 Hydrogen [1333-74-0]....... E 0.1, A2 -- -- -- Hydrogenated terphenyts [92-94-4]....................... 0.5 5-- Hydrogen bromide [10035-10-6]................. 3 10 -- Hydrogen chloride [7647-01-0].................. C5 C7 -- Hydrogen cyanide [74-90-8] -- Skin........ CIO CIO __ Hydrogen fluoride [7664-39-3], as F......... 3 2.5 6 Hydrogen peroxide [7722-84-1].................. 1 1.5 2 Hydrogen seiemde [7783-07-5], as Se........ 0.05 0.2 __ Hydrogen sulfide [7783-06-4]................... Hydroquinone [123-31 -9].. 10 -- 14 15 2-- 4-Hydroxy-4-methyl-2-penlanone, see Diacetone alcohol 2-Hydroxypropyl acrylate [999-61-1] --Skin........ 0.5 3 __ Indene [95-13-6]............... Indium [7440-74-6] & 10 45 15 compounds, as In......... -- 0.1 . -- 0.3 0.6 9 3,600 -- -u . 5 3 _ 21 4 _ 70 0.3 Cipttal letters A, B. D 4 E refer to Appendices: C denotes ceiling emit. Footnotes (a thru f) see Page 35 22 Ssbstsncs [CAS#] ADOPTED VALUES twa sm ppm*" ntg/tip"1 ppm0' mg/m1*' Iodine [7553-56-2]............ todofotm [75-47-8].......... Iron oxide fume (FeaOh) [1309-37-1], as Fe........ Iron pentacarbonyl [13463-40-6], as Fe....... Iron salts, soluble, as Fe... Isoamyl acetate [123-92-2] Isoamyl alcohol [123-51-3] Isobutyl acetate [110-19-0] Isobutyl alcohol [78-83-1]. Isooctyl alcohol [26952-21-6]................. Isophorone [78-59-1]........ Isophorone diisocyanate -- Skin.............................. Isopropoxyethanot [109-59-1]..................... Isopropyl acetate [106-21-4]..................... Isopropyl alcohol [67-63-0] Isopropylamine [75-31-0].. N-lsopropytaniiine [643-28-7] --Skin........ Isopropyl ether [108-20-3]. Isopropyl glycidyl ether [4016-14-2] (IGE)......... Kaolin................................ Ketone [463-51-4]............. Lead [7439-92-1], inorg., dusts & fumes, as Pb.... 'Lead aresnate [10102-48-4], as Pbs(AsQ*)a................ Lead chromate [18454-12-1], as Cr....... Limestone [1317-65-3]..... Lindane [58-89-9] -- Skin. Lithium hydride [7580-67-8]................... L.P.G. (Liquified petroleum flas).............................. Magnesite [546-90-0]........ C0.1 0.6 B3 0.1 -- 100 100 150 50 50 C5 0.01 25 250 400 5 2 250 50 -- 0.5 _ -- -- 1,000 -- Cl 10 5 0.8 1 525 360 700 150 270 C 25 0.09 105 950 980 12 10 1,050 240 D 0.9 0.15 0.15 0.05, A2 D 0.5 0.025 1,800 D _ 1 0.2 125 125 187 75 __ 75 310 500 10 5 310 75 1.5 -- -- 1,250 -- 20 10 1.6 2 655 450 875 225 __ 320 1,185 1,225 24 20 1.320 360 20 3 0.45 (0.45) 20 1.5 2,250 20 Capital letters A, B, D 4 E refer to Appendices: C denotes ceding limit. Footnotes (i thru f) see Page 35. *1963 Additon. See Notice of InMnded Changes. 23 MAP 000431 ADOPTED VALUES Substance TWA STEL [CAS #] ppm0 mg/m1'" ppw" hg/np1 Magnesium oxide fume [1309-48-4].................. Malathion [121-75-5] -- Skin...................... _ Maleic anhydride [108-31-6]..................... 0.25 Manganese [7439-96-5], asMn Dust & compounds...... Fume........................... Manganese cydoperrtadienyi -- tncartxmyl [12079-65-1], as, Mn --Skin............. Manganese tetroxide......... Marble/calcium carbonate -- -- [1317-65-3].................. -- Mercury [7439-97-6], as Hg --Skin Alkyl compounds........... -- All forms except alkyi Vapor......................... -- Aryl & inorganic compounds................ -- Mesityl oxide[141-79-7]... 15 Methacrylic acid [79-41-4]. Methane [74-82-8]............ 20 E Methanelhiol, see Methyl mercaptan Methomyl [16752-77-5] -- Skin............................... Metioxychlor [7243-5].... -- -- t2-Methoxyethanol [109-864]-- Skin......... (25) $2-Methoxyethyl acetate [11049-6] --Skin........ 4-Methoxyphenol [150-76-5]..... . (25) -- Methyl acetate [79-20-9]... Methyl acetylene [74-99-7] Methyl acetyiene-propadiene 200 1.000 mixture (MAPP)............ 1,000 Methyl acrylate [96-33-3] -- Skin.......................... Methytacrylonitrile [ 126-98-7] -- Skin........ 10 1 10 10 1 C5 1 __ 0.1 __ 1-- D-- 0.01 0.05 0.1 60 70 __ -- -- -- 25 -- __ 2.5 __ 10 __ (80) (35) (120) (35) 5 610 1.650 __ 250 1.250 1.800 35 1.250 __ 32 03 20 0.03 100 _ _ ... (120) (170) 760 2,040 2.250 6 Capital letters A. B. D & E refer to Appendices; C denotes ceiling limit. Footnotes (a tnru f) see Page 35 tSee Notice of Intended Changes. 24 Substance [CAS #] ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm" mg/m3'1 ppm" mg/m3*' Methylal [109-87-5]..... . 1,000 3.100 Methyl alcohol [67-56-1] (methanol) -- Sktn____ 200 260 Melhyiamine [74-89-5]..... 10 12 Methyl amyl alcohol, see Methyl isobutyl carbino1 Methyl n-amyl ketone [11043-0]..................... 50 235 N-Methyl aniline [100-61-8] --Skin........ 0.5 2 Methyl bromide [74-83-9] -- Skin.......................... 5 20 Methyl n-butyl ketone [591-78-6]..................... 5 20 Melhyl chloride [74-87-3].. 50 105 Methyl chloroform [71-55-6]...................... 350 1.900 Methyl 2-cyanoacrylate [137-05-3]..................... 2 8 Metiytcydohexane [108-87-2]..................... 400 1,600 Methylcydohexanol [2563942-3]................. 50 235 o-Mefiytcyclohexanone [583-60-8]-Skin........ 50 230 Methylcydopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl, [12108-13-3] --Skin, as Mn............................ 0.2 Methyl demeton [8022-00-2] -- Skin..... __ 0.5 Methylene bisphenyl iso cyanate (MDI) [101-68-8].................. . C 0.02 C 0.2 Methylene chloride [75-09-2]....................... 100 350 4, 4'-Methylene bis (2-chloroaniBne) [101-144] --Skin........ 0.02. A2 0.22. A2 Methylene bis(4-cyc!o- hexytisocyanate) [5124-30-1]......... . C 0.01 C0.11 4,4-Methylene dianiline [101-77-9] --Skin........ 0.1 0.8 1.250 250 -- 100 1 15 _ 100 450 4 500 75 75 ___ 500 0.5 3,875 310 -- 465 5 60 205 2,450 16 2.000 350 345 0.6 1.5 1,740 4 S CapitaI letters A. B. D & E refer to Appendices; C denotes ceding limit. Footnotes (a thru f) see Page 35. *1963 Addition. 25 d MAP 000432 Srtstoece [CAS*] ADOPTED VALUES TWA sm " ppm" mg/m3*' ppm- rog/m Mefiyl ethyt ketone (MEK) [78-93-3]...................... 200 590 Methyl ethyl ketone peroxide [1338-23-4].... C0.2 C1.5 Melhyl formate 1107-31-3]. 100 250 5-Methyl-3-hiptanone, see Ethyl amyl ketone Methyl hydrazne [60-34-4] -- Skin.......................... C0.2, C0.35, A2 A2 Metiyl iodide [74-88-4] -- Skin.............................. 2, A2 10, A2 Methyl isoamyl ketone [110-12-3]..................... 50 240 Methyl isobutyl catbinol [105-30-6] -- Skai........ 25 100 Methyl isobutyl ketone [108-10-1]..................... 50 205 Methyl isocyanate [624-83-9] - Skin........ 0.02 0.05 Methyl isopropyl ketone [563-80-4]..................... 200 705 Methyl mercaptan [74-93-1]....................... 0.5 1 Methyl methacrylate [80-62-6]...................... 100 410 Methyl parathion [298-00-0] -- Skin........ -- 0.2 Methyl propyl ketone [107-87-9]..................... 200 700 Methyl sicate [681 -84-5].. 1 6 a-Methyl styrene [98-83-9] 50 240 Mevinphos [7786-34-7] -- Skin.............................. 0.01 0.1 Molybdenum [7439-98-7], as Mo Soluble compounds....... Insoluble compounds. .. -- -- 5 10 Monocrotophos [6923-22-4].................. Morpholine [110-91-8] -- -- 0.25 Skin......... .................... Naled [300-76-5]............... Naphthalene [91-20-3]...... /3-Naphthylamne [91-59-6] 20 __ 10 -- 70 3 50 Alb 300 -- 150 _ -- 5.A2 -- 40 75 -- -- 125 -- 250 5 100 0.03 __ __ -- 30 15 '885 __ 375 - 30. A5 __ 165 300 -- _ 510 0.6 875 30 485 0.3 10 20 _ 105 6 75 Alb Capital letters A. B. D A E refer to Appendices: C denotes ceiling limit. Footnotes la thru f) see F>age 35. 26 ADOPTED VALUES TWA sm Substance [CAS #] ppm01 mg/m*01 ppm"' mg/m3'" Neon [7440-01-9]............. Nickel carbonyl, as Ni........ Nickel [7440-02-0] Metal.............................. Soluble compounds, as Ni.................................. Nickel carbonyl [13463-39-3], as Ni....... Nickel sulfide roasting, fume & dust, as NI........ Nicotine [54-11-5]-- Skin. Nitrapyrin [1929-82-4]....... Nitric acid [7697-37-2]..... Nitric oxide [10102-43-9].. p-Nitroaniline [100-01-6] -- Skin............................ Nitrobenzene -- Skin........ tp-Nrtrochlorobenzene [lflO-OO-5]:--Skin........ 4-Nitrodiphenyl [92-93-3].. Nitroethane [79-24-3]........ Nitrogen dioxide [10102-44-0]................. Nitrogen trifluoride [7783-54-2]......... ........ ^Nitroglycerin (NG) [55-63-0] -- Skin......... Nitromethane [75-52-5].... 1-Nitropropane [108-03-2]. $2-Nitropropane [79-46-9].. N-Nitrosodimethytamine .E 0.05 0.05 -- -- 2 25 1 -- 100 3 10 0.05 100 25 (C 25, A2) __ _ 0.35 -- 1 0.1 0.35 _ 1, Ala 0.5 10 5 30 -- -- 4 35 3 52 (1) Alb -- 310 150 65 30 15 0.5250 90 (C 90, A2) (01) 150 35 -- -- 0.3 1.5 20 10 45 10 (2) Alb 465 10 45 (1) 375 135 [62-75-9] (dimethylnttrosoamine) -- Skit........... Nitrotoluene [99-08-1] -- Skin............................ 2 A2 11 A2 Nitrotrichioromethane, see Chloropicrin Nonaie [111-84-2]............ 200 1,050 250 1,300 Octachloronaphthalene [2234-13-1] - Skin..... 0.1 _ 0.3 Octane [111-65-9]............. 300 1,450 375 1,800 Oil mist, mineral............. 5" -- 10 Capital letters A. B, D & E reter to Appendices; C denotes ceiling imit. Footnotes (a thru f) see Page 35. *1983 Addition. fSee Notice of Intended Changes. 27 MAP 000433 Substance [CAS#] ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm0' mg/m1*' ppm- Osmium tetroxide [20816-12-0], as 0s..... 0.0002 Oxalic acid [144-62-7]...... -- Oxygen difluonde 0.002 0.0006 1 0.006 2 [7783-41-7].................. Ozone [10028-15-6]......... Paraffin wax fume 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.6 [8002-74-2].................. Paraquat [1910-42-5], -- 2 6 respirable sizes............. Parathion [56-38-2] -- -- 0.1 . Skin.............................. - o.l - 01 Particulate polycyclic aromatic hydro-carbons (PPAH), see Coal tar pitch volatiles Pentaborane [19624-22-7]. 0.005 Pentachtoronaphihaiene [1321-64-8].................. -- Pentachlorophenol [87-86-5] --Skin......... -Pentaerytirttol [115-77-5]. -- Pentane [109-66-0].......... 600 2-Pentanone. see Methyl propyl ketone 0.01 0.5 0.5 D 1,800 0.Q15 ___ __ ___ 750 0.03 1 20 2.250 tPerchloroethylene [127-18-4]..................... Perchloromethyl mercaptan 50 335 (-) H [594-42-3]..................... Perchloryl fluoride 0.1 0.8 -- -- [7616-94-6].................. Phenol [108-95-2] -- Skin, Phenothiazine [92-84-2] -- 3 5 14 6 19 10 28 38 Skin............. ................. N-Phenyl-beta-naphttiyl- -- 5-- 10 amine [135-88-6]........... p-Phenylene diamine A2 A2 -- -- [106-50-3]-Skin........ Phenyl ether [101-84-8], -- 0.1 -- -- vapor............. ............... 1 72 Phenylethylene. see Styrene. monomer Phenyl glycidyl ether (PGE) 14 [122-60-1].................... $Phenylhydrazine 1 6-- -- [100-63-0] -Skin........ (5) (20) nor (45) Capitu letters A, 8. 0 & E refer to Appendices; C denotes ceiling limit Footnotes (a thru f) see Page 35. " tSee Notice ot Intended Chwiges. 28 ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL Sabstance[CAS#] pnt' im/m**" ppm mg/m1'" Phenyl mercaptan [108-98-5]..................... 0.5 2 Phenylphosphne [638-21-1]..................... C0.05 Phorate [298-02-2] -- Skin -- Phosdrin. see Mevinphos C 0.25 0.05 Phosgene [75-44-5].......... 0.1 0.4 Phosphine [3803-51-2]..... 0.3 0.4 Phosphoric add [7664-38-2]................... -- 1 Phosphorus [7723-14-0] (yellow)......................... -- 0.1 Phosphorus oxychloride [10026-13-8]............ 0.1 0.6 Phosphorus pentachioride [10026-13-8]................. 0.1 1 Phosphorus pentasulfide [1314-80-3].................. 1 Phosphorus trichloride [7719-12-2].................. 0.2 1.5 Phthaiic anhydride [85-44-9]...................... 1 6 m-Phthalodinitriie [626-17-5]....................... -- 5 Pidoram [1918-02-1]........ 10 Picric add [88-89-1] -- Skin.............................. Pindone [83-26-1]............. -- -- 0.1 0.1 Piperazine dihydrochloride [142-64-3]..................... -- 5 2-Pivalyt-1,3-indandione, see Pindone Piaster of Paris................. -- D Platinum [7440-06-4] Metal............................. Soluble salts, as Pt --1 -- 0.002 Polychlorobiphenyts, see Chlorodiphenyls Poiytetrafiuoroethylene decomposition products. Potassium hydroxide [1310-58-3]................. -- -- B1 C2 Propane [74-98-6]............ E -- Propane sultone [1120-71-4].................. A2 A2 -- -- -- -- 1 -- -- 0.5 -- -- 0.5 4 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- __ 0.2 -- 1 3 0.3 3 -- 3 3 24 -- . 20 0.3 0.3 -- 20 -- -- B1 -- -- -- Capital letters A. B, D S E refer to Appendices: C denotes ceiling imit. Footnotes (a thru f) see Page 35. 29 MAP 000434 ADOPTED VALUES Suksteiiei TWA srn [CAS #] PP"T'"> mmagl/tnrUPP*'' pwpnvr1 mm.g/m4' Propargyt alcohol [107-19-7] -- Skin 1 /9-Propnlacmne [57-57-8]. 0.5. A2 Propionic add [79-09-4]... Propoxur [114-26-1]......... 10 __ n-Propyl acetate [109-60-4]..................... 200 Propyl aicohol [71-23-8] -- Skin.......................... 200 n-Propyf nitrate [627-13-4] 25 Propylene [115-07-1]........ E Propylene dichloride [78-87-5]....................... 75 ^Propylene glycol dinitrate [6423-43-4] -- Skin..... 0.05 Propylene glycol mono- methyl ether [107-96-2]. 100 Propyteneimine [re-55-6] -- Skin........................... 2, A2 Propylene oxide [75-56-9]. 20 Propyne, see Methyl acetylene Pyrothrom [8003-34-7]..... -- Pyridine [110-86-1]........... 5 Quinone [106-51-4]........... 0.1 RDX, see Cydomte Resorcinol [108-46-3]...... 10 Rhodium [7440-16-6] Metal......... ................... t Soluble salts, as Rh....... Ronnel [299-84-3]............ -- -- Rosin core solder pyrolysis products, as formaldehyde................ Rotenone (commercial) [83-79-4].................... . Rouge............ ,,.................. -- Rubber solvent (Naphtha).. 400 Selenium compounds [7782-49-2], as Se........ Selenium hexafluoride [7783-79-1], as Se........ 0.05 Sesone [136-78-7]............ -- 2 1.5, A2 30 0.5 840 500 105 350 0.3 360 .5.A2 50 5 15 0.4 45 1 (0.001) 10 0.1 5 D 1.600 0.2 0.2 10 3 1. A2 15 250 250 40 6 3, A2 45 2 1.050 625 170 110 (0.1) 150 510 (0.6) 540 10 10 30 0.3 1 20 90 _ _ (0.003) 0.3 _ 10 20 _ -- 20 Capital letters A. B, D & E refer to Appendices: C denotes oeiiing limit. Footnotes (a thru f) see Paoe 35. 1983 Addition. tSee Notice of Intended Changes. 30 Substance [CAS#] ADOPTED VALUES TWA fr1 mg/nP5 srn ppnf mg/m*5 Silane, see Silicon tetrahydnde Silicon [7440-21-3].......... D Silicon carbide [409-21-2]. -- D-- `Silicon tetrahydnde (Silane) [7803-62-5].................. 5 7 Silver [7440-22-4], as Ag Metal............................. 0.1 Soluble compounds....... -- 0.01 -- Sodium azide [26628-22-8] C0.1 C 0.3 -- Sodium bisulfite [7631-90-5]................... _ 5 Sodium 2, 4-dichloro-phenoxyethy! sulfate, see Sesone Sodium ftuoroacetate [62-74-8] --Skin......... -- 0.05 -- Sodium hydroxide [1310-73-2]................... _ _C 2 Sodium metabisulfite [7681-57-4]................... _ 5_ -Starch [9005-84-9]............ -- D-- SMbine [7803-52-3]........... 0.1 0.5 0.3 Stoddard solvent [8052-41-3]........ .......... 100 525 200 Strychnine [57-24-9]......... -- 0.15 -- Styrene, monomer [100-42-5]..................... 50 215 100 Subtiisins [1395-21-7] (Proteolytic enzymes as 100% pure crystalline enzyme)......................... Sucrose [57-50-1]............ --C0.00006"' --D -- Sutfoiep [3689-24-5] -- Skin......................... ..... 0.2 Sulfur dioxide [7446-09-5]. 2 55 Sulfur hexafluoride [2551-62-4].................. 1,000 6,000 1.250 Sulfuric acid [7664-93-9].. -- 1-- Sulfur monochloride [10025-67-9]................. 1 63 Sulfur pentaftuoride [5714-22-7]...................... 0.025 0.25 0.075 Sulfur tetrafluoride [7783-60-0]............... . 0.1 0.4 0.3 20 20 -- -- 0.15 20 1.5 1.050 0.45 425 20 0.6 10 7.500 -- 18 0.75 1 I Capital letters A. B. D & E refer to Appendices: C denotes ceiling limit Footnotes la thru f) see Page 35. *1963 Additon. m) SeeF>agea. 31 J 1 4 MAP 000435 Substance [CAS #] ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL - H>m" mg/m3*1 PPm" mg/irn" Sulfuryl fluoride [2699-79-8].................. 5 20 Systox, see Demeton 2. 4. 5-T [93-76-5]............ Tantalum [7440-25-7]....... __ -- 10 5 TEDP, see Sultotep Tellurium & compounds [13494-80-9], as Te..... 0.1 Tellurium hexafluoride [7783-80-4], as Te........ 0.02 Temephos [3383-96-8]....... -- TEPP [107-49-3] --Skm... 0.004 0.2 10 0.05 Terphenyls [92-94-4]........ C 0.5 C5 1,1,1,2-Tetrachloro-2. 2- difluoroethane [76-11-9] 500 4,170 1,1.2, 2-Tetrachloro-1,2- difluoroelhane [76-12-0] 500 4,170 1,1,2. 2-Tetrachlcro- ethane [79-34-5] -- Skm 1 7 Tetrachloroethylene, see Perchloroelhylene Tetrachloromethane. see Carbon tetrachloride Tetrachloronaphthalene [1335-88-2].................. -- 2 Tetraethyl lead [78-00-2], as Pb -- Skm................ Tetrahydrofuran [109-99-9] 0.100'' 200 590 Tetramethyl lead [75-74-1], as Pb -- Skm................ _ 0.150" Tetramethyl sucdnonitrile [3333-52-6] -- Skn ,,,. Tetramtromethane 0.5 3 [509-14-8]..................... 1 8 Tetrasodium pyrophosphate [7722-88-5].................. 5 Tetryl [479-45-8] (2. 4, 6-trlnltrophenyl- methylmtramne) -- Skin Thallium [7440-28-0] 1.5 Soluble compounds, as Tl --Skm...................... 0.1 4. 4'-Thiobis(6-tert. butyl- m-cresol) [96-69-5]...... Thioglycolic acid [68-i 1-1] 1 10 5 10 -- -- 0.01 -- 625 625 5 250 2 -- .--- 40 20 10 20 02 5,210 5,210 35 4 0.3 735 0.5 9 3.0 20 Capital letters A. B. D & E refer to Appendices. C denotes ceiling limit Footnotes (a tnru f) see Page 35 32 Substance [CAS #] ADOPTEO VALUES TWA ppnr mg/m3* STEL ppm" mg/m3 1 Thiram [137-26-8]............ -- 5 Tin [7440-31-5] Metal......................... -- 2 Oxide & inorganic compounds, except SnO, asSn.................... 2 Organic compounds, as Sn --Skm..................... 0.1 Titanium dioxide [13463-67-7], as Ti..... . ... -- D o-Tolidine [119-93-7] -- Skm.............................. Toluene [108-88-3] (toluol) A2 A2 -- Skm......................... . 100 375 Toluene-2.4-diisocyanate (TDI) [584-84-9]............ 0.005 0,04 to-Toiuidme [95-53-4] -- Skm.............................. (2) Toxaphene, see Chlorinated camphene (9) Tributyl phosphate [126-73-8]..................... 0.2 2.5 Trichloroacetic acid [76-03-9]....................... 1 5 1,2,4-Trichlorobenzene [120-82-1]..................... .. C 5 C 40 1,1,1-Trichloroethane. see Methyl chloroform 1.1, 2-Trichloroelhane [79-00-5] -- Skm......... 10 45 ^Trichloroethylene [79-01-6] 50 270 Trichlorofluoromethane [75-69-4]...................... C 1.000 C 5,600 Trkhloromethane, see Chloroform Trichloronaphthalene [1321-65-9].................. ... ----- 5 Trichloronltromethane. see Chloropicnn 1,2, 3-Trichloropropane [96-18-4]...................... 50 300 1,1,2-Tnchloro-1.2, 2trifiuoroethane [76-13-1] 1.000 7,600 Tricydohexyttm hydroxide, see Cyhexatm 'Triethylamme [121-44-8]... 10 40 Trifluorobromomethane [75-63-8].................... .1.000 6.100 -- -- -- -- 150 0.02 -- 0.4 -- 20 (150) -- -- 75 1,250 15 1,200 10 4 4 0.2 20 -- 560 0.15 -- 5 -- 90 (805) -- 10 450 9.500 60 7,300 Capital letters A. B, D & E refer to Appendices. C denotes ceiling limit. Footnotes (a thru f) see Page 35. *1963 Additon. tSee Notice of Intended Changes. 33 MAP 000436 ADOPTED VALUES Substance TWA STEL [CAS #] ppm0' mg/m5*' ppm- mg/nyi1 Tnmefiitic anhydnde [552-30-7]..................... 'Trimethylamne [75-50-3].. Trimethyl benzene 0.005 10 0.04 24 [25551-13-7]................. 25 125 Trimethyl phosphite [121-45-9]..................... 2 10 2.4,6-Tnnrtrophenol, see Picric acid 2, 4, 6-Trinitrophenyl-methyinitramine, see Tetryl 2. 4. 6-Trinitrotoluene (TNT] [118-96-7] -- Skin .............................. Tnorthocresyl phosphate -- 0.5 [78-30-8]...................... Tripherryl amne [603-34-9] Triphenyl phosphate -- -- 0.1 5 [115-86-6]..................... -- 3 Tungsten [7440-33-7], as W insoluble compounds.... -- 5 Soluble compounds....... Turpentine [8006-64-2]..... Uranium (natural) -- 100 1 560 [7440-61-1], Soluble & In- soluble compounds, as U -- 0.2 Valeraldehyde [110-62-3]... 50 175 Vanadium, as V2 0s [1314-62-1], respirable dust & fume................. -- 0.05 Vegetable oil mists............. -- D Vinyl acetate [108-05-4]..... 10 30 Vinyl benzene, see Styrene Vinyl bromide [593-60-2]... 5. A2 Vinyl chlonde [75-01-4]..... 5, Ala Vinyl cyanide, see Acrylonitrile 20. A2 10, Ala Vinyl cydohexene dioxide [106-87-6].................... 10. A2 tVinylidene chlonde 60. A2 [75-35-4]..................... Vinyl toluene [25013-15-4]. VM & P Naphflia (10) 50 (40) 240 [8030-30-6].................. 300 1,350 Warfann [81-81-2]........... -- 0.1 _ 15 .- 35 5 _ _ _ _ 150 _ 20 ___ _ (20) 100 400 ' /Q Oc *5 0*3 6 10 3 840 06 60 ___ (80) 485 1,800 0,3 Capital letters A. 8. D & E refer to Appendices; C denotes ceiling limit Footnotes i a thru f) see Page 35 *1983 Addition 4See Notice ot intended Chaiges 34 ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL Substance [CAS #] ppm0' mg/m51" PPm" mg/m5,> Welding fumes (NOC+)...... Wood dust (certain hard woods as beech & oak).. Softwood..................... Xylene [1330-20-7] (o-. m-, p-isomers).................. .. m-Xylenea, a-diamine [1477-55-0] --Skin..... Xytidine [1300-73-8] -- Skin............................. Yttrium [7440-65-5].......... Zinc chlonde fume [7646-85-7].................. Zinc chromate [13530-65-9], as Cr...... Zinc oxide [1314-13-2] Fume............................ Dust.............................. Jioc stearate [557-05-1]... Zirconium compounds [7440-67-2], as Zr......... , -- 5. B2 --1 -5 100 435 -- C0.1 2 10 --1 --1 -- 0.05, A2 -5 --D --D --5 -- _ -- 150 -- -- -- _ -- -- -- -- -- _ 10 655 _ _ 3 2 _ 10 -- 20 10 Capital letters A. B. D & E refer to Appendices. C denotes ceiling limit Footnotes (a thru f) see Page 35. tNOC = Not otherwise classified a) Parts of vapor or gas per million parts of contami nated air by volume at 25C and 760 mm Hg pres sure. b) Approximate milligrams of substance per cubic meter of air. d) < 7 /am in diameter. e) As sampled by method that does not collect vapor. f) For control of general room air, biologic monitoring is essential for personnel control. Radioactivity: The Committee accepts the philosophy and recommendations of the National Council on Ra diation Protection and Measurements (NCRP) for the ionizing radiation TLV. The NCRP is charted by Con gress to, in part, collect, analyze, develop and dissem inate information and recommendations about pro tection against radiation and about radiation measurements, quantities and units, including devel- 35 MAP 000437 opment of basic concepts m these areas. NCRP pg. port No. 39 (reference 1) provides basic philosophy and concepts leading to protection criteria estap. lished in the same report. Other NCRP reports ad dress specific areas of radiation protection and, col lectively. provide an excellent basis for establishing a sound program for radiation control. The Committee recommends the listed references as substantative documentation of a sound basis for ionizing radiation protection. The Committee also strongly recommends that all exposures to ionizing radiations be kept low as reasonably achievable within the stated guidance. References: 1. Basic Radiation Protection Criteria. NCRP Report No. 39, issued January 15.1971. __ 2. Maximum Permissible Body Burdens and Maxi mum Permissible Concentrations of Radionuclides in Air and in Water lor Occupational Exposure. US Department of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards Handbook 69, issued June 5. 1959, with Addendum 1 issued August 1963. Available as NCRP Report No. 22. The above documents, as well as information on nu merous other NCRP Reports addressing specific sub jects in ionizing radiation protection are available from: NCRP Publications, PO Box 30175, Washing ton, DC 20014. Substance SILICA, S1O2 MINERAL DUSTS TLV Crystalline TQuartz [14808-60-7] TLV in mppcfe': 300**' % quartz - 10_ TLV for respirable dust in mg/m3: 10 mg/m3" % Respirable quartz - 2 TLV for "total dust," respirable and nonrespirable: 30 mg/m3 TCristobalite... [14464-46-1] % quartz - 3 ..Use one-half the value calculated from the count or mass formulae for quartz. tSee Notice of Intended Changes 36 JTridymite................Use one-half the value calculated [ 15468-32-3] from formulae for quartz TSilica. fused [60676-86-0].........,Use quartz formulae. ^Tripoli.................... Use respirable"' mass quartz for- [1317-95-9] mula tAmorphous [7631-86-9]..............................(20 mppcf"') SILICATES (<7% quartz) Asbestos'1 Amosite......... .............. 0.5 fiber/cc > 5 pm In [12172-73-5] length,Ala Chrysotile......... ........... 2 fibers/cc > 5 ^m in [12001-29-5] length.Ala Crocidolite................... 0.2 fiber/cc > 5 pm in [12001-28-4] length,Ala Otherforms................ 2 fibers/cc > 5 in length, Ala ^Graphite (natural) [7782-42-5]................ 15mppcf * Mica [ 12001 -26-2]......... 20 mppcf -Mineral-wool fiber........... 10 mg/m3 tPerlite............................... 30 mppcf ^Portland Cement.............. 30 mppcf iSoapstone........................ 20 mppcf 'Talc (containing no asbes tos fibers) [14807-96-6]............... 2 mg/m3. Respirabledust $Taic (fibrous), (use Asbestos limit.) COAL DUST 2 mg/m3 (respirable dust fraction < 5% quartz). t(lf > 5% quartz, use respirable mass formula.) NUISANCE PARTICULATES (see Appendix D) $(30 mppcf) or 10 mg/m3''' of total dust < 1% quartz, or, 5 mg/m3 respirable dust. Conversion factors: mppcf x 35.3 = Million particles per cubic meter = particles per cc g) Millions of particles per cubic foot of air, based on impinger samples counted by light-field technics. 4Sm Notice of Intended Changes. *1963 Addition. 37 MAP 000438 h) The percentage of quartz in the formula is ^ amount determined from airborne samples, except in those instances in which other methods have been shown to be applicable, i) Both concentration and percent quartz for the appli cation of this limit are to be determined from the fraction passing a size-selector with the foUowtng characteristics: Aerodynamic Diameter (/am) (unit density sphere) =2 2.5 3.5 5.0 10 % passing selector 90 75 50 25 0 $j) containing < 1% quartz; (if quartz content > i%t use formulae for quartz.) k) Lint-free dust as measured by the vertical etutriator, cotton-dust sampler described in the Transactions of the National Conference on Cotton Dust, p. 33 by J. R. Lynch, (May 2,1970). l) As determined by the membrane filter method at 400-450X magnification (4 mm objective) phase contrast illumination. m) Based on "high volume" sampling. n) "Respirable" dust as defined by the British Medical Research Council Criteria, and as sampled by a device producing equivalent results.'2' (1) Hatch, T. E. and Gross: Pulmonary Deposition and Retention of Inhaled Aerosols, p. 149. Aca demic Press, New York, (1964). (2) AIHA Aerosol Technology Committee: Interim Guide for Respirable Mass Sampling. Am. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J. 370:133 (1970). NOTICE OF INTENDED CHANGES (for 1983-84) These substances, with their corresponding val ues, comprise those for which either a limit has been proposed for the first time, or for which a change in the "Adopted" listing has been proposed. In both cases, the proposed limits should be considered trial tSee Notice of Intended Charges 38 limits that will remain in the listing for a period of at least two years. If. after two years no evidence comes to light that questions the appropriateness of the val ues herein, the values will be reconsidered for the "Adopted" list. Documentation is available for each of these substances. Substance TWA STEl [CAS#] ppm mg/m*1" ppnr mp/m31" Acrylonitrile [107-13-1] -- Skin.............................. fl, 3-Butadiene [106-994)1. 2. A2 A2 4.5. A2 A2 -- Cobalt metal, dust & fume [7440-48-4], as Co........ -- 0.05 Enflurane [13838-16-9]..... 75 575 -- 2-thoxye1hanol [110-80-5] -- Skin............... 5 19 -- 0.1 -- 2-Ethoxyetliyl acetate [111-15-9] --Skin........ 5 27 -- -- Ethylene glycol [107-21-1], particulate DELETE, see Appendix G fEthyiene glycol dinitrate [628-96-6]--Skin........ Ethylene oxide [75-21 -8].., 0.05 1.A2 0.3 2, A2 -- -- Fenamiphos [22224-92-6] -- Skin........................... tFormaldehyde [50-00-0].... Grain dust......................... Halothane [151-67-7]........ -- 1.A2 -- 50 0.1 1.5, A2A 400 2, A2 -- 3, A2 -- Head arsenate [10102-48-4], 0.15 -- -- 2-Methoxyethanol [109-86-4] --Skin...... . 5 16 -- -- 2-Methoxyethyl acetate [110-49-6] --Skm Metrtouzin [21087-64-9]... 5 -- 24 5-- -- p-Nitrochlorobenzene [100-00-5] -- Skin........ tNitroglycerin [55-63-0] -- Skin.............................. 2-Nitropropane [79-46-9].. 0.5 0.05 10, A2 3 0.5 35. A2 20, A2 70. A2 Perchloroethylene [127-18-4]..................... 50 335 200 1,340 Persulfates, alkali metal, as S2O8............................... -- 2 __ -- Capital letters A. B. D & E refer to Appendices; C denotes ceiling limit. [1983 Revision or Addition. 39 MAP 000439 Substance [CAS#] Ptienyihydrazme [100-63-0] --Skin....... tPropylene glycol dimtrate [6423-43-4] -- Skn..... Rhodium. Insoluble compounds, asRti..... . Soluble compounds, as Rh...................... ........ Sulprofos [35400-43-2].... o-Toluidine [95-53-4] -- Skin.............................. Tnchioroelhylene [79-01-6] Vmylidene chloride [75-35-4]...................... TWA ppnr mg/m*" 2, A2 50 1 0.01 1 9. A2 270 20 ponr _ 200 20 Capital letters A. B. 0 & E refer to Appendices t1983 Revision or Addition C denotes ceiling limit. NOTICE OF INTENDED CHANGES MINERAL DUSTS Substance SILICA. S/O; TLV Crystalline Quartz..................- .0.1 mg/m3. Respirable dust [14808-60-7] 0.3 mg/m3. Total dust Cristobalite............ .0.05 mg/m3. Respirable dust [14464-46-1] 0.15 mg/m3. Total dust Tndymite............... ,0.05 mg/m3, Respirable dust [15468-32-3] 0.15 mg/m3, Total dust Silica, fused.............Use quartz values. [60676-86-0] Tripoli................... Use respirable quartz value. [1317-95-9] Silica, amorphous.. 5 mg/m3. Respirable dust . [7631-86-9] 10 mg/m3. Total dust SILICATES (< 1% quartz) Diatomaceous earth 5 mg/m3, Respirable dust (uncalcined) 10 mg/m3. Total dust [60676-86-0] Graphite (natural)...2.5 mg'm3. Respirable dust [7782-42-5] 5 mgim3. Total dust 40 Mica [12001-26-2] .3 mg/m3. Respirable dust 6 mg/m3. Total dust Perlite................ .. 5.mg'm3. Respirable dust 10 mg/m3. Total dust Portland Cement.... 5 mg/m3. Respirable dust 10 mg/m3. Total dust Precipitated silica 5 mg/m3. Respirable dust and silica gel......10 mg/m3, Total dust Soapstone.......... .. .3 mg/m3. Respirable dust 6 mg/m3. Total dust Talc (containing Use asbestos TLV. However. asbestos fibers)..should not exceed 2 mg/m3 COAL DUST respirable dust. If > 5% quartz, use respirable quartz value. Generic Listing . All mppcf values for mineral dusts will be eliminated in favor of equivalent respirable mass or total mass values, i.e., Appendix F. footnote j) Containing < 1% quartz; if quartz content > 1%. use quartz values. APPENDIX A Carcinogens The Committee lists below those substances in in dustrial use that have proven carcinogenic in man. or have induced cancer in animals under appropriate ex perimental conditions. Present listing of those sub stances carcinogenic for man takes two forms: Those for which a TLV has been assigned (la) and those for which environmental conditions have not been suffi ciently defined to assign a TLV (1b). Ala. Human Carcinogens. Substances, or substances associated with industrial processes, recog nized to have carcinogenic or cocarcinogenic potential, with an assigned TLV: TLV ** Acrylonitrile --Skin Asbestos Amosite............. Chrysotile........... . Crocidolite........... Other forms....... 2 ppm 0.5 fiber > S^m/cc 2 fibers > S/xm/cc 0.2 fiber > 5ptm/cc 2 fibers > S^m/cc "See Notice of Intended Chaoses 41 MAP 000440 Mif:iic>MHWlBliiiiiiiiBiiiiiii!giia<i.cJi!iei-ai'ffi-gfep 'lit s-liigeia bis (Chloromethyl) ether Chromite ore processing (chromate)................ Chromium (VI). certain water insoluble compounds................ Coal tar pitch volatiles .. Nickel sulfide roasting, fume & dust............... Vinyl chloride ................. 0.001 ppm 0.05 mg/m3, as Cr 0.05 mg/m3, as Cr 0.2 mg/m3, as benzene solubles 1.0 mg/m3, as Ni 5 ppm Alb. Human Carcinogens. Substances, or sub stances associated with industrial processes recognized to have carcinogenic potential with out an assigned TLV: 4-Aminodiphenyl (p-Xenylamine) -- Skin Benzidine -- Skin ,/3-Naphthylamme 4-Nitrodiphenyl For the substances in lb, no exposure or con tact by any route -- respiratory, skin or oral, as detected by the most sensitive methods--shall be permitted. The worker should be properly equipped to insure virtually no contact with the carcinogen. A2 Industrial Substances Suspect of Carcinogenic Potential for MAN. Chemical substances or sub stances associated with industrial processes, which are suspect of inducing cancer, based on either (1) limited epidemiologic evidence, exclu sive of clinical reports of single cases, or (2) demonstration of carcinogenesis in one or more animal species by appropriate methods. Acrylonitrile -- Skin Amitrol Antimony trioxide productionArsenic trioxide production Benzene Benzo(a)pyrene Beryllium 2 ppm 10 ppm -- 2.0M9'hi3 'Cigarette smoking can entiance the incidence of respiratory cancers from this or others of these substances or processes 42 __ tl. 3-Butadiene Cadmium oxide production Carbon tetrachionde -- Skin Chloroform t Chloromethyl methyl ether 5 ppm 10 ppm Chromates of lead and zinc, as Cr Chrysene 0.05 mg/m3 3, 3'-Dichlorobenzidine -- Skin Dimethylcarbamyl chloride 1,1-Dimethyl hydrazine -- Skin 0.5 ppm Dimethyl sulfate -- Skin Ethylene dibromide -- Skin Ethylene oxide t Formaldehyde Hexachlorobutadiene 0.1 ppm 1 ppm 1 ppm 0.02 ppm Hexamethyl phosphoramide -- Skin Hydrazine -- Skin 4, 4'-Methylene bis {2-chtoroaniline) --Skin Methyl hydrazine -- Skin Methyl iodide -- Skin 0.1 ppm 0.02-ppm C 0.2 ppm 2 ppm 2-Nitropropane 10 ppm N-Nitrosodimethylamine -- Skin N-Phenyl-beta-naphthylamine Phenylhydrazine -- Skin 5 ppm Propane sultone beta-Propiolactone tPropyleneimine -- Skin o-Tolidine o-Toiuidine -- Skin Vinyl bromide Vinyl cyclohexene dioxide 0.5 ppm 2 ppm 2 ppm 5 ppm 10 ppm For the above, worker exposure by all routes should be carefully controlled to levels consis tent with the animal and human experience data (see Documentation), Including those sub stances with a listed TLV. 11963 Addition *1983 Adoption. 43 MAP 000441 THE COMMITTEE GUIDELINES FOR CLASSIFICATION OF EXPERIMENTAL ANIMAL CARCINOGENS The following guidelines are offered in the pres ent state of knowledge as an aid in classifying substances in the occupational environment found to be carcinogenic in experimental ani mals, A need was felt by the Threshold Limits Committee for such a classification in order to take the first step in developing an appropriate TLV for occupational exposure. Determination of Approximate Threshold of Re sponse Requirement. In order to determine in which category to classify an experimental car cinogen for the purpose of assigning an indus trial air limit (TLV), an approximate threshold of neoplastic response must be determined. Be cause of practical experimental difficulties, a precisely defined threshold cannot be attained. For the purposes of standard-setting, this is of little moment, as an appropriate risk, or safety, factor can be applied to the approximate thresh old, the magnitude of which is dependent on the degree of potency of the carcinogenic re sponse. To obtain the best practical' threshold of neo plastic response, dosage decrements should be less than logarithmic. This becomes particularly important at levels greater than 10 ppm (or cor responding mg/m3). Accordingly, after a range finding determination has been made by lo garithmic decreases, two additional dosage levels are required within the levels of "effect" and "no effect" to approximate the true thresh old of neoplastic response. The second step should attempt to establish a metabolic relationship between animal and man for the particular substance found carcinogenic in animals. If the metabolic pathways are found comparable, the substance should be classed highly suspect as a carcinogen for man. If no such relation is found, the substance should re main listed as an experimental animal carcino gen until evidence to the contrary is found. Proposed Classification of Experimental Animal Carcinogens. Substances occurring in the occu pational environment found carcinogenic for animals may be grouped into three classes, those of high, intermediate and low potency. In evaluating the incidence of animal cancers, sig- 44 nificant incidence of cancer is defined as a neo plastic response which represents, in the judg ment of the Committee, a significant excess of cancers above that occurring in negative con- EXCEPTIONS: No substance is to be considered an occupational carcinogen of any practical sig nificance which reacts by the respiratory route at or above 1000 mgim3 for the mouse, 2000 mg/m3 for the rat; by the dermal route, at or above 1500 mg/kg for the mouse. 3000 mg/kg for the rat; by the gastrointestinal route at or above 500 mg/kg;d for a lifetime, equivalent to about 100 g T.D. for the rat, 10 g T.D, for the mouse. These dosage limitations exclude such sub stances as dioxane and trichlorethylene from consideration as carcinogens. Examples: Dioxane -- rats, hepatocellular and nasal tumors from 1015 mg/kg/d, oral Trichloroethylene -- female mice, tumors (30/98 @ 900 mg/kg/d), oral A. Industrial Substances of High Carcinogenic Po tency in Experimental Animals. 1. A substance to qualify as a carcinogen of high potency must fulfill one of the three fol lowing conditions in two animal species: la. Respiratory. Elicit cancer from (1) dos ages below 1 mg/m3 (or equivalent ppm) via the respiratory tract in 6- 7-hour daily repeated inhalation exposures through out lifetime; or (2) from a single intratracheally administered dose not exceeding 1 mg of particulate, or liquid, per 100 ml or less of animal minute respiratory vol ume; Examples: bis-Chloromethyl ether, malign ant tumors, rats, @ 0.47 mg/m3 (0.1 ppm) in 2 years: Hexamethyl phosphoramide. nasal squamous cell carcino ma. rats, @ 0.05 ppm. in 13 months OR 45 MAP 000442 lb. Dermal- Elicit cancer within 20 weeks by skin-painting, twice weekly at 2 mg/kg body weight or less per application for a total dose equal to or less than 1.5 mg, in a biologically inert vehicle: Examples: 7. 12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthra cene -- skin tumors @ 0.120.8 mg T.D. in four weeks Benzo(a)pyrene, mice 12 ^g, 3X/wk for 18 mos. T.D. 2.6 mg, 90.9% skin tumors OR lc, Gastrointestinal. Elicit cancer by daily in take via the gastrointestinal tract, within six months, with a six-month holding period, at a dosage below 1 mg/kg body weight per day: total dose, rat, s 50 mg; mouse. 3.5 mg; Examples: 7, 12-Dimethylbenz(a)anthracene -- mammary tumors from 10 mg IX 3-Methylcholanthrene -- Tumors @ 3 sites from 8 mg in 89 weeks Benzo(a)pyrene, mice, 3.9% leukemias, from 30 mg T.D. 198 days 2. Elicit cancer by all three routes in at least two animal species at dose levels prescribed for high or intermediate potency. B Industrial Substances of Intermediate Carcinogenic Potency in Experimental Animals. To qualify as a carcinogen of intermediate po tency, a substance should elicit cancer in two animal species at dosages intermediate be tween those described in A and C by two routes of administration. Example: Carbamic acid ethyl ester Dermal, mammary tumors, mice. 100%. 63 weeks. 500-1400 mg T.D. Gastrointestinal, various type tumors, mice 42 weeks, 320 mg T.D. ___ Gastrointestinal, various type tumors, rats. 60 weeks. 110-930 mg T.D. 46 C. Industnal Substances of Low Carcinogenic Potency in Experimental Animals. To qualify as a carcinogen of low potency, a substance should elicit cancer in one animal species by any one of three routes of adminis tration at the following prescribed dosages and conditions: la. Respiratory. Elicit cancer from (1) dosages greater than 10 mg/m3 (or equivalent ppm) via the respiratory tract in 6- 7-hour, daily repeated inhalation exposures, for 12 months' exposure and 12 months' observa tion period: or (2) from intratracheally ad ministered dosages totaling more than 10 mg of particulate or liquid per 100 ml or more of animal minute respiratory volume; Examples: Beryl (beryllium aluminum silicate) malig. lung tumors, rats, @ 15 mg/m3@ 17 months Benzidine, var, tumors, rats, 10-20 mg/m3 @ > 13 mos. OR lb. Dermal. Elicit cancer by skin-painting of mice in twice weekly dosages of > 10 mg/kg body weight in a biologically inert vehicle for at least 75 weeks, i.e., a 1.5g T.D. Examples: Shale tar, mouse. 0.1 ml x 50 = 5g T.D. 59/60 skin tumors Arsenic trioxide, man. dose un known, but estimated to be high lc. Gastrointestinal. Elicit cancer from daily oral dosages of 50 mg/kg day or greater during the lifetime of the animal. APPENDIX B SUBSTANCES OF VARIABLE COMPOSITION B1 Polytetrafluoroethylene' decomposition products. Thermal decomposition of the fluorocarbon chain in air leads to the formation of oxidized products * containing carbon, fluorine and oxygen. Because i. these products decompose in part by hydrolysis in alkaline solution, they can be quantitatively de termined in air as fluoride to provide an index of exposure. No TLV is recommended pending de- Trade Names: Algoflon. Ruon. Halon. Teflon. Tetran. 47 MAP 000443 termination of the toxicity of the products, but air concentrations should be minimal. B2 Welding Fumes -- Total Particulate -- (NOCp TLV,5mg/m3 t!' Welding fumes cannot be classified simply The composition and quantity of both are dependent on the alloy being welded and the process and elec trodes used. Reliable analysis of fumes cannot be made without considering the nature of the welding process and system being examined; reactive metals and alloys such as aluminum and titanium are arcwelded in a protective, inert atmosphere such as argon. These arcs create relatively little fume, but an intense radiation which can produce ozone. Similar processes are used to arc-weld steels, also creating a relatively low level of fumes. Ferrous alloys also are arc-welded in oxidizing environments which generate considerable fume, and can produce carbon monox ide instead of ozone. Such fumes generally are com posed of discreet particles of amorphous slags con taining iron, manganese, silicon and other metallic constituents depending on tne alloy system involved. Chromium and nickel compounds are found in fumes when stainless steels are arc-welded. Some coated and flux-cored electrodes are formulated with fluorides and the fumes associated with them can contain significantly more fluorides than oxides. Be cause of the above factors, arc-welding fumes frer quently must be tested for individual constituents which are likely to be present to determine whether specific TLVs are exceeded. Conclusions based on total fume concentration are generally adequate if no toxic elements are present in welding rod. metal, or metal coating and conditions are not conducive to the formation of toxic gases. Most welding, even with primitive ventilation, does not produce exposures inside the welding helmet above 5 mg.'m3. That which does, should be con trolled. APPENDIX C MIXTURES C.1 THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES FOR MIXTURES When two or more hazardous substances, which act upon the same organ system, are present their tNoi otherwise classified (NOC) 48 combined effect, rather than that of either individual ly. should be given primary consideration. In the ab sence of information to the contrary, the effects of the different hazards should be considered as additive. That is. if the sum of the following fractions. Ji * JL" Ti * T2 * ' ' T. exceeds unity, then the threshold limit of the mixture should be considered as being exceeded. Ci indi cates the observed atmospheric concentration, and Ti the corresponding threshold limit (See Example lA.a. and 1A.c.). Exceptions to the above rule may be made when there is a good reason to believe that the chief effects of the different harmful substances are not in fact ad ditive, but independent as when purely local effects on different organs of the body are produced by the various components of the mixture. In such cases the threshold limit ordinarily is exceeded only when at (yCL -* or + G etc.\) itself has a value exceeding unity (See Example lA.c.). Synergistic action or potentiation may occur with some combinations of atmospheric contaminants. Such cases at present must be determined individual ly. Potentiating or synergistic agents are not neces sarily harmful by themselves. Potentiating effects of exposure to such agents by routes other than that of inhalation is also possible, e.g. imbibed alcohol and inhaled narcotic (trichloroethylene). Potentiation is characteristically exhibited at high concentrations, less probably at low. When a given operation or process characteristi cally emits a number of harmful dusts, fumes, vapors or gases, it will frequently be only feasible to attempt to evaluate the hazard by measurement of a single substance. In such cases, the threshold limit used for this substance should be reduced by a suitable factor, the magnitude of which will depend on the number, toxicity and relative quantity of the other contamin ants ordinarily present. Examples of processes which are typically asso ciated with two or more harmful atmospheric conta minants are welding, automobile repair, blasting, painting, lacquering, certain foundry operations, die sel exhausts, etc. 49 J MAP 000444 C M Examples of THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES FOR MIXTURES The following formulae apply only when the com ponents in a mixture have similar toxicologic effects; they should not be used for mixtures with widely dif fering reactivities, e.g. hydrogen cyanide & sulfur dioxide. In such case the formula for Independent Ef fects (1A.c.) should be used. 1Aa. General case, where air is analyzed for each component; a. Additive effects. (Note: It is essentiarthat the atmosphere be analyzed both qualitatively and quantitatively for each component pres ent, in order to evaluate compliance or noncompliance with this calculated TLV.) A -.A + _? + =1 Ti T2 T3 ' ' ' *1 Example No. 1A.a.: Air contains 400 ppm of acetone {TLV = 750 ppm) 150 ppm -of secbutyl acetate (TLV = 200 ppm) and 100 ppm of methyl ethyl ke tone (TLV = 200 ppm) Atmospheric concentration of mix ture = 400 * 150 + 100 = 650 ppm of mixture 400 750 150 200 + 100 200 = 0.53 + 0.75 + 0.5 = 1.78 Threshold Limit is exceeded. 1A.b. Special case when the source of contaminant is a liquid mixture and the atmospheric composi tion is assumed to be similar to that of the onginal material: e.g. on a time-weighted average exposure basis, all of the liquid (solvent) mix ture eventually evaporates. Additive effects (approximate solution) 1. The percent composition (by weight) of the liquid mixture is known, the TLVs of the constituents must be listed in mg,m3. (Note: In order to evaluate compliance with this TLV, field sampling instruments should be calibrated, in the laboratory, for response to this specific quantitative and qualitative 50 air-vapor mixture, and also to fractional concentrations of this mixture: e.g., 7 2 the TLV: 1-10 the TLV, 2 x the TLV: 10 * the TLV; etc.) TLV of mixture = f,, f ^ t f. TLV,, ^ TLV, TLVr * ' ' ' TLV,, Example No. 1 A.bLiquid contains (by weight) 50% heptane: TLV = 400 ppm or 1600 mg/m3 1 mg/m3 0.25 ppm 30% methyl chloroform: TLV = 350 ppm or 1900 mg/m3 1 mg/m3 = 0.18 ppm 20% perchloroethylene: TLV = 50 ppm or 335 mg/m3 1 mg/m3 - 0.15 ppm TLV-of-Mixture O 1600 + 1900 * 335 1 0.00031 -r 0.00016 - 0.0006 1 = 935 mg/m3 0.00107 of this mixture 50% or (935) (0.5) = 468 mg/m3 is heptane 30% or (935) (0.3) = 281 mg/m3 is methyl chloroform 20% or (935) (0.2) = 187 mg/m3 is perchloroethylene These values can be converted to ppm as follows: heptane: 468 mg/m3 x 0.25 = 117 ppm methyl chloroform: 281 mg/m3 x 0.18 = 51 ppm perchloroethylene: 187 mg/m3 x 0.15 = 29 ppm TLV of mixture = 117 * 51 = 29 = 197 ppm. or 935 mg/m3 lA.c. Independent effects. Air contains 0.15 mg/m3 of lead (TLV. 0.15) and 0.7 mg/m3 of sulfuric acid (TLV, 1). JLL= 0.7 0.15 1 Threshold limit is not exceeded. 51 MAP 000445 IB. TLV for Mixtures of Mineral Dusts. For mixtures of biologically active mineral dusts the general formula for mixtures given in lA.b may be used. APPENDIX D Some Nuisance Particulates0' $TLV, (30 mppcf) or 10 mg/m3 of total dust < 1% quartz, or, 5 mg/m3 respirable dust a-Alumina (AI2O3) Calcium carbonate Calcium silicate Cellulose (paper fiber) Emery Glycerin Mist Graphite (synthetic) Gypsum Kaolin Limestone Magnesite Marble Mineral Wool fiber Pentaerythritol Plaster of Paris Portland Cement Rouge Silicon Silicon Carbide Starch Sucrose Titanium Dioxide Vegetable oil mists (except castor, cashew nut, or similar irritant oils) Zinc Stearate Zinc oxide dust o) When toxic impurities are not present, e.g. quartz < 1%. Acetylene Argon Ethane Ethylene APPENDIX E Some Simple Asphyxiants"' Helium Hydrogen Methane Neon Propane Propylene p) As defined on pg. 6. tSee Notice of Intended Changes 52 APPENDIX F Conversion of mppcf to Mass Concentration Calculations for Conversion of Particle Count Con centration (by Standard Light Field -- Midget Impinger Techniques), in mppcf. to Respirable Mass Concentration (by Respirable Sampler) in mg/m3.1 1. In 1967. Jacobsen and Tomb,"' derived an em pirical relationship of 5.6 mppcf to 1 milligram of respirable dust per cubic meter of air. based on 23 sets of samples, mostly coal dust. Studies on conversion factors have been undertaken and preliminary evidence suggests that the ap plication of any single conversion factor may not be adequate for use in risk assessments, epidemiology studies, or setting TLVs. The following calculation results in an equivalence of 6.37 mppcf to 1 mg/m3 of respir able dust. Thus, an approximate ratio of 6 mppcf to 1 mg/m3 of respirable dust is suggest ed for conversion of TLVs from a count to a mass basis when the density and mass median diameter have not been determined. 2. Basic assumptions: a) Average density for silica containing dusts ** 2.5 g/cm3 (2500 mg/cm3). Pulmonary sig nificant dust densities may vary from 1.2 g/cm3 for coal dust to 3.1 g/cm3 for Portland Cement. Silica densities vary from 2.2 (amor phous) to 2.3 (cristobalite and tridymite) to 2.5 (alpha-quartz.) gms per cm3. b) The mass median diameter (mmd) of parti cles collected in midget impinger samplers and counted by the standard light field tech nique. and collected in a respirable sampler is approximately 1.5 fim or 1.5 x 10"* cm. This assumption is, of course, quite arbitrary since the mmd of all dust clouds is quite variable, depending on many independent parameters, such as source of dust, age of dust cloud, meteorological conditions, pro cesses and equipment changes, etc. If the density and the mass median diameter of the dust particles are known, the nomograph in Figure 1 can be used to convert dust count concentrations (mppcf) to respirable mass concentrations (mg/m3). tSee Notice of Intended Charges. 53 MAP 000446 3. Calculation: a) vol. per particle: 4/3 it r3; r = 0.75 x i0- cm = 4/3* 7T (0.75 x l0-)3 = 1.77 x 10-12 cm3 b) wt. per particle = vol. x density = 1.77 x 10"12 cm3 x 2.5 x 103 mg/cm3 = 4.425 x io~9 mg/particie c) 1 parficie/ft.3 = 35.3 part./m3 (since 35.5 cu ft = 1 cu m.) 106 part./ft3 = mppcf = 35.3 x io part./m3 wt, of 1 mppcf * 35.5 x io part./m3 x 4.425 x io-s mg/part. 1 mppcf 0.157 mg/m3 or 6.37 mppcf * i mg/m3 or approximately 6 mg/m3. mpccf s i RlNrMci 1. Jacobson, M. T. f. Tomb: Relationship Between Gravimetric Re spirable Dust Concentration and Midget Impmger Number Concentra tion. Am. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J. 28:554 (Nov.-Dee. 1967) 54 DENSITY p(g/cm3) IS -- u 13 12 ~ ii 10 ~ 9- f 7 4 5 RATIO R( mppcf ) \ mg/m3 / .0034 -- .005 -- .02 - .03 -- MMD D^m) r- 10 1 8 7 4 :3 3 10 -- 2 20 30 -4 40 SO -- 100 -- 200 -- 300 4 0 i* :c; i_ >5 Figure 1 -- Ratio of Particle Count -- mppcf to Respir able Mass Concentration -- mg/m3 (as function of density and mmd)t tPrepared by P. E. Caplan and R. J. Smith 55 l MAP 000447 Table 1 Equivalent TLVs in mppcf and mg/m3 (Respirable Mass) for Mineral Dustst Substance Threshold Limit Value Count Resp. Mass Total Mass' mppcf mg/m3 mq/m3 Silica (SiO2) Amorphous Cristobaiite Fused silica Quartz Tridymite Coal Dust Diatomaceous earth, natural Graphite (natural) Mica Mineral wool fiber Nuisance particulates Perlite Portland Cement Soapstone Tnpoli 20 1.5 3 3 1.5 (12) 15 20 -- 30 30 30 20 (3) (3)** 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.05 2 1.5 (2.5) (3) (5) (5) (5) (5) (3) 0.1 (6) 0.15 0,3 0.3 0.15 (4) (5) (6) 10 10 (10) (10) (6) (0.3) tAssuming mat the mass median diameter is 1.5 Mm and density is 2 5 5 cm3 `Unless otherwise specified, respirable mass is presumed to equal ap proximately 50% of total mass ` ` All values in parentheses t i represent newly calculated values based on equivalence of 6 mppcf 1 mo/m3 respirable mass and respirable mass = 50% total mass APPENDIX G Chemical Substances and Other Issues Under Study' Chemical Substances Acetonitrile Acrolein Acrylic acid Ally! chloride Amorphous silica Asbestos Atrazine Bismuth telluride 1,3-Butadiene Carbonyl fluoride Chlorinated naphthalenes Chlorine o-Chlorobenzlidene bis-Chloromethyl ether Chloromethyl methyl ether o-Chlorotoluene 56 Chrysene Copper dust & fume Cyclohexanone Diatomaceous earth Diethylenetriamine Epichlorohydrin Ethyl chloride Ethylene dichlonde Ethyl methacrylate Gasoline Glycol ethers Graphite Hexachlorocyclopentadiene Isocyanates Isoflurane Isooctyl alcohol Jet fuels Methylenedianiline Methyl methacrylate Methyl tetiary butyl ether Nickel, metal & soluble compounds p-Nitrochloro benzene Osmium tetroxide Perfluorinated chemicals Piperizine Propylene chlonde Propylene oxide Styrene, monomer Tetrachloronaphthalene Tin hydride 1.2.3-Tnchloropropane Trimellitic anhydnde m-Xylene 2.2'-diamine (MXDA; meta-metaxylenediamine) Other Issues 1. Is the current aspect ratio better than other ratios for health protection and/or differentiation of asbestos fibers. 2. Ceiling Limits -- in light of today's instrumentation (quick response) and STELS, are ceiling limits need ed and, if so. what cnteria would determine their ap propriateness. 3. Soluble Inorganic Compounds -- What quantitative criteria should be used in differentiating between sol uble and insoluble for TLV use. 4. Dual vapor and particulate TLVs.3 5. Should welding fume value (not otherwise classified. NOC) be retained or should specific analytical deter minations be made for metals and other compounds and these values be compared to specific TLVs? 'Intcrmation. data especially, and comments are solicited to assst the committee in its deliberations and in the development ot oratt docu ments Draft documentations are used by the committee to decide what action, if any. to recommend on a given substance or question 'Study papers appear in the Anna/s of me American Conference of Govemmental Industrial Hygienists. Volume 4, ACSIH Transactions - 1982. pp. 153-155 119831 57 MAP 000448 APPENDIX H Registered1 Trade Names Trade Name Generic Name , CAS No. Abate Am mate Azodrin Baygon Baytex Bidrin Bolstar Butyl Cellosolve Ceflosotve acetate Coyden Crag herbicide Dasanit Delnav Dibrom Difolatan Disyston Dursban Dyfonate Furadan Guthion Lannate Methyl Cellosolve Methyl Cellosolve acetate Nemacur Nialate N-Serve Pival Plictran Sencor Sevin Teflon Thimet Thiodan Tordon Zoalene Temephos Ammonium sulfamate Monocrotophos Propoxur Fenthion Dicrotophos Sulprofos 2-Butoxyethanol 2-Ethoxyethyl acetate Ciopidol Sesone Fensulfothion Dioxathion Naled Captafol Disutfoton Chlorpyrifos Fonofos Carbofuran Azinphos-methyl Methomyl 2-Methoxyethanol 2-Methoxyethyl acetate Fenamiphos Ethion Nitrapyrin Pindone Cyhexatin Metribuzin Carbaryl Polytetrafluoroethylene Ph orate Endosulfan Picloram Dinitolmide 3383-96-8 7773-06-0 6923-22-4 114-26-1 55-38-9 141-66-2 35400-43-2 111-76-2 111-15-9 2971-90-6 136-78-7 115-90-2 78-34-2 300-76-5 2425-06-1 298-04-4 2921-88-2 944-22-9 1563-66-2 86-50-0 16752-77-5 109-84-4 110-49-6 22224-92-6 563-12-2 1929-82-4 83-26-1 13121-70-5 21087-64-9 63-25-2 9002-84-0 298-02-2 115-29-7 1918-02-1 148-01-6 " 58 TLVs Threshold Limit Values for Physical Agents in the Work Environment Adopted by ACGIH for 1983-84 MAP 000449 iiiliaHMItB--waiiBIIWij|gigfp|fftiiMir. mUBWHiMHi i 1982-83 TLV PHYSICAL AGENTS COMMITTEE Herbert H. Jones (Retired) -- Chairman Peter A. Breysse, University of Washington Thomas Cummings (Retired) Irving H. Davis. Michigan Dept, of Public Health Zory R. Glaser, Ph.D., National Center for Devices & Radiological Health/FDA Allan P. Heins, Ph.D.. OSHA LCDR Richard Johnson, USN Edward J. Largent (Retired) John C. Mitchell, USAF Anthony M. Muc, Ph.D., Ontario Ministry of Labour William E. Murray, NIOSH (returned to member status 5/83) Wondie H. Parr, Ph.D. (Retired) (returned to member status 5183) David H. Sliney, USAEHA COL Robert T. Wangemann. USA Thomas K. Wilkinson, National Institutes of Health Gerald V, Coles CONSULTANTS This book is fully protected by copyright and no part of it may be reproduced in any form, by print, photoprint, microfilm, or any other means without written permission. Any comments or questions regarding these limits, or requests to reprint should be addressed to: _ Executive Secretary American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists 6500 Glenway Ave., Bldg. D-5 Cincinnati, OH 45211: (513)661-7881 60 PREFACE PHYSICAL AGENTS These threshold limit values refer to levels of phys ical agents and represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly ex posed day after day without adverse effect. Because of wide variations in individual susceptibility, expo sure of an occasional individual at. or even below, the threshold limit may not prevent annoyance, aggrava tion of a pre-existing condition, or physiological dem age. These threshold limits are based on the best avail able information from industrial experience, from ex perimental human and animal studies, and when pos sible. from a combination of the three. These limits are intended for use in the practice of industrial hygiene and should be interpreted and ap plied only by a person trained in this discipline. They are not intended for use, or for modification for use, (1) in the evaluation or control of the levels of physi cal agents in the community, (2) as proof or disproof of an existing physical disability, or (3) for adoption by countries whose working conditions differ from those in the United States of America. These values are reviewed annually by the Com mittee on Threshold Limits for Physical Agents for re visions or additions, as further information becomes available. Notice of intent -- At the beginning of each year, proposed actions of the Committee for the forthcom ing year are issued in the form of a "Notice of Intent." This notice provides not only an opportunity for com ment, but solicits suggestions of physical agents to be added to the list. The suggestions should be ac companied by substantiating evidence. As Legislative Code -- The Conference recognizes that the Threshold Limit Values may be adopted in legislative codes and regulations. If so used, the in tent of the concepts contained in the Preface should be maintained and provisions should be made to keep the list current. 61 MAP 000450 nnmir.iii; mnnmn lniiniiam THRESHOLD WAIT VALUES HEAT STRESS These Threshold Limit Values refer to heat stress conditions under which it is believed that nearly an workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse health effects. The TLVs shown in Table 1 are based on the assumption that neatly all acclimatized, fully clothed workers with adequate water and salt intake should be able to function effectively under the given working conditions without exceeding a deep body temperature of 11 Since measurement of deep body temperature js impractical for monitoring the workers' heat load, the measurement of environmental factors is required which most nearly correlate with deep body tempera ture and other physiological responses to heat. At the present time Wet Bulb Globe Temperature Index (WBGT) is the simplest and most suitable technique to measure the environmental factors. WBGT values are calculated by the following equations: 1. Outdoors with solar load: WBGT = 0.7 NWB - 0.2 GT + 0.1 DB 2. Indoors or Outdoors with no solar load: WBGT = 0.7 NWB + 0.3 GT where: -- WBGT = Wet Bulb Globe Temperature Index NWB = Natural Wet-Bulb Temperature DB = Dry-Bulb Temperature GT - Glpbe Temperature The determination of WBGT requires the use of a black globe thermometer, a natural (static) wet-bulb thermometer, and a dry-bulb thermometer. Higher heat exposures than shown in Table 1 are permissible if the workers have been undergoing medical surveillance and it has been established that they are more tolerant to work in heat than the average worker. Workers should not be permitted to continue their work when their deep body tempera ture exceeds 38.0C. EVALUATION AND CONTROL I. Measurement of the Environment The instruments required are a dry-bulb, a natural wet-bulb, a globe thermometer, and a stand. The 62 TABLE 1 Permissible Heat Exposure Threshold Limit Values (Values are given in C. WBGT) Work Load Work -- Rest Regimen Continuous work Light Moderate Heavy 30.0 26.7 25.0 75% Work -- 25% Rest, Each hour 30.6 28.0 25.9 50% Work -- 50% Rest, Each hour 25% Work -- 75% Rest, Each hour 31.4 29.4 27.9 32.2 31.1 30.0 7 measurement of the environmental factors shall be performed as follows: A. The range of the dry and the natural wet bulb ther-- mometer shall be -5C to 50C with an accuracy of 0.5C. The dry bulb thermometer must be shielded from the sun and the other radiant surfaces of the en vironment without restricting the airflow around the bulb. The wick of the natural wet-bulb thermometer hall be kept wet with distilled water for at least 1/2 hour before the temperature reading is made, it is not enough to immerse the other end of the wick into a reservoir of distilled water and wait until the whole wick becomes wet by capillarity. The wick shall be wetted by direct application of water from a syringe 1/2 hour before each reading. The wick shall extend over the bulb of the thermometer, covering the stem about one additional bulb length. The wick, should always be clean and new wicks should be washed be fore using. B. A globe thermometer, consisting of a 15 cm. (6inch) diameter hollow copper sphere painted on the outside with a matte black finish or equivalent, shall be used. The bulb or sensor of a thermometer (range -5C to 100C with ah accuracy of 2r0.5C) must be fixed in the center of the sphere. The globe thermom eter shall be exposed at least 25 minutes before it is read. 63 MAP 000451 C A stand shall be used to suspend the three ther mometers so that they do not restrict free air f|0w around the bulbs, and the wet-bulb and globe ther! mometer are not shaded. D. It is permissible to use any other type of tempera ture sensor that gives identical reading as that of a mercury thermometer under the same conditions. E. The thermometers must be so placed that the readings are representative of the condition where the men work or rest, respectively. The methodology outlined above is more fully explained by Minard.'3^' II. Work Load Categories Heat produced by the body and the environmental heat together determine the total heat load. There fore. if work is to be performed under hot environ mental conditions, the workload category of each job ------------------ *5X0 -- -- 50% mO** ^ ------ ----- *5*. EICa (aCH hou *> hoi* 7 100 200 300 400 500 kcal/hr 400 800 700 1600 2000 Bturhr Rote of Worn Figure 1 -- Permissible Heat Exposure Threshold Limit Value 64 TABLE 2 Assessment of Work Load19' Average values of metabolic rate during different activities Body position and movement Sitting Standing Walking Walking up hill kcal/mm 0.3 0.6 2.0-3.0 add 0.8 per meter (yard) rise B. Type of Work Average Range kcal/mm kcah mtn Hand work light 0.4 0.2-1.2 heavy 0.9 Work with one arm light 1:0 0.7-2.5 heavy 1.8 Work with both arms light heavy 1.5 2.5 1.0-3.5 Work with body light moderate heavy very heavy 3.5 5.0 7,0 9.0 2.515.0 shall be established and the heat exposure limit perti nent to the work load evaluated against the applica ble standard in order to protect the worker from ex posure beyond the permissible limit. A. The work load category may be established by ranking each job into light, medium, and heavy cate gories on the basis of type of operation. Where the work load is ranked into one of said three categories, i.e. (1) light work (up to 200 kcal/hr or 800 Btu/hr): e.g., sitting or standing to control machines, perform ing light hand or arm work, 65 W B GT- MAP 000452 TABLE 3 Activity Examples'*' Light hand work: writing, hand knitting Heavy hand work: typewriting Heavy work with one arm: hammering in nails (shoe maker, upholsterer) Light work with two arms: filing metal, planing wood, raking of a garden __ Moderate work with the body: cleaning a floor, beating a carpet ; Heavy work with the body: railroad track laying, digging, barking trees Sample Calculation Assembly line work using a heavy hand tool. __ A. Walking along 2.0 keal/min B. Intermediate value between heavy work with two arms and tight work with the body 3.0 keal/min C. Add for basal metabolism 5.0 keal/min 1.0 keal/min Total 6.0 keal/min2 3 (2) moderate work (200-350 keal/hr or 800-1400 Btu/hr): e.g., walking about with moderate lifting and pushing, (3) heavy work (350-500 keal/hr or 1400-2000 Btu/hr): e.g., pick and shovel work, the permissible heat exposure limit for that work load shall be determined from Table 1. B. The ranking of the job may be performed either by measuring the worker's metabolic rate while perform ing his job or by estimating his metabolic rate with the use of Tables 2 and 3. Additional tables available in the literature'5"9' may be utilized also, When this method is used the permissible heat exposure limit can be determined by Figure 1. 66 III. Work-Rest Regimen The permissible exposure limits specified in Table 1 and Figure 1 are based on the assumption that the VVBGT value of the resting place is the same or very close to that of the work place. Where the WBGT of the work area is different from that of the rest area a time-weighted average value should be used for both environmental and metabolic heat. When timeweighted average values are used the appropriate curve on Figure 1 is the solid line labeled "continu ous." The time-weighted average metabolic rate (M) shall be determined by the equation: Mi x ti + xt, where Mi, M2 . . . and M, are estimated or measured metabolic rates for the various activities and rest periods of the worker during the time periods ti. ta ... and t, (in minutes) as determined by a time study. The time-wpighted average WBGT .shall be ^deter mined by the equation: Av. WBGT = WBGTi x ti -i- WBGT; x b + . . + WBGT,, x t,, ti + b -*...+ t where WBGTi, WBGT2 . . . and WBGT, are calculated values of WBGT for the various work and rest occu pied during total time periods ti, b . . . and L, are the elapsed times in minutes spent in the corresponding areas which are determined by a time study. Where exposure to hot environmental conditions is continu ous for several hours or the entire work day, the timeweighted averages shall be calculated as hourly timeweighted average i.e., ti+t2+...-rt,=80 minutes. Where the exposure is intermittent, the time-weighted averages shall be calculated as two-hour time-weight ed averages, i.e., ti + fa + ... + t, * 120 minutes. The permissible exposure limits for continuous work are applicable where there is a work-rest regi men of a 5-day work week and an 8-hour work day with a short morning and afternoon break (approxi mately 15 minutes) and a longer lunch break (approx imately 30 minutes). Higher exposure limits are per mitted if additional resting time is allowed. All breaks, including unscheduled pauses and administrative or operational waiting periods during work may be 67 MAP 000453 isigiBiiMiiiiiitnmnniiiIiiiwnrir~-Tinnrwr7"~ *"* counted as rest time when additional rest allowance must be given because of high environmental temper atures. IV. Water and Salt Supplementation During the hot season or when the worker is ex posed to artificially generated heat, drinking water shall be made available to the workers in such a way that they are stimulated to frequently drink small amounts, i.e., one cup every 15-20 minutes (about 150 ml or 1/4 pint). The water shall be kept reasonably cool (10-15C or 50.0 -60.0F) and shall be placed close to the workplace so that the worker can reach it without abandoning the work area. __ The workers should be encouraged to salt their food abundantly during the hot season and particu larly during hot spells. If the workers are unacclima tized. salted drinking water shall be made available in a concentration of 0.1% (1g NaCI to 1.0 liter or 1 level tablespoon of salt to 15 quarts of water). The added salt shall be completely dissolved before the water is distributed, and the water shall be kept reasonably cool. V. Other Considerations A. Clothing: The permissible heat exposure TLVs are valid for light summer clothing as customarily worn by workers when working under hot environmental conditions. If special cothing is required for perform ing a particular job and this clothing is heavier or it impedes sweat evaporation or has higher insulation value, the worker's heat tolerance is reduced, and the permissible heat exposure limits indicated in Table 1 and Figure Tare not applicable. For each job catego ry where special clothing is required, the permissible heat exposure limit shall be established by an expert. B. Acclimatization and Fitness: Acclimatization to heat involves a series of physiological and psycholog ical adjustments that occur in an individual during his first week of exposure to hot environmental condi tions. The recommended heat stress TLVs are valid for acclimated workers who are physically fit. Extra caution must be employed when unacclimated or physically un-fit workers must be exposed to heat stress conditions. Ratal*near 1. Hem Factors involved m Working Under Conditions of Heat Stress WHO Technical Report Series No. 412 (1969). 68 2. Pan De. F. N. art A. Hawctol: Development ot Permissible Heat Exposure Limits tor Occupational Worn ASHRAE journal 15(9) 57-62 (Sept. 1973) j. WaarS. 0.: Prevention ot Heat Casualties in Marine Corps Recruits. Penod of 1955-60. with Comparative Incidence Rates and Carnatic Heat Stresses in Other Training Categories Research Report No 4, Contract No MR 005.01-0001.01, Naval Medical Research Insbtue Bethesda. MD (Feb. 21. 1961) Published in Military Medicine 126frt):261-272 (April 1961). 4. Mlaarl 0. art R. L. 0'Prtea-. Heat Casualties in the Navy and Marine Corps 1959-1962 with Appendices on the Field Use ot the Wei Bulb-Globe Temperature Index Research Report No 7. Contract No. MR 005,01-0001,01. Naval Medical Research Institute. Betties- da. MD (March 12. 1964). 5. Aakart. Per-Olef art Kaart RrtakJ: Textbook of Work Physiology McGraw-Hill Book Co , New York. San Francisco (1970) I. Ergonomics Guide to Assessment of Metabolic and Cardiac Costs ol Physical Work. Am. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J. 32.560 (1971), 7. Energy Requirements lor Physical Work. Research Progress Report No. 30 Purdue Farm Cardiac Protect. Agricultural Experiment Sta tion. West Lafayette. IN (1961). I. Damia, J. V. S. A. art R. Paaemaca: Energy, Work and Leisure Hehemann Educational Books. Ltd.. London (1967) I. Lakataaa, 6. E., A. Mailer art H. Seltzer. Der Kalonenbedarf bie GewertjUcher Arbeit. Arbeitsphysiol. 14 166(1950). IONIZING RADIATION The Committee accepts the philosophy and recom mendations of the National Council on Radiation Pro tection and Measurements (NCRP) for the ionizing ra diation TLV. The NCRP is charted by Congress to. in pert, collect, analyze, develop and disseminate infor mation and recommendations about protection against radiation and about radiation measurements, quantities and units, including development of basic concepts in these areas. NCRP Report No. 39 pro vides basic philosophy and concepts leading to pro tection criteria established in the same report. " Other NCRP reports address specific areas of radiation pro tection and, collectively, provide an excellent basis for establishing a sound program for radiation con trol. The Committee recommends the listed refer ences as substantative documentation of a sound basis for ionizing radiation protection. The committee also strongly recommends that all exposures to ioniz ing radiations be kept as low as reasonably achiev able within the stated guidance. RafcrMCtt: 1. Basic Radiation Protection Criteria. NCRP Report No. 39 (January 15. 1971) 69 I MAP 000454 i. Maximum Ptrmss&t Body Burtons and Maximum Permissible Concenoaoons of Radionuclides m Ar and in Water for Occupational *. posure. National Bureau of Standards Handbook 69. (June 5. 1959, wdtiAddendum f (August 1963). Availablt as NCRP Report No 22 ' The above documents, as well as informationon nu merous other NCRP Reports addressing specific sub jects in ionizing radiation protection are available from: NCRP Publications, PO Box 30175, Washing ton, DC 20014. LASERS The threshold limit values are for exposure to laser radiation under conditions to which nearly all workers may be exposed without adverse effects. The values should be used as guides in the control of exposures and should not be regarded as fine lines between safe and dangerous levels. They are based on the best available information from experimental studies. Limiting Apertures The XLVs expressed as radiant-exposure or irradiance in this section may be averaged over an aper ture of 1 rrim except for TLVs for the eye in the spec tral range of 400-1400 nm, which should be averaged over a 7 mm limiting aperture (pupil); and except for all TLVs for wavelengths between 0.1-1 mm where the limiting aperture is 10 mm. No modification of the TLVs is permitted for pupil sizes less than 7 mm. The TLVs for "extended sources" apply to sources which subtend an angle greater than a (Table 7) which varies with exposure time. This angle is not the beam divergence of the source. Correction Factors A and B (CA and C,,) The TLVs for ocular exposure in Tables 4 and 5 are to be used as given for all wavelength ranges. The TLVs for wavelengths between 700 nm and 1049 nm are to be increased by a uniformly extrapolated factor (C<) as shovvn in Figure 2. Between 1049 nm and 1400 nm, the TLV has been increased by a factor (C,) of five. For certain exposure times at wavelengths be tween 550 nm and 700 nm, correction factor (CB) must be applied. The TLVs for skin exposure are given in Table 6. The TLVs are to be increased by a factor (C,) as shown in Figure 2 for wavelengths between 700 nm and 1400 nm. To aid in the determination of TLVs for exposure durations requiring calculations of fraction al powers Figures 3, 4, 5 and 6 may be used. 70 Repetitively Pulsed Lasers Since there are few experimental data for multiple pulses, caution must be used in the evaluation of such exposures. The protection standards for irradiance or radiant exposure in multiple pulse trains have the following limitations: (1) The exposure from any single pulse in the train is limited to the protection standard for a single com parable pulse. (2) The average irradiance for a group of pulses is limited to the protection standard as given in Tables 4, 5, or 7 of a single pulse of the same duration as the entire pulse group. (3) When the Instantaneous Pulse Repetition Fre quency (PRF) of any pulses within a train exceeds one, the protection standard applicable to each pulse is reduced as shown in Figure 6 for pulse durations less than 10"5 second. For pulses of greater duration, the following-formula should be followed: Standard ( sin,e pulse\ = Standard (pulse nr) \jn.train / n where: n = number of pulses in train r = duration of a single pulse in the train Standard (nr) = protection standard of one pulse having a duration equal to nr sec onds. Figure 2 -- TLV correction factor for A = 700 - 1400 nm" "For a = 700 - 1049 nm, C, = 1ff0 002li- ?0" For A = 1050 - 1400 nm, CA = 5 71 MAP 000455 TABLE 4 Threshold Limit Value for Direct Ocular Exposures (Intrabeam Viewing) from a Laser Beam CO ID aawo>> ^ow S" oW is Eo . _ o o ^^*^0cl50r50?,tf'0^ ! (D 3 OaQ? O* ., X X CO O: E Ec O 00 CoSJ CV CO Se Ee Ec S cE Ec cE Ec E E E _E SScSo2o2boDo!So!^oSo00o5*0--^C--Njco'cCrCNiCMCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCOCO O> C>O =0 => E E r. _ E E _E** - C E E5 " EI. U E|~ " E - V E ~3 E O J""* A 5IS 0!'!! "is x r"") -- -- ^t_=,e~o a. * O' -fg- => x " o "I o ='0<= x =/ o IT) -y-- OO oo x2 O x o_ o^ ; CD * X o x o o' ! CO hT 00' o 'r-- o O ^ o ocI o r* o S r** xx o o irxrr~rr OOOO^OO^-OO^OOOOOO oo TT Se Ec Ec b- N. ^m* E T-* E r-- eI oh- 3<*- eEc o -CE<r ^*CE*E-<=r ^5-.* . oo o -- -- o EsEeSc S^ -ooo* ^ Ec m \n Ec m to Ec O E ZE ((" cE E~E -E F V o on <m az cc LO girt *O S-- "W> Cf> ^ Ss sg 72 73 MAP 000456 TABLE 5 Threshold Limit Values for Viewing a Diffuse Reflection of a Laser Beam or an Extended Source Laser 1 0 for X 400- 700 nm; see Figure 2 for A = 700 fo (400 nm- " E- E- "_ * Vi C -|I^ CJ5 O E --5 CC**33 O CO O CO TT CC O C/3 w- CSICOCMCM^COOOO o 3W aa OOOO CO o O** a -O O O O O 03SCftf! i_Ec'oE---g-E-->--E--o--E-o---E-oooEc ooc5ooEeCc _2!VT--* rV--h'-tr5NW.NW<N-*x3" -r-- '5S222S o o o I'.EcEcEcEcEccEcEcErEcE^ iooooooooo. iooOLnmoooo. S SI !/si o ofl C CD cc CC. 74 Eu wr a) -a "3 E5 '"r kxcac_ *-- O .o >2 C/3 1 CC X 5 T 03 f3n 03 CX3 o *-- cnj. ECC C/3 CM W-- O c/3 1H--8c s -B o o = <CD O O O C3 o ^ a ^r O a oo oo E a. & o 00 *3 < < CD 5 5 S= E SE 75 MAP 000457 TLV IRRAOlANCE (W Rjure 3* -- TLV for intrabeam (direct) viewing of laser beam (400-700 nm). Figure 4a -- TLV for laser exposure of skin and eyes for far-in frared radiation (wave-lengths greater than 1.4 (im). Figure 3b -- TLV for intrabeam (direct) viewing of CW laser beam (400-1400 nm) 76 Figure 4b -- TLV tor CW laser exposure of skin and eyes tor far-infrared radiaton (wave-lengths greater than 1.4 fim). 77 wap 000458 H^nrwwlHwm i i* iHWBini i liiMiti Figure 5b -- TLV for extended sources or diffuse reflections of laser radiation (400-1400 nm). 78 Figure 6 -- Multiplicative correction factor for repetitively pulsed lasers having pulse durations less than 10-- second. TLV for a single pulse of the pulse train is multiplied by the above correction factor. Correction factor for PRF greater than 1000 Hz is 0.06. TABLE 7 Limiting Angle to Extended Source Which May Be Used for Applying Extended Source TLVs Exposure Duration(s) io-9 ioio-7 io-6 io-5 1010- Angle a (mrad) 8.0 5.4 3.7 2.5 1.7 2.2 3.6 Exposure Duration(s) io-2 10-' 1.0 10 102 103 10* Angle a (mrad) 5.7 9.2 15 24 24 24 24 79 MAP 000459 NOISE These threshold limit values refer to sound pres. sure levels and durations of exposure that represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly an workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse effect on their ability to hear and understand normal speech. Prior to 1979, the medical profession had de fined hearing impairment as an average hearing threshold level in excess of 25 decibels (ANSI-S3,$. 1969) at 500, 1000, and 2000 Hz, and the limits which are given have been established to prevent a hearing loss in excess of this level.10' The values should be used as guides in the control of noise exposure and due to individual susceptibility, should not be regard ed as fine lines between safe and dangerous levels. It should be recognized that the application^ of the TLV for noise will not protect all workers from the ad verse effects of noise exposure. 'A hearing conserva tion program with audiometric testing is necessary when workers are exposed to noise at or above the TLV levels. Continuous or Intermittent The sound level shall be determined by a sound level meter, conforming as a minimum to the require ments of the American National Standard Specifica tion for Sound Level Meters, S1.4 (1971) Type S2A, and set to use the A-weighted network with slow meter response. Duration of exposure shall not ex ceed that shown in Table 8. These values apply to total duration of exposure per working day regardless of whether this is one continuous exposure or a number of short-term expo sures and does include the impact and impulsive type of noise that contributes to the sound level meter reading at slow response. When the daily noise exposure is composed of two or more periods of noise exposure of different levels, their combined effect should be considered, rather than the individual effect of each. If the sum of the following fractions: _Ci _C* . c" Ti Ta ` ' T,, exceeds unity, then, the mixed exposure should be considered to exceed the threshold limit value, Ci in- ln 1979. the American Academy of Ophfialmology and Otolargyngology (AA00) included 3000 Hz in their hearing impairment formula. 80 razing Table 8 Threshold Limit Values Duration per Day Hours 16 8 4 2 1 1/2 1/4 1/8 Sound Level dBAt 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115* tSound level m decibels are measured on a sound level meter, conform ing as a meiimum to trie requirements of the American National Stan dard Specification for Sound Level Meters. Si.4 (1971) Type S2A. and set to use the A-weghted network with slow meter response *No exposure to continuous or eitermittent in excess of 11S dBA dicates the total duration of exposure at a specific noise level, and Ti indicates the total duration of ex posure permitted at that level. All on-the-job noise ex posures of 80 dBA or greater shall be used in the above calculations. IMPULSIVE OR IMPACT NOISE It is recommended that exposure to impulsive or impact noise shall not exceed the limits listed in Table 9 or taken from Figure 7. No exposures in ex cess of 140 decibels peak sound pressure level are permitted. Impulsive or impact noise is considered to be those variations in noise" levels that involve max ima at intervals of greater than one per second. Where the intervals are less than one second, it should be considered continuous. Table 9 Threshold Limit Values Impulsive or Impact Noise Sound Level dB** 140 130 120 Permitted Number of Impulses or Impacts per day 100 1000 10.000 * 'Decibels peak sound pressure level, re 20 uPa 81 MAP 000460 Threshold Limit Values (TLV) for Radiofrequency/Microwave Body SAR Less Than 0.4 W/kg). Figure 8 - Figure 7 -- Threshold Limit Values for Impulse/Impact Noise. *RADIOFREQUENCY/MICROWAVE RADIATION These Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) refer to ra diofrequency (RF) and microwave radiation in the fre quency range from 10 kHz to 300 GHz, and represent conditions under which it is believed workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse health effects. The TLVs shown in Table 10 are selected to limit the average whole body specific absorption rate (SAR) to 0.4 W/kg in any six minutes (0.1 hr) period for 3 MHz to 300 GHz, see Figure 8. Between 10 kHz and 3 MHz the average whole body SAR is still limited to 0.4 W/kg, but the plateau at 100 mW/cm2 was set to pro tect against shock and bum hazards. Since it is usually impractical to measure the SAR, the TLVs are expressed in units that are measurable, viz, squares of the electric and magnetic field strengths, averaged over any 0.1 hour period. This $ 1983 Adoption. 82 83 MAP 000461 TABLE 10 Radiofrequency/Microwave Threshold Lim it Values S: S srl El, iO X XO '* f-- h- Oh- oSi S. g sn . S; E! a. <=: -s, os !ilr" ? fsxsx:: soaa&c>>ii:;! w! *s S E& . i x isssi S, E_ 84 can be expressed in units of equivalent plane wave power density for convenience. The electric field strength (E) squared, magnetic field strength (H) squared, and power density (PD) values are shown in Table 10. For near field exposures PD cannot be mea sured directly, but equivalent plane wave power den sity can be calculated from the field strength mea surement data as follows: PD in mW/cm2 = ^7r where: E2 is in volts squared (V2) per meter squared (m2). where: PD in mW/cm2 = 37.7 H2 H2 is in amperes squared (A2) per meter squared (m2). These values should be used as guides in the eval uation and control of-exposure to radiofrequency/microwave radiation, and should not be regarded as a fine line between safe and dangerous levels. Notes: 1. All Radiofrequency Radiation (RFR) exposures should be kept as low as reasonably possible given the current state of knowledge on human effects, particularly non-thenmal effects. 2. For fields consisting of a number of frequencies, the fraction of the protection guide incurred within each frequency level should be determined and the sum of all fractions should not exceed unity. 3. For pulsed and continuous wave fields, the power density is averaged over the six minute period. 4. For partial body exposures at frequencies between 10 kHz and 1.0 GHz, the protection guides in Table 10 may be exceeded if the output power of a ra diating device is 7 watts or less. For example, if a hand held transmitter operating at 27 MHz has a maximum output of 5 watts, it would be excluded from any further field measurements. 5. The TLVs in Table 10 may be exceeded if the expo sure conditions can be demonstrated to produce a SAR of less than 0.4 W/kg as averaged over the whole body and spatial peak SAR values less than 8.0 W/kg as averaged over any 1.0 gram of tissue. 85 MAP 000462 For example, for frequencies from 3 to 30 MHz, the equivalent power density can be increased by a factor of 10 up to a limit of 100 mW/cm2. if it can be assured that exposed individuals are not in con tact with the ground plate. 6. At frequencies below 30 MHz, ungrounded objects such as vehicles, fences, etc., can strongly couple to RF fields. For field strengths near the TLV, shock and bum hazards can exist. Care should be taken to eliminate ungrounded objects, to ground such objects, or use insulated gloves when un grounded objects must be handled. 7. No measurement should be made within 5 cm of any object. 8. All exposures should be limited to a maximum (peak) electric field intensity of 100 kV/m. ULTRAVIOLET RADIATION* These threshold limit values refer to ultraviolet ra diation in the spectral region between 200 and 400 nm-and -represent-conditions under wmch it is be lieved that nearly all workers may be repeatedly ex posed without adverse effect. These values for expo sure of the eye or the skin apply to ultraviolet radiation from arcs, gas, and vapor discharges, fluo rescent. and incandescent sources, and solar radia tion. but do not apply to ultraviolet lasers.* These val ues do not apply to ultraviolet radiation exposure of photosensitive individuals or of individuals concomi tantly exposed to photosensitizing agents.'" These values should be used as guides in the control of ex posure to continuous sources where the exposure duration shall not be less than 0.1 sec. These values should be used as guides in the con trol of exposure to ultraviolet sources and should not be regarded as a fine line between safe and danger ous levels. Recommended Values: The threshold limit value for occupational expo sure to ultraviolet radiation incident upon skin or eye where irradiance values are known and exposure time is controlled are as follows:1 1. For the near ultraviolet spectral region (320 to 400 nm) total irradiance incident upon the unprotected "Set User TLVs. 86 skin or eye should not exceed 1 mW'cm2 for periods greater than 10 seconds (approximately 16 minutes) and tor exposure times less than 102 seconds should not exceed one J/cm2. 2. For the actinic ultraviolet spectral region (200 -- 315 nm). radiant exposure incident upon the un protected skin or eye should not exceed the values given in Table 11 within an 8-hour period. 3. To determine the effective irradiance of a broad band source weighted against the peak of the spectral effectiveness curve (270 nm), the follow ing weighting formula should be used: E,// = 3 where: Ertt = effective irradiance relative to a monochromat ic source at 270 nm in W/cm2 (J/s/cm2) Ei, = spectral irradiance in W/cm2/nm Sx = relative spectral effectiveness (unitless) U = band width in nanometers 0 0011______ -_____________ .____________________too ??c ?o ko no loo i?c WAVE length (NANOMETERS) i*o Figure 9 -- Threshold Limit Values for Ultraviolet Radiation 87 MAP 000463 TABLE 11 Relative Spectral Effectiveness by Wavelength* Wavelength (nm) 200 210 220 230 240 250 254 260 270 280 290 300 305 310 315 TLV (mJ/cm2) 100 40 25 16 10 7.0 6.0 4.6 3.0 3.4 4.7 10 50 200 1000 Relative Spectral Effectiveness -- S* 0.03 0.075 0.12 0.19 0.30 0.43 0.5 0.65 1.0 0.88 0.64 0.30 0.06 0.015 0.003 'See laset TLVs TABLE 12 Permissible Ultraviolet Exposures Duration of Exposure Per Day 8 hrs....................... 4 hrs....................... 2 hrs................. . 1 hr......................... 30 min................... 15 min................... 10 min.................... 5 min...................... 1 min...................... 30 sec.................... 10 sec.................... 1 sec...................... 0.5 sec.................... 0.1 sec.................... Effective Irradiance, E,/r (MW/cm2) .................. 0.2 .................. a- 0.8 .................. .................: .................. .................. 5 10 50 100 .................. 6.000 88 4. Permissible exposure time in seconds for expo sure to actinic ultraviolet radiation incident upon the unprotected skin or eye may be computed by dividing 0.003 J/cm2 by ELff in W/cm2. The expo sure time may also be determined using Table 12 which provides exposure times corresponding to effective irradiances in^W/cm2. 5. All the preceding TLVs for ultraviolet energy apply to sources which subtend an angle less than 80. Sources which subtend a greater angle need to be measured only over an angle of 80. Conditioned (tanned) individuals can tolerate skin exposure in excess of the TLV without erythemal ef fects. However, such conditioning may not protect persons against skin cancer. Rtterma: 1. Sunlight and Man Fitzpatrick ef al. Eds Univ. of Tokyo Press Tokyo. Japan (1974). NOTICE OF INTENDED CHANGES (for 1883-84) These physical agents, with -their -corresponding values, comprise those for which either a limit has been proposed tor the first time, or for which a change in the "Adopted" listing has been proposed. In both cases, the proposed limits should be consid ered thal limits that will remain in the listing for a period of at least one year. If after one year no evi dence comes to light that questions the appropriate-' ness of the values herein the values will be reconsi dered for the "Adopted" list. NOTICE OF INTENT TO ESTABLISH THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES LASERS It is preposed that the following footnote be added to Table 6 (Threshold Limit Value for Skin Exposure from a Laser Beam). The IR-B and IR-C exposures to skin surface areas Afcm2) exceeding 1000 cm2, the TLV is (100,000/A) (mW/cm2); for areas greater than 100,000/A, the TLV is 10 mW/cm2. LIGHT AND NEAR-INFRARED RA0IATI0N These Threshold Limit Values refer to visible and near-infrared radiation in the wavelength tange of 400 89 mnnm MAP 000464 a nm to 1400 nm and represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be exposed without adverse effect. These values should be used as guides in the control of exposure to light and should not be regarded as a fine line between safe and dangerous levels. Recommended Values: The Threshold Limit Value for occupational expo sure to broad-band light and near-infrared radiation for the eye apply to exposure in any eight-hour work day and require knowledge of the spectral radiance (L) and total irradiance (E) of the source as mea- TABLE 13 Spectral Weighting Functions for Assessing Retinal Hazards from Broad-Band Optical Sources Wavelength .(nm) 400 405 410 415 420 425 430 435 440 445 450 455 460 465 470 475 480 485 490 495 500-600 600-700 700-1049 1050-1400 Blue-Light Hazard Function B. 0.10 0.20 0.40 0.80 0.90 0.95 0,98 1.0 1.0 0.97 0,94 0.90 0.80 0.70 0.62 0.55 0.45 0.40 0.22 0.16 50) 0.001 0.001 0 001 Burn Hazard Function Rx 1.0 2.0 4.0 8.0 9.0 9.5 9.8 10 10 9.7 9.4 9.0 8.0 7.0 6.2 5.5 4.5 4.0 2.2 1.6 10 10 jQI'rOO-Aj 50M 0.2 90 sured at the position(s) of the eye of the worker. Such detailed spectral data of a white light source is gener ally only required if the luminance of the source ex ceeds 1 cd cm-2. At luminances less than this value the TLV would not be exceeded. The TLV's are: 1. To protect against retinal thermal injury, the spec tral radiance of the lamp weighted against the function R (Table 13) should not exceed: 1400 4 S LkR,,JU 1/o t 400 (1)* where L is in W crrr1 sr1 and t is the viewing du ration (or pulse duration if the lamp is pulsed) lim ited to 1 fis to 10 s. and a is the angular subtense of the source in radians. If the tamp is oblong, a refers to the longest dimension that can be viewed. For instance, at a viewing distance r = 100 cm from a tubular lamp of length I = 50 cm, the view ing angle is: a = l/r = 50/100 = 0.5 rad (2) "2. To protect against retinal photochemical injury from chronic blue-light exposure the integrated spectral radiance of a light source weighted against the biue-light hazard function B (Table 13) should not exceed: 1400 ^ Lx tB.AkS 100 Jcnr2 sr' (t 10s) (3a) 1400 ^ L B,, 10-J Wcm-2 sr1 (t > 10s) (3b) The weighted product of L, and B,, is termed L(blue). For a source radiance L weighted against the blue-light hazard function (L(blue)l which ex ceeds 10 loWtcnr^sr' in the blue spectral re gion. the permissible exposure duration t,,,, in seconds is simply: tmax = 100 J enr2 srVL (blue) (4) The latter limits are greater than the maximum per missible exposure iimits for 440 nm laser radiation (see Laser TLV) because a 2-3 mm pupil is as sumed rather than a 7 mm pupil for the Laser TLV. For a light source subtending an angle a less than 11 mrd (0.011 radian) the above limits are relaxed such that the spectral irradiance weighted against the blue-light hazard function Bk should not ex ceed E(blue). 91 MAP 000465 1400 ^ E t Bj. AA. s 10 mJ cm-2 (t 10* s) (5a) 1400 4^Ex* Bx* Ax ImW* cm2 (t^ 10s) (5b) For a source where the blue light weighted irra- diance E (blue) exceeds 1 crrr: is the maxi mum permissible exposure duration t,, in sec onds is: Wr = 10 mJ cm-2 E (blue) (6) 3. Infrared Radiation: To avoid possible delayed ef fects upon the lens of the eye (cataractogenesis), the infrared radiation (X > 770 nm) should be lim ited to 10 mWcm-2. For an infrared heat lamp or any near-infrared source where a strong visual stimulus is absent, the near infrared (770-1400 nm) radiance as viewed by the eye should be limited to: 1400 AX-0.6/a (7)* for extended duration viewing conditions. This limit is based upon a 7 mm.pupil diameter? AIRBORNE UPPER SONIC AND ULTRASONIC ACOUSTIC RADIATION These threshold limit values refer to sound pres sure levels that represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly ex posed without adverse effect. The values listed in Table 14 should be used as guides in the control of noise exposure and, due to individual susceptibility, should not be regarded as fine lines between safe and dangerous levels. The levels for the third octave bands centered below 20 kHz are below those which cause subjective effects. Those levels for 1/3 octaves above 20 kHz are for prevention of possible hearing losses from subharmonics of these frequencies. `Formulae (1) and (7) are empirical and are not. strictly speaking, di mensionally correct To make the formulae dimensionally correct, one would have to insert a dimensional correction factor k in the right hand numerator in each formula. For formula (1) this would be k, 1 W rad sh/lcm* sr). and for formula (7) k, = 1 W rad/(cm' srl. 92 TABLE 14 Permissible Ultrasound Exposure Levels Mid-Frequency of Third-Octave Band kHz 10 12.5 16 20 25 31.5 40 50 One-Third Octave -- Band Level in dB re 20 jiPa 80 80 80 105 110 115 115 115 PHYSICAL AGENTS UNDER STUDY The Physical Agents Committee of ACGIH has ex amined the current literature and has not found suffi cient information to propose a TLV. However, these agents will remain under study during the coming year to examine new evidence indicating the need and feasibility for establishing a proposed TLV. Com ments and suggestions, accompanied by substantive documentation are solicited and should be forwarded to the Executive Secretary, ACGIH, Documentation summarizing the current status of the biological ef fects literature is available on those agents preceded by an asterisk (*). 1. *Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) Radiation. Spe cifically, that portion of the spectrum from 0 to 300 Hz. 2. Magnetic Fields. Both pulsed and`continuous. 3. Laser Radiation. Specifically laser exposures of less than one (1) nanosecond. 4. Vibration. Segmental and whole-body. 5. Cold Stress. 6. Pressure Variations. 93 MAP 000466 MAP 000467 MAP 000468 TLVs Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances in the Work Environment Adopted by ACGIH for 1984-85 MAP 000469 1983*84 CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES TLV COMMITTEE Vernon L. Carter. D.V.M.. Ohio State University -- Chair Melvin E. Andersen. Ph.D., USAF James R. Crawl. C.I.H., USN B. Dwight Culver, M.D., University of Califomia-lrvine James W. Hammond, C.I.H.. University of Texas Trent R. Lewis, Ph.D., NIOSH Jesse Lieberman, P.E., USN Frederick T. McDermott, C.I.H.. Michigan Dept, of Public Health Walter W. Melvin. Jr,, M.D.. Sc.D.. Colorado State University Mary K. Murphy, OSHA Leonard D. Pagnotto. C.I.H., Massachusetts Dept, of Labor & Industry --Secretary Ronald S. Ratney, C.I.H.. OSHA Meier Schneider, P.E., C.I.H.. Metropolitan Water District of Southern California Robert Spirtas, Dr. PH, National Cancer Institute Vera F. Thomas, Ph.D.. University of Miami William D. Wagner, -NIOSH CONSULTANTS Georg Kimmerle. M.D.. German MAK Commission Liaison Ernest Mastromatteo. M.D. George Roush. Jr., M.D, Marshall Steinberg. Ph. D. Theodore R. Torkelson, Sc.D. Ralph C. Wands Elizabeth K. Weisburger, Ph.D. Mitchell R. Zavon. M.D. TABLE OF CONTENTS Chemical Substances Page Preface.............. ........................................................... -2~ Threshold Limit Values and Short-Term Exposure Limits................................................... 9 Dusts................. 34 Notice of Intended Changes..................................... _ 36 Appendices A. Carcinogens.................................................. 40 B. Substances of Variable Composition.......... 46 C. Mixtures: Calculation of TLVs....................... 47 D. Nuisance Particulates..................................... 50 E. Asphyxiants........................................................ 51 F. Conversion of Particle Count to Mass........... 51 G. Chemical Substances Under Study............. 54 H. Registered Trade Names................................. 56 Biological Exposure Indices Preface......................................................................... Indices........,,.......... 59 62 Physical Agents Preface........ ....... 67 Threshold Limit Values Heat Stress...,,............................................................ 68 Ionizing Radiation................ 75 Lasers.......................... "76 Noise................... 86 Impulsive or Impact Noise....................................... 87 Radiofrequency/Microwave Radiation................ 88 Ultraviolet Radiation................................................. 92 Notice of Intended Changes...................................... 95 Lasers......... .......... 95 Light and Near-Infrared Radiation....................... 95 Airborne Upper Sonic and Acoustic Radiation.. 98 Cold Stress.................. 99 Hand-Arm (Segmental) Vibration......................... 111 Agents Under Study.................................................... 116 MAP 000470 PREFACE CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES Thresnolb limit values refer to airborne concentrans 0t substances and represent conditions under wnicti it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeajediy exposed day after day without adverse effect. Be cause of wide variation in individual susceptibility, how ever. a small percentage of workers may experience discomfort from some substances at concentrations at or below the threshold limit; a smaller percentage may be affected more seriously by aggravation of a pre existing condition or by development of an occupational illness. Threshold limits are based on the best available infor mation from industrial experience, from experimental human and animal studies, and. when possible, from a combination of the three. The basis on which the values are established may differ from substance to substance; protection against impairment of health may be a guid ing factor for some, whereas reasonable freedom from irritation, narcosis, nuisance or other forms of stress may form the basis for others. The amount and nature of the information available for establishing a TLV varies from substance to sub stance; consequently, the precision of the estimated TLV is also subject to variation and the latest Documentation should be consulted in order to assess the extent of the data available for a given substance. These limits are intended for use in the practice of industrial hygiene and should be interpreted and applied only by a person trained in this discipline. They are not intended for use. or for modification for use. (1) as a rela tive index of hazard or toxicity. (2) in the evaluation or control of community air pollution nuisances. (3) in es timating the toxic potential of continuous, uninterrupted exposures or other extended work periods. (4) as proof or disproof of an existing disease or physical condition, or (5) for adoption by countries whose working condi tions differ from those in the United States of America and where substances and processes differ. The TLV-TWA should be used as guides in the control of health hazards and should not be used as fine lines between safe and dangerous concentrations. In spite of the fact that serious injury is not believed likely as a result of exposure to the threshold limit con centrations. the best practice is to maintain concentra tions of all atmospheric contaminants as low as is practical. Legal Status The Threshold Limit Values as issued by ACGIH. are recommendations and should be used as guidelines for good practices. Wherever these values tof whatever year) have been used or included by reference in Federal and/or State statutes and registers, the TLVs do have the force and effects of law. "Notice of Intent." At the beginning of each year, pro posed actions of the Committee for the forthcoming year are issued in the form of a "Notice of Intended Changes." This Notice provides not only an opportunity for comment, but solicits suggestions of substances to be added to the list. The suggestions should be accom panied by substantiating evidence. The list of Intended Changes follows the Adopted Values in the TLV booklet. Values listed in parenthesis in the Adopted" list are to be used during the period in which a proposed change for that Value is listed in the Notice of Intended Changes. Definitions. Three categories of Threshold Limit Val ues (TLVs) are specified herein, as follows: a) The Threshold Limit Value-Time Weighted Average (TLV-TWA) --"the time-weighted average concentration for a normal 8-hour workday and a 40-hour workweek, to which nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed, day after day. without adverse effect. b) Threshold Limit Value-Short Term Exposure Limit (TLV-STEL) -- the concentration to which workers can be exposed continuously for a short period of time with out suffering from 1) irritation. 2) chronic or irreversible tissue damage, or 3) narcosis of sufficient degree to in crease the likelihood of accidental injury, impair self rescue or materially reduce work efficiency, and provid ed that the daily TLV-TWA is not exceeded. It is not a separate independent exposure limit, rather it supple ments the time-weighted average (TWA) limit where there are recognized acute effects from a substance whose toxic effects are primarily of a chronic nature. STELs are recommended only where toxic effects have been reported from high short-term exposures in either humans or animals. A STEL is defined as a 15-minute time-weighted average exposure which should not be exceeded at any time during a work day even if the eight-hour time- weighted average is within the TLV. Exposures at the STEL should not be longer than 15 minutes and should not be repeated more than four times per day. There should be at least 60 minutes between successive expo sures at the STEL. An averaging period other than 15 minutes may be recommended when this is warranted by observed biological effects. MAP 000471 c) Threshold Limit Value-Ceiling ITLV-C) -- the con centration that should not be exceeded even instantan eously. For some substances, e.g.. irritant gases, only one category, the TLV-Ceiltng, may be relevant. For other substances, either two or three categories may be rele vant. depending upon their physiologic action. It is im portant to observe that if any one of these three TLVs is exceeded, a potential hazard from that substance is pre sumed to exist. The committee holds to the opinion that limits based on physical irritation should be considered no less bind ing than those based on physical impairment. There is increasing evidence that physical irritation may initiate, promote or accelerate physical impairment through in teraction with other chemical or biologic agents. Time-Weighted Average vs Ceiling Limits. Timeweighted averages permit excursions above the limit provided they are compensated by equivalent excursions below the limit during the workday. In some instances it may be permissible to calculate the average concentra tion for a workweek, rather than for a workday. The rela tionship between threshold limit and permissible excur sion is a rule of thumb and in certain cases may not apply. The amount by which threshold limits may be ex ceeded for short periods without injury to health de pends upon a number of factors such as the nature of the contaminant, whether very high concentrations -- even for short periods -- produce acute poisoning, whether the effects are cumulative, the frequency with which high concentrations occur, and the duration of such periods. All-factors must be taken into consider ation in arriving at a decision as to whether a hazardous condition exists. Although the time-weighted average concentration provides the most satisfactory, practical way of monitor ing airborne agents for compliance with the limits, there are certain substances for which it is inappropriate. In the latter group are substances which are predominantly fast acting and whose threshold limit is more appropri ately based on this particular response. Substances with this type of response are best controlled by a ceiling "C" limit that should not be exceeded. It is implicit in these definitions that the manner of sampling to determine noncompnance with the limits for each group must differ; a single brief sample, that is applicable to a "C" limit, is not appropriate to the time-weighted limit; here, a sufficient number of samples are needed to permit a time-weighted average concentration throughout a com plete cycle of operations or throughout the work shift. 4 Whereas the ceiling limit places a definite boundary which concentrations should not be permitted to exceed the time-weighted average limit requires an explicit limit to the excursions that are permissible above the listed values. It should be noted that the same factors are used by the Committee in determining the magnitude of the value of the STELs. or whether to include or exclude a substance for a "C" listing. Excursion Limits. For the vast majority of substances with a TLV, there is not enough toxicological data avail able to warrent a STEL. Nevertheless, excursions above the TWA-TLV should be controlled even where the eighthour TWA is within recommended limits. Earlier editions of the TLV list included such limits whose values de pended on the TWA-TLVs of the substance in question. While no rigorous rationale was provided for these particular values, the basic concept was intuitive in a well controlled process exposure, excursions should be held within some reasonable limits. Unfortunately, nei ther toxicology nor collective industrial hygiene experi ence provide a sohd *351$ "for quantifying what those limits should be. The approach here is that the maximum recommended excursion should be related to the varia bility generally observed in actual industrial processes. Leidel. Busch and Crouse." in reviewing large numbers of industrial hygiene surveys conducted by NIOSH. found that short-term exposure measurements were generally log normally distributed with geometric standard devia tions mostly in the range of 1.5 to 2.0. While a complete discussion of the theory and prop erties of the log normal distribution is beyond the scope of this section, a brief description of some important terms is presented. The measure of central tendency in a log normal distribution is the antilog of the mean loga rithm of the sample values. The distribution is skewed and the geometric mean is always smaller than the arith metic mean by an amount which depends on the geo metric standard deviation. In the log normal distribution, the geometric standard deviation (sd,,) is the antiiog of the standard deviation of the sample value logarithms and 68.2^0 of all values lie between nvsdt and m, * sd,,. If the short-term exposure values in a given situation have a geometric standard deviation of 2.0. 5/o of all val ues exceed 3.13 times the geometric mean. If a process displays a variability greater than this, it is not under good control and efforts should be made to restore con- "leidei N A K A Busch and W E Crouse Sxnosure Measurement Action Level end Occuoational environmental Vanatmty NlOSH PuD No 76-131 lOecemDe' I975i 5 MAP 000472 trol. Tms concept is the basis for the new excursion limit _____ .. _ _____ ,, u/hirh are as follows Short-term exposures should exceed three times the TLV-TWA lor no more than a total of 30 minutes durmq a worx day and under no circumstances should they exceed five times the TLV, provided that the TLV- TWA is not exceeded. The approach is a considerable simplification of the idea of the log normal concentration distribution but is considered more convenient to use by the practicing In dustrial hygienist. If exposure excursions are maintained within the recommended limits, the geometric standard deviation of the concentration measurements will be near two and the goal of the recommendation will be accomplished. When the toxicologic data for a specific substance are available to establish a STEL. this value takes prece dence over the excursion limit regardless of whether it is more or less stringent. "Skin" Notation. Listed substances followed by the designation "Skin" refer to the potential contribution to tne overall exposure by the cutaneous route including mucous membranes and eye. either by air borne, or more particularly, by direct contact with the substance. Vehicles can alter skin absorption. Little quantitative data are available describing ab sorption of vapors and gases through the skin. The rate of absorption is a function of the concentration to which the skin is exposed. Substances having a skin notation and a low TLV may present a problem at high airborne concentrations, par ticularly if a significant area of the skin is exposed for a long period of time Protection of the respiratory tract, while the rest of the body surface is exposed to a high concentration, may present such a situation. Biological monitoring should be considered to deter mine the relative contribution of dermal exposure to the total dose. This attention-calling designation is intended to sug gest appropriate measures for the prevention of cutan eous absorption so that the threshold limit is not invali dated. Mixtures. Special consideration should be given also to the application of the TLVs in assessing the health hazards which may be associated with exposure to mix tures of two or more substances. A brief discussion of basic considerations involved in developing threshold limit values for mixtures, and methods for their develop ment. amplified by specific examples are given in Appen dix C Nuisance Particulates. In contrast to fibrogenic dusts which cause scar tissue to be formed in lungs when in haled in excessive amounts, so-called "nuisance dusts have a long history of little adverse effect on lungs and do not produce significant organic disease or toxic ef fect when exposures are kept under reasonable control. The nuisance dusts have also been called (biologically) "inert" dusts, but the latter term is inappropriate to the extent that there is no dust which does not evoke some cellular response in the lung when inhaled in sufficient amount. However, the lung-tissue reaction caused by in halation of nuisance dusts has the following characteris tics: (1) The architecture of the air spaces remains intact (2) Collagen (scar tissue) is not formed to a significant extent. (3) The tissue reaction is potentially reversible Excessive concentrations of nuisance dusts in the workroom air may seriously reduce visibility, may cause unpleasant deposits m the eyes, ears and nasal passages (Portland Cement dust), or cause injury to the skin or mucous membranes by chemical or mechanical action per se or by the rigorous skin cleansing procedures nec essary for their removal. A threshold limit of 10 mg/m3, or 30 mppcf. of total dust < 1% quartz, or, 5 mg/m3 respirable dust is recom mended for substances in these categories and for which no specific threshold limits have been assigned. This limit, for a normal workday, does not apply to brief exposures at higher concentrations. Neither does it apply to those substances which may cause physiologic impairment at lower concentrations but for which a threshold limit has not yet been adopted. Some nuisance particulates are given in Appendix D. Simple Asphyxiants -- "Inert" Gases or Vapors. A number of gases and vapors, when present in high con centrations in air, act primarily as simple asphyxiants without other significant physiologic effects. A TLV may not be recommended for each simple asphyxiant be cause the limiting factor is the available oxygen. The minimal oxygen content should be 18 percent by volume under normal atmospheric pressure (equivalent to a par tial pressure, p02 of 135 mm Hg). Atmospheres deficient in Os do not provide adequate warning and most simple asphyxiants are odorless. Several simple asphyxiants present an explosion hazard. Account should be taken of this factor in limiting the concentration of the asphyx iant. Specific examples are listed in Appendix E. Physical Factors. It is recognized that such physical factors as heat, ultraviolet and ionizing radiation, humid ity. abnormal pressure (altitude) and like may place added stress on the body so that the effects from expo sure at a threshold limit may be altered. Most of these 7 MAP 000473 stresses act adversely to increase the toxic response of a substance. Although most threshold limits have built-in safety factors to guard against adverse effects to moder ate deviations from normal environments, the safety fac tors of most substances are not of such a magnitude as to take care of gross deviations. For example, continu ous work at temperatures above 90F, or overtime ex tending the workweek more than 25%. might be consid ered gross deviations. In such instances judgment must be exercised in the proper adjustments of the Threshold Limit Values. Unlisted Substances. Many substances present or handled in industrial processes do not appear on the TLV list in a number of instances the material is rarely present as a particulate, vapor or other airborne conta minant, and a TLV is not necessary. In other cases suffi cient information to warrant development of a TLV. even on a tentative basis, is not available to the Committee. Other substances, of low toxicity, could be included in Appendix D pertaining to nuisance particulates. This list (as well as Appendix E) is not meant to be all inclusive; the substances serve only as examples. In addition there ere some-substances of not in con siderable toxicity, which have been omitted primarily be cause only a limited number of workers (e.g,. employees of a single plant) are known to have potential exposure to possibly harmful concentrations. Trade Names. Because many chemical substances are marketed under several trade names, the trade names have been replaced with their generic equivalent in the alphabetical listing. Appendix H was created to ease this transition and the CAS number appears with the generic name to aid identification. Operational Guidelines. The ACGIH Board of Direc tors has adopted operational guidelines for the Chemical Substances TLV Committee. These guidelines prescribe: charge, authority, policies, membership, organization, and operating procedures. The policies include the ap peals procedures. Copies of the guidelines document are available from the Publications Office at a cost of $5 per copy. NOTE: In the interest of keeping this book as small as possible, the footnotes for adopted values appear on right hand pages only. 8 Substance ICAS #]1 ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEl ppm ' mg/m3 ppm mg m3' Acetaldehyde 175-07-0 i, .. Acetic acid [64-19-7;. Acetic anhydride 100 10 180 25 [108-24-7 . Acetone 167-64-1),. Acetonitrile [75-05-81 -- C 5 C 20 750 1.780 Skin.............................. 40 70 Acetylene [74-86-2;.. . E-- Acetylene dichionde. see i 2-Dichloroethylene t Acetylene tetraoromide [79-27-6]........................ Acetylsalicylic acid 1 15 (Aspirin) [50-78-21 ....... Acrolein [107-02-8).......... Acrylamide [79-06-1: -- 0.1 5 0.25 Skin..................... -- 0.3 Acrylic acid [79-10-7]. . 10 30 lAciylomtrile [107-13-1 ] -- Skin............................... lAldrm [309-00-2 ] -- Skin Ally! alcohol [107-18-6 -- Skin....................... Allyl chloride fl 07-05-1i Allyl glycidyl ether (AGE) 2. A2 -- 2 1 4.5. A2 0.25 5 3 [106-92-3]--Skin..... Allyl propyl disulfide 5 22 [2179-59-1 j.................. ta-Alumina (1344-28-1;__ Aluminum [7429-90-5., 2 12 D J Metal & oxide................ Pyro powders............... Welding fumes.............. Soluble salts.......... Alkyls (NOCt!................ 4-Aminodiphenyi [92-67-1; -- Skin..................... t2-Ammopyridine -- -- -- -- imme 10 5 5 2 2 Alb [504-29-0 j. .. 0,5 2 150 15 ___ 1.000 60 -- 11.51 0.3 ___ -- _ -- 4 2 10 3 -- -- ___ -- -- -- (2) 270 37 2.375 105 (20) 08 06 (0 75) 10 6 44 18 (201 (20) -- -- -- (4i ai Pahs of vapor or gas per million pans of contaminated ai' py volume 3t 25` C anC 760 rnrc Hg orgssure pi Approximate milligrams o' substance per cubic meter of air : See Notice of Intended Changes ' 198a-1985 Addition +N0C = Not otherwise classified Capital letters A. B. 0 & E refer to Appendices C denotes cemng limit 9 i I MAP 000474 II Substance TWA STEL [CAS #] ppm" mg/m1'" ppm" mg/m3'' Substance TWA [CAS #] ppm mg/m3 STEL ppm- mg'm3 3-Amino 1.2. 4-rnazole, see Amitrole t Amitrole [61-82-5]............ (A2) (A2) -- Ammonia [7664-41-71....... 25 18 35 Ammonium chlonde fume 112125-02-9].................. -- 10 -- tAmmonium sulfamate [7773-06-01................... __ 10 -- n-Amyl acetate [628-63-7], 100 530 150 sec-Amyi acetate [626-38-0;................... 125 670 150 t Aniline r62-53-3 ] & homologues -- Skin.... 2 10 (5) Amsidtne [29191-52-4] (o-. p-isomers) -- Skin........ 0.1 0.5 -- Antimony [7440-36-0] & compounds, as Sb........ -- 0.5 ______ Antimony tnoxide |1309:64-4j -- Handling and use. as Sb Production...................... tANTU [86-884]................ Argon [7440-37-1!............ -- -- -- E 0.5 _ --A2 -- 0.3 -- ---- Arsenic [7440-38-21 & soluble compounds, as As.................................. -- 0.2 -- Arsenic trioede production H327-53-3i.................. Arsine [778442-1 ]........... -- 0.05 A2 -- 0.2 -- Asbestos 11332-214], see DUSTS .......................... -- Ala -- Asphalt [petroleum) fumes [8052424,.................. Atrazme [1912-24-9]........ -- -- 5-- 5-- tAzinpnos-methy) 186-50-0) -- Skin............................ -- 0.2 -- Barium [7440-39-3 ]. soluble compounds, as Ba.................................. tBenomyl [17804-35-2]..... -- 0.8 0.5 ...--10 (1.31 Benzene [71-43-2!........... 10. A2 Benzidine [92-87-5!-- Skin.............................. p-Benzoqunone. see Quinone Benzoyl peroxide [94-36-0] -- -- 30. A2 25. A2 -- Alb -- 5-- Benzoiaipyrene [50-32-8].. Benzyl chloride [100-44-7]. Beryllium [744041-7;....... -- A2 15 -- 0.002. A2 -- -- -- Biphenyl 192-524 ' tBismuth telluride 02 1.5 06 4 27 11304-82-1,............... -- 10 - . 120) t Se-dcped...................... __ 5 __ HO) 20 Borates, tetra. sodium salts [1303-964,. (20) Anhydrous,. -- 1 __ __ 800 Decahydrate.... -- 5 __ Pentaliydrate................. -- 1 800 t Boron oxide [1303-86-2! .. __ 10 __ (20i T Boron tribromide (20) [10294-334], ... Boron trifluoride -- [7637-07-2]........ . IBromacil [31440-9] -- Bromine [7726-95-6] t Bromine pentafluonde (11 (101 (3) 130) C 1 C 3 __ 1 10 (2) [201 0.1 0,7 03 2 17789-3(1-2!................... -0.1 0.7 <0 3j (2) -- Bromochtoromethane. see Chiorobromometftane -- Bromoform [75-25-2] -- (0.9) -- Skin................. 0.5 P. 3-Butadiene [106-99-0] (1.000) Butane [106-97-8]........ 800 Butanethiol. see Butyl mercaptan 5 __ (2.200) (1.250) 1.900 ___ (2.750) -- 2-Butanone, see Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) 2-Butoxyetfianol -- --' [111-76-2]--Skin........ n-Butyl acetate [123-664] sec-Butyl acetate 25 150 120 75 710 200 360 950 -- [105-464]................ 200 950 250 1.190 tert-Butyl acetate 10 -- (0.6) -- (15) 75, A2 [540-88-5]........ Butyl acrylate [141-32-2]... 200 10 950 250 1.190 55 n-Butyl alcohol [71-36-3] -- Skin........................ C 50 C 150 __ sec-Butyl alcohol [78-92-2] tert-Butyl alcohol [75-65-0] Butylamme [109-73-9] -- 100 100 305 150 300 150 455 450 Skin................... , C 5 C 15 _ tert-Butyl chromate, as CrOa [1189-85-1 j -- -- Skin............................ -- C 0.1 __ ___ n-Butyl glycidyl ether (BGE) -- [2426-08-6].............. 25 135 __ __ -- -- Capita1 letters A, B. 0 & E refer to Appendices. C denetes ceilmo limit -- t See Notice of intended Changes 10 11 MAP 000475 Substance lCAS #i ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm" mg/m3" ppnr mg/m3' n-Butyl lactate ,138-22-7;.. 5 Butyl mercaptan 1109-79-5....................... o-sec-Butyiphenol 189-72-5 - Skin ........ D-tert-Butyituluene 196-51-1' iCadmum (7440-43-9 J 0.5 b 1U Dust & salts, as co....... Cadmium oxide -- [1306-19-Oj Fume, as Cd................... Production...................... -- -- tCalcium carbonate - marble 11317-65-3: .................. -- iCalcium cyanamide J156-62-7!...................... -- Calcium hydroxide ;1305-52-0 .................. Calcium oxide |1305-78-8 ] -- Calcium silicate 11344-95-2)................... Campnor. synthetic -- 176-22-21....................... 2 Caprolactam !105-60-2 i Dust.............................. Vapor............................. -- 5 Captafol [2425-06-1 -- Skin.............................. -- tCaptan `133-06-2 ............ fCarbaryi '63-25-2 ........... Carbofuran . 1563-66-2 '__ tCarbon black '1333-86-4 t Carbon dioxide ! 124-38-9,'. -- __ -- -- 5.000 Carbon disulfide .75-15-0' -- Skin....................... 10 Carbon monoxide 630-08-0;........... Carbon tetrabromide '558-13-4,...................... 50 0.1 tCarbon tetrachloride 156-23-5' -- Skin......... 5. A2 Carbonyl cmoride. see Phosgene Carbonyl fluonoe '353-50-4...................... Catecnoi iPyrocatecholl 2 120-80-9;.................... 5 25 . -- 1.5 -- 30 60 U.Ob -- at -- -- -- 120 (0.2) C 0.05 0,05 -- -- D-- 0.5 -- C-- 2 -- - --- D-- __ ---. (20i (1| __. __ 12 3 18 1-- 20 - 10 3 40 0.1 -- 5-- 5-- 0.1 -- 3.5 -- 9.000(15.0001 __ (15i (10) __ (7i (27.0001 30 -- 55 -400 1.4 0.3 440 4 30. A2 (20. A2) (125. A2i 55 20 __ 15 __ 12 Substance[CAS #) ppm ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL mg/m3 ppm mg^m3 t Cellulose (paper fiber) [9004-34-6]......... Cesium hydroxide -- D -- (20) [21351-79-11..... Chlordane [57-74-9] -- Skin................ Chlorinated camphene -- --- 2-- 0.5 -- -- 2 [8001-35-2)- Skin..... Chlonnated diphenyl oxide [55720-99-5]................. Chlorine [7782-50-5 ]...... Chlorine dioxide [10049-04-4]................ Chlonne trifluoride 17790-91-2]................... Chloroacetaldehyde [107-20-0]................. . o-Chloroacetophenone [532-27-4] (Phenacyl -- __ 1 oi C0 1 - Cl 0.5 05 3 03 C04 C3 -- 3 0.3 -- -- 1 2 9 09 -- -- chloride)................. ...... Chtoroacetyl chloride 79-04-9].................. Chlorobenzene [106-90-7] 0.05 o.05 0.3 -- 0.2 -- -- -- (Monochlorobenzene)... o-Chlorobenzylidene malononltrile [2698-41-1]-- skin..... Chlorobromomethane 75 C 0.05 350 C04 -- -- -- -- 74-97-5]...................... 200 1.050 2-Chloro-1,3-butadiene, see )3 Chloroprene Chlorodifluoromethane 75-45-6]...................... 1.000 Chlorodiphenyl (42% 3.500 250 1.250 1.300 4.375 Chlorine) [53469-21-9] -- Skin.................... . Chlorodipnenyl (54% 1 Chlonne) [11097-69-1 ] -- Skin............................ -- 05 1-Chloro. 2, 3-epoxy-propane, see Epichlorohydnn 2-Chloroethanol. see Ethylene chlorohydrin -- 2 1 Chloroethylene. see Vinyl chloride ;Chloroform [67-66-3]........ 10 A2 ' bis-Chloromethyl ether [542-88-1]..................... 0.001. Ala 50. A2 (50. A2) (225. A2I 0.005. Ala . Capital letters A. B. D & E refer to Appendices. C denotes ceiling limit tSee Notice of Intended Changes. 13 MAP 000476 EUQ -----------------Substance (CAS#] ADOPTEDlfALUES ~ TWA sm ppm" mg/m3' ppm' mgtm3'1 Substance [CAS #] ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm fflQ/m3 ppm mg m3 Chloromeihyl methyl ether ;l 07-30-2;. ............... 1 -Chloro-1 -n itropropane A2 A2 ---- [600-25-91..................... 2 10 Chloropentafluoroethane [76-15-31...................... 1.000 Chloropicnn [76-06-21....... 0.1 6.320 0.7 -- 0.3 (3-Chkjroprene [126-99-8 J Skin............................ 10 45 -- o-Chlorostyrene (1331-28-8).................. 50 285 75 o-Chlorotoluene [95-49-8j. 50 250 75 2-Chloro- 6-(trich(oramethyi) pyridine, see Nitrapyrm Chlorpyntos [2921-88-2] -- Skin............................ -- 0.2 T-- Chromite ore processing (Chromate), as Cr.......... -- 0.05. Ala - --- Chromium [7440-47-3 ] Meta! ............................ -- 0.5 -- Chromium (II) compounds. as Cr............................... -- U.D Chromium (III) compounds, as Cr.......... -- 0.5 -- Chromium (VI) compounds, as Cr Water soluble................ Certain water insoluble . -- a us -- 0.05. Ala -- --- Chromyl chloride [14977-61-81................. Chrysene [218-01-91.......... Clopidol [2971-90-6]........ 0 025 A2 -- 0 15 A2 10 -- .---- Coal tar pitch volatiles [8007-45-2]. as benzene solubles......................... tCobatt 7440-48-4;. as Co metal, dust & fume. -- 0.2. Ala - (0.1) _ -- Cobalt carbonyl "DOOOO-OO-O ]. as Co . . -- 0.1 Cooait nydrocarbonyl 16842-03-8]. as Co .... -- 0.1 Copper 7440-50-8] -- -- -- 2 -- 430 375 06 ---- -- -- ---- -- -- 20 -- -- -- -- Crutomate [299-86-5!...... __ 5 Cumene [98-82-8 ] -- Skin, Cyanamide [420-04-2]...... 50 -- 245 2 Cyanides [151-50-8: 143-33-9], as CN -- Skin................. Cyancgen [460-19-5]....... 10 5 20 Cyanogen chloride [506-77-4]..................... CO.3 C 0.6 Cyclohexane [110-82-7!... 300 1.050 Cyclohexanol (108-93-0;.. Cyclohexanone (108-94-1 ]. 50 25 200 100 Cyclohexene [110-83-8].... 300 1.015 Cydohexyiamine (108-91-8)--Skin........ 10 40 Cyclonite (121-82-4)-- Skin.............................. 1.5 Cydopentadiene [542-92-7].................... 75 200 Cyclopentane 1287-92-3]... 600 1.720 tCyhexatin [13121-70-5].... $2. 4-0 [94-75-7]............... -- -- 5 10 tDDT (Didilorodiphenyl- trichloroethane) [50-29-3]..................... 1 Decaborane [17702-41-9] -- Skin.........................; 0.05 0.3 tDemeton [8065-48-3] -- Skin.............................. 0.01 0.1 Diacetone alcohol [123-42-2]................ . 50 240 1. 2-Dlammoethane. see Ethylenediamine tDiazinon [333-41-5; -- Skin......................... -- 0.1 Diazomethane [334-88-3].. 0.2 04 Diborane [19287-45-7]..... 0.1 01 1. 2-Dibromoethane. see Ethylene dibromide -42-N-Dibutylammoethanol D 02-81-8]--Skin........ 2 14 Dibutyl phosphate............. 1 5 DiOutyi phthalate [84-74-2] -- 5 _75 _ 375 100 150 9_00 __ 0 15 10.03) 75 __ __, (4) 2 -- 20 365 _ 1.3_00 400 __ 3 400 2.580 110) (201 (3) 09 (0 3) 360 10.3) __ _ (28) 10 10 Fume...................... $ Dusts & mists, as Cu ... $ Cotton oust, raw............ -- 0,2 -- -- -- 1-- (21 Capita; letters A. B. D 4 E refer to Appendices. C denotes ceiling Emit -- 0.2" -- (0 6i j See Notice of intenaeo Changes --Cresoi [1319-77-31. all isomeres -- Skin........... 5 22 * fli Lint-free oust as measured by the vertical elutnator cotlon-aust sampler described in tne rransactions of the National Confernce on Cot Crotonaldenyde [123-73-9] 2 66 18 ton Oust.D 33byJ R Lynch. (May 2 1970) r l 15 A MAP 000477 Substance iCAS *1 ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm" mg;m PPm11 mo/ma" Dichioroacetytene ,7572-29-41 ............. C0.1 C 0.4 -- o-Dicmorooenzene 95-50 i p-DichKnnnonzerie H06-46 ' ...... ^ 7 -nichw'oDeniwme (91-94*1 -- SKin......... C 50 75 C 300 450 A2 -- 110 -- tDichlorodifluoromethane [75-71-8,.......... :.......... 1.000 4.950 (1.250) i s-Dichtoro-5. 5-dimethyl tiyoantom 0.2 -- 1 l-Dicfttoroetfiane [75-34-3]...................... 200 810 250 1, 2-Dictitoroetfiane. see Ethylene dichioride 1. i-Dichloroethylene. see Vinylidene chloride 1. 2-Dichloroelhylene (540-59-0 J...................... Dichloroethyl ether 200 790 250 [111-44-4]--Skin........ 5 30 10 Dichiorofluoromethane [75-43-4]........................ 10 40 -- Dichioromethane, see Methylene chloride 41.1-Dichloro-l-nitroethane ; 594-72-9]...................... 2 10 (10) 1 2-Dichloropropane, see Propylene dichloride 40iChloropropene [542-75-6]--Skin........ 2. 2-Dichloropropiomc acid 1 5 [75-99-0]..................... 1 6 tDichlorotetrafluoroethane (10) __ 76-14-2]........................ 1.000 tOichlorvos [62-73-7J-- 7.000 (1.250) Skin............................ Dicrotopnos [141-66-2]-- 0.1 1 (0.3) Skin................................ Dicyclopentadiene 0.25 [77-73-6]...................... 5 30 4Dicydopentadienyl iron !102-54-5]...................... __ 10 __ tDieldrin [60-57-1'--Skin . __ 0.25 __ Diethanolamine [111-42-2] 3 15 __ Diethylamme [109-89-7;... 10 30 25 Diethylammoethanol [100-37-8]--Skin....... 10 50 __ Diethytene triamine [111-40-0] --Skin........ 1 4 __ -- -- 675 A2 (6.200| 0.4 1.010 1.000 60 (60| (50) -- (8.750) 13) (20) (0.751 75 16 Substonce (CAS #] ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm" mg/m5` ppm- mgm3' Diethyl ether, see Ethyl ether Diethyl ketone (96-22-0;.. Diethyl phthaiate [84-66-2: 200 __ 705 __ 5 __ 10 IDifluorodibromomethane [75-61-6]...................... 100 Diglycidyl ether (DGE) [2238-07-5].................. . 0.1 Dihydroxybenzene. see Hydroquinone 860 (150) (1.2901 0.5 _ _ Diisobutyl ketone [108-83-8]......... ........... Ditsopropylamme [108-18-9]--Skin........ 25 5 150 -- 20 __ -- _ Dimelhoxyniethane. see Methylal tDimethyl acetamide [127-19-5]--Skin........ Dimethytamine [124-40-3). 10 10 35 (15) 18 (50) Dimethylamnobenzene. see Xylidene Dimethytaniiine [121-69-7] , -N-Dimethyianiiine) -- Skin................. ...... Dimethylbenzene. see Xylene 5 25 10 50 Dimethyl carbamyl chlonde [79-44-7]......... . ... . A2 A2 __ ___ DimethyM. 2-dibrorno-2-dichloroethyi phosphate. see Nalefl $Dimethytformamide [68-12-2]--Skin......... 10 30 (20) 2. 6-Dirnethyl-4-heptanone. see Oisobutyl ketone (60) 41.1-Dimethythydrazine [57-14-7]--Skin......... 0.5. A2 4Dimelhylphthaiate 1. A2 (1. A2) (2. A2) [131-11-3]..................... ' --- 5 -- (10) Dimethyl sulfate [77-78-1 ] -- Skin..................... ., Dinitolmide [148-01-6]..... 4Dinitrobenzene [528-29-0. i0.1. A2 -- 0.5. A2 5 __ -- 10 99-65-0:100-25-4] (all isomers) -- Skm.......... 4Dmitro-o-cresol [534-52-1] -- Skin.......................... 0.15 ___ 3. 5-Dimtro-o-toluamide. see Dinitolmide 1 0.2 (0.5) (31 (0.6) tDimtzotoluene [121-14-2] -- Skin............................ 4Dioxane, tech, grade -- 1.5 -- (5) [123-9M] --Skin........ 25 90 (100) (360) Capital letters A. B D & E refer to Appendices. C denotes ceiling limit 4 See Notice ot intended Changes 17 MAP 000478 Substance [CAS#) ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm' mg/m311 ppm" mg/m3' Dtoxathion [78-34-2) -- Skin................................ _ "--0.2 Diphenyl, see Biphenyl TDiphenylamme 1122-39-4). 10 _ (20) Diphenylmethanediisocyanate. see Methylene bisphenyl isocyanate Dipropytene glycol methyl ether [34590-94-8]....... Dipropyl ketone [123-19-3) tDiquat [85-00-7)............... Di-sec. octyl phthalate 100 50 -- 600 150 235 -- 0.5 -- 900 __ (1) [117-81-7) (Di-2-ethyl- hexylpnthalate)............... JDIsulflram [97-77-8].......... IDisulfOton [298-04-4)........ -- -- 5 10 2-- (5| 0.1 -- (0.3) 2. 6-Ditert. butyl-p-cresol [128-37-0)...................... Diuron [330-54-1].............. Divinyl benzene [108-57-6! TEmery [112-62-9]............. __ 10 -- 10 10 __ 50 -- 0-- 20 --* (20) tEndosutfan '[1T5-29-7; -- Skin............................... 0.1 (0.3) +Endrin [72-20-81-- Skin -- 0.1 -- (0.3) TEpichlorohyorin [106-89-8] -- Skin.......................... tEPN [2104-64-5 --Skin .. 2 -- 10 (5) 0.5 -- (20) (2) 1. 2-Epoxypropane, see Propylene oxide 2. 3-Epoxy-1-propanol, see Glycidol Ethane ,74-84-0/............... E Ethanethiol. see Ethyl mercaptan Ethanoiamine i 141-43-5).. 3 86 Ethion [563-12-21-Skin -- 0.4 __ 15 "2-Ethoxyethanol [110-80-5/ -- Skin.......................... *2-Ethoxyethyi acetate 5 9 _r [111-15-9]--Skin....... Ethyl acetate [141-78-6' 5 27 400 1.400 ___ __ Ethyl acrylate [140-88-5] -- Skin....................... 5 20 25 100 Ethyl alcohol (Ethanol) [64-17-5]..................... Ethylamine 75-04-71...... 1.000 10 1.900 18 -- -- Ethyl amyl Ketone [541-85-5]...................... 25 130 Ethyl benzene '100-41-4 !.. Ethyl bromide 74-96-4' ... Ethyl butvl Ketone 100 200 435 125 545 890 250 1.110 .'106-35-4].................. 50 230 75 345 18 h. Substance[CAS #1 ppm- ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL mg/m3' ppm mg/m3 iEthyi chloride [75-00-3;... Ethylene [74-85-11........... 1.000 E 2.600 (1.2501 (3.2501 Ethylene chlorohydrin [107-07-3)-- Skin..... C 1 C 3 -- -- Ethylenediamine [107-15-3)...................... Ethylene dibromide 10 25 -- -- [106-93-4)--Skin.........^Ethylene dichloride A2 A2 -- -- [107-06-2)...................... Ethylene glycol [107-21-1 i Vapor......................... ^Ethylene glycol dmitrate 10 C 50 40 C 125 (15) __ (60) [628-96-6]-- Skin...... . 0.05 0.3 (0.1\ (0.6) Ethylene glycol methyl ether acetate, see 2-Methoxyethyl acetate * Ethylene oxide [75-21-8)... 1,A2 2.A2 -- -- Ethyleneimme [151-56-4] -- Skin......................... 0.5 1 __ __ Ethyl ether [60-29-7]..... -400 1.200 500 1.500 Ethyl formate [109-94-4]... 100 300 150 450 Ethykdene chloride, see 1. T-Dichloroethane EthyUdene nortwmene [16219-75-3]................. TEthyl mercaptan [75-08-11. tN-Ethylmoipholine C5 0.5 C 25 __ 1 (2) __ (3) [100-74-3]--Skin........ TEthyl silicate 78-10-4]..... 'Fenamphos [22224-92-6] -- Skin........................ Fensulfothion [115-90-2].. Fenthion [55-38-9)--Skin tFerbam [14484-64-11........ Ferrovanadium dust 5 10 __ __ -- 23 (20) 85 (30) 0.1 __ 01 0.2 __ 10 -- (95) 1255) __ ___ (20) . [12604-58-9]................. . --- . fibrous glass dust............. -- Fluorides, as F.................. . --- fiuonne [7782-41-4]......... 1 1 __ 10 __ 2.5 __ 22 3 __ __ 4 Ruorotrichloromethane. see Trichlorofluoromethane Fonofos [944-22-91 -- Skin.............................. tFormaldehyde (50-00-0).... TFormamide 75-12-7].......... Formic acid [64-18-6]....... (C 2) 20 5 0.1 (C 3) 30 9 __ __ (30) __ (45) Capita! letters A B. D & E refer to Appendices. C denotes ceiling limit 19B4-1985 Aodition iSte Notice of Intended Changes 19 MAP 000479 Substance (MS #1 ADOPTED VALUES TWA ^ STEL ppm" mg/m3" ppm- mg/m3' Furfural 198-01-11 -- Skin 2 8 10 Furfuryl alcohol 198-00-01 -- Skin.......................... Gasoline 18006-61-91....... tGermemum tetrahydnde 10 300 40. 15 900 500 (7782-65-21................... 0.2 0.6 10.6) Glass, fibrous or dust, see Fibrous glass dust Glutaraldehyde (111-30-8!. Glycerin mist (56-81-5)..... C 0.2 -- C 0.7 D Glycidol (556-52-5)........... 25 75 __ -- 100 Glycol monoethyl ether, see 2-Ethoxyethanol Graphite (Natural) f7782-42-5j. see DUSTS T Graphite (Synthetic)........... -- (D) ^ Gypsum (10101-41-4]....... -- D j Hafnium [7440-58-6]........ -- 0.5 Helium (7440-59-7]........... E __ tHeptachlor [76-44-8] -- -- __ __ __ -- Skin................................ Heptane [142-82-5] -- 0.5 __ (n-Heptane).................... 400 "1:600 500 2-Heptanone. see Methyl n-amyl ketone 3-Heptanone. see Ethyl butyl ketone Hexachlorobutadiene (87-68-3) --Skin..........0.02. A2 0.24. A2 __ tHexachlorocyclopentadiene (77-474)...................... Hexachloroetnane [67-72-1:...................... THexachloronaphthaiene (1335-87-1]--Skin..... 0.01 10 -- 0 1 (0.03) 100 __ -- 0,2 __ tHexafluoroacetone [684-16-2; --Skin........ Hexamethyl pnospnoramiae [680-31-9:--Skin............ Hexane in-Hexane) 01 A2 0.7 (0.31 A2 __ -- '110-54-31..................... 50 Other isomers............... 500 2-Hexanone. see Methyl n-butyl ketone 180 1.800 ___ 1.000 Hexone. see Methyl isoPutyi ketone sec-Hexyl acetate ;i 42-92-7:...................... Hexylene glycol (107-41-5) 50 C 25 300 C 125 __ ___ Hyorazme [302-01-2; -- Skin ......................... Hyarogen (1333-74-0)...... Hydrogenated terphenyis 192-9441...................... 0.1. A2 E 0.5 01. A2 -- 5 __ __ -- -- 40 60 1.500 (1 8, 300 (20) (1.5) (2) 2.000 __ (0.3) .__ (0.6) (2) __ __ 3.600 __ __ __ __ -- 20 Substance __________ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL FCAS] ppm ' mg/m3" mm ' mgmc ^Hydrogen oromide (10035-10-6,............... Hydrogen chloride (7647-01-01................... Hydrogen cyanide 13) C5 (10) __ C 7 __ [74-90-8 ] -- Skin.......... ^Hydrogen fluoride C 10 C 10 __ (7664-39-3), as F.......... (3) (2.5) (6) tHydrogen peroxide [7722-84-1 j................... Hydrogen selemde [7783-07-5,. as Se........ Hydrogen sulfide 1 0.05 1.5 (2) 0.2 _,, [7783-064,.................... Hydroquinone (123-31-9).. 10 -- 14 15 2 4-Hydroxy4-methyl-2-pentanone. see Diacetone alcohol 2-Hydroxypropyl acrylate [999-61-1)--Skin........ -Indene (96-13-6)............... tlndium [7440-74-6] & compdunds. as In.......... Iodine [7553-56-2]............ 0.5 TO -- C0 1 3 __ 45 15 0.1 __ Cl __ I Iodoform [7547-8]........... tlron oxide fume TFeaOa) 0.6 10 (1) [1309-37-1], as Fe........ Iron pentacarbonyl B2 5-- [1346340-6). as Fe....... tIron salts, soluble, as Fe... 0.1 -- 0.8 0.2 1 __ Isoamyl acetate [123-92-2) 100 525 125 Isoamyl alcohol [123-51-3] 100 360 125 Isobutyl acetate [110-19-0) 150 700 187 Isobutyl alcohol [78-83-1). 50 150 75 Isooctyl alcohol [26952-21-61.................. 50 270 -- Isophorone (78-59-1)........ C 5 C 25 -- Isophorone di isocyanate -- Skin....................... .. 0.01 0.09 __ Isopropoxyethanoi [109-59-1)............. Isopropyl acetate 25 105 75 (108-214)...................... 250 950 310 Isopropyl alcohol [67-63-0] 400 980 500 Isopropylamine [75-31-0],. 5 12 10 ___ __ -__ (5) (31 __ 21 4 __ 70 (0.3) 120) (10) 1.6 (2) 655 450 875 225 -- -- __ 320 1.185 1.225 24 Capital letters A. 6 D & E refer tp Appendices C denotes ceiling limit t Notice ot mtencec Cnanges 21 MAP 000480 Substance [CAS #1 ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm1 mg/m3 STEL ppm1 mg/m3 LN-lsoorapyi aniline (643-28-7 '-- Skin........ Isopropyl ether (108-20-3 j. Isopropyl glycidyl ether (4016-14-2) (IGE).......... t Kaolin................................. Ketene [463-51-4].............. $Lead 17439-92-1 ], inorg.. dusts & fumes, as Pb... tLead arsenate -10102-48-4 ]. as Pt>3(As04>2............... Lead chromate (18454-12-1 ]. as Cr....... tLimestone [1317-65-3]..... iLindane [58-89-9] -- Skin. Lithium hydride [7580-67-8]................... L.P G. (Liquified petroleum gas).............................. - t Magnesite [546-93-0]........ Magnesium oxide fume [1309-48-4]................... Malathion [121-75-5] -- Skirt................................ Maleic anhydnde [108-31-6)...................... Manganese [7439-96-5). as Mn Dust & compounds....... Fume............................. IMaganese cyclopentadienyl tncarbonyl [12079-65-1 ]. as Mn -- Skin............... Manganese tetroxide........ tMarhle. calcium carbonate [1317-65-3]................... Mercury [74 39-97-6 ]. as Hg -- Skin Alkyl compounds........... AH forms except alkyl Vapor.......................... Aryl & inorganic compounds............... Mesityl oxide [141-79-7].,. Methacrylic acid [79-41-4], Methane [74-82-81............ 10 (5) 250 1.050 310 50 240 75 0.5 0.9 -1.5 0.15 0 15 0.05. A2 n 0.5 -- 0.025 1.000 1.800 1.250 10 10 0.25 1 C5 1 01 1 0.01 - 0.05 __ 0.1 __ 15 60 25 20 70 120) 1.320 360 (20) 3 (0.45) (0 45)' (20) (1.5) 2250 (20) ' 3 (0.3) *"* (20) 0.03 100 Substance[CAS#] ppm" ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL mg'm3" ppm mg'm3 Methanethiel. see Methyl mercaptan Methomyl [16752-77-51 -- Skin.............................. Methoxychlor [72-43-5].. -- 2.5 10 * 2-MethPxyethanoi [109-86-4]-- Skin......... 5 16 * 2-Methoxyethyl aceiate [110-49-6]-- Skin........ 5 24 4-Methoxyphenol [150-76-5].................... __ 5 Methyl acetate [79-20-91. 200 610 Methyl acetylene [74-99-7; 1.000 1.650 Methyl acetytene-propadiene mature (MAPP).......... 1.000 1.800 Methyl acrylate [96-33-3] -- Skin.......................... 10 35 JMethylacrylonitrile [126-98-7] --Skm_____ 1 3 Methyla! [109-87-6]........... 1.000 3.100 Methyl alcohol [67-56-1 ] (metianol) -- Skm...... 200 260 Methylamme [74-89-5)..... 10 12 Methyl amyl alcohol, see Methyl isobutyl carbinol Methyl n-amyl ketone [110-43-0]..................... 50 235 tN-Methyl aniline [100-61-8]--Skm........ 0.5 2 tMethyl Promide [74-83-9] -- Skin...................... 5 20 Methyl n-butyl ketone [591-78-6]..................... 5 20 Methyl chloride [74-87-3] 50 105 Methyl chloroform [71-55-61.................. . 350 1.900 Methyl 2-cyanoacrylate ]137-05-3]..................... 2 8 Methylcydohexane [108-87-2]..................... 400 1.600 Methylcyciohexanol [25639-42-3]................. 50 235 o-Methylcyclohexanone (583-60-81-Skin........ 50 230 -- -- -- __ 250 1.250 1.250 -- (2) 1.250 250 -- 100 ' (11 I15i -- 100 450 4 500 75 75 -- -- -- __ 760 2.040 2.250 -- (61 3.875 310 -- 465 (5l (60) -- 205 2.450 16 2.000 350 345 Capital ieners A. B. D & E refer to Appendices. C denotes ceiling limit ; See Notice ot intended Changes * 19&4-1985 Addition !2 23 MAP 000481 Substance (CAS #J ADOPTED VALUES TWA ppm' mg/m3" STEL ppm" mg/m3 tMetnyicyciopentadienyl manganese tricarponyl, 112108-13-31 --Skin, as Mn............................. LMethyl oemeton 0.2 18022-00-2 j-- Skin..... Methylene Bisphenyl iso- -- 0.5 cyanate (MOD [101-68-8]...................... C 0.02 }: Methylene chloride C 0.2 (75-09-21........................ 4, 4 -Methylene bis 100 350 (2-chloroaniline) [101-14-4)-- Skin........ 0.02. A2 0.22. A2 Methylene bis(4-cyclo- hexyksocyanate) [5124-30-1).................... C0.01 $4. 4-Methylene dianiline C 0.11 [101-77-9]--Skin....... Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) (0.1) (0.8) [78-93-3]........................ Methyl ethyl ketone 200 590 peroxide [1338-23-4).... C 0.2 Cl.5 Methyl formate [107-31-3). 100 250 5-Methyl-3-heptanone. see Ethyl amyl ketone Methyl hydrazine [60-34-4 J -- Skm.......................... C 0.2. C 0.35, tMethyl iodide [74-88-4) -- A2 A2 Skin............................. Methyl isoamyl ketone 2. A2 10. A2 [110-12-3;...................... 50 240 Methyl isobutyl carbinol [108-11-21--Skin........ Methyl isobutyl ketone 25 100 [108-10-1)...................... 50 205 Methyl isocyanate '524-83-9; .................... Methyl isopropyl ketone |563-80-4j..................... Methyl mercaptan 0.02 200 0.05 705 '74-93-'. ................... Methyl methacrylate 0.5 1 [80-62-6!........................ t Methyl parathion 100 410 [298-00-0)-- Skm....... -- 0.2 (500) (0.5) 300 __ 150 ___ (5. A2! -- 40 75 _ -- -- 125 -- (0.6, (1 5) (1.740) (4, 885 375 ___ (30. A2i -- 165 300 ___ -- -- 510 (0.6) 24 Substance ICAS #] ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm' mg/m3' ppm' mg/m3 Methyl propyl Ketone 1107-87-9 ............... tMethyl silicate [681-84-5! o-Methyl styrene [98-83-9! ' Metribuzin 121087-64-9'. . Mevinphos [7786-34-7 [ -- Skin................................ Molybdenum [7439-98-7), as Mo t Soluble compounds....... t Insoluble compounds... Monocrotophos 16923-2241................... Morpholine [110-91-8; -- Skin....................... ........ JNaled 1300-76-5'1............... Naphthalene (91-20-3)....... /3-Naphthylamme [91-59-8! Neon [7440-01-9).............. Nickel carbonyl, as Ni........ Nickel [7440-02-0] Metal............................. t Soluble compounds, as Ni.......................... . Nickel carbonyl [13463-39-31. as Ni....... Nickel sulfide roasting, fume & dust, as Ni....... ^Nicotine [54-11-51-- Skin Nitrapyrin [1929-8241..... Nitric acid [7697-37-21..... tNitric oxide '1010243-9!.. p-Nitroamline [100-01-6) -- Skin............................ ^Nitrobenzene -- Skin........ tP-Nitrochlorooenzene . - 1100-00-51--Skin........ 4-Nitrodiphenyl [92-93-3], tNitroethane (79-24-31........ Nitrogen dioxide ; 10102-44-0)................. 200 1 50 -- 0.01 -- 20 -- 10 -- E 0.05 0.05 -- -- 2 25 1 -- 100 3 700 250 6 (5) 240 100 5-- 01 0.03 5 10 -- 0.25 70 3 50 Alb -- 0.35 30 -- 15 -- -- -- 1 _0.1 _0.35 1. Ala 0.5 10 5 30 3 5 -- -- 4 (35) (2) (1) Alb -- 310 (150) 65 875 (30) 485 -- 0,3 |10> i20) 105 |6) 75 -- -- -- (0.3) _ (1 5) 20 10 145) (10) (2) -- (465) 10 Capita- letters A 3 D & E 'efer to Appendices C denotes ceiling limit : See Notices o' intended Changes 1984-1985 Addition 25 MAP 000482 adopted values Substance TWA STCL [CAS #] ppm1 mg/m3" ppm- mg/ma T Nitrogen trrfloonde [7783-54-2] ................. 10 TNitroglycerin (NG) [55-63-0]--Skm......... 0.05 tNitromethane [75-52-5].... 100 tl-Nitropropane [108-03-2]. 25 t2-Nltropropane [79-46-9}.. (C 25, A2) N-Nitrosodimethylamne [62-75-9] (dimethylnitro- soamine) -- Skin.......... Nitrotoluene [99-08-1) -- Skin............................ 2 Nitrotrichloromethane. see Chloropicnn Nonane [111-84-2]........ 200 Octachloronaphthalene [2234-13-1]-Skin..... Octane [111-65-9]............ Dil mist, mineral 300 [8012-95-1]................. Osmium tetroxide -- [20816-12-0], as Os..... 0.0002 Oxalic acid [144-62-7]... -- TOxygen difluoride [7783-41-7]......... Ozone (10028-15-61.......... Paraffin wax fume [8002-74-2]............. (0.05) 0.1 _ Paraquat [1910-42-5). respirable sizes.... tParafhion [56-38-21 -- -- 30 0.5 250 90 (C 90. A2) (15) (0.1) (150) (35) -- A2 11 1.050 250 0.1 1.450 375 5- -- 0.002 0.0006 1 (0 1) 0.2 2 (0.15) 0.3 0.1 (45) (1) (375, (135) -- 1.300 0.3 1.800 10 0.006 2 (0.3) 0.6 6 -- 5Kin................................ -- 0.1 -- (0.3) Particulate polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PPAH). see Coal tar pitch volatiles Pentaborane'19624-22-7], 0.005 tPentachloronaphthalene 0.01 0.015 0.03 [1321-64-8]................... tPentachiorophenol -- 0.5 -- (2) (87-86-5]--Skin........ -- $Pentaerythritol (115-77-51. -- Pentane [109-66-0).......... 600 2-Pentanone. see Methyl propyl ketone 0.5 D 1.800 -- -- 750 (1.5) (20) 2.250 'Perchioroethylene [127-18-4]..................... Perchloromethyl mercaptan 50 335 200 1.340 [59442-3].................. 0 1 0.8 26 Subttance[CAS #1 ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm mgtm3 ppm mg<m3 Perchloryl fluoride [7616-94-61................ Phenol [108-95-21--Skin 3 5 JPhenothiazine [92-84-2]-- Skin......................... . N-Phenyl-beta-naphthyl- amine [135-88-6]......... A2 p-Phenytene diamine [106-50-3]--Skin....... Phenyl ether [101-84-8 ,. vapor....................... . 1 Phenylethylene. see Styrene. monomer Phenyl glycidyl ether (PGE) [122-60-1 ]...... ............. iPhenylhydrazme 1 [100-63-0]--Skin........ Phenyl mercaptan (5) H08-98-5).................. Phenylphosphine 0.5 [638-21-1 ]..............-...... C 0.05 Phorate [298-02-2]-- Skin -- Phosdrin, see Mevinphos Phosgene [7544-5].......... 01 Phosphine [7803-51-2)..... Phosphoric ack) [7664-38-21.................. 0.3 ^Phosphorus [7723-14-0] (yellow)........................ Phosphorus oxychloride [10026-13-8]................ 0.1 Phosphorus pentachloride [10026-13-8]............ Phosphorus pentasulfide [1314-80-3]................... 0.1 Phosphorus trichloride [7719-12-21.................. 0.2 Phthalic anhydride [8544-9]....................... 1 m-Phthalodinrtrile [626-17-5]..................... Picloram [1918-02-1 ]........ -- 14 19 5 A2 01 7 6 (201 2 C 0.25 0.05 04 0.4 1 01 06 1 1 1.5 6 5 10 6 10 2 110) __ 1 0.5 05 4 -- 26 38 110' 14 l45l 0.2 1 3 (0.3) 3 3 3 24 20 Capital letters A. B. D & E retet tc Appenoices C denotes ceiling emit | See Notice of Intended Changes 1984-1985 Addition e' As sampled by method that does not collect vapor MAP 000483 ADOPTED VALUES Substance TWA (CAS #1 ppm' mg/m3" ^ STEL ppm" mg/m3' Picric acio 8S-8"1 ' __ Sum ,, Ptndone ocn|onde Piperazine J|f 2-P.Ufytl 3' -naandtone. See pmdone $Plaster of Pf;* ^ji) Platinum t'440-06 ' Se salts, as Pt...... - 0.1 0.1 5 D i 0.002 PoNicniorobipbenyls. see Chlorodiphenyls PoivteMfluoroethyiene decomposition products. -- B1 Portland cement................ D Potassium hydroxide 11310-58-31.................. -- C2 Propane [74-98-6]............ E -- Propane sultone [1120-714].................. A2 A2 Propargyl alcohol [107-19-7]--Skm 12 /3-Propiolactone [57-57-8]. 0.5. A2 1.5, A2 Propionic acid (79-09-4)... Propoxur [114-26-1)......... 10 -- 30 0.5 n-Propyi acetate H09-60-4].................... 200 840 Propyl alcohol [71-23-8] -- Skin.......................... 200 500 n-Propyl nitrate [627-13-4 . Propylene [115-07-1 ]...... 25 E 105 __ Propylene dicWoride 78-87-5] .............. 75 350 TPropylene glycol dimtrate [6423-43-4; --Skin..... 0.05 0.3 Propylene glycol mono- methyl ether [107-98-2' 100 360 Propyleneimme [75-55-8) -- Skin.......................... Propylene oxide [75-56-9]. 2. A2 20 5. A2 50 Propyne see Methyl acetylene Pyrethrum [8003-34-7' .... __ 5 Pyridine ;i 10-86-1)......... 5 15 Quinone '106-51-4 ]...... 0.1 0.4 RDX see Cyclomte Resorcinol 1108-46-31.. .. Rnodium 7440-16-6] 10 45 Metal ....................... 1 __ -- -- -- -- 3 1, A2 15 __ 250 250 40 110 (0.1) 150 __ -- __ 10 0.3 20 03 0.3 (20) -- -- -- _. -- -- 6 3. A2 45 2 1.050 625 170 510 (0.6) 540 _ -- 10 30 1 90 -- 28 Substance[CAS #] ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm mg/m3'' ppm mg.m3 f Insoluble compounds. as Rh............................ -- i-- Soluble compounds. asRh............................. 0.01 __ Ronnel [299-84-3 i........... 10 Rosm core solder pyrolysis products, as formaldehyde................ 0.1 -- Rotenone (commercial) 183-794]................... .. 5-- tRouge................................ . -- D-- Rubber solvent (Naphtha) . 400 1.600 -- Selenium compounds [778249-2 ]. as Se........ -- . 0.2 -- Selenium hexafluoride [7783-79-1], as Se........ tSesone [136-78-7]............ 0.05 0.2 -- 10 -- Silane, see Silicon tetrahydride ^Silicon [7440-21-3]........... 4-- ^Silicon carbide [409-21-2]. -- D-- D-- Silicon tetrahydride (Silane) [7803-62-5]................. . . 5 7-- Silver [7440-224], as Ag Metal............................. --- 0,1 -- Soluble compounds...... -- 0.01 -- Sodium azide [26628-22-8] CO 1 Sodium bisulfite C 0.3 -- [7631-90-5]............ . -- 5-- _ Sodium 2. 4-dichloro-phenoxyethyl sulfate . see Sesone Sodium fluoroacetate [62-74-8]--Skin......... -- 0.05 -- Sodium hydroxide [1310-73-2].................. -- C2 -- Sodium metablsulfite [7681-574]................... * Starch [9005-25-8]............ -- -- 5-- D-- tStibine [7803-52-3].......... 0,1 0.5 (0.3) Stoddard solvent [805241-3].................. 100 525 200 ^Strychnine [57-24-9]......... -- 0.15 -- Styrene, monomer (10042-5)......................... 50 215 100 __ 03 10 (20i -- -- -- (20) 120! (201 -- -- -- -- -- 0,15 -- -- (20) (1.5) 1.050 (0.45) 425 Capital letters A. 8. D 4 E refer to Appendices: C denotes ceiling limit 1964-1965 Addition t See Notice of Intended Changes 29 MAP 000484 m Substance [CAS #] ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm" mp/m3'' ppm" mg/pp Subtihsms [1395-21-7] (Proteolytic enzymes as 100% pure crystalline enzyme)......................... Sucrose [57-50-1 ]............. tSulfotep [3689-24-5]-- -- CO. 00006' --D -- __ Skm .............................. iSulfur dioxide [7446-09-5). tSulfur hexafluonde -- 2 0.2 __ 5 (5) [2551-62-4].................. Suifuric acid [7664-93-9].. Sulfur monocfilonde 1.000 __ 6.000 (1.250) 1 [10025-67-9]................. tSulfur pentafluoride (1) (6) (3) [5714-22-7]................... (0 025) tSulfur tetrafluoride (0.25) (0.075) [7783-60-0].................. Sutfuryl fluoride (0.1) (0.4) (0.3) [2699-79-8].................. *Suiprofos [35400-43-2].... Systox. see Demeton t2. 4. 5-T [93-76-5]............ ^Tantalum [7440-25-7]...... TEDP. see Sulfotep 5 __ -- -- 20 10 1 __ 10 __ 5 Tellurium & compounds [13494-80-9], as Te..... __ 0.1 __ Tellurium hexafluoride [7783-80-4). asTe........ tTemephos [3383-96-8]..... tTEPP [107-49-31 -- Skin.. Terphenyls [92-94-4 ]........ 0.02 -- 0.004 C 0.5 0.2 10 0.05 C5 __ __ (0.01) tl. 1. 1. 2-Tetrach(oro-2. 2- difluoroethane [76-11-9] tl. 1. 2. 2-Tetrachloro-1. 2- 500 4.170 (625) difluoroethane [76-12-0] 500 4.170 (6251 tl. 1.2. 2-Tetrachloro- ethane [79-34-5! --Skm 1 Tetrachloroethylene. see Perchloroethylene 7 (5) TetracMoromethane. see Carhon tetrachloride tTetrachloronaphthalene [1335-88-2]................... __ 2 7V tTetraethyl lead [78-00-2]. as Pb -- Skin................. Tetrahydrofuran (109-99-9: tTetramethyl lead [75-74-1 ]. __ 200 0.1'' 590 _ 250 as Pb -- Skin................ -- 0.15"' ' -- 0ft u (06) /in. ' (7.500) (1ft, (0.7.A, (D 40 (20) n n. (20) (0.2) (5.210) (5.210) (35) M) (0 3i 735 (0.5) Substance[CAS #] ppm1 ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL mg/m3 ppm mg/m3 tTetramethyl succinomtriie [3333-52-6]-- Skin .... 0.5 Tetramtromethane [509-14-8]..................... 1 Tetrasodium pyrophosphate [7722-88-5].................. -- tTetryl [479-45-8] (2. 4. 6-tnnitrophenylmethylmtramme) -- Skin _ Thallium [7440-28-0] Soluble compounds, as Tl -- Skm...................... }4.4 -Thiobis(6-tert, butylm-cresol) [96-69-5]...... Thioglycolic acid [68-11-1 ] _ 1 tThiram [137-26-8]............. -- Tin [7440-31-5] - Metal............................... ----- t Oxide & inorganic compounds, except SnH* as Sn................... ---- . t Organic compounds, as Sn --Skin...................... tTitamum dioxide [13463-67-7 j. as Ti....... -- o-ToNdine [119-93-7] -- Skin............................ . A2 Toluene [108-88-3] (toluol) 100 Toluene-2, 4-diisocyanate (TDI) [584-84-9]........... 0.005 * o-Toluidine [95-53-41 -- Skin................................ 2. A2 Toxaphene. see Chlonnated campnene tTnbutyl phosphate 1126-73-8]......................... 0.2 Trichloroacetic acid [76-03-9!............................ 1. 2. 4-TrichloroOenzene 1 [120-82-1 ]...................... C5 3 8 5 1.5 0.1 10 5 5 .2 2 0.1 D A2 375 0.04 9. A2 2.5 5 C 40 (21 -- --- _ -- -- -- -- __ __ -- 150 0.02 -- (0 4, __ -- (9) -- -- (3 01 (20) ---- (10! (4) (41 10 2) (20)' -- 560 0 15 -- I5i ' Caoitai letters A B D & E refer to Appendices C denctes ceiling limit iSee Notice ot intenoeo Changes * '984-1985 Aadition * Baseaon rugn voiume sampling gi For control ot general room air. biologic monitoring is essential tor oersonnei control. 30 31 | t F t 5 1 [ 1 MAP 000485 Substance [C*s #I ADOPTED VALUES tv/a ppm- mg/m3" snr^ ppm1 mg/me 1 1 i-Tricfiloroethane. see Methyl chloroform Li 1 2-Tnchloroethane 79-00-5 -- Skin.......... 10 45~ 'Trichloroethylene 79-01-6] 50 270 Tnchlorofluoromethane (20) 200 (90; 1.080 75-69-4!........................ C 1.000 Trichloromelhane. see Chloroform LTricnioronaphthalene C 5.600 [1321-65-91................... -- Trichloronitromethane. see Chloropicnn 5 __ do. 1, 2. 3-Trichloropropane [96-184]........................ 1.1. 2-Trichloro-1. 2, 2- 50 300 75 450 trifluoroethane 76-13-1] 1.000 7.600 1.250 Tricyclohexyltn hydroxide, see Cyhexatin Triethylamne [12144-8J... LTrifluorobromomethane 10 40 15 75-63-8]........................ Tnmellittc anhydride 1.000 6.100 (1.200) [552-30-7]...................... 0.005 0.04 Tnmethylamine 75-50-31.. Trimethyt benzene 10 24 15 9.50C 60 (7.300; 36 [25551-13-7!.................. LTrimethyl phosphite 25 125 35 170 [12145-9]...................... 2 2. 4. 6-Tnnitrophenol. see Picric acid 10 . (51 2, 4. 6-Trinitrophenyl-methylmtramine, see Tetryl ~ . <25i $2. 4, 6-Trmitrotoluene (TNT) [118-96-71 -- Skln................................ tTriorttiocresy! phosphate -- 0.5 -- (3 T ;7S-30-8i...................... Triphenyl amine [603-34-9: tTnphenyl phosphate -- -- oi _ (03, 5_ " [115-86-6J-- Skin....... -- 3 -- Tungsten ,7440-33-7j, as W Insoluble compounds.... Soluble compounds...... Turpentine [8006-64-2;.... Uranium 1 natural) __ __ 100 5 1 __ 560 150 10 3 840 7440-61-11. Soluble & in soluble compounds, as U Vaieraioehyde !110-62-3:.. __ 50 0.2 ___ 175 __ 06 32 Substance[CAS #| ADOPTED VALUES TWA STEL ppm mgim3'- ppm mg^m3' Vanadium, as Vi Os [1314-62-11. respirable dust & fume................. Vegetable oil mists.......... __ 0.05 __ -- D-- __ __ Vinyl acetate [108-05-4].,., Vinyl benzene, see Styrene 10 30 20 60 Vinyl bromide [593-60-2]., 5. A2 Vinyl chloride 75-014].... 5. Ala Vinyl cyanide, see Acrylonitrile 20. A2 10. Ala __ -- __ vinyl cyclohexene dioxide [106-87-6]...................... 10. A2 60. A2 __ 'Vinyfidene chloride [re-354]....................... Vinyl toluene [25013-154] VM & P Naphtha 5 50 20 20 240 100 80 485 [8030-30-6]___ ___ ____ - 300 1.350 400 1.800 Warfarin [81-81-2]............ __ 0 1 __ 0,3 Welding furoes (NOC+)..... -- 5.B2 __ Wood dust (certain hard woods as beech & oak).. -- 1 __ -- Soft wood ....___ _ Xylene [1330-20-7] (0-. _____ 5-- 10 m-. p-isomers)............. 100 435 150 m-Xylene a. a-diamine [1477-55-0]-Skin........ -- CO 1 __ 655 __ Xylidine [1300-73-8]-- Skin.............................. Yttrium 7440-65-5]......... 2 -- 10 __ 1 __ __ 3 Zinc chloride fume 7646-85-7; ................. Zinc chromate -- 1-- 2 [13530-65-9], as Cr...... -- 0.05. A2 __ __ Zinc oxide [1314-13-2] Fume......................... Dust.............................. LZinc stearate [557-05-1 ].... Zirconium compounds , __ -- -- 5 __ 10 D-- __ D __ (20) 7440-67-2], as Zr........ -- 5-- 10 Capital letters A. B, 0 & E refer to Appendices C denotes ceiling limit tSee Notice of intended Changes ' 198^-1985 Addition t NOC = Not otherwise classified. Radioactivity: See Physical Agents section on Ioniz ing Radiation. ' - 33 _ ,-J 4 MAP 000486 DUSTS Substance SILICA. StO2 _ TLV Crystalline Quartz 114808-60-7) TLV in mppcf "'i 300" % quartz - 10 TLV for respirable dust in mg m3: 10 mg'-m3-" __________________ o Respirable quartz - 2 TLV for "total dust." respirable and nonrespirable: 30 mg/m3 % quartz * 3 JCristobalite........... Use one-half the value calculated [14464-46-1 ] from the count or mass formulae for quartz. Tridymite................. Use one-half the value calculated I1-5468-32-3; -from formulae-for quartz. ^Tripoli........................Use respirable1, mass quartz for- tTale (fibrous), (use Asbestos limit.i Nuisance particles isee Appendix D) 130 mppcf i or 10 mg m3" of total dust v. i quartz, or $(5 mg m3 respiraoie dust.) Conversion factors; mppcf * 35.3 = Million particles per cubic meter = particles per cc COAL DUST 2 mg/m3 (respirable dust fraction 5o quartz). (lf > 5o quartz, use respirable mass formula > hi Millions of particles per cuoic foot of air. based on impinger samples counted by light-field technics. i) The percentage of quartz in the formula is the amount determined from airborne samples except in those instances in which other methods have been shown to be applicable. j) Both concentration and percent quartz for the appli cation of this iimrt are to oe determined from the fraction passing a size-selector with the following [1317-95-91 mula tAmorphous [7631-86-9!...............................(20 mppcf'") fSilica. fused 160676-86-0;........... Use quartz formulae. SILICATES and OTHER DUSTS i < ?o quartz) Asoestos Amosite ................... 112172-73-5; Chrysotile................ ; 12001-29-5 Crocioolite.............. 112001-28-4 Other forms ........ LGraphite (natural) ,'7782-42-51 ............ tMica ;i2001-26-2'...... Mineral wool fiber........ tPernte.......................... ^Portland Cement......... fSoapstone...................... Talc (containing no asbestos fibers i ; 14807-96-6;.............. 0.5 fiber cc > 5 ^m in length. Ala 2 fibers cc > 5 in length. Ala : 0.2 fiber cc > 5 ^min length, Ala 2 fibers cc > 5 /im in length. Ala ___ 15 mppcf 20 mppcf lOmgm3 30 mppcf 30 mppcf 20 mppcf 2 mg m3. Respirable dust characteristics: Aerodynamic Diameter (^ml "c passing (unit density sphere) selector 2 9.0 2.5 75' 3.5 50 5 0 25 10 0 k) "Respirable'' dust as defined by the British Medical Research Council Criteria. 1 and as sampled by a device producing equivalent results. - (1) Hatch. T. E. and Gross Pulmonary Deposition and Retention of Inhaled Aerosols, p. 149. Ac ademic Press. New York. (1964). (2) AIHA Aerosol Technology Committee. Interim Guide for Respirable Mass Sampling. Am. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J. 37/2);133 11970). l) As determined by the membrane filter method at 400-450X magnification (4 mm objective) pnase contrast illumination m) containing < 1 \ quartz; (if quartz content > 1V use formulae for quartz ) ;See Notice of intended Changes 34 35 MAP 000487 NOTICE OF INTENDED CHANGES (for 1984-85) These substances, with their corresponding vai. ues. comprise those for which either a limit has been proposed for the first time, or for which a change in the Adopted' listing has been proposed. In both cases the proposed limits should be considered trial limits that will remain in the listing for a period of at least two years. If. after two years no evidence comes to light that questions the appropriateness of the vai ues herein, the values will be reconsidered for the ' Adopted ' list. Documentation is available for each of these substances. Substance [CAS #[ tAmitroie 161-82-5 j............ tAmmomum persulfate ;7727-54-1;. as S O. .. tBoron tribromide TWA ppm" mg/m3" __ 0.2 _ 5 STEL PP^' mg/ni3 -- --- [10294-'33-4 j................. T1. 3-Butadiene 1106-99-01. t Carbon dioxide 1124-38-9 i. Cobalt metal. dust& fume .7440-48-4;. as Co. .. Enflurane 113838-16-9;. Ethylene glycol dinitrate C1 10. A2 5.000 __ 75 C 10 22. A2 9.000 30.000 0.05 575 S4.00C 0.' (628-96-6'.--Skin.. . formaldehyde 50-00-0 Grain oust........ Halotfiane (151-67-7' fHvdrogen bromide 0.05 1. A2 50 0.3 1.5. A2 4 400 2.A2 3. A2 -- 110035-10-6',..... tHydrogen fluorioe C 3 C 10 -- 7664-39-3'.. asF Lean arsenate ,'10102-48-4; as C3 C 2.5 -- PD,lAs0,l. +4 4-Methyiene diamline -- 0 15 "*** '101-77-9,............... P-Nitrochlorobenzene 0 1. A2 0.8. A2 -- *100-00-5 -- Skin . .. Nitroglycerin '55-63-0 -- Skin 2-Nitropropane 79-46-9 .. tOxygen difluoride 0.5 0 05 10. A2 3 0.5 35. A2 20. A2 -- 70. A2 '7783-41-7; . +Persulfates. alkali metal as S 0. ......... C 0.05 C0 1 5 -- 36 Substance TWA [CAS #] ppm mg/m3 STEL ppm1 mg'm3 Phyenyltiydrazme 1100-63-0 -- Skin . [Potassium persulfate [7727-21-1,. as S-0. Propylene glycol dinitrate 16423-43-4 >-- Skin tSodium persulfate [7775-27-1 j. as S..0. tSulfur monocftlonde (10025-67-9!............. tSulfur pentafluonde 15714-22-7':.............. tSulfur tetrafluoride [7783-60-0 j.............. tThionyl chloride [7719-09-7].............. tm-Toluidine [108-44-1 jSkin..................... ... tp-Toluiding [108-49-0! -- Skin......................... .... 5 A2 0.05 Cl C0.01 C0 1 Cl - .2 2. A2 20 A2 10. A2 45. A2 0.3 - - C6 C 01 C04 C5 9 9. A2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Capital letters A. B. D & E refer to Appendices C denotes ceinno limit 11984-1985 Revision or Addition. STEL VALUES DELETED FROM THE FOLLOWING: Acetylene tetrabromide Aid nn d-Alumina Aluminum metal & oxide 2-Aminopyridine Ammonium sulfamate Aniline & homologues ANTI) Azmphos-methyl Benomyl Bismuth telluride & Se-doped Boron oxide Bromacil Bromine pentafluoride Cadmium dusts & salts Calcium carbonate/marble Calcium cyanamide Captan Carbaryl Carbon black Carbon tetrachloride Cellulose ipaper fiber) Chloroform Copper ousts & mists Cotton dust, raw Cyhexatin 2,4-D DDT Demeton Diazinon 2-N-Dibutylamlnoetfianol Dichlorodlfluoromethane 1.1 -Dichloro-1 -nitroethane Dichloropropene Dichlorotetrafluorethane Dichlorvos Dicyclopentadienyl iron Diedrin Difluorodibromomethane Dimethyl acetamide Dimethylformamide 1,1-Dimethylhydrazine 37 MAP 000488 Dimethylphthalate Dinitrobenzene Dinitro-o-cresol Dmitrotoluene Dioxane. tech grace Diphenyiamme Diquat Disulfiram Disulfoton Emery Endosulfan Endrm Epichlorohydrin EPN Ethyl chloride Ethylene dichioride Ethyl mercaptan N-Ethylmorpholine Ethyl silicate Ferbam Formamide Germanium tetrahydride Gypsum Hafnium Heptachlor Hexachlorocyclopentadiene Hexachloronaphthalene Hexafluoroacetone Hydrogen peroxide Indium & compounds Iodoform Iron oxide fume Iron salts, soluble N-lsopropylaniline Kaolin Lead, inorganic dusts & fumes Limestone Lindane Magnesite Manganese cyclopentadienyi tricarbonyi Marble calcium carbonate Methyiacrylomtrile N-Methyi aniline Methyl bromide Metnyicyciopentadienvi manganese tricarbonyi Methyl demeton Methylene chloride Methyl iodide Methyl parathion Methyl silicate ri. Molybdenum, soluble & insoluble compounds Naled Nickel soluble compounds Nicotine Nitric oxide Nitrobenzene Nitroethane Nitrogen trrfluoride Nitromethane 1-Nitropropane Parathion Pentachloronapthalene Pentachlorophenol Pentaerythritol Phenothiazine Phosphorus (yellow) Plaster of Paris Rouge Sesone Silicon Silicon carbide Starch Stibine Strychnine Sulfotep Sulfur dioxide Sulfur hexafluoride 2.4.5-T Tantalum Temepnos TEPP -- 1.1.1.2-Tetrach loro-2.2-difluoroethane 1 1,2.2-Tetrachloro-i .2,difluoroethane 1.1.2.2-Tetrachloroethane Tetrachloronaphthaiene Tetraethyl lead Tetranethyl lead Tetramethyl succinomtriie Tetryl 4,4 -Thiobis(6-tert. butyl-m-cresol) Thiram Tin. metal, oxide. & insoluble compounds Tin. organic compounds^ Titanium dioxide Tributyl phosphate 1.1.2- Tricnioroethane Trichloronaphthaiene 38 Trifluorobromomethane Trimethyi phosohite 2.4.6-Trinitrotoluene (TNT> Triorthocresyi onosonate Tnpnenyi pnospnate Zinc stearate NOTICE OF INTENDED CHANGES OUSTS Substance SILICA. SiCh TLV Crystalline tQuartz.......................0.1 mg;m3. Respirable dust 114808-60-7) tCristobalite............. 0.05 mgm3. Respirable dust 114464-46-1: fTridymite................. 0.05 mg m3. Respirable dust [15468-32-3] Silica, fused............ Use quartz value [60676-86-0] Tripoii........................0,1 mg m3 of contained quartz. [1317-95-9] respirable dust Amorphous tDiatomaceous earth (uncalcined)...... .10 mg m3. Total dust [60676-86-0) Precipitated silica 5 mg m3 Respirable dust and silica gel.... .10 mg m3, Total oust SILICATES and OTHER DUSTS i < lo quartz > tBarium sulfate...... .10 mg m3 Total dust [7727-43-7) Graphite (natural)...2.5 mg m3 Respirable dust [7782-42-5) 5 mg m3 Total dust tGraphite (synthetic) 10 mg m3. Total dust tMica [12001-26-2).3 mg m3, Respirable dust tPerlite....................... 10 mg m3. Total dust [Portland Cement....10 mg m3, Total dust Soapstone................3 mg m3. Respirable dust 6 mg m3. Total dust Talc (containing Use asbestos TLV However asbestos fibers)..snould not exceed 2 mg m3 respirable dust r 1984-1985 Revision or Addition 39 I ji MAP 000489 tNuisance particulates (see Appendix D) 10 mg'm3"" of total dust <1% quartz COAL DUST If > 5% quartz, use respiraoie quartz value-: Generic Listing All mppcf values for mineral dusts will be eliminated in favor of equivalent respirable mass or total mass val ues. i.e. Appendix F. Footnote: mi Containing < 1% quartz: if quartz content > 1%, use quartz value. APPENDIX A Carcinogens The Committee lists below those substances in In dustrial use that have proven carcinogenic in man. or have induced cancer in animals under appropriate ex perimental conditions. Present listmg of tnose sub stances carcinogenic for man takes two forms: Those for which a TLV has been assigned (la) and those for which environmental conditions have not been suffi ciently defined to assign a TLV (1b). Ala, Human Carcinogens. Substances, or substances associated with industrial processes, recog nized to have carcinogenic or cocarcinogenic potential, with an assigned TLV: Asbestos Amosite..................... Chrysotile..................... Crocidolite.................... Other forms............... bis iChlorometbyl) ether Chromite ore processing (chromateI .... ...... Chromium (VI). certain water insoluble compounds................... Coat tar pitch volatiles .. TLV 0.5 fiber > 5/zm cc 2 fibers > 5^m cc 0.2 fiber > 5u.m cc 2 fibers >5/xm cc 0.001 ppm 0.05 mg m3. as Cr 0,05 mgm3. as Cr 0.2 mg m3, as benzene solubles *1984- 985 Revision or Audition 40 Nickel sulfide roasting. fume & dust............. . Vinyl chloride................... 1 0 mg m3. as Ni 5 ppm Alb. Human Carcinogens Substances, or sub stances associated with industrial processes recognized to have carcinogenic potential with out an assigned TLV: 4-Aminodipheny! (p-Xenylamme) -- Skin Benzidine -- Skin )3-Naphthylamine 4-Nitrodiphenyl For the substances m 1b. no exposure or con tact by any route -- respiratory, skin or oral, as detected by the most sensitive methods -- shall be permitted. The worker should be properly equipped to insure virtually no contact with the carcinogen. A2. Industrial Substances Suspect of Carcinogenic Potential for MAN. Chemical substances or sub stances associated with industrial processes, which are suspect of inducing cancer, based on either (1) limited epidemiologic evidence, exclu sive of clinical reports of single cases, or (2) demonstration of carcinogenesis in one or more animal species by appropriate methods t Acrylonitrile -- Skin ' Amitrole Antimony trioxide production ' Arsenic trioxide production Benzene Benzo(a)pyrene Beryllium 11. 3-Butadiene Carbon tetrachloride -- Skin Chloroform Chloromethyl methyl ether Chromates of lead and zinc, as Cr Chrysene 3. 3 -Dichlorobenzidlne -- Skin Dimethylcarbamyl chloride 1.1-Dimethyl hydrazine -- Skin 2 ppm ---- -- 10 ppm -- 2,0 mQ 10 ppm 5 ppm 10 ppm -- 0.05 mg. m -- -- -- 0.5 ppm ' ' Sec Notice ol Intended Changes * '984-'985 Addition + 1984-1985 Adoption Cigarette smoking can enhance the incidence ot respiratory cancers from this or others ot these suostances or processes 41 MAP 000490 Dimethyl sulfate -- Skin Ethylene diPromide -- Skin 0.1 ppm tEthylene oxide Formaldehyde Hexachlorobutadlene Hexamethyl phosphoramlde -- 1 ppm 1 ppm 0.02 ppm Skin Hydrazine -- Skin 4, 4-Methylene bis 0.1 ppm (2-chioroaniline) -- Skin t4.4-Methylene dianiline Methyl hydrazine -- Skin Methyl iodide -- Skin 2-Nitropropane N-Nitrosodimethylamine -- Skin 0.02 ppm 0.1 ppm C 0.2 ppm 2 ppm 10 ppm N-Phenyl-beta-naphthylamine Phenylhydrazine -- Skin Propane sultone 5 ppm beta-Propiolactone Propyleneimine -- Skin o-Tolidine 0.5 ppm 2 ppm $o-Toluidme -- Skin tp-Toluidine -- Skin Vinyl bromide Vinyl cyclonexene dioxide 2 ppm 2 ppm 5 ppm Ip ppm For the above, worker exposure by all route should be carefully controlled to levels consis tent with the animal and human experience dal (see Documentation), including those sub stances with a listed TLV. THE COMMITTEE GUIDELINES FOR CLASSIFICATION OF EXPERIMENTAL ANIMAL CARCINOGENS The following guidelines are offered in the presen state of knowledge as an aid in classifying substance: in the occupational environment found to be carcm ogemc in experimental animals. A need was felt b; the Threshold Limits Committee for such a classifies tion in order to take the first step in developing ar appropriate TLV for occupational exposure. Determination of Approximate Threshold of Response Requirement. In order to determine in whicbfcategory '964 Aodition 1964 AflODtion 42 HH to classify an experimental carcinogen for the pur pose of assigning an industrial air limit iTLVi an ap proximate threshold of neoplastic response must be determined. Because of practical experimental diffi culties. a precisely defined threshold cannot be at tained. For the purposes of standara-setting, this is of little moment, as an appropriate risk or safety factor can be applied to the approximate threshold, the magnitude of which is dependent on the degree of potency of the carcinogenic response To obtain the best practical threshold of neoplastic response, dosage decrements should be less than logarithmic. This becomes particularly important at levels greater than 10 ppm (or corresponding mg m3). Accordingly, after a range-finding determination has been made by logarithmic decreases, two additional dosage levels are required within the levels of ' ef fect" and "no effect" to approximate the true thresh old of neoplastic response. The second step should attempt to establish a me tabolic relationship between animal and man for the particular substance found carcinogenic in animals. If the metabolic pathways are found comparable, the substance should be classed highly suspect as a car cinogen for man. If no such relation is found, the sub stance should remain listed as an experimental an imal carcino gen until evidence to the contrary is found. Proposed Classification of Experimental Animal Car cinogens. Substances occurring in the occupational environment found carcinogenic for animals may be grouped into three classes, those of high, intermedi ate and low potency. In evaluating the incidence of animal cancers, significant incidence of cancer is de fined as a neoplastic response which represents, in the judgment of the Committee, a significant excess of cancers above that occurring in negative controls. EXCEPTIONS: No substance is to be considered an occupational carcinogen of any practical significance which reacts by the respiratory route at or above 1000 mg m3 for the mouse, 2000 mg.m3 for the rat. by the dermal route, at or above 1500 mg'kg for the mouse. 3000 mg kg for the rat; by the gastrointestinal route at or above 500 mg/kgd for a lifetime, equivalent to about 100 g T.D. for the rat. 10 g T.D, for the mouse. These dosage limitations exclude such substances as dioxane and trichlorethylene from consideration as carcinogens. Examples; Dioxane -- rats, hepatocellular and nasal tumors from 1015 mg kg d, oral 43 Map 0049l 7 ncnioroernyiene -- female mice, tumors (30.98 @ 900 mg, kg d). oral industrial Substances of High Carcinogenic Potency in Expenmental Animals. 1 A substance to quality as a carcinogen of hiqh potency must fulfill one of the three following conditions in two animal species: a la. Respiratory. Elicit cancer from (1) dosages ? mS/nl3 !or equivalent ppm) via the respiratory tract in 6- to 7-hour daily repeatiTM'n^raun exposures throughout lifetime, or (2) from a single intratracheally ad ministered dose not exceeding 1 mg of particulate, or liquid, per too mi oTIess of~ animal rrwnule respiratory volume; Examples: bis-Chloromethyl ether, malignant tumors, rats. @ 0.47 mg/m3 (0.1 ppm) In 2 years: Hexamethyl phosphoramide, nasal squamous -cell carcinoma rats @ 0.05 ppm, in 13 months OR lb. Dermal. Elicit cancer within 20 weeks by skin-painting twice weekly af-g md7j Troy wurgm.&7 less 'per application for a .' total dose equal to or less than 1.5 mg in a biologically inert vehicle; y Examples: 7. 12-Dimethylbenz{a) anthracene -- skin tumors @ 0.12-0.8 mg T.D.in four weeks Benzo(a)pyrene. mice 12 ^g. 3X wk for 18 mos. T.D. 2 6 mo 90.9% skin tumors OR 1c. Gastrointestinal. Elicit cancer by daily intake via the gastrointestinal tract, within six months, with a six-month holding period at a dosage below 1 mg-kg body weight per day, total dose. rat. g pci mg; mou5. g 3.5 Examples: 7. 12-Oimethylbenz(a)anthracene -- mammary tumors from TO mg IA 44 3-Methylcholanthrene -- Tumors @ 3 sites from 8 mg m 89 weeks Benzoiaipyrene, mice. 3 9% leu kemias. from 30 mg T.D 198 days 2. Elicit cancer by all three routes in at least two animal species at dose levels prescribed for high or intermediate potency. B. Industrial Substances of Intermediate Carcinogenic Potency in Experimental Animals To qualify as a carcinogen of intermediate po tency. a substance should elicit cancer in two an imal species at dosages intermediate between those described in A and C by two routes of ad ministration. Example: Carbamic acid ethyl ester Dermal, mammary tumors, mice. 100%. 63 weeks. 500-1400 mg T.D. Gastrointes tinal. vanous type tumors, mice 42 weeks 320 mg T.D. Gastrointestinal, various type tumors, rats. 60 weeks. 110-930 mg T.D. C. Industnal Substances of Low Carcinogenic Potency in Experimental Animals. To qualify as a carcinogen of low potency, a sub stance should elicit cancer in one animal species by any one of three routes of administration at the following prescribed dosages and conditions: la. Respiratory. Elicit cancer from (1) dosages greater than 10 mg/m3 lor equivalent ppmi via the respiratory tract in 6- 7-hour, daily repeated inhalation exposures, for 12 months expo sure and 12 months' observation period , or (2) from intratracheally administered dosages to taling more than 10 mg of particulate or liquid per 100 ml or more ST ahlfD&l minute respirato ry volume: Examples: Beryl (beryllium aluminum silicate) malig. lung tumors, rats. @ 15 mg m3 @ 17 months Benzidine, var. tumors, rats. 10-20 mg/m3 @ > 13 mos. OR 45 MAP 000492 lb. Derma/ Elicit cancer by skin-painting of mice in twice weekly dosages of > 10 mg kg body weight in a biologically inSrT'VyniUs fui drleast 75 weeks, i.e.. g 1.5g T.D. Examples: Shale tar. mouse. 0.1 ml 50 = 5g T.D. 59 60 skin tumors : Arsenic trloxide. man. dose un known. but estimated to be high lc. Gastrointestinal. Elicit cancer from daily oral dosages of 50 mo;kg/day or greater during the lifetime of the animal. -- APPENDIX B SUBSTANCES OF VARIABLE COMPOSITION B1 Polytetrafluoroethylene' decomposition products. Thermal decomposition of the fluorocarbon chain in air leads to the formation of oxidized products containing carbon, fluorine and oxygen. Because these products decompose in part by hydrolysis in alkaline solution, they can be quantitatively de termined in air as fluoride to provide an index of -exposure. No TLV is recommended pending de termination of the toxicity of the products, but air concentrations should be minimal. B2 Welding Fumes -- Total Particulate (NOC)~ TLV. 5 mg,m3 Welding fumes cannot be classified simply. The composition and quantity of both are dependent on the alloy being welded and the process and elec trodes used. Reliable analysis of fumes cannot be made without considering the nature of the_ welding process and system being examined', reactive metals and alloys such as aluminum and titanium are arcwelded in a protective, inert atmosphere such as argon. These arcs create relatively little fume, but an intense radiation which can produce ozone. Similar processes are used to arc-weld steels, also creating a relatively low level of fumes. Ferrous alloys also are arc-welded in oxidizing environments which generate considerable fume, and can produce carbon monox ide instead of ozone. Such fumes generally are com posed of discreet particles of amorphous slags con taining iron, manganese, silicon and other metallic constituents depending on the alloy system involved Chromium and nickel compounds are found in fumes Traae Names Aigoflon Ruor Haion Teflon Tetran * Not otnenvise ciassifeo ,N0Ci 46 when stainless steels are arc-weided Some coated and flux-cored electrodes are formulated witn fluorides and the fumes associated with them can contain significantly more fluorides than oxides Be cause of the above factors arc-welding fumes fre quently must be tested for individual constituents which are likely to be present to determine wnether specific TLVs are exceeded. Conclusions based on total fume concentration are generally aoeouate if no toxic elements are present in welding rod. metal, or metal coating and conditions are not conducive to the formation of toxic gases. Most welding, even with primitive ventilation, does not produce exposures inside the welding helmet above 5 mg m3. That which does, should be controlled. APPENDIX C MIXTURES C.1 THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES FOR MIXTURES When two or more hazardous substances, which act upon the same organ system, are present, their combined effect, rather than that of either individual ly. should be given primary consideration. In the ab sence of information to the contrary, the effects of the different hazards should be considered as additive That is. if the sum of the following fractions. _Ci_ _Ca Ti ~ T2 ~ ' _C, T exceeds unity, then the threshold limit of the mixture should be considered as being exceeded G> indi cates the observed atmospheric concentration, and Ti the corresponding threshold limit (See Example lA.a. and 1A.c.). Exceptions to the above rule may be made when there is a good reason to believe that the chief effects of the different harmful substances are not in fact ad ditive. but independent as when purely local effects on different organs of the body are produced by the various components of the mixture. In such cases the threshold limit ordinarily is exceeded only when at least one member of the series Ci - o__r T- Cz etc itself has a value exceeding unity (See Example 1A c j Synergistic action or potentiation may occur with some combinations of atmospheric contaminants. Such cases at present must be determined individual ly Potentiating or synergistic agents are not neces- 47 MAP 000493 sanly harmful by themselves. Potentiating effects of exposure to such agents by routes other than that of inhalation is also possible, e.g.. imbibed alcohol and inhaled narcotic (trichloroethylene). Potentiation is characteristically exhibited at high concentrations, less probably at low. When a given operation or process characteristi cally emits a number of harmful dusts, fumes, vapors or gases, it will frequently be only feasible to attempt to evaluate the hazard by measurement of a single substance. In such cases, the threshold limit used for this substance should be reduced by a suitable factor, the magnitude of which will depend on the number, toxicity and relative quantity of the other contamin ants ordinarily present. Examples of processes which are typically asso ciated with two or more harmful atmospheric conta minants are welding, automobile repair, blasting, painting, lacquering, certain foundry operations, die sel exhausts, etc. CIA Examples of THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES FOR MIXTURES The following formulae apply only when the com ponents in a mixture have similar toxicologic effects: they should not be used for mixtures with widely dif fering reactivities, e.g.. hydrogen cyanide and sulfur dioxide In such case the formula for Independent Ef fects (lA.c.) should be used. lA.a. General case, where air is analyzed for each component: a. Additive effects. !Note: It is essential that the atmosphere be analyzed both qualitatively and quantitatively for each component pres ent. in order to evaluate compliance or noncompliance with this calculated TLV.) Ci C; Ca T- ' T2 ~ Ta ' Example No lA.a,: Air contains 400 ppm of acetone (TLV = 750 ppm). 150 ppm of sec-butyl acetate (TLV = 200 ppm) and 100 ppm of methyl ethyl ketone (TLV = 200 ppm) Atmospheric concentration of mix ture = 400 - 150 - 100 = 650 ppm of mixture 48 400 150 100 750 200 200 = 0 53 - 0.75 - 0 5 = 1 78 Threshold Limit is exceeded. 1 A.b. Special case when the source of contaminant is a liquid mixture and the atmospheric composi tion is assumed to be similar to that of the orig inal material, e.g.. on a time-weighted average exposure basis, all of the liquid (solvent! mix ture eventually evaporates. Additive effects (approximate solution) 1. The percent composition (by weight) of the liquid mixture is known, the TLVs of the constituents must be listed in mg m3 (Note: In order to evaluate compliance with this TLV. field sampling instruments should be calibrated, in the laboratory, for response to this specific quantitative and Qualitative air-vapor mixture, and also to fractional concentrations of this mixture: e.g.. 7 2 the TLV 7 to the TLV:-2 > the TLV: ID the TLV: etc.) TLV of mixture = 1 f,, f TLV,, ~ TLV,, f, TLV. f,, ' ' TLV, Example No, 1A.b.: Liquid contains (by weight) 50% heptane: TLV = 400 ppm or 1600 mg m3 1 mg m3 5 0.25 ppm 30% methyl chloroform: TLV = 350 ppm or 1900 mg m3 1 mg m3 = 0.18 ppm 20% perchloroethylene: TLV 50 ppm or 335 mgto3 1 mg m3 = 0.15 ppm TLV of Mixture 1 0.5 0.3 0.2 1600 ~ 1900 ~ 335 1. 0.00031 - 0.00016 - 0.0006 1 = 935 mg. m3 0.00107 49 MAP 000494 of tins mixture 50% or (935) (0.5) = 468 mg'm3is heptane 30% or (935) (0.3) = 281 mgm3 is methyl chloroform 20% or (935) (0.2) = 187 mg m3 is perchloroethylene These values can be converted to ppm as follows. heptane: 468 mg'm3 * 0.25 = 117 ppm methyl chloroform. 281 mg.'m3 x 0.18 = 51 ppm perchloroethylene: 187 mg/m3 * o. 15 =29 ppm TLV of mixture =117 - 51 ~ 29 = 197 ppm, or 935 mg.m3 1A.c. Independent effects Air contains 0.15 mg. m3 of lead (TLV. 0.15) and 0.7 mg.m3 of sulfuric acid (TLV. 1). 0.15 = 1: 0.15 Threshold limit is not exceeded. IB TLV for Mixtures of Mineral Dusts. for mixtures of biologically active mineral dusts the general formula for mixtures given in lA.b. may be used. APPENDIX D Some Nuisance Particulates" 1TLV. (30 mppcf or) 10 mg/m3 of total dust < 1% quartz, (or. 5 mgim3 respirable dust) orAlumina (AI2O3) Calcium carbonate Calcium silicate Cellulose (paper fiber) Emery Glycerin mist ^Graphite (synthetic) Gypsum Kaolin Limestone Magnesite Marble Mineral wool fiber Pentaerytnritol Plaster of Paris Portland Cement Rouge Silicon Silicon carbide Starch Sucrose Titanium dicxide Vegetable oil mists (except castor, cashew nut. or similar irntant oils) Zinc stearate Zinc oxide dust ni When toxic impurities are not present, e.g. quartz < 1I 0 0 50 Acetylene Argon Ethane Ethylene APPENDIX E Some Simple Asphyxiants Helium Hydrogen Methane Neon Prooane Propyiene 0) As defined in the preface. ^APPENDIX F Conversion of mppcf to Mass Concentration Calculations for Conversion of Particle Count Con centration (by Standard Light Field -- Midget Impinger Techniques), in mppcf. to Respirable Mass Concentration (by Re spirable Sampler) in mg m3 1. In 1967. Jacobsen and Tomb,*1 derived an em pirical relationship of 5.6 mppcf to 1 milligram of respirable dust per cubic meter of air, based on 23 sets of samples, mostly coal dust. Studies on conversion factors haye been .undertaken and preliminary evidence suggests that the ap plication of any single conversion factor may not be adequate for use in risk assessments epidemiology studies, or setting TLVs. The following calculation results in an equivalence of 6.37 mppcf to 1 mg m3 of respir able dust. Thus, an approximate ratio Of 6 mppcf to 1 mg m3 of respirable dust is suggest ed for conversion of TLVs from a count to a mass basis when the density and mass median diameter have not been determined. 2. Basic assumptions. a) Average density for silica containing dusts = 2.5 g em3 (2500 mg cm3). Pulmonary sig nificant dust densities may vary from 1.2 g.cm3 for coal dust to 3.1 g.cm3 for Portland Cement. Silica densities vary from 2.2 (amor phous) to 2.3 (cristobalite and tridyrmte) to 2.5 (alpha-quartz.) gms per cm3. b) The mass median diameter (mmd) of parti cles collected in midget impinger samplers and counted by the standard light field tech nique. and collected in a respirable sampler is approximately 1.5 /urn or 1.5 * 10"1 cm. This assumption is. of course, quite arbitrary since the mma of all dust clouds is quite {See Nonce oi Imenoed Cnanges 51 MAP 000495 liliiijt !ii ii^^Bliir SifcjrfitjiitiiiiiiiiAfo umatasu/MSSi BMI nnggig 8HH variable, depending on many independent parameters, such as scurce of dust, age of dust cloud, meteorological conditions, pro cesses and equipment changes, etc. If the density and the mass median diameter of the dust particles are known, the nomograph in Figure i can be used to convert dust count concentrations (mppcf) to respirable mass concentrations (mg m3). 3. Calculation- a) vol. per particle: 4-3 - r3: r = 0.75 * TO-4 = 4 3* rr* (0 75 lO"4)3 cm = 1.77 10'12 cm3 bl wt. per particle =vol. * density = 1.77 10"'2cm3 r 2.5 x 103 mg,cm3 = 4 425 > 10-9 mg particle ci 1 particle ft3 =35,3 part, m3 isince 35.5 cu ft = 1 cu m.) 106 part, ft3 = mppcf =35.3 * 10s part..m3 wt. of 1 mppcf = 35 5 * 106 part.'m3 4.425 x io~9 mg part 1 mppcf s 0,157 mg,m3 or 6,37 mppcf s i mg m3 Reference or approximately 6 mpccf = 1 mg m3. 1 Jacobson. M.. anb t, F. tomb: Ae'ationsno Between Gravimetric Rest `ac-e Dust. Cd-icem-atio" anc M.oget imoringe' Mumpe'.Can- Art "XT tyf 4ssoc` 2S 554 iN0> -Pec 196T- 7_ DENSITY pf.gicm3) 15 -- 1< " 15 ~ 1? ~ 11 ~ 10 9-- I 7 6 5 RATIO mppcf *1 mg m3 .0036 .005 MMD D^mi r- 10 9 .03 --H ? 6 5 24 3 -3 3 l t I 3 2 2I 3~ 5 10 -- 2 20 I 100 -- Figure 1 -- Ratio of Particle Count -- mppcf to Respir able Mass Concentration -- mg. m3 (as function of density and mmdVf tPreoared by P. E Caplan and R. J Smith 53 52 MAP 000496 Table i Equivalent TLVs in mppcf and mg m3 (Respirable Mass) for Mineral Dustst Substance Silica (S1O2) Amorphous Cnstobalite Fused silica Quartz Tridymite Coal Dust Diatomaceous earth, natural Graphite (natural) Mica Mineral wool fiber Nuisance particulates Perlite Portland Cement Soapstone Tripoli Thresnold Limit tomp Count Resp. Mass Total Mass* mppcf mq m3 mo m3 20 1-5 3 3 1,5 (12) -- 15 20 -- 30 30 30 20 (3) (3)** 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.05 2 1.5 (2.5) (3) (5) (5) <5j (5) (3) 0.1 (6) 0.15 0.3 0.3 0.15 (4) (5) (6) 10 10 (10) (10) (6) (0.3) -Hutnmg mat me mass mea.ar mamete- -s 1 5 t. anc aeoscy is 2 5 S - j'less otne'wise soec.tiec 'espiraoie mass is oresumeC to eiM' aocro' mate'y 50!< d` total mass ' 'Ai. ,aiues .0 carentneses . 1 reoresem newly caicuiatec values, oases or. eauivaience o' 6 "'Doc* = ' mg m3 resDiraoie mass ana_'8So"aoie mass 50'= tola' mass *" APPENDIX G Chemical Substances and Other Issues Under Study* Chemical Substances Acetonitrile Acrolein Acrylic acid Allyi chloride Asbestos Atrazine Carbon black Chlorine bis-Chloromethyl ether Chloromethyl methyl ether o-Chlorotoluene Chrysene Copper dust & fume Cyclohexanone Diethylenetnamme Epichlorohydnn 54 Ethyl benzene Ethyl chloride Ethyiene dichloride Ethyl methacrylate Gasoline (unleaded) Glycidol Glycol ethers Graphite Hexachlorocyclopentadiene Isocyanates Isoamyl alcohol Jet fuels Nickel, metal & soluble compounds Osmium tetrcxioe Perfluonnatec cnemica'.s Petroleum fuels Petroleum solvents Pipenzine Propylene chloride Propylene oxide 1.2.3-Trichloropropane m-Xylene 2.2-diamine (MXDA. meta-metaxylenediamme) Zinc chromates Other Issues 1. Is the current aspect ratio better than other ratios for health protection and or differentiation of asbestos fibers. 2. Ceiling Limits -- In light of today s instrumentation (quick response) and STELS. are ceiling limits need ed and. if so. what criteria would determine their ap propriateness. 3. Soluble Inorganic Compounds -- What quantitative criteria should be used in differentiating between sol uble and insoluble for TLV use, 4. Should welding fume value (not otherwise classified NOC) be retained or should specific analytical deter minations be made for metals and other compounds and these values be compared to specific TLVs7 information aata especially and comments are soncrtec to assts*. :ne committee in its oelioerations anc in tne development o* dra^ docu ments Dratt documentations are used oy tne committee to aecioe wna' action it any to recommend on a given suostance or auestior 55 MAP 000497 APPENDIX H Registered' Trade Names Trade Name Generic Name CAS No. Abate Am mate Azcarin Baygon Baytex Bidrin Bolstar Butyl Cellosolve Cellosolve acetate Coyden Crag herbicide Dasamt Delnav Dibrom Dlfolatan Disyston Dursoan Dy<onate Furadan Guthion Lannate Methyl Cellosolve Methyl Cellosolve acetate Nemacur Nialate N-Serve Pival Puctran Sencor Sevin Teflon Thimet Thiooan Tordon Zoalene Temephos Ammonium sulfamate Monocrotophos Propoxur Fenthion Dicrotophos Sulprofos 2-Butoxyethanol 2-Ethoxyethyl acetate Clopidol Sesone Fensulfothion Dioxathion Naled Captafol Disulfoton Chlorpyrifos Fonofos Carbofuran Azmphos-methyl Methomyl 2-Methoxyethanol 2-Methoxyethyl acetate Fenamtphos Ethion Nitrapyrin Pindone Cyhexatm Metribuzin Carbaryl Polytetrafluoro- ethylene Ph orate Endosulfan Picloram Dmitoimide 3383-96-8 7773-06-0 6923-22-4 114-26-1 55-38-9 141-66-2 35400-43-2 111-76-2 111-15-9 2971-90-6 136-78-7 115-90-2 78-34-2 300-76-5 2425-06-1 298-04-4 2921-88-2 944-22-9 1563-66-2 86-50-0 16752-77-5 109-84-4 110-49-6 22224-92-6 563-12-2 1929-82-4 83-26-1 13121-70-5 21087-64-9 63-25-2 9002-84-0 298-02-2 115-29-7 1918-02-1 148-01-6 56 W* Biological Exposure Indices Proposed by ACGIH for 1984-85 MAP 000498 1983-84 BIOLOGICAL EXPOSURE INDICES COMMITTEE Vera F Thomas. Ph.D.. University of Miami. Chair Larry K. Lowry. Ph.D,, NIOSH Walter W Melvin. Jr.. M.D.. ScD.. Colorado State University John Rosenberg. M.D.. California Dept, of Industrial Relations Anthony A. Thomas. M.D.. Retired CONSULTANTS John C. Ramsey. Ph.D. Mitchell R. Zavon, M.D & 58 PREFACE BIOLOGICAL EXPOSURE INDICES Biological Exposure Indices (BEIs) represent warning levels of biological response to the chemical, or warning levels of the chemical or its metabolic product(s) in tis sues. fluids, or exhaled air of exposed workers, regard less of whether the chemical was inhaled, ingested, or absorbed via skin. Introduction of the BEI is a step in the evolution of the concept of TLVs. The BEI provides health personnel with an additional tool to provide pro tection for the worker. Use of body fluids and appen dages such as hair or nails for measuring the absorbed amount of a substance has long been a standard prac tice for certain substances. Lead is a classical example of a substance for which blood concentrations have long been considered the critical value in determining safe versus 'unsafe'' exposures. Two problems hindered the wider use of biological measurements as indicators of 'safe" environmental exposures: 1) the relatively wide range in individual response to a substance and the wide range of "normal'' that has to be considered: and 2) The lack of simple specific analytical methods of sufficient sensitivity. Both problems are capable of solution, and we believe that sufficient progress has been made to begin utilizing selected BEIs which can be used as a guide to "safe" exposures to toxic chemicals. The BEI is considered supplementary to an airborne TLV. TLVs are intended to provide the industrial hygienist with an additional measure to aid in the design of engi neering controls or for temporary use of personal protec tive equipment which will protect almost all exposed workers from untoward effects of chemical exposure. In principle. TWA-TLVs are designed to prevent exposures which may cause acute or chronic adverse effects. They are also intended to avoid attendant deterioration of nor mal physiological function. This approach is based on the assumption that for nearly all workers there is a toler able exposure limit and a tolerable body burden of air borne material. If this assumption is valid, there should be a range of safe biologically insignificant changes of various measures of body function. The TLVs are a measure of the composition of the external environment surrounding the worker, BEIs are a measure of the amount of chemical absorbed into the body. The concept of the BEI is particularly useful in evaluating exposures to substances with significant ab sorption through the skin. 59 MAP 000499 The Biological determinant on which the BEIs are oasea can furnish two kinds ot information useful in the control of worker exposure. 1) measure of the workers individual response, and 2) measure of the worker s indi vidual overall exposure, Measurements of response fur nish an estimate of the physiological status of the worker and can be made by. a/ determining changes in the amount of a critical biochemical constituent, by deter mining changes In activity of a critical enzyme, and c) determining changes in a physiological function. Mea surements of exposure can be made by. ay determining the chemical in exhaled air. urine, blood, hair, nails, body tissues and fluids, by determining the metabolite(s) of the chemical in tissues and fluids, and cy determining the extent of specific biochemical and physiological changes induced by the chemical. Recommended values of BEIs are based on data ob tained in epidemiological and field studies or determined as bioequivalent to a TLV by means of pharmacokinetic analysis ot data from controlled human studies. Most chemicals (including organic solvents) are initially ab sorbed and eliminated fairly rapidly -- usually with initial half-life values measured in a few hours or even minutes Rapidly changing concentrations in body fluids compli cate the interpretation of data and tne average body bur den of a chemical attained during a work shift can easily be over-predicted or under-predicted. Furthermore, bio logical measurements fail in most instances to detect transient periods of over-exposure during the work shift. Because elimination of chemicals and their metabolic products, as well as biological changes induced by expo sure to the chemical, are kinetic events, the listed BEIs are strictly related to 8-hour exposures and to the speci fied timing for the collection of biological samples. There are other factors to be considered when the BEI is applied. Among the factors which must be consid ered in using BEIs are: ay changes induced by strenuous physical activity: by changes induced by environmental conditions (altitude, heat. diet, etc.); cy changes induced by water intake. 0; changes in physiological functions in duced by preexisting disease or congenital variation: ey changes in metabolism induced by congenital variation of metabolic pathways; and f) changes in metabolic pathway induced by simultaneous administration of an other chemical (induction or inhibition of activity of a critical enzyme by medication or by preexposure or coexposure to another chemical). For BEIs based on urine analysis, simple measure ments of concentrations can provide sufficient informa tion on exposure, but in many instances, measurements of elimination rates provide more precise information. 60 ijrinary concentrations related to creatinine represent a reasonable compromise between the accuracy of the in formation and the technical means of obtaining the data Some BEIs are not protective ot an identified popula tion. or are nonspecific, or the correlation between the exposure and biological determinant is weakened by variables introduced by large interindividual variation in response to the chemical or by timing and fluctuation of exposure concentration. In such cases the BEIs carry the following notations: "R" Notation. Indicates that an identifiable popula tion group might have an increased susceptibility to the effect of the chemical which leaves it unprotected by the recommended BEI. The specific documentation should t>e consulted for detailed information. ..... Notation. Some determinants are nonspecific. since different chemicals may bear the same biological response. Such BEIs carry "*" notation. These nonspe cific tests are preferred because they are easy to use and. in many instances, offer a better correlation be tween exposure and response than specific tests. In such instances, a BEI for a specific less quantitative biological determinant is recommended as a confirmatory test. The documentation should be consulted for information on factors affecting interpretation of such a BEI. Notation. Indicates that the biological determin ant is a specific indicator of exposure to the chemical, but the quantitative interpretation of the measurements is very ambiguous, and that the relationship between the TLV and BEI is markedly weakened by variables in tim ing. fluctuation of exposure concentrations, and by other circumstantial variables. Such biological determinants should be used as confirmatory tests: and their BEIs should be applied cautiously, mainly for confirmation of exposures indicated by nonspecific BEIs. "G" Notation Because of the wide interindividual variation in response to some chemicals, the BEI is. in some instances, recommended as a mean value of a group test for workers subjected to a similar level of oc cupational exposure, rather than as an index for an indi vidual. Such BEIs carry "G" notation. The table includes BEIs for which a sufficient data base is available and oh which the committee took ac tion. Some BEIs are more suitable for correlation with TLV-TWAs than others. Other BEIs are preferable for evaluating recent exposure or for confirmation of expo sure For specific instances the documentation should be consulted. Workers are not expected to suffer any ill effects as long as the described measurements of the determinants 61 MAP 000500 are maintained within limits of the recommended gc Measurements outside these limits are not necess^'5 indicators of a disease process. However, if these dev/"'' measurements persist, it is an indication that the m<j|Va,e uai should be examined by a physician to determ,'0' whether there is any health effect. The workplace ar'- work practices should be investigated further. r' me Chemical >s*i indices Toluene in endexhaled air Timing During shift BEI 20 ppm NOTICE OF INTENT TO ESTABLISH BIOLOGICAL EXPOSURE INDICES' Airbornt Chemical [CAS #] Indices Timing BEI CARBON MONOXIDE [630-08-0] ' Carboxyhemoglobm in blood * CO in end-exhaled air End of shift End of shift less than 8% less than 40 p0tT ETHEYL BENZENE [100-41-4] * Mandelic acid in urine *" Ethyl benzene in end-exhaled air End of shift and End of workweek Prior to shift 2 g-'L 1.5 g g creat. 2 ppm .glCHLOROETHYLENE -q-01-6i Trichloroacetic acid in urine Trichloroacetic acid and trichloroethanol in urine Free trichloroethanol in blood Trichloroethylene in end-exhaled air XYLENES 1330-20-7] Methylhipounc acids In urine Eno of workweek End of shift and End ol workweek 100 mg l 2 320 mg g creat. G 300 mg t G End o' shift and End of workweek Pnor to shift ana End of workweek 4 mg L 0.5 ppm End of shift Last 4 hrs of shift 1.5 gg creat 2 mg mm STYRENE, monomer ! 100-42-5] Mandelic acid in urine Styrene in mixedexhaled air * Phenylglyoxylic acid in urine "Styrene in mixedexhaled air ' ' Styrene in venous blood TOLUENE i 108-88-3; 'Hippunc acid in urine "Toluene in venous blood End of shift Prior to shift End of shift Dunng shift End of shift Prior to shift End of shift Last 4 hrs of shift End of shift 62 1.0 g/L 0.8 g g creat. 40 ppb 250 mg L 240 mg g creat 18 ppm 0.55 mg L 0.02 mg.L -- 2.5 g/g creat. 3 mg? min 1.0 mgfL - it is strongly aflvisaoie to consult me specific goaimemation uetore nvpying BEI fi3 MAP 000501 TLVs Threshold Limit Values for Physical Agents in the Work Environment Adopted by ACGIH for 1984-85 MAP 000502 1983-84 TLV PHYSICAL AGENTS COMMITTEE Herbert H. Jones (Retired) --Chair Peter A. Breysse. University of Washington Thomas Cummings (Retired) Irving H. Davis. Michigan Dept, of Public Health Zory R. Glaser. Ph.D.. National Center for Devices s Radiological Health FDA Allan P. Hems. Ph.D.. OSHA --Secretary LCDR Richard Johnson. USN Edward J. Largent (Retired) John C. Mitchell. USAF Anthony M. Muc. Ph.D.. Ontario Ministry of Labour William E. Murray. NIOSH Wordie H. Parr. Ph.D. (Retired) David H. Sliney. USAEHA COL Robert T. Wangemann. USA Thomas K. WilKinson. National Institutes of Health CONSULTANTS Gerald V. Coles Donald E. Wasserman This book is fully protected by copyright and no part of it may be reproduced in any form, by print, photoprint, microfilm, or any other means without written permission. Any comments or questions regarding these limits, or requests to reprint should be addressed to: Executive Secretary American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists 6500 Glenway Ave.. Bldg. D-5 Cincinnati. OH 45211 (513)661-7881 PREFACE PHYSICAL AGENTS These threshold limit values refer to levels of phys ical agents and represent conditions under which it is Believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly ex posed day after day without adverse effect. Because of wide variations in individual susceptibility, expo sure of an occasional individual at. or even below, the threshold limit may not prevent annoyance, aggrava tion of a pre-existing condition, or physiological dam age. These threshold limits are based on the best avail able information from industrial experience, from ex perimental human and animal studies, and when pos sible, from a combination of the.three These limits are intended for use in the practice of industnal hygiene and should be interpreted and ap plied only by a person trained in this discipline. They are not intended for use, or for modification for use. (1) in the evaluation or control of the levels of physi cal agents in the community. (2) as proof or disproof of an existing physical disability, or (3) for adoption by countries whose working conditions differ from those in the United States of America. These values are reviewed annually by the Com mittee on Threshold Limits for Physical Agents for re visions or additions, as further information becomes available. Notice of Intent -- At the beginning of each year, proposed actions of the Committee for the forthcom ing year are issued in the form of a "Notice of Intent." This notice provides not only an opportunity for com ment. but solicits suggestions of physical agents to be added to the list. The suggestions should be ac companied by substantiating evidence. As Legislative Code -- The Conference recognizes that the Threshold Limit Values may be adopted in legislative codes and regulations. If so used, the in tent of the concepts contained in the Preface should be maintained and provisions should be made to keep the list current. 66 67 MAP 000503 THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES HEAT STRESS These Threshold Limit Values refer to heat stress conditions under which it is believed that nearly au workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse health effects. The TLVs shown in Table 1 are basea on the assumption that nearly all acclimatized, fully clothed workers with adequate water and salt intake should be able to function effectively under the given working conditions without exceeding a deep body temperature of 38'C.1 ' Since measurement of deep body temperature is impractical for monitoring the workers' heat load, the measurement of environmental factors is required which most nearly correlate with deep body tempera ture and other physiological responses to heat. At the present time Wet Bulb Globe Temperature Index (WBGT) is the simplest and most suitable technique to measure the environmental factors. WBGT values are calculated by the following equations: 1. Outdoors witn solar load: WBGT = 0.7 NWB - 0.2 GT - 0.1 DB 2 Indoors or Outdoors with no solar load: WBGT = 0.7 NWB - 0.3 GT where: WBGT = Wet Bulb Globe Temperature Index NWB = Natural Wet-Bulb Temperature DB = Dry-Bulb Temperature GT = Globe Temperature -; The determination of WBGT requires the use of a black globe thermometer, a natural (static) wet-bulb thermometer, and a dry-bulb thermometer Higher heat exposures than shown in Table 1 are permissible if the workers have been undergoing medical surveillance and it has been established that they are more tolerant to work in heat than the average worker. Workers should not be permitted to continue their work when their deep body tempera ture exceeds 38.0'C. EVALUATION AND CONTROL I. Measurement ol the Environment ~~ The instruments required are a dry-bulb, a natural wet-bulb a globe thermometer, and a stand. The 68 TABLE 1 Permissible Heat Exposure Threshold Limit Values (Values are given in C WBGT) Work -- Rest Regimen Continuous work Work Load Light Moderate Heavy 30 0 26.7 25.0 75% Work -- 25% Rest. Each hour 30.6 28.0 25,9 50% Work -- 50% Rest. Each hour 31 4 29 4 27.9 25% Work -- ' 75% Rest, Each hour 32.2 31.1 30,0 measurement of the environmental factors shall be performed as follows: A. The range of the dry and the natural wet bulb ther mometer shall be -5C to 50"C with an accuracy of =0.5,>C. The dry bulb thermometer must be shielded from the sun and the other radiant surfaces of the en vironment without restncting the airflow around the bulb. The wick of the natural wet-bulb thermometer shall be kept wet with distilled water for at least 1 2 hour before the temperature reading is made. It is not enough to immerse the other end of the wick into a reservoir of distilled water and wait until the whole wick becomes wet by capillanty. The wick shall be wetted by direct application of water from a syringe 1/2 hour before each reading. The wick shall extend over the bulb of the thermometer, covenng the stem about one additional bulb length. The wick should always be clean and new wicks should be washed be fore using. B. A globe thermometer, consisting of a 15 cm, (6inch) diameter hollow copper sphere painted on the outside with a matte black finish or equivalent, shall be used. The bulb or sensor of a thermometer (range -5`C to 100C with an accuracy ol =0.5*0 must be fixed in the center of the sphere. The globe thermom eter shall be exposed at least 25 minutes before it is read. 69 MAP 000504 C A stand shall be used to suspend the three ther mometers so that they do not restrict free air flow around the bulbs, and the wet-bulb and globe ther mometer are not shaded. D. it is permissible to use any other type of tempera ture sensor that gives identical reading as that of a mercury thermometer under the same conditions. E. The thermometers must be so placed that the readings are representative of the condition where the men work or rest, respectively. The methodology outlined above is more fully ex plained by Minard.'3"^' II. Work Load Categories Heat produced by the body and the environmental heat together determine the total heat load. There fore. if work is to be performed under hot environ mental conditions, the workload category of each job 6 .feme CONTINUOUS ---- 0*n axmts* CAC* MOl* -- 50% won* ac%*cs' CACm mOu* ?!% S* CACn HOL* - iK 300 <oc 500 kcal'hr 400 JOC 700 1600 2000 Btu hr Pole O* Work *70 Figure 1 -- Permissible Heat Exposure Threshold Limit Value 70 TABLE 2 Assessment of Work Load1* Average values of metabolic rate during different activities. Body position and movement Sitting Standing Walking Walking up hill kcai min 0.3 06 2.0-3.0 add 0.8 per meter (yard) rise B. Type of Work Average Range kcal.min kcalmin Hand work light 0.4 0.2-1.2 heavy 0.9 Work with one arm light 1 0 0.7-2.5 heavy 1.8 Work with both arms light heavy 1.5 2.5 1.0-3.5 Work with body light moderate heavy very heavy 3.5 5.0 70 9.0 2.5- ` 15.0 shall be established and the heat exposure limit perti nent to the work load evaluated against the applica ble standard in order to protect the worker from ex posure beyond the permissible limit. A. The work load category may be established by ranking each job into light, medium, and heavy cate gories on the basis of type of operation. Where the work load is ranked into one of said three categories, i.e. (1) light work (up to 200 keal/hr or 800 Btu'hr): e.g., sitting or standing to control machines, perform ing light hand or arm work, 71 weot s i MAP 000505 TABLE 3 Activity Examples' Light hand work: writing, hand knitting Heavy hand work: typewriting Heavy work with one arm: hammering in naTis (shoe maker. upholsterer) Light work with two arms: filing metal, planing wood, raking of a garden Moderate work with the body: cleaning a floor, beating a carpet Heavy work with the body: railroad track laying, digging, barking trees Sample Calculation Assembly line work using a heavy hand tool. A Walking along 2.0 kcal/min B. Intermediate value between heavy work with two arms and light work :: with the body 3.0 kcal/min C. Add for basal metabolism 5.0 kcal/min i.0 kcal/min Total 6.0-kcal/min2 3 (2) moderate work (200-350 kcal.'hr or 800-1400 Btu.hr): e.g.. walking about with moderate lifting and pushing, (3) heavy work (350-500 kcal/hr or 1400-2000 Btu/hr): e.g., pick and shovel work, the permissible heat exposure limit for that work load shall be determined from Table 1. ---- B The ranking of the job may be performed either by measuring the worker s metabolic rate while perform ing his job or by estimating his metabolic rate with the use of Tables 2 and 3. Additional tables available in the literature may be utilized also. When this method is used the permissible heat exposure limit can be determined by Figure 1. 72 HI Work-Rest Regimen The permissible exposure limits specified in Table 1 and Figure 1 are based on the assumption that the yVBGT value of the resting place is the same or very close to that of the work place. Where the WBGT of the work area is different from that of the rest area a time-weighted average value should be used for both environmental and metabolic heat. When timeweighted average values are used the appropriate curve on Figure 1 is the solid line labeled continu ous." The time-weighted average metabolic rate (M) shall be determined by the equation: Av M = ^ x - M; > b - . . . . - M, x L, ti -- b t, where Mi, M2.. . and M,, are estimated or measured metabolic rates for the various activities and rest periods of the worker during the time periods ti, b .. and t, (in minutes) as determined by a time study. The-time-weighteo average WBGT shall be deter mined by the equation: Av. WBGT = WBGTi x t, - WBGTz x fe * . . . - WBGT,, x t,, t, + b * ... -1, where WBGTi, WBGT2 . . . and WBGT, are calculated values of WBGT for the various work and rest occu pied during total time periods ti, b and t, are the elapsed times in minutes spent in the corresponding areas which are determined by a time study. Where exposure to hot environmental conditions is continu ous for several hours or the entire work day, the time- weighted averages shall be calculated as hourly time- weighted average i.e., ti+b-*-...--t,=60 minutes. Where the exposure is intermittent, the time-weighted averages shall be calculated as two-hour time-weight ed averages, i.e., ti + b -r = 120 minutes. The permissible exposure limits for continuous work are applicable where there is a work-rest regi men of a 5-day work week and an 8-hour work day with a short morning and afternoon break (approxi mately 15 minutes) and a longer lunch break (approx imately 30 minutes), Higher exposure limits are per mitted if additional resting time is allowed. All breaks, including unscheduled pauses and administrative or operational waiting periods during work may be 73 MAP 000506 counted as rest time when additional rest allowan must be given because of high environmental temruf* atures. Per' IV. Water and Salt Supplementation During the hot season or when the worker is 6)(. posed to artificially generated heat, drinking vvatei shall be made available to the workers in such a way that they are stimulated to frequently drink small amounts, i.e.. one cup every 15-20 minutes (about 150 ml or 1/4 pint). The water shall be kept reasonably cool (10-15'c or 50.0C-60.0F) and shall be placed close to the workplace so that the worker can reach it without abandoning the work area. The workers should be encouraged to salt their food abundantly during the hot season and particu larly during hot spells. If the workers are unacclimatized, salted drinking water shall be made available in a concentration of 0.1% (1g NaCl to 1.0 liter or 1 level tablespoon of salt to 15 quarts of water). The added salt shall be completely dissolved before the water is distributed, -and the water shall be kept reasonably cool. V. Other Considerations A. Clothing: The permissible heat exposure TLVs are valid for light summer clothing as customarily worn by workers when working under hot environmental conditions. If special cothing is required for perform ing a particular job and this clothing is heavier or it impedes sweat evaporation or has higher insulation value, the worker s heat tolerance is reduced and the permissible heat exposure limits indicated in Table 1 and Figure 1 are not applicable. For each job catego ry where special clothing is required, the permissible heat exposure limit shall be established by an expert. B. Acclimatization and Fitness: Acclimatization to heat involves a series of physiological and psycholog ical adjustments that occur in an individual during his first week of exposure to hot environmental condi tions. The recommended heat stress TLVs are valid for acclimated workers who are physically fit. Extra caution must be employed when unacclimated or physically un-fit workers must be exposed to heat stress conditions. Refer*K*t: 1. Healtti factors Involved in Wonting Under Conditions of Heat Stress WHO Technical Report Series No. 412 (1969). 74 2. (Mm-Mm. F. N. life A. Htauktl: Development o' Permissible Heat Exposure Limits to' Occupational Wont ASHRAE journal 15(91:57-02 (Sept 1973) 3. kkurt. 0.: Prevention of Heat Casualties in Marine Corps Recruits Period ol 1955-60. with Comparative Incidence Pates ana Climatic Heat Stresses in Other Training Categories Researcn Repor No 4 Contras No, MR 005.01-0001.01. Naval Mepicai Research mstitue Bethesfla. MD (Feb 21 1961) Puplished in Military Meoicme 126(441:261-272 (Apnl 19611 4. Mikari, 0. 1*4 R. L. O'kite: Hear Casualties in the Navy and Marine Corps 1959-1962 with Appendices on tne fieio Use of me Wet BulthGloDe Temperature index Research Report No 7. Contract No MR 005.01-0001 01. Naval Medical Research Institute. Bethesda. MD (March 12.1964). 5. Alton*. Ptr-Ofef ant Kura RaUkl: TextPook of Work Physiology McGraw-Hill Book Co.. New York. San Francisco 119701 6. Ergonomics Guide to Assessment ol Metabolic and Cardiac Costs of Physical Work. Am. Ind Hyg Assoc. J. 32.560 (1971). 7. Energy Requirements tor Physical Work Research Progress Report No. 30, Purdue Farm Cardiac Proiect. Agricultural Experiment Sta tion. West Lafayette. IN (1961). I. Damfe. i. V. G. A. a*4 R. Paninort: Energy. Work and Leisure Henemann Educational Books. Ltd.. London (1967) I. Laknia**, 6. E.. A. kfelfer mt H. Sfltzir Der KalorienDedarf o Gewerbkcher Arbeit Arbeitsptiysiol 14 166(1950) IONIZING RADIATION The Committee accepts the philosophy and recom mendations of the National Council on Radiation Pro tection and Measurements (NCRP) for the ionizing ra diation TLV. The NCRP is charted by Congress to. in part, collect, analyze, develop and disseminate infor mation and recommendations about protection against radiation and about radiation measurements, quantities and units, including development of basic concepts in these areas. NCRP Report No. 39 pro vides basic philosophy and concepts leading to pro tection criteria established in the same report.'1 Other NCRP reports address specific areas of radiation pro tection and, collectively, provide an excellent basis for establishing a sound program for radiation con trol. The Committee recommends the listed refer ences as substantative documentation of a sound basis for ionizing radiation protection. The committee also strongly recommends that all exposures to ioniz ing radiations be kept as low as reasonably achiev able within the stated guidance. Rtfermcu: 1. Basic Radiation Protection Criteria NCRP Report No 39 (January 15. 1971) 75 MAP 000507 2. Maximum Permissible Body Burdens and Maximum Permissible Con centrations of Radionuclides in Air and m Water tor Occupational r " posure National Bursau of Standards Handbook 69 Uune 5 1950. with Addendum 1 lAugust 1963) Available as NCRP Reoort No 22 The above documents, as well as information on nu merous other NCRP Reports addressing specific sub jects in ionizing radiation protection are available from: NCRP Publications, PO Box 30175. Washing, ton, DC 20014. LASERS The threshold limit values are for exposure to laser radiation under conditions to which nearly all workers may be exposed without adverse effects. The values should be used as guides in the control of exposures and should not be regarded as fine lines between safe and dangerous levels. They are based on the best available information from experimental studies. Limiting Apertures The TLVs expressed as radiant exposure or irradiance in this section may De averaged over an aper ture of 1 mm except for TLVs for the eye in the spec tral range of 400-1400 nm, which should be averaged over a 7 mm limiting aperture (pupil): and except for all TLVs for wavelengths between 0.1-1 mm where the limiting aperture is 10 mm. No modification of the TLVs is permitted for pupil sizes less than 7 mm. The TLVs tor "extended sources" apply to sources which subtend an angle greater than a (Table 7) which varies with exposure time. This angle is not the beam divergence of the source. Correction Factors A and B (CA and CB) The TLVs for ocular exposure in Tables 4 and 5 are to be used as given for all wavelength ranges. The TLVs for wavelengths between 700 nm and 1049 nm are to be increased by a uniformly extrapolated factor (C4) as shown in Figure 2. Between 1049 nm and 1400 nm. the TLV has been increased by a factor (C4) of five. For certain exposure times at wavelengths be tween 550 nm and 700 nm, correction factor (Ce) must be applied. The TLVs for skin exposure are given in Table 6. The TLVs are to be increased by a factor (C4) as shown in Figure 2 for wavelengths between 700 nm and 1400 nm. To aid in the determination of TLVs for exposure durations requiring calculations of fraction al powers Figures 3, 4. 5 and 6 may be used. 76 pgpetitively Pulsed Lasers Since there are few experimental data for multiple Dulses. caution must be used in the evaluation of such exposures. The protection standards for irradiance or radiant exposure in multiple pulse trains nave the following limitations: (1) The exposure from any single pulse in the train ,s limited to the protection standard for a single com parable pulse. (2) The average irradiance for a group of pulses is limited to the protection standard as given in Tables 4, 5, or 7 of a single pulse of the same duration as the entire pulse group. (3) When the Instantaneous Pulse Repetition Fre quency (PRF) of any pulses within a train exceeds one. the protection standard applicable to each pulse is reduced as shown in Figure 6 for pulse durations less than 10-5 second. For pulses of greater duration, the following formula should be followed: tsinqle pulse'i _ Standard (pulse nr) Standard (jn tyrain )----------------- ,,------------ where: n = number of pulses in train r = duration of a single pulse in the train Standard (nr) = protection standard of one pulse having a duration equal to nr sec onds. Figure 2 --TLV correction factor tor a = 700 - 1400 nm* 'For a = 700 - 1049 nm. C4 = io10 002'*- ?00'' For A = 1050 - 1400 nm, C, = 5 77 MAP 000508 TABLE 4 Threshold Lim it Value for Direct Ocular Exposures (Intrabeam Viewing) from a Laser Beam Exposure Time, ' VP ]]JfF i------| Eo mCD ^S. eE E= S 2P jj cm ro >V --o --o' re. i|||||||EEEEE CCCCCCCCCCCCCC SCN9cjoC2vJSoC!Oo5rjECOtoD:2CoOoOD*--COcD\jDcrD> ^^f' >> =3 =3 - EE "E- " iE*U ep" EE- -pi AI i~l ^ udoo x ^co_E,c--o"o_ a_. _o o CO x < ID -- lD > < .m-- oo 0x2 ox2,, ... x-;. ow i-o "-O X CO _ o 0*-- 0*-- X0*-- 0*-- O *-- ' * O h- JO ' ' CO rorxooorr><rr-2r:r o o O o O O -O : o o o o o o E E Ec Ee i I i i 1 i c =oo - = . Soo ScCMOCtnCtON= ON= ONC::T0r->T'-0^*5,o--Tr^e0'---Ot0 r---. o -- --o o -- o ECEEcEccEcE=EcE0tc0EcEa. ool_owor mUomto_/ o*--rootjun' >Lr- won-- oP-.^ .: O oC < CO OC cc 78 79 u (10/ m o s s v J (I|....................01 -0 1 ' 1 IIH I o rs III OOI' v i ( i | S 0 l m il 0 0 / 0 | OSS v W |.............. .......Ot " 0 ' iu OVS l OOV x ` I I i Old"uaS i Spectral f 1 MAP 000509 Threshold Limit Values (or Viewing a Diffuse Reflection of a Laser Beam or an Extended Source Laser 100 700 nm. see ligme ? fur * 700 to H00 nni uE-w NLL p5o| y s i xr-s*3 : > 3 "SU _>_o. - o o.C-? CO ^ E t te o . TO ' CO cvjcocyoj^-eodc/5 E-S,o i= = -- o X 5 _<=> _ - <=> x o_ -a o" I_ X x,, O O *-- b- . 0'*"c^_0 x * - 2 2"""" -- ?. -ooooo seeeeeIIIe SccCcccooo- o^rooorrTr^ro o> 22.o2.2222o 2 2 o EE c cc c ec see C e 3. OOOOOOOOO^. OOOUOlPOOOO . ^ &o fee > > o oC< cpr cc cc' 80 I TOCD TO t --O'. TO TO& CO ^ CO re X -O o c TOs - CM CO CM CO . -g => Q. X UJ h- a a x eo * -to* s X * co o *. 3 co o 7". c-* ^ a UJ o w . tot * 2 CM TT (5 C ^ O oB e go'3?>2 <--< CO j CC CC E 81 MAP 000510 [EK99 * Figure 3a -- TLV for intrabeam (direct) viewing of laser beam (400-700 nm). Figure 4a -- TLV for laser exposure of skin and eyes for far-in frared radiation (wave-lengths greater than 1 4 tm}. XPOSuPE OjBATiON !.' Figure 3b -- TLV for intrabeam (direct) viewing of CW laser beam 1400-1400 nm) 82 Figure 4b -- TLV for CW laser exposure of skin and eyes `or far-infrared radiatcn (wave-lengths greater than 14 /^m). 83 T IV IK fiA O IA N C E IW MAP 000511 Figure 5b -- TLV lor extended sources or diffuse reflections of laser radiation (400-1400 nm). 84 Figure 6 -- Multiplicative correction factor for repetitively pulsed lasers having pulse durations less than 10-- second. TLV for a single pulse of the pulse train is multiplied by the above correction factor Correction factor for PRF greater than 1000 Hz is 0.06. TABLE 7 Limiting Angle to Extended Source Which May Be Used for Applying Extended Source TLVs Exposure Duration(s) 10-9 io-f 10- 10- 10io- io-3 Angle a (mrad) 8.0 5.4 3.7 2.5 1.7 2.2 3.6 Exposure Duration(s) 10101.0 10 102 103 10" Angle a (mrad) 5.7 9.2 15 24 24 24 24 MAP 000512 NOISE These threshold limit values refer to sound pres sure levels and durations of exposure that represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse effect on their ability to hear and understand normal speech. Prior to 1979, the medical profession had de fined hearing impairment as an average hearing threshold level in excess of 25 decibels (ANSI-S3.61969) at 500, 1000, and 2000 Hz. and the limits which are given have been established to prevent a hearing loss in excess of this level.0' The values should be used as guides in the control of noise exposure and due to individual susceptibility, should not be regard ed as fine lines between safe and dangerous levels. It should be recognized that the application of the TLV for noise will not protect all workers from the ad verse effects of noise exposure. A hearing conserva tion program with audiometric testing is necessary when workers are exposed to noise at or above the TLV levels. Continuous or Intermittent The sound level shall be determined by a sound level meter, conforming as a minimum to the require ments of the American National Standard Specifica tion for Sound Level Meters, SI .4 (1971) Type S2A, and set to use the A-weighted network with slow meter response. Duration of exposure shall not ex ceed that shown in Table 8. These values apply to total duration of exposure per working day regardless of whether this is one continuous exposure or a number of short-term expo sures and does include the impact and impulsive type of noise that contributes to the sound level meter reading at slow response. When the daily noise exposure is composed of two or more periods of noise exposure of different levels, their combined effect should be considered, rather than the individual effect of each. If the sum of the following fractions: _Ci____ Cz _C,, Ti Tz * ' ` ' T, exceeds unity, then, the mixed exposure should be considered to exceed the threshold limit value, C, in- "tn 1979. the American Academy of Ophthalmology and Otolargyngology IAA00) included 3000 Hz in their hearing impairment formula 86 Table 8 Threshold Limit Values Duration per Day Hours 16 8 4 2 1 1/2 1/4 1/8 Sound Level dBAf 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115* tSound level in decibels are measured on a sound level meter, conform ing as a minimum to the requirements of the American National Stan dard Specification for Sound level Meters, SI 4 119711 Type S2A. and set to use the A-weqhted network with slow meter response. 'No exposure Ip continuous or attermittent in excess of 11S dBA dicates the total -duration of exposure at a specific noise level, and Ti indicates the total duration of ex posure permitted at that level. All on-the-job noise ex posures of 80 dBA or greater shall be used in the above calculations. IMPULSIVE OR IMPACT NOISE It is recommended that exposure to impulsive or impact noise shall not exceed the limits listed in Table 9 or taken from Figure 7. No exposures in ex cess of 140 decibels peak sound pressure level are permitted. Impulsive or impact noise is considered to be those variations in noise levels that involve max ima at intervals of greater than one per second. Where the intervals are less than one second, it should be considered continuous. Table 9 Threshold Limit Values Impulsive or Impact Noise Sound Level dB** 140 130 120 Permitted Number of Impulses or Impacts per day 100 1000 10.000 ' 'Decibels paax sound pressure level, re 20 mPa MAP 000513 o ic itm m a r sound P M ttu ti ic v u ( if 70 *Pa( Figure 8 -- Threshold Lim it Values (TLV) for Radio frequency/Microwave Radiation in Workplace (Whole Body SAR Less Than 0 4 W /kg) Figure 7 -- Threshold Limit Values for ImpulseTmpact Noise. RADIOFREQUENCY/MICROWAVE RADIATION These Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) refeF to ra diofrequency (RF) and microwave radiation in the fre quency range from 10 kHz to 300 GHz. and represent conditions under which it is believed workers may be repeatedly exposed without adverse health effects. The TLVs shown in Table 10 are selected to limit the average whole body specific absorption rate (SAR) to 0.4 W/kg in any six minutes (0.1 hr) period for 3 MHz to 300 GHz, see Figure 8. Between 10 kHz and 3 MHz the average whole body SAR is still limited to 0.4 W/kg, but the plateau at 100 mW'cm2 was set to pro tect against shock and burn hazards. -- Since it is usually impractical to measure the SAR. the TLVs are expressed in units that are measurable, viz. squares of the electric and magnetic field strengths, averaged over any 0.1 hour period This 88 Uujo Mm' Ajisusq mod sSejsav 89 in I MAP 000514 Radiofrequency/Microwave Threshold Lim it Values *o *0 gJ a> re, il* = -- eol E O x N x Sf 55i S: S O A xo i o OO r- N* f*-.r. f-* coco co jo co & 'to ?TM qTS*;. Eu!; 5 ooo^on. ao.: --1 o*7o--0 x x x |S550 m o'--ooroa o -- J= .S . 90 can be expressed in units of equivalent plane wave power density for convenience The electric field strength (E) squared, magnetic field strength (H) squared, and power density (PD) values are shown in Table 10. For near field exposures PD cannot be mea sured directly, but equivalent plane wave power den sity can be calculated from the field strength mea surement data as follows: where: K PD in mW cm- = o//U E2 is in volts squared (V2) per meter squared (m2). where: PD in mW/cm2 = 37.7 H2 H2 is in amperes squared (A5) per meter squared (m2). These values should be used as guides in the eval uation and control of exposure to radiofrequencyimicrowave radiation, and should not be regarded as a fine line between safe and dangerous levels, Notes: 1. All Radiofrequency Radiation (RFR) exposures should be kept as low as reasonably possible given' the current state of knowledge on human effects, particularly non-thermal effects. 2. For fields consisting of a number of frequencies, the fraction of the protection guide incurred within each frequency level should be determined and the sum of all fractions should not exceed unity. 3. For pulsed and continuous wave fields, the power density is averaged over the six minute period. 4. For partial body exposures at frequencies between 10 kHz and 1.0 GHz. the protection guides in Table 10 may be exceeded if the output power of a ra diating device is 7 watts or less. For example, if a hand held transmitter operating at 27 MHz has a maximum output of 5 watts, it would be excluded from any further field measurements. 5. The TLVs in Table 10 may be exceeded if the expo sure conditions can be demonstrated to produce a SAR of less than 0.4 W/kg as averaged over the whole body and spatial peak SAR values less than 8.0 W/kg as averaged over any 1.0 gram of tissue. 91 MAP 000515 For example, for frequencies from 3 to 30 MHz. the equivalent power density can Pe increased by _ factor of 10 up to a limit of 100 mW.cm2 if ,, be assured that exposed individuals are not in con tact with the ground plate. 6. At frequencies below 30 MHz. ungrounded objects such as vehicles, fences, etc., can strongly coupie to RF fields. For field strengths near the T|_V shock and bum hazards can exist. Care should be taken to eliminate ungrounded objects, to ground such objects, or use insulated gloves when un grounded objects must be handled. 7. No measurement should be made within 5 cm of any object. 8. All exposures should be limited to a maximum (peak) electric field intensity of 100 kV.-m. ULTRAVIOLET RADIATION* These threshold limit values refer to ultraviolet ra diation in the spect&t region between 200 end 400 nm and represent conditions under which it is be lieved that nearly all workers may be repeatedly ex posed without adverse effect. These values for expo sure of the eye or the skin apply to ultraviolet radiation from arcs, gas, and vapor discharges, fluo rescent. and incandescent sources, and solar radia tion. but do not apply to ultraviolet lasers.* These val ues do not apply to ultraviolet radiation exposure of photosensitive individuals or of individuals concomi tantly exposed to photosensitizing agents:1 These values should be used as guides in the control of ex posure to continuous sources where the exposure duration shall not be less than 0.1 sec. These values should be used as guides in the con trol of exposure to ultraviolet sources and should not be regarded as a fine line between safe and danger ous levels. Recommended Values: The threshold limit value for occupational expo sure to ultraviolet radiation incident upon skin or eye where irradiance values are known and exposure time is controlled are as follows: 1, For the near ultraviolet spectral region (320 to 400 nm) total irradiance incident upon the unprotected 'Se user TLVs 92 skin or eye should not exceed 1 mW cm2 for periods greater than 103 seconds (approximately 16 minutes) and for exposure times less than 103 seconds should not exceed one J cm2, 2. For the actinic ultraviolet spectral region (200 -- 315 nm), radiant exposure incident upon the un protected skin or eye should not exceed the values given in Table 11 within an 8-hour period. 3. To determine the effective irradiance of a broad band source weighted against the peak of the spectral effectiveness curve (270 nm). the follow ing weighting formula should be used; E,f! = ^ Et SA W where: E,fr = effective irradiance relative to a monochromat ic source at 270 nm in W/cm2 (J;s/cm2) Ei = spectral irradiance in W/cm2/nm Sx = relative spectral effectiveness (unitless) aa = band width in nanometers 'Of-------- r t 002101-C-------2--2-0--------2-*-0--------?- ---------2-S-O---------3-0--0--------3-2--0-- - 3*0 WAVE LENGTH (NANOMETERS) Figure 9 -- Threshold Limit Values for Ultraviolet Radiation 93 MAP 000516 wii TABLE 11 Relative Spectral Eltectiveness by Wavelength' Wavelength (nm) 200 210 220 230 240 250 254 260 270 280 290 300 305 310 315 'See laser TLVs TLV (mj/crr 100 40 25 16 10 7.0 6.0 4.6 3.0 3.4 4.7 10 50 200 1000 TABLE 12 Permissible Ultraviolet Exposures Duration of Exposure Per Day 8 hrs..................................... Effective Irradiance (uW cm2i ni 4 hrs......................... no 2 hrs............... 1 hr....................................... no 30 min 15 min............ ............. 10 mm............. 5 min................... ...................................... 1 min. , ^ -5 10 30 sec.............. 10 sec ............. 1 sec ............. 0.5 sec........ ..................................... 3.000 0 i sec........... 94 4Permissible exposure time in seconds for expo sure to actinic ultraviolet radiation incident upon the unprotected skin or eye may be computed by dividing 0.003 J.cm2 by E,* in Wicm2 The expo sure time may also be determined using Table 12 which provides exposure times corresponding to effective irradiances in/uWcm2 5.All the preceding TLVs for ultraviolet energy apply to sources which subtend an angle less than 80`. Sources which subtend a greater angle need to be measured only over an angle of 80c. Conditioned (tanned) individuals can tolerate skin exposure in excess of the TLV without erythemal ef fects. However, such conditioning may not protect persons against skin cancer Reference: 1. Sunlignt anti Man Fitzoatrick e: as Eos Umv of Tokvc Press Tokyo Japan H974) NOTICE OF INTENDED CHANGES {tor 1984-35) These physical agents, with their corresponding values, comprise those for which either a limit has been proposed for the first time, or for which a change in the Adopted" listing has been proposed. In both cases, the proposed limits should be consid ered trial limits that will remain in the listing for a period of at least one year. If after one year no evi dence comes to light that questions the appropriate ness of the values herein the values will be reconsi dered for the "Adopted" list. NOTICE OF INTENT TO ESTABLISH THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES LASERS It is proposed that the following footnote be added to Table 6 (Threshold Limit Value for Skin Exposure from a Laser Beam). The IR-B and IR-C exposures to skin surface areas A(cm2) exceeding 1000 cm2, the TLV is (100.000: A) (mWicm2); for areas greater than 10.000 cm2, the TLV is 10 mW cm2. LIGHT AN0 NEAR-INFRARED RADIATION These Threshold Limit Values refer to visible and near-infrared radiation in the wavelength range of 400 95 i MAP 000517 nm to 1400 nm and represent conditions under which it is believed that nearty all workers may be exposed without adverse effect. These values should be used as guides in the control of exposure to light and should not be regarded as a fine line between safe and dangerous levels. Recommended Values: The Threshold Limit Value for occupational expo sure to broad-band light and near-infrared radiation for the eye apply to exposure in any eight-hour work day and require knowledge of the spectral radiance (La) and total irradiance (E) of the source as mea- TABLE 13 Spectral Weighting Functions for Assessing Retinal Hazards from Broad-Band Optical Sources Wavelength (nm) 400 405 410 415 420 425 430 435 440 445 450 455 460 465 470 475 480 485 490 495 500-600 600-700 700-1049 1050-1400 Blue-Light Hazard Function 0.10 0.20 0.40 0.80 0.90 0.95 0.98 1.0 1.0 0.97 0.94 0.90 0.80 0.70 0.62 0.55 0.45 0.40 0.22 0.16 jQlHSfi- Aj 50' 0.001 0.001 0.001 Burn Hazard Function Rx 1.0 2.0 4.0 8.0 9.0 9.5 9.8 10.0 10.0 9.7 9.4 9.0 8.0 7.0 6.2 5.5 4.5 4.0 2.2 1.6 1.0 1.0 J 01f TOO- AJ 5051 0.2 96 sured at the position(s) of the eye of the worker Such detailed spectral data of a white light source is gener ally only required if the luminance of the source ex ceeds 1 cd cm-2. At luminances less than this value the TLV would not be exceeded. The TLV's are: 1. To protect against retinal thermal injury, the spec tral radiance of the lamp weighted against the function R (Table 13) should not exceed: MOO '7 5.LxRxAA=S 1/at (1)' where Lx is in W cm"2 sr-1 nm"' and t is the view ing duration (or pulse duration if the lamp is pulsed) limited to 1 *is to 10 s. and a is the angular subtense of the source in radians. If the lamp is oblong, a refers to the longest dimension that can be viewed. For instance, at a viewing distance r = 100 cm from a tubular lamp of length I = 50 cm. the viewing angle is: a =l/r = 50/100 = 0.5 rad (2) 2. To protect against retinal photochemical injury from chronic blue-light exposure the integrated spectral radiance of a light source weighted against the blue-light hazard function BA (Table 13) should not exceed: 1400 ^ L* t Bx S\ s 100 Jem-2 sr1 (t S 104s) (3a) 1400 ^LxBxAXS 10-2Wcm"2sr'(t>104s) (3b) The weighted product of L and B, is termed L(blue). For a source radiance L weighted against the blue-light hazard function iL(blue)) which ex ceeds 10 mW^cm-^sr' in the blue spectral re gion, the permissible exposure duration t,0J in seconds is simply: Wr = 100 J cm"2 sr'/L (blue) (4) The latter limits are greater than the maximum per missible exposure limits for 440 nm laser radiation (see Laser TLV) because a 2-3 mm pupil is as sumed rather than a 7 mm pupil for the Laser TLV. For a light source subtending an angle a less than 11 mrd (0.011 radian) the above limits are relaxed such that the spectral irradiance weighted against the blue-light hazard function B* should not ex ceed E(blue). 97 map 000518 '400 Ea t B* AX g 10 mj cm-- (t 3 10* s) (5a) 1400 4^Ea Ba* ax 1#iW cm2 (t g 104 s! (5b) For a source where the blue light weighted irradiance E (blue) exceeds 1 jaW cm-2 is the maxi mum permissible exposure duration t*OJ in sec onds is: tmnj. = 10 mJ cm-'- E (blue) (6) 3. Infrared Radiation: To avoid possible delayed ef fects upon the lens of the eye (cataractogenesis). the infrared radiation (X > 770 ran) should be lim ited to 10 mWciTr2. For an infrared heat lamp or any near-infrared source where a strong visual stimulus is absent, the near infrared (770-1400 nm) radiance as viewed by the eye should be limited to . uoo ^ L* AX S 0.6/a (7)' for extended duration viewing conditions. This limit is based pppnii 7 mm pupil diameter. AIRBORNE UPPER SONIC AND ULTRASONIC ACOUSTIC RADIATION These threshold limit values refer to sound pres sure levels that represent conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers may be repeatedly ex posed without adverse effect. The values listed in Table 14 should be used as guides in the control of noise exposure and. due to individual susceptibility, should not be regarded as fine lines between safe and dangerous levels. The levels for the third octave bands centered below 20 kHz are below those which cause subjective effects. Those levels for 1 '3 octaves above 20 kHz are for prevention of possible hearing losses from subharmonics of these frequencies. 'Formulae HI and (7) are empirical and are not. strictly speaking di mensionally correct To make the tormulae dimensionally correct, one would nave to insert a dimensional correctidn factor k in the right hand numerator in each formula For formula 111 this would be k, = 1 W rao s't'tcirf- sri. and for formula (7) k, = 1 W rad (cm2 sr) 98 TABLE U Permissible Ultrasound Exposure Levels Mid-Frequency of Third-Octave Band kHz 10 12.5 16 20 25 31.5 40 50 One-Third Octave -- Band Level m dB re 20 /^Pa 80 80 80 105 110 115 115 115 1 COLD STRESS These Threshold Limit Values (TLVs) are intended to protect workers from the severest effects of cold stress (hypothermia) and cold injury and to describe exposures to cold working conditions under which it is believed that nearly all workers can be repeatedly exposed without adverse health effects. The TLV ob jective is to prevent the deep body core temperature from falling below 36'C and to prevent cold injury to body extremities. Deep body temperature is the core temfjerature of the body as determined by rectal tem perature measurements. For a single, occasional ex posure to a cold environment a drop in core tempera ture of no lower than 35`C should be permitted. In addition to provisions for total body protection, the TLV objective is to protect all parts of the body with emphasis on hands, feet and head from cold injury. Introduction to Cold Stress Fatal exposures to cold among workmen have al most always resulted from accidental exposures in volving failure to escape from low environmental air temperatures or from immersion in low temperature water. The single most important aspect of lifethreatening hypothermia is the fall in the deep core temperature of the body. The clinical presentations of victims of hypothermia are shown in Table 15 (taken from Dembert in AFP. January 1982). Workmen should be protected from expoure to cold so that the deep core temperature does not fall below 36rC 99 map 000519 TABLE 15 Progressive Clinical Presentations of Hypothermia* Core Temperature = C =F Clinical Signs 37.6 37 36 35 34 33 32 31/ 30 "I 29/ 28 27 26 25 24 22 \ 21/ 20 18 17 99.6 Normal" rectal temperature 98.6 "Normal" oral temperature 96.8 Metabolic rate increases in an attempt to compensate for heat loss 95.0 Maximum shivering 93.2 Victim conscious and responsive, with normal blood pressure 91.4 Severe hypothermia below this temper ature 89.61 Consciousness clouded; blood pressure 87.8 J* becomes difficult to obtain; pupils dilat ed but react to light; shivering ceases 86.01,, Progressive loss of consciousness; 84.2J muscular rigidity increases; pulse and blood pressure difficult to obtain; respi ratory rate decreases 82.4 Ventricular fibrillation possible with myocardial irritability 80.6 Voluntary motion ceases: pupils nonreactive to light; deep tendon and superficial reflexes absent 78.8 Victim seldom conscious 77.0 Ventricular fibrillation may occur spon taneously 75.2 Pulmonary edema 71.6*1 Maximum nsk of ventricular fibrillation 69.8 J 68.0 Cardiac standstill 64.4 Lowest accidental hypothermia victim to recover 62.6 Isoelectric electroencephalogram 9 48,2 Lowest artificially cooled hypothermia patient to recover ' Presentations approximately related to core temperature Reprinted from ttie January 1982 issue of American Family Pfiysician published by the American Academy of Family Physicians. 100 (96.8=Fj: lower body temperatures will very likely re sult in reduced mental alertness, reduction in rational decision making or loss of consciousness with the threat of fatal consequences. Pain in the extremities may be the first early warn ing of danger to cold stress. During exposure to cold, maximum severe shivering develops when the body temperature has fallen to 355C (95:F). This must be taken as a sign of danger to the workmen and expo sure to cold should be immediately terminated for any workman when severe shivering becomes evident. Useful physical or mental work is limited when severe shivering occurs. Since prolonged exposure to cold air. or to immer sion in cold water, at temperatures well above freez ing can lead to dangerous hypothermia, whole body protection must be provided. 1. Adequate insulating clothing to maintain core tem peratures above 36CC must be provided to workers if work is performed in air temperatures below 4:C (40F). Wind chill* or the cooling power of the air is a critical factor. The higher the wind speed and the lower the temperature in the work area, the greater the insulation value of the protective clothing re quired. An equivalent chill temperature chart relat ing the actual dry bulb air temperature and the wind velocity is presented in Table 16. The equiva lent chill temperature should be used when esti mating the combined cooling effect of wind and' low air temperatures on exposed skin or when de termining clothing insulation requirements to maintain the deep body core temperature. 2, Unless there are unusual or extenuating circum stances cold injury to other than hands, feet, and head is not likely to occur without the develop ment of the initial signs of hypothermia. Older workers or workers with circulatory problems re quire special precautionary protection against cold injury. The use of extra insulating clothing and or a reduction in the duration of the exposure period are among the special precautions which should be considered. The precautionary actions to be taken will depend upon the physical condition of the worker and should be determined with the ad vice of a physician with knowledge of the cold * Wind emit factor is a unit of heat loss from a body defined in watts oer meter squared per hour being a lunebon of the air temperature and wind velocity upon the exposed body 101 MAP 000520 stress factors and the medical condition of the worker. Evaluation and Control For exposed skin, continuous exposure should not be permitted when the air speed and temperature re sults in an equivalent chill temperature of -32:C (-25sF). Superficial or deep local tissue freezing will occur only at temperatures below -1;C regardless of wind speed. At air temperatures of 2'C (35.6'F) or less it is im perative that workers who become immersed in water or whose clothing becomes wet be immediately pro vided a change of clothing and be treated for hypo thermia. Recommended limits for properly clothed workers for periods of work at temperatures below freezing are shown in Table 17. Special protection of the hands is required to maintain manual dexterity for the prevention of acci dents: 1. If fine work is to be performed with bare hands for more than 10-20 minutes in an environment below 16CC (60F), special provisions should be estab lished for keeping the workers hands warm. For this purpose, warm air jets, radiant heaters (fuel burner or electric radiator) or contact warm plates may be utilized. Metal handles of tools and control bars shall be covered by thermal insulating materi al at temperatures below -1C (30F). 2. If the air temperature falls below 16=C (60'F) for sedentary, 4'C (40CF) for light. -7'C (20"F) for moderate work and fine manual dexterity is not re quired then gloves shalfbe used by the workers. To prevent contact frostbite, the workers should wear anti-contact gloves. 1. When cold surfaces below -7'C (20CF) are within reach, a warning should be given to each worker by his supervisor to prevent inadvertent contact by bare skin. 2. If the air temperature is -17.5C (0F) or less, the hands should be protected by mittens. Machine controls and tools for use in cold conditions should be designed so that they can be handled without removing the mittens. Provisions for additional total body protection is required if work is performed in an environment at or below 4'C (40eF). The workers shall wear cold protec102 103 i MAP 000521 TABLE 17 W ork/W arm-up Schedule for Four-Hour Shift* MAP 000522 tive clothing appropriate for the level of cold and physical activity 1. If the air velocity at the job site is increased by wind, draft, or artificial ventilating equipment, the cooling effect of the wind shall be reduced by shielding the work area, or by wearing an easily removable outer windbreak layer garment. Wind chill cooling rates are illustrated in Figure 10 and Table 18. 2. If only light work is involved and if the clothing on the worker may become wet on the job site, the outer layer of the clothing in use may be of a type impermeable to water. With more severe work under such conditions the outer layer should be water repellent, and the outerwear should be changed as it becomes wetted. The outer gar ments must include provisions for easy ventilation in order to prevent wetting of inner layers by sweat. If work is done at normal temperatures or in a hot environment before entering the cold area, the employee shall make sure that his clothing is not wet as a consequence of sweating. If his cloth ing is -wet, the employee shall cnange into dry clothes before entering the cold area. The workers shall change socks and any removable felt insoles at regular daily intervals or use vapor barrier boots. The optimal frequency of change shall be determined empirically and will vary individually and according to the type of shoe worn and how much the individual's feet sweat. - 3. If extremities, ears, toes and nose, cannot be pro tected sufficiently to prevent sensation of exces sive cold or frostbite by handware, footwear and face masks, these protective items shall be sup plied in auxiliary heated versions. -- 4 If the available clothing does not give adequate protection to prevent hypothermia or frostbite, work shall be modified or suspended until ade quate clothing is made available or until weather conditions improve. 5. Workers handling evaporative liquid (gasoline, al cohol or cleaning fluids) at air temperatures below 40=F shall take special precautions to avoid soak ing of clothing or gloves with the liquids because of the added danger of cold injury due to evapora tive cooling. Special note should be taken of the particularly acute effects of splashes of "cryogenic fluids or those liquids with a boiling point only just above ambient temperatures. 106 ynOH M3d Sd3J.3W0H>l - 033dS ONIM 107 AIR TEMPERATURE - DEGREES CELSIUS s < c * MAP 000523 TABLE 18 Wind Chill Cooling Rate Effects' Wind Chill Rates (Watts,m2.hr) Comments.'Effects 700 1200 1400 1600 2300 2700 Conditions considered comfortable when dressed for skiing.: Conditions no longer pleasant for out door activities on overcast days. Conditions no longer pleasant for out door activities on sunny days. Freezing of exposed skin begins for most people depending on the degree of activity and the amount of sunshine. Conditions for outdoor travel such as walking become dangerous. Exposed areas of the face freeze in less than 1 minute for the average person. Exposed flesh will freeze-within -haft a minute for the average person. 'From Canadian Department of the Environment, Atmospnenc Environ ment Service Work-Warning Regimen If work is performed continuously in the cold at an equivalent chill temperature (ECT) or below -7eC (20;F) heated warming shelters (tents, cabins, rest rooms, etc.) shall be made available nearby and the workers should be encouraged to use these shelters at regular intervals, the frequency depending on the severity of the environmental exposure. The onset of heavy shivering, frostnip. the feeling of excessive fa tigue. drowsiness, irritability, or euphoria, are indica tions for immediate return to the shelter. When enter ing the heated shelter the outerlayer of clothing shall be removed and the remainder of the clothing loosened to permit sweat evaporation or a change of dry work clothing provided. A change of dry work clothing shall be provided as necessary to prevent workers from returning to their work with wet cloth ing. Dehydration, or the loss of body fluids occurs in sidiously in the cold environment and may increase the susceptibility of the worker to cold injury due to a significant change in blood flow to the extremities. Warm sweet drinks and soups should be provided at 108 the work site to provide caloric intake and fluid vol ume. The intake of coffee should be limited because of a diuretic and circulatory effect. For work practices at or below -12CC (10CF) ECT the following shall apply: 1. The worker shall be under constant protective ob servation (buddy system or supervision). 2. The work rate should not be so high as to cause heavy sweating that will result in wet clothing, if heavy work must be done, rest periods must be taken in heated shelters and opportunity for changing into dry clothing shall be provided. 3. New employees shall not be required to work full time in cold in the first days until they become ac customed to the working conditions and required protective clothing. 4. The weight and bulkiness of clothing shall be in cluded in estimating the required work perfor mance and weights to be lifted by the worker. 5. The work shall be arranged in such a way that sit ting still or standing still for long periods is min imized. Unprotected metal chair seats shall not be used. The worker should be protected from drafts to the greatest extent possible. 6. The workers shall be instructed in safety and health procedures. The training program shall in clude as a minimum instruction in: a. Proper rewarming procedures and appropriate first aid treatment. b. Proper clothing practices. c. Proper eating and drinking habits. d. Recognition of impending frostbite. e. Recognition signs and symptoms of impending hypothermia or excessive cooling of the body even when shivering does not occur. t. Safe work practices. Special Workpiece Recommendationt Special design requirements for refrigerator rooms include the following: 1. In refrigerator rooms, the air velocity should be minimized as much as possible and should not ex ceed 1 meter/sec (200 fpm) at the job site. This can be achieved by properly designed air distribution systems. 109 MAP 000524 2. Special wind protective clothing shall be provided based upon existing air velocities to which workers are exposed. Special caution shall be excercised when working with toxic substances and when workers are exposed to vibration. Cold exposure may require reduced ex posure limits. __ Eye protection for workers employed out-of-doors in a snow and, or ice-covered terrain shall be sup plied. Special safety goggles to protect against ultra violet light and glare (which can producejemporary conjuntivitis and/or temporary loss of vision) and blowing ice crystals are required when there is an ex panse of snow coverage causing a potential eye ex posure hazard. Workplace monitoring is required as follows: 1. Suitable thermometry should be arranged at any workplace where the environmental temperature is below 16C (60F) to enable overall compliance with the requirements of the TLV to be maintained. 2. Whenever the air temperature at a workplace falls below -1'C (30'F), the dry bulb temperature should be measured and recorded at least every 4 hours. 3. In indoor workplaces, the wind speed should also be recorded at least every 4 hours whenever the rate of air movement exceeds 2 meters per second (5 mph). 4. In outdoor work situations, the windspeed should be measured and recorded together with the air temperature whenever the air temperature is below -VC (30s F). 5. The equivalent chit! temperature shall be obtained from Table 16 in ail cases where air movement measurements are required, and shall be recorded with the other data whenever the equivalent chill temperature is below -7`C (20:F). -- Employees shall be excluded from work in cold at -VC (30^6) or below if they are suffering from dis eases or taking medication which interferes with nor mal body temperature regulation or reduces toler ance to work in cold environments. Workers who are routinely exposed to temperatures below -24;C (-10:F) with wind speeds less than five miles per hour, or air temperatures below -18=C (0CF) with wind speeds above five miles per hour should be medically certified as suitable for such exposures. 110 Trauma sustained in freezing or subzero condi tions requires special attention because an injured worker is predisposed to secondary cold injury. Spe cial provisions must be made to prevent hypothermia and secondary freezing of damaged tissues in addi tion to providing for first aid treatment. HAND-ARM (SEGMENTAL) VIBRATION These threshold limit values (Table 19) refer to component accelerations levels and durations of ex posure that represent conditions under which it is be lieved that most workers may be exposed repeatedly without progressing beyond Stage 3 of the Taylor-Pelmear Classification System for Vibration-induced White Finger (VWF, also known as Raynaud's Phe nomenon of Occupational Origin). Since there is a paucity of dose-response relationships for VWF. these recommendations haw been derived from epidemio logical data from forestry, mining, and metal working. These values should be.used,as guides in the control of hand-arm vibration exposure and because of indi vidual susceptibility, should not be regarded as defin ing a boundry between safe and dangerous levels. It should be recognized that the application of the TLV alone lor hand-arm vibration will not protect all workers from the adverse effects of hand-arm vibra tion exposure. The use of: 1) antivibration tools. 2) antivibration gloves, 3) proper work practices which keep the worker's hands and remaining body warm and also minimize the vibration coupling between the worker and the vibration tool are necessary to min imize vibration exposure, and 4) a conscienciously applied medical surveillance program are ALL neces sary to rid VWF from the workplace. Continuous, Internment. Impulsive, or Imped Hand-arm VDretion The measurement of vibration should be per formed in accordance with the procedures and instru mentation specified by the Second Draft International Standard ISO/DIS 5349 (19B4), Guide lor the Mea surement and the Assessment of Human Exposure to Vibration Transmitted to the Hand, and summarized below: The acceleration of a vibration handle or work piece should be determined in three mutually orthog onal directions at a point close to where vibration enters the hand. The directions shall preferably be 111 MAP 000525 those forming the ISO biodynamic coordinate system, but may be a closely related basicentric system with its origin at the interface between the hand and the vibrating surface (see Figure 11) to accommodate dif ferent handles or work piece configurations. A small and lightweight transducer shall be mounted so as to record accurately one or more orthogonal compo nents of the source vibration in the frequency range from 5 to 1500 Hz. Each component should be fre quency-weighted by a filter network with gain charac teristics specified by the ISO for human-response vi bration measuring instrumentation, to account for the change in vibration hazard with frequency (see Figure 12). Assessment of vibration exposure should be made for EACH applicable direction (X,,, Y,,, Z,) since vibra tion is a vector quantity (magnitude and direction). In each direction, the magnitude of the vibration during normal operation of the power tool, machine or work piece shall be expressed by the root-mean-square (rms) value of the frequency-weighted component ac celerations. in units of meters per second squared (m/s*). or gravitational units (g), the largest of which, a*, forms the basis for exposure assessment. For each direction being measured, linear integra tion shall be employed for vibrations that are of ex tremely short duration or vary substantially in time. If the total daily vibration exposure in a given direction is composed of several exposures at different rms ac celerations. then the equivalent, frequency-weighted component acceleration in that direction shall be de termined in accordance with the following equation: Figure 11 -- Biodynamic and basicentric coordinate systems for the hand, showing the directions of the accel eration components (ISO 5349). n)2t ~(a^)2T ~ k)*t n where: T = X T . =i T = total daily exposure duration = lift frequency-weighted, rms acceleration com ponent with duration T.. These computations may be performed by commer cially available human-response vibration measuring instruments. 112 J. 1/3 OCTAVE - SAND CENTRE FREOUENCY (Mi) Figure 12 -- Gam characteristics of the filter network used to frequency-weight acceleration components (con tinuous line). The filter tolerances (dashed lines) are provisional, and are those contained in ISO 5349. 113 MAP 000526 TABLE 19 Threshold Limit Values for Exposure of the Hand to Vibration In Either X,,, Y,,, Z* Directions Total Daily Exposure Duration* Values of the Dominant.'' Frequency-Weighted, rms. Component Acceleration Which Shall not be exceeded * ' a-(aU 4 hours and less than 8 2 hours and less than 4 1 hour and less than 2 Less than 1 hour m/s2 4 6 8 12 g 0.40 0.61 0.81 1.22 The total time vibration enters the hand per day, whether continuously or intermittently. tUsualiy one axis of vibration is dominant over the remaining two axis n one or more vibration axis exceeos the Total Daily Exposure then the TLV has been exceeded "1 g = 9 81 m SJ Notes: Table 19: 1 Hardly any person exposed at or below the TLVs for vibration contained in Table 19 has progressed to Stage 3 Vibration White Finger, in the TaylorPeimear classification, i.e., the point at which ex tensive blanching of all fingers has occurred and there is definite interference at work. home, and restricted social activities.12"71 2. Acute exposures to frequency-weighted, rms. com ponent accelerations in excess of the TLVs for in frequent periods of time (e.g., 1 day per week, or several days over a two-week period) are not nec essarily more harmful.12'41 3. Acute exposures to frequency-weighted, rms. com ponent accelerations of three times the magnitude of the TLVs are expected to result in the same health effects after between 5 and 6 years of expo sure. l2'4' 4. Preventive measures, including specialized preem ployment and annual medical examinations to identify persons susceptible to vibration, should be implemented in situations in which workers are or will be exposed to hand-arm vibration.(3"7) 5. To moderate the adverse effects of vibration expo sure. workers should be advised to avoid continu ous vibration exposure by cessation of vibration exposure for approximately 10 minutes per contin uous vibration hour, 6. Good work practices should be used, and should include instructing workers to employ a minimum hand grip force consistent with safe operation of the power tool or process, keep their body and hands warm and dry. and avoid smoking,'23' 7. A transducer and its device for attachment to the vibrating source suitable for measurement pur poses together should weigh less than 15 grams, and should possess a cross-axis sensitivity of less than 10%. 8. The measurement by many (mechanically under damped) piezoelectric accelerometers of repeti tive, large displacement, impulsive vibrations, such as those produced by percussive pneumatic tools, is subject to error. The insertion of a suitable, lowpass, mechanical filter between the accelerometer .and the-source of vibration with a cut-off fre quency of 1500 Hz or greater (and cross-axis sensi tivity of less than 10%) can help eliminate incorrect readings.13 4> 9. The manufacturer and type number of all appara tus used to measure vibration should be reported, as well as the value of the dominant direction and frequency-weighted, rms. component acceleration References: 1. Pyykko I.: Vibration Synorome A Review Vibration ana Work go 124 0 Dorhonen. Eb Institute of Occupational Health Helsinki 11976) 2. Vibration White Finger in Industry. W Taylor and P L Pelmear. Eds Academic Press. London i 1975) 3. NI0SH: Proceedings of the international Occuoational Hand-Arm Vi bration Conference D. E Wasserman and W. Taylor. Eos DHEW NIOSHPuD No. 77-170 11977) 4. Brimmer. J. J.: Threshold limit for Hand-Arm Vibration Exgosure Throughout the Worxoay Vibration Effects on the Hand ana Arm ,n Industry, pp 291-301. A J Brammer and W Taylor Eds. John Wiley & Sons New York (19821 5. Wasaerman. 0. E. and W. Taylor. Environmental ana Occuoational Medicine. Chap 68. Occupational Vibration, pp 743-749 W N Rom Eo Little. Brown and Co . Boston 11982) $. NI0SH: Current intelligence Bulletin *38. Vibration Syndrome. DHHS fNIOSHl Pub No 83-110(1983) 7. NI0SH. Vibration Syndrome NI0SH Vioeotape #177 127 minutes) Cincinnati. OH. 114 115 ,1^111 lull UMM i MAP 000527 8. Inttmitioiul Organization lor Standardization: Guiae tor the Mea surement and the Assessment ot Human Exposure to vlocation Trans mitted to the Hand Second DIS 5349 international Organization tor Standardization. Geneva (in press. 19831 9. International Orfanization tor Standardization: Human-Response V>- oration Measuring instrumentation Second Draft Proposal DP 8041 ISO TC 108 SC 3 n 99 International Organization tor Standardiza tion. GenevalunpuBtstied. 19821 PHYSICAL AGENTS UNDER STUDY The Physical Agents Committee ot ACGIH has ex amined the current literature and has not found suffi cient information to propose a TLV. However, these agents will remain under study during the coming year to examine new evidence indicating the need and feasibility for establishing a proposed TLV. Com ments and suggestions, accompanied by substantive documentation are solicited and should be forwarded to the Executive Secretary, ACGIH. Documentation summarizing the current status of the biological ef fects literature is available on those agents preceded by an asterisk (*). 1. 'Extremely Low Frequency (ELF) Radiation. Spe cifically. that portion of the spectrum from 0 to 300 Hz. 2. Magnetic Fields Both pulsed and 'continuous. . 3. Laser Radiation. Specifically laser exposures of less than one (1) nanosecond. 4. Vibration. Whole-body. 5. Pressure Variations. 116 MAP 000528 WEELs Workplace Environmental Exposure Level Guides (WEELs) are deve loped by the AIHA WEEL Committee for agents which have no current exposure guidelines established by other organizations. They represent the workplace exposure levels to which, it is believed, nearly ail employees could be repeatedly exposed without adverse effects. AN WEELs are expressed as time-weighted average concentrations, how ever. different time periods are specified depending on the properties d the agent An 8-hr TWA indicates a time-weighted average concentration for a normal 8-hr workday and 40-hr workweek. When it is believed that excursion levels should be more limited, a one to 30 minute TWA may l>e recommended -- either in conjunction with, or in place of an 8-hr TWA value The time specified is relevant to exposure, not necessarily to sampling The word "skin" indicates that the material may be absorbed through the skin Therefore, skin contact can contribute to the overall exposure ahfl invalidate tne TWA exposure evaluations yy *1 * i- Candidate WEELs The following materials are currently undergoing study for future W Guides Information and comments are welcome, as are suggestions o other materials for study if you have any input on candidate or com pleted WEELs. contact M G. Swank. Dow Chemical U.S.A.. 1803 Building. Midland. Michigan 48640. 517/636-3976 Acetophenone Amyl alcohol Bisphenoi A Chloramphenicol Dichloropropanols 3.3-DimethoxyPenzidine Dimethyl sulfide Dipropylene glycol Hexamethytenediarmne n-Hexyl alcohol Isocyanunc acid 2-Mercaptoben20thiazoie n-Methylpyrrohdone Octanol Picolmes Toiuenediamme Tnethylehetetramine Tnpropylene glycol Urea Vmyf cyclohexene MAP 000530 COPIES Documentations tor completed WEEL Guides summarize tne available toxicology and human experience information. Copies can be ordered from AIHA, 475 Wolf Ledges Parkway, Akron, OH 44311 for $2.00 each Binder $5.00 April, 1985 MAP 000531 [table lared bach. AIHA WEEL COMMITTEE MEMBERS I Henshaw. John L.. C.I.H., Monsanto Co - Chairperson Swank. Marlene G,, Dow Chemical U S A. - Vice-Chairperson Grapentniene. James R.. C.I.H.. Nalco Chemical Co Secretary Baker, April O.. Scott Paper Co Buhl. Patricia H., Ph.D.. U S Dept, ot Energy Gammage. Richard, B.. Ph.D . Oak Ridge National Laboratory Halpern, Marc. Ph.D., C.I.H., Tracor-Jitco Inc Hanlon. Richard G , C l H Union Carbide Corp. Hecker. Lawrence H.. Ph D., C.l H.. Abbott Laboratories Herzog. Scott D.. C.I.H.. Olin Corp Jacoby. Jonathon A.. C.I.H.. Ethyl Corp Kolcun, John P., C.I.H., ICI Americas Kuryla, William C . Ph.D.. Union Carbide Souheil. Laham. Ph.D., C.I.H.. Dept Nat. Hlth. & Welfare, Canada Langner, Ralph R,, Ph.D.. C.I.H., Dow Chemical Co. Mueller. Mark D.. Betz. Converse. Murdoch, Inc Nawakowski. Alekesandra. C I.H.. Western Michigan University Ortiz. Louis. A.. C.I.H.. Ciba-Geigy Corp , Owen. Richard J,, C.I.H., Pratt & Whitney Aircraft Phillips. R David. C.I.H., Exxon Corp Rusch, George M.. Ph.D., Allied Corp Sweeney. Robert L.. C.I.H.. Aetna Life & Casualty Thayer, Evan C.. C.I.H., Exxon Corp Trochimowiez, Henry J.. Sc.D.. E.l DuPont DeNemourt & Co. Vermmski. Jr.. Edward J.. C.I.H.. General Electric Co. Woodring. James. C.I.H.. Argonne National Laboratory MAP 000532 MAP 000533 r '1-" MAP 000534